Table of Contents

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

 

o

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

OR

 

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

OR

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                       to                       

 

 

o

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report

 

Commission file number 001-35193

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Kingdom of Spain

(Jurisdiction of incorporation)

 

Avinguda de la Generalitat, 152-158

Parc de Negocis Can Sant Joan

Sant Cugat del Vallès 08174

Barcelona, Spain

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

David Ian Bell

General Counsel

Grifols Inc.

2410 Lillyvale Ave

Los Angeles, CA 90032-3514

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares

evidenced by American Depositary

Receipts, each American

Depositary Share representing

one Class B non-voting

share of Grifols, S.A.

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

 

None.

(Title of Class)

 



Table of Contents

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

 

None.

(Title of Class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

x Yes    o No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

o Yes    x No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

x Yes    o No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

o Yes    o No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer x

 

Accelerated filer o

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

US GAAP o

 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board
x

 

Other o

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

o Item 17    x Item 18

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

o Yes    x No

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital stock or common stock as of the close of business covered by the annual report.

 

213,064,899 Class A Shares

130,712,555 Class B Shares

 



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

i

 

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

ii

 

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

KEY INFORMATION

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4.A.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

104

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 11.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 12.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES.

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 13.

DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16.

[RESERVED]

130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16.A.

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16.B.

CODE OF ETHICS

130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16.C.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16.D.

EXEMPTION FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16.E.

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16.F.

CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

131

 



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Item 16.G.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16.H.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

134

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

135

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 17.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

135

 

 

 

 

 

Item 18.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

135

 

 

 

 

 

Item 19.

EXHIBITS

135

 



Table of Contents

 

GENERAL INFORMATION

 

As used in this annual report on Form 20-F, unless the context otherwise requires or as is otherwise indicated:

 

·                                           all references to “Grifols,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Grifols, S.A., a company ( sociedad anónima ) organized under the laws of Spain, and our consolidated subsidiaries, and for all periods following the closing of the acquisition of Talecris Biotherapeutics Holdings Corp., on June 1, 2011, these terms include Talecris Biotherapeutics Holdings Corp.; and

 

·                                           all references to the “Group” or the “Grifols Group” are to Grifols, S.A. and the group of companies owned or controlled by Grifols, S.A.

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

 

The basis of presentation of financial information of Grifols in this document is in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and other legislative provisions containing the applicable legislation governing our financial information, unless indicated otherwise.

 

Talecris has been included in our consolidated financial statements from June 2, 2011, the day following the consummation of the acquisition.

 

All references in this annual report on Form 20-F to (i) “euro,” “€” or “EUR” are to the common currency of the European Union and (ii) “U.S. dollar,” “$” or “USD” are to the currency of the United States, or U.S.

 

All tabular disclosures are presented in thousands of euro except share and per share amounts, percentages and as otherwise indicated.  Certain monetary amounts and other figures included in this annual report on Form 20-F have been subject to rounding adjustments.  Accordingly, any discrepancies in any tables between the totals and the sums of amounts listed are due to rounding.

 

Revenue variance in constant currency is presented in this document.  Revenue variance in constant currency is determined by comparing adjusted current period revenue, calculated using prior period monthly average exchange rates, to the prior period revenue. The resulting percentage variance in constant currency is considered to be a non-IFRS financial measure. Revenue variance in constant currency calculates revenue variance without the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations. We believe that constant currency revenue variance is an important measure of our operations because it neutralizes foreign exchange impact and better illustrates the underlying change in revenue from one year to the next. We believe that this presentation provides a more useful period over period comparison as changes due solely to changes in exchange rates are eliminated. Revenue variance in constant currency, as defined and presented by us, may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies. Revenue variance in constant currency has limitations, particularly because the currency effects that are eliminated constitute a significant element of our revenue and expenses and could impact our performance significantly. We do not evaluate our results and performance without considering revenue variances in constant currency on the one hand and changes in revenue prepared in accordance with IFRS on the other. We caution the reader to follow a similar approach by considering data regarding constant currency period over period revenue variance only in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, other measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. We present the fluctuation derived from IFRS revenue next to the fluctuation derived from non-IFRS revenue.

 

PRESENTATION OF MARKET INFORMATION

 

Market information (including market share, market position and industry data for our operating activities and those of our subsidiaries or of companies acquired by us) or other statements presented in this annual report on Form 20-F regarding our position (or that of companies acquired by us) relative to our competitors largely reflect the best estimates of our management.  These estimates are based upon information obtained from customers, trade or business organizations and associations, other contacts within the industries in which we operate and, in some cases, upon published statistical data or information from independent third parties.  Except as otherwise stated, our market share data, as well as our management’s assessment of our comparative competitive position, has been derived by comparing our sales figures for the relevant period to our management’s estimates of our competitors’ sales figures for such period, as well as upon published statistical data and information from independent third parties, and, in particular, the reports published and the information made available by, among others, the Marketing Research Bureau, or MRB.  You should not rely on the market share and other market information presented herein as precise measures of market share or of other actual conditions.

 

i



Table of Contents

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “may,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “expect,” “intend,” “forecast,” “will,” “would,” “should” or the negative of such terms or other variations on such terms or comparable or similar words or expressions.

 

These forward-looking statements reflect, as applicable, our management’s current beliefs, assumptions and expectations and are subject to a number of factors that may cause actual results to differ materially.  These factors include, but are not limited to: our significant indebtedness; our ability to service our indebtedness, which in turn depends on our ability to generate cash; the restrictive covenants governing our debt; risks related to compliance with reporting obligations under U.S. securities laws and our internal control over financial reporting; limitations on the enforcement of civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws; the risks associated with the potential damage or contamination of plasma, our main raw material; side effects associated with our products; our adherence to current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP; our ability to procure adequate quantities of plasma and other materials that are acceptable for use in our manufacturing processes; fluctuations in the balance between supply and demand with respect to the market for plasma-derived products; product concentration risk; increased competition in our industry; the impact of competitive products and the pricing and actions of competitors; potential product liability claims or product recalls involving our products; the impact of our substantial capital expenditures; market risks, such as interest rate risk and foreign exchange rate risk; the unprecedented volatility in the global economy and fluctuations in the financial markets; unexpected shut-downs of our manufacturing and storage facilities or delays in opening new facilities; disruptions in our distribution channels; our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and defend against allegations of infringement by others; our ability to commercialize products in development; implementation of healthcare reform law in the U.S.; potential decreases or limitations on reimbursement for purchasers of our products; regulatory actions or lawsuits brought under federal or state laws; extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations; our ability to maintain compliance with government regulations and licenses, including those related to plasma collection, production, and marketing; and other factors that are set forth below under Item 3 of this Part I, “Key Information — D. Risk Factors.”

 

We include forward-looking statements in Item 4, Item 5 and Item 11 of this Part I, “Information on the Company,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” respectively.  Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, including those listed above, and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report speak only as of the date of this annual report.  Except as required by law, we do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after that date or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

ii



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1.                                                          IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

A.                                     Directors and Senior Management

 

Not applicable.

 

B.                                     Advisers

 

Not applicable.

 

C.                                     Auditor

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2.                                                          OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

A.                                     Offer Statistics

 

Not applicable.

 

B.                                     Method and Expected Timetable

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3.                                                          KEY INFORMATION

 

A.                                     Selected Financial Data

 

Selected Consolidated Financial Information

 

The following is a summary of our historical consolidated financial data for the periods ended and at the dates indicated below.  You are encouraged to read this information together with Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

The following table presents our consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated.  Our consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for those years, which are included in this annual report on Form 20-F.  Our consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is derived from our consolidated financial statements for those years, which are not included in this Form 20-F.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

1,829,141

 

1,869,899

 

1,895,101

 

189,448

 

174,000

 

Other intangible assets

 

946,435

 

969,095

 

1,008,307

 

78,299

 

69,385

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

840,238

 

810,107

 

775,869

 

434,131

 

371,705

 

Investments in equity accounted investees

 

35,765

 

2,566

 

1,001

 

598

 

383

 

Non-current financial assets

 

15,196

 

16,526

 

12,401

 

7,535

 

3,731

 

Deferred tax assets

 

34,601

 

24,717

 

18,106

 

34,889

 

33,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

 

3,701,376

 

3,692,910

 

3,710,785

 

744,900

 

652,599

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

946,913

 

998,644

 

1,030,341

 

527,865

 

484,462

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

385,537

 

366,022

 

408,263

 

224,355

 

207,840

 

Other receivables

 

36,511

 

43,833

 

108,616

 

44,032

 

39,540

 

Current income tax assets

 

43,533

 

37,318

 

15,110

 

14,607

 

7,802

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

465,581

 

447,173

 

531,989

 

282,994

 

255,182

 

Other current financial assets

 

1,200

 

460

 

16,904

 

12,946

 

8,217

 

Other current assets

 

17,189

 

14,960

 

9,395

 

80,628

 

7,345

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

708,777

 

473,327

 

340,586

 

239,649

 

249,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

2,139,660

 

1,934,564

 

1,929,215

 

1,144,082

 

1,004,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

5,841,036

 

5,627,474

 

5,640,000

 

1,888,982

 

1,657,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

119,604

 

117,882

 

117,882

 

106,532

 

106,532

 

Share premium

 

910,728

 

890,355

 

890,355

 

121,802

 

121,802

 

Reserves

 

883,415

 

620,144

 

568,274

 

403,604

 

314,903

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock

 

0

 

(3,060

)

(1,927

)

(1,927

)

(677

)

Interim dividend

 

(68,755

)

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Profit for the year attributable to the Parent

 

345,551

 

256,686

 

50,307

 

115,513

 

147,972

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

2,190,543

 

1,882,007

 

1,624,891

 

745,524

 

658,572

 

Cash flow hedges

 

(25,791

)

(33,036

)

(21,184

)

(1,751

)

(1,948

)

Translation differences

 

(63,490

)

27,797

 

58,800

 

(50,733

)

(90,253

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

(89,281

)

(5,239

)

37,616

 

(52,484

)

(92,201

)

Equity attributable to the Parent

 

2,101,262

 

1,876,768

 

1,662,507

 

693,040

 

566,371

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

5,942

 

3,973

 

2,487

 

14,350

 

12,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Equity

 

2,107,204

 

1,880,741

 

1,664,994

 

707,390

 

578,528

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grants

 

7,034

 

5,855

 

1,366

 

2,088

 

2,311

 

Provisions

 

4,202

 

3,348

 

11,502

 

1,378

 

1,232

 

Non-current financial liabilities

 

2,553,211

 

2,690,819

 

2,945,788

 

675,859

 

715,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

454,089

 

453,846

 

370,723

 

79,141

 

60,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

3,018,536

 

3,153,868

 

3,328,929

 

758,466

 

779,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

51,459

 

55,139

 

81,112

 

4,365

 

4,702

 

Current financial liabilities

 

258,144

 

195,578

 

162,296

 

209,871

 

126,221

 

Debts with associates

 

2,683

 

2,668

 

2,435

 

1,162

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suppliers

 

273,621

 

228,405

 

280,722

 

160,678

 

120,909

 

Other payables

 

42,388

 

27,357

 

27,335

 

11,928

 

17,832

 

Current income tax liabilities

 

2,934

 

5,679

 

4,691

 

4,172

 

3,258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total trade and other payables

 

318,943

 

261,441

 

312,748

 

176,778

 

141,999

 

Other current liabilities

 

84,067

 

78,039

 

87,486

 

30,950

 

26,121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

715,296

 

592,865

 

646,077

 

423,126

 

299,043

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

3,733,832

 

3,746,733

 

3,975,006

 

1,181,592

 

1,078,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Equity and Liabilities

 

5,841,036

 

5,627,474

 

5,640,000

 

1,888,982

 

1,657,177

 

 

2



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011(1)

 

2010(1)

 

2009(1)

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros, except for per share and share data)

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

2,741,732

 

2,620,944

 

1,795,613

 

990,730

 

913,186

 

Cost of sales

 

(1,323,880

)

(1,291,345

)

(968,133

)

(529,400

)

(468,678

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

1,417,852

 

1,329,599

 

827,480

 

461,330

 

444,508

 

Research and development

 

(123,271

)

(124,443

)

(89,360

)

(40,656

)

(35,387

)

Selling, general and administration expenses

 

(558,461

)

(545,072

)

(459,259

)

(210,991

)

(182,593

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

(681,732

)

(669,515

)

(548,619

)

(251,647

)

(217,980

)

Operating Results

 

736,120

 

660,084

 

278,861

 

209,683

 

226,528

 

Finance income

 

4,869

 

1,677

 

5,761

 

4,526

 

7,067

 

Finance costs

 

(239,991

)

(284,117

)

(200,562

)

(49,660

)

(27,087

)

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

(1,786

)

13,013

 

1,279

 

(7,593

)

(587

)

Impairment of gains/(losses) on disposal of financial instruments

 

792

 

2,107

 

(805

)

91

 

(245

)

Exchange losses

 

(1,303

)

(3,409

)

(3,477

)

1,616

 

(1,733

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance result

 

(237,419

)

(270,729

)

(197,774

)

(51,020

)

(22,585

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of profit/(losses) of equity accounted investees

 

(1,165

)

(1,407

)

(1,064

)

(879

)

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax from continuing operations

 

497,536

 

387,948

 

80,023

 

157,784

 

203,994

 

Income tax expense

 

(155,482

)

(132,571

)

(29,795

)

(42,517

)

(56,424

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

342,054

 

255,377

 

50,228

 

115,267

 

147,570

 

Consolidated profit for the year

 

342,054

 

255,377

 

50,228

 

115,267

 

147,570

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

 

345,551

 

256,686

 

50,037

 

115,513

 

147,972

 

Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(3,497

)

(1,309

)

(79

)

(246

)

(402

)

Basic earnings per ordinary share

 

1.01

 

0.75

 

0.16

 

0.45

 

0.58

 

Average number of shares

 

340,505,298

 

342,701,194

 

308,036,270

 

258,899,952

 

255,442,596

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations

 

1.01

 

0.75

 

0.16

 

0.45

 

0.58

 

Cash dividend per ordinary share

 

0.20

 

 

 

0.13

 

0.38

 

Cash dividend per preference share

 

0.01

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)                                  In 2012, we changed the presentation of the consolidated statement of operations data by functions instead of by nature. We believe that this will enable a better understanding of the profitability of our business. Consequently, comparative data for 2011, 2010 and 2009 has also been modified, to conform to the current presentation. For more information please see our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros)

 

Consolidated profit for the year

 

342,054

 

255,377

 

50,228

 

115,267

 

147,570

 

Other comprehensive expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items for reclassification to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation differences

 

(91,610

)

(31,016

)

109,607

 

42,225

 

(4,145

)

Equity accounted investees (1)

 

(359

)

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Available-for-sale financial assets — changes in fair value

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(18

)

Available-for-sale financial assets — amounts taken to profit and loss

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

245

 

Cash flow hedges — effective part of changes in fair value

 

22,943

 

(25,140

)

(33,871

)

0

 

(3,275

)

Cash flow hedges — amounts taken to profit and loss

 

(11,471

)

6,300

 

2,870

 

324

 

80

 

Tax effect

 

(4,227

)

6,988

 

11,568

 

(127

)

1,178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, after tax

 

(84,742

)

(42,868

)

90,174

 

42,422

 

(5,935

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

257,330

 

212,509

 

140,402

 

157,689

 

141,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to the Parent

 

261,509

 

213,831

 

140,407

 

155,230

 

140,386

 

Total comprehensive income/(expense) attributable to non-controlling interests

 

(4,179

)

(1,322

)

(5

)

2,459

 

1,249

 

 


(1)                                  In 2013, we changed the presentation of the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as required by IAS 1, effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Exchange Rates

 

The following tables show, for the periods indicated, the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the euro.  This information is provided solely for your information and we do not represent that euro could be converted into U.S. dollars at these rates or at any other rate, during the periods indicated or at any other time.  These rates are not the rates used by us in the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

As used in this annual report on Form 20-F, the term “Noon Buying Rate” refers to the rate of exchange for euro, expressed in U.S. dollars per euro, in the City of New York for cable transfers payable in foreign currencies as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for customs purposes.  The Noon Buying Rate for the euro on March 28, 2014 was $1.3753 = €1.00.  The following tables describe, for the periods and dates indicated, information concerning the Noon Buying Rate for the euro.  Amounts are expressed in U.S. dollars per €1.00.

 

Annual Data (Year Ended December 31,)

 

Period
End ($)

 

Average
Rate ($) (1)

 

High ($)

 

Low ($)

 

2009

 

1.4332

 

1.3955

 

1.5100

 

1.2547

 

2010

 

1.3269

 

1.3216

 

1.4536

 

1.1959

 

2011

 

1.2926

 

1.4002

 

1.4875

 

1.2926

 

2012

 

1.3186

 

1.2902

 

1.3463

 

1.2062

 

2013

 

1.3766

 

1.3281

 

1.3816

 

1.2774

 

 


Source:  Federal Reserve Bank of New York

 

(1)                                  The average of the Noon Buying Rates for the euro on the last day reported of each month during the relevant period.

 

Recent Monthly Data

 

High ($)

 

Low ($)

 

September 2013

 

1.3537

 

1.3120

 

October 2013

 

1.3810

 

1.3490

 

November 2013

 

1.3606

 

1.3357

 

December 2013

 

1.3816

 

1.3552

 

January 2014

 

1.3682

 

1.3500

 

February 2014

 

1.3806

 

1.3507

 

March 2014 (through March 28 th )

 

1.3927

 

1.3731

 

 

B.                                     Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not Applicable.

 

C.                                     Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not Applicable.

 

D.                                     Risk Factors

 

Risk Relating to Our Structure, Shares and American Depositary Shares

 

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition, restrict our ability to react to changes to our business, and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our debt.

 

On November 10, 2013, we entered into a share and asset agreement, or the Novartis Agreement, with Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc., or “NVD,” and, solely as a Guarantor, Novartis Corporation, or “Novartis,” which was subsequently amended on December 27, 2013 and January 9, 2014 to acquire Novartis’ diagnostic business. The transactions contemplated by the Novartis Agreement are referred to herein as the Novartis Acquisition. In connection with the Novartis Acquisition, we (i) entered into a credit and guaranty agreement dated as of February 24, 2014 (as amended, the “New Credit Facilities”), which consists of the “Senior Term Loans” and the “Revolving Loans” and (ii) issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 5.25% senior notes due 2022 (the “Notes”). As of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, no amounts have been drawn on the Revolving Loans. As of December 31, 2013, after giving pro forma effect to the Novartis Acquisition, the entry into the New Credit Facilities and the offering of the Notes and we would have $5.4 billion of indebtedness outstanding.  See Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Credit,” for terms of the New Credit Facilities and Notes and for more detailed information.

 

Our high level of indebtedness could have significant adverse effects on our business, including the following:

 

·                                           make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our outstanding debt;

 

·                                           make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse developments in our business;

 

·                                           our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or general corporate purposes may be impaired;

 

·                                           we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay interest on our indebtedness, which will reduce the funds available to us for operations and other purposes;

 

·                                           all of the indebtedness outstanding under our purchase money indebtedness, equipment financing, and real estate mortgages will have a prior ranking claim on the underlying assets;

 

·                                           our ability to fund a change of control offer may be limited;

 

·                                           place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that may have proportionately less debt;

 

·                                           our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate may be limited; and

 

·                                           we may be restricted from making strategic acquisitions or exploiting other business opportunities.

 

We expect to use cash flow from operations to pay our expenses and amounts due under our outstanding indebtedness. Our ability to make these payments depends on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic, and other factors, many of which we cannot control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future and our anticipated growth in revenue and cash flow may not be realized, either or both of which could result in our being unable to repay indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs. If we do not have enough money, we may be required to refinance all or part of our then existing debt, sell assets or borrow more money. We may not be able to accomplish any of these alternatives on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, including the New Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Notes, may restrict us from adopting any of these alternatives. The failure to generate sufficient cash flow or to achieve any of these alternatives could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may still incur significantly more debt.  This could exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

 

We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness, including additional secured indebtedness, in the future. Our business is capital intensive, and we regularly seek additional capital. Although the indenture governing the Notes and the New Credit Facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions, including secured debt, could be substantial. Adding additional debt, including under the New Credit Facilities, to current debt levels could exacerbate the leverage related risks described above.  For more information on our indebtedness, see Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Credit.”

 

To service our indebtedness and other obligations, we will require a significant amount of cash.  Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

 

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund working capital needs and planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. A significant reduction in our operating cash flows resulting from changes in economic conditions, increased competition or other events beyond our control could increase the need for additional or alternative sources of liquidity and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and our ability to service our debt and other obligations. If we are unable to service our indebtedness, we will be forced to adopt an alternative strategy that may include actions such as reducing capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing

 

6



Table of Contents

 

our indebtedness or seeking additional equity capital. We cannot assure you that any of these alternative strategies could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all, or that they would yield sufficient funds to make required payments on our indebtedness.

 

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under the New Credit Facilities or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before the maturity such indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including the New Credit Facilities and our Notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

 

Covenants in our debt agreements restrict our business in many ways.

 

The agreements governing our indebtedness and other financial obligations applicable to us contain various covenants, with customary caveats, that limit our ability and/or our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

·                                           incur or assume liens or additional debt or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

 

·                                           issue redeemable stock and preferred equity;

 

·                                           pay dividends to the shareholders of Grifols, S.A. or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

·                                           prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

 

·                                           make loans, investments and capital expenditures;

 

·                                           enter into agreements that restrict distributions from our restricted subsidiaries;

 

·                                           sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

·                                           enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

·                                           consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.

 

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our New Credit Facilities and/or our Notes. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the New Credit Facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the New Credit Facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under the New Credit Facilities. If the lenders under the New Credit Facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay the New Credit Facilities and our other indebtedness, including our Notes.  Our borrowings under the New Credit Facilities are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income would decrease.

 

Our ability to meet our financial obligations depends on our ability to receive dividends and other distributions from our subsidiaries.

 

Our principal assets are the equity interests that we hold in our operating subsidiaries. As a result, we are dependent on dividends and other distributions from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including the payment of principal and interest on our outstanding debt. Our subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash from operations to enable us to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness. In addition, any payment of dividends, distributions, loans or advances to us by our subsidiaries could be subject to restrictions on dividends or, in the case of foreign subsidiaries, restrictions on repatriation of earnings under applicable local law and monetary transfer restrictions in the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries operate. In addition, payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings. Our subsidiaries are permitted under the terms of our indebtedness to incur additional indebtedness that may restrict payments from those subsidiaries to us. We cannot assure you that agreements governing current and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries will permit those subsidiaries to provide us with sufficient cash to fund payments on our indebtedness when due.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and, except for existing and future subsidiaries that will be guarantors of certain indebtedness, have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due on our debt or to make funds available to us for such payment.

 

We are a foreign private issuer under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and, thus, are exempt from a number of rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission than a company incorporated in the U.S.

 

As a foreign private issuer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act, including the proxy rules, which impose certain disclosure and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations.  Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies with securities registered under the Exchange Act; we are not required to file financial statements prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles; and we are not required to comply with SEC Regulation FD, which imposes certain restrictions on the selective disclosure of material information.  In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are not subject to the reporting or short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our Class A shares or Class B shares.  Accordingly, you may receive less information about us than you would receive about a company incorporated in the U.S. and may be afforded less protection under the U.S. federal securities laws than you would be afforded with respect to a company incorporated in the U.S. If we lose our status as a foreign private issuer at some future time, we will no longer be exempt from such rules and, among other things, will be required to file periodic reports and financial statements as if we were a company incorporated in the U.S. The costs incurred in fulfilling these additional regulatory requirements could be substantial.

 

Additionally, pursuant to The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, or NASDAQ, Listing Rules, as a foreign private issuer, we may elect to follow our home country practice in lieu of the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rule 5600 Series, with the exception of those rules that are required to be followed pursuant to the provisions of NASDAQ Listing Rule 5615(a)(3).  We have elected to follow Spanish practices in lieu of the requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rule 5600 Series to the extent permitted under NASDAQ Listing Rule 5615(a)(3).  See Item 16.G. of Part II, “Corporate Governance.”

 

If we discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, it may adversely affect our ability to provide timely and reliable financial information and satisfy our reporting obligations under U.S. federal securities laws, which also could affect the market price of our American Depositary Shares or our ability to remain listed on NASDAQ.

 

Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a public company.  If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed.  A “significant deficiency” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention of those responsible for oversight of our financial reporting.

 

To the extent that any material weakness or significant deficiency exists in our or our consolidated subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, such material weakness or significant deficiency may adversely affect our ability to provide timely and reliable financial information necessary for the conduct of our business and satisfaction of our reporting obligations under U.S. federal securities laws, which could affect our ability to remain listed on NASDAQ.  Ineffective internal and disclosure controls could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, or the rating of our debt.

 

The Grifols family may exercise significant influence over the conduct of our business.

 

The Grifols family and Scranton Enterprises B.V. own, directly and indirectly, 35.3% of our Class A shares.  The Class A shares exercise 100% of voting control of our company.  As a result, the Grifols family and Scranton Enterprises B.V. may exercise significant influence over matters requiring shareholders’ approval, including, among other things, the election of our board of directors, or Board, dividend policy and certain fundamental corporate action, such as the issuance of bonds, a merger or a dissolution.  Conflicts may arise between the interests of the principal shareholders and those of the other shareholders, and the principal shareholders may choose to resolve the conflict in a way that does not coincide with the interests of the other shareholders.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

The market price of our Class B ADSs on NASDAQ may be volatile.

 

The market price of our Class B ADSs may be volatile as a result of various factors, many of which are beyond our control.  These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

·                                           market expectations for our financial performance;

 

·                                           actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations and financial condition;

 

·                                           changes in the estimates of our results of operations by securities analysts;

 

·                                           potential or actual sales of blocks of our Class B ADSs in the market by any shareholder or short selling of our Class B ADSs.  Any such transaction could occur at any time or from time to time, with our without notice;

 

·                                           the entrance of new competitors or new products in the markets in which we operate;

 

·                                           volatility in the market as a whole; and

 

·                                           the risk factors mentioned in this section.

 

The market price of our Class B ADSs may be adversely affected by any of the preceding or other factors regardless of operations and financial condition.

 

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the euro may increase the risk of holding our ADSs or shares.

 

The Spanish securities market for equity securities consists of four stock exchanges located in Madrid, Barcelona, Bilbao and Valencia, or, collectively, the Spanish Stock Exchanges.  The majority of the transactions conducted on the Spanish Stock Exchanges are done through the Spanish Automated Quotation System ( Sistema de Inteconexión Bursátil Español , or SIBE ).

 

Our Class A shares and Class B shares are listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges and quoted on the Spanish Automated Quotation System in euro.  In addition, our Class B shares are traded in the U.S. on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in the form of ADSs, evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, in U.S. dollars.  Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the euro may result in temporary differences between the value of our ADSs and the value of our shares, which may result in heavy trading by investors seeking to exploit such differences.  This may increase the volatility of, and have an adverse effect on, the price of our shares or ADSs.

 

In addition, as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the euro, the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds that a holder of our ADSs would receive upon the sale in Spain of any shares withdrawn from the ADR depositary and the U.S. dollar equivalent of any cash dividends paid in euro on our shares represented by the ADSs could also decline.

 

Subscription (or preemptive) rights may be unavailable to U.S. holders of our shares or ADSs.

 

In the case of a future increase of our registered share capital, existing shareholders will generally be entitled to subscription (or preemptive) rights pursuant to Spanish law, unless waived by a resolution of the shareholders or, if such power has been delegated to the Board pursuant to a shareholders’ resolution, by a resolution of the Board and except in certain situations, such as capital increases made for an in-kind contribution, in which subscription (or preemptive) rights are not applicable by law.  Holders of the Class B shares will generally not have a right to vote on any resolution on a capital increase or on the waiver of subscription (or preemptive) rights, unless such resolution does not treat the Class B shares in the same way as the Class A shares, except in the limited circumstances set out in the Articles of Association of Grifols, S.A., or Articles of Association.

 

Even if preemptive rights are granted, holders of our ADSs or U.S. resident shareholders may not be able to exercise subscription (or preemptive) rights, in which case holders of our ADSs could be substantially diluted, unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, or Securities Act, is effective with respect to such rights and the shares for which they give such right or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available.

 

We intend to evaluate at the time of any rights offering the costs and potential liabilities associated with any such registration requirements, as well as the benefits of enabling the exercise of subscription (or preemptive) rights for the shares.  In doing so, we will also evaluate any other factors that we may consider appropriate at the time.

 

There can be no assurance that we will decide to comply with such registration requirements.  If no such registration requirements are satisfied, the depositary will sell the subscription (or preemptive) rights relating to the ADSs on deposit and will

 

9



Table of Contents

 

distribute the proceeds of such sale, if any, to the holders of the ADSs.  If the depositary is unable to sell rights that are not exercised or not distributed or if the sale is not lawful or reasonably practicable, it will allow the rights to lapse, in which case no value will be given for these rights.

 

ADS holders may be subject to limitations on the transfer of their ADSs.

 

ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary.  However, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when the books of the depositary are closed or if such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the depositary or by us because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body or commission or under any provision of the deposit agreement.  Moreover, the surrender of ADSs and withdrawal of our shares may be suspended subject to the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges or if we direct the depositary at any time to cease new issuances and withdrawals of our shares during periods specified by us in connection with shareholders’ meetings, the payment of dividends or as otherwise reasonably necessary for compliance with any applicable laws or government regulations.

 

Your ability to enforce civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws may be limited.

 

We are a company organized under the laws of Spain, and many of our subsidiaries are also incorporated outside of the U.S.  A substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries are located outside of the U.S. In addition, nearly all of our directors and officers and certain of our subsidiaries’ officers are nationals or residents of countries other than the U.S., and all or a substantial portion of such persons’ assets are located outside the U.S. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the U.S. upon us or certain subsidiaries or their directors or officers with respect to matters arising under the Securities Act or to enforce against them judgments of courts of the U.S. predicated upon civil liability under the Securities Act.  It may also be difficult to recover fully in the U.S. on any judgment rendered against such persons or against us or certain of our subsidiaries.

 

In addition, there is doubt as to the enforceability in Spain of original actions, or of actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts of liabilities, predicated solely upon the securities laws of the U.S. If a judgment was obtained outside Spain and efforts were made to enforce the judgment in Spain, there is some doubt that Spanish courts would agree to recognize and enforce a foreign judgment.  Accordingly, even if you obtain a favorable judgment in a U.S. court, you may be required to re-litigate your claim in Spain.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Our manufacturing processes are complex and involve biological intermediates that may be susceptible to contamination and variations in yield.

 

Plasma is a raw material that is susceptible to damage and contamination and may contain human pathogens, any of which would render the plasma unsuitable for further manufacturing. For instance, contamination or improper storage of plasma by us or third-party suppliers may require us to destroy some of our raw material. If unsuitable plasma is not identified and discarded prior to its release to our manufacturing processes, it may be necessary to discard intermediate or finished product made from that plasma or to recall any finished product released to the market, resulting in a charge to cost of goods sold.

 

The manufacture of our plasma products is an extremely complex process of fractionation (separating the plasma into component proteins), purification, filling and finishing. Our products can become non-releasable or otherwise fail to meet our specifications through a failure of one or more of our product testing, manufacturing, process controls and quality assurance processes. We may detect instances in which an unreleased product was produced without adherence to our manufacturing procedures or plasma used in our production process was not collected or stored in a compliant manner consistent with cGMP regulations or other regulations, which would likely result in our determination that the impacted products should not be released and therefore should be destroyed.

 

Once we have manufactured our plasma-derived products, they must be handled carefully and kept at appropriate temperatures. Our failure, or the failure of third parties that supply, ship or distribute our products, to properly care for our plasma-derived products may require that such products be destroyed.

 

While we expect to write off small amounts of work in process inventories in the ordinary course of business due to the complex nature of plasma, our processes and our products, unanticipated events may lead to write-offs and other costs materially in excess of our expectations. Such write-offs and other costs could cause material fluctuations in our profitability. Furthermore, contamination of our products could cause investors, consumers or other third parties with whom we conduct business to lose confidence in the reliability of our manufacturing procedures, which could adversely affect sales and profits. In addition, faulty or

 

10



Table of Contents

 

contaminated products that are unknowingly distributed could result in patient harm, threaten the reputation of our products and expose us to product liability damages and claims.

 

Due to the nature of plasma, there will be variations in the biologic properties of the plasma we collect or purchase for fractionation that may result in fluctuations in the obtainable yield of desired fractions, even if cGMP regulations are followed. Lower yields may limit production of our plasma-derived products due to capacity constraints. If such batches of plasma with lower yields impact production for extended periods, it may reduce the total capacity of product that we could market and increase our cost of goods sold, thereby reducing our profitability.

 

Our manufacture of intermediate immunoassay antigens and antibodies to screen human donated blood and blood products is also a complex biologic process, subject to substantial production risks.

 

Once our products are approved and marketed, we must continually monitor them for signs that their use may result in serious and unexpected side effects, which could jeopardize our reputation and our ability to continue marketing our products.  We may also be required to conduct post-approval clinical trials as a condition to licensing a product.

 

As for all pharmaceutical products, the use of our products sometimes produces undesirable side effects or adverse reactions or events, or, collectively, “adverse events.”  For the most part, these adverse events are known, are expected to occur at some frequency and are described in the products’ labeling.  Known adverse events of a number of our products include allergic or anaphylactic reactions including shock and the transmission of infective agents.  Further, the use of certain products sometimes produces additional adverse events, which are detailed below.

 

·                                           The use of albumin sometimes produces the following adverse events:  hypervolemia, circulatory overload, pulmonary edema, hyperhydration and allergic manifestations including urticaria, chills, fever and changes in respiration, pulse and blood pressure.

 

·                                           The use of blood clotting factor ix, or Factor IX, sometimes produces the following adverse events:  the induction of neutralizing antibodies; thromboembolism, including myocardial infarction; disseminated intravascular coagulation; venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism; and, in the case of treatment for immune tolerance induction, nephrotic syndrome.

 

·                                           The use of the antihemophilic blood clotting factor, or Factor VIII, sometimes produces the following adverse events:  the induction of neutralizing antibodies, thromboembolic events and hemolytic anemia or hemolysis.

 

·                                           The use of IVIG sometimes produces the following adverse events:  nausea, vomiting, asthenia, pyrexia, rigors, injection site reaction, allergic or anaphylactic reaction, aseptic meningitis, arthralgia, back pain, dizziness, headache, rash, pruritus, urticaria, hemolysis or hemolytic anemia, hyperproteinemia, increased serum viscosity and hyponatremia, thromboembolic reactions such as myocardial infarction, stroke, pulmonary embolism and deep vein thromboses, transfusion-related acute lung injury and renal dysfunction and acute renal failure.

 

·                                           The use of anti-hepatitis B IVIG sometimes produces the following adverse events:  thromboembolic reactions such as myocardial infarction, stroke, pulmonary embolism and deep vein thromboses, aseptic meningitis, hemolytic anemia or hemolysis and acute renal failure.

 

·                                           The use of Koate®-DVI, which we license exclusively in the U.S. to Kedrion S.p.A, a corporation organized under the laws of Italy, or Kedrion, sometimes produces the following adverse events:  allergic type reactions; tingling in the arm, ear and face; blurred vision; headache; nausea; stomach ache; and jittery feeling.

 

·                                           The use of Prolastin® or its successor in the U.S. and Canada, Prolastin®-C, alpha-1 proteinase inhibitor, or A1PI, sometimes produces the following adverse events:  dyspnea, tachycardia, rash, chest pain, chills, influenza-like symptoms, hypersensitivity, hypotension and hypertension.

 

In addition, the use of our products may be associated with serious and unexpected adverse events, or with less serious reactions at a greater than expected frequency. This may be especially true when our products are used in critically ill patient populations. When these unexpected events are reported to us, we must undertake a thorough investigation to determine causality and implications for product safety. These events must also be specifically reported to the applicable regulatory authorities. If our evaluation concludes, or regulatory authorities perceive, that there is an unreasonable risk associated with the product, we would be obligated to withdraw the impacted lot(s) of that product. Furthermore, an unexpected adverse event caused by a new product may be

 

11



Table of Contents

 

recognized only after extensive use of the product, which could expose us to product liability risks, enforcement action by regulatory authorities and damage to our reputation.

 

Once we produce a product, we rely on physicians to prescribe and administer it as we have directed and for the indications described on the labeling. It is not, however, unusual for physicians to prescribe our products for unapproved, or off-label, uses or in a manner that is inconsistent with our directions. To the extent such off-label uses and departures from our administration directions become pervasive and produce results such as reduced efficacy or other adverse effects, the reputation of our products in the marketplace may suffer.

 

Our ability to continue manufacturing and distributing our products depends on our continued adherence to cGMP regulations at our facilities.

 

The manufacturing processes for our products are governed by detailed written procedures and federal regulations that set forth cGMP requirements for blood and blood products. Our quality operations unit monitors compliance with these procedures and regulations, and the conformance of materials, manufacturing intermediates and final products to their specifications. Failure to adhere to established procedures or regulations, or to meet a specification, could require that a product or material be rejected and destroyed.

 

Our adherence to cGMP regulations and the effectiveness of our quality systems are periodically assessed through inspections of our facilities by the FDA and analogous regulatory authorities of other countries. If deficiencies are noted during an inspection, we must take action to correct those deficiencies and to demonstrate to the regulatory authorities that our corrections have been effective. If serious deficiencies are noted or if we are unable to prevent recurrences, we may have to recall product or suspend operations until appropriate measures can be implemented. We are also required to report certain deviations from procedures to the FDA and even if we determine that the deviations were not material, the FDA could require us to take similar measures. Since cGMP reflects ever-evolving standards, we regularly need to update our manufacturing processes and procedures to comply with cGMP. These changes may cause us to incur costs without improving our profitability or the safety of our products. For example, more sensitive testing assays (if and when they become available) may be required or existing procedures or processes may require revalidation, all of which may be costly and time consuming and could delay or prevent the manufacturing of a product or launch of a new product.

 

Changes in manufacturing processes, including a change in the location where the product is manufactured or a change of a third-party manufacturer, may require prior FDA review and approval or revalidation of the manufacturing processes and procedures in accordance with cGMP regulations. There may be comparable foreign requirements.

 

For example, we finished the construction of a new plant at our facility located in Los Angeles, California in 2013, which we refer to as our Los Angeles facility, for the production of IVIG, as well as construction of a new fractionation plant at our Clayton, North Carolina plasma fractionation and manufacturing facility, which we refer to as our Clayton facility. We have begun the validation process for these plants with the appropriate regulatory authorities. We are also in the process of constructing a new, upgraded facility to assume production of the intermediate immunoassay antigen and antibody products now manufactured at our Emeryville, California plant. To validate our manufacturing processes and procedures following completion of upgraded facilities, we must demonstrate that the processes and procedures at the upgraded facilities are comparable to those currently in place at our other facilities. To provide such a comparative analysis, both the existing processes and the processes that we expect to be implemented at our upgraded facilities must comply with the regulatory standards prevailing at the time that our expected upgrade is completed. In addition, regulatory requirements, including cGMP regulations, continually evolve. Failure to adjust our operations to conform to new standards as established and interpreted by applicable regulatory authorities would create a compliance risk that could impair our ability to sustain normal operations.

 

Regulatory authorities, including the FDA and the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, routinely inspect our facilities to assess ongoing compliance with cGMP. If FDA, EMA or other authorities find our facilities to be out of compliance, our ongoing operations or plans to expand would be adversely affected.

 

A significant disruption in our supply of plasma could have a material adverse effect on our business and our growth plans.

 

The majority of our revenue depends on our access to U.S. source plasma (plasma obtained through plasmapheresis), the principal raw material for our plasma derivative products. Our ability to increase revenue depends substantially on increased access to plasma. If we are unable to obtain sufficient quantities of source plasma, we may be unable to find an alternative cost-effective source of plasma and we would be limited in our ability to maintain current manufacturing levels of plasma derivative products. As a result, we could experience a substantial decrease in net sales or profit margins, a loss of customers, a negative effect on our reputation as a reliable supplier of plasma derivative products or a substantial delay in our production growth plans.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Our current business plan envisages an increase in the production of plasma derivative products, which depends on our ability to increase plasma collections or improve product yield. The ability to increase plasma collections may be limited, our supply of plasma could be disrupted or the cost of plasma could increase substantially, as a result of numerous factors, including:

 

·                                           A reduction in the donor pool.   Regulators in most of the largest markets for plasma derivative products, including the U.S., restrict the use of plasma collected from specific countries and regions in the manufacture of plasma derivative products. For example, the appearance of the variant Creutzfeldt Jakob, or mad cow, disease, which resulted in the suspension of the use of plasma collected from U.K. residents and concern over the safety of blood products, which has led to increased domestic and foreign regulatory control over the collection and testing of plasma and the disqualification of certain segments of the population from the donor pool, have significantly reduced the potential donor pool. The appearance of new viral strains could further reduce the potential donor pool. Also, improvements in socioeconomic conditions in the areas where our and our suppliers’ collection centers are located could reduce the attractiveness of financial incentives for donors, resulting in increased donor fees or a reduction in the number of donors.

 

·                                           Regulatory requirements.   See “—Disruption of the operations of our plasma collection centers would cause us to become supply constrained and our financial performance would suffer.”

 

·                                           Plasma supply sources.   In recent years, there has been vertical integration in the industry as plasma derivatives manufacturers have been acquiring plasma collection centers. Any significant disruption in the supply of plasma or an increased demand for plasma may require plasma from alternative sources, which may not be available on a timely basis.

 

Disruption of the operations of our plasma collection centers would cause us to become supply constrained and our financial performance would suffer.

 

In order for plasma to be used in the manufacturing of our products, the individual centers at which the plasma is collected must be licensed by the FDA and approved by the regulatory authorities, such as the EMA, of those countries in which we sell our products. When a new plasma collection center is opened and on an ongoing basis after its licensure, it must be inspected by the FDA and the EMA for compliance with cGMP and other regulatory requirements. An unsatisfactory inspection could prevent a new center from being licensed or risk the suspension or revocation of an existing license.

 

In order for a plasma collection center to maintain its license, its operations must continue to conform to cGMP and other regulatory requirements. In the event that we determine a plasma collection center did not comply with cGMP in collecting plasma, we may be unable to use and may ultimately destroy plasma collected from that center, which would be recorded as a charge to cost of goods. Additionally, if noncompliance in the plasma collection process is identified after the impacted plasma has been pooled with compliant plasma from other sources, entire plasma pools, in-process intermediate materials and final products could be impacted. Consequently, we could experience significant inventory impairment provisions and write-offs.

 

We plan to obtain our supplies of plasma for use in our manufacturing processes through collections at our plasma collection centers and through selective acquisitions or remodeling and relocations of existing centers. This strategy is dependent upon our ability to successfully integrate new centers, to obtain FDA and other necessary approvals for the remaining unlicensed centers, to maintain a cGMP compliant environment in all centers, and to attract donors to our centers.

 

Our ability to increase and improve the efficiency of production at our plasma collection centers may be affected by: (i) changes in the economic environment and population in selected regions where we operate plasma collection centers; (ii) the entry of competitive centers into regions where we operate; (iii) our misjudging the demographic potential of individual regions where we expect to increase production and attract new donors; (iv) unexpected facility related challenges; or (v) unexpected management challenges at select plasma collection centers.

 

A significant portion of our net revenue has historically been derived from sales of our immunoglobulin products and we expect that they will continue to comprise a significant portion of our sales.  Any adverse market event with respect to these products would have a material adverse effect on us.

 

We have historically derived a significant portion of our net sales from our immunoglobulin products, including our IVIG products. In 2013, our IVIG products accounted for approximately 45% of our net sales. If any of these IVIG products were to lose significant sales or were substantially or completely displaced in the market, we would lose a significant and material source of our net revenue. Similarly, if either Flebogamma® or Gamunex®-C/Gamunex® were to become the subject of litigation or an adverse governmental ruling requiring us to cease sales of it, our business could be adversely affected. Although we do not currently anticipate

 

13



Table of Contents

 

any significant decrease in the sales of any of these products, a significant decrease could result from plasma procurement and manufacturing issues resulting in lower product availability for sales and changing market conditions.

 

Our products face increased competition.

 

Our products have experienced increased competition. Each of Baxter, Biotest, CSL Behring, Kedrion and Octapharma has a 10% liquid IVIG product in the U.S. Both Octapharma and Bio Products Laboratory have launched 5% liquid IVIG products. As competition has increased, some of our competitors have discounted the price of IVIG products as many customers have become increasingly price sensitive with respect to IVIG products. If customers demand lower priced products, we may lose sales or be forced to lower our prices.

 

Until December 2002, Talecris’ A1PI product, Prolastin® A1PI, was the only plasma product licensed and marketed for the therapy of congenital alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency-related emphysema in the U.S. Baxter and CSL Behring received licenses for Aralast and Zemaira, respectively, which were launched in the U.S. in 2003. In addition, Kamada Ltd. received approval of its biological license application, or BLA, for its A1PI, Glassia, on July 1, 2010.

 

While LFB Biomedicaments has a license in France for Alfalastin, we have the only licensed A1PI products with EMA Community marketing authorization. Of our competitors that are currently pursuing licensing trials in Europe, one offers a more concentrated intravenous formulation than the ones we offer in Europe. Should our competitors receive approvals in Europe sooner than expected, it will impact our unit volumes and share of sales. Our current and future competitors may increase their sales, lower their prices or change their distribution model, causing harm to our product sales and financial condition. Also, if the attrition rate of our A1PI patient base accelerates faster than we have forecast, we would have fewer patients and lower sales volume.

 

Similarly, if a new A1PI formulation with a significantly improved rate of administration (such as aerosol inhalation) is developed, the market share of our A1PI products could be negatively impacted. Similarly, several companies are attempting to develop products which could be substitutions for A1PI, including retinoic acid, oral synthetic elastase inhibitors and gene therapy. While these products are in the early stages of development, they may eventually be successfully developed and launched.

 

In addition, our plasma-derived products face competition from non-plasma products and other courses of treatments. For example, in 2008, GSK and Amgen launched thrombopoietin inhibitors targeting ITP patients, which may reduce the demand for IVIG to treat ITP.

 

Other new treatments, such as small molecules, monoclonal or recombinant products, may also be developed for indications for which our products are now used. Recombinant Factor VIII and Factor IX products, which are currently available and widely used in the U.S. and Europe, compete with our own plasma-derived product in the treatment of hemophilia A and B and are perceived by many to have lower risks of disease transmission. Additional recombinant products, some with extended half-lives, could compete with our products and reduce the demand for our products. Crucell and Sanofi Pasteur have completed Phase II clinical trials for a monoclonal rabies product to compete with our rabies hyperimmune product. In February 2009, GTC Biotherapeutics obtained FDA approval of a competitive antithrombin III, or ATIII, a product derived from the milk of transgenic goats for the treatment of hereditary antithrombin deficiency. This product now directly competes with our product, Thrombate® III, which had previously been the only FDA-approved ATIII product. In addition, alternatives exist for albumin in its application as a plasma volume expander. If an increased use of alternative products for Factor VIII, Factor IX or albumin makes it uneconomical to produce our plasma-derived products, or if further technological advances improve these products or create other competitive alternatives to our plasma derivative products, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

We do not currently sell any recombinant products. We are developing recombinant versions of A1PI and plasmin, but we cannot be certain that any of these products will ever be approved or commercialized. As a result, our product offerings may remain plasma-derived, even if our competitors offer competing recombinant products.

 

The introduction of products approved for alternative routes of administration, including the subcutaneous route of administration, may also adversely affect sales of our products. For example, in 2010, Biotest introduced a subcutaneous anti-hepatitis preparation and is registering the product in European countries in which we market our anti-hepatitis B IVIG, which could negatively impact our sales.

 

Beginning in the late 1980s, Talecris (and prior to 2005, Bayer HealthCare LLC, or Bayer) was the “supplier of record” for the Canadian blood system. Talecris was awarded five-year contracts with Canadian Blood Services and Héma-Québec, which jointly operated the Canadian blood system, in December 2007 that became effective April 2008 and terminated in March 2013. Canadian Blood Services and Héma-Québec ended their partnership in 2012 and now negotiate separately with suppliers. Operating separately, Canadian Blood Services comprises approximately 70% and Héma-Québec comprises approximately 30% of the Canadian market for

 

14



Table of Contents

 

plasma products and fractionation services. In 2013, Canadian Blood Services selected us as its primary supplier of both IVIG and fractionation services pursuant to a five-year contract that became effective in April 2013. Héma-Québec negotiated a reduced four-year contract with us that also became effective in April 2013, under which we supply a reduced portion of Héma-Québec’s plasma-derived products and no longer provide fractionation services. Under these new contracts, we maintained our position as the primary immunoglobulin supplier to Canada.

 

We face competition from companies with greater financial resources.

 

We operate in highly competitive markets. Our principal competitors include Baxter, CSL Behring and Octapharma. Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources than us. As a result, they may be able to devote more funds to research and development and new production technologies, as well as to the promotion of their products and business. These competitors may also be able to sustain for longer periods a deliberate substantial reduction in the price of their products or services. The development by a competitor of a similar or superior product or increased pricing competition may result in a reduction in our net sales or a decrease in our profit margins.

 

Technological changes in the production of plasma derivative products could render our production process uneconomical.

 

Technological advances have accelerated changes in many bioscience industries in recent years. Future technological developments could render our production processes for plasma derivative products uneconomical and may require us to invest substantial amounts of capital to upgrade our facilities. Such investments could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may not be able to fund such investment from existing funds or raise sufficient capital to make such investments.

 

The discovery of new pathogens could slow our growth and adversely affect profit margins.

 

The possible appearance of new pathogens could trigger the need for changes in our existing inactivation and production methods, including the administration of new detection tests. Such a development could result in delays in production until the new methods are in place, as well as increased costs that may not be readily passed on to our customers.

 

Product liability claims or product recalls involving our products or products we distribute could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that are inherent in the manufacturing, distribution and sale of plasma-derived therapeutic protein products. We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials and an even greater risk when we commercially sell any products. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we could incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

·                                           decreased demand for our products and any product candidates that we may develop;

 

·                                           injury to our reputation;

 

·                                           withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

·                                           costs to defend the related litigation;

 

·                                           substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

·                                           loss of revenue; and

 

·                                           the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

 

Like many plasma fractionators, we have been, and may in the future be, involved in product liability or related claims relating to our products, including claims alleging the transmission of disease through the use of such products. Plasma is a biological matter that is capable of transmitting viruses and pathogens, whether known or unknown. Therefore, our plasma and plasma derivative products, if donors are not properly screened or the plasma not properly collected, tested, inactivated, processed, stored and transported, could cause serious disease and possibly death to the patient. See also “—Our ability to continue to produce safe and effective products depends on a plasma supply free of transmittable diseases.” Any transmission of disease through the use of one of our products or third-party products sold by us could result in claims by persons allegedly infected by such products.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Our potential product liability also extends to our Diagnostic and Hospital division products. In addition, we sell and distribute third-party products, and the laws of the jurisdictions where we sell or distribute such products could also expose us to product liability claims for those products. Furthermore, the presence of a defect in a product could require us to carry out a recall of such product.

 

A product liability claim or a product recall could result in substantial financial losses, negative reputational repercussions and an inability to retain customers. Although we have a program of insurance policies designed to protect us and our subsidiaries from product liability claims, and we self-insure a portion of this risk, claims made against our insurance policies could exceed our limits of coverage. We intend to expand our insurance coverage as our sales grow. However, as product liability insurance is expensive and can be difficult to obtain, a product liability claim could decrease our access to product liability insurance on acceptable terms. In turn, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost and may not be able to obtain insurance coverage that will be adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

 

Our ability to continue to produce safe and effective products depends on a plasma supply free of transmittable diseases.

 

Despite overlapping safeguards, including the screening of donors and other steps to remove or inactivate viruses and other infectious disease-causing agents, the risk of transmissible disease through plasma-derived products cannot be entirely eliminated. If a new infectious disease was to emerge in the human population, the regulatory and public health authorities could impose precautions to limit the transmission of the disease that would impair our ability to procure plasma, manufacture our products or both. Such precautionary measures could be taken before there is conclusive medical or scientific evidence that a disease poses a risk for plasma-derived products.

 

In recent years, new testing and viral inactivation methods have been developed that more effectively detect and inactivate infectious viruses in collected plasma. There can be no assurance, however, that such new testing and inactivation methods will adequately screen for, and inactivate, infectious agents in the plasma used in the production of our products.

 

Plasma and plasma derivative products are fragile, and improper handling of our plasma or plasma derivative products could adversely affect results of operations.

 

Plasma is a raw material that is susceptible to damage. Almost immediately after its collection from a donor, plasma is stored and transported at temperatures that are at least -20 degrees Celsius (-4 degrees Fahrenheit). Once we manufacture plasma derivative products, they must be handled carefully and kept at appropriate temperatures. Our failure, or the failure of third parties that supply, ship or distribute our plasma and plasma derivative products, to properly care for our plasma or plasma derivative products may require us to destroy some raw materials or products. If the volume of plasma or plasma derivative products damaged by such failures were to be significant, the loss of that plasma or those plasma derivative products could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Past due receivables may negatively affect our working capital levels and increase financial costs.

 

Our receivables had an aging average of 52, 52 and 65 days at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The higher receivables aging average that we experienced in prior years was primarily due to a higher proportion of sales in Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal. Sales to these countries accounted for approximately 11% of total net revenue in 2013. It is common to experience extended collection periods for balances due in these countries. In particular, in Spain, Italy and Portugal, it is common practice for government or local authority-backed entities to pay suppliers well after the 30- to 60-day period normally applied, with payments occurring very often after one year. We cannot assure you that our average receivables aging levels will not increase if sales to these markets increase. Failure to receive timely payments for the sale of our products negatively affects our working capital levels and may require us to obtain more short-term financing than would otherwise be needed.

 

Our future success depends on our ability to retain members of our senior management and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

 

We are highly dependent on the principal members of our executive and scientific teams. The loss of the services of any of these persons might impede the achievement of our research, development, operational and commercialization objectives. In particular, we believe the loss of the services of any of Víctor Grifols Roura, Ramón Riera Roca, Alfredo Arroyo Guerra, Carlos Roura Fernández, Vicente Blanquer Torre, Eva Bastida Tubau, Mateo Florencio Borrás Humbert, Antonio Viñes Páres, Montserrat Lloveras Calvo, David Ian Bell, Gregory Gene Rich, Shinji Wada, Alberto Grifols Roura, Francisco Javier Jorba Ribes, Nuria Pascual Lapeña or Joel Abelson would significantly and negatively impact our business. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on any of our senior management.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Recruiting and retaining qualified operations, finance and accounting, scientific, clinical and sales and marketing personnel will be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms, given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. If we are unable to attract, retain and motivate qualified and experienced personnel, we could lose customers and suffer reduced profitability. Even if we are successful in attracting and retaining such personnel, competition for such employees may significantly increase our compensation costs and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Federal cGMP regulations also require that the personnel we employ and hold responsible for the collection, processing, testing, storage or distribution of blood or blood components be adequate in number, educational background, training (including professional training as necessary) and experience, or a combination thereof, and have capabilities commensurate with their assigned functions, a thorough understanding of the procedures or control operations they perform, the necessary training or experience and adequate information concerning the application of relevant cGMP requirements to their individual responsibilities. Our failure to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel may result in a regulatory violation, affect product quality, require the recall or market withdrawal of affected product or result in a suspension or termination of our license to market our products, or any combination thereof.

 

Our business requires substantial capital to operate and grow and to achieve our strategy of realizing increased operating leverage, including the completion of several large capital projects.

 

We have implemented several large capital projects to expand and improve our Los Angeles and Clayton facilities and our manufacturing plant located in Parets del Vallès, near Barcelona, Spain, or the Parets facility, and to improve the structure of our plasma collection centers in the United States. These projects may run over budget or be delayed. We cannot be certain that these projects will be completed in a timely manner or that we will maintain our compliance with cGMP regulations, and we may need to spend additional amounts to achieve compliance. Additionally, by the time these multi-year projects are completed, market conditions may differ significantly from our assumptions regarding the number of competitors, customer demand, alternative therapies, reimbursement and public policy, and as a result, capital returns might not be realized.

 

We also plan on spending substantial sums on research and development, to obtain the approval of the FDA, and other regulatory agencies, for new indications for existing products, to develop new product delivery mechanisms for existing products and to develop innovative product additions. We face a number of obstacles to successfully converting these efforts into profitable products, including, but not limited to, the successful development of an experimental product for use in clinical trials, the design of clinical study protocols acceptable to the FDA and other regulatory agencies, the successful outcome of clinical trials, our ability to scale our manufacturing processes to produce commercial quantities or successfully transition technology, the approval of the FDA and other regulatory agencies of our products and our ability to successfully market an approved product or new indication.

 

For example, when a new product is approved, the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or other regulatory authorities may require post-approval clinical trials, sometimes called Phase IV clinical trials. If the results of such trials are unfavorable, this could result in the loss of the license to market the product, with a resulting loss of sales.

 

We are expecting significant capital spending as we are undertaking an investment plan that involves cumulative capital expenditures of approximately €450 million from 2014 through 2016. The amount and timing of future capital spending is dependent upon a number of factors, including market conditions, regulatory requirements and the extent and timing of particular projects, among other things. Our ability to grow our business is dependent upon the timely completion of these projects and obtaining the requisite regulatory approvals.

 

We may not be able to develop some of our international operations successfully.

 

We currently conduct sales in approximately 100 countries.  The successful operation of such geographically dispersed resources requires considerable management and financial resources.  In particular, we must bridge our business culture to the business culture of each country in which we operate.  In addition, international operations and the provision of services in foreign markets are subject to additional risks, such as changing market conditions, currency exchange rate fluctuations, trade barriers, exchange controls, regulatory changes, changes to tax regimes, foreign investment limitations, civil disturbances and war.  Furthermore, if an area in which we have significant operations or an area into which we are looking to expand suffers an economic recession or currency devaluation, our net sales and accounts receivable collections in that region will likely decline substantially or we may not be able to successfully expand or operate in that region.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

We are susceptible to interest rate variations.

 

We use issuances of debt and bank borrowings as a source of funding. At December 31, 2013, pro forma for the Novartis Acquisition, the offering of the Notes and the entry into the New Credit Facilities, $3.95 billion and €400 million, which represented 82%, of our senior interest bearing debt, bore interest at variable rates, at a spread over the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, for our U.S. dollar denominated debt and at a spread over EURIBOR for our euro denominated debt. At December 31, 2013, we had entered into variable to fixed interest rate swaps for 26% of our U.S. dollar denominated pro forma debt and 27% of our euro denominated pro forma debt. However, there can be no assurance that such instruments will be successful at reducing the risks inherent in exposures to interest rate fluctuations. Any increase in interest rates payable by us, which could be adversely affected by, among other things, our inability to meet certain financial ratios, would increase our interest expense and reduce our cash flow, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  See Item 11 of this Part I, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Interest Rate Risk.”

 

Our results of operations and financial condition may be affected by adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates, especially a significant shift in the value of the euro as compared to the U.S. dollar.

 

A significant portion of our business is conducted in currencies other than our reporting currency, the euro. In 2013, $2.66 billion (€1.97 billion), or 72%, of our net revenue of $3.7 billion (€2.7 billion) were denominated in U.S. dollars. We are also exposed to currency fluctuations with respect to other currencies, such as the British pound, the Brazilian real, the Canadian dollar and the Argentine, Mexican and Chilean pesos. Currency fluctuations among the euro, the U.S. dollar and the other currencies in which we do business result in foreign currency translation gains or losses which could be significant.

 

We are also exposed to risk based on the payment of U.S. dollar denominated indebtedness. At December 31, 2013, our U.S. dollar denominated senior debt totaled $3.2 billion and pro forma for the Novartis Acquisition, the offering of the Notes and the entry into the New Credit Facilities, we would have approximately $4.95 billion of U.S. dollar denominated senior debt. See Item 11 of this Part I, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Currency Risk.”

 

If the Clayton, Los Angeles or Parets facilities were to suffer a crippling accident, or if a force majeure event materially affected our ability to operate and produce saleable products, a substantial part of our manufacturing capacity could be shut down for an extended period.

 

A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from plasma fractionation and products manufactured at our Clayton, Los Angeles facilities and Parets facilities. In addition, a substantial portion of our plasma supply is stored at facilities in City of Industry, California and Benson, North Carolina, as well as at our Clayton and Parets facilities. If any of these facilities were to be impacted by an accident or a force majeure event such as an earthquake, major fire or explosion, major equipment failure or power failure lasting beyond the capabilities of our backup generators, our revenue would be materially adversely affected. In this situation, our manufacturing capacity could be shut down for an extended period and we could experience a loss of raw materials, work in process or finished goods inventory. Other force majeure events such as terrorist acts, influenza pandemic or similar events could also impede our ability to operate our business. In addition, in any such event, the reconstruction of our Clayton, Los Angeles or Parets facilities or our plasma storage facilities, the regulatory approval of the new facilities, and the replenishment of raw material plasma could be time consuming. During this period, we would be unable to manufacture all of our products at other plants due to the need for FDA and foreign regulatory authority inspection and certification of such facilities and processes.

 

Our property damage and business interruption insurance may be insufficient to mitigate the losses from any such accident or force majeure event. We may also be unable to recover the value of the lost plasma or work in process inventories, as well as the sales opportunities from the products we would be unable to produce.

 

If we experience equipment difficulties or if the suppliers of our equipment or disposable goods fail to deliver key product components or supplies in a timely manner, our manufacturing ability would be impaired and our product sales could suffer.

 

We depend on a limited number of companies that supply and maintain our equipment and provide supplies such as chromatography resins, filter media, glass and stoppers used in the manufacture of our products. If our equipment should malfunction, the repair or replacement of the machinery may require substantial time and cost, which could disrupt our production and other operations. Our plasma collection centers rely on disposable goods supplied by third parties and information technology systems hosted by third parties. Our plasma collection centers cannot operate without an uninterrupted supply of these disposable goods and the operation of these systems. Alternative sources for key component parts or disposable goods may not be immediately available. And while we have experienced periodic outages of these systems, a material outage would affect our ability to operate our collection centers. Any new equipment or change in supplied materials may require revalidation by us or review and approval by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, including the EMA, which may be time consuming and require additional capital and other resources. We may not be able to find an adequate alternative supplier in a reasonable time period, or on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

As a result, shipments of affected products may be limited or delayed. Our inability to obtain our key source supplies for the manufacture of products may require us to delay shipments of products, harm customer relationships and force us to curtail operations.

 

If our shipping or distribution channels were to become inaccessible due to a crippling accident, an act of terrorism, a strike or any other force majeure event, our supply, production and distribution processes could be disrupted.

 

Not all shipping or distribution channels are equipped to transport plasma. If any of our shipping or distribution channels becomes inaccessible due to a crippling accident, an act of terrorism, a strike or any other force majeure event, we may experience disruptions in our continued supply of plasma and other raw materials, delays in our production process or a reduction in our ability to distribute our products directly to our customers.

 

We rely in large part on third parties for the sale, distribution and delivery of our products.

 

In the United States, we regularly enter into distribution, supply and fulfillment contracts with group purchasing organizations, or GPOs, home care companies, alternate infusion sites, hospital groups and others. We are highly dependent on these contracts for the successful sale, distribution and delivery of our products. For example, we rely principally on GPOs and on our distributors to sell our IVIG products. If such parties breach, terminate or otherwise fail to perform under the agreements, our ability to effectively distribute our products will be impaired and our business may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, through circumstances outside of our control, such as general economic decline, market saturation or increased competition, we may be unable to successfully renegotiate our contracts or secure terms which are as favorable to us. Furthermore, we rely in certain countries on distributors for sales of our products. Disagreements or difficulties with our distributors supporting our export business could result in a loss of sales.

 

We may not be able to commercialize products in development.

 

Before obtaining regulatory approval for the sale of our product candidates or for the marketing of existing products for new indicated uses, we must conduct, at our own expense, extensive preclinical tests to demonstrate the safety of our product candidates in animals and clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans. Preclinical and clinical testing is expensive, is difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more of our clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, preclinical testing and the clinical trial process that could delay or prevent our ability to receive regulatory approval or commercialize our product candidates, including, without limitation:

 

·                                           regulators or institutional review boards, or IRBs, may not authorize us to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial within a country or at a prospective trial site, respectively;

 

·                                           the regulatory requirements for product approval may not be explicit, may evolve over time and may diverge by jurisdiction;

 

·                                           our preclinical tests or clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional preclinical testing or clinical trials or to abandon projects that we had expected to be promising;

 

·                                           the number of patients required for our clinical trials may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in our clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may withdraw from our clinical trials at higher rates than we anticipate, any of which would result in significant delays;

 

·                                           our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner;

 

·                                           we may be forced to suspend or terminate our clinical trials if the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks or if any participant experiences an unexpected serious adverse event;

 

·                                           regulators or IRBs may require that we hold, suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements;

 

·                                           undetected or concealed fraudulent activity by a clinical researcher, if discovered, could preclude the submission of clinical data prepared by that researcher, lead to the suspension or substantive scientific review of one or more of

 

19



Table of Contents

 

our marketing applications by regulatory agencies, and result in the recall of any approved product distributed pursuant to data determined to be fraudulent;

 

·                                           the cost of our clinical trials may be greater than we anticipate;

 

·                                           the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct our clinical trials may be insufficient or inadequate because currently we do not have any agreements with third-party manufacturers for the long-term commercial supply of any of our product candidates;

 

·                                           an audit of preclinical or clinical studies by the FDA or other regulatory authorities may reveal noncompliance with applicable regulations, which could lead to disqualification of the results and the need to perform additional studies; and

 

·                                           the effects of our product candidates may not achieve the desired clinical benefits or may cause undesirable side effects, or the product candidates may have other unexpected characteristics.

 

If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of our product candidates beyond those that we currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete our clinical trials or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not positive, or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may be delayed in or unable to obtaining marketing approval or reimbursement for our product candidates, be able to obtain approval for indications that are not as broad as intended, or have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

 

Our product development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or approvals. We do not know whether any preclinical tests or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, if at all. Significant preclinical or clinical trial delays also could shorten the patent protection period during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or could allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, impairing our ability to commercialize our products or product candidates.

 

Even if preclinical trials are successful, we still may be unable to commercialize a product due to difficulties in obtaining regulatory approval for its engineering process or problems in scaling that process to commercial production. Additionally, if produced, a product may not achieve an adequate level of market acceptance by physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community to be profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

·                                           the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

·                                           the efficacy and potential advantages over alternative treatments;

 

·                                           the ability to offer our product candidates for sale at competitive prices;

 

·                                           relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

·                                           the willingness of physicians to prescribe new therapies and of the target patient population to try such therapies;

 

·                                           the strength of marketing and distribution support; and

 

·                                           sufficient third-party coverage or reimbursement.

 

Therefore, we cannot guarantee that any products we may seek to develop will ever be successfully commercialized, and to the extent they are not successfully commercialized, such products could involve significant expense with no corresponding revenue.

 

A breakdown in our information technology systems could result in a significant disruption to our business.

 

Our operations are highly dependent on our information technology systems, including internet-based systems, which may be vulnerable to breakdown, wrongful intrusions, data breaches and malicious attack. In addition, our systems are potentially vulnerable to data security breaches, whether by employees or others, which may expose sensitive data to unauthorized persons. Such data security breaches could lead to the loss of trade secrets or other intellectual property, or could lead to the public exposure of personal information (including sensitive personal information) of our employees, customers, plasma donors and others. If we were to suffer a

 

20



Table of Contents

 

breakdown in our systems, storage, distribution or tracing, we could experience significant disruptions affecting our manufacturing, accounting and billing processes.

 

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain protection in the U.S. and other countries of the intellectual property relating to or incorporated into our technology and products.

 

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain protection in the U.S. and other countries for the intellectual property covering or incorporated into our technology and products, especially intellectual property related to our purification processes. The patent situation in the field of biotechnology and pharmaceuticals generally is highly uncertain and involves complex legal and scientific questions. We may not be able to obtain additional issued patents relating to our technology or products. Even if patents are issued to us or to our licensors, they may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated, held to be unenforceable or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing similar products or limit the length of time our products have patent protection. Additionally, most of our patents relate to the processes we use to produce our products, not to the products themselves. In many cases, the plasma-derived products we produce or develop in the future will not, in and of themselves, be patentable. Since our patents relate to processes, if a competitor is able to design and utilize a process that does not rely on our protected intellectual property, that competitor could sell a plasma-derived or other product similar to one we developed or sell.

 

Our patents also may not afford us protection against competitors with similar technology. Because patent applications in the U.S. and many other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after their filing, if at all, and because publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, neither we nor our licensors can be certain that we or they were the first to make the inventions claimed in our or their issued patents or pending patent applications, or that we or they were the first to file for protection of the inventions set forth in such patent applications. If a third party has also filed a U.S. patent application covering our product candidates or a similar invention, we may be required to participate in an adversarial proceeding, known as an “interference proceeding,” declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office to determine priority of invention in the U.S. The costs of these proceedings could be substantial and our efforts in them could be unsuccessful, resulting in a loss of our anticipated U.S. patent position.

 

Our patents expire at various dates. Our pending and future patent applications may not issue as patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will provide us with any competitive advantage. Even if issued, we cannot guarantee that: any of our present or future patents or patent claims or other intellectual property rights will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned; our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages; our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to settle current or future disputes will not be limited by our agreements with third parties; any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought; our intellectual property rights will be enforced in jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal protection may be weak; or we will not lose the ability to assert our intellectual property rights against, or to license our technology to, others and collect royalties or other payments. In addition, our competitors or others may design around our protected patents or technologies.

 

Effective protection of our intellectual property rights may be unavailable, limited or not applied for in some countries. Changes in patent laws or their interpretation in the U.S. and other countries could also diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection. In addition, the legal systems of certain countries do not favor the aggressive enforcement of patents, and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. In order to preserve and enforce our patent and other intellectual property rights, we may need to make claims or file lawsuits against third parties. Such lawsuits could entail significant costs to us and divert our management’s attention from developing and commercializing our products.

 

We, like other companies in the pharmaceutical industry, may become aware of counterfeit versions of our products becoming available domestically and abroad. Counterfeit products may use different and possibly contaminated sources of plasma and other raw materials, and the purification process involved in the manufacture of counterfeit products may raise additional safety concerns, over which we have no control. Any reported adverse events involving counterfeit products that purport to be our products could harm our reputation and the sale of our products in particular and consumer willingness to use plasma-derived therapeutics in general.

 

Unauthorized use of our intellectual property may have occurred or may occur in the future. Although we have taken steps to minimize this risk, any failure to identify unauthorized use and otherwise adequately protect our intellectual property would adversely affect our business. For example, any unauthorized use of our trademarks could harm our reputation or commercial interests. Moreover, if we are required to commence litigation related to unauthorized use, whether as a plaintiff or defendant, such litigation would be time consuming, force us to incur significant costs and divert our attention and the efforts of our management and other employees, which could, in turn, result in lower revenue and higher expenses.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

In addition to patented technology, we rely on our unpatented proprietary technology, trade secrets, processes and know-how.

 

We generally seek to protect proprietary information by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and third parties. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information, may be limited as to their term and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently developed by our competitors or other third parties. To the extent that our employees, consultants or contractors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to determine and enforce the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position. We also rely on contractual protections with our customers, suppliers, distributors, employees and consultants and implement security measures designed to protect our trade secrets. We cannot assure you that these contractual protections and security measures will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any such breach or that our suppliers, employees or consultants will not assert rights to intellectual property arising out of such contracts.

 

Since we rely on trade secrets and nondisclosure agreements, in addition to patents, to protect some of our intellectual property, there is a risk that third parties may obtain and improperly utilize our proprietary information to our competitive disadvantage. We may not be able to detect the unauthorized use of such information, prevent such use or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce our intellectual property rights.

 

We may infringe or be alleged to infringe intellectual property rights of third parties.

 

Our products or product candidates may infringe or be accused of infringing one or more claims of an issued patent or may fall within the scope of one or more claims in a published patent application that may be subsequently issued and to which we do not hold a license or other rights. Third parties may own or control these patents or patent applications in the U.S. and abroad. These third parties could bring claims against us or our collaborators that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successful against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages. Further, if a patent infringement suit were brought against us or our collaborators, we or they could be forced to stop or delay research, development, manufacturing or sales of the product or product candidate that is the subject of the suit.

 

If we are found to be infringing on the patent rights of a third party, or in order to avoid potential claims, we or our collaborators may choose or be required to seek a license from a third party and be required to pay license fees or royalties or both. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we or our collaborators were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we or our collaborators are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms.

 

There has been substantial litigation and other proceedings regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. In addition to infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other patent litigation and other proceedings, including interference proceedings declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office, regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products. The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time.

 

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. We take steps to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us. We may, however, be subject to claims that we or these employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed intellectual property, trade secrets or other proprietary information of any such employee’s former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims and, even if we are successful in defending ourselves, could result in substantial costs to us or be distracting to our management. If we fail to defend any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel.

 

We have in-licensed certain patent rights.

 

Our in-license agreements for certain patent rights may impose payment and/or other material obligations on us as a licensee.  Although we are currently in compliance with all of our material obligations under these licenses, if we were to breach any such

 

22



Table of Contents

 

obligations, our counterparty licensors may be entitled to terminate the licenses.  Such termination may restrict, delay or eliminate our ability to develop and commercialize our products, which could adversely affect our business.  We cannot guarantee that the third-party patents and technology we license will not be licensed to our competitors.  In the future, we may need to obtain additional licenses, renew existing license agreements or otherwise replace existing technology.  We are unable to predict whether these license agreements can be obtained or renewed or the technology can be replaced on acceptable terms, or at all.

 

Risks Relating to the Healthcare Industry

 

The implementation of the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law in the U.S. may adversely affect our business.

 

Through the March 2010 adoption of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the companion Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act in the U.S., or collectively, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law, substantial changes are being made to the current system for paying for healthcare in the U.S., including programs to extend medical benefits to millions of individuals who currently lack insurance coverage. The changes contemplated by the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law are subject to rule-making and implementation timelines that extend for several years, and this uncertainty limits our ability to forecast changes that may occur in the future. On June 28, 2012, the United States Supreme Court upheld as constitutional a key provision in the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law, often referred to as the “individual mandate,” which will require most individuals to have health insurance in 2014, or pay a penalty. However, the decision also invalidated a provision in the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law requiring states, in 2014, to expand their Medicaid programs or risk the complete loss of all federal Medicaid funding. The Court held that the federal government may offer states the option of accepting the expansion requirement, but that it may not take away pre-existing Medicaid funds in order to coerce states into complying with the expansion. Almost half the states have not yet accepted the Medicaid expansion, so the full extent of increased health care coverage under the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law is uncertain. Adding to this uncertainty, in responding to difficulties encountered in implementing 2010 Healthcare Reform, the White House and federal agencies have instituted various temporary implementation delays, such as regarding the “employer mandate” that generally requires employers with 50 or more full time employees to provide certain health insurance to those employees or pay specified fines.

 

Implementation of the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law has already begun with respect to certain significant cost-saving measures with respect to, for example, several government healthcare programs that cover the cost of our products, including Medicaid, Medicare Parts B and D and the 340B/Public Health Service, or PHS, program, and these efforts could have a material adverse impact on our financial performance.

 

For example, with respect to Medicaid, in order for a drug manufacturer’s products to be reimbursed by federal funding under Medicaid, the manufacturer must enter into a Medicaid drug rebate agreement with the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, and pay certain rebates to the states based on utilization data provided by each state to the manufacturer and to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, and pricing data provided by the manufacturer to the federal government. The states share this savings with the federal government and sometimes implement their own additional supplemental rebate programs. Under the Medicaid drug rebate program, the rebate amount for most brand name drugs was previously equal to a minimum of 15.1% of the Average Manufacturer Price, or AMP, or AMP less Best Price, or AMP less BP, whichever is greater. Effective January 1, 2010, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law generally increased the size of the Medicaid rebates paid by drug manufacturers for single source and innovator multiple source (brand name) drugs from a minimum of 15.1% to a minimum of 23.1% of the AMP, subject to certain exceptions (for example, for certain clotting factors, such as our Factor VIII and Factor IX products, the increase was limited to a minimum of 17.1% of the AMP). For non-innovator multiple source (generic) drugs, the rebate percentage was increased from a minimum of 11.0% to a minimum of 13.0% of AMP. In 2010, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law also newly extended this rebate obligation to prescription drugs covered by Medicaid managed care organizations.

 

In addition, the statutory definition of AMP changed in 2010 as a result of the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law. In November 2010, CMS withdrew previously issued regulations defining AMP and in February 2012 issued proposed regulations that are not yet finalized, and CMS recently announced that a final rule will be issued in May 2014. We believe we are making reasonable assumptions regarding our reporting obligations with respect to this new definition, but, in the absence of final regulations from CMS, the adequacy of our assumptions is not certain. Once CMS issues final regulations, we may determine that our assumptions require amendment to comply with the regulatory definition of AMP.

 

The 2010 Healthcare Reform Law also created new rebate obligations for our products under Medicare Part D, a partial, voluntary prescription drug benefit created by the U.S. federal government primarily for persons 65 years old and over. The Part D drug program is administered through private insurers that contract with CMS. Beginning in 2011, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law generally required that we provide a 50% discount to patients who fall within the Medicare Part D coverage gap, also referred to as the “donut hole,” which is a gap in Medicare Part D coverage for beneficiaries who have expended certain amounts for drugs.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

The availability of federal funds to pay for our products under Medicaid and Medicare Part B programs requires that we extend discounts under the 340B/PHS program, and changes to this program under the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law could adversely affect our financial performance. The 340B/PHS program extends discounts to a variety of community health clinics and other entities that receive health services grants from the PHS, as well as hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of certain low income individuals, and the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law expanded the number of qualified 340B entities eligible to purchase products for outpatient use, adding certain cancer centers, children’s hospitals, critical access hospitals and rural referral centers. The PHS price, or ceiling price, cannot exceed the AMP (as reported to CMS under the Medicaid drug rebate program) less the Medicaid unit rebate amount. We have entered into a pharmaceutical pricing agreement, or PPA, with the government in which we have agreed to participate in the 340B/PHS program by charging eligible entities no more than the PHS ceiling price for drugs intended for outpatient use.

 

The 2010 Healthcare Reform Law also introduced a biosimilar pathway that permits companies to obtain FDA approval of versions of existing biologics that are highly similar to innovative biologics based upon reduced documentation and data requirements deemed sufficient to demonstrate safety and efficacy than are required for the pioneer biologics. The new law provides that a biosimilar application may be submitted as soon as four years after the reference product is first licensed, and that the FDA may not make approval of an application effective until 12 years after the reference product was first licensed. Although drug manufacturers have begun efforts to develop biosimilar drugs for the U.S. market, none have yet been approved by the FDA. However, an approval pathway for biosimilar versions of our biological products now exists in the United States for the first time, and accordingly we expect in the future to face greater competition from biosimilar products, including a possible increase in patent challenges, all of which could adversely affect our financial performance. The FDA is actively implementing the biosimilar pathway, including through the issuance of draft guidance documents, and has indicated that final guidance documents may be issued in 2014.

 

Regarding access to our products, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law established and provided significant funding for a Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to coordinate and fund Comparative Effectiveness Research, as those terms are defined in the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law. While the stated intent of Comparative Effectiveness Research is to develop information to guide providers to the most efficacious therapies, outcomes of Comparative Effectiveness Research could influence the reimbursement or coverage for therapies that are determined to be less cost effective than others. Should any of our products be determined to be less cost effective than alternative therapies, the levels of reimbursement for these products, or the willingness to reimburse at all, could be impacted, which could materially impact our financial results.

 

A provision of the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law, generally referred to as the Physician Payment Sunshine Act or Open Payments Program, imposes new reporting and disclosure requirements for pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers with regard to payments or other transfers of value made to certain U.S. healthcare practitioners, such as physicians and academic medical centers, and with regard to certain ownership interests held by physicians in reporting entities. On February 1, 2013, a final rule was issued to implement the Physician Payment Sunshine Act. Under this rule, data collection activities began on August 1, 2013, and first disclosure reports were due by March 31, 2014 for the period August 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013. As required under the Physician Payment Sunshine Act, information from these reports will be published on a publicly available website, including amounts transferred and the physician, dentist and teaching hospital identities, which is expected to be available to the public by September 30, 2014. It is difficult to predict how the new requirements, which also preempt similar state law reporting requirements, may impact existing relationships among manufacturers, physicians and teaching hospitals.

 

We could be adversely affected if other government or private third-party payors decrease or otherwise limit the amount, price, scope or other eligibility requirements for reimbursement for the purchasers of our products.

 

Prices in many countries, including many European countries, are subject to local regulation and certain pharmaceutical products, such as plasma derivative products, are subject to price controls in several of our principal markets, including Spain and countries within the European Union. In the U.S., where pricing levels for our products are substantially established by third-party payors, if payors reduce the amount of reimbursement for a product, it may cause groups or individuals dispensing the product to discontinue administration of the product, to administer lower doses, to substitute lower cost products or to seek additional price-related concessions. These actions could have a negative effect on our financial results, particularly in cases where our products command a premium price in the marketplace or where changes in reimbursement induce a shift in the location of treatment. The existence of direct and indirect price controls and pressures over our products has affected, and may continue to materially adversely affect, our ability to maintain or increase gross margins.

 

In the U.S., for example, beginning in 2005, the Medicare drug reimbursement methodology for physician and hospital outpatient payment schedules changed to Average Sales Price, or ASP, + 6%. This payment was based on a volume-weighted average of all brands under a common billing code. Medicare payments to physicians between the fourth quarter of 2004 and the first quarter of 2005 dropped 14% for both the powder and liquid forms of IVIG. Medicare payments to hospitals fell 45% for powder IVIG and 30% for liquid IVIG between the fourth quarter of 2005 and the first quarter of 2006. The Medicare reimbursement changes resulted

 

24



Table of Contents

 

in the shift of a significant number of Medicare IVIG patients to hospitals from physicians’ offices beginning in 2005, as many physicians could no longer recover their costs of obtaining and administering IVIG in their offices and clinics. After 2006, some hospitals reportedly began to refuse to provide IVIG to Medicare patients due to reimbursement rates that were below their acquisition costs. Subsequent changes have improved some of these Medicare reimbursement issues, although there has been variability in the reimbursement levels for separately payable, non-pass-through drugs and biologicals in the hospital outpatient setting over the past few years, making financial performance predictions difficult. On January 1, 2008, the CMS reduced the reimbursement for these separately covered drugs and biologicals, including IVIG, in the hospital outpatient setting from ASP + 6% to ASP + 5%, using 2006 Medicare claims data as a reference for this reduction. In addition, CMS reduced a hospital add on payment from $75 to $38 per infusion. Beginning January 1, 2009, CMS further reduced the hospital outpatient reimbursement for separately covered outpatient drugs, including IVIG, to ASP + 4%, and eliminated the add on payment. For 2010, the rate remained as ASP + 4%, based on a cost-based methodology that also involved reallocating certain overhead costs from packaged drugs to unpackaged drugs. CMS increased the rate to ASP + 6% for 2013, and maintained the same rate for 2014. In addition, under the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013, Medicare is subject to a 2% reduction in federal spending, or “sequestration,” including drugs reimbursed under Medicare, for federal fiscal years 2013 through 2023. The full ramifications of this sequestration for Medicare reimbursement are not yet clear, as Congressional action may reduce, eliminate or otherwise change this payment reduction.

 

Also, the intended use of a drug product by a physician can affect pricing. Physicians frequently prescribe legally available therapies for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested in clinical studies and approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities in other countries. These off-label uses are common across medical specialties, and physicians may believe such off-label uses constitute the preferred treatment or treatment of last resort for many patients in varied circumstances. Industry data indicates that a significant portion of IVIG volume may be used to fill physician prescriptions for indications not approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities. If reimbursement for off-label uses of products, including IVIG, is reduced or eliminated by Medicare or other third-party payors, including those in the U.S. or the European Union, we could be adversely affected. For example, CMS could initiate an administrative procedure known as a National Coverage Determination, or NCD, by which the agency determines which uses of a therapeutic product would be reimbursable under Medicare and which uses would not. This determination process can be lengthy, thereby creating a long period during which the future reimbursement for a particular product may be uncertain. High levels of spending on IVIG products, along with increases in IVIG prices, increased IVIG utilization and the high proportion of off-label uses, may increase the risk of regulation of IVIG reimbursement by CMS. On the state level, similar limits could be proposed for therapeutic products covered under Medicaid.

 

Certain of our business practices are subject to scrutiny by regulatory authorities, as well as to lawsuits brought by private citizens under federal and state laws.  Failure to comply with applicable law or an adverse decision in lawsuits may result in adverse consequences to us.

 

The laws governing our conduct in the U.S. are enforceable by criminal, civil and administrative penalties. Violations of laws such as the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, the Federal False Claims Act, or the FCA, the PHS Act or a provision of the U.S. Social Security Act known as the “Anti-Kickback Law,” or any regulations promulgated under their authority, may result in jail sentences, fines or exclusion from federal and state programs, as may be determined by Medicare, Medicaid, the Department of Defense, other regulatory authorities and the courts. There can be no assurance that our activities will not come under the scrutiny of regulators and other government authorities or that our practices will not be found to violate applicable laws, rules and regulations or prompt lawsuits by private citizen “relators” under federal or state false claims laws.

 

For example, under the Anti-Kickback Law, and similar state laws and regulations, even common business arrangements, such as discounted terms and volume incentives for customers in a position to recommend or choose drugs and devices for patients, such as physicians and hospitals, can result in substantial legal penalties, including, among others, exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid programs, and arrangements with referral sources must be structured with care to comply with applicable requirements. Also, certain business practices, such as payment of consulting fees to healthcare providers, sponsorship of educational or research grants, charitable donations, interactions with healthcare providers that prescribe products for uses not approved by the FDA and financial support for continuing medical education programs, must be conducted within narrowly prescribed and controlled limits to avoid any possibility of wrongfully influencing healthcare providers to prescribe or purchase particular products or as a reward for past prescribing. Significant enforcement activity has been the result of actions brought by relators, who file complaints in the name of the United States (and if applicable, particular states) under federal and state False Claims Act statutes and can be entitled to receive up to 30% of total recoveries. Also, violations of the False Claims Act can result in treble damages, and each false claim submitted can be subject to a penalty of up to $11,000 per claim. Additional and stricter prohibitions could be implemented by federal and state authorities. Where practices have been found to involve improper incentives to use products, government investigations and assessments of penalties against manufacturers have resulted in substantial damages and fines. Many manufacturers have been required to enter into consent decrees or orders that prescribe allowable corporate conduct.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Failure to satisfy requirements under the FDCA can also result in penalties, as well as requirements to enter into consent decrees or orders that prescribe allowable corporate conduct. In this regard, our Los Angeles facility was previously managed pursuant to a consent decree that was entered into in February 1998 based on action by the FDA and DOJ addressing FDCA violations committed by the former owner of the facility, Alpha Therapeutic Corporation, or Alpha. The consent decree provided for annual inspection of the plant by the FDA. On March 15, 2012, the United States District Court for the Central District of California entered an order vacating the consent decree on the Los Angeles facility.

 

Adverse consequences can also result from failure to comply with the requirements of the 340B/PHS program under the PHS Act, which extends discounts to a variety of community health clinics and other entities that receive health services grants from the PHS. For example, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law requires the Secretary of HHS to develop and issue regulations for the 340B/PHS program establishing standards for the imposition of sanctions in the form of civil monetary penalties, or CMP, for manufacturers that knowingly and intentionally overcharge a covered entity for a 340B drug. The CMP can be up to $5,000 for each instance of overcharging a covered entity. HHS has never had CMP authority that addresses this area and has not yet issued final regulations to implement this new penalty provision, and accordingly, the impact of this CMP provision is uncertain. In September 2010, HHS’ Health Resources and Services Administration, or HRSA, issued a notice of proposed rulemaking in which it is considering imposing CMPs on manufacturers in certain cases where a covered entity has been unable to find a given product at a 340B price and has instead purchased the drug outside of the 340B Program at a price greater than the ceiling price. Certain of our products are subject to shortages and allocation issues can arise. Accordingly, if the HRSA adopts a CMP interpretation of this kind, it could potentially have adverse consequences on our financial performance.

 

In addition, companies in the U.S., Canada and the European Union are generally restricted from promoting approved products for other indications that are not specifically approved by the competent regulatory authorities (e.g., the FDA in the U.S.), nor can companies promote unapproved products. In the U.S., pharmaceutical companies have, to a limited extent, been recognized by the FDA as permitted to disseminate to physicians certain truthful and accurate information regarding unapproved uses of approved products, or results of studies involving investigational products. In addition, in December 2012, a federal appeals court in New York found that the criminal prosecution of a pharmaceutical manufacturer for truthful, non-misleading speech promoting the lawful, off-label use of an FDA-approved drug would violate the manufacturer’s constitutional rights of free speech, and the FDA chose not to appeal that decision. Improper promotion of unapproved drugs or devices or unapproved indications for a drug or device may subject us to warnings from, or enforcement action by, regulatory agencies, harm demand for our products, and subject us to civil and criminal sanctions. Further, sanctions under the FCA have recently been brought against companies accused of promoting off-label uses of drugs, because such promotion induces the use and subsequent claims for reimbursement under Medicare and other federal programs. Similar actions for off-label promotion have been initiated by several states for Medicaid fraud. The 2010 Healthcare Reform Law significantly strengthened provisions of the FCA, Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Kickback provisions, and other health care fraud provisions, leading to the possibility of greatly increased qui tam suits by relators for perceived violations. Industry data indicates that a significant portion of IVIG volume may be used to fill physician prescriptions for indications not approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities. Violations or allegations of violations of the foregoing restrictions could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

We are required to report detailed pricing information, net of included discounts, rebates and other concessions, to CMS for the purpose of calculating national reimbursement levels, certain federal prices and certain federal and state rebate obligations. We have established systems for collecting and reporting this data accurately to CMS and have instituted a compliance program to assure that the information collected is complete in all respects. If we report pricing information that is not accurate to the federal government, we could be subject to fines and other sanctions that could adversely affect their business.

 

To market and sell our products outside of the U.S., we must obtain and maintain regulatory approvals and comply with regulatory requirements in such jurisdictions. The approval procedures vary among countries in complexity and timing. We may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the U.S. on a timely basis, if at all, which would preclude us from commercializing products in those markets. In addition, some countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, regulate the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals. In these countries, pricing discussions with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. Such trials may be time consuming and expensive and may not show an advantage in efficacy for our products. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, in either the U.S. or the European Union, we could be adversely affected.

 

We also are subject to certain laws and regulations concerning the conduct of our foreign operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and anti-bribery laws and related laws, and laws pertaining to the accuracy of our internal books and records, which have been the focus of increasing enforcement activity in recent years. Under the FCPA, the U.S. has increasingly focused on regulating the conduct by U.S. businesses occurring outside of the U.S., generally prohibiting remuneration to foreign

 

26



Table of Contents

 

officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Also, in some countries we may rely on third parties for the marketing and distribution of our products, and these parties may lack sufficient internal compliance resources, and may operate in foreign markets involving substantial corruption. If our efforts to monitor these parties fail to detect potential wrongdoing, we could be held responsible for the noncompliance of these third parties with applicable laws and regulations, which may have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We are subject to extensive government regulatory compliance and ethics oversight.

 

Our business is subject to extensive government regulation and oversight. We have enacted anticorruption, privacy, healthcare and corporate compliance policies and procedures that govern our business practices and those of our distributors and suppliers. These policies and procedures are effectuated through education, training and monitoring of our employees, distributors and suppliers. In addition, to enhance compliance with applicable health care laws and mitigate potential liability in the event of noncompliance, regulatory authorities, such as HHS’s Office of the Inspector General, or OIG, have recommended the adoption and implementation of a comprehensive health care compliance program that generally contains the elements of an effective compliance and ethics program described in Section 8B2.1 of the U.S. Sentencing Commission Guidelines Manual. Increasing numbers of U.S.-based pharmaceutical companies have such programs, and we have adopted U.S. healthcare compliance and ethics programs that generally incorporate the HHS OIG’s recommendations. However, our adoption and enforcement of these various policies and procedures does not ensure that we will avoid investigation or the imposition of penalties by applicable government agencies.

 

We are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.

 

Our business involves the controlled use of hazardous materials, various biological compounds and chemicals. The risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials cannot be eliminated. If an accident, spill or release of any regulated chemicals or substances occurs, we could be held liable for resulting damages, including for investigation, remediation and monitoring of the contamination, including natural resource damages, the costs of which could be substantial. As owner and operators of real property, we could also be held liable for the presence of hazardous substances as a result of prior site uses or activities, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct that caused or contributed to the presence or release of such hazardous substance on our property. We are also subject to numerous environmental, health and workplace safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures, exposure to blood-borne pathogens and the handling of biohazardous materials and chemicals. Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover the costs and expenses that may be incurred due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of these materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us for claims arising in the U.S. Additional or more stringent federal, state or local laws and regulations affecting our operations may be adopted in the future. We may incur substantial capital costs and operating expenses to comply with any of these laws or regulations and the terms and conditions of any permits required pursuant to such laws and regulations, including costs to install new or updated pollution control equipment, modify our operations or perform other corrective actions at our respective facilities. In addition, fines and penalties may be imposed for noncompliance with environmental and health and safety laws and regulations or for the failure to have or comply with the terms and conditions of required environmental permits.

 

Item 4.                                                          INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A.                                     History of and Development of the Company

 

Introduction

 

We were founded in 1940 in Barcelona, Spain by Dr. José Antonio Grifols i Roig, a specialist and pioneer in blood transfusions and clinical analysis and the grandfather of our current Chairman of the Board.  We have been making and selling plasma derivative products for more than 70 years.  Over the last 25 years, we have grown from a predominantly domestic Spanish company into a global company by expanding both organically and through acquisitions throughout Europe, the United States, Latin America and Asia.

 

We were incorporated in Spain as a limited liability company on June 22, 1987 under the name Grupo Grifols, S.A., and we changed our name to Grifols, S.A. in 2005.  We conduct business under the commercial name “Grifols.”  Our principal executive office is located at Avinguda de la Generalitat, 152 Parque Empresarial Can Sant Joan, 08174 Sant Cugat del Vallès, Barcelona, Spain and our telephone number is +34 93 571 0500.  Our registered office is located at c/Jesús y María, 6, Barcelona, Spain.

 

We are a vertically integrated global producer of plasma derivatives.  Our activities include sourcing raw material, manufacturing various plasma derivative products and selling and distributing final products to healthcare providers.  We have 150 FDA-licensed plasma collection centers located across the United States.  We have expanded our plasma collection network through a

 

27



Table of Contents

 

combination of organic growth and acquisitions and the opening of new plasma collection centers.  Our acquisitions of SeraCare (now renamed Biomat USA) in 2002; PlasmaCare, Inc. in 2006; eight plasma collection centers from a subsidiary of Baxter in 2006; four plasma collection centers from Bio-Medics, Inc. in 2007; and one plasma collection center from Amerihealth Plasma LLC in 2008 have given us reliable access to United States source plasma.  Our acquisition of Talecris in June 2011 expanded our network by an additional 67 centers, and in 2012, we purchased three plasma collection centers in the United States from Cangene Corporation, a Canadian biopharmaceutical firm.  We also produce diagnostic and hospital products.

 

On June 1, 2011, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares for $3.7 billion of Talecris, a biopharmaceutical company that produced plasma-derived protein therapies in the United States, furthering our position as a diversified, global provider of life saving and life enhancing plasma protein therapeutics and making us the world’s third largest producer of plasma derivative products.

 

On January 9, 2014, we concluded the acquisition of a diagnostic business unit related to transfusion medicine and immunology of the Swiss company Novartis Corporation, or Novartis, for a total amount of $1.675 billion. See “— Important Events — The Novartis Acquisition and Related Financing.”

 

Our Class A shares have been listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges since we completed our initial public offering on May 17, 2006 and are quoted on the Spanish Automated Quotation System under the ticker symbol “GRF.” In January 2008, we became part of the IBEX-35 Index, which comprises the top 35 listed Spanish companies by liquidity and market capitalization. Our Class B shares were issued as part of the consideration for the Talecris acquisition and were listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges on June 2, 2011 and quoted on the Spanish Automated Quotation System under the ticker symbol “GRF.P.” Our Class B shares are also traded in the U.S. on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in the form of ADSs, evidenced by ADRs, under the symbol “GRFS.” Each ADS represents one of our Class B shares. Our ADSs are currently traded in U.S. dollars. In November 2011, our ADSs were added to the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index.

 

Important Events

 

The Novartis Acquisition and Related Financing

 

Overview

 

On November 10, 2013, we entered into a share and asset agreement to acquire Novartis’ diagnostic business. The Novartis Diagnostic Business (as defined herein) was part of Novartis’s Vaccines & Diagnostics Division, which was established following Novartis’s 2006 acquisition of Chiron Corporation.

 

We acquired from Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc., or NVD, a complete line of products and systems to perform blood donor screening molecular tests aimed at detecting the pathogenic agents of transfusion-related infectious diseases such as HIV, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, and West Nile Virus. Under the Novartis Agreement (as defined herein), we acquired (and, with respect to certain intellectual property rights, we acquired co-ownership) from NVD and its affiliates substantially all of the assets and certain specified liabilities that were exclusively or primarily used in connection with the following businesses, collectively, the Novartis Diagnostic Business:

 

·                   the research, development, manufacture and commercialization of nucleic acid tests, or NAT, (instruments, assays and services) to screen human donated blood and blood products, including blood intended for autologous use, for blood-borne pathogens such as HIV, HBV, HCV and West Nile Virus, or the NAT Business;

 

·                   the business of generating royalty revenue from licenses in connection with the NAT Business;

 

·                   the research, development, manufacture and commercialization of immunoassay antigens and antibodies to screen human donated blood and blood products, including blood intended for autologous use (but not for immunotherapeutic purposes), for use in the detection of hepatitis, retroviruses and peptides for the purpose of clinical diagnostics, or the Immunoassay Business; and

 

·                   the business of commercializing automatic and semi-automatic analyzers for processing blood-typing cards using gel agglutination technology manufactured by Grifols, or the Immunohematology Business.

 

In addition, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics (HK) Limited, a subsidiary of Novartis organized under the laws of Hong Kong that is engaged in the Novartis Diagnostic Business. We

 

28



Table of Contents

 

also licensed back to the Seller and its affiliates to certain rights to use the purchased intellectual property outside of the Novartis Diagnostic Business.

 

In 2013, the Novartis Diagnostic Business had $786 million (€582.2 million) of total revenue and $294 million (€217.8 million) of operating income. Currently, more than 80% of the U.S. blood supply is tested on Novartis Transfusion Diagnostic systems. The Novartis Diagnostic Business was headquartered in Emeryville, California, where its key manufacturing facility is located, and had 550 employees worldwide.

 

The Novartis Acquisition

 

On November 10, 2013, we entered into a share and asset agreement, or the Novartis Agreement, with NVD, and, solely as a Guarantor, Novartis, which was subsequently amended on December 27, 2013 and January 9, 2014 to acquire the Novartis Diagnostic Business.  The transactions contemplated by the Novartis Agreement, or the Novartis Acquisition, closed on January 9, 2014. We paid a purchase price of $1.675 billion.

 

The purchase price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments based on the actual levels of cash, inventory, accounts receivable and accounts payable at the closing as compared to prior estimates. The Novartis Agreement also includes customary representations and warranties about the Novartis Diagnostic Business and the purchased assets. In addition, Novartis agreed to a two-year non-competition restriction within the Novartis Diagnostic Business, subject to certain carve outs, including for existing businesses of Novartis and de minimis future acquisitions. Under the Novartis Agreement, each of NVD and Grifols Diagnostic Solutions Inc. (f/k/a Grifols Chiron Diagnostics Corp.) agreed to indemnify the other party for breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and, in the case of NVD, certain excluded liabilities of the Novartis Diagnostic Business, subject in some cases to certain limitations. The indemnification obligations of NVD under the Novartis Agreement are guaranteed by Novartis, and the indemnification obligations of Grifols Diagnostic Solutions Inc. are guaranteed by Grifols.

 

At the closing of the Novartis Acquisition, we entered into a transition services agreement with NVD, pursuant to which each of NVD and Grifols Diagnostic Solutions Inc. will provide certain services to the other party on a transitional basis, including information technology services, human resources services, finance services, procurement services, real estate services, hazardous materials management services and compliance and quality control services in order to facilitate the transactions contemplated by the Novartis Agreement and the migration of the Novartis Diagnostic Business from NVD to Grifols Diagnostic Solutions Inc. in accordance with the Novartis Agreement.

 

In addition, at the closing of the Novartis Acquisition, we entered into a global employment services agreement with NVD and Novartis pursuant to which NVD agreed to second to Grifols Diagnostic Solutions Inc. certain employees of Novartis and its affiliates who are engaged in the Novartis Diagnostic Business throughout the world (other than in Europe). These employees will be seconded to us for a maximum of six months, or until Grifols Diagnostic Solutions Inc. is able to implement an appropriate employee benefit plan, policy or other arrangement for these employees in the relevant jurisdictions. Upon the termination of the global employment services agreement, our expectation is that these seconded employees will become employees of Grifols Diagnostic Solutions Inc.  To finance the Novartis Acquisition, we entered into a credit and guaranty agreement with a syndicate led by Nomura Securities International, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., or the Bridge Loan Facility, pursuant to which we borrowed $1.5 billion of loans on January 3, 2014.

 

Refinancing

 

The Bridge Loan Facility and the Existing Facilities were repaid on February 27, 2014 with the proceeds of the New Credit Facilities that we entered into on February 27, 2014. The New Credit Facilities consist of the Senior Term Loans and the Revolving Loans (each, as defined herein), which are subject to customary flex provisions. For a description of the principal terms of the New Credit Facilities, please see Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Credit — New Credit Facilities.” On February 27, 2014, we also entered into the credit and guaranty agreement with a syndicate led by Nomura Securities International, Inc., or the New Interim Loan Facility, pursuant to which we borrowed $1.0 billion of loans. The proceeds from the New Interim Loan Facility were used to discharge the Existing Notes on February 27, 2014. The New Interim Loan Facility was refinanced pursuant to the offering of the Notes completed on March 12, 2014.

 

Other Acquisitions

 

TiGenix Acquisition

 

In November 2013, we acquired 21.30% of the common stock of the biotechnological company TiGenix N.V., or TiGenix, for €12.4 million. TiGenix is listed on the NYSE Euronext Brussels (TIG), and is based in Leuven, Belgium but has commercial

 

29



Table of Contents

 

offices in Madrid and Sittard Gellen (the Netherlands). TiGenix is a Belgian cell therapy company that is a global leader in the field of mesenchymal stem cell therapy, and the first European company that obtained an approval for a cell based medicinal product by EMA, namely ChondroCelect. This investment was carried out through Gri-Cel, S.A., our 100% owned subsidiary in which we centralize our investments in research and development projects in fields of medicine outside of our core business, such as advanced therapies.

 

Aradigm Stock Subscription

 

In August 2013, we closed a transaction with Aradigm Corporation, or Aradigm, a company engaged in the development and commercialization of inhaled drugs for the treatment of severe respiratory diseases. We entered into an exclusive worldwide license agreement to develop and commercialize Pulmaquin, an inhaled ciprofloxacin product. In conjunction with the licensing agreement, we acquired approximately 35% of Aradigm’s common stock on a fully diluted basis for $25.7 million (€20.6 million of acquisition costs are included).

 

Acquisition of Progenika

 

On March 4, 2013, we announced the acquisition of 60% of the economic and voting rights of Progenika for a total of €37.0 million (€34.6 million, net of cash and cash equivalents). Progenika is a Spanish company founded in 2000 that has developed tools for in vitro diagnostic genotyping testing, prognosis of diseases and prediction of response to drug treatment. Progenika has also developed its own technology to produce DNA chips for diagnoses.

 

Half of the purchase price was paid with 884,997 of our Class B shares and the remainder was funded using cash on hand. In addition, we and the selling shareholder have granted each other call and put options over the shares representing the remaining 35% of the share capital of Progenika, which may be exercised within three years from the date of the acquisition. The purchase price of the Progenika shares subject to the call and put option will be the same as the price per share we paid, increased at the rate of 5% per annum.

 

Investment in VCN Bioscience

 

In July 2012, we acquired 40% of the share capital of VCN Bioscience, S.L., or VCN Bioscience, a biotechnology firm specializing in the research and development of new therapeutic approaches for tumors based on the use of oncologic viruses, for €1.5 million.

 

VCN Bioscience’s most advanced project focuses on the treatment of pancreatic cancer, and our investment will enable it to continue to develop this new therapeutic approach, which is currently in the preclinical phase and scheduled to enter the clinical phase in 2013.  We have committed under certain conditions to finance VCN Bioscience’s ongoing projects for a minimum of €5 million, which we expect to achieve by increasing our share in the capital of VCN Bioscience.

 

Investment in Araclón Biotech, S.L.

 

On February 29, 2012, our subsidiary, Gri-Cel, S.A., acquired 51% of the share capital of Araclón Biotech, S.L., or Araclón. Araclón is primarily involved in the research and development of therapies and methods for the diagnosis of degenerative illnesses, with a particular concentration on Alzheimer’s disease. This acquisition reinforces our commitment to research and development of therapies to fight Alzheimer’s disease.

 

We have committed to finance Araclón’s ongoing projects for the next five years, subject to certain conditions. The total cost of such investments is expected to be less than €25 million, which we expect to achieve by increasing our share in the capital of Araclón.

 

Purchase of Remaining Woolloomooloo Shares

 

In August 2011, we acquired the remaining 51% of the share capital of Woolloomooloo Holdings Pty Ltd., the holding company of Lateral Medion, an Australian Swiss group that distributes diagnostic products in Australia and Switzerland and has a manufacturing facility in Switzerland. We previously held 49% of the share capital and 100% of the voting rights and had exercised control since March 3, 2009. The acquisition of the remaining 51% of the share capital totaled AUS dollars 12.5 million, or €9.5 million. The difference between the amount paid and the non-controlling interest was recorded as a €2.2 million increase in reserves.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

The Talecris Acquisition and Related Financing

 

On June 1, 2011, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 6, 2010, or Merger Agreement, by and among Talecris, Merger Sub, Grifols, S.A. and Grifols Inc., as amended, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Talecris for a total of $3.7 billion.  The total value of the transaction, including Talecris’ net debt, was approximately $3.3 billion.  The acquisition was effected through (i) the merger of Talecris with and into Stream Merger Sub, Inc., a Virginia corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Talecris, or Merger Sub and (ii) the immediately subsequent merger of Grifols Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Grifols, S.A., with and into Merger Sub, with Merger Sub continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Grifols, S.A. Merger Sub was subsequently renamed Grifols Inc.

 

In connection with the consummation of the acquisition, each share of Talecris common stock, par value $0.01 per share, was converted into the right to receive $19 in cash and 0.6485 (or 0.641 for Talecris directors and Talecris Holdings, LLC) of a Class B share of Grifols, S.A. and cash in lieu of fractional Class B shares and any cash representing dividends or other distributions payable in accordance with the Merger Agreement.

 

On July 20, 2011, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, issued a final order, or Consent Order, settling the FTC’s May 31, 2011 charges that our acquisition of Talecris was anticompetitive and would have resulted in higher prices for consumers. Pursuant to the Consent Order, we divested to Kedrion, on June 2, 2011, certain assets, including Talecris’ Melville, New York manufacturing facility and United States marketing rights to Koate® antihemophilic factor, and an agreed quantity of plasma and subsequently transferred to Kedrion two plasma collection centers located in Mobile, Alabama, and Winston Salem, North Carolina. Further, pursuant to the Consent Order, we and Kedrion entered into a contract manufacturing agreement under which we are supplying to Kedrion, for a period of seven years ending in 2018, Koate® and private label IVIG and albumin, for sale by Kedrion in the United States, and we extended to Kedrion a five year option ending in 2016 for Kedrion to purchase a non-exclusive license to Koate® related intellectual property for use in the United States. In accordance with the Consent Order, we leased the Melville facility from Kedrion until July 1, 2013 when we turned over operations at the facility to Kedrion. The Consent Order provides for a monitor to oversee our compliance with the Consent Order and requires us to submit to the FTC annual compliance reports for ten years.  Our next compliance report is due in July 2014.

 

In order to finance the cash portion of the Talecris acquisition consideration and repay existing indebtedness, on November 23, 2010, we entered into a credit agreement that provided for (a) senior term loans aggregating $2.5 billion and €440 million and (b) revolving commitments in the amounts of $50 million, €36.7 million ($50 million equivalent) and the $200 million equivalent in multicurrencies.  In addition, on January 21, 2011, Giant Funding Corp., an escrow company formed solely for the purpose of issuing the Existing Notes, completed a private placement of 8.25% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Existing Notes”).  The proceeds of the offering of the Existing Notes were held in an escrow account pending completion of the Talecris acquisition and the satisfaction of other conditions.  On June 1, 2011, upon completion of the acquisition, Giant Funding Corp. was merged with and into Grifols Inc., Grifols Inc. assumed all of Giant Funding Corp.’s obligations under the Existing Notes and the indenture governing the Existing Notes and the proceeds from the issuance of the Existing Notes were released from the escrow account.  The proceeds from the Existing Notes, together with funds drawn pursuant to the credit agreement, were used to finance the cash portion of the consideration for the Talecris acquisition.

 

On February 29, 2012, we entered into the amended senior credit agreement, which provided for the repricing of all of the senior term loans and revolving facilities via amended senior term loans aggregating $2.3 billion and €420 million and amended revolving credit facilities in the amounts of $35 million, €22 million and the $140 million equivalent in multicurrencies (collectively, the “Existing Facilities”).  We voluntarily prepaid $240 million of the Existing Facilities in 2012.  The Existing Facilities were repaid on February 27, 2014 with the proceeds of the New Credit Facilities that we entered into on February 27, 2014.

 

Class B ADS Purchase and Sale

 

On March 11, 2013, we purchased 4,402,986 of our Class B ADSs from various funds and accounts managed by Cerberus Capital Management, L.P.  and/or its affiliated advisory entities (such funds and accounts, “Cerberus”) for a total purchase price of $118,880,622, or $27.00 per ADS, pursuant to a purchase agreement dated March 8, 2013 (the “ADS Purchase Agreement”). We originally issued these Class B ADSs to Cerberus in June 2011, in connection with our acquisition of Talecris. Cerberus was the largest shareholder of Talecris.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the ADS Purchase Agreement we provided Cerberus with registration rights for their remaining 4,402,987 Class B ADSs. On April 23, 2013, we filed a Form F-3 registration statement covering the resale of such Class B ADS for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Cerberus paid all expenses related to the preparation and filing of the registration statement.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

The ADS Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and agreements by each party. In addition, the ADS Purchase Agreement contains customary indemnification obligations of us and Cerberus arising from the registration rights and obligations set forth therein, including for liabilities under the Securities Act and other obligations of the parties.

 

In November 2013, we sold 4,402,986 ADSs, representing all of our treasury stock, for €11.2 million.  As of December 31, 2013, we hold no treasury stock.

 

Sale-leaseback Transactions

 

In May 2011, we sold five properties in Spain for an aggregate amount of €80.4 million to Gridpan Invest, S.L., a wholly owned subsidiary of Scranton Enterprises, B.V., one of our major shareholders and a related party.  These properties related primarily to non-core assets such as offices, warehouses and a factory.  Two of the premises were sold together with their related mortgage loans for a total of €53.5 million.  As a result of the sale, we recognized a net loss of €7.4 million, which included €2.0 million in brokerage fees paid to Scranton Enterprises, B.V. The prices paid for the properties were established based on appraisals made by independent appraisers.  Simultaneous with the sale, we entered into operating lease agreements with Gridpan Invest, S.L. with respect to the aforementioned properties.  For a summary of the material terms of the lease agreements, see Item 7 of this Part I, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions — Sale-leaseback Transactions — Spain.”

 

In June 2011, we signed various contracts for the sale and leaseback of a production plant located at the Los Angeles facility, as well as its machinery and other equipment, to third-party investors California Biogrif 330, LP and LA 330 Biologicals Financing, LP, respectively.  We also signed a 99-year lease for the land on which the production plant is built.  We received $35.4 million (€24.6 million) for the sale of the production plant and $23.8 million (€16.5 million) for the sale of the machinery and other equipment.

 

The plant lease is considered an operating lease and the lease on the machinery and other equipment is considered a finance lease in accordance with the terms of the purchase option.  As a result of the sale of the plant, we incurred a net loss of $2.4 million (€1.3 million), mainly due to the expenses incurred during the plant’s operation.

 

The main terms of the plant operating lease contract are as follows:

 

·                                           initial term of 20 years;

 

·                                           initial rent established at market prices and subject to an annual 3% increase;

 

·                                           on the first day of the sixth year, advance payment of the rent due through the twentieth year;

 

·                                           option to extend the lease by a ten-year period at our discretion; and

 

·                                           grant of purchase options in the sixth and twentieth years at a market price to be agreed to by our landlord and us, or as determined by an independent appraiser if we can not reach an agreement with our landlord.

 

The main terms of the finance lease contract for the machinery and other equipment are a term of five years and 60 monthly payments of $529,000 (€369,000).  The lease contract is non-extendable and anticipates the repurchase of the machinery and other equipment for the amount of $1.00 upon expiration of the lease term.

 

The rental expense incurred in 2013 for the operating contracts amounted to €1.8 million, coinciding with the minimum contractually agreed payments.

 

In December 2011, we entered into a number of contracts for the sale and subsequent leaseback of certain buildings and equipment under construction in Clayton, North Carolina with Scranton Enterprises USA, Inc., a company owned by Scranton Enterprises, B.V., one of our major shareholders and a related party.  The sale price was $199 million, of which $115 million was paid as of December 31, 2011.  The remaining $84 million was paid in June 2012.  For a summary of the material terms of the lease agreements, see Item 7 of this Part I, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions — Sale-leaseback Transactions — Clayton, North Carolina.”

 

For further details of our principal capital expenditures and divestitures, see Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Expenditures.”

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Alpha Consent Decree

 

On March 15, 2012, the United States District Court for the Central District of California entered an order vacating the consent decree under which our Los Angeles facility previously operated.  See Item 8 of this Part I, “Financial Information — A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Legal Proceedings — Alpha Consent Decree.”

 

B.                                     Business Overview

 

General

 

We are a leading global specialty biopharmaceutical company that develops, manufactures and distributes a broad range of plasma derivative products.  Plasma derivatives are proteins found in human plasma, which once isolated and purified, have therapeutic value.  These protein-based therapies extend and enhance the lives of individuals who suffer from chronic and acute, often life-threatening, conditions, such as:  primary and secondary immunological deficiencies; CIDP; A1PI deficiency and related emphysema; immune-mediated ITP; Guillain Barré syndrome; Kawasaki disease; allogeneic bone marrow transplants; hemophilia A and B; von Willebrand disease; traumatic or hemorrhagic shock; and severe burns.  We also specialize in providing infusion solutions, nutrition products, medical devices, diagnostic instrumentation and reagents for use in hospitals and clinics.

 

Our products and services are used by healthcare providers in approximately 100 countries to diagnose and treat patients with hemophilia, immune deficiencies, infectious diseases and a range of other medical conditions, and we have a direct presence, through the operation of commercial subsidiaries, in 25 countries.

 

We organize our business into four divisions:  Bioscience, Diagnostic, Hospital and Raw Materials and Others.

 

Bioscience.   The Bioscience division includes activities relating to the manufacture of plasma derivatives for therapeutic use, including the reception, analysis, quarantine, classification, fractionation and purification of plasma, and the sale and distribution of end products. The main plasma products we manufacture are IVIG, Factor VIII, A1PI and albumin. We also manufacture intramuscular (hyperimmune) immunoglobulins, ATIII, Factor IX and plasma thromboplastin component, or PTC. Subsequent to the Talecris acquisition, Talecris’ operations were incorporated into our existing Bioscience division. This diversification of our Bioscience division, coupled with geographic expansion, has enabled us to adapt to the demands of patients and healthcare professionals and add value to our services. The Bioscience division accounted for €2.4 billion, or 89.3%, of our total net revenue of €2.7 billion in 2013 and approximately 74% of total net revenue of €3.3 billion pro forma for the Novartis Acquisition.

 

Diagnostic.   The Diagnostic division focuses on researching, developing, manufacturing and marketing in vitro diagnostics products, including analytical instruments and reagents for diagnostics, as well as blood bank products. We concentrate our Diagnostic business in immunohematology and hemostasis product lines. The Diagnostic division’s main customers are blood donation centers, clinical analysis laboratories and hospital immunohematology services. The Diagnostic division accounted for €130.3 million, or 4.8%, of our total net revenue in 2013. The Novartis Diagnostic Business we acquired in January 2014 produces a complete line of products and systems to perform blood donor screening molecular tests aimed at detecting the pathogenic agents of transfusion related infectious diseases such as HIV, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, and West Nile Virus. With the Novartis Acquisition, we expect the Diagnostic division to account for approximately 20% of our total net sales.

 

Hospital.   The Hospital division manufactures and in certain instances installs products used by and in hospitals, such as parenteral solutions and enteral and parenteral nutritional fluids, which are sold almost exclusively in Spain and Portugal. It also includes products that we do not manufacture but that we market as supplementary to products we do manufacture. The Hospital division and accounted for €97.1 million, or 3.5%, of our total net revenue in 2013 and approximately 3% pro forma for the Novartis Acquisition.

 

Raw Materials and Others .  Since 2011, the Raw Materials and Others division consists of (i) amounts earned under the agreements with Kedrion, which are described further in “— A. History and Development of the Company — Important Events — The Talecris Acquisition and Related Financing” above, (ii) royalty payments from third parties and (iii) revenue from engineering activities by our subsidiary, Grifols Engineering, S.A. The Raw Materials and Others division accounted for €65.4 million, or 2.4%, of our total net revenue in 2013.

 

Geographic Markets

 

We are a leading plasma derivatives producer globally, ranking as the third largest producer in the industry in terms of total sales behind Baxter Healthcare Corporation and CSL Group. We are the world’s largest producer of A1PI, which is used for the treatment of A1PI deficiency-related emphysema. Prolastin® is the leading A1PI product in the United States, and is licensed in 15 countries in Europe and competes with another licensed A1PI product only in France, representing a 66% market share globally.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

We currently operate in approximately 100 countries through distributors and subsidiaries in 25 countries. The United States is the largest sales region in the world for plasma derivative products. In addition, the United States does not regulate prices for plasma derivative products and trade credit periods are generally shorter than in other regions in which we sell our products, including our principal European sales regions. In the year ended December 31, 2013, the United States and Canada accounted for 62.3% of our total net revenue.

 

Certain sales regions, particularly in emerging markets, have experienced continuous growth, driven by enhanced socioeconomic conditions and more informed patients who are demanding better quality medical care, as well as increasing government healthcare spending on plasma derivative products and are expected to experience significant growth. Our presence and experience in Latin America, in countries such as Mexico, Colombia, Argentina, Chile and Brazil, where we have been marketing and selling products for over 20 years, has positioned us to benefit from this additional growth in both our Bioscience and Diagnostic divisions. In the Asia-Pacific region, we have established a presence through our subsidiaries and representative offices in Malaysia, China, Thailand, Singapore, Australia and Japan.

 

Our continued focus on international expansion and acquisitions that generate operational synergies was demonstrated by our acquisition of Talecris in June 2011, a United States based producer of plasma-derived protein therapies with an established presence in the United States and Canada. We also expanded internationally with the acquisition in March 2013 of a 60% stake in Progenika, a Spanish biotechnology firm with operations in the United States, Europe and the Middle East. We will continue to selectively consider acquisitions that would further enhance our operations.

 

The following chart reflects a summary of net revenue by each of our geographic regions for the past three years:

 

Summary of Net Revenue by Region

 

Year
ended
December 31,
2013

 

% of total
net revenue

 

Year
ended
December 31,
2012

 

% of total
net revenue

 

Year
ended
December 31,
2011

 

% of total
net revenue

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros, except for percentages)

 

European Union(1)

 

569,827

 

20.8

 

559,328

 

21.3

 

526,625

 

29.3

 

Spain

 

207,922

 

7.6

 

212,983

 

8.1

 

230,871

 

12.9

 

United States and Canada

 

1,707,620

 

62.3

 

1,658,548

 

63.3

 

948,730

 

52.9

 

Rest of the World

 

426,257

 

15.5

 

371,618

 

14.2

 

289,732

 

16.1

 

Subtotal

 

2,703,704

 

98.6

 

2,589,494

 

98.8

 

1,765,087

 

98.3

 

Raw Materials(2)

 

38,028

 

1.4

 

31,450

 

1.2

 

30,526

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,741,732

 

100.0

 

2,620,944

 

100.0

 

1,795,613

 

100.0

 

 


(1)                                  Net revenue earned in the European Union includes net revenue earned in Spain.

 

(2)                                  We exclude net revenue derived from our Raw Materials division from our reported net revenue by region, because we believe that such net revenue does not represent part of our core recurrent business lines.  This net revenue consists primarily of net revenue earned under the agreements with Kedrion, which are described further in “— A. History and Development of the Company — Important Events — The Talecris Acquisition and Related Financing” above.

 

Principal Activities

 

We organize our business into four divisions:  Bioscience, Diagnostic, Hospital and Raw Materials and Others.

 

The following chart presents our total revenues by each of our divisions for the past three years:

 

Summary of Revenue by Division

 

Year
ended
December 31,
2013

 

% of total
net revenue

 

Year
ended
December 31,
2012

 

% of total net
revenue

 

Year
ended
December 31,
2011

 

% of total net
revenue

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros, except for percentages)

 

Bioscience

 

2,448,824

 

89.3

 

2,325,089

 

88.7

 

1,531,199

 

85.3

 

Diagnostic

 

130,339

 

4.8

 

134,341

 

5.1

 

117,358

 

6.5

 

Hospital

 

97,131

 

3.5

 

95,870

 

3.7

 

95,365

 

5.3

 

Raw Materials and Others(1)

 

65,438

 

2.4

 

65,644

 

2.5

 

51,691

 

2.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,741,732

 

100.0

 

2,620,944

 

100.0

 

1,795,613

 

100.0

 

 

34



Table of Contents

 


(1)                                  In 2011, 2012 and 2013, Raw Materials and Others primarily consisted of (i) amounts earned under the agreements with Kedrion, which are described further in “— A. History and Development of the Company — Important Events — The Talecris Acquisition and Related Financing” above, (ii) royalty payments from third parties and (iii) revenues from engineering activities by our subsidiary Grifols Engineering, S.A.

 

The Bioscience Division

 

The Bioscience division is responsible for the research and development, production and marketing of plasma derivative products. In 2013, the Bioscience division accounted for 89.3% of total net revenue.

 

Operational Structure

 

The following chart illustrates its operational structure:

 

 

From plasma donation to therapeutic application, there are four major steps in the industry value chain process:  (i) plasma collection, (ii) transport and logistics, (iii) manufacturing (fractionation) and (iv) marketing and distribution.  We are present at all levels of the value chain, from collection centers to distribution of the final products.  This vertical integration enables us to leverage our position at each stage to control the overall process, to benefit from lower prices and to introduce complementary products, such as those offered through the Hospital division and the Diagnostic division, to our customers.

 

Plasma Collection

 

Plasma is the key raw material used in the production of plasma-derived products. We obtain our plasma primarily from the United States through our 150 FDA licensed plasma collection centers and, to a much lesser extent, through agreements with third parties. In 2013, our plasma collection centers collected approximately 6.4 million liters of plasma (including specialty plasma). We believe that our plasma requirements through 2016 will be met through plasma collected at our plasma collection centers and approximately 0.6 million liters of plasma per year to be purchased from third-party suppliers pursuant to various plasma purchase agreements. As we source the majority of our plasma internally, we have been able to ensure the availability of plasma for our manufacturing needs, assure the quality of the plasma throughout our manufacturing process, and improve control over our plasma costs and our margins.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

We have implemented mechanisms to ensure that a plasma donor meets the guidelines set forth by applicable regulations regarding, among other things, health, age and frequency of donations.  Once the plasma donation is completed, as required by applicable United States and European regulations, we test every donation for pathogens such as HIV, hepatitis A, B and C, parvovirus B19 and syphilis.  If we discover a unit of plasma that is contaminated, we notify the donor and remove all plasma previously donated by such donor from our inventory.

 

Transport and Logistics

 

Once plasma has been collected, it is frozen at the collection center and sent to fractionation centers. One essential aspect of this process is the implementation of safety procedures to guarantee the quality and safety of the donated plasma. To ensure the preservation of the proteins found in plasma, plasma must be kept at a temperature of -20 degrees Celsius (-4 degrees Fahrenheit). In accordance with European and United States requirements, we store our plasma at a temperature of -30 degrees Celsius (-22 degrees Fahrenheit). During transportation, plasma is kept at a temperature of at least -20 degrees Celsius. Our frozen plasma is transported by one of two transport companies, which are the same used throughout the industry.

 

Fractionation and Purification

 

Once plasma has been obtained, it may be used immediately for blood transfusions. It may also be frozen (as fresh frozen plasma) and then manufactured into plasma derivatives through the fractionation process. The fractionation process consists of the separation of specific proteins through temperature and pH changes, as well as the use of filtration and centrifugation techniques. This process also includes a phase of administration of various viral inactivation procedures. Fractionation occurs in tanks at near freezing temperatures to maintain the integrity of the proteins. All known plasma derivative products can be fractionated from the same batch of plasma. As a result, the development of a new or higher yield plasma derivative product would likely generate incremental sales without increasing the requirement for additional plasma.

 

We currently operate nine manufacturing facilities in the United States, Spain, Mexico, Switzerland and Australia. Our plasma derivative products are manufactured at our Clayton, Los Angeles and Parets facilities, which have a combined fractionation capacity of 8.5 million liters per year. Our Clayton facility is one of the world’s largest integrated protein manufacturing sites, including fractionation, purification and aseptic filling and finishing of plasma-derived proteins.

 

Currently, the Clayton, Los Angeles and Parets facilities are equipped and licensed to produce certain plasma derivative products for the United States, European and other markets. For example, we produce our Flebogamma® DIF and Gamunex® IVIG products for all of our markets at the Clayton and Parets facilities.

 

We optimize utilization of our fractionation capacity by obtaining FDA and EMA licenses, and completing further requirements, that allow us to purify at any of our other facilities intermediate products that are produced at one of our facilities. In 2011, 2012 and 2013, we obtained the following FDA licenses, among others:

 

·                                           to purify at our Clayton facility the Fraction II+III (an intermediate product) made at both our Los Angeles and Parets facilities to make Gamunex®;

 

·                                           to use Fraction V obtained at the Clayton facility to produce albumin at the Los Angeles facility; and

 

·                                           to use Fraction IV-I obtained in Los Angeles to produce Prolastina®, an A1PI we market in Spain, at the Clayton facility.

 

We are continuing our efforts to obtain additional FDA licenses of this nature.  The flexibility provided through such licenses allows us to increase production efficiency and to better address changes in demand between the United States, the European Union and other world markets.

 

For more information on our manufacturing facilities, see “— D. Property, Plant and Equipment” below.

 

Safety

 

We have never experienced a recall of any batch of our finished biological products due to a safety risk, although certain of our other products have been subject to non-material recalls.  Before being acquired by us, Talecris had experienced four recalls of its finished biological products.  Our philosophy is that the health of the plasma donor and the patient are the paramount considerations.  We strongly believe that our safety philosophy is consistent with the business objective of generating profit.  We also believe that we have a strong reputation for safety in our markets, thus making our products particularly attractive to customers.  Our vertically

 

36



Table of Contents

 

integrated business model allows us to assure the safety and quality of our plasma derivative products through the implementation of our safety standards throughout the value chain.

 

The plasma collection, fractionation and purification process is long, complex and highly regulated.  We have adopted and maintain rigorous safety standards that we believe exceed those required by health authorities in Europe and the United States.

 

We maintain standards consistent with other industry participants with regard to infectious disease screening and quarantine of units.  For example, source plasma inventory is held for not less than 60 days.  Some of our additional safety policies include look-back procedures for seroconversion.  We have also introduced innovative methods such as the Plasma Bottle Sampling® system, which automatically prepares, codes and labels test samples at the time of plasma donation, and the PediGri® On Line system, which provides full traceability of human plasma raw material throughout the plasma supply chain.  See “— Distribution Process” below.

 

Fractionation plants must be cleaned and sterilized frequently.  Our Parets facility was designed to minimize the clean area required for the plasma fractionation tanks and separates the tanks from the room temperature work area.  This allows us to perform all maintenance work from outside the room temperature area, decreasing the risk of contamination.

 

Periodically, we voluntarily shut down all of our manufacturing facilities to perform maintenance work, expansion projects and other capital investments.  Our manufacturing facilities have never been shut down because of regulatory noncompliance while under our operation.  We believe that our voluntary shutdown procedure lowers the risk of any mandatory shutdown.

 

After plasma derivatives are processed, we inspect each bottle for irregularities such as imperfect seals, bottle cracks, volume mismeasurements and the presence of foreign objects.

 

We have also developed and installed in our Parets facility a proprietary process of sterile filling of bottles designed to reduce the risk of contamination.  In our process, the bottle and stopper are sterilized together. Once both are sterilized the bottle is reopened in a small sterile room for only two seconds in order to insert the product and then resealed, greatly reducing exposure to the environment and reducing the risk of contamination.

 

Since January 1999, we have videotaped the filling process to enable us to identify the cause of, and rectify more easily, any related problem.  Our policy is to maintain each videotape for six years.  We also imprint an identification number on each of our bottles with a laser for easier identification in the event of a recall and to reduce the risk of tampering.  This allows us to protect the integrity of our manufacturing process.

 

We continually invest in the improvement of our manufacturing facilities and plasma fractionation process. During 2012, we completed a new ATIII purification and nanofiltration area in Clayton. During 2013, we completed a new albumin purification area at our Parets facility and began the validation process for the new fractionation facilities in Barcelona and Clayton.

 

Distribution Process

 

With each batch of plasma derivatives, we deliver electronic information regarding the origin, characteristics and controls of each of the units of plasma that we used in the preparation of the batch to our customers.  This feature, called the PediGri® On Line system, allows for full traceability of the human plasma raw material in the event of a problem with a specific product.  This tracking process is of utmost importance for containing the transmission of diseases in the event of a potential product recall.  We have had this system in place since 1996, and we believe we are the only fractionator that provides this feature to customers.

 

We have our own sales and distribution networks covering substantially all of our markets, staffed with highly trained personnel.  A majority of our sales in 2013 were made through our own distribution network, which is experienced in the proper handling of our products.  This network provides for greater safety because it allows us to track our products and react quickly in the case of a potential product recall.  In countries where we do not have our own distribution network, we use carefully selected distributors who follow all of our safety standards.  Additionally, outside of the United States, we are in the process of transitioning some of Talecris’ products from their existing distribution channels into our own, reducing the distribution costs of those products.

 

For further information, see “— Marketing and Distribution” below.

 

Bioscience Products and Services

 

Collected plasma, whether source or recovered, is fractionated into different component proteins.  We fractionate and purify a broad range of plasma derivative products that improve patient care.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Our principal plasma derivative products are IVIG, A1PI, Factor VIII and albumin, each sold under various brand names, and their respective applications are as follows:

 

Product Description

 

Main Applications

Flebogamma ® 5% . Immune Globulin Intravenous (Human).

 

IVIG assists in the treatment of: primary and secondary immunological deficiencies; immune-mediated ITP; Guillain Barré syndrome; Kawasaki disease; allogeneic bone marrow transplants; CIDP (Gamunex®/Gamunex®-C only).

 

 

 

Flebogamma® 5% and 10% DIF . Immune Globulin Intravenous (Human).

 

 

 

 

 

Gamunex®/Gamunex®-C. Immune Globulin Injection (Human), 10% Caprylate/Chomatography Purified.

 

 

 

 

 

Prolastin®/Prolastin®-C/Prolastina ® /Pulmolast ® . Alpha 1-Proteinase Inhibitor (Human).

 

Used to treat congenital alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency-related emphysema.

 

 

 

Trypsone® A1PI. Alpha 1-Proteinase Inhibitor (Human).

 

 

 

 

 

Fahndi® and Alphanate® . Antihemophilic Factor/von Willebrand Factor Complex (Human).

 

Used for the prevention and control of bleeding in Factor VIII deficiency (hemophilia A), and indication for von Willebrand disease (in the U.S., for Alphanate® only).

 

 

 

Koate®-DVI . Antihemophilic Factor (Human).

 

 

 

 

 

Human Albumin Grifols®/Albutein®/Plasbumin ®. Albumin (Human) 5%, 20% and 25%.

 

Used to re-establish and maintain circulation volume in the treatment of hypovolemia (i.e., traumatic or hemorrhagic shock and severe burns) and to treat complications related to cirrhosis.

 

Our acquisition of Talecris expanded our portfolio of IVIG and A1PI products.  Gamunex® IVIG, which was launched in the United States and Canada in 2003 as a premium ready-to-use liquid IVIG product, is one of the leading products in the IVIG segment.  We believe Gamunex® IVIG is considered to be the industry benchmark due to a comprehensive set of differentiated product characteristics that have positioned it as the premium product in its category since its launch.  Gamunex® IVIG is the only IVIG product approved for CIDP in the United States and Canada and, through mutual recognition procedures, in 16 European countries.  Further, the FDA granted Gamunex® IVIG orphan drug status, which provides marketing exclusivity for the CIDP indication in the United States through September 2015.

 

In addition, following the Talecris acquisition, we are the world’s largest producer of A1PI, which is used for the treatment of A1PI deficiency-related emphysema.  Prolastin® A1PI is the leading A1PI product in the United States, and in Europe, it is licensed in 15 countries and competes with another licensed A1PI product only in France.  In Italy and Spain, where we have previously distributed Prolastin® through third parties, we intend to begin distributing Proslastin® directly in 2013.  Additionally, Prolastin®-C is the only licensed A1PI product in Canada, and we are conducting clinical trials in Europe to obtain Prolastin®-C approval there.

 

Alphanate® and Fahndi®, our Factor VIII/von Willebrand factor products, are used both for the treatment of hemophilia and von Willebrand disease.  In addition, we offer our albumin product with reduced aluminum content, meeting European requirements and making our albumin product more attractive to biotechnology companies and genetic labs, as well as hospitals and physicians.

 

In addition to the products described above, we also produce intramuscular (hyperimmune) immunoglobulins, which are used for the treatment of tetanus, hepatitis B, and Rh factor complications during birth; Anbinex® and Thrombate® III, which are used in the prevention and treatment of thromboembolic complications; AlphaNine® and Factor IX Grifols®, which are used in the prevention and control of bleeding in patients with hemophilia B; and Niuliva® and Igantive®, used after liver transplants to prevent hepatitis B reinfection of the graft.

 

To sell plasma derivative products, we must first register the products with the relevant authorities of the jurisdictions where the products are to be marketed and sold.To comply with the regulatory requirements in a given jurisdiction, we have a core team in Spain and the United States that prepares, files and coordinates the registration process with the technical personnel at the subsidiary assigned to that jurisdiction.  We have approximately 670 hemoderivative product licenses registered in 90 countries throughout the

 

38



Table of Contents

 

European Union, United States, Latin America, Asia and the rest of the world.  Our most significant government-issued licenses for plasma derivative products are:

 

·                                           Flebogamma ® /Flebogamma ® DIF/Gamunex®/Gamunex®-C Immunoglobulin.  We have 129 licenses for the marketing and sale of one or more of these immunoglobulin products;

 

·                                           Fahndi®/Alphanate®/Koate® Factor VIII.   We have 101 licenses for the marketing and sale of one or more of these Factor VIII products;

 

·                                           Human Albumin Grifols®/Albutein®/Plasbumin® Albumin.   We have 206 licenses for the marketing and sale of one or more of these albumin products in its various concentrations; and

 

·                                           Prolastin®/Trypsone® A1PI.   We have 26 licenses for the marketing and sale of one or both of these A1PI products.

 

Pursuant to the Consent Order, we have granted Kedrion the exclusive license to sell Koate®-DVI in the United States.

 

In addition to the sale of the products described above, we have entered into a series of arrangements with certain Spanish transfusion organizations to fractionate recovered plasma (plasma separated from blood obtained from a blood donation) from such organizations and manufacture plasma derivatives under our own brand name for use by hospitals.  We charge the transfusion centers for the fractionation and manufacturing service.  We have similar, albeit smaller, arrangements with Czech and Slovak organizations.  We also provide virus photo-inactivation of transfusion plasma to hospitals and clinics in Spain.  The plasma is inactivated at our manufacturing facilities and then sent back to the clinic or hospital at which it was collected, where it is used for transfusions.

 

We also have contracts with Canadian Blood Services and Héma-Québec.  Talecris was awarded five-year contracts with Canadian Blood Services and Héma-Québec in December 2007 that became effective April 2008 and terminated in March 2013.  Canadian Blood Services and Héma-Québec ended their partnership in 2012 and now negotiate separately with suppliers.  Operating separately, Canadian Blood Services comprises approximately 70% and Héma-Québec comprises approximately 30% of the Canadian market for plasma products and fractionation services. In 2013, Canadian Blood Services selected us as its primary supplier of both IVIG and fractionation services pursuant to a five-year contract that became effective in April 2013. Héma-Québec negotiated a reduced four-year contract with us that also became effective in April 2013, under which we supply a reduced portion of Héma-Québec’s plasma-derived products and no longer provide fractionation services. Under these new contracts, we maintained our position as the primary immunoglobulin supplier to Canada.

 

The Diagnostic Division

 

The Diagnostic division focuses on researching, developing, manufacturing and marketing in vitro diagnostics products, including analytical instruments and reagents for diagnostics, as well as blood bank products. We believe that we have a significant market share of sales of immunohematology automated systems to hospital transfusion and blood centers. In 2011, we grouped our immunohematology and blood bank product lines into a category called Transfusion Medicine as part of a management optimization process. We believe that we also have a significant market share of sales of other in vitro diagnostic systems, including in the hemostasis and coagulation product lines. The Diagnostic division accounted for €130.3 million, or 4.8%, of total net revenue in 2013.

 

Our principal diagnostic products are:

 

Product Description

 

Main Applications

Transfusion Medicine:

 

 

 

 

 

WADiana®/Erytra® analyzers . Automated immunohematology analyzers that use gel agglutination technology to enable automatic processing of DG Gel® blood determination cards.

 

Used to perform routine blood typing, antibody screening, antibody identification and cross-match tests.

 

 

 

Tigris ®/Panther® analyzers. Automated chemistry and immunoassay instrumentation for molecular diagnostics.

 

Used to detect pathogenic agents of infectious diseases, including HIV, hepatitis B, hepatitis C and West Nile Virus.

 

 

 

Bloodchip®/ IDCore®TX. Genotyping blood tests.

 

Used to determine blood groups and antigens.

 

 

 

Antigens. Critical component of blood screening immunoassay tests.

 

Intermediate component for the production of immunoassay tests and donor screening assays.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

Leucored and Standard Blood bags . Blood bags configured according to all blood bank separation protocols. Leucored blood bags incorporate an in-line filtration system.

 

Used for collection and transfusion of blood.

 

 

 

In Vitro Diagnostic Systems:

 

 

 

 

 

Triturus® analyzers . Open and fully automated analyzer for enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) tests offering multi-test/multi-batch capability.

 

Allows clinical laboratories to automate the enzyme immunoassay tests in microtiter plate format and to process several batches of samples simultaneously.

 

 

 

Q-Coagulometer® analyzers . Fully automated hemostasis analyzer that uses reagents to measure coagulation levels.

 

Used to diagnose and measure coagulation status of patients with coagulation-related and hemorrhagic disorders.

 

 

 

Reagents, instrumentation and software . Instruments, reagents and software for coagulation testing.

 

Used to establish the coagulation status of patients and to handle the corresponding results.

 

We assemble our machines at the Parets facility and we manufacture our blood bags at the Murcia facility, which has an estimated capacity of eight million blood bags per year.  See “— D. Property, Plant and Equipment” below.

 

The production, marketing and sale of many of our Diagnostic division products are subject to the prior registration of such products with the relevant authorities of the applicable jurisdictions.  We have approximately over 1,000 diagnostic product licenses registered in a total of 58 countries in Europe, the United States, Latin America and Asia.

 

In addition to the products noted above, we offer our customers products manufactured by third-parties that we believe complement our product lines.  We expect to boost growth in this division through new exclusive distribution agreements for such products.

 

We currently distribute Diagnostic division products in the European Union, the United States, Asia, the Middle East and Latin America.  In 2012, we expanded the sales of our immunohematology products and distributed our Erytra® analyzers in Europe, Mexico, Brazil, Japan and Australia.  In 2013, we expanded the sales of our Erytra® analyzers to Qatar and our Q-Coagulometer® to Italy.

 

Transfusion Medicine

 

Our growth strategy for the transfusion medicine product line focuses mainly on expanding the sales of our WADiana® and Erytra® analyzers and related DG Gel® blood determination cards in key world markets directly or through distribution partners.

 

We have focused on obtaining FDA approvals for products and improving instrument software and hardware, specifically the programming, verification and validation of new techniques for the automation of specific reagents in the WADiana® analyzer and the DG Gel® card reader.

 

We continue to experience strong sales of the Erytra® analyzer, and the first Erytra® analyzer was installed in Qatar in 2013.

 

In 2013, sales of DG Gel® cards continued to drive growth in the Diagnostic division. In the United States, the FDA approved a new formulation, the DG Gel® 8 system, for antigen blood typing and pre-transfusion compatibility tests.

 

In addition, we have a cooperation agreement in place with Novartis’ diagnostic division for the sale of immunohematology products in the United States.  These products include BLOODchip® genetic tests manufactured by Progenika, which we distribute in several countries.  As discussed above, in March 2013 we acquired the majority of shares in Progenika.

 

We also recently entered into a collaboration agreement with the Blood Bank of Shanghai, which receives more than 300,000 donations annually, for it to use the BLOODchip® test to verify compatibility for blood transfusions.

 

In 2011, we entered into an agreement with a Brazilian distributor for blood extraction and fractionation blood bags, which led to increased sales to Brazil beginning in 2012. To strengthen our market position in Brazil, we intend to construct a manufacturing plant there. We have also entered into a distribution agreement with the Japanese company Kainos Laboratories, pursuant to which it will distribute our WADiana® and Erytra® analyzers and associated reagents in Japan.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

In Vitro Diagnostic Systems

 

Our Q-Coagulometer® and Triturus® analyzers remain key product lines in the Diagnostic division. In 2013, we commenced sales of a Protein S Assay Kit and a chromogenic Protein C Assay Kit for our Q-Coagulometer® analyzers. In addition, we launched new versions of the software for our Q-Coagulometer® analyzers and continued development work on a new analyzer with greater processing capacity. In 2013, we finalized development of the first QSmart® analyzer, which is a new mechanism for laboratories to automate and standardize hemostasis tests.

 

We continue to distribute our Triturus® analyzer. In 2013, we finalized the first phase of validation for a new Triturus® analyzer with greater processing capacity.

 

We also continue to expand the range of reagents in this line, introducing DG®-Chrom PC, a proprietary chromogenic kit for Protein C, and DG®-TT L human reagent, a liquid human thrombin for determining thrombin time.

 

Novartis Diagnostic Business

 

We acquired from Novartis a complete line of products and systems to perform blood donor screening molecular tests aimed at detecting the pathogenic agents of transfusion-related infectious diseases such as HIV, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, and West Nile Virus.

 

Two of its products, the Tigris® and Panther® analyzers, are trusted by blood banks and plasma processing labs to screen millions of blood and plasma units around the world. Most notably, the fully automated, high-throughput Tigris system can process 1,000 blood samples in about 14 hours.

 

The Procleix assays developed in collaboration with Hologic detect genetic virus materials based on innovative technologies including target capture and transcription-mediated amplification.

 

In addition, we acquired a product line of high quality antigens which are critical components of clinical diagnostic and blood screening immunoassay tests sold worldwide, which are produced through a joint business with Ortho Clinical Diagnostic.

 

The Novartis Diagnostic Business will be integrated in our current Diagnostic division and will result in a significant expansion of our product portfolio.

 

The Hospital Division

 

The Hospital division manufactures and in certain instances installs products used by and in hospitals, such as parenteral solutions and enteral and parenteral nutritional fluids, which are sold almost exclusively in Spain and Portugal.  It also includes products that we do not manufacture but that are related and we market as supplementary to products we do manufacture.  The Hospital division accounted for €97.1 million, or 3.5%, of our total net sales in 2013.  We are the leader in the Spanish intravenous therapy segment in intravenous solutions, with a 33% market share.  We believe that we are the leader in Spain for pharmacy preparation tools used to administer intravenous solutions and hospital logistics products.

 

Hospital logistics and IV Tools segments are also strategic areas for the Hospital Division. With IV Tools we are the leaders in bringing to the hospital pharmacy GMP procedures and product solutions, increasing the safety on their compounding needs. With the hardware and software solutions offered by the Hospital logistics area, we are the market leader in Spain and Latin America in terms of offering solutions to manage the flow of medications in hospitals.

 

The following table describes the principal hospital products that we manufacture, distribute or install and their respective applications:

 

Product Description

 

Main Applications

Intravenous therapy:

 

 

 

 

 

Intravenous fluid and electrolyte solutions . Main product groups include hypotonic solutions, isotonic solutions, hypertonic solutions and plasma volume expander solutions.

 

Fluid and electrolyte replacement and conduit for the administration of medicines.

 

 

 

Intravenous washing solutions . Washing solutions in specially designed containers.

 

Cleaning of injury and operation areas and urological irrigation.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Intravenous mixtures . Ready-to-use intravenous mixtures of potassium, antibiotics, gastroprotective agents, levofloxacine and paracetamol.

 

Increases safety and efficiency by rendering unnecessary the mixing of solutions at in-hospital pharmacies.

 

 

 

IV Tools . Gri-fill® System uses sterile filtration to prepare intravenous mixtures at in-hospital pharmacies. We have marketed this product in the U.S. since 2004, and we complement it with Misterium™, Phocus® and specific software and hardware tools for the preparation of intravenous mixtures, including citotoxic drugs. We also distribute external technologies, such as Health Robotics systems, for the preparation of intravenous mixtures.

 

Improves safety of hospital pharmacy preparation procedures by assuring sterility and traceability.

 

 

 

Nutrition:

 

 

 

 

 

Dietgrif® enteral liquid diets . Oral diets with all the requirements for balanced nutrition. Different diets include standard, standard fiber, polypeptidic, hyperproteic and energetic.

 

For patients who are unable to eat enough to maintain a nutritious diet, administered through feeding tubes as well as orally.

 

 

 

Disposables for gastroenterology. Stents and special endoscopy disposables for gastroenterology patients.

 

For patients needing gastrointestinal recanalitation, normally used in endoscopic surgery.

 

 

 

Probiotics . Special complementary diets composed of live microorganisms.

 

Improves gastroenterology conditions that are the result of a lack of intestinal microflora.

 

 

 

Medical Devices : Disposable sterile therapeutic medical products.

 

The products have therapeutics uses in urology, radiology, cardiology, neurology hemodynamics, anesthesia, urodynamics and lithotripsy.

 

 

 

Hospital Logistics: This includes products such as furniture, transport carts and packaging instruments; software programs, including our own BlisPack®; and distribution systems, including Pyxis® and Kardex®, for inventory control.

 

Used in the logistical organization of hospital pharmacies and warehouses, in the preparation of unit dosing and in hospital management, admissions and accounting.

 

The production, marketing or sale of our various Hospital division products are subject to the prior registration of such products with the relevant authorities of the jurisdictions where the products are to be marketed and sold.  We have 262 licenses for our Hospital division products registered in 38 countries throughout the European Union, Latin America and the United States.  Our sales representatives sell primarily to pharmacy, nutrition and gastroenterology units in hospitals and other units in hospitals that use our medical devices, using our own distribution network.

 

As our Hospital division generates most of its revenue in Spain, it has been impacted by budgetary constraints in the Spanish health sector. However, in order to address these challenges more effectively, we are reorganizing our commercial structure in Spain, focusing on a more specialized, integrated model, both geographically and functionally. We are also continuing to promote international expansion in this division, mainly through the IV Tools and Hospital Logistics product lines and manufacturing and distribution agreements.  In 2013, sales in the Latin American and United States’ markets made up for the lost sales in Spain resulting from the increased constraints.

 

Intravenous Therapy

 

We manufacture and distribute intravenous solutions, primarily in Spain.  In addition, we have increased our focus on manufacturing pre-diluted pharmaceuticals for third parties. We believe this approach will contribute to the Hospital division’s geographic diversification and allow us to maximize productive use of the Parets facility.

 

We are continuing development of “ready-made” pre-diluted potassium solutions in polypropylene packaging.  The Parets facility was successfully inspected by the FDA in 2012, which we believe is an important step to obtaining FDA approval to sell products manufactured at this facility in the U.S.  Following the inspection, we received FDA approval to begin selling intravenous zoledronic acid mixtures in the U.S. through third-party distributors.  We are also in the process of developing intravenous

 

42



Table of Contents

 

paracetamol and levofloxacin acid mixtures for sales through third-party distributors in the U.S. and intravenous ibuprofen for sales through third-party distributors in Europe.

 

In 2013, we entered into agreements to manufacture pre-diluted drugs at our Parets facility for third parties, including Cadence, Inc. and Cumberland Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in the United States.

 

As a complement to our intravenous solutions, we also manufacture or distribute various tools to be used in connection with the administration of such products, which we refer to as IV Tools. Our principal product, the Gri-fill® System is used in the preparation of intravenous mixtures. The Gri-fill® System has been launched in the United States and Canada and we are developing adaptations to facilitate wider distribution in the U.S. market, including software improvements and Gamunex® dosing mechanisms. We also manufacture Misterium™, a mini sterile modular room, or cleanroom, which we design to order and install on site to customer specifications. In 2013, the principal market for Misterium™ was the United States.

 

We also provide our customers with automated pharmacy services, through the i.v.STATION Robot product. This product minimizes the risk of measurement error and eliminates the possibility of drug cross-contamination and hospital-acquired infections. As part of an existing exclusive agreement to distribute Health Robotics’ products in Spain, we have automated the pharmacy service at the Doctor Negrin University Hospital on Gran Canaria in the Canary Islands with the assembly and start-up of Health Robotics’ i.v.STATION Robot. This projects have reinforced our leading position as a provider of automation services to hospital pharmacies in Spain.

 

Nutrition

 

We manufacture and distribute parenteral nutrition products, including accessories such as feeding tubes and nutritional bags, for sale in the European Union by third parties. During 2013, we increased sales of probiotic VSL#3® in Spain; however, the main driver in the Nutrition segment was our distribution of nasogastric probes manufactured by Kimberly Clarke.

 

Medical Devices

 

We also sell medical devices, such as disposable sterile therapeutic medical products for urology, radiology, hemodynamics and anesthesia, as well as urodynamics and lithotripsy. All of these products are manufactured by third parties and complement our portfolio of Hospital division products. We are increasing our strategic efforts to sell medical devices that complement our portfolio of Bioscience division products. During 2013, our distribution contracts with Volcano and Concentric Medical terminated and as a result sales in our Medical Devices segment were reduced. We have begun substituting the loss in sales with new products, such as the Deflux, a product used in urology.

 

Hospital Logistics

 

We sell products related to the logistical organization of pharmacies and warehouses of hospitals, including furniture, transport carts, packaging instruments and software programs for hospital management, admissions and accounting departments. Most of these products are manufactured by third parties. These products include StocKey®, an automated Kanban system designed to optimize hospitals’ healthcare material restocking processes, and BlisPack®, a system designed and manufactured by us to automate the cutting of prescription pill blister packs and the electronic identification of specific drugs for individual patients to be used by hospitals.

 

In 2013, we renewed an exclusive license through June 2016 for Spain, Portugal, Italy and Latin America to distribute products manufactured by Care Fusion under the name Pyxis®. CareFusion distributes our BlisPack® system in a number of countries in Europe, Latin America, the Middle East and Asia. In 2013, we also renewed our distribution license for Kardex’ automated storage carousels in Spain, Portugal and Latin America.

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development is a significant aspect of our business. Our principal research and development objectives are (i) to discover and develop new products, (ii) to research new applications for existing products and (iii) the improvement of our manufacturing processes to improve yields, safety and efficiency. Research and development spending remained stable at €124.4 million in 2012 and €123.3 million in 2013. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we had 673 scientists and support staff dedicated to research and development.

 

We have over 70 years of successful innovation history. For example, we developed a unique fractionation design that reduces the risk of contamination, reduces maintenance costs and increases the amount of product extracted per liter of plasma. We

 

43



Table of Contents

 

also developed the first centrifugation unit for the automated cleaning of blood cells. In addition, we were one of the first fractionators to conduct double viral inactivation processes for Factor VIII and have designed and implemented a new process for the sterile filling of vials that reduces exposure to potential contaminants as compared to other existing processes. Further, we recently developed a nanofiltration method of viral inactivation for our IVIG and ATIII products. As a result of our continuing investment in research and development, we believe that we are well positioned to continue as a leader in the plasma-derived therapies industry.

 

Bioscience Division Initiatives

 

The Talecris acquisition complemented our substantial Bioscience division research and development project portfolio, which we believe will ensure the quality of our research activity in the long term.

 

We have a number of patents and research and development projects in our Bioscience division underway, 17 of which are already past the preclinical development phase. The following table reflects the total number of research and development projects in our Bioscience division by development phase as of the end of the last three years.

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

Development Phase

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Discovery

 

15

 

24

 

24

 

Preclinical

 

18

 

5

 

4

 

Clinical

 

17

 

17

 

17

 

Post Commercialization Studies

 

9

 

6

 

7

 

Rest of projects

 

19

 

19

 

23

 

Total Bioscience Research and Development Projects

 

78

 

71

 

75

 

 

The table below presents the most important of our research and development projects:

 

Product Candidate

 

Therapeutic
Area

 

Product
Type

 

Potential Use

 

Development Phase

Albumin and IVIG

 

Alzheimer’s

 

Plasma - derived

 

Alzheimer’s disease

 

Phase III (began in April 2012)

Plasmin

 

Thrombolytic

 

Plasma - derived

 

Acute Peripheral Arterial Occlusion

 

Phase II (began in the fourth quarter of 2010)

Antithrombin

 

Intensive Care

 

Plasma - derived

 

Cardiovascular surgery

 

Phase II for Anbinex® (completed in June 2011)

Phase II for Thrombate® III (prepared for start)

Fibrin glue

 

Surgical bleeding

 

Plasma - derived

 

Vascular, organ and soft - tissue surgery

 

Phase III (entered in October 2008)

 

AMBAR Study .  We are continuing our ongoing research into possible treatments for Alzheimer’s disease. The Alzheimer Management by Albumin Replacement, or AMBAR, study is a multicenter trial that complements two previous trials and involves combining therapeutic plasmapheresis with albumin and IVIG in different intervals and in varying doses. Since the AMBAR project is mainly based on albumin, the study also includes a treatment arm with albumin alone in order for both approaches, combination of albumin plus IVIG and albumin alone to be covered. Therefore, we have started a Phase III clinical trial to demonstrate the efficacy of plasmapheresis with Albutein (5% and 20%) combined with Flebogamma® DIF 5% or Albutein® alone for improving the cognitive status of patients with Alzheimer’s disease. We expect the study to include 364 patients and will be conducted in collaboration with hospitals in Spain and in the United States. We received approval for our study from both the Spanish Agency and the FDA and patient recruitment has begun.

 

We incurred costs in the amount of €2.7 million, €3.0 million and €0.8 million in connection with this project in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  We hold significant granted patents and patent applications on the production of Albumin and IVIG as well as on the combination of plasma exchange with Albumin replacement for the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease.

 

Plasmin .  Prior to our acquisition of Talecris, Talecris conducted several Phase I clinical trials in the U.S., the E.U. and other countries and initiated Phase II clinical trials to evaluate the safety and efficacy of the use of Plasmin in the treatment of acute peripheral arterial occlusion, or aPAO, a condition in which arterial blood flow to extremities, usually the legs, becomes blocked by a clot. Talecris completed Phase I clinical trials in the second quarter of 2010 and initiated a Phase II clinical trial in several countries outside of the U.S. in the fourth quarter of 2010. In Phase I and preclinical trials, Plasmin appeared able to dissolve blood clots

 

44



Table of Contents

 

without an elevated risk of bleeding. We are continuing the Phase II clinical trials initiated by Talecris. We have obtained approval of our regulatory CE (European Conformity) mark application.  We incurred costs in the amount of €5.1 million and €8.2 million in connection with this project in 2013 and 2012 respectively.

 

Antithrombin .  In 2008, we initiated research into the clinical efficacy of antithrombin for use on cardiac surgery patients with cardiopulmonary bypass. In June 2011, we concluded Phase II clinical trials involving the use of our antithrombin Anbinex®. We have prepared a second Phase II trial for the same indication using Thrombate® III.  We incurred costs in the amount of €0.6 million, €0.01 million and €0.5 million in connection with this project in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Fibrin Glue .  We began clinical trials into the safety and efficacy of the use of fibrin glue as a supportive treatment for the improvement of hemostasis in vascular, organ and soft-tissue surgery in 2008. There are currently four clinical trials underway: (i) a Phase II/III clinical trial in the E.U. for the use of fibrin glue in vascular surgery, (ii) a Phase III clinical trial in the U.S. for the use of fibrin glue in solid organ surgery, (iii) a Phase III clinical trial in the U.S. for the use of fibrin glue in soft-tissue surgery and (iv) a Phase III clinical trial for the use of fibrin glue in vascular surgery in the U.S.

 

We incurred costs in the amount of €9.1 million, €8.0 million and €4.3 million in connection with this project in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  We hold significant granted patents on the fibrinogen and thrombin production processes.

 

Other Bioscience research and development projects undertaken during 2013 included:

 

·                                           a clinical study to evaluate the effects of the prolonged administration of human albumin on cardiovascular, hepatic and renal function in patients with advanced cirrhosis and ascites.  One study involves the administration of Albutein® 20% and is being conducted at six Spanish hospitals;

 

·                                           a study designed to evaluate the effects of plasma exchange on the functional capacity of serum albumin on cerebral, circulatory and renal dysfunction; and

 

·                                           a study to obtain efficacy data for Gamunex®-C in the pediatric population by subcutaneous administration, which will be completed in 2014.

 

All clinical trials involve risks and uncertainties.  Preclinical and clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is uncertain as to outcome.  A failure of one or more of our clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing.  We may experience numerous unforeseen events during or as a result of preclinical testing and the clinical trial process that could delay or prevent our ability to receive regulatory approval or commercialize our product candidates.  For a discussion of these unforeseen events, see Item 3. of this Part I, “Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — We may not be able to commercialize products in development.”  Upon the completion of each of the development stages we evaluate the results achieved as compared to the objectives pursued.  Each of our key projects listed above has met our expectations with respect to results at the various development stages and we expect to move forward with the development process for each of these projects.

 

We believe that our current liquidity is sufficient to fund the ongoing costs of our key projects listed above through their completion as well as our other research and development initiatives.

 

Diagnostic Division Initiatives

 

Research and development in the Diagnostic division is based on immunologic and molecular genetic technologies and is focused on the development of reagents and equipment for “in vitro” diagnoses, principally for pretransfusional testing, hemostasis diagnosis and biological drug monitoring. The principal research and development projects that we are undertaking in this division are: (i) the classification of blood types and compatibility testing through the use of gel technology; (ii) the genetic detection of red blood cell and platelet antigens; (iii) the development of a high throughput automatic ELISA system and a broad menu of drug and anti-drug ELISA kits; and (iv) a new hemostasis analyzer, complementary to the Q-Coagulometer®, that will be able to serve medium to large laboratories and will have about three times the capacity and output of the Q-Coagulometer®.

 

Hospital Division Initiatives

 

The research and development team in the Hospital division primarily focuses on developing complementary products and on improving the safety and efficiency of existing products. In the fluid therapy market, work continues on the study of the stability of various ready-to-use mixtures in polypropylene packaging, in order to increase the range of mixtures available for hospital use. Polypropylene replaced polyvinyl chloride for as the material used in the primary packaging for solutions in Spain and during 2013,

 

45



Table of Contents

 

we launched new products like a new lipid emulsion, new potassium concentrations in normal saline or glucose solutions to avoid dosing errors in its administration, and a new bag with a leur lock valve as the injection port that will allow drug administration in a fast and safe manner without the need for needles and thereby reducing risk of accidents to nurses. Additionally, the Hospital division is developing ready-to-use mixtures for third-party distribution, including intravenous paracetamol, levofloxacin, zoledronic acid and ibuprofen mixtures.

 

The Hospital division is also developing new applications, such as software and devices, to improve the warehousing control of medication, the administration of medication to the patient and the traceability of the pharmaceutical products inside the hospital. During 2013, we finished the first prototype of a RFID cabinet, used for the storage of high value medical devices, which will be installed in two hospitals in Spain.

 

As part of the AMBAR study, the Hospital division is collaborating on the development of special devices and containers specifically designed for the procedures and protocols of the study.

 

Other Initiatives

 

In addition, we are increasing our research and development activities in new fields. We conduct these activities through the creation of joint ventures participated in by our subsidiary Gri-Cel, S.A., through agreements to use patents owned by third parties and through selective acquisitions.

 

Our acquisitions of Araclón and VCN Bioscience in 2012 expanded our research and development capabilities in fields outside of our traditional business segments. Araclón is dedicated to finding solutions that promote new diagnostic and therapeutic approaches to Alzheimer’s disease. Araclón is working on the validation of an early diagnostic kit and the development of a vaccine to combat Alzheimer’s disease in the asymptomatic preclinical stage. The vaccine has passed the animal experimentation stage and a clinical trial in humans has begun. VCN Biosciences is investigating and developing new therapeutic approaches based on oncolytic adenoviruses to treat tumors for which there is currently no effective treatment. Its most advanced project focuses of the treatment of pancreatic cancer and two Phase I clinical trials have been approved by the Spanish Medicines Agency and are set to begin in the first quarter of 2014.

 

In 2013, Gri-Cel acquired approximately 21% of the Belgian cell therapy company, TiGenix, a global leader in the field of mesenchymal stem cell therapy, and the first European company that obtained an approval for a cell-based medicinal product by EMA, namely ChondroCelect. Currently TiGenix is conducting a Phase III clinical trial with their mesenchymal stem cells in complex peri-anal fistula in patients with Crohn’s disease. Results from the Phase trial are expected in during the second quarter of 2015.

 

Seasonality

 

Our businesses are not significantly affected by seasonal trends.

 

Raw Materials

 

The cost of plasma, the key raw material used in the production of plasma-derived products, decreased slightly in 2013 as compared to 2012.  We continue to monitor the efficiency of our plasma collection platform. In 2013, we have concentrated all of our plasma testing into our two laboratories in Austin, Texas.

 

The principal raw materials for our intravenous therapy products are plastic and glass bottles, which we purchase from various European suppliers.

 

Marketing and Distribution

 

We currently sell Bioscience, Diagnostic and Hospital products to hospitals and clinics, GPOs, governments and other distributors in approximately 100 countries.

 

In the United States, GPOs are entities that act as purchasing intermediaries for their members, which are primarily hospitals, nursing homes and other healthcare providers.  GPOs negotiate the price and volume of supplies, equipment and pharmaceutical products, including plasma derivatives, used by their members.  Hospitals report that GPOs save them 10% to 15% on their purchases.  The GPOs’ large market position and substantial purchasing volume provide them with significant negotiating power, resulting in price pressures for manufacturers, including us.  A substantial amount of our sales in the United States are made through GPOs.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

We market our products to GPO members and their clients through focused sales presentations.  Although price and volume are negotiated by the GPO, the actual sales are made to each GPO’s authorized distributor(s) at the contract price, and the distributor then sells the products to that GPO’s members.  For safety and post-sale service reasons, the distributor is required to provide us with the specifics of the ultimate delivery to the client.

 

The sales, marketing and distribution process is different in Europe, where the bulk of sales are generally made directly to hospitals, with private fractionation companies meeting most of European demand.  We have developed long-standing relationships with major hospitals in most of our European markets, and we believe that hospitals are loyal customers that recognize the high quality and safety of our products, our reliability as a supplier and the strong product expertise and service provided by our sales representatives.  Due to the nature of our customer base and the prevalence of repeat sales in the industry, we market our products through focused sales presentations rather than by advertising campaigns.

 

Sales to Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Japan are made mostly by third parties outside of our sales network.  Our sales in Latin America are made mainly by our sales network.

 

Sales Representatives

 

We require our sales representatives to be able to highlight the technical differences between our products and those of our competitors.  This skill requires a high degree of training, as the salesperson must be able to interact and discuss product differences with doctors, pharmacists and other medical staff.  Sales representatives call on departmental heads, purchasing agents, senior hospital directors and managers.  We compensate our sales representatives by means of a fixed salary and a bonus component based on sales.  We divide our sales efforts along the lines of our main product categories.  Our sales personnel are primarily located in Europe and the United States, but we also have sales personnel in Latin America and Asia.

 

In 2011, we reorganized our Bioscience sales forces.  We now utilize mixed sales units comprised of both marketing and sales personnel and product line-specific sales units for hemostasis, pulmonary and coagulation factors (Factor VIII, Factor IX and antithrombin).

 

Advertising

 

We do not conduct any widespread advertising.  Instead, we participate in medical conferences and fairs and occasionally publish advertisements in medical magazines.

 

Distribution

 

We believe that having our own distribution network staffed with highly trained personnel is a critical element of a successful sales and marketing effort.  Through this network, we are able to provide high-quality pre- and post-sales service, which we believe enhances brand recognition and customer loyalty.  Our distribution network is experienced in the proper handling of our products and allows us to know where our products are located, enabling us to act quickly in the event of a suspected problem or product recall.

 

Our distribution network personnel are located in Europe, Latin America, the United States and Asia and handle the distribution of our biopharmaceutical and other medical products as well as goods manufactured by other premier healthcare companies that complement our own products.

 

During 2013, we distributed the majority of our products through our own distribution network. In some cases, particularly in the field of Diagnostics, we distribute products through marketing partners and third-party distributors.  We have a direct presence in 25 countries and we carefully select distributors in the countries were we do not have a direct presence.  We have a responsive, effective logistics organization that is able to punctually meet the needs of hospital centers throughout the world.

 

Our sales, marketing and distribution network included 995 employees as of December 31, 2013, which included 848 sales and distribution personnel and 147 marketing employees.

 

Each of our commercial subsidiaries is responsible for the requirements of the local market.  It is our goal for each commercial subsidiary to be recognizable as one of our companies by its quality of service, ethical standards and knowledge of customer needs.  This strong local knowledge enables us to build and maintain long-term relationships with customers in the hospital to earn their trust and confidence.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Patents, Trademarks and Licenses

 

Patents and Trademarks

 

As of December 31, 2013, we owned approximately 1,300 patents and patent applications, of which 459 are in the process of final approval. Generally, in some countries, these patents are granted a 20-year protection period. Only 304 of these patents are set to expire in the next ten years. As of December 31, 2013, we also owned approximately 2,100 trademarks, of which 86 are in the process of final approval.

 

We maintain a department with personnel in Spain and in the United States to handle the patent and trademark approval and maintenance process and to monitor possible infringements.  We are not aware of any infringements of our patents and trademarks and we do not license any of our patents to third parties.

 

Plasma Derivative Products

 

As of December 31, 2013, we owned approximately 980 patents and patent applications related to plasma derivatives, including 360 in Europe and 76 in the United States.  The most important of these patents relate to:

 

·                                           process for the production of virus-inactivated human Gamma Globulin G;

 

·                                           use of therapeutic human albumin for the preparation of a drug for the treatment of patients suffering from cognitive disorders; and

 

·                                           process for removing viruses in fibrinogen solutions.

 

Hospital and Diagnostic Products

 

As of December 31, 2013, we owned approximately 320 patents and patent applications related to our Hospital and Diagnostic products throughout the European Union, the United States, Latin America, Asia and in the rest of the world.  The most important of these patents related to the:

 

·                                           Gri-fill® System, a process for the sterile filling of flexible material bags;

 

·                                           WADiana® machine for clinical analysis;

 

·                                           Triturus® machine for automated laboratory tests; and

 

·                                           BlisPack®, a blister handling machine.

 

Licenses from Third Parties

 

We license certain intellectual property rights from Bayer.  Under a licensing agreement with Bayer, Talecris was granted a royalty-free, worldwide and perpetual license covering certain intellectual properties not acquired by Talecris in connection with its formation transaction.  We assumed this licensing agreement in connection with the Talecris acquisition.

 

Licenses from Government Authorities

 

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, approval, manufacturing, labeling, post-approval monitoring and reporting, packaging, promotion, storage, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of healthcare products such as those that we collect, manufacture, sell or are currently developing.

 

We have product licenses from the FDA for the sale in the United States of IVIG, A1PI, albumin, Factor VIII, Factor IX, ATIII and PTC, as well as licenses for the sale of these and other products in Canada, Europe, Latin America and Asia.

 

The Parets and Murcia facilities meet all requisite regulations and standards of the European health authorities.  In addition, the Instituto Grifols Bioscience plant at our Parets facility holds an establishment license granted by the FDA in 1995. The manufacturing facilities for parenteral solutions at our Parets facility were also successfully inspected by the FDA in 2012.

 

The Clayton, Los Angeles, Parets and Emeryville facilities are subject to regulation by the FDA.  The Los Angeles facility had previously operated under a consent decree from the FDA and the DOJ dating to the time the plant was owned and operated by

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Alpha.  On March 15, 2012, the United States District Court for the Central District of California entered an order vacating the consent decree.  See Item 8 of this Part I, “Financial Information — A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Legal Proceedings — Alpha Consent Decree.”

 

We lease most of our plasma collection centers as well as our main laboratory facility located in Austin, Texas.  We believe that we maintain licenses with the appropriate regulatory authorities, including the FDA, for all of these locations.

 

For more information on government licenses and regulation, see “— Principal Activities” above and “— E. Regulatory Matters” below.

 

Regulatory

 

For detailed information regarding the regulations applicable to our business, see “— E. Regulatory Matters” below.

 

Insurance Coverage

 

General and Product Liability

 

We have a program of insurance policies designed to protect us and our subsidiaries from product liability claims.

 

Effective January 1, 2013, we have product liability insurance coverage for up to €150 million per claim and in annual aggregate for products manufactured in all of our facilities and for third-party products we sell. This policy expires on May 1, 2014. We have elected to self-insure the first €15 million per claim and in annual aggregate of our product liability policy through the purchase by one of our subsidiaries of such portion of the insurance policy.  See “— Self-insurance” below.

 

Our master liability program also protects us and our affiliates from certain environmental liabilities arising outside of the U.S. This risk is covered up to a maximum of €18 million per year in the aggregate.

 

Biomat USA, PlasmaCare and Talecris Plasma Resources maintain a separate liability insurance policy. The policy covers their plasmapheresis business activities and expires on May 1, 2014. The maximum amount of coverage for liability claims under the policy is $10 million per claim and in annual aggregate. In addition, we have general liability coverage for up to €150 million for those three subsidiaries.

 

Property Damage and Business Interruption

 

Our property damage and business interruption master insurance policy covers us and our subsidiaries (including our United States subsidiaries). This master policy, which expires on May 1, 2015, covers damages suffered by plants and buildings, equipment and machinery. Under the current terms, the insurer will cover damages to our facilities produced by fire, smoke, lightning and explosions, among others, for up to $1 billion per occurrence. It also covers material damages or losses produced by equipment or machinery breakdown and flooding, for up to €100 million per claim and in annual aggregate.

 

In addition, this policy covers loss of profit for a period of 24 months with a deductible equivalent to up to five business days of lost profits for our Australian, Spanish, Swiss and United States subsidiaries. Pursuant to the loss of profit benefit, in the event that any or all of our plants stop production due to an event not excluded under the policy, the insurer covers fixed expenses, in addition to net profits we did not earn during the term of coverage.

 

We also have a transit and inventory insurance program, which covers damages to raw materials, supplies, semi finished products and finished products for up to €15.5 million per claim for transit and €400 million for inventory in annual aggregate.

 

Self-insurance

 

We are self-insuring part of the risks described above through the purchase of a portion of the relevant insurance policies by Squadron Reinsurance Ltd., one of our wholly owned subsidiaries. We self-insure the first €15 million per claim per year of our product liability policy, the first €200,000 per loss for property damage and the first ten days of lost profits and the first €200,000 per claim for inventory losses. These amounts are in addition to the deductibles for each of the policies that make up our insurance coverage programs.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

C.                                     Organizational Structure

 

Grifols, S.A. is the parent company of the Grifols Group, which was comprised at December 31, 2013 of 54 companies.  Subsidiaries in which Grifols, S.A. directly or indirectly owned the majority of equity or voting rights have been fully consolidated.  In addition, there were five companies that were accounted for using the equity method, because Grifols, S.A. owned between 20% and 50% of its share capital and had no power to govern its financial or operating policies.

 

See Notes 1(a) and 2(c) to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F for details of our consolidated and non-consolidated companies.

 

D.                                     Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Our headquarters are located in Barcelona, Spain.  As of December 31, 2013, we owned or leased facilities in four countries.  We currently own or lease nine manufacturing facilities in six locations, three of which have plasma fractionation capabilities.  The table below shows the geographic location, size and business purpose of each facility as of December 31, 2013.

 

Location

 

Facility

 

Size
(square
meters)

 

Own/Lease

 

Business Purpose

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parets del Vallès, Spain

 

Industrial Facility One Parets

 

58,285

 

Own 45,647 square meters; the rest of the property is leased

 

Plasma fractionation Manufacture of plasma derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial Facility Two Parets

 

35,525

 

Own 19,853 square meters; the rest of the property is leased

 

Manufacture of Diagnostic and Hospital products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial Facility Three Parets

 

40,113

 

Lease

 

Plasma storage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Los Angeles, California, USA

 

Industrial Facility USA

 

93,078

 

Own

 

Plasma fractionation Manufacture of plasma derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clayton, North Carolina, USA

 

Clayton Facility

 

69,203

 

Own 60,771 square meters; the rest of the property is leased

 

Plasma fractionation Manufacture of plasma derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Temple, California, USA

 

City of Industry USA

 

5,000

 

Lease

 

Plasma storage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Murcia, Spain

 

Industrial Facility One Murcia

 

10,285

 

Lease

 

Manufacture of Hospital products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industrial Facility Two Murcia

 

26,873

 

Lease

 

Manufacture of Hospital products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fribourg, Switzerland

 

Industrial Facility Switzerland

 

12,000

 

Lease

 

Manufacture of Diagnostic products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Melbourne, Australia

 

Industrial Facility Australia

 

3,838

 

Own

 

Manufacture of Diagnostic products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Austin, Texas, USA

 

Plasma Testing Lab

 

2,235

 

Lease

 

Plasma testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

San Marcos, Texas, USA

 

Plasma Testing Lab

 

7,670

 

Own

 

Plasma testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benson, North Carolina, USA

 

Benson Facility

 

3,642

 

Lease

 

Plasma storage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sant Cugat del Vallès, Spain

 

Headquarters

 

32,211

 

Lease

 

Headquarters

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Plasma Fractionation Plants

 

Our plasma derivative products are manufactured at our Clayton, Los Angeles and Parets facilities. All of our fractionation facilities have EMA certification. The Spanish and American facilities currently have an aggregate fractionation capacity of 8.5 million liters of plasma per year, and this capacity is sufficient to cover our current production needs.

 

The Parets facility, which will have a fractionation capacity of 4.3 million liters per year upon approval by the FDA of the new facility, has a unique design that separates the maintenance area from the clean areas required for the fractionation and purification procedures. This design, which we developed in house, minimizes the risk of contamination and reduces maintenance costs. In addition to licenses from the European Union and other authorities for the production of various plasma derivative products, the Parets facility is licensed by the FDA for the production of albumin and IVIG. We are one of the few European plasma derivatives plants to be licensed by the FDA. In addition to the plasma fractionation facilities, the Parets facility also has energy generation, research and development, packaging and storage facilities for the Bioscience division and the Hospital division. The Parets facility holds ISO 14000 and ISO 9001 certifications for its parenteral solutions and diagnostic manufacturing facilities.

 

We acquired our Los Angeles facility in July 2003, in connection with our acquisition of Alpha’s plasma fractionation business. We subsequently made significant capital investments in the facility, including the construction of purification and aseptic filling areas for coagulation factors and albumin, which were completed in 2006 and 2009, respectively, and an increase of the fractionation capacity by 0.7 million liters to 2.2 million liters, which was approved by the FDA during 2009. The Los Angeles facility is subject to regulation by the FDA. From the date of acquisition through March 15, 2012, the Los Angeles facility operated under a consent decree from the FDA and the DOJ dating to the time the plant was owned and operated by Alpha. On March 15, 2012, the United States District Court for the Central District of California entered an order vacating the consent decree.

 

As a result of the Talecris acquisition, we acquired the Clayton facility. Since the acquisition, the Clayton facility has benefited from roughly €241million of capital investment, including compliance enhancements, general site infrastructure upgrades, capacity expansions and new facilities, such as its chromatographic purification facilities and its high capacity sterile filling facility. The Clayton facility is one of the world’s largest fully integrated facilities for plasma-derived therapies, including plasma receiving, fractionation, purification, filling/freeze drying and packaging capabilities as well as freezer storage, testing laboratories and a cGMP pilot plant for clinical supply manufacture. The Clayton facility has a fractionation capacity of approximately 2.6 million liters per year, which we believe will expand to approximately six million liters per year upon completion of our planned expansion of the fractionation facilities.

 

In connection with the Talecris acquisition, we also acquired the Melville facility, which we subsequently sold to Kedrion in accordance with the terms of the Consent Order. We then leased and operated the Melville facility to produce intermediate pastes that were then purified into final products at the Clayton facility. We turned over control of the Melville facility to Kedrion on July 1, 2013.

 

We are currently constructing new fractionation facilities in Clayton, North Carolina and Parets del Vallès, Barcelona. Construction of and the receipt of the necessary approvals for the new Clayton facility is expected to be completed in 2015. We expect this new facility to have a fractionation capacity of approximately six million liters per year. Construction of and the receipt of the necessary approvals for the new Parets del Vallès plant is expected to be completed in 2014. We expect this new facility to initially increase our fractionation capacity by an additional 2.2 million liters per year.

 

E.                                     Regulatory Matters

 

Government Regulation

 

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, approval, manufacturing, labeling, post-approval monitoring and reporting, packaging, promotion, storage, advertising, distribution, marketing and export and import of healthcare products such as those we collect, manufacture, sell or are currently developing.  The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.  The following is a summary of the overall regulatory landscape for our business.

 

United States Government Regulation

 

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs, biologics and plasma collection under the FDCA and implementing regulations.  Failure to comply with the applicable FDA requirements at any time during the product-development process, approval process or after approval may result in administrative or judicial sanctions.  These sanctions could include, as applicable, the FDA’s

 

51



Table of Contents

 

imposition of a clinical hold on trials for drugs, devices or biologics, refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties or criminal prosecution or any combination of these sanctions.  Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

The BLA Approval Process

 

Drugs that are also biological products, such as our plasma derivative products IVIG, A1PI, Factor VIII and albumin, must also satisfy the requirements of the Public Health Service Act and its implementing regulations.  In order for a biological drug product to be legally marketed in the United States, the product must have a BLA approved by the FDA.

 

The steps for obtaining FDA approval of a BLA to market a biological product in the United States include:

 

·                                           completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies under the FDA’s good laboratory practices regulations;

 

·                                           submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin and which must include approval by an independent IRB at each clinical site before the trials may be initiated;

 

·                                           performance of adequate and well controlled clinical trials in accordance with “Good Clinical Practice,” as set forth by the International Conference on Harmonization, to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for each indication;

 

·                                           submission to the FDA of a BLA, which contains detailed information about the chemistry, manufacturing and controls for the product, reports of the outcomes and full data sets of the clinical trials and proposed labeling and packaging for the product;

 

·                                           satisfactory review of the contents of the BLA by the FDA, including the satisfactory resolution of any questions raised during the review;

 

·                                           satisfactory completion of an FDA Advisory Committee review, if applicable;

 

·                                           satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to ensure the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

 

·                                           FDA approval of the BLA, including agreement on post-marketing commitments, if applicable.

 

Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies.  An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, to the FDA as part of the IND.  Some preclinical testing may continue after the IND is submitted.  The IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin.  An IND will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions about issues such as the conduct of the trials or supporting preclinical data as outlined in the IND.  In that case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding FDA concerns or questions before clinical trials can proceed.  In other words, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

 

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators.  Clinical trials are conducted under strict requirements to ensure the protection of human subjects participating in the trial and protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated.  A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.  In addition, an IRB (usually, but not necessarily specific to each study site) must approve the protocol, subject consent form and any amendments.  All research subjects must be informed, among other things, about the risks and benefits of the investigational product and provide their informed consent in writing.  Federal regulations governing the protection of human subjects in clinical trials have remained generally consistent for many years, subject to certain amendments.  In July 2011, HHS and the FDA issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking seeking comments on proposals to substantially change aspects of these regulations, seeking comments, for example, on mandating the use of a single IRB for multi-site trials, imposing specified data security and information regulations on trials, imposing new consent requirements with respect to the use of biospecimens that have

 

52



Table of Contents

 

been stripped of patient-identifiers, and requiring the use of standardized consent forms.  The outcome of this regulatory review is not yet certain, and accordingly its impact on our operations is not clear.

 

Clinical trials typically are conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap or be combined.

 

Phase I trials usually involve the initial introduction of the investigational drug into a small group of healthy volunteers (e.g., ten to 20 volunteers) to evaluate the product’s safety, dosage tolerance and pharmacokinetics and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

Phase II trials usually involve controlled trials in a larger but limited patient population (e.g., a few hundred) to:

 

·                                           evaluate dosage tolerance and appropriate dosage;

 

·                                           identify possible adverse effects and safety risks; and

 

·                                           provide a preliminary evaluation of the efficacy of the drug for specific indications.

 

Phase III trials usually further evaluate clinical efficacy and test further for safety in an expanded patient population (e.g., several hundred to several thousand patients).  Phase III trials usually involve comparison with placebo, standard treatments or other active comparators.  Usually two well controlled large Phase III or pivotal trials demonstrating safety and efficacy are required.  These trials are intended to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product and provide an adequate basis for physician labeling.  Phase III trials are usually larger, more time consuming, more complex and more costly than Phase I and Phase II trials.  Since most of our products are aimed at very small populations so that it is not always possible to conduct two large studies, regulators may accept one study on a smaller number of patients than would typically be required for pharmaceutical products in general, provided the data is sufficiently robust.

 

Phase I, Phase II and Phase III testing may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all.  Furthermore, we or the FDA may suspend or terminate clinical trials at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk, have experienced a serious and unexpected adverse event, or that continued use in an investigational setting may be unethical.  Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of research if the research is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the research has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

 

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical studies and of the clinical trials, together with other detailed information, including information on the chemistry, manufacture and composition of the product, are submitted to the FDA in the form of a BLA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications.  In most cases, the BLA must be accompanied by a substantial user fee.  The FDA will initially review the BLA for completeness before it accepts the BLA for filing.  After the BLA submission is accepted for filing, the FDA reviews the BLA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe and effective for its intended use and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality, purity and potency.

 

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, BLAs, or supplements to BLAs, must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective.  The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers.  Unless otherwise required by regulation, the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003 does not apply to any drug for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.

 

Before approving a BLA, the FDA generally will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the product is manufactured.  The FDA will not approve the product if it finds that the facility does not appear to be in cGMP compliance.  If the FDA determines the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will either disapprove the application or issue a complete response letter in which it will outline the deficiencies in the BLA and provide the applicant an opportunity to meet with FDA representatives and subsequently to submit additional information or data to address the deficiencies.  Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

 

Further, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law introduced a biosimilar pathway that permits companies to obtain FDA approval of versions of existing biologics that are highly similar to innovative biologics based upon reduced documentation and data requirements deemed sufficient to demonstrate safety and efficacy than are required for the pioneer biologics. The new law provides that a biosimilar application may be submitted as soon as four years after the reference product is first licensed, and that the FDA may not make approval of an application effective until 12 years after the reference product was first licensed. Although drug manufacturers

 

53



Table of Contents

 

have begun efforts to develop biosimilar drugs for the U.S. market, none have yet been approved by the FDA. The FDA is actively implementing the biosimilar pathway, including through the issuance of draft guidance documents, and has indicated that final guidance documents may be issued in 2014.

 

The testing and approval processes require substantial time, effort and financial resources, and each process may take several years to complete.  Data obtained from clinical activities is not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval.  The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all.  We may encounter difficulties or unanticipated costs in our efforts to secure necessary governmental approvals, which could delay or preclude us from marketing our products.  The FDA may limit the indications for use or place other conditions on any approvals that could restrict the commercial application of the products.  After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

 

Post-approval Requirements

 

After regulatory approval of a product is obtained, we are required to comply with a number of post-approval requirements.  For example, as a condition of approval of a BLA, the FDA may require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the product’s safety or efficacy.  In addition, holders of an approved BLA are required to keep extensive records, to report certain adverse reactions and production problems to the FDA, to provide updated safety and efficacy information and to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotional labeling for their products.  Also, quality control and manufacturing procedures must continue to conform to cGMP regulations and practices, as well as the manufacturing conditions of approval set forth in the BLA.  The FDA periodically inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMP, which imposes certain procedural, substantive and recordkeeping requirements.  Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

 

Future FDA inspections may identify compliance issues at our facilities or at the facilities of our third-party suppliers that may disrupt production or distribution, or require substantial resources to correct and prevent recurrence of any deficiencies, and could result in fines or penalties by regulatory authorities.  In addition, discovery of problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable requirements may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved BLA, including withdrawal or recall of the product from the market or other voluntary, FDA-initiated or judicial action that could delay or prohibit further marketing.  Newly discovered or developed safety or efficacy data may require changes to a product’s approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications.  The 2010 Healthcare Reform Law established and provided significant funding for a Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to coordinate and fund Comparative Effectiveness Research.  Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established that could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development.

 

Orphan Drug Designation

 

The FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a “rare disease or condition” that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or that affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the United States a drug for such a disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States for that drug.  Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an application for marketing approval.  Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.  Orphan drug designation can provide opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and FDA user fee exemptions.  In addition, if a product that has an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means the FDA may not approve any other application to market the same drug for the same indication for a period of seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity or a meaningfully different mode of administration.  Competitors may receive approval of different drugs or biologics for the indications for which the orphan product has exclusivity.  However, if a company with orphan drug exclusivity is not able to supply the market, the FDA could allow another company with the same drug a license to market for said indication.  The FDA granted Gamunex® IVIG orphan drug status, which provides marketing exclusivity for the CIDP indication in the United States through September 2015. We also have an orphan drug designation in the U.S. for the use of Plasmin for aPAO but we do not yet have marketing authorization.

 

Fast Track Designation

 

The FDA’s fast track programs, one of which is fast track designation, are designed to facilitate the development and review of new drugs that are intended to treat serious or life-threatening conditions and that demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the conditions.  Fast track designation applies to a combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied.  Thus, it is the development program for a specific drug for a specific indication that receives fast track designation.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

The sponsor of a product designated as being in a fast track drug development program may engage in close early communication with the FDA, including through timely meetings and feedback on clinical trials.  Products in fast track drug development programs also may receive FDA priority review or accelerated approval; in other words, the review cycle has a six-month review clock instead of a ten- or 12-month review clock).  Sponsors may also be able to submit completed portions of an application before the entire application is completed; however, the review clock will not officially begin until the entire completed BLA is submitted to and filed by the FDA.  The FDA may notify a sponsor that its program is no longer classified as a fast track development program if the fast track designation is no longer supported by emerging data, the designated drug development program is no longer being pursued, or another product that meets the unmet medical need for the same indication is approved first. We do not currently have any products on fast track.

 

Plasma Collection

 

The FDA requires a licensing and certification process for each plasma collection center prior to opening and conducts periodic inspections of facilities and processes.  Many states also regulate plasma collection, imposing similar obligations and additional inspections and audits.  Collection centers are subject to periodic inspections by regulatory authorities, which if noncompliance is alleged, may result in fines, citations, the temporary closing of the centers, loss or suspension of licenses or recall of finished products.

 

Diagnostic Devices.

 

Certain of our products are regulated as medical devices, which are typically subject to clearance for commercialization in the US, based on a pre-market notification to the FDA demonstrating the device to be marketed is safe and effective by proving substantial equivalence to a legally marketed device (predicate device). With respect to the manufacture and sale of immunoassay antigens and antibodies to screen human donated blood and blood products, these products are manufactured and sold under a BLA issued by the FDA.

 

Anti-fraud and Abuse Regulation

 

Since we supply products and services that are reimbursed by U.S. federally funded programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, our activities are also subject to regulation by CMS and enforcement by HHS OIG.  The Anti-Kickback Law prohibits providers and others from directly or indirectly soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration with the intent of generating referrals or orders for services or items covered by a government health care program.  Many states have similar laws.  Courts have interpreted this law very broadly, including by holding that a violation has occurred if even one purpose of the remuneration is to generate referrals, even if there are other lawful purposes.  There are statutory and regulatory exceptions, or safe harbors, that outline arrangements that are deemed lawful.  However, the fact that an arrangement does not fall within a safe harbor does not necessarily render the conduct illegal under the Anti-Kickback Law.  In sum, even legitimate business arrangements between the companies and referral sources could lead to scrutiny by government enforcement agencies and require extensive company resources to respond to government investigations.  Violations of the Anti-Kickback Law may be punished by civil and criminal penalties or exclusion from participation in federal health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid.  The 2010 Healthcare Reform Law strengthened provisions of the Anti-Kickback Law.

 

The FCA is violated by any entity that “presents or causes to be presented” knowingly false claims for payment to the federal government.  In addition, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law amended the FCA to create a cause of action against any person who knowingly makes a false statement material to an obligation to pay money to the government or knowingly conceals or improperly decreases an obligation to pay or transmit money or property to the government.  For the purposes of these recent amendments, an “obligation” includes an overpayment, which is defined broadly to include “any funds that a person receives or retains under Medicare and Medicaid to which the person, after applicable reconciliation, is not entitled ….”

 

The FCA is commonly used to sue those who submit allegedly false Medicare or Medicaid claims, as well as those who induce or assist others to submit a false claim.  Courts and government officials have found that “false claims” can result not only from noncompliance with the express requirements of applicable governmental reimbursement programs, such as Medicaid or Medicare, but also from noncompliance with other laws, such as the Anti-Kickback Law, or laws that require quality care in service delivery.  The qui tam and whistleblower provisions of the FCA allow private individuals to bring actions on behalf of the government alleging that the government was defrauded, with tremendous potential financial gain to private citizens who prevail.  When a private party brings a whistleblower action under the FCA, the defendant is not made aware of the lawsuit until the government starts its own investigation or makes a decision on whether it will intervene.  Many states have enacted similar laws that also apply to claims submitted to commercial insurance companies.  The bringing of any FCA action could require us to devote resources to investigate and defend the action.  Violations of the FCA can result in treble damages, and each false claim submitted can be subject to a penalty of up to $11,000 per claim.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

A provision of the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law, generally referred to as the Physician Payment Sunshine Act or Open Payments Program, imposes new reporting and disclosure requirements for pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers with regard to payments or other transfers of value made to certain U.S. healthcare practitioners, such as physicians and academic medical centers, and with regard to certain ownership interests held by physicians in reporting entities. On February 1, 2013, a final rule was issued to implement the Physician Payment Sunshine Act. Under this rule, data collection activities began on August 1, 2013, and first disclosure reports were due by March 31, 2014 for the period August 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013. As required under the Physician Payment Sunshine Act, information from these reports will be published on a publicly available website, including amounts transferred and physician, dentist and teaching hospital identities, which is expected to be available to the public by September 30, 2014. It is difficult to predict how the new requirements, which also preempt similar state law reporting requirements, may impact existing relationships among manufacturers, physicians and teaching hospitals.

 

European Community Government Regulation

 

In addition to regulations in the United States, we are subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products.  Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain approval of a product by the comparable regulatory authorities of countries outside the United States before we can commence marketing that product in those countries.  The approval process varies from country to country, and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval.  The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from country to country.  Also, in addition to approval of final products, U.S. plasma centers collecting plasma for manufacture into products to be distributed in the European Union must also be approved by the competent European health authority.

 

Medicines can be authorized in the European Union by using either the centralized authorization procedure or national authorization procedures.  The EMA is responsible for the centralized authorization procedure.

 

Centralized Authorization Procedure

 

The EMA is responsible for the centralized procedure, or Community authorization procedure, for human medicines.  This procedure results in Community marketing authorization, the single marketing authorization that is valid across the European Union, as well as in the European Economic Area/European Free Trade Association states Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

The Community authorization procedure is compulsory for:

 

·                                           medicinal products developed by using recombinant DNA technology, the controlled expression of genes coded for biologically active proteins in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, including transformed mammalian cells, or hybridoma or monoclonal antibody methods;

 

·                                           advanced-therapy medicines, such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines;

 

·                                           medicinal products for human use containing a new active substance that did not receive Community marketing authorization when the Community authorization procedure was first implemented, for which the therapeutic indication is the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, autoimmune diseases and other immune dysfunctions or viral diseases; and

 

·                                           officially designated orphan medicines.

 

The Community authorization procedure is optional for products:

 

·                                           containing new active substances for indications other than the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, autoimmune diseases and other immune dysfunctions or viral diseases;

 

·                                           representing significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovations; or

 

·                                           for which the granting of a Community marketing authorization would be in the interests of European Union public health.

 

Our blood derivative products are not subject to compulsory Community authorization, but it is an option for our new products. Flebogamma® DIF 50 mg/ml and 100 mg/ml were approved through the Community authorization procedure.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Applications through the Community authorization procedure are submitted directly to the EMA.  Evaluation by the EMA’s relevant scientific committee takes up to 210 days, at the end of which the committee adopts an opinion on whether the medicine should be marketed.  This opinion is then transmitted to the European Commission, which has the ultimate authority for granting marketing authorizations in the European Union.

 

Once a Community marketing authorization has been granted, the holder of that authorization can begin to make the medicine available to patients and healthcare professionals in all European Union countries.

 

National Authorization Procedures

 

Each European Union member state has its own procedures for the authorization, within its own territory, of medicines that fall outside the scope of the Community authorization procedure.  There are two possible routes available to companies for the authorization of such medicines in several countries simultaneously.

 

·                                           Decentralized procedure .  Using the decentralized procedure, companies may apply for simultaneous authorization in more than one European Union country of medicines that have not yet been authorized in any European Union country and that do not fall within the mandatory scope of the centralized procedure.

 

·                                           Mutual-recognition procedure .  In the mutual-recognition procedure, a medicine is first authorized in one European Union member state, in accordance with the national procedures of that country.  Following such authorization, further marketing authorizations can be sought from other European Union member states in a procedure whereby the countries concerned agree to recognize the validity of the original, national marketing authorization.

 

Our product Niuliva 250 I.U./ml was approved through the decentralized procedure. Our products Prolastina® 1000 mg/ml and Gamunex® 10% were approved through the mutual-recognition procedure. All our other products were approved pursuant to individual national procedures. We expect to use the mutual-recognition procedure if we want to extend our product licenses to other European countries in the future.

 

In some cases, disputes arising in these procedures can be referred to the EMA for arbitration as part of a “referral procedure.”

 

Orphan Drug Designation

 

Applications for designation of orphan medicines are reviewed by the EMA through the Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products.  The criteria for orphan designation are:

 

·                                           the medicinal product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting no more than five in 10,000 persons in the European Union at the time of submission of the designation application (prevalence criterion); or

 

·                                           the medicinal product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition, and without incentives it is unlikely that the revenue after marketing of the medicinal product would cover the investment in its development; and

 

·                                           either no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of the condition concerned is authorized, or, if such method exists, the medicinal product will be of significant benefit to those affected by the condition.

 

Companies with an orphan designation for a medicinal product benefit from incentives such as:

 

·                                           protocol assistance (scientific advice for orphan medicines during the product-development phase);

 

·                                           direct access to centralized marketing authorization and 10-year marketing exclusivity;

 

·                                           financial incentives (fee reductions or exemptions); and

 

·                                           national incentives detailed in an inventory made available by the European Commission.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Since December 2011, orphan medicinal products are eligible for the following level of fee reductions:

 

·                                           full (100%) reduction for small- and medium-sized enterprises, or SMEs, for protocol assistance and follow-up, full reduction for non-SME sponsors for pediatric-related assistance and 40% reduction for non-SME sponsors for non-pediatric assistance;

 

·                                           To determine which companies are eligible for SME incentives, the EMA applies the definition of micro-, small- and medium-sized enterprises provided in the Commission of the European Communities’ Commission Recommendation 2003/36/EC.  To qualify for assistance, companies must be established in the European Economic Area, employ less than 250 employees and have an annual turnover of not more than €50 million or an annual balance sheet total of not more than €43 million.

 

·                                           full reduction for pre-authorization inspections and 90% reduction for post-authorization inspections for small- and medium-sized enterprises;

 

·                                           full reduction for SMEs for new applications for Community marketing authorization; and

 

·                                           full reduction for post-authorization activities including annual fees only to small and medium sized enterprises in the first year after granting a marketing authorization.

 

We have EMA Orphan Drug Designations for the following 3 products:

 

·                                           Alpha-1 proteinase inhibitor (for inhalation use) for treatment of cystic fibrosis;

 

·                                           Alpha-1 proteinase inhibitor (for inhalation use) for the treatment of congenital alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency; and

 

·                                           Human Plasmin / Treatment of acute peripheral arterial occlusion.

 

Because each of these products is already authorized for a non-orphan indication in the EU, in order to obtain marketing authorization for any of the above-mentioned orphan indications, we would be required to apply for a separate marketing authorization through the Community authorization procedure for such indication, using a different proprietary name. It is not be possible to extend the existing marketing authorization to cover the new orphan indication. Orphan and “non-orphan” indications cannot be covered by the same marketing authorization.

 

Canadian Regulatory Process

 

Authorization to Market.   Therapeutic products can be marketed in Canada after they have been subject to a review to assess their safety, efficacy and quality.  A New Drug Submission must be submitted to Health Canada for review, and a Notice of Compliance, or NOC, and/or a Drug Identification Number, or DIN, must be received by the sponsor prior to marketing a product in Canada.  Responsibility for review of pharmaceutical drug products resides with Health Canada’s Therapeutic Products Directorate, or TPD, while responsibility for review of biological products is under the Biologics, Radiopharmaceuticals and Genetic Therapies Directorate, or BGTD.  An active DIN is required for any product being marketed in Canada.  Our IVIG, A1PI, albumin and hyperimmune products are subject to these review and authorization processes.

 

Changes to Market Authorization.   There are four classes of changes to existing market authorizations in Canada.  Level 1 changes are considered “significantly different” and have the potential to impact safety, efficacy, quality or effectiveness of the product.  These require the filing of a Supplemental New Drug Submission, and an NOC must be issued by Health Canada prior to implementation of the change.  Level 2 changes are not considered “significant,” but a “Notifiable Change” submission must be filed to Health Canada for review, and approval is provided via a “No Objection” letter to the sponsor.  Level 3 changes have minimal potential to impact safety, quality or effectiveness and can be made without prior approval of Health Canada; a summary of these changes is reported to Health Canada with the sponsor’s Annual Drug Notification.  Level 4 changes are implemented without any notification to Health Canada, based on no expectation of risk.

 

Clinical Trials.   A Clinical Trial Application, or CTA, must be submitted to Health Canada prior to conducting any study protocol that proposes the use of a new product, or the use of an existing product, where the indication, target population, route of administration or dosing differs from the current market authorization.  The CTA should include summaries of preclinical and clinical studies conducted and (if applicable) chemistry, manufacturing and control data, and is submitted to either TPD (for drug products) or BGTD (for biological products) for review.  The TPD or BGTD are responsible for assessing protection and safety of the participants

 

58



Table of Contents

 

as well as quality of the product; they will issue a “No Objection” letter to sponsors for studies deemed acceptable.  Research ethics board approval for each trial is also required prior to conduct of the study.

 

Establishment Licensing.   All establishments in Canada that are involved in the fabrication, packaging/labeling, testing, import, distribution or warehousing of drug products must have a current establishment license (once an establishment license is issued, an annual report must be submitted by April 1 of each year to maintain the effectiveness of that license).  As an importer/distributor, part of the licensing requirements include demonstration that any foreign (non-Canadian) facilities involved in fabrication, packaging/labeling or testing of products imported/distributed under the license comply with cGMP.

 

Post-Approval Requirements.   The Health Products and Food Branch Inspectorate of Health Canada periodically inspects licensed establishments in Canada to verify compliance with cGMP.  Manufacturers and importers are required to monitor the safety and quality of their products and must report adverse reactions to the Marketed Health Products Directorate in accordance with a prescribed timeline and format.

 

Regulatory Process for Markets outside the United States, Canada and Europe

 

The majority of regulatory authorities in countries outside the United States, Canada and Europe require that a product first be approved by the FDA or European authority prior to granting the market authorization in their country. There are a limited number of countries (Bahamas, Bermuda, Guam, Oman and Qatar) that do not require further local product registration for products and they may be distributed based on the existing FDA approval.

 

In addition to requiring the submission of a license application containing documentation supporting the safety, efficacy and quality of the product, many countries require the submission of FDA Export Certificates for our products to provide assurance that such products can be legally marketed in the United States. The Certificate of Pharmaceutical Product, or CPP, and/or the Certificate to Foreign Government, or CFG, are issued by the FDA at the request of the manufacturer seeking licensure in the country outside the United States. The CPP conforms to the format established by the World Health Organization, or WHO, and is intended for use by the importing country when considering whether to license the product in question for sale in that country. The CFG serves to document that the product can be legally marketed in the United States and the manufacturer is in compliance with GMP. A limited number of regulatory authorities in countries outside United States, Canada and Europe conduct on site inspections to verify GMP compliance. Failure to maintain and document GMP compliance could result in withdrawal of marketing authorization. In addition changes to manufacturing or testing procedures for the product require approval of the change in the United States prior to the submission of the variation to the registration in the international market. These changes may require approval in each market in order to maintain product distribution. Furthermore, any changes in the distributors supporting our export business could result in a loss of sales.

 

Pharmaceutical Pricing and Reimbursement

 

In the United States and other countries, sales of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend in part on the availability of reimbursement from third-party payors.  Third-party payors include government health programs, managed care providers, private health insurers and other organizations.  These third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services.  In addition, significant uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved healthcare products.  Our products may not be considered cost-effective.  Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

 

In the United States, our products are reimbursed or purchased under several government programs, including Medicaid, Medicare Parts B and D and the 340B/PHS program, and pursuant to our contract with the Department of Veterans Affairs. Medicaid is a joint state and federal government health plan that provides covered outpatient prescription drugs for low income individuals. Under Medicaid, drug manufacturers pay rebates to the states based on utilization data provided by the states. The rebate amount for most brand name drugs had been equal to a minimum of 15.1% of the AMP or AMP less BP, whichever is greater. Effective January 1, 2010, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law increased the size of the Medicaid rebates paid by drug manufacturers for most brand name drugs to a minimum of 23.1% of the AMP, with limitation of this increase on certain drugs, including, for example, certain clotting factors, such as Factor VIII and Factor IX, to a minimum of 17.1%. In 2010, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law also extended this rebate obligation to prescription drugs covered by Medicaid managed care organizations. In addition, the statutory definition of AMP changed in 2010 as a result of the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law. In November 2010, CMS withdrew previously issued regulations defining AMP and in February 2012 it issued proposed regulations that are not yet finalized, and CMS recently announced that a final rule will be issued in May 2014. We believe we are making reasonable assumptions regarding our reporting obligations with respect to this new definition, but in the absence of final regulations from CMS, the adequacy of our assumptions is not certain.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Medicare Part B reimburses providers for drugs provided in the outpatient setting based upon ASP. Recent federal government reforms to Medicare Part B have reduced the reimbursement rates for IVIG. Beginning January 1, 2008, CMS reduced the reimbursement for separately covered outpatient drugs and biologics, including IVIG in the hospital outpatient setting, from ASP + 6% to ASP + 5%, using 2006 Medicare claims data as a reference for this reduction. CMS reduced this reimbursement further in 2009 to ASP + 4%, using aggregate hospital cost report data as a reference for the reduction. For 2010, the rate remained as ASP + 4%, based on a cost-based methodology that also involved reallocating certain overhead costs from packaged drugs to unpackaged drugs. In 2011, relying on the 2010 methodology, CMS increased the rate to ASP + 5%. CMS decreased the rate to ASP + 4% for 2012 and increased the rate to ASP + 6% for 2013, and maintained ASP + 6% for 2014. In addition, under the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013, Medicare is subject to a 2% reduction in federal spending, or “sequestration,” including drugs reimbursed under Medicare, for federal fiscal years 2013 through 2023. The full ramifications of this sequestration for Medicare reimbursement are not yet clear, as Congressional action may reduce, eliminate or otherwise change this payment reduction.

 

Medicare Part D is a partial, voluntary prescription drug benefit created by the federal government primarily for persons 65 years old and over.  The Part D drug program is administered through private insurers that contract with CMS.  Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for any products for which we receive marketing approval.  However, to obtain payments under this program, we are required to negotiate prices with private insurers operating pursuant to federal program guidance.  These prices may be lower than we might otherwise obtain.  In addition, beginning in 2011, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law generally required that we provide a 50% discount to patients who have expended certain amounts for drugs and therefore fall within the Medicare Part D coverage gap.

 

The availability of federal funds to pay for our products under the Medicaid and Medicare Part B programs requires that we extend discounts under the 340B/PHS drug pricing program.  The 340B drug pricing program extends discounts to a variety of community health clinics and other specified entities that receive health services grants from the PHS, as well as hospitals that serve a disproportionate share of certain low income individuals.  The PHS ceiling price cannot exceed the AMP (as reported to CMS under the Medicaid drug rebate program) less the Medicaid unit rebate amount.  We have entered into a PPA with the government in which we agree to participate in the 340B/PHS program by charging eligible entities no more than the PHS ceiling price for drugs intended for outpatient use.  Additional legislative changes to the 340B program have been proposed, though it is too early to determine which changes will be adopted or what their impact will be.

 

We make our products available for purchase by authorized government users of the Federal Supply Schedule, or FSS, pursuant to their FSS contracts with the Department of Veterans Affairs.  Under the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, companies are required to offer discounted FSS contract pricing to four federal agencies — the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, the Coast Guard and the PHS (including the Indian Health Service) — for federal funding to be made available for reimbursement of products under the Medicaid program and products eligible to be purchased by those four federal agencies.  FSS pricing to those four federal agencies must be equal to or less than the ceiling price, which is, at a minimum, 24% off the non-federal AMP for the prior fiscal year.

 

The 2010 Healthcare Reform Law imposes a fee on manufacturers and importers of branded prescription drugs and biologics based on their sales to United States government health programs. An aggregate annual fee of $3.0 billion will be imposed on all covered entities for 2014. The aggregate fee will be allocated among applicable manufacturers and importers, including us, based on their relative sales to government health programs. The aggregate fee is scheduled to increase up to $4.1 billion for 2018, and is scheduled to be reduced to $2.8 billion for 2019. Beginning in 2013, the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law also imposes a new excise tax on many medical devices equal to 2.3% of the sales price, and excludes devices generally purchased by the general public at retail for individual use. Diagnostic division equipment that we manufacture or import into the U.S. may be subject to these taxes. In addition, the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, first enacted in 1992, sets forth user fees that pharmaceutical and biological companies pay to the FDA for: certain applications for approvals of drugs and biologicals; the establishments where the products are made; and the products themselves. The fees under PDUFA cover a substantial portion of the FDA’s operating budget, and the measure also addresses aspects of the regulatory approval process, such as timing and procedures. PDUFA is subject to reauthorization by Congress every five years, and in January 2012, after a lengthy process involving significant industry input, the FDA submitted its final recommendations to Congress for the fifth PDUFA reauthorization, which was signed into law in July 2012.

 

The marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement.  Federal, state and local governments in the United States have enacted and continue to consider additional legislation to limit the growth of healthcare costs, including the costs of prescription drugs.  Existing and future legislation could limit payments for our existing products or for drug candidates that we are developing, including possibly permitting the federal government to negotiate prices directly with manufacturers.  In addition, an increasing emphasis on managed care in the United States has increased and will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing.  For a discussion of certain risks related to reimbursement and pricing, see Item 3 of this Part I, “Key Information — D. Risk

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Factors — Risks Relating to the Healthcare Industry — The implementation of the 2010 Healthcare Reform Law in the U.S. may adversely affect our business.”

 

Other Governmental Regulation

 

Our operations and many of the products that we manufacture or sell are subject to extensive regulation by numerous other governmental agencies, both within and outside the United States.  In the United States, apart from the agencies discussed above, our facilities, operations, employees, products (their manufacture, sale, import and export) and services are regulated by the Drug Enforcement Agency, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Occupational Health & Safety Administration, the Department of Agriculture, the Department of Labor, Customs and Border Protection, the Transportation Security Administration, the Department of Commerce, the Department of Treasury, the DOJ, the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control and others.  State and local agencies also regulate our facilities, operations, employees, products and services within their respective states and localities.  Government agencies outside the United States also regulate public health, product registration, manufacturing, environmental conditions, labor, exports, imports and other aspects of our global operations.  For further discussion of the impact of regulation on our business, see Item 3 of this Part I, “Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Healthcare Industry — Certain of our business practices are subject to scrutiny by regulatory authorities, as well as to lawsuits brought by private citizens under federal and state laws.  Failure to comply with applicable law or an adverse decision in lawsuits may result in adverse consequences to us.”

 

Item 4.A.                                              UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

Item 5.                                                          OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

The following is a review of our financial condition and results of operations as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the three years ended December 31, 2013, and of the key factors that have affected or are expected to be likely to affect our ongoing and future operations.  You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Some of the information contained in this discussion, including information with respect to our plans and strategies for our business and our expected sources of financing, contain forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties.  You should read “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in this Part I for a discussion of the risks related to those statements.  You should also read Item 3 of this Part I, “Key Information — D. Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain factors that may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have prepared our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the three years ended December 31, 2013 in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB.  The financial information and related discussion and analysis contained in this item are presented in euro except as otherwise specified.  Unless otherwise specified the financial information analysis in this annual report on Form 20-F is based on our actual audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the three years ended December 31, 2013.

 

See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information” in this Part I for further information on our presentation of financial information.

 

A.                                     Operating Results.

 

Subsequent Events

 

Novartis Acquisition

 

In January 2014, we concluded the acquisition of a diagnostic business unit related to transfusion medicine and immunology of the Swiss company Novartis for a total amount of $1.675 billion. The Novartis Acquisition was structured through our newly created 100% owned subsidiary, Grifols Diagnostic Solutions Inc. (f/k/a Grifols Chiron Diagnostics Corp.).  See Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Important Events — The Novartis Acquisition and Related Financing.”

 

To finance the Novartis Acquisition, we entered into the Bridge Loan Facility, pursuant to which we borrowed $1.5 billion of loans on January 3, 2014.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Refinancing

 

The Bridge Loan Facility and the Existing Facilities were repaid on February 27, 2014 with the proceeds of the New Credit Facilities that we entered into on February 27, 2014. The New Credit Facilities consist of the Senior Term Loans and the Revolving Loans, which are subject to customary flex provisions. For a description of the principal terms of the New Credit Facilities, please see “— B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Credit.” On February 27, 2014, we also entered into the New Interim Loan Facility. The proceeds from the New Interim Loan Facility were used to discharge the Existing Notes on February 27, 2014. The New Interim Loan Facility was refinanced pursuant to the offering of the Notes completed on March 12, 2014.

 

Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Price Controls

 

Certain healthcare products, including plasma derivative products, are subject to price controls in many of the markets where they are sold, including Spain and other countries in the European Union. The existence of price controls over these products has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, our ability to maintain or increase our prices and gross margins.

 

As a result of the Talecris acquisition, we have significantly expanded our presence in the United States. The United States is the principal market in the world for plasma derivative products and prices for plasma derivative products are currently not regulated, with the exception of certain government healthcare programs.

 

Plasma Supply Constraints

 

Plasma is the key raw material used in the production of plasma-derived products. Our ability to continue to increase our revenue depends substantially on increased access to plasma. We obtain our plasma primarily from the United States through our plasma collection centers and, to a much lesser extent, through agreements with third parties.

 

A continued increase in demand for plasma products could lead to industry supply constraints. In response, we and certain of our competitors and independent suppliers could open a number of new plasma collection centers.

 

We have 150 FDA licensed plasma collection centers located across the United States. We have expanded our plasma collection network through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions and the opening of new plasma collection centers. Our acquisitions of SeraCare (now renamed Biomat USA) in 2002; PlasmaCare, Inc. in 2006; eight plasma collection centers from a subsidiary of Baxter in 2006; four plasma collection centers from Bio Medics, Inc. in 2007; and one plasma collection center from Amerihealth Plasma LLC in 2008 have given us reliable access to United States source plasma. Our acquisition of Talecris in June 2011 expanded our network by an additional 67 centers, and in 2012, we purchased three plasma collection centers in the United States from Cangene Corporation, a Canadian biopharmaceutical firm.

 

In 2013, our plasma collection centers collected approximately 6.4 million liters of plasma (including specialty plasma required for the production of hyperimmunes). We believe that our plasma requirements through 2016 will be met through: (i) plasma collected through our plasma collection centers and (ii) approximately 0.6 liters of plasma per year to be purchased from third-party suppliers pursuant to various plasma purchase agreements.

 

Acquisitions

 

TiGenix Acquisition

 

In November 2013, we acquired 21.30% of the common stock of the biotechnological company TiGenix N.V., or TiGenix, for €12.4 million. TiGenix is listed on the NYSE Euronext Brussels (TIG), and is based in Leuven, Belgium but has commercial offices in Madrid and Sittard Gellen (the Netherlands). TiGenix is a Belgian cell therapy company that is a global leader in the field of mesenchymal stem cell therapy, and the first European company that obtained an approval for a cell based medicinal product by EMA, namely ChondroCelect. This investment was carried out through Gri-Cel, S.A., our 100% owned subsidiary.

 

Aradigm Stock Subscription

 

In August 2013, we closed a transaction with Aradigm Corporation, or Aradigm, a company engaged in the development and commercialization of inhaled drugs for the treatment of severe respiratory diseases. We entered into an exclusive worldwide license agreement to develop and commercialize Pulmaquin, an inhaled ciprofloxacin product. In conjunction with the licensing agreement,

 

62



Table of Contents

 

we acquired approximately 35% of Aradigm’s common stock on a fully diluted basis for $25.7 million (€20.6 million of acquisition costs are included).

 

Acquisition of Progenika

 

On March 4, 2013, we announced the acquisition of 60% of the economic and voting rights of Progenika for a total of €37.0 million (€34.6 million, net of cash and cash equivalents). Progenika is a Spanish company founded in 2000 that has developed tools for in vitro diagnostic genotyping testing, prognosis of diseases and prediction of response to drug treatment. Progenika has also developed its own technology to produce DNA chips for diagnoses.

 

Half of the purchase price was paid with 884,997 of our Class B shares and the remainder was funded using cash on hand. In addition, we and the selling shareholder have granted each other call and put options over the shares representing the remaining 35% of the share capital of Progenika, which may be exercised within three years from the date of the acquisition. The purchase price of the Progenika shares subject to the call and put option will be the same as the price per share we paid, increased at the rate of 5% per annum.

 

Investment in Araclón Biotech, S.L.

 

On February 29, 2012, our subsidiary, Gri-Cel, S.A., acquired 51% of the share capital of Araclón Biotech, S.L., or Araclón. Araclón is primarily involved in the research and development of therapies and methods for the diagnosis of degenerative illnesses, with a particular concentration on Alzheimer’s disease. This acquisition reinforces our commitment to research and development of therapies to fight Alzheimer’s disease.

 

Purchase of Remaining Woolloomooloo Shares

 

In August 2011, we acquired the remaining 51% of the share capital of Woolloomooloo Holdings Pty Ltd., the holding company of Lateral Medion, an Australian Swiss group that distributes diagnostic products in Australia and Switzerland and has a manufacturing facility in Switzerland. We previously held 49% of the share capital and 100% of the voting rights and had exercised control since March 3, 2009. The acquisition of the remaining 51% of the share capital totaled AUS dollars 12.5 million, or €9.5 million. The difference between the amount paid and the non-controlling interest was recorded as a €2.2 million increase in reserves.

 

Talecris Acquisition

 

On June 1, 2011, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Talecris for a total of $3.7 billion. The total value of the transaction, including Talecris’ net debt, was approximately $3.3 billion. In connection with the consummation of the acquisition, each share of Talecris common stock, par value $0.01 per share, was converted into the right to receive $19 in cash and 0.6485 (or 0.641 for Talecris directors and Talecris Holdings, LLC) of a Class B share of Grifols, S.A. and cash in lieu of fractional Class B shares and any cash representing dividends or other distributions payable in accordance with the merger agreement.

 

On July 20, 2011, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, issued a final order, or Consent Order, settling the FTC’s May 31, 2011 charges that our acquisition of Talecris was anticompetitive and would have resulted in higher prices for consumers. Pursuant to the Consent Order, we divested to Kedrion, on June 2, 2011, certain assets, including Talecris’ Melville, New York manufacturing facility and United States marketing rights to Koate® antihemophilic factor, and an agreed quantity of plasma and subsequently transferred to Kedrion two plasma collection centers located in Mobile, Alabama, and Winston Salem, North Carolina. Further, pursuant to the Consent Order, we and Kedrion entered into a contract manufacturing agreement under which we are supplying to Kedrion, for a period of seven years ending in 2018, Koate® and private label IVIG and albumin, for sale by Kedrion in the United States, and we extended to Kedrion a five year option ending in 2016 for Kedrion to purchase a non-exclusive license to Koate® related intellectual property for use in the United States. In accordance with the Consent Order, we leased the Melville facility from Kedrion until July 1, 2013 when we turned over operations at the facility to Kedrion. The Consent Order provides for a monitor to oversee our compliance with the Consent Order and requires us to submit to the FTC annual compliance reports for ten years.

 

Other Factors

 

Our financial and operating prospects can also be significantly affected by a number of other internal and external factors, such as unfavorable changes in governmental regulation or interpretation; increased competition; the inability to hire or retain qualified personnel necessary to sustain planned growth; the loss of key senior managers; problems in developing some of the international operations; and lack of sufficient capital, among others.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Operating Results

 

Overview

 

The subsequent discussion and analysis provides information that our management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our consolidated results of operations.  You are encouraged to read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

The following discussion and analysis contains information regarding our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros, except for percentages)

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

2,741,732

 

2,620,944

 

120,788

 

4.6

 

Cost of sales

 

(1,323,880

)

(1,291,345

)

(32,535

)

2.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

1,417,852

 

1,329,599

 

88,253

 

6.6

 

Research and development

 

(123,271

)

(124,443

)

1,172

 

(0.9

)

Selling, general and administration expenses

 

(558,461

)

(545,072

)

(13,389

)

2.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

(681,732

)

(669,515

)

(12,217

)

1.8

 

Operating results

 

736,120

 

660,084

 

76,036

 

11.5

 

Finance income

 

4,869

 

1,677

 

3,192

 

190.3

 

Finance costs

 

(239,991

)

(284,117

)

44,126

 

(15.5

)

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

(1,786

)

13,013

 

(14,799

)

(113.7

)

Impairment and gains on disposal of financial instruments

 

792

 

2,107

 

(1,315

)

(62.4

)

Exchange losses

 

(1,303

)

(3,409

)

2,106

 

(61.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance cost

 

(237,419

)

(270,729

)

33,310

 

(12.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of profit/(losses) of equity accounted investees

 

(1,165

)

(1,407

)

242

 

(17.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

497,536

 

387,948

 

109,588

 

28.2

 

Income tax expense

 

(155,482

)

(132,571

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22,911

)

17.3

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

342,054

 

255,377

 

86,677

 

33.9

 

Consolidated profit for the year

 

342,054

 

255,377

 

86,677

 

33.9

 

 

Net Revenue

 

Net revenue is calculated by subtracting certain chargebacks, cash discounts, volume rebates, Medicare and Medicaid discounts and other discounts from our gross revenue. See Note 24 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Net revenue from 2012 to 2013 increased by €120.8 million from €2.6 billion in 2012 to €2.7 billion in 2013. This 4.6% (7.4% at constant currency) net revenue increase is the result of the negative impact of USD/EUR exchange rate fluctuations in the amount of €72.5 million and an increase in operating results in the amount of €193.3 million driven by the increased sales in the Bioscience division across all regions in a flat price environment.

 

The following table reflects a summary of net revenue by each of our divisions for 2013 as compared to 2012:

 

Summary of Net
Revenue by Division

 

Year ended
December 31,
2013

 

% of total
net revenue

 

Year ended
December 31,
2012

 

% of total
net revenue

 

% var

 

% var CC(1)

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros, except for percentages)

 

Bioscience

 

2,448,824

 

89.3

 

2,325,088

 

88.7

 

5.3

 

8.2

 

Diagnostic

 

130,339

 

4.8

 

134,341

 

5.1

 

(3.0

)

(1.0

)

Hospital

 

97,131

 

3.5

 

95,870

 

3.7

 

1.3

 

2.6

 

Raw Materials and Others (2)

 

65,438

 

2.4

 

65,645

 

2.5

 

(0.3

)

1.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,741,732

 

100.0

 

2,620,944

 

100.0

 

4.6

 

7.4

 

 

64



Table of Contents

 


(1)                                  Net revenue variance in constant currency is determined by comparing adjusted current period net revenue, calculated using prior period monthly average exchange rates, to the prior period net revenue. See “Presentation of Financial Information.”

 

(2)                                  In 2012 and 2013, Raw Materials and Others primarily consisted of (i) amounts earned under the agreements with Kedrion, which are described further in Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Important Events — The Talecris Acquisition and Related Financing,” (ii) royalty payments from third parties and (iii) net revenue from engineering activities by our subsidiary Grifols Engineering, S.A.

 

Bioscience .  Net revenue for the Bioscience division increased by 5.3% (8.2% at constant currency) from €2.3 billion in 2012 to €2.4 billion in 2013. Growth was principally driven by high sales volumes in the United States and Canada, Europe and the rest of the world for our main plasma derivative products, all in a flat price environment. Sales of albumin grew by over approximately 30%, boosted by sales in the United States and increased demand in China. Sales of A1PI also grew, driven by increased sales in United States and Canada, Germany and Spain, where commercialization of Prolastin® began in 2013.

 

Diagnostic .  Our Diagnostic division net revenue decreased by 3.0% from €134.3 million in 2012 to €130.3 million in 2013. The Diagnostic division’s loss of sales resulted from the termination of certain distribution agreements, such as our agreement with Ortho Diagnostic relating to their distribution of our devices in the United States. However, these loss of sales were partially offset by increased sales of DG® Gel cards, the installation of our first Erytra® analyzers in Japan and Qatar and the commencement of sales of the hemostasis Q® Smart analyzer in Italy.

 

Hospital .  Net revenue from the Hospital division remained stable, €97.1 million in 2013 compared to €95.9 million in 2012, representing a 1.3% increase. In 2013, sales in Spain continued to be affected by health sector cutbacks, however we continued to promote international expansion in this division and have increased our sales coming from outside of Spain. The non-Spanish sales were driven principally by an increase year over year in sales of products in our Hospital logistics line in Latin America and an increase in year over year sales of products in our IV Tools line in the United States. Sales excluding Spain increased in 2013 as compared to 2012.

 

Raw Materials and Others .  Net revenue from Raw Materials and Others remained relatively stable at €65.6 million in 2012 and €65.4 million in 2013.

 

The following table reflects a summary of net revenue by each of our geographic regions for 2013 as compared to 2012:

 

Summary of Net
Revenue by Region

 

Year ended
December 31,
2013

 

% of total
net revenue

 

Year ended
December 31,
2012

 

% of total
net revenue

 

% var

 

% var CC(1)

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros, except for percentages)

 

European Union(2)

 

569,827

 

20.8

 

559,328

 

21.3

 

1.9

 

2.2

 

Spain

 

207,922

 

7.6

 

212,983

 

8.1

 

(2.4

)

 

United States and Canada

 

1,707,620

 

62.3

 

1,658,548

 

63.3

 

3.0

 

6.1

 

Rest of the World

 

426,257

 

15.5

 

371,618

 

14.2

 

14.7

 

19.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

2,703,704

 

98.6

 

2,589,494

 

98.8

 

4.4

 

7.2

 

Raw Materials(3)

 

38,028

 

1.4

 

31,450

 

1.2

 

20.9

 

23.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,741,732

 

100.0

 

2,620,944

 

100.0

 

4.6

 

7.4

 

 


(1)                                  Net revenue variance in constant currency is determined by comparing adjusted current period net revenue, calculated using prior period monthly average exchange rates, to the prior period net revenue.  See “Presentation of Financial Information.”

 

(2)                                  Net revenue earned in the European Union includes net revenue earned in Spain.

 

(3)                                  We exclude net revenue derived from our Raw Materials division from our reported net revenue by region, because we believe that such net revenue does not represent part of our core recurrent business lines. This net revenue consist primarily of net revenue earned under the agreements with Kedrion, which are described further in “—Factors Affecting Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Acquisitions—Talecris Acquisition.”

 

65



Table of Contents

 

We believe that our ongoing internationalization has helped to improve our sales performance. We have seen a gradual reduction in the proportion of sales accounted for by Spain, falling to 7.6% in 2013 from 8.1% in 2012, as we continue to focus on increasing sales in regions less affected by austerity measures, with shorter payment periods and better margins. In 2013, 92.4% of net sales, or €2.5 billion, were derived from countries outside of Spain.

 

Cost of sales

 

Cost of sales increased by 2.5% from €1.29 billion in 2012 to €1.32 billion in 2013. The increase in cost of sales is the result of an overall increase in cost of supplies due to increased manufacturing volumes. However, cost of sales as a percentage of net revenue has decreased to 48.3% compared to 49.3% in 2012.

 

Gross Profit

 

The increase in gross profit margin during the period from 50.7% of sales in 2012 to 51.7% in 2013 was mainly due to the optimization of manufacturing costs resulting from the increased flexibility of our fractionation and purification processes between facilities that in turn increased the yield of finished product per liter of plasma.

 

Research and development

 

Research and development spending remained stable at €123.3 million (4.5% of sales) in 2013 and €124.4 million (4.7% of sales) in 2012 as our spending was focused on strengthening our pipeline. See Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Research and Development” for details.

 

Selling, general and administration expenses

 

Selling, general and administration expenses increased by 2.5% from €545.1 million in 2012 to €558.5 million in 2013 as a result of the increase in the volume of products we sell. However, selling, general and administration expenses as a percentage of sales has decreased to 20.4%, compared to 20.8% in 2012. This decrease is the result of our continued policy of cost containment. Additionally, we recorded a charge in the amount of €2.8 million for the branded prescription drug, or BPD, fee in fiscal year 2013. The BPD fee is not tax deductible.

 

Net finance cost

 

Net finance cost decreased by 12.3% from €270.7 million in 2012 to €237.4 million in 2013. This decrease was primarily a result of a 13% decrease in finance expense from €284.1 million in 2012 to €246.7 million in 2013 because of the positive impact of the terms of the refinancing in 2012 of the Existing Facilities and overall improved market conditions. Net finance cost also includes the amortization of capitalized costs related to our debt.

 

Income tax expense

 

In 2013, we had a profit before income tax of €497.5 million and income tax expense of €155.5 million, which represents an effective tax rate of 31.3%. Our effective tax rate decreased from 34.2% in 2012 primarily due to research and development tax credits earned in the United States in 2012 that we were not able to apply until the first quarter of 2013 as well as the reduction in taxes we experienced when we combined all of our North Carolina companies onto one single state corporate tax return for 2013.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Results of Operations

 

Changes to the Presentation of the Consolidated Income Statement .  In 2012, we revised the presentation of the consolidated income statement to categorize income by function instead of by nature to enable a better understanding of the profitability of the business. Comparative data for 2011 has also been modified in our 2012 accounts.

 

Acquisition of Talecris in 2011 .  We believe that the comparability of our financial results between the year ended December 31, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011 is significantly impacted by our acquisition of Talecris, a biopharmaceutical company that produced plasma-derived protein therapies in the United States.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

On June 1, 2011, we completed our acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Talecris for a total of $3.7 billion. The Talecris acquisition consideration consisted of a combination of cash consideration of $2.5 billion and non-cash consideration, through the issuance of our new Class B shares, of $1.2 billion. Our 2012 and 2013 results include the activity of the former Talecris companies for the entire period. The information for 2011 includes seven months of activity of the former Talecris companies.

 

The Talecris acquisition has been accounted for pursuant to the acquisition method of IFRS 3 (revised), Business Combinations. Under this acquisition method, assets and liabilities are recorded at their fair value on the date of purchase and the total purchase price is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. As of the date of the preparation of our 2011 consolidated financial statements, we did not have all of the necessary information to determine the definitive fair value of intangible assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired in connection with the business combination. During the second quarter of 2012, we obtained additional information on events and circumstances existing at the acquisition date that enabled us to accurately finalize the allocation of assets and liabilities and therefore the allocation of the purchase price. In 2012, goodwill increased by €2.5 million due to a change in the valuation of inventories and the recognition of a current provision arising from an onerous contract, both of which are net of tax effect. The increase in goodwill was allocated to our Bioscience segment. Goodwill for 2011 has not been restated, as we believe the changes are immaterial.

 

Total costs incurred in connection with the Talecris acquisition amounted to €61.3 million. For 2011, costs incurred in connection with the acquisition amounted to €44.3 million. Additionally, we incurred significant indebtedness in connection with the consummation of the Talecris acquisition, including the issuance of our Existing Notes and borrowings under a senior credit agreement (referred to herein as the “Existing Facilities”), and our total indebtedness and related interest expense is, and will continue to be, significantly higher than in previous periods. Finance expenses increased from €200.6 million in 2011 to €284.1 million in 2012. See Note 3(d) to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F for additional information with respect to the Talecris acquisition.

 

The following discussion and analysis contains information regarding our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Change

 

 

 

2012

 

2011
(restated)(1)

 

 

%

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros, except for percentages)

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

2,620,944

 

1,795,613

 

825,331

 

46.0

 

Cost of sales

 

(1,291,345

)

(968,133

)

(323,212

)

33.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

1,329,599

 

827,480

 

502,119

 

60.7

 

Research and development

 

(124,443

)

(89,360

)

(35,083

)

39.3

 

Selling, general and administration expenses

 

(545,072

)

(459,259

)

(85,813

)

18.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

(669,515

)

(548,619

)

(120,896

)

22.0

 

Operating results

 

660,084

 

278,861

 

381,223

 

136.7

 

Finance income

 

1,677

 

5,761

 

(4,084

)

(70.9

)

Finance costs

 

(284,117

)

(200,562

)

(83,555

)

41.7

 

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

13,013

 

1,279

 

11,734

 

917.4

 

Impairment and gains on disposal of financial instruments

 

2,107

 

(805

)

2,912

 

(361.7

)

Exchange losses

 

(3,409

)

(3,477

)

38

 

(1.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance cost

 

(270,729

)

(197,774

)

(72,955

)

36.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of profit/(losses) of equity accounted investees

 

(1,407

)

(1,064

)

(343

)

32.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

387,948

 

80,023

 

307,925

 

384.8

 

Income tax expense

 

(132,571

)

(29,795

)

(102,776

)

344.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

255,377

 

50,228

 

205,149

 

408.4

 

Consolidated profit for the year

 

255,377

 

50,228

 

205,149

 

408.4

 

 

67



Table of Contents

 


(1)                                  In 2012, we changed the presentation of the consolidated statement of operations data by functions instead of by nature. We believe that this will enable a better understanding of the profitability of our business. Consequently, comparative data for 2011 has also been modified, to conform to the current presentation. For more information please see our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Net Revenue

 

Net revenue increased by €825.3 million, or 46.0%, from 2011 to 2012. This net revenue increase is organic and acquisition related growth. Of the €197.3 million increase attributable to organic growth, €121.2 million was from the positive impact of USD/EUR exchange rate fluctuations in the amount of and €76.2 million primarily attributable to increases in sales volume.  Of the €628.0 million increase attributable to the acquisition of Talecris Biotherapeutics on June 1, 2011, €23.3 million was from the positive impact of USD/EUR exchange rate fluctuations and €604.7 million was primarily attributable to increases in sales volume.

 

The following table reflects a summary of net revenue by each of our divisions for 2012 as compared to 2011:

 

Summary of Net
Revenue by Division

 

Year ended
December 31,
2012

 

% of total
net revenue

 

Year ended
December 31,
2011

 

% of total
net revenue

 

% var

 

% var CC(1)

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros, except for percentages)

 

Bioscience

 

2,325,088

 

88.7

 

1,531,199

 

85.3

 

51.8

 

42.9

 

Diagnostic

 

134,341

 

5.1

 

117,358

 

6.5

 

14.5

 

11.9

 

Hospital

 

95,870

 

3.7

 

95,365

 

5.3

 

0.5

 

0.1

 

Raw Materials and Others(2)

 

65,645

 

2.5

 

51,691

 

2.9

 

27.0

 

18.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,620,944

 

100.0

 

1,795,613

 

100.0

 

46.0

 

37.9

 

 


(1)                                  Net revenue variance in constant currency is determined by comparing adjusted current period net revenue, calculated using prior period monthly average exchange rates, to the prior period net revenue.  See “Presentation of Financial Information.”

 

(2)                                  In 2011 and 2012, Raw Materials and Others primarily consisted of (i) amounts earned under the agreements with Kedrion, which are described further in Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Important Events — The Talecris Acquisition and Related Financing,” (ii) royalty payments from third parties and (iii) net revenue from engineering activities by our subsidiary Grifols Engineering, S.A.

 

Bioscience .  Net revenue for the Bioscience division increased by 51.8% from €1.5 billion in 2011 to €2.3 billion in 2012.  Growth was principally driven by high sales volumes in the United States and Canada for our main plasma derivative products, most significantly in sales of albumin, our IVIG products and A1PI, with a slight positive contribution from the combination of product prices and market mix. However, as was the case in 2011, the most important factor for the year over year increase was our acquisition of Talecris. Fiscal year 2011 included only seven months of Talecris revenue while 2012 reflects the first full year of combined revenue.  We also experienced notably stronger Alphanate® Factor VIII sales following the divestment of Koate® in the United States as a result of agreements with the FTC.

 

Diagnostic .  Our Diagnostic division increased net revenue by 14.5% from €117.4 million in 2011 to €134.3 million in 2012.  Diagnostic division growth was driven by sales of DG Gel® cards, which increased in each market in which we operate and were particularly notable in emerging markets, such as Mexico, Turkey, China and Brazil.  In the instrumentation field, we have experienced strong sales of the Erytra® analyzer in Switzerland, Denmark, Sweden and Norway, and the first Erytra® analyzer was installed in Mexico in 2012. Sales of the hemostasis Q® analyzer were also strong in emerging markets, including Brazil and Turkey.

 

Hospital .  Net revenue from the Hospital division remained stable, at €95.9 million in 2012 compared to €95.4 million in 2011.  As this division generates most of its sales in Spain, it has been affected by health sector cutbacks. We are continuing to promote international expansion in this division, mainly through the IV Tools and Hospital logistics product lines and manufacturing and distribution agreements.  One key development was the commencement of distribution in Spain of probiotic VSL#3®, which is produced by Actial Farmacéutica. Our agreement with Actial Farmacéutica drove a 6.6% growth in our Nutrition products in 2012.  Additionally, pursuant to a 2011 distribution contract, CareFusion is selling our BlisPack® system in a number of countries in Europe, Latin America, the Middle East and Asia.  In 2012, we also entered into agreements to manufacture pre-diluted drugs at our Parets facility for third parties, including Mylan Institutional in the United States and Eurospital in Italy, through Grifols Partnership, a contract manufacturing service offered by Laboratorios Grifols S.A.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

Raw Materials and Others .  Net revenue from Raw Materials and Others increased from €51.7 million in 2011 to €65.6 million in 2012.  The increase over 2011 figures is the result of increased net revenue from the supply agreements with Kedrion related to the Talecris acquisition.

 

Robust revenue growth across all divisions has been driven by increases in sales volume in a flat price environment due to austerity measures in the European market. Our organic growth during 2012 is a result of increased sales in geographic regions with better economic conditions. The following table reflects a summary of net revenue by each of our geographic regions for 2012 as compared to 2011:

 

Summary of Net
Revenue by Region

 

Year ended
December 31,
2012

 

% of total
net revenue

 

Year ended
December 31,
2011

 

% of total
net revenue

 

% var

 

% var CC(1)

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros, except for percentages)

 

European Union(2)

 

559,328

 

21.3

 

526,625

 

29.3

 

6.2

 

5.8

 

Spain

 

212,983

 

8.1

 

230,871

 

12.9

 

(7.7

)

(7.7

)

United States and Canada

 

1,658,548

 

63.3

 

948,730

 

52.9

 

74.8

 

61.9

 

Rest of the World

 

371,618

 

14.2

 

289,732

 

16.1

 

28.3

 

22.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

2,589,494

 

98.8

 

1,765,087

 

98.3

 

46.7

 

38.7

 

Raw Materials

 

31,450

 

1.2

 

30,526

 

1.7

 

3.0

 

(4.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,620,944

 

100.0

 

1,795,613

 

100.0

 

46.0

 

37.9

 

 


(1)                                  Net revenue variance in constant currency is determined by comparing adjusted current period net revenue, calculated using prior period monthly average exchange rates, to the prior period net revenue.  See “Presentation of Financial Information.”

 

(2)                                  Net revenue earned in the European Union includes net revenue earned in Spain.

 

We believe that our ongoing internationalization has helped improve our sales performance. We have seen a gradual reduction in the proportion of sales accounted for by Spain, falling to 8.1% in 2012, as we continue to focus on increasing sales in regions less affected by austerity measures, with shorter payment periods and better margins. In 2012, 91.9% of net sales, or €2.4 billion, were derived from countries outside of Spain. Sales in the United States and Canada totaled €1.7 billion, a figure that represents growth of 74.8% compared to €949 million in 2011.

 

Cost of sales

 

Cost of sales increased by 33.4% from €968.1 million in 2011 to €1.3 billion in 2012.  The increase in cost of sales is the result of an overall increase in cost of supplies due to increased manufacturing volumes and is consistent with net revenue growth resulting from our larger scale following the Talecris acquisition.  As a percentage of net revenue, cost of sales has decreased to 49.3% from 53.9% in 2011.

 

Gross profit

 

The increase in gross profit margin during the period from 46.1% of sales in 2011 to 50.7% in 2012 was mainly a result of synergies derived from the acquisition of Talecris, including (i) lower plasma collection costs due to improved efficiencies and economies of scale; (ii) improved manufacturing yields and optimized capacity utilization as a result of cross license approvals for several intermediate pastes; (iii) manufacturing cost efficiencies; and (iv) improved net revenue per liter of plasma.

 

Research and development

 

Research and development spending increased by 39.3% from €89.4 million (5.0% of sales) in 2011 to €124.4 million (4.7% of sales) in 2012. This increase is primarily attributable to an increase in the number of clinical trials under way, which is the result of our continuation of the Talecris research and development pipeline.

 

Selling, general and administration expenses.

 

Selling, general and administration, expenses increased by 18.7% from €459.3 million in 2011 to €545.1 million in 2012. This increase is the result of an increase in incremental expenses resulting from our larger scale following the Talecris acquisition.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Additionally, we recorded a charge in the amount of €3.2 million for the BPD fee in 2012. The BPD fee is not tax deductible. The increased expenses were partially offset by savings from our optimization initiatives and continued focus on controlling discretionary spending. As a percentage of net revenue, Selling, general and administration expenses decreased to 20.8%, compared to 25.6% in 2011 as a result of the economies of scale.

 

Net finance cost

 

Net finance cost increased by 36.9% from €197.8 million in 2011 to €270.7 million in 2012.  This increase was primarily a result of an increase in finance expense by 41.7% from €200.6 million in 2011 to €284.1million in 2012, representing a full year of finance expense under the debt incurred in connection with the Talecris acquisition.  Net finance cost also includes the amortization of capitalized costs related to our debt.

 

Income tax expense

 

In 2012, we had a profit before income tax of €387.9 million and income tax expense of €132.6 million, which represents an effective tax rate of 34.2%.  Our effective tax rate decreased from 37.2% in 2011 primarily due to the relative effect of non-deductible expenses and non-recognized tax credits in 2012. While these amounts remained similar from one year to the other, the taxable profit increased significantly, thus reducing the effective tax rate.

 

Regulation

 

For detailed information regarding the regulations applicable to our business, see Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — E. Regulatory Matters.”

 

Inflation

 

We historically have not been affected materially by inflation in our core geographies.

 

B.                                     Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our principal liquidity and capital requirements consist of costs and expenses relating to the operation of our business, capital expenditures for existing and new operations and debt service requirements relating to our existing and future debt. Historically, we have financed our liquidity and capital requirements through internally generated cash flows mainly attributable to revenue and debt financings. As of December 31, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents totaled €708.8 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we had more than €340 million available under our debt agreements, including $35 million, €21.7 million and the $140 million equivalent in multicurrencies available under our Amended Revolving Credit Facilities.

 

We expect our cash flows from operations combined with our cash balances and availability under the Revolving Loans from the New Credit Facilities and other bank debt to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, and capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months. Currently, we do not generate significant cash in any country that might have restrictions for funds repatriation, and we estimate that the existing cash located in the U.S. and Spain, along with the cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to meet future cash needs in key countries.

 

Historical Cash Flows

 

Below are our consolidated statements of cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 prepared under IFRS EU.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before tax

 

497,536

 

387,948

 

80,023

 

Adjustments for:

 

347,853

 

400,950

 

313,915

 

Amortization and depreciation

 

128,469

 

129,126

 

90,639

 

Other adjustments:

 

219,384

 

271,824

 

223,276

 

(Profit)/losses on equity accounted investments

 

1,165

 

1,407

 

1,064

 

Exchange (gains)/losses

 

1,303

 

3,409

 

3,447

 

Impairment of assets and net provision charges

 

4,611

 

8,104

 

23,806

 

(Profit)/losses on disposal of fixed assets

 

4,689

 

12,542

 

19,366

 

Government grants taken to income

 

(1,130

)

(930

)

(1,304

)

Finance expense / (income)

 

228,308

 

258,060

 

180,567

 

Other adjustments

 

(19,562

)

(10,768

)

(3,670

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

40,332

 

(43, 617

)

(51,279

)

Change in inventories

 

17,277

 

14,509

 

6,909

 

Change in trade and other receivables

 

(35,694

)

44,258

 

(54,142

)

Change in current financial assets and other current assets

 

(2,612

)

(5,645

)

9,321

 

Change in current trade and other payables

 

61,361

 

(96,739

)

(13,367

)

Other cash flows from/(used in) operating activities

 

(293,710

)

(238,163

)

(122,431

)

Interest paid

 

(157,880

)

(180,539

)

(139,883

)

Interest recovered

 

5,423

 

2,923

 

3,582

 

Income tax (paid) / received

 

(141,253

)

(60,547

)

13,870

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

592,011

 

507,118

 

220,228

 

Cash flows from/(used in) investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for investments

 

(252,827

)

(177,195

)

(1,784,464

)

Group companies and business units

 

(69,172

)

(11,067

)

(1,624,869

)

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

 

(172,849

)

(166,128

)

(159,899

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

(138,460

)

(146,028

)

(137,200

)

Intangible assets

 

(34,389

)

(20,100

)

(22,699

)

Other financial assets

 

(10,806

)

 

304

 

Proceeds from the sale of investments

 

16,793

 

112,760

 

165,738

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

16,793

 

79,896

 

160,266

 

Associates

 

 

1,883

 

5,472

 

Other financial assets

 

 

30,981

 

 

Net cash (used in) investing activities

 

(236,034

)

(64,435

)

(1,618,726

)

Cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from and payments for equity instruments

 

35,221

 

(9

)

(2,830

)

Issue

 

20,461

 

 

(2,830

)

Payments for treasury stock

 

(120,429

)

(5,194

)

 

Sales of treasury stock

 

135,189

 

5,185

 

 

Proceeds from and payments for financial liability instruments

 

(79,413

)

(255,569

)

1,762,550

 

Issue

 

53,507

 

25,727

 

2,994,741

 

Redemption and repayment

 

(132,920

)

(281,296

)

(1,232,191

)

Dividends and interest on other equity instruments paid

 

(69,138

)

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(70,062

)

 

 

Dividends received

 

924

 

 

 

Other cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

 

8,184

 

(49,752

)

(284,748

)

Financing costs included on the amortized costs of the debt

 

 

(43,752

)

(285,088

)

Other amounts from / (used in) financing activities

 

8,184

 

(6,000

)

340

 

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

 

(105,146

)

(305,330

)

1,474,972

 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

 

(15,381

)

(4,612

)

24,463

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

235,450

 

132,741

 

100,937

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

473,327

 

340,586

 

239,649

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

 

708,777

 

473,327

 

340,586

 

 

Net Cash from Operating Activities

 

In 2011, we generated net cash from operating activities of €220.2 million. The principal effects on working capital were:

 

·                                           a €54.1 million increase in receivables, with the days sales outstanding ratio at 65 days, which was significantly lower than 2010 as a result of the Talecris acquisition and Talecris’ favorable sales outstanding ratio;

 

·                                           a €6.9 million decrease in inventories with the stocks turnover ratio at 319 days, which is lower than 2010; and

 

·                                           a €13.4 million decrease in current trade and other payable, due to the payment of transaction costs in 2011 which were outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

 

In 2012, we generated net cash from operating activities of €507.1 million. The principal effects on working capital were:

 

71



Table of Contents

 

·                                           a €44.3 million decrease in receivables, with the days sales outstanding ratio at 52 days (as compared to 65 days in 2011), due to an increased proportion of sales coming from countries with shorter payment periods, and also due to our receipt of approximately €48 million under the Suppliers Payment Plan introduced by the Spanish Government in June 2012 to require central and regional Spanish governments to pay receivables that are overdue as of December 31, 2011;

 

·                                           a €14.5 million decrease in inventories with the stocks turnover ratio at 281 days (as compared to 319 days in 2011), due to improvements in inventory management and reductions in safety stock; and

 

·                                           a €96.7 million decrease in current trade and other payable, due to our payment of €36.8 million ($45 million) in connection with the finalization of the PCA litigation (see Item 8 of this Part I, “Financial Information — A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Legal Proceedings — Plasma Centers of America, LLC”), as well as our payment in 2012 of trade payments related to integration and transaction costs that were outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

 

In 2013, we generated net cash from operating activities of €592 million. The principal effects on working capital were:

 

·                                           a €35.7 million increase in receivables due to an increase in the absolute levels of receivables with days sales outstanding ratio unchanged from 2012;

 

·                                           a €17.3 million decrease in inventories with the stocks turnover ratio at 262 days (as compared to 281 days in 2011), due to improvements in inventory management and reductions in safety stock; and

 

·                                           a €61.4 million increase in current trade and other payables due to normal business operations

 

Net Cash from/(Used in) Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to €1.6 billion in 2011, €64.4 million in 2012 and €236 million in 2013. For 2011, most of the cash used in investing activities related to the Talecris acquisition. This was partially offset by €160.2 million in cash received as a result of sale leaseback transactions in the United States and Spain.

 

Investments made in 2012 included various capital expenditures, primarily investments for manufacturing facility expansion and improvement, the acquisition of 51% of the capital of Araclón for €6.2 million (net of cash and cash equivalents of Araclón), the acquisition of three plasma donation centers in the United States for €1.9 million and the acquisition by the Gri-Cel, S.A. Group of 40% of the capital of VCN Bioscience for €1.5 million. These uses were offset in part by €67 million received as a result of sale leaseback transactions in 2011 and from proceeds received from sales of other assets, such as futures and property, plant and equipment.

 

Investments made in 2013 include various capital expenditures, primarily investments for manufacturing facility expansion and improvement, the acquisition of 21.30% of the common stock of TiGenix for €12.4 million, the acquisition of approximately 35% of the outstanding shares of Aradigm on a fully diluted basis for $25.7 million (€20.6 million if acquisition costs are included) and the acquisition of 60% of the economic and voting rights of Progenika for €37 million (€34.6 million, net of cash and cash equivalents).

 

Net Cash from/(Used in) Financing Activities

 

Net cash from financing activities was €1.5 billion in 2011, primarily due to the issuance of $1.1 billion aggregate principal amount of our Existing Notes and borrowings under the Existing Facilities (excluding undrawn availability) as of December 31, 2011.

 

This $2.9 billion in cash from financing activities was offset by cash used for transaction costs paid in connection with the Talecris acquisition in the amount of €285 million. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the Existing Facilities and in connection with the consummation of the Talecris acquisition, we refinanced substantially all of our and Talecris’ existing debt. On June 1, 2011, we redeemed all of the Grifols Inc. notes, which comprised $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes maturing in 12 years, $245.0 million, £25.0 million and €10 million aggregate principal amount of notes maturing in ten years and $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes maturing in seven years (collectively, the “Old Notes”) and repaid existing bank loans amounting to €297 million. We paid a €112 million make whole premium payment in connection with the redemption of the Old Notes. Between June and July 2011, we redeemed the $600 million aggregate principal amount of Talecris’ existing notes. We paid a €78 million make whole premium payment in connection with the redemption of the Talecris’ existing notes.

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Net cash used in financing activities was €305.3 million in 2012, mainly due to debt repayments totaling €255.6 million, which includes early repayments. In addition, the cost of the repricing of all of the senior term loans and revolving facilities pursuant to the Existing Facilities was €43.8 million.

 

Net cash used in financing activities was €105.1 million in 2013, mainly due to net debt repayments totaling €79.4 million and the payment of dividends totaling €70 million.

 

Working Capital

 

Our working capital, which is driven primarily by our trade receivables turnover and inventory aging, can vary significantly period to period depending on the activity.  Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of sales growth, acceptance of our products, continued access to adequate manufacturing capacities, maintaining cGMP compliant facilities, the timing and extent of research and development activities, and changes in operating expenses, including costs of production and sourcing of plasma, all of which are subject to uncertainty.  We anticipate that our cash needs will be significant and that we may need to increase our borrowings under current or future debt agreements in order to fund our operations and strategic initiatives.  We anticipate that our working capital will increase in absolute terms in order to grow our business.

 

Inventory Aging

 

Inventory aging average has decreased from 2011 to 2013.  The synergies achieved in the Talecris acquisition have resulted in inventory optimization. As a result of improvements in inventory management and reductions in safety stock turnover days were reduced from 281 at December 31, 2012 to 262 at December 31, 2013.

 

Trade Receivables

 

Our receivables had an aging average of 52, 52 and 65 days at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrease from 2011 was primarily due to our acquisition of Talecris in June 2011 and its lower days sales outstanding ratio. The geographic redistribution of sales following the Talecris acquisition has significantly increased our sales volume in countries with shorter collection periods and reduced sales in southern European countries, which have relatively longer collection periods (Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece) to approximately 11% of our total net revenue.

 

It is common to experience extended collection periods for balances due from Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal. In particular, in Spain, Italy and Portugal, it is common practice for government or local authority-backed entities to pay suppliers well after the 30 to 60 day period normally applied, with payments occurring very often after one year. The failure to receive timely payments for the sale of our products negatively affects our working capital levels and may require us to obtain more short-term financing than we would otherwise need.

 

The following table presents the breakdown of our trade receivables by country in each of Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal as of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

Balances with Public Entities

 

Balances with Third Parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance
(1)

 

Balance
Past Due

 

for
Doubtful
Receivables
(2)

 

Balance
(3)

 

Balance
Past Due

 

Provision for
Doubtful
Receivables
(4)

 

Net
Debt
(1+2+3+
4)

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros)

 

Greece

 

118

 

118

 

(118

)

1,259

 

9

 

0

 

1,259

 

Italy

 

6,801

 

1,741

 

(144

)

14,847

 

9,057

 

(2,060

)

19,444

 

Spain

 

76,027

 

41,092

 

(175

)

7,656

 

4,919

 

(98

)

83,410

 

Portugal

 

10,999

 

8,559

 

(7,088

)

3,098

 

2,422

 

(1

)

7,008

 

Total

 

93,945

 

51,510

 

(7,525

)

26,860

 

16,407

 

(2,159

)

111,121

 

 

Allowances for doubtful accounts are recognized when there are indicators that the debt will not be repaid.  Although we have historically collected all trade receivables due from the government or funded by the government in each of Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal, we are aware of the economic difficulties presently facing those countries.  Like in 2012, in 2013 we made a provision for doubtful receivables for each of these countries.  However, these amounts are not material.

 

During 2012, the Spanish government arranged for the payment of all public administration debt that was overdue at December 31, 2011. Receipt of the principal of such balances was conditioned upon waiver of any interest owed by the social security

 

73



Table of Contents

 

authorities.  As a result, we received approximately €50 million for overdue balances and we recognized a loss of €11.6 million in 2012 on the interest that we had claimed from the social security authorities.

 

When funds are required, we may sell certain receivables with a maturity beyond 30 days. Certain receivables are sold to financial institutions without recourse. We sold €244 million, €197 million and €157 million of receivables to third parties during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Capital Expenditures and Intangible Assets

 

The following table presents our capital expenditure additions in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2010, by division.

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros)

 

Bioscience division

 

129,475

 

140,880

 

127,789

 

Hospital division

 

8,514

 

6,435

 

15,097

 

Diagnostic division

 

24,408

 

12,003

 

12,218

 

Shared infrastructure

 

19,582

 

14,154

 

12,395

 

Total

 

181,979

 

173,472

 

167,499

 

 

January 2011 through December 2013

 

Facilities.   The most important capital projects relating to the expansion and improvement of our manufacturing facilities were:

 

·                                           investments related to Clayton facility of approximately €134.2 million in 2011, approximately €50.6 million in 2012 and approximately €20.5 million in 2013, mainly related to fractionation capacity expansion;

 

·                                           further expenditures at our new plant at the Murcia facility of approximately €8.9 million in 2011 and approximately €2.1 million in 2012, which resulted in the commencement of operations at our new plant and an additional €3.6 million invested in 2013 to increase capacity;

 

·                                           expenditures related to the construction of a new plasma fractionation plant at our Parets facility of approximately €1.1 million in 2011, additional investments in the facility of approximately €11.9 million in 2012, which resulted in the opening of a new fractionation plant that increased fractionation capacity to one million liters per year (expandable to two million liters per year) and additional investments in the facility of approximately €6.2 million in 2013, which resulted in the increase of the albumin purification capacity;

 

·                                           expenditures related to acquisition of land in Curitiba, Brazil, on which we plan to construct, via Gri-Cel, S.A., a plant to manufacture bags used for collection, storage and transfusion of blood components;

 

·                                           further expenses related to our headquarters and information technology projects of approximately €22.2 million in 2012 with an additional €8.9 million spent on refurbishing the headquarters in 2013 and additional investments in information technology projects of €6.3 million in 2013;

 

·                                           extension of the installations in Clayton and Los Angeles used to purify Factor VIII, Factor IX, IVIG and albumin of approximately €10.1 million in 2012;

 

·                                           the relocation and renovation of plasma centers of approximately €6.1 million in 2013;

 

·                                           construction of a new plasma warehouse for approximately €5.2 million and new aseptic filling areas for €10.2 million at our Clayton facility in 2013; and

 

·                                           investments in increasing our IVIG and albumin purification capacity at the Los Angeles plan for €10.2 million in 2013.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

January 2014 through December 2016

 

We are undertaking an investment plan that involves cumulative capital expenditures of approximately €450 million from 2014 through 2016. We plan to finance our projected capital expenditures with internally generated cash flow, cash on hand and debt financing. Additional capital expenditures will be needed as a result of the acquisition of the Novartis assets. These capital expenditures were not included in our current investment plan.

 

The majority of our investments benefit our Bioscience division, with the goal of improving the structure of our plasma collection centers in the United States and expanding our manufacturing facilities. As a result of these investments, we expect our combined plasma fractionation capacity to reach 12.5 million liters per year by 2016. We aim to optimize utilization of our fractionation capacity by obtaining FDA and EMA licenses and completing other requirements to purify any of our intermediate products at any of our plants.

 

We are also expanding and relocating plasma donation centers and improving infrastructures related to raw materials classification, preparation and storage facilities, logistics centers and analysis laboratories. As part of this process, we have already closed one and consolidated two plasma analysis laboratories in the United States.

 

Our principal planned capital expenditures for such period are listed below.

 

The most important planned capital projects relating to the expansion and improvement of our manufacturing facilities are:

 

·                                           validation of the new filling zone facilities and equipment for liquid and lyophilized products at the Clayton facility;

 

·                                           completion of the construction of the plant in Curitiba, Brazil that will manufacture bags used for collection, storage and transfusion of blood components;

 

·                                           testing of operations at the new plasma fractionation plant at the Parets facility;

 

·                                           completion of construction and bringing online the new plasma fractionation facility at Clayton;

 

·                                           construction of a new Prolastin® plant at the Parets facility;

 

·                                           construction of a new logistics center in Ireland;

 

·                                           construction of offices and a raw materials warehouse at the Clayton facility; and

 

·                                           further relation and renovation of our plasma donor centers.

 

We are undertaking research and development projects in all of our major product areas. See Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Research and Development” for details of the major projects.

 

Sources of Credit

 

New Credit Facilities

 

On February 27, 2014 we entered into the New Credit Facilities with a syndicate led by Nomura Securities International, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as the arrangers, which consists of the “Senior Term Loans” and the “Revolving Loans”. The Senior Term Loans were fully funded on February 27, 2014. The tranche A term loans, which amount to $700 million, will mature six years from February 27, 2014 and have a repayment schedule with quarterly amortization equal to 2.5%, 5.0% and 7.5% per annum of the original principal amount in years one, two and three through five, respectively, with the balance after the fifth anniversary from February 27, 2014 to the maturity date. The tranche B term loans, which amount to $3.250 billion and €400 million equivalent, will mature seven years from February 27, 2014 and will have a repayment schedule with quarterly amortization equal to 1.0% per annum of the original principal amount, with the remainder to be paid at maturity. The Revolving Loans, which amount to $300 million equivalent in multicurrencies, are available during the period commencing from February 27, 2014 and ending on the fifth anniversary of the closing of February 27, 2014.

 

The interest rates on the Senior Term Loans and the Revolving Loans are based on (a) in the case of dollar denominated loans, the base rate (the greatest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (iii) the applicable LIBOR rate plus

 

75



Table of Contents

 

1.00%) plus an applicable margin or (b) the applicable LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for loans at the LIBOR rate is (a) 2.75% for the multicurrency revolving loans and the tranche A term loan, (b) 3.00% for the foreign tranche B term loan, and (c) 3.00% for the U.S. tranche B term loan, which are subject to customary market flex.

 

Borrowings under the New Credit Facilities are subject to mandatory prepayment upon the occurrence of certain events, including the incurrence of certain debt and the sale or other disposition of certain assets. In addition, a portion of the borrowings under the New Credit Facilities are subject to mandatory prepayment in the event we have excess cash flow, as defined therein. Both the Senior Term Loans and the Revolving Loans are guaranteed by Grifols, S.A. and certain subsidiaries of Grifols, S.A. that together with Grifols, S.A. represent, in the aggregate, at least 80% of the consolidated assets and consolidated EBITDA of Grifols, S.A. and its subsidiaries, and are secured by a perfected first priority security interest (subject to permitted liens, as defined in the credit and guaranty agreement) in all of the tangible and intangible assets of the U.S. credit parties and plasma inventory of the Borrower, as defined therein (subject to certain exclusions and limitations).

 

The New Credit Facilities include customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. Negative covenants include, among other limitations, limitations on additional debt, liens, asset sales and affiliate transactions. Events of defaults include, among other events, violation of covenants, material breaches of representations, cross default to other material debt, bankruptcy and insolvency and material judgments.

 

The terms of the New Credit Facilities contain limitations on our ability to pay ordinary dividends. We may pay dividends (a) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices in an amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) the sum of (A) the amount equal to the net cash proceeds received from the issuance or sale of equity interests in Grifols, S.A. after December 31, 2013 plus (B) if the leverage ratio is not greater than 5.0x, 50% of the consolidated net income of Grifols, S.A. and its subsidiaries accrued since March 31, 2013, less (C) amounts used to make certain restricted payments and (ii) 40% of the consolidated net income of Grifols, S.A. and its subsidiaries accrued since March 31, 2013 or (b) whether or not in the ordinary course of business so long as after giving effect thereto, the leverage ratio is not greater than 3.5x.

 

The borrower under the tranche A facility, the Euro denominated tranche B facility and the revolving facilities is Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, an Irish entity our wholly owned direct subsidiary, and the borrower under the U.S. Dollar tranche B facility is Grifols Worldwide Operations USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited.

 

The New Credit Facilities are governed by New York law.

 

5.25% Senior Notes due 2022

 

On March 12, 2014, Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited completed the sale of the Notes to the initial purchasers thereof in an offering not registered under the Securities Act.  The initial purchasers subsequently resold the Notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.  The proceeds from the Notes, together with cash on hand, was used to refinance the New Interim Loan Facility.

 

The Notes yield 5.25% to maturity and pay interest semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1, commencing on October 1, 2014, to holders of record on the immediately preceding March 15 and September 15, respectively.  The Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by Grifols, S.A. and the subsidiaries of Grifols, S.A. that are guarantors and co-borrower under the New Credit Facilities. As of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, the Notes are guaranteed by Grifols, S.A., Biomat USA, Inc., Grifols Biologicals Inc., Grifols Inc., Grifols Diagnostic Solutions Inc. (f/k/a Grifols Chiron Diagnostics Corp.), Grifols Therapeutics, Inc., Instituto Grifols, S.A. and Grifols Worldwide Operations USA, Inc.

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on and after April 1, 2017, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Fiscal Year

 

Percentage

 

2017

 

103.938

%

2018

 

102.625

%

2019

 

101.313

%

2020 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited may redeem up to 35% of the outstanding Notes with money raised in one or more equity offerings by Grifols, S.A. at any time (which may be more than once) prior to April 1, 2017, as long as at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued remains outstanding immediately following any such offerings.

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time prior to April 1, 2017 at a price equal to 100% of the principal plus a premium as defined under the indenture (computed using a discount rate equal to the U.S. Treasury rate as of such redemption date plus 0.50%), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any.

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

If Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited experiences a change of control, it must give holders of the Notes the opportunity to sell Grifols Inc. their Notes at 101% of their face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

 

Grifols, S.A., Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited and the guarantors of the Notes may incur additional indebtedness if our the fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the indenture governing the Notes) for Grifols, S.A. and the restricted subsidiaries (as defined in the indenture governing the Notes) on a consolidated basis for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the date on which such additional indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis.

 

The indenture governing the Notes contains certain covenants limiting, subject to exceptions, carve-outs and qualifications, Grifols, S.A.’s ability and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:  (i) pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments or investments; (ii) incur additional indebtedness or provide guarantees of indebtedness and issue disqualified stock; (iii) create liens on assets; (iv) merge, consolidate, or sell all or substantially all of our and our restricted subsidiaries’ assets; (v) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (vi) create restrictions on dividends or other payments by our restricted subsidiaries; and (vii) create guarantees of indebtedness by restricted subsidiaries.  The indenture also contains certain customary events of default.

 

Other Bank Debt

 

We are party to a number of other short- and long-term bilateral credit facilities. These credit facilities are with various lenders and consist of long-term and short-term indebtedness of both us and Grifols, S.A. subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2013 we have $257 million of aggregate short-term credit availability under these facilities. The short-term credit facilities have maturity dates occurring in the next 12 months. The majority of the credit facilities provide that the lenders may terminate such facilities at will or change the terms unilaterally.

 

Grifols Inc. Existing Notes

 

On January 21, 2011, Giant Funding Corp., an escrow company formed solely for the purpose of issuing the Existing Notes, completed a private placement of 8.25% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Existing Notes”).  The proceeds of the offering of the Existing Notes were held in an escrow account pending completion of the Talecris acquisition and the satisfaction of other conditions.  On June 1, 2011, upon completion of the acquisition, Giant Funding Corp. was merged with and into Grifols Inc., Grifols Inc. assumed all of Giant Funding Corp.’s obligations under the Existing Notes and the indenture governing the Existing Notes and the proceeds from the issuance of the Existing Notes were released from the escrow account.  The proceeds from the Existing Notes, together with funds drawn pursuant to a credit agreement that provided for (a) senior term loans aggregating $2.5 billion and €440 million and (b) revolving commitments in the amounts of $50 million, €36.7 million ($50 million equivalent) and the $200 million equivalent in multicurrencies, were used to finance the cash portion of the consideration for the Talecris acquisition.  The proceeds from the New Interim Loan Facility were used to discharge the Existing Notes on February 27, 2014.

 

Grifols Inc. Old Notes

 

On September 21, 2009, Grifols Inc. completed a private placement of the Old Notes.  On June 1, 2011, we redeemed all of the Old Notes and repaid existing bank loans amounting to €297 million. We paid a €112 million make whole premium payment in connection with the redemption of the Old Notes. Between June and July 2011, we redeemed the $600 million aggregate principal amount of Talecris’ existing notes. We paid a €78 million make whole premium payment in connection with the redemption of the Talecris’ existing notes.

 

77



Table of Contents

 

C.                                     Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

 

We have made investments of €123.3 million, €124.4 million and €89.4 million in research and development in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Our research and development spending, while decreasing slightly from 2012 to 2013, represented 4.5% of our net revenues in 2013.

 

The following table reflects the composition of our total research and development expenses for each period presented.

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros)

 

Plasmin in treating acute peripheral arterial occlusion

 

5,123

 

8,235

 

8,582

 

Antithrombin in coronary surgery and severe burns

 

562

 

86

 

461

 

Fibrin glue in vascular, organ and soft-tissue surgery

 

9,135

 

7,984

 

4,326

 

Plasmapheresis with albumin and IVIG for Alzheimer

 

2,728

 

3,031

 

845

 

Total Key Projects Expenses

 

17,548

 

19,335

 

14,214

 

Net Research and Development Capitalization/Amortization

 

(5,916

)

(1,323

)

(1,913

)

Net Research and Development Key Projects

 

11,632

 

18,012

 

12,301

 

Discovery

 

5,437

 

8,180

 

6,592

 

Preclinical

 

11,095

 

5,176

 

3,420

 

Clinical

 

7,559

 

11,777

 

9,994

 

Post Commercialization Studies

 

7,280

 

6,377

 

7,896

 

Rest of projects

 

20,443

 

8,583

 

6,210

 

Other Bioscience Research and Development Projects

 

51,814

 

40,093

 

34,112

 

Bioscience Core Research and Development (1)

 

32,562

 

44,422

 

27,247

 

Bioscience

 

96,007

 

102,527

 

73,660

 

Diagnostic

 

21,308

 

15,367

 

10,111

 

Hospital

 

2,306

 

2,097

 

2,047

 

Miscellaneous

 

3,650

 

4,454

 

3,543

 

Total Research and Development

 

123,271

 

124,444

 

89,360

 

 


(1)                                  Bioscience core research and development expenses consist of departments whose resources are utilized for general organization support including project management, medical affairs, regulatory licensing and quality assurance.

 

We do not anticipate that future research and development expenditures and the allocation of such expenses by division will differ materially from historical levels and current trends.  Historically, we have spent between 4% and 5% of our net revenues on research and development annually.  We expect research and development expenditures to continue in this range in the near term.  We also expect that projects within our Bioscience division will continue to comprise the majority of our research and development expenses.

 

For detailed information regarding our research and development activities, see Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — B. Business Overview — Research and Development.”

 

D.                                     Trend Information

 

Plasma-derived protein therapies are essential to extend and improve the lives of individuals suffering from chronic, acute and life-threatening conditions including infectious diseases, such as hepatitis, immunological diseases, such as multiple sclerosis, hemophilia, von Willebrand disease, liver dialysis and acute conditions such as burns and severe blood loss.  For this reason, the administration of these products cannot be interrupted or postponed without putting patients’ lives at risk.  This ensures a stable demand for such products.  In addition, because of the nature of the diseases treated, the reimbursement rates for plasma derivative products in the U.S. are high.  Any changes to such rates would likely elicit a strong lobbying response in the U.S.

 

Based on recent MRB reports, sales in the human plasma-derived product industry have grown at a compound annual rate of 11% globally and 13% in the U.S. alone from 2003 to 2012.  We believe that many plasma derivative products are underutilized and will continue to benefit from strong demand.  Additionally, new indications are being explored for a number of plasma-derived therapies, such as the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease.  We believe that the volume of global sales of plasma derivative products will continue to grow annually at 6% to 8% over the long term, driven primarily by the same factors that have contributed to its historical growth, including:

 

·                                           population growth;

 

78



Table of Contents

 

·                                           the discovery and approval of new applications and indications for plasma-based products;

 

·                                           an increase in the number of diagnosed patients and diagnosed but previously-untreated patients;

 

·                                           geographic expansion; and

 

·                                           physicians’ greater awareness of conditions and treatments.

 

Approximately 20.8% of our sales were generated in the European Union in 2013, as compared to 21.9% in 2012.  We anticipate that the percentage of our sales generated in the European Union will not significantly increase in 2014.

 

There are significant barriers to entry into the plasma derivative products industry, as the industry is highly regulated and requires significant expertise and capital investments.  We do not expect these barriers to decrease in the near term.

 

Regulatory Environment.   In order to operate in the plasma derivatives industry, manufacturers and distributors must comply with extensive regulation by the FDA, the EMA and comparable authorities worldwide.  As a result, significant investments are required to develop, equip and maintain the necessary storage, fractionation and purification facilities and to develop appropriate sale, marketing and distribution infrastructures.  Additionally, only proteins derived from plasma collected at FDA-approved centers can be marketed in the United States, so securing an adequate supply of U.S. source plasma is required to operate in the United States. We expect these regulatory restrictions to continue.

 

Product Pipeline.  We have an expanded portfolio of key products as a result of our recent acquisitions and will continue to invest in research and development with respect to new product and new indications for existing products.  Some key research and development projects underway include clinical studies of the use of albumin, diagnostic and vaccine therapies to treat Alzheimer’s disease, of albumin to treat advance cirrhosis and ascites, of antithrombin in heart surgery and of fibrin glue as a sealant to control bleeding during vascular, organ and soft tissue surgery.

 

Capital Expenditures.  We are undertaking an investment plan that involves cumulative capital expenditures of approximately €450 million from 2014 through 2016, including facility development.  As a result of these investments, we expect our combined plasma fractionation capacity to increase to 12.5 million liters per year by 2015. Additional capital expenditures will be needed as a result of the acquisition of the Novartis assets. These capital expenditures were not included in our current investment plan.

 

E.                                     Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

F.                                      Contractual Obligations

 

The following table presents our principal existing contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 requiring future payments:

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
one year

 

One to
three
years

 

Three to
five
years

 

More
than five
years

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros)

 

Operating leases(1)

 

261,641

 

52,520

 

105,968

 

50,445

 

52,708

 

Financial debt obligations(2)

 

2,897,739

 

252,714

 

484,616

 

2,154,433

 

5,976

 

Interest — financial debt obligations(3)

 

518,837

 

118,406

 

273,112

 

126,863

 

456

 

Licenses and royalties(4)

 

12,167

 

2,365

 

4,224

 

3,718

 

1,859

 

Total

 

3,690,384

 

426,005

 

867,920

 

2,335,459

 

60,999

 

 


(1)                                  Operating leases include primarily leases for our plasma collection centers, leases from sale-leaseback transactions and marketing offices worldwide.  These amounts reflect only our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 and therefore assume that these operating leases will not be renewed or replaced with new operating leases upon expiration.  Our operating lease expenses will likely be substantially higher than the amounts provided in this table because our operations will require us to either renew or replace our operating leases.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

(2)                                  Includes principal amortization for short and long-term debt including, among other things, capitalized lease obligations.  Our financial debt obligations primarily consist of $2.3 billion and €420 million outstanding under the Existing Facilities and $1.1 billion aggregate principal amount of our Existing Notes.  The remaining financial debt was made up largely of bilateral facilities that bore interest at market rate.

 

(3)                                  Interest payments on debt and capital lease obligations are calculated for future periods using interest rates in effect at the end of 2013.  Certain of these projected interest payments may differ in the future based on changes in floating interest rates, foreign currency fluctuations or other factors or events.  The projected interest payments only pertain to obligations and agreements outstanding at December 31, 2013.  Refer to Notes 21 and 31 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F for further discussion regarding our debt obligations and related interest rate agreements outstanding at December 31, 2013.

 

(4)                                  License and royalty payment formulas are generally based on volume of sales.  The amounts presented in the table are calculated based on the net sales of 2013 without assuming any growth in sales.  Additionally, the column “More than five years” includes only one year of payments under the license agreement with Marca Grifols, S.L. which expires in January 2092.  See Item 7 of this Part I, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions — Patent and Trademark Use.”

 

This table does not give effect to the Novartis Acquisition, the $1.0 billion offering of the Notes or the entry into the New Credit Facilities and the use of proceeds therefrom.

 

G.                                    Other Disclosures

 

Financial Derivatives

 

We signed two unquoted futures contracts, the underlying assets of which were shares in Grifols, S.A. accounted for at fair value through profit or loss. Such instruments were therefore exposed to risk of value fluctuations. We settled these contracts during 2012, obtaining cash of €31.5 million and finance income of €27.9 million.

 

In addition, in June 2011, we entered into a floor swap, which has an initial nominal amount of $1,550. In October 2011, we entered into a swap option that has an initial nominal amount of €100 million. In May 2012, we modified the €100 million variable to fixed interest rate swap, reducing the fixed interest rate and extending the maturity date from September 2014 to March 2016. As a result, both the swap floor and swap options have maturity dates in 2016. Both the swap floor and swap option values at December 31, 2013 are included in non-current financial assets.

 

See Note 31 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F for additional information regarding our derivative instruments.

 

The New Credit Facilities permit us to enter into hedging transactions.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires us to make estimates and judgments in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and the related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. A detailed description of our significant accounting policies is included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

We believe that certain of our accounting policies are critical because they require subjective and complex judgments, often requiring the use of estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. We apply estimation methodologies consistently from year to year. Other than changes required due to the issuance of new accounting guidance, there have been no significant changes in our application of critical accounting policies during the periods presented. We periodically review our critical accounting policies and estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board. The following is a summary of accounting policies that we consider critical to our consolidated financial statements.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

(a)                                  Business combinations

 

We apply IFRS 3 (revised), Business combinations in transactions made subsequent to January 1, 2010, applying the acquisition method of this standard to business combinations. The acquisition date is the date on which we obtain control of the acquiree.

 

The consideration paid excludes all amounts that do not form part of the exchange for the acquired business. Acquisition related costs are accounted for as expenses when incurred. Share capital increase costs are recognized as equity when the increase takes place and borrowing costs are deducted from the related financial liability when it is recognized.

 

At the acquisition date, we recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at fair value. Liabilities assumed include any contingent liabilities that represent present obligations arising from past events for which the fair value can be measured reliably. This criterion does not include non-current assets or disposable groups of assets which are classified as held for sale.

 

Assets and liabilities assumed are classified and designated for subsequent measurement in accordance with the contractual terms, economic conditions, operating or accounting policies and other factors that exist at the acquisition date, except for leases and insurance contracts.

 

The excess between the consideration transferred and the value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, less the value assigned to non-controlling interests, is recognized as goodwill.

 

When a business combination has been determined provisionally, adjustments to the provisional values only reflect information relating to events and circumstances existing at the acquisition date and which, had they been known, would have affected the amounts recognized at that date. Once this period has elapsed, adjustments are made to initial values only when errors must be corrected. Any potential benefits arising from tax losses and other deferred tax assets of the acquiree that were not recorded because they did not qualify for recognition at the acquisition date are accounted for as income tax revenue, provided the adjustments were not made during the measurement period.

 

(b)                                  Property, plant and equipment

 

(i)                                     Depreciation

 

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated by allocating the depreciable amount of an asset on a systematic basis over its useful life. The depreciable amount is the cost or deemed cost of an asset less its residual value. We determine the depreciation charge separately for each component of property, plant and equipment with a cost that is significant in relation to the total cost of the asset.

 

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated using the following criteria:

 

 

 

Depreciation
method

 

Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

Straight line

 

1%-3%

 

Other property, technical equipment and machinery

 

Straight line

 

10%

 

Other property, plant and equipment

 

Straight line

 

7% -33%

 

 

We review residual values, useful lives and depreciation methods at each financial year end. Changes to initially established criteria are accounted for as a change in accounting estimates.

 

(ii)                                 Subsequent recognition

 

Subsequent to the initial recognition of the asset, only those costs incurred which will probably generate future profits and for which the amount may reliably be measured are capitalized. Costs of day-to-day servicing are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

Replacements of property, plant and equipment which qualify for capitalization are recognized as a reduction in the carrying amount of the items replaced. Where the cost of the replaced items has not been depreciated independently and it is not possible to determine the respective carrying amount, the replacement cost is used as indicative of the cost of items at the time of acquisition or construction.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

(iii)                             Impairment

 

We test for impairment and reversals of impairment losses on property, plant and equipment based on the criteria set out below in (d).

 

(c)                                   Intangible assets

 

(i)                                     Goodwill

 

Goodwill is generated in the course of business combinations and is calculated using the criteria described in the section on business combinations.

 

Goodwill is not amortized, but tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events indicate a potential impairment loss. Goodwill acquired in business combinations is allocated to the cash generating units, which we refer to as CGUs, or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination, and we apply the criteria described in the footnotes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 20-F. After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

 

(ii)                                 Internally generated intangible assets

 

Any research and development expenditure incurred during the research phase of projects is recognized as an expense when incurred.

 

Costs related with development activities are capitalized when:

 

·                                           we have technical studies that demonstrate the feasibility of the production process;

 

·                                           we have undertaken a commitment to complete production of the asset to make it available for sale or internal use;

 

·                                           the asset will generate sufficient future economic benefits; and

 

·                                           we have sufficient technical and financial resources to complete development of the asset and have developed budget control and cost accounting systems that enable monitoring of budgetary costs, modifications and the expenditures actually assigned to different projects.

 

The cost of internally generated assets is calculated using the same criteria established for determining production costs of inventories. The production cost is capitalized by allocating the costs attributable to the asset to self-constructed non-current assets through the consolidated income statement.

 

Expenditures on activities that contribute to increasing the value of the different businesses in which we operate are expensed when incurred. Replacements or subsequent costs incurred on intangible assets are generally recognized as an expense, except where they increase the future economic benefits expected to be generated by the assets.

 

(iii)                             Other intangible assets

 

Other intangible assets are carried at cost, or at fair value if they arise on business combinations, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses.

 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but tested for impairment at least annually.

 

(iv)                               Intangible assets acquired in business combinations

 

The cost of identifiable intangible assets acquired in the business combination of Talecris includes the fair value of the currently marketed products sold and which are classified in “Other intangible assets”.

 

The cost of identifiable intangible assets acquired in the business combination of Araclón includes the fair value of research and development projects in progress.

 

The cost of identifiable intangible assets acquired in the business combination of Progenika includes the fair value of the currently marketed products sold, which are classified in “Other intangible assets” and “Development costs”.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

(v)                                   Useful life and amortization rates

 

We assess whether the useful life of each intangible asset acquired is finite or indefinite. An intangible asset is regarded as having an indefinite useful life when there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset will generate net cash inflows.

 

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized by allocating the depreciable amount of an asset on a systematic basis over its useful life, by applying the following criteria:

 

 

 

Amortisation
method

 

Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Development expenses

 

Straight line

 

20% 33%

 

Concessions, patents, licences, trademarks and similar

 

Straight line

 

7% 20%

 

Computer software

 

Straight line

 

16% 33%

 

Currently marketed products

 

Straight line

 

3% 10%

 

 

The depreciable amount is the cost or deemed cost of an asset less its residual value.

 

(d)                                  Impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets and other non-financial assets subject to depreciation or amortization

 

We evaluate whether there are indications of possible impairment losses on non-financial assets subject to amortization or depreciation to verify whether the carrying amount of these assets exceeds the recoverable amount.

 

We test goodwill, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, and intangible assets with finite useful lives that are not available for use for potential impairment at least annually, irrespective of whether there is any indication that the assets may be impaired.

 

The recoverable amount of the assets is the higher of their fair value less costs of disposal and their value in use. An asset’s value in use is calculated based on an estimate of the future cash flows expected to derive from the use of the asset, expectations about possible variations in the amount or timing of those future cash flows, the time value of money, the price for bearing the uncertainty inherent in the asset and other factors that market participants would reflect in pricing the future cash flows deriving from the asset.

 

Negative differences arising from comparison of the carrying amounts of the assets with their recoverable amounts are recognized in the consolidated income statement. Recoverable amount is determined for each individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. If this is the case, recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the asset belongs.

 

Impairment losses recognized for cash generating units are first allocated, where applicable, to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other assets of the CGU pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset. The carrying amount of each asset may not be reduced below the highest of (i) its fair value less costs of disposal, (ii) its value in use and (iii) zero.

 

At the end of each reporting period we assess whether there is any indication that an impairment loss recognized in prior periods may no longer exist or may have decreased. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversible. Impairment losses on other assets are only reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to calculate the recoverable amount of the asset.

 

A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized in consolidated profit or loss. The increase in the carrying amount of an asset attributable to a reversal of an impairment loss may not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, had no impairment loss been recognized.

 

A reversal of an impairment loss for a CGU is allocated to its assets, except for goodwill, pro rata with the carrying amounts of those assets. The carrying amount of an asset may not be increased above the lower of its recoverable value and the carrying amount that would have been obtained, net of amortization or depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized.

 

(e)                                   Inventories

 

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories comprises all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

The costs of conversion of inventories include costs directly related to the units of production and a systematic allocation of fixed and variable production overheads that are incurred in converting materials into finished goods. The allocation of fixed indirect overheads is based on the higher of normal production capacity or actual production.

 

The raw material used to produce hemoderivatives is human plasma, which is obtained from our donation centers using the plasmapheresis method. The cost of inventories includes the amount paid to plasma donors, or the amount billed by the seller when plasma is purchased from third parties, as well as the cost of products and devices used in the collection process, rental expenses and storage. This plasma has to be stored before use, which is an essential part of the production process. During the storage period, the plasma undergoes various virological tests and should be kept in quarantine in accordance with FDA and EMA regulations, in order to guarantee that all the plasma is suitable for use in the production process.

 

To the extent that plasma storage costs are necessary to the production process, they are included as cost of inventories.

 

Indirect costs such as general management and administration costs are recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

 

The cost of raw materials and other supplies and the cost of merchandise are allocated to each inventory unit on a weighted average cost basis. The transformation cost is allocated to each inventory unit on a first in, first out basis.

 

We use the same cost model for all inventories of the same nature and with a similar use.

 

Volume discounts extended by suppliers are recognized as a reduction in the cost of inventories when it is probable that the conditions for discounts to be received will be met. Discounts for prompt payment are recognized as a reduction in the cost of the inventories acquired.

 

When the cost of inventories exceeds the net realizable value, materials are written down to net realizable value. Net realizable value is considered as detailed below.

 

·                                           Raw materials and other supplies: replacement cost. Nevertheless, raw materials and other supplies are not written down below cost if the finished goods into which they will be incorporated are expected to be sold at or above cost of production.

 

·                                           Merchandise and finished goods: estimated selling price, less costs to sell.

 

·                                           Work in progress: the estimated selling price of related finished goods, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

 

The previously recognized write-down is reversed against profit or loss when the circumstances that previously caused inventories to be written down no longer exist or when there is clear evidence of an increase in net realizable value because of changed economic circumstances. The reversal of the write-down is limited to the lower of the cost and revised net realizable value of the inventories. Write-downs may be reversed with a credit to “Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress and supplies”.

 

(f)                                    Revenue recognition

 

Revenue from the sale of goods or services is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is presented net of VAT and any other amounts or taxes which are effectively collected on behalf of third parties. Volume or other types of discounts for prompt payment are recognized as a reduction in revenue if considered probable at the time of revenue recognition.

 

We recognize revenue from the sale of goods when:

 

·                                           we have transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

 

·                                           we retain neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

 

·                                           the amount of revenue and the costs incurred or to be incurred can be measured reliably;

 

·                                           it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to us; and

 

84



Table of Contents

 

·                                           the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

 

We participate in government-managed Medicaid programs in the United States, accounting for Medicaid rebates by recognizing an accrual at the time a sale is recorded for an amount equal to the estimated claims for Medicaid rebates attributable to the sale. Our gross revenue was reduced by €16.3 million and €9.9 million in each of the years 2012 and 2011, respectively, due to Medicaid and Medicare rebates. Medicaid rebates are estimated based on historical experience, legal interpretations of the applicable laws relating to the Medicaid program and any new information regarding changes in the program regulations and guidelines that would affect rebate amounts. Outstanding Medicaid claims, Medicaid payments and inventory levels are analyzed for each distribution channel and the accrual is adjusted periodically to reflect actual experience. While rebate payments are generally made in the following or subsequent quarter, any adjustments for actual experience have not been material.

 

As is common practice in the sector, the purchase contracts we have signed with some of our customers entitle these customers to price discounts for a minimum purchase volume, volume discounts or prompt payment discounts. We recognize these discounts as a reduction in sales and receivables in the same month that the corresponding sales are invoiced based on the customer’s actual purchase figures or on past experience when the customer’s actual purchases will not be known until a later date.

 

In the United States, we enter into agreements with certain customers to establish contract pricing for our products, which these entities purchase from the authorized wholesaler or distributor (collectively, wholesalers) of their choice. Consequently, when the products are purchased from wholesalers by these entities at the contract price which is less than the price we charge to the wholesaler, we provide the wholesaler with a credit referred to as a chargeback. We record the chargeback accrual at the time of the sale. The allowance for chargebacks is based on our estimate of the wholesaler inventory levels, and the expected sell through of the products by the wholesalers at the contract price based on historical chargeback experience and other factors. We periodically monitor the factors that influence the provision for chargebacks and make adjustments when we believe that actual chargebacks may differ from established allowances. These adjustments occur in a relatively short period of time. As these chargebacks are typically settled within 30 to 45 days of the sale, adjustments for actual experience have not been material.

 

(g)                                  Leases

 

(i)                                     Lessee accounting records

 

We have rights to use certain assets through lease contracts.

 

Leases in which we assume substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership are classified as finance leases, and all other leases are classified as operating leases.

 

·                                           Finance leases :  We recognize finance leases as assets and liabilities at the commencement of the lease term, at the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Initial direct costs are added to the asset’s carrying amount. Minimum lease payments are apportioned between the finance charge and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance charge is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Contingent rents are recognized as expenses in the years in which they are incurred.

 

·                                           Operating leases :  We recognize lease payments under an operating lease, excluding incentives, as expenses on a straight-line basis unless another systematic basis is representative of the time pattern of the lessee’s benefit.

 

(ii)                                 Sale-leaseback transactions

 

Any profit on sale leaseback transactions that meet the conditions of a finance lease is deferred over the term of the lease.

 

When the leaseback is classified as an operating lease:

 

·                                           If the transaction is at fair value, any profit or loss on the sale is recognized immediately in consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year; or

 

·                                           If the sale price is below fair value, any profit or loss is recognized immediately in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. However, if the loss is compensated for by future below market lease payments, it is deferred in proportion to the lease payments over the period for which the asset is to be used.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

Changes in Accounting Standards

 

More information on newly issued accounting standards is included in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Item 6.                                                          DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A.                                     Directors and Senior Management

 

Directors

 

Set forth below are the names and current positions of the members of the Board:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Type

 

Director Since

 

Term Expires

Víctor Grifols Roura

 

Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

Executive

 

July 1991(1)

 

May 2017

Juan Ignacio Twose Roura

 

Director

 

Executive

 

April 2000(2)

 

May 2017

Ramón Riera Roca

 

Director

 

Executive

 

April 2000(3)

 

May 2017

Tomás Dagá Gelabert

 

Director

 

Other External

 

April 2000

 

June 2015

Thorthol Holdings B.V. (represented by Mr. José Antonio Grifols Gras)

 

Director

 

Proprietary

 

January 2000(4)

 

May 2017

Thomas H. Glanzmann

 

Director

 

Other External

 

April 2006

 

May 2016

Edgar Dalzell Jannotta

 

Director

 

Independent

 

December 2006

 

June 2015

Anna Veiga Lluch

 

Director

 

Independent

 

December 2008

 

June 2015

William Brett Ingersoll

 

Director

 

Independent

 

June 2011

 

January 2016

Luís Isasi Fernández de Bobadilla

 

Director

 

Independent

 

May 2011

 

May 2016

Steven Francis Mayer

 

Director

 

Independent

 

June 2011

 

January 2016

Belén Villalonga Morenés

 

Director

 

Independent

 

May 2013

 

May 2018

Raimon Grifols Roura

 

Secretary non-member

 

n/a

 

July 2001

 

n/a

Nuria Martín Barnés

 

Vice Secretary non-member

 

n/a

 

July 2001

 

n/a

 


(1)                                  Between July 8, 1991 and May 30, 2002, Mr. Víctor Grifols Roura was not a director but sat on the Board as representative of our then director Deria, S.A.

 

(2)                                  Between May 25, 2001 and May 30, 2002, Mr. Juan Ignacio Twose Roura was not a director but sat on the Board as representative of our then director Grifols Engineering, S.A.

 

(3)                                  Between May 25, 2001 and May 30, 2002, Mr. Ramón Riera Roca was not a director but sat on the Board as representative of our then director Grifols International, S.A.

 

(4)                                  Thorthol Holdings B.V. is represented on the Board by Mr. José Antonio Grifols Gras.  Between January 20, 2000 and June 1, 2002, Thorthol Holdings B.V. was not a director but its current representative on the Board, Mr. José Antonio Grifols Gras, sat on the Board as director.

 

Director Biographies

 

Víctor Grifols Roura

 

Mr. Grifols Roura, who in 1985 succeeded his father as Chief Executive Officer of our predecessor, headed the 1987 reorganization that created the company that we are today.  Mr. Grifols Roura originally joined our predecessor in 1973 as an Export Manager and later served as Sales Manager.  Mr. Grifols Roura earned a business administration degree from the University of Barcelona.

 

Juan Ignacio Twose Roura

 

Mr. Twose has served as a director of our predecessor, and now Grifols, S.A., since 1973. He also served as our Vice President of Manufacturing from 1988 to September 2011 and as President of our Global Industrial Division from 2011 until December 31, 2013. Mr. Twose received a degree in Industrial Engineering from the Escuela Técnica Superior of Barcelona.

 

Ramón Riera Roca

 

Mr. Riera has served as our director since 2000.  He also serves as our Vice President of Marketing and Sales.  Mr. Riera joined our predecessor in 1977, became the Vice President of Marketing & Sales in 1988 and Managing Director of Grifols International in 1997.  Mr. Riera earned a degree in Chemical Sciences from the Autonomous University of Barcelona.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

Tomás Dagá Gelabert

 

Mr. Dagá has served as our director since April 2000.  Mr. Dagá is also a member of the board of directors of Scranton Enterprises B.V., Zambon, S.A., Pharmazam S.A. and StoraEnso Barcelona, S.A. Mr. Dagá is the managing partner of the law firm Osborne Clarke España, S.L.P., or Osborne Clarke.  Prior to joining Osborne Clarke, Mr. Dagá worked in the corporate and tax department of Peat Marwick Mitchell & Co. in Barcelona from December 1979 to September 1986.  Mr. Dagá earned a law degree from the University of Barcelona.

 

José Antonio Grifols Gras

 

Dr. Grifols has served as a director of Grifols, S.A. representing Thorthol Holdings B.V. since June 2002.  Dr. Grifols has been a professor of Theoretical Physics at the Autonomous University of Barcelona since September 1990 and the head of the Physics Department of the university since September 2002.  Dr. Grifols’ activities involve both teaching undergraduate and graduate courses (that include quantum mechanics, general relativity and cosmology) and doing research in high energy physics, astrophysics and cosmology.  Dr. Grifols trained as a physicist in many European and American institutions, including Max-Planck-Institut (Munich, 1971-1974, 1981), Stanford University (1976-1978), CERN (Geneva, 1983, 1984, 1987, 1995), Deutsches Elektronen Synchrotron (Hamburg, 1986, 1987, 1988), Oxford University (1984), University of Florida (Gainesville, 1985), Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (Berkeley, 1987) and Fermi National Laboratory (Chicago, 1996).

 

Thomas H. Glanzmann

 

Mr. Glanzmann has served as our director since April 2006.  Following the Talecris acquisition, Mr. Glanzmann was appointed Chairman of Grifols Inc. and was hired by Grifols, S.A. to lead the integration of Talecris.  Mr. Glanzmann is the former Chief Executive Officer and President of Gambro AB and the former Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of HemaCue.  He also was a Senior Advisor to the Executive Chairman and Acting Managing Director at The World Economic Forum.  Between 1988 and 2004, he held various positions at Baxter, including:  Senior Vice President and Corporate Officer of Baxter Healthcare Corporation; President of Baxter Bioscience; Chief Executive Officer of Immuno International; and President of the European Biotech Group, among other positions.  Between 1984 and 1988, he worked at Philip Morris where, among other positions, he was the country manager for Norway, Denmark and Iceland.  Mr. Glanzmann holds a M.B.A. from IMD in Switzerland and a B.A. in Political Science from Dartmouth College, USA.

 

Edgar Dalzell Jannotta

 

Mr. Jannotta has served as our independent director since December 2006.  In March 2001, he was named Chairman of William Blair & Company, L.L.C., an international investment banking firm.  Mr. Jannotta joined William Blair & Company in 1959 as an Associate, became a Partner in January 1965 and was Managing Partner from 1977 to 1995.  Before being appointed Managing Partner, Mr. Jannotta worked on investment banking and private equity transactions in the corporate finance department.  He was Chairman of the Securities Industry Association (1982) and has served as a director of the New York Stock Exchange Inc. He serves as a director on the boards of Aon Corporation, Commonwealth Edison Company, Molex Incorporated and Sloan Valve Company.  Mr. Jannotta completed his undergraduate studies at Princeton University and received his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

 

Anna Veiga Lluch

 

Ms. Veiga has served as our director since 2008. She graduated in Biology (1974-1979) and received her Ph.D. at Universidad Autonoma de Barcelona in 1991. She has been the IVF Laboratory Director at the Reproductive Medicine Service, Institut Universitari Dexeus from 1982 to 2005. She is the Director of the Barcelona Stem Cell Bank at the Centre for Regenerative Medicine in Barcelona, the Scientific Director at the Reproductive Medicine Service, Institut Universitari Dexeus and Associate Professor at the Departamento de Ciències Experimentals i de la Vida, Universitat Pompeu Fabra. Her main areas of interest are Clinical Embryology, Reproductive Genetics, Embryonic and Pluripotent Stem Cell research and Bioethics.

 

W. Brett Ingersoll

 

Mr. Ingersoll has served as our independent director since June 2011.  Prior to such time Mr. Ingersoll served as a member of the board of directors of Talecris Biotherapeutics Holdings Corp. from April 2005.  Mr. Ingersoll has served as managing director of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. and predecessor entities since November 2002 and co-head of private equity of Cerberus globally.  From 1993 until 2002, Mr. Ingersoll served as a partner for J.P. Morgan Partners.  In addition, Mr. Ingersoll is also a member of the boards of directors of the following companies:  Steward Healthcare System, LLC, DynCorp International, EntreCap Financial, LLC,

 

87



Table of Contents

 

ACE Aviation Holdings, Inc., AerCap Holdings N.V. and EnduraCare Therapy Management, LLC. Mr. Ingersoll received his BA in Economics from Brigham Young University and his MBA from Harvard Business School.

 

Steven F. Mayer

 

Mr. Mayer has served as our independent director since June 2011. Prior to such time, Mr. Mayer served as a member of the board of directors of Talecris Biotherapeutics Holdings Corp. from April 2005. Mr. Mayer is the managing director of Cerberus California, LLC and predecessor entities since November 2002 and co-head of private equity of Cerberus globally. Mr. Mayer is also member of the boards of directors of BlueLinx Holdings, Inc., DecisionOne Corporation, LNR Property Holdings, Ltd. and Spyglass Entertainment, LLC. Mr. Mayer received his Bachelor of Arts from Princeton University and his Juris Doctor from Harvard Law School.

 

Luís Isasi Fernández de Bobadilla

 

Mr. Isasi has served as our independent director since May 2011.  He is president and managing director of Morgan Stanley España, country head for Spain, and board member of the Madrid Stock Exchange.  He joined Morgan Stanley in London in 1987.  Prior to that, he served as executive director at First Chicago Ltd. in London and, previously, worked in New York for the Latin American department of Morgan Guaranty Trust Co. Mr. Isasi started his professional career in Abengoa, in Seville (Spain) in 1977.  Mr. Isasi has a Bachelor’s Degree in Business from the University of Seville, and holds a M.B.A. from Columbia Business School in New York, United States, obtained in 1982.

 

Belén Villalonga Morenés

 

Ms. Villalonga has served as an independent director since May 2013. Ms. Villalonga is an Associate Professor with Tenure at New York University’s Stern School of Business. Between 2001 and June 2012 she was on the faculty at the Harvard Business School. Ms. Villalonga’s teaching, research, and consulting activities are focused on finance, strategy, and family business management. Since 2006, she has been serving as an independent director on the board of Acciona. Ms. Villalonga received her Ph.D. in Management and her M.A. in Economics from the University of California at Los Angeles. She also holds a second Ph.D. degree in Business Economics from the Complutense University of Madrid, and a B.A. in Business Administration from the Colegio Universitario de Estudios Financieros in Madrid. Before entering graduate school she worked at McKinsey & Co. in Paris.

 

Biographies of the Secretary Non-Members of the Board

 

Raimon Grifols Roura

 

Mr. Grifols has served as Secretary non-member of the Board since August 2001.  Mr. Grifols is also a member of the board of directors of Squadron Reinsurance Ltd., Marca Grifols, S.L., and Arrahona Optimus, S.A., a patron of the Probitas Fundación Privada and secretary of the board of directors of Instituto Grifols, S.A. and Xantic Spain, S.A.  Mr. Grifols is a partner at Osborne Clarke.  Mr. Grifols earned his law degree from the University of Barcelona.

 

Nuria Martín Barnés

 

Ms. Martín has served as Vice Secretary non-member of the Board since 2001.  She is also a member of the Board of Directors of Compañía General de Inversiones, S.A., S.I.C.A.V., Gesiuris S.G.I.I.C., S.A., CAT Patrimonis, S.I.C.A.V., S.A., URC Patrimonis, S.I.C.A.V., S.A. and Technetix Spain, S.L.  Ms. Martín is the managing partner of the Barcelona office of Osborne Clarke.  Prior to joining Osborne Clarke, she worked in the Corporate and Tax Department of KPMG Peat Marwick from 1982 to 1986.  Ms. Martín earned her law degree from the University of Barcelona.

 

Senior Management

 

Our senior management currently consists of the following persons:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Since

Víctor Grifols Roura

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

1985

Ramón Riera Roca

 

EVP and President of Global Commercial Division

 

1988

Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

Corporate Vice President (CVP) and Chief Financial Officer

 

2007

Carlos Roura Fernández

 

CVP and President of Global Industrial Division

 

1987

Montserrat Lloveras Calvo

 

CVP and Director of Corporate Accounting and Reporting

 

1991

Antonio Viñes Páres

 

CVP and Director of Corporate Planning and Control

 

1994

 

88



Table of Contents

 

Eva Bastida Tubau

 

CVP and Director of Scientific and Medical Affairs

 

2007

Vicente Blanquer Torre

 

CVP and Technical Director of Biological Industrial Group

 

1993

Mateo Florencio Borrás Humbert

 

CVP and Director of Global Human Resources

 

2008

Francisco Javier Jorba Ribes

 

CVP and President of Biological Industrial Group

 

1995

Gregory Gene Rich

 

CVP and President and Chief Executive Officer of Grifols Inc.

 

2001

David Ian Bell

 

CVP and General Counsel of Grifols Inc.

 

2003

Alberto Grifols Roura

 

CVP and Co-President of Instituto Grifols, S.A.

 

1999

Nuria Pascual Lapeña

 

CVP and Director of Finance and Corporate Investor Relations Officer

 

1997

Shinji Wada

 

CVP and President of Plasma Operations of Grifols Inc.

 

2003

Joel Abelson

 

CVP and President of North America Commercial Division of Grifols Inc.

 

2011

 

Senior Management Biographies

 

The following are the biographies of our senior management who are not also directors:

 

Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

Mr. Arroyo has served as our Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2007.  Previously, Mr. Arroyo served as a CFO and in various Senior Finance positions in companies including KPMG, Carrefour, Chupa Chups, Reckitt Benckiser and Winterthur.  Mr. Arroyo received a degree in Economics and is a Certified Public Accountant in Spain.

 

Carlos Roura Fernández

 

Mr. Roura joined us in 1977 and has held several positions since that time. Mr. Roura served as Corporate Vice President and a co-President of the Global Industrial Division (previously the General Manager of Hospital Operations) from 1987 to 2013. Since January 1, 2014, Mr. Roura has served as Corporate Vice President and President of the Global Industrial Division. Beginning in 2002, he has served as President of Farmafluid, a Spanish association of medical parenteral nutritional fluid laboratories. From 2008 to 2013, Mr. Roura served as deputy Vice President of the Industrial Division. Mr. Roura is an Industrial Engineer.

 

Montserrat Lloveras Calvo

 

Mrs. Lloveras has served as Corporate Vice President and the Director of Corporate Accounting and Reporting (previously the Administration Director and Controller) since 1991.  She joined our predecessor in 1984 as the Costs Analyst of the Financial Department and in 1988 was promoted to the position of Administration Director.  Mrs. Lloveras received a degree and an M.B.A. from the Escuela Superior de Administración y Dirección de Empresas in Barcelona.

 

Antonio Viñes Páres

 

Mr. Viñes has served as our Corporate Vice President and the Director of Corporate Planning and Control (previously the Planning and Control Director) since 1994.  He joined us in 1978, occupying several positions in the Commercial and Marketing Departments.  Mr. Viñes received a degree in Biology from the Autonomous University of Barcelona.

 

Eva Bastida Tubau

 

Mrs. Bastida joined us in 2004 as the Medical Marketing Director of Grifols International, S.A. and took on the position of our Corporate Vice President and Director of Scientific and Medical Affairs (previously Executive Scientific Director) in 2007. Previously, Mrs. Bastida worked as a clinical Scientist in the Hemostasis Department of the Hospital Clinic in Barcelona, Spain. From 1993 to 1998, she was the Head of Clinical Development at Sanofi in Barcelona, Spain and from 1999 to 2003, she was responsible for Worldwide Clinical Development at Sanofi Synthelabo in Paris, France. Mrs. Bastida has obtained her Pharmacy & Medical Pharmacology Degree from the University of Barcelona and a PhD in Cell Biology at the American Red Cross in Bethesda, Maryland. She holds a PDD by IESE and she has more than 24 years of experience, six of them with us.

 

Vicente Blanquer Torre

 

Mr. Blanquer has served as our Corporate Vice President and the Technical Director of the Biological Industrial Group (previously the Pharmaceutical Technical Director) since 1993, and is responsible for both Bioscience’s quality assurance and quality control.  From 1987 until 1993, he was the Deputy Technical Director, responsible for process quality control concerning plasma derivatives manufacturing.  Mr. Blanquer received a Degree in Pharmacy from the University of Barcelona.

 

89



Table of Contents

 

Mateo Florencio Borrás Humbert

 

Mr. Borrás has served as our Corporate Vice President and the Director of Global Human Resources (previously Human Resources Director) since 2008. Previously, he served as a HR Director at different companies, including EMAYA, Nissan Motor Ibérica and others. He is a member of AEDIPE (Spanish Association of People Management and Development) and he is an Arbitrator at the Arbitrator Corps of Catalonian Labor Court. Mr. Borrás received a degree in Psychology and a Postgraduate on Labour and Social Security, both at the University of Barcelona.

 

Francisco Javier Jorba Ribes

 

Mr. Jorba has served as Corporate Vice President and President of the Biological Industrial Group (previously the General Manager of Bioscience Operations) since 1995.  He joined us in 1979 as Director of Plasma Procurement and Director of the A.I.P.H. Program.  He was also General Manager of Biomat, S.A. from 1991 until 1995 and Managing Director of Instituto Grifols, S.A. until the consummation of the Talecris acquisition.  At present, Mr. Jorba is Co-President of the Global Industrial Division.  Mr. Jorba received a degree in General Medicine and Surgery in 1975 from the University of Barcelona and completed his Residency in Pediatrics in 1978 at the same university.

 

Gregory Gene Rich

 

Mr. Rich has served as Corporate Vice President and President of U.S. Operations and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Grifols Inc. board of directors since December 2001. Previously, Mr. Rich worked for Grupo Picking Pack, as Chief Operating Officer from December 2000 to December 2001 and from July 1997 to August 2000, as Senior Vice President for Green Cross International, the then parent of Alpha. Mr. Rich also worked for Alpha as Vice President and General Manager of International Operations from October 1995 to July 1997. In between his two terms at Alpha, Mr. Rich worked for us from January 1983 to October 1995 and served as our co-President for the period December 1985 through his departure in 1995. Mr. Rich earned a Bachelor’s of Science degree from California Polytechnic University, Pomona.

 

David Ian Bell

 

Mr. Bell joined us as a Corporate Vice President of Grifols Inc. in July 2003 and has since been responsible for Corporate Operations and Development. He also serves as General Counsel and is a member of our Executive Committee in Spain. Mr. Bell is responsible for all legal activities of our U.S. operations, including litigation, mergers and acquisitions, real estate transactions, intellectual property and contracts. He is also responsible for regulatory, registrations and licensing, governmental and public affairs and human resources. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bell was Vice President and General Counsel for Alpha. Additionally, he was a partner in the U.S. law firm of Knapp, Petersen & Clarke where he specialized in complex litigation involving healthcare, pharmaceutical and biotechnology regulation and liability. Mr. Bell attended the University of California, Irvine, Southwestern University School of Law and a postgraduate program at Harvard Law School. He is a member of the California State Bar and is admitted to practice before the United States Supreme Court and numerous federal appellate and district courts.

 

Alberto Grifols Roura

 

Mr. Grifols joined us in September 1985.  From 1995 to 1999, he served as the Director of the international subsidiaries, from 1999 to 2008, he served as the Managing Director of Biomat, S.A., and from 2009 to 2011, he served as Managing Director of Laboratorios Grifols, S.A. From January 1, 2011 through the consummation of the Talecris acquisition Mr. Grifols was the Managing Director of the Diagnostic Industrial Division.  Following the consummation of the Talecris acquisition, Mr. Grifols serves as Corporate Vice President and Co-President of Instituto Grifols, S.A.  Mr. Grifols is an Industrial Engineer.  He received his degree from the Higher Technical School of Engineers of Terrassa (Polytechnic University of Catalonia).

 

Nuria Pascual Lapeña

 

Ms. Pascual joined us in 1996.  She currently serves as Corporate Vice President and Director of Finance and Corporate Investor Relations Officer.  Prior to joining us, she served in different positions at Deutsche Bank and Banco Santander de Negocios.  She is a member of the board of directors of several companies related to her family’s businesses.  Ms. Pascual received a degree in Economics & Business Administration and received a Masters of Sciences in Economics from the London School of Economics and Political Sciences.

 

90



Table of Contents

 

Shinji Wada

 

Mr. Wada started his career in the plasma industry in 1981 working for a Japanese plasma fractionation company, the Green Cross Corporation, parent company of Alpha in Los Angeles. He assumed various positions at Alpha, including M&A, International Sales and Marketing. After our acquisition of Alpha’s plasma fractionation business, he was assigned to manage Biomat USA, Inc., our U.S. plasma collection arm, and he was CEO of Biomat USA, Inc. from 2005 to today. Mr. Wada currently also serves as Corporate Vice President and President of Plasma Operations of Grifols Inc.

 

Joel Abelson

 

Mr. Abelson joined Grifols Inc. in June 2011 as Corporate Vice President and President of North American Commercial Operations.  He also serves as Corporate Vice President of Grifols Inc.  Mr. Abelson worked for Talecris from March 2006 to June 2011, serving most recently as Senior Vice President and General Manager, Portfolio Management and International Business.  Prior to joining Talecris, Mr. Abelson worked from 1994 to 2005 for Bayer, where he held several senior management positions in Canada and the U.S., including Vice President, Global Strategic Marketing, Biological Products Division.  Prior to joining the private sector, Mr. Abelson held various policy and management positions with the Government of Ontario, Canada from 1984 to 1994, including service in the Cabinet Office as a Senior Policy Advisor to the Premier’s Policy and Priorities Board.  Mr. Abelson has a Bachelor of Arts (Honours) degree from Carleton University in Ottawa, Canada and a Master’s degree in Public Administration from the University of Toronto.

 

Family Relationships

 

Mr. Víctor Grifols Roura, the Chairman of the Board and our Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Raimon Grifols Roura, the Secretary non-member of the Board, are brothers.

 

Messrs. Víctor Grifols Roura, Raimon Grifols Roura and José Antonio Grifols Gras are the grandchildren of Mr. José Antonio Grifols i Roig, our founder.

 

Mr. Juan Ignacio Twose Roura, one of our directors and Mr. Carlos Roura Fernandez, the President of our Global Industrial Division, are cousins of Messrs. Víctor Grifols Roura and Raimon Grifols Roura. Mr. Francisco Javier Jorba Ribes is the brother-in-law of Mr. Víctor Grifols Roura.

 

Arrangements Pursuant to Which Certain Directors or Senior Management Were Selected

 

The following is a description of all arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others pursuant to which any person named above was appointed.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, we agreed to appoint two individuals designated by Talecris to our Board, upon consummation of the Talecris acquisition, each for a five-year term.  Messrs. Ingersoll and Mayer were designated for such appointments and were appointed as directors in June 2011.

 

Thorthol Holdings B.V., one of our major shareholders and a related party, is represented on the Board by Mr. José Antonio Grifols Gras.  The various members of the Grifols Gras family hold their respective shares indirectly through Thorthol Holdings B.V.

 

B.                                     Compensation

 

Compensation of Members of the Board

 

Our directors are entitled to receive compensation for serving on the Board.  The Articles of Association generally set forth the processes for the determination of the compensation paid to the members of the Board.  Article 20 of the Articles of Association provides that the maximum aggregate amount to be paid to our directors is to be established by our shareholders at our general shareholders’ meeting.  The Board then determines, pursuant to Article 26 of the Regulations of the Internal Functioning of the Board of Directors of Grifols, S.A. ( reglamento de funcionamiento interno del consejo de administración ), or Board Regulations, how much of the shareholder-approved aggregate compensation amount will be allocated to each director as compensation, taking into account the recommendations of our appointments and remuneration committee ( comisión de nombramientos y retribuciones ), or Appointments and Remuneration Committee, and their dedication to our business.

 

Our director compensation philosophy, as set forth in Article 27 of the Board Regulations, provides that the remuneration of external directors ( consejeros externos ) shall be established in a manner that provides incentives for our directors to be dedicated and involved while not creating an obstacle to their independence.  To that end, Article 27 further establishes that the Board, following the advice of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, shall take the necessary measures to ensure that external directors’

 

91



Table of Contents

 

remuneration adheres to the following guidelines:  (a) their remuneration should be relative to their dedication, abilities and functions; and (b) they are excluded from any plans (x) consisting of the delivery of equity awards or options or other instruments linked to the value of our shares, (y) linked to our performance or (z) including retirement benefits.  However, external directors may be remunerated with our shares only if they agree to hold them for the duration of the term that they hold their office.

 

In accordance with the compensation policy outlined in the Articles of Association, at the shareholders’ meeting on May 24, 2013, the shareholders set the maximum annual amount available for compensation to the external directors at €100,000 per director, other than those external directors of the Board that render remunerated professional services to us. As a result, in 2013, seven of our nine external directors received compensation, namely, José Antonio Grifols Gras (as a representative of Thorthol Holdings B.V.), Edgar Dalzell Jannotta, Anna Veiga Lluch, William Brett Ingersoll, Steven F. Mayer, Luís Isasi Fernández de Bobadilla and Belén Villalonga Morenés, who was appointed and joined the Board as an independent director at the shareholders’ meeting on May 24, 2013.

 

In June 2011, Messrs. Ingersoll and Mayer joined the Board as independent directors in conformity with Exchange Act requirements and NASDAQ Listing Rules and as other external directors (and not independent) in conformity with Spanish rules. As of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, Edgar Dalzell Jannotta, Anna Veiga Lluch, Luís Isasi Fernández de Bobadilla, W. Brett Ingersoll, Steven F. Mayer and Belén Villalonga Morenés are our independent directors in conformity with Exchange Act requirements and NASDAQ Listing Rules.

 

The total compensation paid to directors in 2013, in the aggregate, amounted to approximately €4,404,779. Of the total director compensation amount, executive directors ( consejeros ejecutivos ) received €2,149,391 in fixed compensation and €1,555,388 in variable compensation for their service as an executive, and external directors, including the proprietary director (other than those who render remunerated professional services to us) received €700,000. The external directors nominated by an individual shareholder based on the extent of his or her shareholding, referred to as a “proprietary director” ( consejeros dominicales ), received remuneration of €100,000 during 2013. These figures include accruals for contingent or deferred compensation. None of our directors received attendance fees for meetings of the Board or committees of the Board. Finally, pursuant to Article 20 of the Articles of Association, our directors are reimbursed for all expenses incurred in connection with their service as a director.

 

Compensation of Senior Management

 

In 2013, our senior management (excluding those who also served as members of the Board) were paid compensation amounting to €9,130,305 in the aggregate. This figure includes accruals for contingent or deferred compensation earned in respect of 2013 service. The breakdown of the aggregate amount paid to such senior management for discharging their duties in 2013 is set forth in the table below.

 

Component

 

Amount Paid
in 2013

 

Salaries

 

5,521,980

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Compensation

 

3,608,325

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options or other securities

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Other — e.g., life and health insurance

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Other — e.g., pensions/savings

 

N/A

 

 

Salaries paid in U.S. dollars have been calculated at the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the euro as of December 31, 2013 of U.S. $1.37 to €1.00.

 

Equity and Other Incentive Programs

 

In 2013, no compensation was paid pursuant to a profit sharing plan or any stock option and no other equity compensation was awarded to any of our directors or senior management.

 

Pension and Retirement Compensation Programs

 

In 2013, neither we nor our subsidiaries set aside or accrued amounts to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for our directors or senior management.

 

92



Table of Contents

 

C.                                     Board Practices

 

Board of Directors

 

Pursuant to the Articles of Association, we are managed by a Board, which may be composed of not less than three and not more than 15 directors.  Our current Board has 12 directors.  Directors may be either individuals or legal entities represented by individuals.  Under Spanish law, the Board is responsible for management, administration and representation in all matters concerning the business, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Association and the powers conferred at the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

Appointment and Dismissal

 

Pursuant to the Articles of Association, directors are elected by our shareholders to serve for a term of five years and may be reelected to serve for an unlimited number of terms, except in the case of independent directors, who pursuant to the Board Regulations, shall not serve as such for more than 12 years.  We do not provide for the reelection of directors at staggered intervals or cumulative voting for such directors or otherwise.

 

A director may either be an individual or an entitiy represented by an individual. If a director ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his or her term, the Board may fill the vacancy by appointing, from among our shareholders, a new director to replace the outgoing director.  Any director so appointed will hold office until the next general shareholders’ meeting when the appointment may be confirmed or revoked by our shareholders.  Any such appointment will be only for the remainder of the term of the outgoing director, without prejudice to such director’s eventual election.  A director may resign, or be removed, from office by a resolution of our general shareholders’ meeting at any time.  A director who is also a shareholder may vote freely on any of our shareholders’ resolutions relating to the appointment and dismissal of directors (including the appointment or dismissal of that director).

 

In addition, pursuant to the Board Regulations, a director must tender a resignation to the Board and the Board may accept such resignation, in its discretion, under the following circumstances:  (i) when the director ceases to hold the executive position to which such director’s appointment to the Board was related; (ii) when the director becomes unable to hold the office due to a legal cause of ineligibility or incompatibility; (iii) when the director has been formally charged with certain crimes (including, but not limited to, crimes against personal freedom, economic crimes and crimes against the justice administration) or a formal inquiry is opened against him or her by a regulator; (iv) when the director has been severely admonished by our audit committee ( comité de auditoría ), or Audit Committee, for having breached his or her duties as director; (v) when the director’s participation on the Board may jeopardize our interests or when the reasons for his or her appointment cease to exist; and (vi) in the case of a proprietary director, when the relevant shareholder ceases to hold its stake in us, or reduces its stake below the level that reasonably justified the appointment of such director.

 

In addition, under Spanish corporate law, a holder of voting shares (or group of shareholders of voting shares acting together) may, subject to availability of seats on the Board, appoint a number of directors proportionate to that shareholder’s (or group of shareholders’) interest in our voting capital.  If the voting capital stock represented by the shares held by such shareholder (or group of shareholders) is equal to or greater than the result of dividing our total voting capital stock by the number of directors, such shareholder (or group of shareholders) shall have the right to appoint a proportionate number of directors.  For example, a shareholder holding 20 voting shares out of a total of 100 voting shares in a company with five directors will be entitled to appoint one director.  Should this power be exercised, shares so pooled shall not participate in the voting for the other members of the Board.  However, they may exercise their voting rights with respect to the removal of existing directors.  Since such rights apply only to voting shares or Class B shares that have recovered their voting rights, our Class B shares and the Class B ADSs that represent them in the U.S. do not count towards the proportional representation right.

 

The Board must appoint a Chairman of the Board from among its members.  Mr. Víctor Grifols Roura is the current Chairman.  The Board shall also designate one or more Vice Chairmen, who shall be numbered consecutively, and who shall replace the Chairman in the event of impossibility to act or absence.

 

The Board may also appoint a Secretary and a Vice Secretary.  Neither the Secretary nor the Vice Secretary is required to be a member of the Board; however, the Secretary or the Vice Secretary will not be entitled to vote on matters before the Board unless he or she is a member of the Board.  Mr. Raimon Grifols Roura is the current Secretary non-member of the Board and Ms. Nuria Martín Barnés is the current Vice Secretary non-member of the Board.

 

93



Table of Contents

 

Meetings of the Board

 

Pursuant to the Articles of Association, a meeting of the Board may be called by the Chairman whenever he considers such a meeting necessary or suitable.  The Chairman is also required to call a meeting at the request of one-third of the directors.  Meetings of the Board are called using any means of notice at least ten days before the date of the meeting, unless exigent circumstances require a shorter term.  Such notice of a meeting of the Board must state the place, date and time as well as the issues to be discussed.  The Board generally holds a meeting at least every three months and is required to meet at least once a year.  The Revised Text of the Spanish Companies Act ( Texto Refundido de la Ley de Sociedades de Capital ), or Spanish Companies Act, and our Articles of Association provide that a majority of the directors (half plus one of the directors present at a meeting) of the Board (represented in person or by proxy by another director on the Board) constitutes a quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law or specified in the Articles of Association, resolutions of the Board must be passed by an absolute majority of the directors present or represented at a meeting, with the Chairman having the right to cast a deciding vote in the event of a tie.

 

Delegation of Powers

 

Pursuant to Spanish law and our Articles of Association, the Board may delegate its powers either to an executive committee ( Comisión Ejecutiva ) or to one or more chief executive officers.  Spanish corporate law provides that resolutions appointing an executive committee, any chief executive officer or authorizing the permanent delegation of all, or part of, such board of directors’ powers, requires a two-thirds majority of the members of such board of directors and the registration of such resolution in the Spanish Commercial Registry ( Registro Mercantil ), or Commercial Registry.  The Board may also revoke such powers at any time.

 

Under Spanish corporate law, a board of directors may also grant general or specific powers of attorney to any person whether or not that person is a director or a shareholder.  General powers of attorney must be registered in the Commercial Registry.  However, Spanish law provides that the following powers may not be delegated:  (i) the formulation and submission for approval of the yearly financial statements at the general shareholders’ meeting; and (ii) those powers granted to the board of directors by a general shareholders’ meeting (unless otherwise provided in the relevant shareholders’ resolution).

 

Mr. Víctor Grifols Roura is currently our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Expiration of Current Terms

 

The periods during which our directors and senior management have served in their offices, as well as the date of expiration of each director’s term, are shown in the tables under “— A. Directors and Senior Management” above.

 

Termination Benefits

 

We have entered into employment contracts with all members of our senior management that entitle them to unilaterally rescind their employment contracts and receive termination benefits of two to five years’ salary in the event that we undergo a change of control. In addition to this, five members of our senior management are contractually entitled to termination benefits of one to two years’ salary under certain circumstances other than a change of control.

 

See Notes 30(c) and 32(a) to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F for further details of the payments received by employees.

 

Committees of the Board

 

The Board has an Audit Committee and an Appointments and Remuneration Committee.  The following is a brief description of such committees.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Board established an Audit Committee in compliance with Articles 24. bis and 24. ter of the Articles of Association and Article 14 of the Board Regulations.

 

The regulations applicable to the Audit Committee are set forth in the provisions referred to above, as well as the bylaws of the Audit Committee, which were approved by the Board and the Audit Committee on December 9, 2008.  In connection with the Talecris acquisition, at a Board meeting held on May 24, 2011, the Articles of Association and Board Regulations were amended to conform to NASDAQ Listing Rules and to facilitate the listing of our Class B ADSs on NASDAQ.

 

The Audit Committee consists of a minimum of three directors and a maximum of five directors who are appointed by the Board based on such directors’ knowledge, competence and experience in accounting, audit and risk management matters.  The

 

94



Table of Contents

 

majority of the members of the Audit Committee must be external directors, which includes independent directors and proprietary directors.  In addition, all members of the Audit Committee, including the chairman, must meet the independence, experience and other requirements set forth in the Exchange Act and NASDAQ Listing Rules.

 

The responsibilities of the Audit Committee include:

 

·                                           reporting to the shareholders at general shareholders meetings regarding matters for which the Audit Committee is responsible;

 

·                                           having sole authority to recommend to the Board the appointment, hiring and replacement of the external auditor regardless of the faculties vested in the general shareholders’ meeting and the Board with regard to the approval of such resolutions under Spanish law;

 

·                                           (i) monitoring the internal audit services and proposing the selection, appointment, reelection and resignation of the manager of our internal audit department; (ii) proposing the budget for our internal audit department; (iii) receiving periodic information on our internal audit department’s activities (including the annual work plan and annual activities reports prepared by the manager); and (iv) ensuring that management takes the conclusions and recommendations of their reports into account;

 

·                                           setting up and supervising procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, as well as the confidential and anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

·                                           knowing the process for gathering financial information and the internal control system; reviewing the financial statements and the periodic financial statements that should be submitted to the securities regulatory authorities and making sure that the appropriate accounting standards are followed; reporting to the Board on any change in the accounting standards and on balance sheet and off balance sheet risks;

 

·                                           receiving information from the auditors regarding matters that could impair their independence, or any other matters relating to conduct of audits of the financial statements as well as any other communications provided for in the legislation governing audits of financial statements and in technical auditing regulations;

 

·                                           supervising any transactions entered into with significant shareholders as set forth in the Board Regulations; and

 

·                                           (i) ensuring compliance with the Internal Code of Conduct of Grifols, S.A. in Matters Relating to the Stock Market, or Stock Market Code of Conduct, the Code of Conduct for Grifols’ Employees, or Employee Code of Conduct, and the Board Regulations (each available on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.grifols.com ) and, in general, any other corporate regulations and (ii) making any necessary proposals to improve such regulations.

 

The Audit Committee currently consists of Messrs. Luís Isasi Fernández de Bobadilla, Steven F. Mayer, W. Brett Ingersoll and Ms. Belén Villalonga Morenés. Each of Messrs. Isasi, Mayer, Ingersoll and Ms. Villalonga is independent in conformity with Exchange Act requirements and NASDAQ Listing Rules, and each of them is an external director. Mr. Tomás Dagá Gelabert serves as Secretary non-member of the Audit Committee.

 

Appointments and Remuneration Committee

 

The Board established an Appointments and Remunerations Committee in compliance with Article 24. bis of the Articles of Association and Article 15 of the Board Regulations.

 

Pursuant to Article 15 of the Board Regulations, the Appointments and Remuneration Committee is required to consist of between three and five members, the majority of which must be external directors, which includes independent directors and proprietary directors.

 

The responsibilities of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee include:

 

·                                           assisting in the nomination of directors, including evaluating potential nominees in light of the level of knowledge, competence and experience necessary to serve on the Board;

 

95



Table of Contents

 

·                                           reporting and making proposals to the Board on the appointment of members to the various committees of the Board and on the persons who should hold the office of Secretary and Vice Secretary of the Board;

 

·                                           making proposals for the orderly and planned succession of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer;

 

·                                           reporting on proposals for the appointment and removal of any members of senior management made by the Chief Executive Officer;

 

·                                           making proposals on the remuneration plans for the Board and senior management;

 

·                                           periodically reviewing the remuneration plans of senior management, including considering their suitability and performance; and

 

·                                           reporting on transactions in which directors may have a conflict of interest.

 

Our Appointments and Remuneration Committee (Comisión de Nombramientos y Retribuciones) is required, pursuant to Article 15 of the Board Regulations, to consist of between three and five members, the majority of which must be external directors. In accordance with Spanish corporate governance requirements and consistent with NASDAQ Listing Rules for foreign private issuers, our Appointments and Remuneration Committee currently consists of Mr. Víctor Grifols Roura, Mr. Edgar Dalzell Jannotta and Ms. Anna Veiga Lluch as directors, with Mr. Jannotta and Ms. Veiga qualifying as independent directors in conformity with Exchange Act requirements and NASDAQ Listing Rules. Mr. Raimon Grifols Roura serves as Secretary non-member of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee.

 

D.                                     Employees

 

The table below indicates the average number of employees by department for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

Department

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Manufacturing

 

9,095

 

8,571

 

7,403

 

Research & development — technical area

 

666

 

693

 

315

 

Administration and others

 

874

 

777

 

562

 

General management

 

149

 

147

 

104

 

Marketing

 

147

 

133

 

106

 

Sales and distribution

 

848

 

787

 

609

 

Total

 

11,779

 

11,108

 

9,099

 

 

The table below indicates the average number of employees by geographic region for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

Geographic Region

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Spain

 

2,637

 

2,475

 

2,390

 

North America

 

8,596

 

8,124

 

6,245

 

Rest of the World

 

546

 

509

 

464

 

Total

 

11,779

 

11,108

 

9,099

 

 

We actively train our employees.  The Grifols Academy opened in Spain during the second quarter of 2011.  It is a meeting point for advanced training on all processes related to the preparation and production of plasma-derived medicines.  In addition, the Grifols Academy serves to actively spread and strengthen the “Grifols’ spirit” that guides employee actions and their understanding of the business.  It also acts as a center of technical, scientific and management training for the Group’s personnel, fostering a continued exchange among experts and external bodies, such as professional healthcare associations, hospitals, schools and universities.

 

The Grifols Academy works closely with the Grifols Academy of Plasmapheresis, which opened in Phoenix, Arizona in 2009.  The Grifols Academy of Plasmapheresis has two U.S. campuses, Glendale, Arizona and Indianapolis, Indiana.

 

Our Spanish employees are represented by two labor unions, the Workers’ Commissions ( Comisiones Obreras ) and the Workers General Union ( Unión General de Trabajadores ).  The employees of some of our subsidiaries in Spain, Germany, Italy,

 

96



Table of Contents

 

France and Argentina are covered by collective bargaining agreements.  The remainder of our employees are not represented by labor unions.  We have not experienced any significant work stoppages in the last 15 years, except for a one-day general strike in Spain in June 2002.  We generally consider our employee relations to be good.

 

We subscribe to an insurance policy that covers death or permanent disability of employees caused by work accidents. All of our employees are covered under this policy. We implemented a defined contribution pension plan in all our Spanish entities beginning on January 1, 2002, which excludes top management and which requires us to make matching payments to these employees. Our contribution to this pension plan was approximately €595,000 in 2013, compared to approximately €558,000 in 2012. We also sponsor a savings plan for the benefit of U.S. employees, which qualifies as a defined contribution plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. We make fully vested matching contributions to the savings plan which totaled approximately $11.2 million for 2013, compared to $11.3 million for 2012. For certain employees in Germany, we have a defined benefit pension plan, as required by statutory law. The pension cost relating to this plan is not material.

 

E.                                     Share Ownership

 

For information on the direct, indirect and represented holdings of our current directors and executive officers with respect to our Class A shares as of December 31, 2013, see Item 7 of this Part I, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — A. Major Shareholders.”

 

We do not have any agreements, plans or arrangements in effect that provide for the issue or grant of options or shares or securities.

 

Item 7.                                                          MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A.                                     Major Shareholders

 

The following table sets forth certain information, including information regarding beneficial ownership of our Class A (voting) shares as of December 31, 2013, for (i) our major shareholders, including, in accordance with applicable Spanish regulations, each person or entity that is known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 3% of our Class A shares, (ii) each of our directors and (iii) each member of our senior management.  As of that date, there were a total of 213,064,899 Class A shares issued and outstanding.

 

Since our Class A shares are represented through book entries, their exact ownership structure cannot be known, except through the information that the shareholders provide voluntarily or in compliance with applicable regulations, and information provided by the Sociedad de Gestión de los Sistemas de Registro, Compensación y Liquidación de Valores, S.A. , or Iberclear, on which the shares are settled and cleared, and its participant entities ( entidades participantes ).

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Number of
Ordinary
Shares

 

Percentage of
Ordinary
Shares

 

Major Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Research and Management Company(1)

 

21,257,231

 

9.977

 

Deria S.A.(2)

 

18,687,588

 

8.771

 

Scranton Enterprises B.V.(3)

 

16,149,937

 

7.580

 

BlackRock, Inc.(4)

 

15,662,403

 

7.351

 

Thorthol Holdings B.V.(5)

 

13,112,187

 

6.154

 

Víctor Grifols Lucas(6)

 

6,571,022

 

3.084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors

 

 

 

 

 

José Antonio Grifols Gras(4)

 

15,042,766

 

7.060

 

Víctor Grifols Roura

 

440,450

 

*

 

Edgar Dalzell Jannotta

 

254,127

 

*

 

Ramón Riera Roca

 

169,085

 

*

 

Juan Ignacio Twose Roura

 

119,274

 

*

 

Thomas H. Glanzmann(7)

 

83,561

 

*

 

Tomás Dagá Gelabert

 

51,898

 

*

 

Anna Veiga Lluch

 

100

 

*

 

Luís Isasi Fernández de Bobadilla

 

100

 

*

 

Steven F. Mayer

 

 

 

W. Brett Ingersoll

 

 

 

Belén Villalonga Morenés

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Management

 

 

 

 

 

Antonio Viñes Parés

 

111,115

 

*

 

Gregory Gene Rich

 

71,598

 

*

 

Carlos Roura Fernández

 

48,314

 

*

 

Francisco Javier Jorba Ribes

 

47,364

 

*

 

Montserrat Lloveras Calvo

 

34,459

 

*

 

Vicente Blanquer Torre

 

22,377

 

*

 

Alberto Grifols Roura

 

13,500

 

*

 

David Ian Bell

 

10,000

 

*

 

Nuria Pascual Lapeña

 

9,796

 

*

 

Mateo Florencio Borrás Humbert

 

491

 

*

 

Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

 

Eva Bastida Tubau

 

 

 

Shinji Wada

 

 

 

Joel Abelson

 

 

 

 

97



Table of Contents

 


*                                          Less than 1%.

 

(1)                                  Capital Research and Management Company has indirect voting rights over all 21,257,231 of our Class A shares.

 

(2)                                  The various members of the Grifols Roura family hold their respective shares indirectly through Deria S.A.

 

(3)                                  Scranton Enterprises B.V. is a corporation whose shares are owned by certain of our directors and by William Blair & Co. L.L.C. Some Grifols family members who are directors or executive officers hold part of their shares indirectly through Scranton Enterprises B.V.

 

(4)                                  BlackRock, Inc. has indirect voting rights over 15,662,403 of our Class A shares.

 

(5)                                  The various members of the Grifols Gras family hold their respective shares indirectly through Thorthol Holdings B.V., which is represented on the Board by José Antonio Grifols Gras.

 

(6)                                  13,112,187 Class A shares are held directly by Rodellar Amsterdam B.V., through which Víctor Grifols Lucas exercises indirect voting rights.

 

(7)                                  65,000 Class A shares are held indirectly through Kolholmen Investments AB.

 

To our knowledge, we are not controlled, directly or indirectly, by any other corporation, government or any other natural or legal person.  We do not know of any arrangements which would result in a change in our control.

 

Significant Changes in Ownership

 

In accordance with Spanish reporting requirements, the following transfers of shares were reported to the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (Spanish Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores), or CNMV, as of December 31, 2013: (i) on May 25, 2011, Fidelity International Limited disposed of a number of Class A shares that decreased its percentage of ownership of voting share capital below 1%; (ii) on June 30, 2011, Capital Research and Management Company acquired a number of Class A shares that increased its percentage of ownership of voting share capital above 15%; (iii) on August 4, 2011, Blackrock, Inc. disposed of a number of Class A shares that decreased its percentage of ownership of voting share capital below 3%; (iv) on March 1, 2012, BlackRock, Inc. acquired a number of Class A shares that increased its percentage of ownership of voting share capital above 3%; (v) on June 19, 2012, Capital Research and Management Company disposed of a number of Class A shares that decreased its percentage of ownership of voting share capital below 15%; (vi) on November 26, 2012, American Funds Insurance Series Growth Fund disposed of a number of Class A shares that decreased its percentage of ownership of voting share capital below 3%; (vii) on November 29, 2012, Capital Research and Management Company disposed of a number of Class A shares that decreased its percentage of ownership of voting share capital below 10%; and (viii) on December 17, 2012 BlackRock, Inc. acquired a number of Class A shares that increased its percentage of ownership of voting share capital above 5%.

 

98



Table of Contents

 

Voting Rights

 

Each of our Class A shares is entitled to one vote, except that the voting rights of Class A shares held in treasury by us or by any of our direct subsidiaries are suspended.  Class A shares held by our major shareholders, directors or senior management do not entitle such shareholders to different voting rights.

 

Our Class B shares generally do not have voting rights, except with respect to certain extraordinary matters which require approval by a majority of outstanding Class B shares, as set forth in Item 10 of this Part I, “Additional Information — B. Memorandum and Articles of Association — Shareholder Rights — Class B Shares — Separate Vote at General Shareholder Meetings on Extraordinary Matters.”

 

See Item 10 of this Part I, “Additional Information — B. Memorandum and Articles of Association — Shareholder Rights” for further details regarding our Class A shares and Class B shares.

 

B.                                     Related Party Transactions

 

Trademark Use

 

Mr. José Antonio Grifols Gras, a member of the Board, is the manager of Marca Grifols, S.L., which owns the trademark “Grifols.” In addition, the Grifols family is the controlling shareholder of Marca Grifols, S.L. We entered into a license agreement with Marca Grifols, S.L. on January 26, 1993 that permits us to use the “Grifols” trademark for 99 years. The license agreement provides that we must pay an annual fee for the license, which is based on inflation and our net sales. In 2013, the fees for this license were €1.9 million.

 

Sale-leaseback Transactions

 

Spain

 

In May 2011, we sold five properties in Spain for an aggregate amount of €80.4 million to Gridpan Invest, S.L., a wholly owned subsidiary of Scranton Enterprises, B.V., one of our major shareholders.  These properties related primarily to non-core assets such as offices, warehouses and a factory.  Two of the premises were sold together with their related mortgage loans for a total of €53.5 million.  As a result of the sale, we recognized a net loss of €7.4 million, which included €2.0 million in brokerage fees paid to Scranton Enterprises, B.V.  The prices paid for the properties were established based on appraisals made by independent appraisers.

 

Simultaneous with the sale, we entered into operating lease agreements with Gridpan Invest, S.L. with respect to the aforementioned properties.  The key terms of the operating lease agreements are:

 

·                                           an initial term of five years;

 

·                                           initial rent established at market prices, to be reviewed annually, based on the percentage variation in the Spanish Consumer Price Index;

 

·                                           automatic extensions for five-year periods that can be terminated by either party with six months advance notice; and

 

·                                           upon us vacating the premises, reimbursement from the lessor for the remaining value of any leasehold improvements.

 

In addition, we entered into a purchase option with respect to the shares of Gridpan Invest, S.L. exercisable between May 10, 2016 and May 10, 2017.  The exercise price will be at market value at the date of exercise, based on appraisals made by independent appraisers.

 

The lease expenses incurred in 2013 for these contracts amounted to €8.2 million, which related to the minimum contractual payments.

 

99



Table of Contents

 

Clayton, North Carolina

 

In December 2011, we entered into a number of contracts for the sale and subsequent leaseback of certain buildings and equipment under construction in Clayton, North Carolina, with Scranton Enterprises USA, Inc., a company owned by Scranton Enterprises, B.V., one of our major shareholders.

 

The sale price was $199 million, of which $115 million was paid as of December 31, 2011 and the remaining $84 million was paid in June 2012.

 

As a result of the transaction, we recognized a net loss of $12.1 million in 2011, primarily due to the brokerage fees paid to Scranton Enterprises, B.V., which amounted to $10 million.

 

The key terms of the building operation lease are as follows:

 

·                                           an initial lease period of eight years;

 

·                                           annual rent established at a minimum of $20.5 million, subject to annual increases in line with inflation;

 

·                                           optional five-year renewal term;

 

·                                           automatic renewal for subsequent five-year periods unless one of the parties provides six months’ advance notice;

 

·                                           upon us vacating the premises, compensation by the lessor for any on-site assets in which we have invested, insofar as these have a residual value and are not recoverable by us; and

 

·                                           the requirement that we lodge a cash or bank guarantee of $25 million upon the request of Scranton Enterprises USA Inc.

 

We are leasing the land for an initial lease period of 99 years at a minimum annual rent of $1.00 per year.

 

We also entered into a purchase option for the shares of Scranton Investments, B.V.  This option, which cost $4 million, is exercisable on the date on which a license is granted by the FDA, five and ten years from such date, and on the expiration date of the building operation lease.  The purchase price will vary depending on the market value determined on the date the option is exercised.

 

The lease expenses incurred in the year ended December 31, 2013 for these contracts amounted to €15.8 million, which related to the minimum contractual payments.

 

See Note 9(c) and Note 32 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F for further details of our sale-leaseback transactions with related parties.

 

ADS Purchase Agreement

 

On March 8, 2013, we entered into the ADS Purchase Agreement with Cerberus, pursuant to which we purchased 4,402,986 of our Class B ADSs from Cerberus for a total purchase price of $118,880,622, or $27.00 per ADS, on March 11, 2013. Our directors, W. Brett Ingersoll and Steven F. Mayer, serve as senior managing directors of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P.

 

For a summary of the material terms of the ADS Purchase Agreement, see Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — A. Operating Results — Subsequent Events.”

 

On April 23, 2013, we filed a registration statement on Form F-3 with the SEC pursuant to the ADS Purchase Agreement and all shares registered thereunder have since been sold by the Cerberus affiliates.

 

Charitable Contributions

 

In 2013, we contributed to three charitable foundations, the Mr. Víctor Grifols i Lucas Foundation, the Probitas Private Foundation and the Jose Antonio Grifols Lucas Foundation, which were formed by us, and certain of our current officers and directors serve as patrons of the Probitas Private Foundation.

 

The Mr. Víctor Grifols i Lucas Foundation provides grants to further the study of bioethics.  It was created in 1998 with the mission of promoting bioethics through dialogue between specialists in a range of areas.  The Víctor Grifols i Lucas Foundation seeks to foster ethical attitudes in organizations, companies and individuals active in the field of human health, offering a discussion

 

100



Table of Contents

 

platform that provides a forum for the exchange of different perspectives.  Mr. Víctor Grifols i Lucas is our former Chief Executive Officer and is the father of both Mr. Víctor Grifols Roura, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Raimon Grifols Roura, the Secretary non-member of the Board.  In 2013, we contributed €0.5 million to the Víctor Grifols i Lucas Foundation.

 

The Probitas Private Foundation provides medical and sanitary assistance to international communities that lack medical and sanitary resources or that have an urgent and essential need for such services due to catastrophes.  The Probitas Private Foundation was founded by us in 2008.  Messrs. Raimon Grifols Roura, a Secretary non-member of our Board, and Tomás Dagá Gelabert, one of our directors, are patrons of the Probitas Private Foundation.  In 2013, we contributed €3.3 million to the Probitas Private Foundation.  We contribute to the Probitas Private Foundation an amount equal to 0.7% of our profits before tax each year.

 

The Jose Antonio Grifols Lucas Foundation provides grants for education and research into the science of plasmapheresis. Additionally, the foundation assists plasma donors who may be unable to care for themselves. In 2013, we contributed €0.2 million to the Jose Antonio Grifols Lucas Foundation to support, among other purposes, a major study on the effect of plasmapheresis on the cholesterol levels of plasma donors.

 

Consultant Agreement

 

In 2011, subsequent to the Talecris acquisition, one of our directors entered into a consulting services contract for a term of three years, pursuant to which he will receive compensation in the amount of $1.0 million per year with an additional $2.0 million payable upon the fulfillment of certain conditions. In each of 2012 and 2013, we paid such director $1.0 million pursuant to this agreement.

 

Loans

 

We have not extended any advances or loans to members of the Board or key management personnel nor have we assumed any guarantee commitments on their behalf.  We also have not assumed any pension or life insurance obligations on behalf of former or current members of the Board or key management personnel.

 

C.                                     Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 8.                                                          FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A.                                     Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

Financial Statements

 

See our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes starting on page F-1 of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are involved in various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business.  In the event of adverse outcomes of these proceedings, we believe that resulting liabilities will either be covered by insurance or not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.  See Note 30(e) to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F for additional information regarding the legal proceedings in which we are involved.

 

Alpha Consent Decree

 

Until March 15, 2012, our Los Angeles facility was operating under a consent decree, which it had been operating under since 1998.  The consent decree was agreed to by Alpha, the operator of the plant at that time, the FDA and the DOJ as a result of certain quality deficiencies.  We acquired this plant from Alpha in 2003 with the consent decree in place.  The consent decree provided for annual inspection of the plant by the FDA.  On March 15, 2012, the United States District Court for the Central District of California entered an order vacating the consent decree on the Los Angeles facility.

 

101



Table of Contents

 

Hemophilia Associations

 

In 2007, we were notified of a product liability claim for maximum damages of €12,960,000 filed by a group of 100 Catalan hemophiliacs against all plasma fractionation companies.  During 2008, this claim was rejected.  The ruling was appealed, but the claim was rejected by the Appeals Court of Barcelona in January 2011.  The claimant filed another appeal before the Catalan High Court in, and that appeal was rejected in January 2012.  The claimant has filed an appeal before the Supreme Court of Spain, which is pending resolution.

 

Plasma Centers of America, LLC

 

Talecris had a three-year Amended and Restated Plasma Sale/Purchase Agreement with Plasma Centers of America, LLC, or PCA (the “PCA Agreement”) under which Talecris was required to purchase annual minimum quantities of plasma from plasma collection centers approved by Talecris, including the prepayment of 90% for unlicensed plasma.  Talecris was also committed to finance the development of up to eight plasma collection centers, which were to be used to source plasma for Talecris.  Under the terms of the PCA Agreement, Talecris had a conditional obligation to purchase such centers under certain conditions for a sum determined by a formula set forth in the PCA Agreement.  Talecris provided approximately $4 million (excluding accrued interest) in financing related to the development of such centers and advanced payments for unlicensed plasma.  Talecris recorded a provision within selling, general and administrative expenses during 2008 related to loans and advances provided.

 

In August 2008, Talecris notified PCA that it was in breach of the PCA Agreement.  Talecris terminated the PCA Agreement in September 2008.  In November 2008, Talecris Plasma Resources filed suit in federal court in Raleigh, North Carolina against the G&M Crandall Limited Family Partnership and its individual partners as guarantors of obligations of PCA.  Talecris was served in January 2009 in a parallel state action by PCA, alleging breach of contract by Talecris Plasma Resources.  The federal case has been stayed.  On December 13, 2010, a jury in the state court case rendered a verdict in the amount of $37 million in favor of PCA against Talecris Plasma Resources in a breach of contract claim.  Talecris management filed an appeal to the North Carolina Court of Appeals to review the judgment entered in this case.

 

At December 31, 2011, the current provision for the PCA judgment on our consolidated balance sheet amounted to $46.6 million.  During the third quarter of 2012, this litigation was finalized, and we paid a total amount of $45 million (€36.8 million) related to PCA litigation. As a result of the reversal of the provision made prior to payment, we have recognized income of $3.2 million included under selling, general and administration expenses for 2012.

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Investigations

 

We are continuing an internal investigation into potential violations of the FCPA by Talecris relating to events prior to the Talecris acquisition. The FCPA investigation is being conducted by outside counsel under the direction of the Board.

 

In July 2009, Talecris voluntarily contacted the DOJ to advise it that it was conducting an internal investigation into potential violations of the FCPA.  The investigation into possible improper payments to individuals and entities made after Talecris’ formation initially focused on payments made in connection with sales in certain Eastern European and Middle Eastern countries, primarily Belarus, Russia and Iran, but we are also reviewing sales practices in Brazil, Bulgaria, China, Georgia, Libya, Poland, Turkey, Ukraine and other countries as deemed appropriate.

 

As a result of this investigation, shipments to some of these countries have been suspended while we put additional safeguards in place. In some cases, safeguards involved terminating consultants and suspending relations with or terminating distributors in countries under investigation as circumstances warranted. In addition, as a consequence of the investigation, an agreement with a Turkish distributor was terminated giving rise to an arbitration between the parties that has now concluded. Grifols has now identified a new distributor in Turkey for the distribution of its products.

 

In November 2012, we were notified by the DOJ that the proceedings would be closed, without prejudice to the fact that they could be re-opened in the future should new information arise. We are continuing an in depth review of potential irregular practices.

 

There is an ongoing investigation in Italy in connection with a criminal lawsuit initiated in Naples against five of our employees, including the former general director. The investigation is expected to be concluded in 2015. We and our legal advisors consider that this investigation will be limited to the referred employees, being improbable that this matter may come to affect us.

 

Antitrust Approval of Talecris-Grifols Merger

 

On July 20, 2011, the FTC issued the Consent Order to settle its May 31, 2011 charges that our acquisition of Talecris was anticompetitive and would have resulted in higher prices for consumers. Pursuant to the Consent Order, we divested to Kedrion, on June 2, 2011, certain assets, including Talecris’ Melville, New York manufacturing facility and United States marketing rights to

 

102



Table of Contents

 

Koate® DVI antihemophilic factor, and an agreed quantity of plasma and subsequently transferred to Kedrion two plasma collection centers located in Mobile, Alabama, and Winston Salem, North Carolina. Further, pursuant to the Consent Order, we and Kedrion entered into a contract manufacturing agreement under which we are supplying to Kedrion, for a period of seven years ending in 2018, Koate® DVI and private label IVIG and albumin, for sale by Kedrion in the United States, and we extended to Kedrion a five year option ending in 2016 for Kedrion to purchase a non-exclusive license to Koate®  DVI related intellectual property for use in the United States. In accordance with the Consent Order, we leased the Melville facility from Kedrion until July 1, 2013.

 

Effective July 1, 2013 Grifols and Kedrion agreed to an early termination of the lease agreement and completed the transfer of operations at the Melville facility to Kedrion. The parties further entered into a 3 year fractionation agreement whereby Kedrion would continue to fractionate limited amounts of plasma for further manufacture by Grifols.

 

The Consent Order provides for a monitor to oversee our compliance with the Consent Order and requires us to submit to the FTC annual compliance reports for ten years. We filed our first compliance report, pursuant to paragraph IX.B of the Consent Order, on July 20, 2012. Grifols filed its second compliance report in July 2013. There has been no further action by the FTC. Our next compliance report is due in July 2014.

 

Dividend Policy

 

Class A Shares

 

Our dividend policy is to pay out approximately 40% of our net consolidated profits.  However, the New Credit Facilities contain limitations on our ability to pay cash dividends depending on our debt levels. We may only pay cash dividends if our Leverage Ratio (as defined in the New Credit Facilities) is less than 3.50:1.00.  As of February 28, 2014, this restriction does not currently apply.  For a further discussion of the terms of the New Credit Facilities, see Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Credit—New Credit Facilities.”

 

The declaration and payment of dividends is reviewed annually by the Board based upon a review of our balance sheet and cash flow, the ratio of current assets to current liabilities, our expected capital and liquidity requirements, the provisions of our governing documents and the provisions in our financing arrangements governing cash dividends.  The payment of future dividend will be determined by the Board, based upon the factors described above and other factors that it deems relevant at the time that declaration of a dividend is considered. There can be no assurance as to whether or in what amounts any future dividend might be paid.

 

In addition, the availability of the reserves for distribution is subject to limitations under Spanish law.  The distributable reserves of us and our Spanish subsidiaries are limited by the amount of mandatory reserves, which include, for us and each of our Spanish subsidiaries, the legal reserves and the amount of capitalized research and developments pending to be amortized by us and each of our Spanish subsidiaries.  This limitation on distributable reserves due to capitalized research and developments expenditure amounted, on a consolidated basis, to €49 million at December 31, 2013.

 

At the general meeting held on May 24, 2013, our shareholders approved the distribution of an interim dividend of €0.20 for each Class A share, for an aggregate interim dividend of €42.6 million.

 

The Board intends to propose to shareholders at the upcoming annual general meeting of shareholders that profits for the year ended December 31, 2013 in the amount of €29 million be transferred to reserves.

 

Class B Shares

 

Each Class B share entitles its holder to receive a minimum annual preferred dividend out of the distributable profits at the end of each fiscal year the share is outstanding equal to €0.01 per Class B share, if the aggregate preferred dividend does not exceed the distributable profits for that year and provided that the distribution of dividends has been approved by our shareholders.  In any given fiscal year, we will pay a preferred dividend to the holders of the Class B shares before any dividend out of the distributable profits for such fiscal year is paid to the holders of Class A shares.  The preferred dividend on all issued Class B shares will be paid by us within the nine months following the end of that fiscal year, in an amount not to exceed the distributable profits obtained during that fiscal year.

 

At the general meeting held on May 24, 2013, our shareholders approved the distribution of interim dividend of €0.20 for each Class B share, for an aggregate interim dividend of €26.1 million.  Additionally, our shareholders approved the distribution of a preferred dividend of €0.01 for each Class B share, for an aggregate preferred dividend of €1.3 million.

 

103



Table of Contents

 

B.                                     Significant Changes

 

See Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — A. Operating Results — Subsequent Events.”

 

Item 9.                                                          THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A.                                     Offer and Listing Details

 

Price History of Class A Shares and Class B Shares

 

Our Class A shares have been listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges since we completed our initial public offering on May 17, 2006 and are quoted on the Spanish Automated Quotation System under the ticker symbol “GRF.”  The following table sets forth the high and low market prices, in euro, for our Class A shares for the periods indicated, as reported on the Spanish Automated Quotation System ( prices are non-adjusted and exclude the impact of distributions on historic data) :

 

 

 

Class A Shares

 

 

 

High (€)

 

Low (€)

 

Fiscal Year 2009

 

 

 

 

 

Annual

 

14.53

 

10.10

 

Fiscal Year 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Annual

 

12.45

 

8.11

 

Fiscal Year 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Annual

 

15.80

 

9.85

 

Fiscal Year 2012

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

16.60

 

12.73

 

Second Quarter

 

20.49

 

15.50

 

Third Quarter

 

27.00

 

20.06

 

Fourth Quarter

 

27.72

 

24.02

 

Fiscal Year 2013

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

29.44

 

23.51

 

Second Quarter

 

32.04

 

25.06

 

Third Quarter

 

33.28

 

28.32

 

Fourth Quarter

 

35.15

 

28.25

 

Recent Months

 

 

 

 

 

October 2013

 

30.85

 

28.25

 

November 2013

 

34.20

 

29.75

 

December 2013

 

35.15

 

31.52

 

January 2014

 

38.81

 

34.07

 

February 2014

 

41.03

 

35.95

 

March 2014

 

42.09

 

38.64

 

 

Our Class B shares have been listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges since June 2, 2011 and quoted on the Spanish Automated Quotation System under the ticker symbol “GRF.P.” The following table sets forth the high and low market prices, in euro, for our Class B shares for the periods indicated, as reported on the Spanish Automated Quotation System ( prices are non-adjusted and exclude the impact of distributions on historic data) :

 

 

 

Class B Shares

 

 

 

High (€)

 

Low (€)

 

Fiscal Year 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Second Quarter (from June 2nd)

 

11.42

 

10.00

 

Third Quarter

 

11.70

 

8.00

 

Fourth Quarter

 

10.00

 

7.40

 

Fiscal Year 2012

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

12.00

 

8.30

 

Second Quarter

 

15.50

 

11.42

 

Third Quarter

 

18.99

 

14.86

 

Fourth Quarter

 

20.40

 

16.90

 

Fiscal Year 2013

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

23.99

 

18.05

 

Second Quarter

 

24.50

 

19.00

 

Third Quarter

 

25.69

 

21.57

 

Fourth Quarter

 

26.40

 

21.03

 

Recent Months

 

 

 

 

 

October 2013

 

22.98

 

21.03

 

November 2013

 

25.59

 

22.00

 

December 2013

 

26.40

 

23.95

 

January 2014

 

29.79

 

25.60

 

February 2014

 

30.95

 

26.81

 

March 2014

 

31.40

 

28.67

 

 

104



Table of Contents

 

Price History of the Class A ADSs and Class B ADSs

 

Our Class A ADSs are not listed on a national exchange and have traded on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board, an electronic stock listing service provided by NASDAQ, since July 2009.

 

Our Class B ADSs have been listed and traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “GRFS” since June 2, 2011.  Since July 23, 2012, each Class B ADS has represented one Class B share. Prior to July 23, 2012, each Class B ADS represented one-half of one Class B share. We effected the adjustment to the ADS to share ratio through an amendment to the depositary agreement.

 

The following table sets forth the high and low market prices, in U.S. dollars, for the Class B ADSs for the periods indicated, as reported by NASDAQ:

 

 

 

 

Class B Shares

 

 

 

High ($)

 

Low ($)

 

Fiscal Year 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Second Quarter (from June 2nd)

 

8.50

 

6.85

 

Third Quarter

 

8.16

 

5.30

 

Fourth Quarter

 

6.75

 

4.77

 

Fiscal Year 2012

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

7.90

 

5.32

 

Second Quarter

 

9.76

 

7.64

 

Third Quarter (through July 22)*

 

10.61

 

9.50

 

Third Quarter (from July 23)

 

22.97

 

18.51

 

Fourth Quarter

 

27.78

 

22.64

 

Fiscal Year 2013

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

31.03

 

24.09

 

Second Quarter

 

31.63

 

25.13

 

Third Quarter

 

33.12

 

28.75

 

Fourth Quarter

 

36.45

 

28.57

 

Recent Months

 

 

 

 

 

October 2013

 

31.00

 

28.57

 

November 2013

 

34.53

 

29.50

 

December 2013

 

36.45

 

32.82

 

January 2014

 

40.23

 

34.63

 

February 2014

 

42.60

 

36.16

 

March 2014

 

43.45

 

39.00

 

 


*                                All prices reported on the NASDAQ from June 2, 2011 through July 22, 2012 reflect the prior ratio of Class B ADS to Class B shares of 2 to 1.  One July 23, 2012 the depositary agreement was amended to provide that one Class B ADS represents one Class B share.

 

B.                                     Plan of Distribution

 

Not Applicable

 

C.                                     Markets

 

Our Class A shares have been listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges since May 17, 2006 and are quoted on the Spanish Automated Quotation System under the ticker symbol “GRF.”  Our Class B shares were issued as part of the consideration for the

 

105



Table of Contents

 

Talecris acquisition and were listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges on June 2, 2011 and quoted on the Spanish Automated Quotation System under the ticker symbol “GRF.P.”

 

Spanish Securities Market

 

The Spanish Stock Exchanges consist of four stock exchanges located in Madrid, Barcelona, Bilbao and Valencia.  The majority of the transactions conducted on them are done through the Spanish Automated Quotation System.  During 2013, the Spanish Automated Quotation System accounted for the majority of the total trading volume of equity securities on the Spanish Stock Exchanges.

 

Spanish Automated Quotation System

 

The Spanish Automated Quotation System was introduced in 1989 and links the Spanish Stock Exchanges, providing those securities listed on it with a uniform continuous market that eliminates most of the differences among the Spanish Stock Exchanges.  The principal feature of the system is the computerized matching of buy and sell orders at the time of entry of the order.  Each order is executed as soon as a matching order is entered, but can be modified or canceled until executed.  The activity of the market can be continuously monitored by investors and brokers.  The Spanish Automated Quotation System is operated and regulated by the Sociedad de Bolsas, a corporation owned by the companies that manage the Spanish Stock Exchanges.  All trades on the Spanish Automated Quotation System must be placed through a bank, brokerage firm, an official stock broker or a dealer firm member of a local exchange directly.

 

There is a pre-opening session held from 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. local time each trading day, during which orders are placed.  The computerized trading hours are from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Each session ends with a five-minute auction, between 5:30 and 5:35 p.m., with a random closedown of 30 seconds.  The price resulting from each auction is the closing price of the session.

 

On May 14, 2001, new rules came into effect regarding the maximum price fluctuations in the price of stocks.  Under the new rules, each stock in the continuous market is assigned a static and a dynamic range within which the price can fluctuate.  The price of a stock may rise or fall by its static range (which is published once a month and is calculated according to the stock’s average historic price volatility) above or below its opening price (which is the closing price of the previous session).  When the stock trades outside of this range, the trading of the stock is suspended for five minutes, during which an auction takes place.  After this auction, the price of the stock can once again rise or fall by its static range above or below its last auction price (which will be considered as the new static price before triggering another auction).  Furthermore, the price of a stock cannot rise or fall by more than its dynamic price range (which is fixed and published once a month and is calculated according to the stock’s average intra-day volatility), from the last price at which it has traded.  If the price variation exceeds the stock’s dynamic range, a five-minute auction is triggered.

 

Moreover, there is a block market ( el mercado de bloques ) allowing for block trades between buyers and sellers from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. during the trading session.  Under certain conditions, this market allows cross-transactions of trades at prices different from prevailing market prices.  Trading in the block market is subject to certain limits with regard to price deviations and volumes.

 

Between 5:30 p.m. and 8:00 p.m., trades may occur outside the computerized matching system without prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas, at a price within the range of 5% above the higher of the average price and closing price for the day and 5% below the lower of the average price and closing price for the day, if there are no outstanding bids or offers, as the case may be, on the system matching or bettering the terms of the proposed off-system transaction, and if the trade involves more than €300,000 and more than 20% of the average daily trading volume of the stock during the preceding quarter.  At any time before 8:00 p.m., a trade may take place (with the prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas) at any price if:

 

·                                           the trade involves more than €1.5 million and more than 40% of average daily trading volume of the stock during the preceding quarter;

 

·                                           the trade relates to a merger or spin-off of a listed company;

 

·                                           the trade relates to the reorganization of a business group;

 

·                                           the trade is executed for the purposes of settling litigation;

 

·                                           the trade involves certain types of contracts or complex transactions; or

 

·                                           the Sociedad de Bolsas finds other justifiable cause.

 

106



Table of Contents

 

Information with respect to computerized trades between 9:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. is made public immediately, and information with respect to trades outside the computerized matching system is reported to the Sociedad de Bolsas and published in the Stock Exchange Daily Bulletin ( Boletín Diario de Cotización ) and in the Spanish Automated Quotation System by the next trading day.

 

Clearance and Settlement System

 

Until April 1, 2003, transactions carried out on the Spanish Stock Exchanges and the continuous market were cleared and settled through the Servicio de Compensación y Liquidación de Valores, S.A. Since April 1, 2003, the settlement and clearance of all trades on the Spanish Stock Exchanges, the Public Debt Market ( Mercado de Deuda Pública ), the AIAF Fixed Income Market ( Mercado AIAF de Renta Fija ) and the Market for Latin-American Stocks in Euros ( Mercado de Valores Latinoamericanos en Euros ) have been made through Iberclear, which was formed as a result of a merger between the Servicio de Compensación y Liquidación de Valores, S.A and Central de Anotaciones del Mercado de Deuda Pública , which was managed by the Bank of Spain.

 

Book-entry System

 

Ownership of shares listed on any Spanish Stock Exchange is required to be represented by entries in a register maintained by Iberclear, and transfers or changes in ownership are effected by entries in such register.  The securities register system is structured in two levels:  the central registry managed by Iberclear, which keeps the securities balances of the participants, and a detailed registry managed by the participants where securities are listed by holder’s name.

 

Securities Market Legislation

 

The Spanish Securities Market Act (Ley 24/1988, de 28 de Julio, del Mercado de Valores), or Securities Market Act, which came into effect in 1989, among other things:

 

·                                           established an independent regulatory authority, the CNMV, to supervise the securities markets;

 

·                                           established a framework for the regulation of trading practices, tender offers and insider trading;

 

·                                           required stock exchange members to be corporate entities;

 

·                                           required companies listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange to file annual audited financial statements and to make public quarterly financial information;

 

·                                           established a framework for integrating quotations on the Spanish Stock Exchanges by computer;

 

·                                           exempted the sale of securities from transfer and value added taxes;

 

·                                           deregulated brokerage commissions as of 1992; and

 

·                                           provided for transfer of shares by book-entry or by delivery of evidence of title.

 

The Securities Market Act was amended by, among others, Law 37/1998, which implemented two European Union directives that innovated the Securities Market Act.  The first was the recognition that both Spanish and other European Union member state companies authorized to provide investment services have full access to the official secondary securities markets, with full capacity to operate, thereby enabling the direct admission of banking entities into the stock exchange area.  The second innovation was that the scope of the Securities Market Act was enlarged to include a list of financial instruments, such as financial exchange contracts, or installment financial contracts, which expanded the categories of securities included.

 

The Securities Market Act was further amended by Law 44/2002 (November 22, 2002) on reform measures of the financial system, which introduced certain modifications to the laws governing financial markets and corporations generally, including:

 

·                                           provisions requiring listed companies to establish an audit committee, redefining the reporting requirements for relevant events, establishing rules relating to the treatment of confidential and insider information and related party transactions, preventing manipulative and fraudulent practices with respect to market prices and otherwise regarding market transparency;

 

107



Table of Contents

 

·                                           the establishment of Iberclear; and

 

·                                           the authorization of the Ministry of Economy and Finance ( Ministerio de Economía y Hacienda ) to regulate financial services electronic contracts.

 

On July 17, 2003, the Securities Market Act was amended by Law 26/2003 in order to reinforce the transparency of listed companies.  It introduced:

 

·                                           information and transparency obligations including detailed requirements of the contents of the corporate website of listed companies and the obligation to file with the CNMV an annual corporate governance report; and

 

·                                           the obligation to implement a series of corporate governance rules including, among others, regulations regarding the boards of directors and the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

On March 11, 2005, Law 5/2005 was approved, modifying the Securities Market Act in order to implement Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, or Council, on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading.  The Directive (i) harmonizes the requirements for the process of approval of prospectuses, which enables a prospectus to be valid throughout the European Union and (ii) incorporates the application of the country-of-origin principle later set forth in Spanish Royal Decree, or Royal Decree, 1362/2007.

 

Royal Decree 1333/2005, of November 11, 2005, developed the Securities Market Act in relation to market abuse.

 

Law 12/2006, of May 16, 2005, amended the Securities Market Act by (i) introducing a new article relating to notifications to the CNMV of transactions that might constitute insider dealing or market manipulation, (ii) completing the regulation of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, which operates the Spanish Stock Exchanges and financial markets and (iii) clarifying the regulation of significant participations in the entities that manage the clearing and settlement of securities and the Spanish secondary securities markets.

 

Law 6/2007, of April 12, 2007, amended the Securities Market Act to modify the rules for takeover bids and for issuer transparency.  This Law came into effect on August 13, 2007, and partially integrates into the Spanish legal system Directive 2004/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, of April 21, 2004, on takeover bids and Directive 2004/109/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, of December 15, 2004, on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and amending Directive 2001/34/EC.  This Law was further developed by Royal Decree 1066/2007, of July 27, 2007, on rules applicable to takeover bids for securities; by Royal Decree 1362/2007, of October 19, 2007, on transparency requirements for issuers of listed securities; and by Royal Decree 1698/2012, of December 21, 2012, to implement Directive 2010/73/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, of December 24, 2010 (amending Directive 2004/109/EC).

 

Law 6/2007 (i) introduced several changes to the periodic financial information (annual, biannual and quarterly) to be published by issuers of listed securities and (ii) introduced new developments to the system that establishes the duty to provide notice of significant stakes in an enterprise.  These duties include notification requirements such as:

 

·                                           anyone with a right to acquire, transfer or exercise voting rights granted by the shares, regardless of the actual ownership of the shares, and anyone owning, acquiring or transferring other securities or financial instruments that grant a right to acquire shares with voting rights must provide notice of the holding of a significant stake in accordance with the regulations;

 

·                                           directors of listed companies, in addition to providing notice of any transaction concerning the shares or other securities or financial instruments of the issuer that are linked to these shares, must inform the CNMV of their stake upon appointment or resignation; and

 

·                                           listed companies must provide notice of transactions concerning their treasury shares in certain cases, which will be established in the developing regulations.

 

Law 12/2010, of June 30, 2010, amended the Securities Market Act to require listed companies to create electronic shareholders forums on their websites to facilitate communication prior to the holding of general meetings.  It also established that shareholders of listed companies may create associations to exercise their rights and coordinate the defense of their common interests.

 

108



Table of Contents

 

Such associations must enroll in a special CNMV registry.  Finally, Law 12/2010 also amended the Securities Market Act to change the regulations regarding the composition and functions of audit committees.

 

Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010, of July 2, 2010, approved the Spanish Companies Act in order to consolidate and clarify the laws applicable to public limited companies, limited share partnerships and limited liability companies.

 

Law 2/2011, of March 4, 2011, on Sustainable Economy ( Ley de Economía Sostenible ) amended the Securities Market Act’s provisions related to the requirements for annual reports on corporate governance and management reports.  The Law also made certain corporate governance and shareholder disclosure recommendations in the Spanish Unified Good Governance Code for Listed Companies ( Código Unificado de Buen Gobierno de las Sociedades Cotizadas ), or CNMV Governance Code, regarding the composition of boards of directors and its committees and the qualification of directors as executive, proprietary or independent mandatory.

 

Law 25/2011, of August 1, 2011, amended the Securities Market Act to implement Directive 2007/36/CE of the European Parliament and of the Council, regarding the exercise of certain rights of the shareholders of listed companies, to simplify and promote the right to information and shareholder voting rights.

 

Law 1/2012, of June 22, 2012, amended the Spanish Companies Act by making corporate websites mandatory for listed companies and introducing other new requirements regarding the creation, amendment, transfer and removal of corporate websites, as well as the obligations of directors arising in connection with the contents of such websites.

 

D.                                     Selling Shareholders

 

Not Applicable.

 

E.                                     Dilution

 

Not Applicable.

 

F.                                      Expense of the Issue

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 10.                                                   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A.                                     Share Capital

 

Not Applicable.

 

B.                                     Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

The following is a summary of the material terms of our Articles of Association and Board Regulations, as amended and currently in effect.  This summary is not meant to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to each of the Articles of Association and Board Regulations.  Because this is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you.  You should read the Articles of Association and Board Regulations carefully.  The current Articles of Association are included as Exhibit 1.1 and Exhibit 1.2 (English translation) to this annual report on Form 20-F.  The Articles of Association and the Board Regulations are also available on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.grifols.com under the headings “Investor Relations — General information — Articles of association” and “Investor Relations — Corporate governance — Board of directors regulations.”

 

The Articles of Association were originally approved and incorporated with the Commercial Registry on June 22, 1987.  The Board Regulations were initially approved by the Board on April 5, 2006.

 

At the general shareholder meeting on extraordinary matters held on January 25, 2011, our shareholders agreed to increase share capital by issuing 83,811,688 Class B shares to complete the Talecris acquisition.  The shareholders also agreed to amend the Articles of Association by modifying Article 6 to include the terms and conditions of the Class B shares and adding a new Article 6. bis to include the rights and obligations of the Class B shares.

 

109



Table of Contents

 

Following our application to list our Class B ADSs on NASDAQ, we held a general ordinary shareholder meeting on May 24, 2011.  To satisfy NASDAQ Listing Rules, our shareholders resolved to (i) modify Article 24. ter of the Articles of Association to reorganize the Audit Committee and (ii) amend the Board Regulations.  Our Board approved the amendment to the Board Regulations on the same day.

 

At the general shareholder meeting on extraordinary matters held on December 2, 2011, our shareholders agreed to increase share capital by issuing 29,687,658 Class B shares, without a share premium and with a charge to voluntary reserves, to remunerate the Class A and Class B shareholders.  The issuance took the form of a free allocation of one new Class B share for every ten Class A or Class B shares owned.  The shareholders also agreed to delegate to the Board the authority to increase our share capital by up to 50% of the then current share capital, at any time or from time to time within five years following the date of the meeting, by issuing new shares, with or without a share premium, for cash.  Further, the shareholders agreed to make qualitative improvements to the Articles of Association and to otherwise conform them to the requirements of the Spanish Companies Act, as amended.

 

At the general shareholder meeting on extraordinary matters held on December 4, 2012, our shareholders agreed to increase share capital by issuing an additional 16,328,212 Class B shares, without a share premium and with a charge to voluntary reserves, in order to remunerate the Class A and Class B shareholders.  The issuance took the form of a free allocation of one new Class B share for every 20 Class A or Class B shares owned.  The shareholders also revoked the December 2, 2011 delegation to the Board of the authority to increase share capital and agreed to delegate to the Board the authority to increase our share capital by up to 50% of the then current share capital, at any time or from time to time within five years following the date of the meeting, by issuing new shares, with or without a share premium, for cash.  Further, the shareholders agreed to delegate to the Board the authority to effect a two-to-one split of the Class A and Class B shares, within one year following the date of the meeting, by reducing the nominal value and increasing the number of such shares, without changing the total nominal value of the share capital.  The shareholders also agreed to delegate to the Board the authority to apply for the listing of the Class A shares on NASDAQ, via Class A ADSs, within one year following the date of the meeting.

 

The full text of each of the amendments to the Articles of Association detailed above is available on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.grifols.com under the heading “Investor Relations — Corporate governance.”

 

General

 

As of December 31, 2013, our share capital was €119,603,705 and comprised:

 

·                                           Class A shares:  213,064,899 ordinary shares with a par value of €0.50 each.  All of the Class A shares belong to the same class and series.

 

·                                           Class B shares:  130,712,555 non-voting preference shares with a par value of €0.10 each.  All of the Class B shares belong to the same class and series and have the preferential rights set forth in the Articles of Association.

 

All of our shares are fully paid and non-assessable.  Both share classes are issued in book-entry form, governed by the Securities Market Act, as amended, and such other provisions as may be applicable.  The book-entry registry is maintained by Iberclear and its participant entities.

 

Register

 

We are a public limited trading company registered with the Commercial Registry of Barcelona.  Our fiscal identification number is A-58389123.

 

Our principal executive office is located at Avinguda de la Generalitat, 152 Parque Empresarial Can Sant Joan, 08174 Sant Cugat del Vallès, Barcelona, Spain.  Our registered office is located at c/Jesús y María, 6, Barcelona (08022).  We were incorporated on June 22, 1987.  Our fiscal year runs from January 1 to December 31, the exception being the year ending on December 31, 1997, which began on August 1, 1997.

 

Corporate Purpose

 

Section 2 of the Articles of Association states that our corporate purpose is to provide administration, management and supervision services of companies and businesses as well as investments in movable and real estate assets.

 

110



Table of Contents

 

Board of Directors

 

Under Article 31 of the Board Regulations, a director shall abstain from attending or intervening in deliberations that affect matters in which he finds himself personally involved, directly or indirectly.  A director cannot carry out professional or commercial transactions with us, directly or indirectly, unless he previously informs the Board about the conflict of interest, and the Board, following a report from our Appointments and Remuneration Committee, approves the transaction.

 

Under Article 15 of the Board Regulations, the Appointments and Remuneration Committee will in all cases be composed of a majority of external directors, and the chairperson will be an external director and, to the extent possible, an independent director.

 

The Board, with the advice of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, sets director compensation.  As set forth in Article 26 of the Board Regulations, remuneration of the Board is fixed according to statutory provisions and will be reasonable and in line with market rates.  As set forth in Article 27 of such Board Regulations, external directors should be excluded from receiving remuneration linked to our profits or welfare systems, other than shares in Grifols, S.A., that they must hold until their resignation as directors.  Further, the establishment of equity compensation plans in which members of the Board participate must be authorized in the Articles of Association and requires the shareholders’ prior approval at a shareholders’ meeting.  Additionally, the amount of external directors’ remuneration should be calculated in order to incentivize dedication but not become an obstacle to independence.

 

For more information regarding related party transactions, see Item 7 of this Part I, “Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — B. Related Party Transactions.”

 

We do not impose an age limit requirement for the retirement or non-retirement of directors.  We also do not impose a shareholding requirement for director qualification.  Article 6 of the Board Regulations does provide, however, that a director cannot qualify as an independent external director if he or she has a significant shareholding in us.

 

For information regarding the provisions of the Articles of Association as applied to the Board, see Item 6 of this Part I, “Directors, Senior Management and Employees — A. Directors and Senior Management — Directors” and “Directors, Senior Management and Employees — C. Board Practices.”

 

Shareholder Rights

 

The following summary of material considerations concerning our share capital briefly describes certain material provisions of the Articles of Association and Spanish law relating to our share capital.  Because it is a summary, it is not meant to be complete, is qualified by reference to the applicable Spanish laws and our Articles of Association and does not contain all the information that may be important to you.

 

Neither Spanish law nor our Articles of Association limit the right to own our securities, including the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on the securities.

 

Under Spanish law, the rights of shareholders may be changed only by an amendment to the articles of association of a company that complies with the requirements explained below under “— Class A Shares — Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights.”  Our Articles of Association do not further specify what actions or quorums are required to change the rights of our shareholders, other than that they classify an amendment thereto as an extraordinary matter, as described below in “— Class B Shares — Separate Vote at General Shareholder Meetings on Extraordinary Matters.”

 

Class A Shares

 

Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights

 

Pursuant to Article 13 of our Articles of Association and the Spanish Companies Act, the annual general shareholders’ ordinary meeting shall be held during the first six months of each fiscal year on a date fixed by the Board.  Resolutions presented at duly constituted general shareholders meetings are, except as indicated herein, passed by a simple majority vote of the voting capital present or represented at the meeting.

 

Extraordinary meetings may be called by the Board whenever it deems it appropriate or at the request of one or more shareholders representing at least 5% of our share capital.  Under Spanish law and per the Articles of Association, we are required to publish a “calling of the meeting,” which sets forth the matters to be voted on at each general shareholders’ meeting, at least one month prior to the date set for the meeting in at least:  (i) the Official Gazette of the Commercial Registry ( Boletin Oficial de Registro Mercantil ) or one of the local newspapers of wide circulation in the province where we are domiciled (currently Barcelona, Spain); (ii) CNMV’s website; and (iii) our website.

 

111



Table of Contents

 

Holders of ordinary and Class B shares duly registered in the book-entry records maintained by Iberclear and its participant entities at least five days prior to the day on which a shareholders’ meeting is scheduled, in the manner provided in the notice for such meeting, may attend such meeting (in person or represented by proxy) and, where so entitled, may vote.  Holders of the our Class B shares generally do not have voting rights, except with respect to certain extraordinary matters that require approval by a majority of our outstanding Class B shares, as set forth below in “— Class B Shares — Separate Vote at General Shareholder Meetings on Extraordinary Matters.”

 

For an ordinary or extraordinary general meeting of shareholders to be duly constituted, the presence in person or by proxy of shareholders representing 25% of our issued voting share capital is required.  On second call, there is no quorum requirement.

 

Under Spanish law, the following shareholder actions require approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our Class A shares present in person or represented by proxy at a duly constituted meeting of holders of our Class A shares at which meeting, if (i) on first call, a quorum of at least 50% of the issued voting share capital is present or represented by proxy or (ii) on second call, a quorum of at least 25% of the issued voting share capital is present or represented by proxy (unless on such second call less than 50% of the issued voting share capital is present or represented by proxy, in which case those matters require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the share capital present or represented at such meeting):

 

·                                           the issuance of bonds;

 

·                                           an increase or reduction of the share capital;

 

·                                           the transformation of Grifols (change in corporate nature);

 

·                                           a merger, de-merger, split, spin-off or other structural change subject to Law 3/2009;

 

·                                           any other amendment of the Articles of Association; and

 

·                                           a dissolution.

 

For purposes of determining the quorum, those shareholders who vote by mail or through the internet are counted as being present at the meeting, as provided by the Regulations of the General Shareholders’ Meeting of Grifols, S.A ( Reglamento de la Junta General de Accionistas ).  Such Regulations are available on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.grifols.com under the heading “Investor Relations — Corporate governance — Regulations of the general shareholders’ meeting.”

 

In general, resolutions passed at a general shareholders’ meeting are binding upon all shareholders.  In very limited circumstances, Spanish law gives dissenting or absent shareholders, including those holding Class B shares, the right to have their Grifols’ shares redeemed by us at prices determined in accordance with established formulas or criteria.

 

Dividends

 

Payment of dividends must be proposed by the Board and authorized by our shareholders at a general shareholders’ meeting.  Interim dividends may be declared by the Board on account of profits for the then current fiscal year, subject to certain limitations.

 

Spanish law requires each company to apply at least 10% of its net income each year to a legal reserve until the balance of such reserve is equivalent to at least 20% of such company’s issued share capital.  A company’s legal reserve is not available for distribution to its shareholders except upon such company’s liquidation.  According to Spanish law, dividends may only be paid out of profits (after deduction of any amounts required to be applied to the legal reserve) or distributable reserves and only if the value of a company’s net worth is not, and as a result of distribution would not be, less than such company’s share capital.

 

In addition, no profits may be distributed unless the amount of the distributable reserves is at least equal to the amount of research and development expenses recorded as an asset on a company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

Spanish law also requires the creation of a non-distributable reserve equal to the amount of goodwill recorded as an asset on a company’s consolidated balance sheet and that an amount at least equal to 5% of such goodwill be transferred from the profit from each financial year to such non-distributable reserve until such time as the non-distributable reserve is of an amount at least equal to the goodwill recorded on such company’s consolidated balance sheet.  If, in any given financial year, there are no or insufficient

 

112



Table of Contents

 

profits to transfer an amount equal to 5% of the goodwill recorded as an asset on a company’s consolidated financial statement, Spanish law requires that the shortfall be transferred from freely distributable reserves to the non-distributable legal reserve.

 

In the event of a reduction in share capital to offset losses, dividends may not be distributed until the legal reserve reaches 10% of the new share capital.

 

Distributions of dividends to our Class A shareholders will be made in proportion to the capital that they have paid up.  The shareholders at the general shareholders meeting shall decide the amount, time and form of payment of the dividends.  If these details are not so determined, the dividend will be payable at our registered office on the day following the date of the resolution.

 

The right to a dividend lapses and reverts to us if it is not claimed within five years after it becomes payable.  Dividends payable by us to non-residents of Spain may be subject to a Spanish withholding tax of 21%, effective January 1, 2012.  However, residents of certain countries are entitled to the benefits of the Convention Between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Spain for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, as described below in “— E. Taxation — Spanish Tax Considerations.”

 

As set forth below under “— Class B Shares — Preferred Dividend,” since the issuance of the our Class B shares, the dividend rights of our Class A shareholders have been subordinated to the €0.01 per share preferred dividend of our Class B shares.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

Upon our winding-up and liquidation, holders of our Class A shares and Class B shares will be entitled to receive a pro rata portion of any assets remaining after the payment of our debts, taxes and the expenses of the liquidation as follows:  (i) before any amount is distributed to the holders of Class A shares, the holders of Class B shares will receive the nominal value and share premium paid up for such Class B shares at the time of issuance and (ii) once such liquidation preference is received, the holders of the Class A shares and Class B shares will share pari passu in the amounts distributed.

 

Subscription (or Preemptive) Rights and Increases of Share Capital

 

Pursuant to the Spanish Companies Act, shareholders and holders of convertible bonds have subscription (or preemptive) rights to subscribe for any new shares (or other securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares) issued by a company in a capital increase via monetary contributions.

 

In accordance with the Spanish Companies Act, such subscription (or preemptive) rights may be waived under special circumstances by a resolution passed at a meeting of shareholders or the Board (such as when we listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges), and the general shareholders’ meeting delegates to the Board the right to increase the share capital or to issue securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares and to waive subscription (or preemptive) rights).  See Item 3 of this Part I, “Key Information — D. Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Structure, Shares and American Depositary Shares — Subscription (or preemptive) rights may be unavailable to U.S. holders of our shares or ADSs.”

 

Further, subscription (or preemptive) rights, in any event, will not be available in the event of certain capital increases, such as those in which we receive an in-kind contribution, those effected to meet the requirements of a convertible bond issue or those for a merger in which shares are issued as consideration.  Subscription (or preemptive) rights are transferable, may be traded on the Spanish Automated Quotation System and may be of value to existing shareholders because new shares may be offered for subscription at prices lower than prevailing market prices.  In the case of a share capital increase against reserves, the same rule applies to the free allotment ( derecho de asignación gratuita ) rights.

 

Finally, as described below in “— Class B Shares — Subscription Rights,” in connection with an issuance of securities where subscription (or preemptive) rights apply, our Class B shares may only be granted preemptive rights with respect to additional Class B shares if our Class A shares are granted preemptive rights with respect to additional Class A shares.  The preemptive rights of each class must be otherwise equal.

 

Registration and Transfers

 

Our Class A shares are in book-entry form on Iberclear and are indivisible.  Joint holders of one share must designate a single person to exercise their shareholders’ rights, but they are jointly and severally liable to us for all the obligations flowing from their status as shareholders, such as the payment of any pending capital calls.

 

113



Table of Contents

 

Iberclear maintains the central registry reflecting the number of shares held by each of its participant entities.  Each participant entity, in turn, maintains a registry of the owners of such shares.

 

Transfers of shares quoted on the Spanish Stock Exchanges are normally made through credit entities or investment companies that are members of the Spanish Stock Exchanges.

 

Reporting Requirements

 

Pursuant to Royal Decree 1362/2007, any individual or legal entity that, by whatever means, acquires or transfers shares with voting rights in a company for which Spain is listed as the Country of Origin ( Estado Miembro ) (as defined therein) and which is listed on an official secondary securities market or other regulated market in the European Union must notify the issuer and the CNMV, if, as a result of such transaction, the proportion of voting rights held by that individual or legal entity reaches, exceeds or thereafter falls below a 3% threshold of that company’s total voting rights.  The notification obligations are also triggered at thresholds of 5% and multiples thereof (excluding 55%, 65%, 85%, 95% and 100%).  The applicable threshold is 1% (or its successive multiples thereof) for persons or entities located in designated “tax havens” (as defined in Royal Decree 1080/1991) or other jurisdictions lacking adequate supervision.

 

The individual or legal entity obliged to provide the notification must serve the notification by means of the form approved by the CNMV from time to time for such purpose, within four business days from the date on which the transaction is acknowledged.  Royal Decree 1362/2007 deems that a transaction is “acknowledged” within two business days from the date on which such transaction is entered into.

 

The reporting requirements apply not only to the purchase or transfer of voting shares, but also to those transactions in which, without a purchase or transfer, the proportion of voting rights of an individual or legal entity reaches, exceeds or thereafter falls below the threshold that triggers the obligation to report as a consequence of a change in the total number of voting rights of a company on the basis of the information reported to the CNMV and disclosed by such individual or legal entity.

 

Regardless of the actual ownership of the voting shares, any individual or legal entity with a right to acquire, transfer or exercise voting rights of the shares, and any individual or legal entity that owns, acquires or transfers, whether directly or indirectly, other securities or financial instruments that grant a right to acquire shares with voting rights, will also have an obligation to notify us and the CNMV of the holding of a significant stake in accordance with the regulations.

 

Furthermore, all members of the Board must report to both us and the CNMV the percentage and number of voting rights in Grifols held by them at the time of becoming or ceasing to be a member of the Board.  All members of the Board must also report any change in the percentage of voting rights they hold, regardless of the amount, as a result of any acquisition or disposition of our shares or voting rights, or financial instruments that carry a right to acquire or dispose of shares that have voting rights attached, including any stock-based compensation that they may receive pursuant to any of our compensation plans.

 

In addition, pursuant to Royal Decree 1333/2005, of November 11, 2005, (implementing European Directive 2004/72/EC), any member of the Board or our senior management and any parties closely related to any member of the Board or our senior management must similarly report any acquisition or disposal of our shares (in this case, either ordinary or Class B shares), derivatives or other financial instruments relating to our shares regardless of the size, including information on the percentage of voting rights which they hold as a result of the relevant transaction within five business days of such transaction.

 

Additional disclosure obligations apply in respect of voting agreements.  In this respect, the Spanish Companies Act requires parties to disclose certain types of shareholders’ agreements that affect the exercise of voting rights at a general shareholders’ meeting or contain restrictions or conditions on the transferability of shares or bonds that are convertible or exchangeable into shares.

 

Moreover, persons holding a net aggregate short position in our shares must report the short position to the CNMV on a confidential basis whenever it reaches 0.2% and notify the CNMV of any subsequent decrease or increase by 0.1% (and successive multiples thereof) within the day immediately following the relevant trade.  The CNMV publishes individual net short positions of 0.5% or more and aggregate information on net short positions between 0.2% and 0.5%.

 

The Articles of Association do not contain additional provisions governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

 

114



Table of Contents

 

Class B Shares

 

Our Class B shares have substantially similar dividend and other economic rights as our Class A shares, summarized above in “— Class A Shares,” but differ from the Class A shares in some important respects that are outlined below.

 

Voting Rights

 

Holders of our Class B shares generally do not have voting rights, except with respect to certain extraordinary matters, with respect to which approval by a majority of our outstanding Class B shares is required.

 

Separate Vote at General Shareholder Meetings on Extraordinary Matters

 

Notwithstanding the lack of voting rights of our Class B shares generally, resolutions on the matters detailed below (each, an “extraordinary matter”) require the approval of a majority of our outstanding Class B shares.

 

·                                 Any resolution (i) authorizing us or any of our subsidiaries to repurchase or acquire any of our Class A shares, except for pro rata repurchases available equally to holders of our Class B shares on the same terms and at the same price as offered to holders of our Class A shares or (ii) approving the redemption of any of our shares and any share capital reductions (through repurchases, cancellation of shares or otherwise), other than (a) those redemptions required by law and (b) those redemptions which affect equally our Class A shares and Class B shares and in which each Class B share is treated the same as a Class A share in such transaction.

 

·                                 Any resolution approving the issuance, granting or sale (or authorizing the Board to issue, grant or sell) (i) any of our shares, (ii) any rights or other securities exercisable for or exchangeable or convertible into our shares or (iii) any options, warrants or other instruments giving the right to the holder thereof to purchase, convert, subscribe or otherwise receive any of our securities, except if (a) each Class B share is treated the same as a Class A share in the relevant issuance, grant or sale and, therefore, has a preferential subscription right ( derecho de suscripción preferente ) or a free allotment right in the relevant issuance, grant or sale to the same extent, if any, as a Class A share or (b) if the issuance is made in accordance with the subscription rights described in “— Subscription Rights” below.

 

·                                 Any resolution approving unconditionally or not (i) a transaction subject to Law 3/2009 (including, without limitation, a merger, split-off, cross-border reconciliation or global assignment of assets and liabilities), except if in such transaction each Class B share is treated the same as a Class A share or (ii) our dissolution or winding-up, except where such resolution is required by law.

 

·                                 Any resolution for the delisting of any Grifols shares from any stock exchange.

 

·                                 Generally, any resolution and any amendment of the Articles of Association that directly or indirectly adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of our Class B shares (including any resolution that adversely affects our Class B shares relative to our Class A shares or that positively affects our Class A shares relative to our Class B shares, or that affects the provisions in the Articles of Association relating to our Class B shares).

 

The general shareholders’ meeting has the power to decide on all matters assigned to it by law or by the Articles of Association and, in particular, without limitation to the foregoing, shall be the only corporate body or office entitled to decide on these extraordinary matters.

 

Preferred Dividend

 

Each of our Class B shares entitles its holder to receive a minimum annual preferred dividend out of the distributable profits at the end of each fiscal year the share is outstanding equal to €0.01 per Class B share.  In any given fiscal year, we will pay a preferred dividend to the holders of our Class B shares before any dividend out of the distributable profits for such fiscal year is paid to the holders of our Class A shares.  The preferred dividend on all issued Class B shares will be paid by us within the nine months following the end of that fiscal year, in an amount not to exceed the distributable profits obtained by us during that fiscal year.

 

If, during a fiscal year, we have not obtained sufficient distributable profits to pay in full, out of those profits, the preferred dividend on all the Class B shares outstanding, the preferred dividend amount exceeding the distributable profits obtained by us will not be paid and will not be accumulated as a dividend payable in the future.

 

Lack of payment, total or partial, of the preferred dividend during a fiscal year due to insufficient distributable profits to pay in full the preferred dividend for that fiscal year will not cause our Class B shares to recover any voting rights.

 

115



Table of Contents

 

As set forth above in “— Class A Shares — Dividends,” the dividend rights of our Class A shareholders are subordinated to the preferred dividend described in this section.

 

Other Dividends

 

Each Class B share is entitled to receive, in addition to the preferred dividend referred to above, the same dividends and other distributions (in each case, whether in cash, securities of Grifols or any of our subsidiaries, or any other securities, assets or rights) as one Class A share.  Each Class B share is treated as one Class A share for the purpose of any dividends or other distributions made on our Class A shares, including as to the timing of the declaration and payment of any such dividend or distribution.

 

Redemption Rights

 

Each holder of our Class B shares is entitled to redeem those shares as set forth in this section if a tender offer for all or part of our share capital is made and settled (in whole or in part), except if holders of our Class B shares were entitled to (i) participate in such offer and (ii) have their shares acquired in such offer equally and on the same terms as holders of our Class A shares (including, without limitation, for the same consideration).

 

Upon the closing and settlement (in whole or in part) of a tender offer for our shares in which holders of our Class B shares were not entitled to (i) participate and (ii) have their shares acquired in such offer equally and on the same terms as holders of our Class A shares (including, without limitation, for the same consideration), the redemption process will follow the process detailed below.

 

·                                 We will, within ten days of the date on which the redemption event occurred (i.e., the date on which the triggering tender offer settled), publish in the Commercial Registry Gazette, the Spanish Stock Exchanges’ Gazettes and in at least two of the newspapers with widest circulation in Barcelona an announcement informing the holders of our Class B shares of the redemption event and the process for the exercise of redemption rights in connection with such redemption event.

 

·                                 Each holder of our Class B shares will be entitled to exercise its redemption right for two months from the first date of settlement of the tender offer triggering the redemption right by notifying us of its decision.  We will ensure that mechanisms are in place so that the notification of the exercise of the redemption right may be made through Iberclear.

 

·                                 The redemption price to be paid by us for each Class B share for which the redemption right has been exercised will be the sum of (i) the amount in euro of the highest consideration paid in the tender offer triggering the redemption right plus (ii) interest on the amount referred to in (i), from the date such tender offer is first settled until the date of full payment of the redemption price, at a rate equal to the one-year EURIBOR plus 300 basis points.  For the purposes of this calculation, the amount in euro corresponding to any non-cash consideration paid in the tender offer will be the market value of such non-cash consideration as of the date the tender offer is first settled.  The calculation of such market value shall be supported by at least two independent experts designated by us from auditing firms of international repute.

 

·                                 We will, within 40 days of the date on which the period for notification of the exercise of redemption rights following a tender offer lapses, take all the necessary actions to (i) effectively pay the redemption price for our Class B shares for which the redemption right has been exercised and complete the capital reduction required for the redemption and (ii) reflect the amendment to Article 6 of the Articles of Association (related to share capital) deriving from the redemption.

 

The number of our Class B shares redeemed shall not represent a percentage over our total Class B shares issued and outstanding at the time the tender offer is made in excess of the percentage that the sum of our Class A shares (i) to which the tender offer is addressed, (ii) held by the offerors in that offer and (iii) held by persons acting in concert with the offerors or by persons having reached an agreement relating to the offer with the offerors represent over the total Class A shares issued and outstanding at the time the tender offer causing the redemption of our Class B shares is made.

 

Payment of the redemption price will be subject to us having sufficient distributable reserves but, after a tender offer occurs and until the redemption price for our Class B shares is paid in full, we will not be able to declare or pay any dividends nor any other distributions to our shareholders (in each case, whether in cash, securities of Grifols or any of our subsidiaries, or any other securities, assets or rights).

 

116



Table of Contents

 

Liquidation Rights

 

Each Class B share entitles its holder to receive, upon our winding-up and liquidation, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the nominal value of such Class B share and (ii) the share premium paid up for such Class B share when it was subscribed for.

 

We will pay the liquidation amount to the holders of our Class B shares before any amount on account of liquidation is paid to the holders of our Class A shares.

 

Each of our Class B shares entitles its holder to receive, in addition to the liquidation preference amount, the same liquidation amount paid for a Class A share.

 

Subscription Rights

 

Each Class B share entitles its holder to the same rights (including preferential subscription rights and free allotment rights) as one Class A share in connection with any issuance, granting or sale of (i) any shares in Grifols, (ii) any rights or other securities exercisable for, exchangeable or convertible into shares in Grifols or (iii) any options, warrants or other instruments giving the right to the holder thereof to purchase, convert, subscribe or otherwise receive any securities in Grifols.

 

As an exception, the preferential subscription rights and the free allotment rights of the Class B shares will only be for new Class B shares or for instruments giving the right to purchase, convert, subscribe for or otherwise receive Class B shares, and the preferential subscription right and the free allotment right of an Class A share will only be for new Class A shares or for instruments giving the right to purchase, convert, subscribe or otherwise receive Class A shares, for each capital increase or issuance that meets the following three requirements:  (i) the issuance of Class A shares and Class B shares is in the same proportion of our share capital as they represent at the time the resolution on the capital increase is passed; (ii) grants of preferential subscription rights or free allotment rights, as applicable, to the Class B shares for the Class B shares are under the same terms as the preferential subscription rights or free allotment rights, as applicable, granted to the Class A shares for the Class A shares; and (iii) no other shares or securities are issued.

 

Registration and Transfers

 

Class B shares are in book-entry form on Iberclear and are indivisible, as indicated with respect to Class A shares above in “— Class A Shares — Registration and Transfers.”

 

Change in Control

 

The Articles of Association do not contain any provisions that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Grifols.

 

Changes in Share Capital

 

Changes in share capital are considered extraordinary matters and must be approved by our shareholders in accordance with the procedures explained above in “— Class A Shares — Shareholders’ Meetings and Voting Rights” and “— Class B Shares — Separate Vote at General Shareholder Meetings on Extraordinary Matters.”

 

A capital increase may be affected by issuing new shares or by increasing the par value of existing shares.  A capital reduction may be effected by reducing the par value of existing shares or by redeeming or repurchasing existing shares.

 

At the general shareholder meeting on extraordinary matters held on January 25, 2011, our shareholders agreed to increase share capital by issuing 83,811,688 Class B shares to complete the Talecris acquisition.

 

At the general shareholder meeting on extraordinary matters held on December 2, 2011, our shareholders agreed to increase share capital by issuing 29,687,658 Class B shares, without a share premium and with a charge to voluntary reserves, to remunerate the Class A and Class B shareholders.  The issuance took the form of a free allocation of one new Class B share for every ten Class A or Class B shares owned.  The issuance of these shares increased share capital by a nominal amount of €2.97 million.

 

At the general shareholder meeting on extraordinary matters held on December 4, 2012, our shareholders agreed to increase share capital by issuing an additional 16,328,212 Class B shares, without a share premium and with a charge to voluntary reserves, in order to remunerate the Class A and Class B shareholders.  The issuance took the form of a free allocation of one new Class B share for every 20 Class A or Class B shares owned. The issuance of these shares increased share capital by a nominal amount of €1.63 million.

 

117



Table of Contents

 

Also, at the general shareholder meeting on extraordinary matters held on December, 4 2012, our shareholders authorized the board of directors to increase share capital up to 50% of the existing share capital at that time. Within this authorization, on April 16, 2013, the board of directors adopted an increase by issuing an additional 884,997 Class B shares, with a share premium of €23.02, in order to pay half of the purchase price of the Progenika acquisition.  The issuance of these shares increased share capital by a nominal amount of €0.09 million.

 

Sinking Fund

 

The Articles of Association do not contain any sinking fund provisions.

 

C.                           Material Contracts

 

The following contracts have been entered into by us within the two years immediately preceding the date of this annual report on Form 20-F or contain provisions under which we or another member of the Grifols Group has an obligation or entitlement that is material to us:

 

5.25% Senior Notes due 2022

 

For a summary of the material terms of the Notes, see Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Credit — 5.25% Senior Notes due 2022.”

 

New Credit Facilities

 

For a summary of the material terms of the New Credit Facilities, see Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Sources of Credit — New Credit Facilities.”

 

New Interim Loan Facility

 

For a summary of the material terms of the New Interim Loan Facility, see Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Important Events — The Novartis Acquisition and Related Financing — Refinancing.”

 

Bridge Loan Facility

 

For a summary of the material terms of the Bridge Loan Facility, see Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Important Events — The Novartis Acquisition and Related Financing — The Novartis Acquisition.”

 

Novartis Agreement

 

For a summary of the material terms of the Novartis Agreement, see Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Important Events — The Novartis Acquisition and Related Financing.”

 

ADS Purchase Agreement

 

For a summary of the material terms of the ADS Purchase Agreement, see Item 4 of this Part I, “Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Important Events — Class B ADS Purchase and Sale .”

 

D.                                     Exchange Controls

 

Restrictions on Foreign Investment

 

Under present regulations, foreign investors may transfer invested capital, capital gains and dividends out of Spain without limitation on the amount other than applicable taxes.  Law 19/2003, of July 4, 2003, updated Spanish exchange control and money laundering prevention provisions, by recognizing the principle of freedom of the movement of capital between Spanish residents and nonresidents.

 

118



Table of Contents

 

The law establishes procedures for the declaration of capital movements for purposes of administrative or statistical information and authorizes the Spanish government to take measures which are justified on grounds of public policy or public security.  It also provides the mechanism to take exceptional measures with regard to third countries if such measures have been approved by the European Union or by an international organization to which Spain is a party.

 

The Spanish Stock Exchanges and securities markets are open to foreign investors.  Royal Decree 664/1999, on Foreign Investments, of April 23, 1999, established a new framework for the regulation of foreign investments in Spain that, on a general basis, no longer requires any prior consents or authorizations from authorities in Spain (without prejudice to specific regulations for several specific sectors, such as television, radio, mining, telecommunications, etc.).  Royal Decree 664/1999 requires notification of all foreign investments in Spain and liquidations of such investments upon completion of such investments to the Investments Registry of the Ministry of Economy and Finance, strictly for administrative statistical and economical purposes.  Where the investment or divestiture is made in shares of a Spanish company listed on any of the Spanish Stock Exchanges, the duty to provide notice of a foreign investment or divestiture lies with the relevant entity with whom the shares (in book-entry form) have been deposited or that has acted as an intermediary in connection with the investment or divestiture.

 

Only investments from tax haven countries require notice before and after execution of the investment, except that no prior notice is required for:  (i) investments in listed or publicly negotiable securities or in participations in collective investment schemes that are registered with the CNMV and (ii) investments that do not increase the foreign ownership of the share capital of a Spanish company to over 50%.  In specific instances, the Council of Ministers may agree to suspend all or part of Royal Decree 664/1999 following a proposal of the Ministry of Economy and Finance, or, in some cases, a proposal by the head of the government department with authority for such matters and a report of the Foreign Investment Body.  These specific instances include a determination that the investments, due to their nature, form or condition, affect or may potentially affect activities relating to the exercise of public powers, national security or public health.  Royal Decree 664/1999 is currently suspended for investments relating to national defense.  In those cases in respect of which Royal Decree 664/1999 is suspended, the affected investor must obtain prior administrative authorization in order to carry out the investment.

 

Exchange Controls

 

Law 10/2010, on the prevention of money laundering and funding of terrorism, was adopted on April 28, 2010 and entered into force on April 30, 2010.  This Law requires a person moving (i) paper money and coins in any currency, (ii) bearer checks in any currency or (iii) any other physical medium, including electronic media, designed for use as payment to the bearer to declare such payment to the Spanish exchange control authorities if it exceeds €10,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent).

 

E.                           Taxation

 

In General

 

Treatment of Holders of ADSs

 

This section describes the material United States federal income and Spanish tax consequences of owning shares or ADSs.  It applies to you only if you hold your shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes.  This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

·                                 a dealer in securities;

 

·                                 a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;

 

·                                 a tax-exempt organization;

 

·                                 a life insurance company;

 

·                                 a person liable for alternative minimum tax under the Code (as defined below);

 

·                                 a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock;

 

·                                 a person that holds shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction; or

 

·                                 a U.S. Holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

 

119



Table of Contents

 

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, in each case as in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis, as well as the tax laws of Spain and regulations thereunder and the Convention Between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Spain for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, or the Treaty, in each case as in effect as of the date hereof and subject to change.  On January 14, 2013, the U.S. and Spain signed a protocol amending the Treaty (the “Protocol”), which, depending on a holder’s individual circumstances, could alter either the United States federal income tax consequences, the Spanish tax consequences, or both, of owning shares or ADSs.  However, the Protocol will not become effective until formal ratification procedures are completed by both countries, and the timing for the completion of such ratification procedures is not certain.  As a result, it is not certain when any changes to the United States federal income tax consequences or Spanish tax consequences of owning shares of ADSs resulting from the Protocol would come into effect, and in any case such changes would, in general, be prospective only.

 

You are a “U.S. Holder” if you are a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs and you are:

 

·                                 a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

·                                 a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

·                                 an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

·                                 a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

An “eligible U.S. Holder” is a U.S. Holder that:

 

·                                 is a resident of the United States for purposes of the Treaty;

 

·                                 does not maintain a permanent establishment or fixed base in Spain to which shares or ADSs are attributable and through which the U.S. Holder carries on or has carried on business (or, in the case of an individual, performs or has performed independent personal services); and

 

·                                 is otherwise eligible for benefits under the Treaty with respect to income and gain from the shares or ADSs.

 

A “non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs that is not a U.S. Holder.

 

In addition, if a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.  A beneficial owner of shares or ADSs that is a partnership, and partners in such partnership, should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of owning and disposing of shares or ADSs.

 

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local and the Spanish and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of shares and ADSs in your particular circumstances.  In particular, you should confirm your status as an eligible U.S. Holder with your advisor and should discuss any possible consequences of failing to qualify as an eligible U.S. Holder.

 

This discussion addresses only United States federal income taxation and Spanish income taxation, gift and inheritance taxation, wealth taxation and transfer taxation.

 

Treatment of Holders of ADRs

 

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income and Spanish tax purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADSs, you will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADRs.  Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to United States federal income or to Spanish tax.

 

120



Table of Contents

 

Spanish Tax Considerations

 

This discussion of Spanish tax consequences applies only to owners of ADSs or shares who are eligible U.S. Holders.  The following is a summary of material Spanish tax matters and is not exhaustive of all the possible tax consequences to individuals or entities of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Under Spanish law, dividends paid by a Spanish resident company to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs not residing in Spain for tax purposes and not operating through a permanent establishment in Spain are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax of 21%, effective January 1, 2012.

 

In addition, according to Royal Legislative Decree 5/2004, of March 5, 2004, on the Non-Resident Income Tax Law, individuals who are residents of the European Union or a country, such as the United States, with which Spain has an effective “exchange of information” for tax purposes (as defined in Law 36/2006, of November 30, 2006, related to measures to prevent tax fraud) who do not operate in Spain through a permanent establishment, are exempt from Spanish taxation on dividends up to 1,500 euro, considering all Spanish-source dividends obtainable in the calendar year.  However, Spanish withholding tax will nevertheless be deducted from the gross amount of the dividends, and individuals will have to seek a refund of such withholding taxes from the Spanish tax authorities, following the standard refund procedure described below.

 

We will levy an initial withholding tax on the gross amount of dividends at a 21% tax rate, following the procedures set forth by the Spanish Ministerial Order, or Order, of April 13, 2000.  However, under the Treaty and subject to the fulfillment of certain requirements, individuals and entities may be entitled to a reduced rate of 15%.

 

To benefit from the Treaty’s reduced rate of 15%, an individual or entity must provide the depositary with a certificate from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, stating that, to the knowledge of the IRS, it is a resident of the United States within the meaning of the Treaty.  The IRS certificate may be obtained by filing an IRS Form 8802 and is valid for a period of one year.

 

According to the Order of April 13, 2000, to get a direct application of the Treaty’s reduced rate of 15%, the certificate referred to above must be provided to the depositary before the tenth day following the end of the month in which the dividends were distributable by us.  If an individual or entity fails to timely provide the depositary with the required documentation, it may obtain a refund of the 6% in excess withholding that would result from the Spanish tax authorities in accordance with the procedures below.

 

Spanish Refund Procedure

 

According to Royal Decree 1776/2004, of July 30, 2004, as amended, which further develops the Royal Legislative Decree 5/2004 on the Non-Resident Income Tax Law, a refund of the amount withheld in excess of the rate provided by the Treaty can be obtained from the relevant Spanish tax authorities.  An eligible U.S. Holder may pursue the refund claim by filing all of the following:

 

·                                 a Spanish 210 Form;

 

·                                 the certificate from the IRS referred to above in “— Taxation of Dividends”; and

 

·                                 evidence that non-resident income tax was withheld with respect to it.

 

The refund claim must be filed within four years of the date on which the withheld tax was collected by the Spanish tax authorities.  According to Order EHA/3316, of December 17, 2010, for dividends paid as of January 2011, the 210 Form must be filed as from February 1st of the calendar year following the year in which the dividend was paid.

 

Individuals and entities are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding refund procedures and any U.S. tax implications of refund procedures.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

Under Spanish law, any capital gains derived from securities issued by persons residing in Spain for tax purposes are considered to be Spanish source income and, therefore, are taxable in Spain.  For U.S. residents, income from the sale of ADSs or shares will be treated as capital gains for Spanish tax purposes.  Effective January 1, 2012, Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax is levied at a 21% rate on capital gains realized by persons not residing in Spain for tax purposes who are not entitled to the benefit of any applicable treaty for the avoidance of double taxation.

 

121



Table of Contents

 

Notwithstanding the above, capital gains derived from the transfer of shares on an official Spanish secondary securities market by any holder who is a resident of a country that has entered into a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation with Spain containing an exchange of information clause will be exempt from taxation in Spain.  In addition, under the Treaty, capital gains realized by an individual or entity upon the disposition of ADSs or shares will not be taxed in Spain provided that the individual or entity has not held, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of our stock during the twelve months preceding the disposition of the stock.  An individual or entity is required to establish that it is entitled to this exemption by providing to the relevant Spanish tax authorities an IRS certificate of residence in the United States, together with the appropriate Spanish 210 tax form, between January 1st and January 20th of the calendar year following the year in which the transfer of shares took place.

 

Spanish Wealth Tax

 

On September 16, 2011, Royal Decree 13/2011 approved the reintroduction of the Spanish wealth tax (originally introduced under Law 19/1991) for 2011 and 2012. The Spanish wealth tax was has been extended to apply also in 2013 pursuant to Law 16/2012, of December 27, 2012, adopting various tax measures aimed at strengthening public finances and economic activity, and it has been extended again for 2014 through Law 22/2013, of December 23, on the General State Budget for 2014. As a result, individuals not residing in Spain who hold shares or ADSs located in Spain are subject to the Spanish wealth tax, which imposes a tax on property located in Spain on the last day of any year. The Spanish tax authorities may take the view that all shares of Spanish corporations and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes. If the tax authorities take this view, individuals subject to the Spanish wealth tax will be taxed at marginal rates of 0.2% to 2.5% (as published by the Spanish Ministry of Economy and Public Administrations) of the average market value of their shares or ADSs during the last quarter of the relevant year, subject to a tax-free allowance of €700,000.

 

An individual is required to file Spanish wealth tax forms if he or she has a positive wealth tax liability or has assets or rights in Spain valued, in the aggregate, at more than €2,000,000.

 

Spanish Inheritance and Gift Taxes

 

Under Law 29/1987, transfers of shares or ADSs upon death or by gift are subject to Spanish inheritance and gift taxes if the transferee is a resident of Spain for tax purposes, or if the shares or ADSs are located in Spain at the time of gift or death, or the rights attached thereto could be exercised or have to be fulfilled in the Spanish territory, regardless of the residence of the beneficiary.  In this regard, the Spanish tax authorities may determine that all shares of Spanish corporations and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes.  The applicable tax rate, after applying all relevant factors, ranges between 0% and 81.6% for individuals.

 

Effective January 1, 2012, gifts granted to corporations not resident in Spain are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax of 21% of the fair market value of the shares as a capital gain.  If the donee is a United States corporation, the exclusions available under the Treaty described above in “— Taxation of Capital Gains” will be applicable.

 

Expenses of Transfer

 

Transfers of ADSs or shares will be exempt from any Spanish transfer tax or value-added tax.  Additionally, no Spanish stamp tax will be levied on such transfers.

 

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

U.S. Holders

 

Under the United States federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. Holder, the gross amount of any dividend (including any preferred dividends on our Class B shares) we pay out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) is subject to United States federal income taxation.  If you are a noncorporate U.S. Holder, dividends (including any preferred dividends on our Class B shares) paid to you that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 20% provided that you hold the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements.  Dividends we pay (including any preferred dividends on our Class B shares) with respect to the shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income.

 

122



Table of Contents

 

With respect to any dividend we pay (including any preferred dividends on our Class B shares) you must include any Spanish tax withheld from the dividend payment in the gross amount of such dividend even though you do not in fact receive it.  Dividends are taxable to you when you, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive such dividend, actually or constructively.  Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations.  The amount of a dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. Holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the euro payments made, determined at the spot euro/U.S. dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars.  Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include a dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.  The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.  Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

 

Subject to certain limitations, the Spanish tax withheld in accordance with the Treaty and paid over to Spain will be creditable or deductible against your United States federal income tax liability.  Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 20% tax rate.  To the extent a refund of the tax withheld is available to you under Spanish law or under the Treaty, the amount of tax withheld that is refundable will not be eligible for credit against your United States federal income tax liability.  See “— Spanish Tax Considerations — Spanish Refund Procedure” above for the procedures for obtaining a tax refund.

 

Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and dividends paid will, depending on your circumstances, be “passive” or “general” income which, in either case, is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you.

 

A U.S. Holder may make an election to treat all foreign taxes paid as deductible expenses in computing taxable income, rather than as a credit against tax, subject to generally applicable limitations.  Such an election, once made, applies to all foreign taxes paid for the taxable year subject to the election.  The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and, therefore, U.S. Holders are strongly encouraged to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that may limit their ability to make effective use of foreign tax credits and whether or not an election would be appropriate based on their particular circumstances.

 

Non-U.S. Holders

 

If you are a non-U.S. Holder, dividends (including any preferred dividends on our Class B shares) paid to you in respect of shares or ADSs will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless such dividends are “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and such dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to United States taxation on a net income basis.  In such cases you generally will be taxed in the same manner as a U.S. Holder.  If you are a corporate non-U.S. Holder, “effectively connected” dividends may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

U.S. Holders

 

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. Holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your shares or ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars, in your shares or ADSs.  Capital gain of a noncorporate U.S. Holder is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 20% where such noncorporate U.S. Holder has a holding period greater than one year.  Such gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

Non-U.S. Holders

 

If you are a non-U.S. Holder, you will not be subject to United States federal income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of your shares or ADSs unless:

 

123



Table of Contents

 

·                                 the gain is “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you to United States taxation on a net income basis; or

 

·                                 you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale, and certain other conditions exist.

 

If you are a corporate non-U.S. Holder, “effectively connected” gains that you recognize may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

 

We believe that our shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change.  If we were to be treated as a PFIC, gain realized on the sale or other disposition of your shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain.  Instead, if you are a U.S. Holder, you would be treated as if you had realized such gain and certain “excess distributions” ratably over your holding period for the shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.  With certain exceptions, your shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if we were a PFIC at any time during your holding period in your shares or ADSs.  Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market or QEF treatment) of the ADSs or shares.  Dividends that you receive from us will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if we are treated as a PFIC with respect to you either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

Medicare Contribution Tax on Unearned Income

 

A U.S. Holder that is an individual is subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) such U.S. Holder’s “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year and (2) the excess of such U.S. Holder’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual’s circumstances). A U.S. Holder that is an estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, is subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) such U.S. Holder’s undistributed “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year and (2) the excess of such U.S. Holder’s adjusted gross income for the taxable year over the amount at which the highest tax bracket begins for that taxable year (currently $7,500). A U.S. Holder’s net investment income will generally include, among other items, the amount of gross dividend income and the amount of any net gains from such U.S. Holder’s disposition of your shares or ADSs, unless such dividends or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts should consult their own tax advisors regarding the applicability of this tax to income and gains in respect of their investment in the shares or ADSs.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

If you are a noncorporate U.S. Holder, information reporting requirements, on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099, generally will apply to:

 

·                                 dividend payments or other taxable distributions made to you within the United States; and

 

·                                 the payment of proceeds to you from the sale of shares or ADSs effected at a United States office of a broker.

 

Additionally, backup withholding may apply to such payments if you are a noncorporate U.S. Holder that:

 

·                                 fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

·                                 is notified by the Internal Revenue Service that you have failed to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on your federal income tax returns; or

 

·                                 in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

 

If you are a non-U.S. Holder, you are generally exempt from backup withholding and information reporting requirements with respect to:

 

124



Table of Contents

 

·                                 dividend payments made to you outside the United States by us or another non-United States payor; and

 

·                                 other dividend payments and the payment of the proceeds from the sale of shares or ADSs effected at a United States office of a broker, as long as the income associated with such payments is otherwise exempt from United States federal income tax, and

 

·                                 the payor or broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and you have furnished the payor or broker:

 

·                                  an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are a non-United States person, or

 

·                                  other documentation upon which it may rely to treat the payments as made to a non-United States person in accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations, or

 

·                                 you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

Payment of the proceeds from the sale of shares or ADSs effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding.  However, a sale of shares or ADSs that is effected at a foreign office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding if:

 

·                                 the proceeds are transferred to an account maintained by you in the United States;

 

·                                 the payment of proceeds or the confirmation of the sale is mailed to you at a United States address; or

 

·                                 the sale has some other specified connection with the United States as provided in U.S. Treasury regulations,

 

unless the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and the documentation requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

In addition, a sale of shares or ADSs effected at a foreign office of a broker will be subject to information reporting if the broker is:

 

·                                 a United States person;

 

·                                 a controlled foreign corporation for United States federal income tax purposes;

 

·                                 a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business for a specified three-year period; or

 

·                                 a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year:

 

·                                  one or more of its partners are “U.S. persons,” as defined in U.S. Treasury regulations, who in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, or

 

·                                  such foreign partnership is engaged in the conduct of a United States trade or business,

 

unless the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and the documentation requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish an exemption.  Backup withholding will apply if the sale is subject to information reporting and the broker has actual knowledge that you are a United States person.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax.  You generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

125



Table of Contents

 

Disclosure of Information with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets

 

Certain U.S. individuals who hold any interest in “specified foreign financial assets,” including our shares or ADSs, during such holder’s taxable year must attach to their U.S. tax return for such year certain information with respect to each such asset if the aggregate value of all of such assets exceeds $50,000 (or a higher dollar amount prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service), unless such shares or ADSs are held in an account maintained by a U.S. payor, such as a U.S. financial institution or the U.S. branch of a foreign bank or insurer.  For this purpose, a “specified foreign financial asset” includes any depositary, custodial or other financial account maintained by a foreign financial institution, and certain assets that are not held in an account maintained by a financial institution, including any stock or security issued by a person other than a U.S. person.  A taxpayer subject to these rules who fails to furnish the required information may be subject to a penalty of $10,000, and an additional penalty may apply if the failure continues for more than 90 days after the taxpayer is notified of such failure by the Internal Revenue Service, unless the taxpayer demonstrates a reasonable cause for such failure to comply.  An accuracy-related penalty of 40% is imposed for an underpayment of tax that is attributable to an “undisclosed foreign financial asset understatement,” which for this purpose is the portion of the understatement of gross income for any taxable year that is attributable to any transaction involving an “undisclosed foreign financial asset,” including any asset that is subject to information reporting requirements under these rules, which would include our shares or ADSs if the dollar threshold described above were satisfied.

 

The applicable statute of limitations for assessment of U.S. federal income taxes is extended to six years if a taxpayer omits from gross income more than $5,000 and such omission is attributable to a foreign financial asset as to which reporting is required under the rules described in the preceding paragraph or would be so required if such rules were applied without regard to the dollar threshold or any other exceptions specified by the Internal Revenue Service.  In addition, the statute of limitations will be suspended if a taxpayer fails to provide in a timely manner either information with respect to specified foreign financial assets required to be reported or the annual information reports required for holders of PFIC stock, including PFIC stock for which a QEF election is made.  You should consult your own tax advisor concerning any obligation you may have to furnish information to the Internal Revenue Service as a result of holding our shares or ADSs.

 

F.                                      Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not Applicable.

 

G.                                    Statement by Experts

 

Not Applicable.

 

H.                                    Documents on Display

 

We are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, except that, as a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the proxy rules or the short-swing profit disclosure rules of the Exchange Act.  In accordance with these information requirements, we file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC.  Reports and other information filed or furnished by us with the SEC may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC’s regional offices at 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511.

 

Copies of such material may also be inspected at the offices of NASDAQ, 4 Times Square, New York, New York 10036, on which our ADSs are listed.  In addition, information filed electronically with the SEC is publicly available on the SEC’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at http://www.sec.gov .

 

I.                                         Subsidiary Information

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 11.                                                   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The risks inherent in our market-sensitive instruments are potential losses that may arise from adverse changes to interest rates, foreign exchange rates and market prices.  We are subject to market risk resulting from changes in interest rates because such changes may affect the cost at which we obtain financing.  We are subject to exchange rate risk with respect to our debt denominated in foreign currencies.  We are subject to market price risk through the valuation of some of our derivatives.

 

126



Table of Contents

 

Currency Risk

 

We operate internationally and are exposed to currency risks when operating in foreign currencies, in particular with respect to the U.S. dollar. Currency risk is associated with future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities, and net investments in foreign operations.

 

We hold several investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to currency risk. Currency risk affecting net assets of our foreign operations in U.S. dollars are mitigated primarily through borrowings in this foreign currency. Our main exposure to currency risk is to the U.S. dollar, which is used in a significant percentage of our transactions in foreign currencies.

 

We hold several investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to currency risk.  Currency risk affecting net assets of our foreign operations in U.S. dollars are mitigated primarily through borrowings in this foreign currency.  Our main exposure to currency risk is to the U.S. dollar, which is used in a significant percentage of our transactions in foreign currencies.

 

If the U.S. dollar had strengthened by 10% against the euro at December 31, 2013, equity would have increased by €204 million (€145.9 million at December 31, 2011) and profit would have decreased by €20 million (€4.8 million at December 31, 2012).  This analysis assumes that all other variables are held constant, especially that interest rates remain constant.  A 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar against the euro at December 31, 2013 and 2012 would have had the opposite effect for the amounts shown above, all other variables being held constant.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our interest rate risks arise from current and non-current borrowings. Borrowings at variable interest rates expose us to cash flow interest rate risks. The purpose of managing interest rate risk is to balance the debt structure, maintaining part of borrowings at fixed rates and hedging part of variable rate debt. We manage cash flow interest rate risks through variable to fixed interest rate swaps.

 

A significant part of the financing obtained during 2013 accrues interest at fixed rates. This fixed interest debt amounts to $1.1 billion, which represents approximately 29% of our total U.S. dollar denominated debt.

 

With respect to the remaining senior U.S. dollar denominated debt, which totaled $2.1 billion at December 31, 2013 and is at variable rates, we have contracted a variable to fixed interest rate swap. At December 31, 2013, the nominal part of this hedging instrument amounted to $1.2 billion. This nominal part will decrease over the term of the debt, based on the scheduled repayments of the principal. The purpose of the swaps is to convert borrowings at variable interest rates into fixed interest rate debt. Through these swaps, we undertake to exchange the difference between fixed interest and variable interest with other parties periodically. The notional amount of the swap hedged 57% of our variable interest rate senior U.S. dollar denominated debt at December 31, 2013 (63% at December 31, 2012).

 

Our variable interest rate senior euro denominated debt totaled €372 million at December 31, 2013, and represented approximately 14% of our total debt (14% at December 31, 2012). All of such debt is at variable rates. We manage cash flow interest rate risks through euro denominated variable to fixed interest rate swaps. The nominal part of this hedging instrument amounted to €100 million, representing hedging of 27%, of our variable interest rate senior euro denominated debt at December 31, 2013 (25% at December 31, 2012).

 

The fair value of interest rate swaps contracted to reduce the impact of rises in variable interest rates is accounted for on a monthly basis. These derivative financial instruments comply with hedge accounting requirements for financial hedging instruments.

 

If the interest rate at December 31, 2013 had been 100 basis points higher, our interest expense would have increased by €9.7 million (€6.2 million at December 31, 2012), the finance expense due to changes in the value of derivatives would have been €10.4 million lower (€23.6 million at December 31, 2012) and equity would have increased by €18.8 million (€27.8 million at December 31, 2012) as a result of changes in derivatives to which hedge accounting is applied.

 

Market Price Risk

 

We are subject to price risk with respect to raw materials, which is mitigated by the vertical integration of the hemoderivatives business in a sector that is highly concentrated.

 

We signed two unquoted futures contracts, the underlying assets of which were shares in Grifols, S.A. accounted for at fair value through profit or loss.  Such instruments were therefore exposed to risk of value fluctuations.  We settled these contracts during 2012, obtaining cash of €31.5 million and finance income of €27.9 million.

 

127



Table of Contents

 

Item 12.                                                   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES.

 

A.                                     Debt Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

B.                                     Warrants and Rights

 

Not Applicable.

 

C.                                     Other Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

D.                                     American Depositary Shares

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas serves as the depositary for both our Class A ADSs and our Class B ADSs, and its principal executive office is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA.  The custodian is Deutsche Bank Sociedad Anónima Española, and its principal office in Spain is located at Ronda General Mitre 72-74, 08017 Barcelona, Spain.

 

Each Class A ADS represents the right to receive one half of one Class A ordinary share of Grifols, S.A. Each Class B ADS represents the right to receive one Class B non-voting preference share of Grifols, S.A.

 

The following is a summary of the fee provisions of the deposit agreements for each of the Class A ADSs and Class B ADSs.  For more complete information, you should read each deposit agreement in its entirety.

 

Associated Fee

 

Depositary Action

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

 

Issuance of ADSs, including issuance resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property. Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates.

$2.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

 

Distribution of cash proceeds, including cash dividends or sale of rights and other entitlements.

$2.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs) per calendar year, provided that this fee, when combined with the fee for distribution of cash proceeds, including cash dividends or sale of rights and other entitlements, shall not exceed $2.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs) in any calendar year

 

Depositary operation and maintenance costs.

Annual fee of $1.00 per 100 ADSs

 

Inspections of the relevant share register.

Registration or transfer fees

 

Transfer and registration of our shares on its share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw our shares.

Expenses of the depositary

 

Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement). Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars.

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, including any applicable interest and penalties thereon and any share transfer or other taxes or governmental charges, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

 

As necessary.

Any fees and expenses incurred by the depositary in connection with the conversion of a foreign currency in compliance with the applicable exchange control and other regulations, and the delivery of deposited securities, including any fees of a central depository, and any additional fees, charges, costs, or expenses, that may be incurred by the depositary from time to time

 

As necessary.

Any additional fees, charges, costs or expenses that may be incurred by the depositary from time to time

 

As necessary.

 

128



Table of Contents

 

The depositary collects its fees for issuance and cancellation of our ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering our ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them.  The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees.  The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions, by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for such investors.  The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

 

The fees and charges holders of our ADSs may be required to pay may vary over time and may be changed by us and by the depositary.  Our ADS holders will receive prior notice of such changes.

 

Fees Paid by the Depositary to Grifols

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, has agreed to reimburse or pay on behalf of Grifols, S.A. certain reasonable expenses related to our ADR programs and incurred by us in connection with the programs, such as investor relations activities and ongoing maintenance expenses and listing fees.  It has covered all such expenses incurred by us during 2013 for an amount of $1.03 million.  The amounts the depositary reimbursed or paid are not perforce related to the fees it collected from ADS holders.

 

As part of its service to us, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas has also agreed to waive the cost of providing administrative and reporting services, including the cost of accessing its intelligence database for our ADR programs, which totaled $160,000 for 2013.

 

PART II

 

Item 13.                                                  DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 14.                                                   MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Not Applicable.

 

Item 15.                                                   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

A.                                     Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 20-F, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

B.                                     Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management, under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act.  Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance as to the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the published financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles.  For Grifols, S.A., “generally accepted accounting principles” means IFRS as issued by IASB.

 

Our internal control over the financial reporting system includes those policies and procedures that:  (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of our company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of our company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of our company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our company assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

129



Table of Contents

 

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors, management, and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS as issued by IASB. Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

 

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.  In making this assessment, they used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013).  Based on their assessment under these criteria, our management believes that, at December 31, 2013 our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

 

C.                                     Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

KPMG Auditores, S.L., an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audit the Group’s consolidated financial statements, has audited the effectiveness of Grifols S. A.’s internal control over financial reporting, and has issued an unqualified report thereon, which is included on page F-1 of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

D.                                     Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16.                                                   [RESERVED]

 

Item 16.A.                                       AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

The Board has determined that each of Steven F. Mayer and W. Brett Ingersoll is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F, and is an independent director under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

Item 16.B.                                      CODE OF ETHICS

 

We have adopted the Employee Code of Conduct, which applies to all of our employees, directors and officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer.  This Code is intended to meet the definition of “code of ethics” under Item 16B of Form 20-F.

 

If the Employee Code of Conduct is amended, or if a waiver is granted, we will disclose such amendment or waiver.

 

Item 16.C.                                       PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The table below sets forth the total fees paid to KPMG Auditores, S.L., our principal accountants, and to other member firms of the KPMG international organization, for services performed in the years 2013 and 2012, and breaks down these amounts by category of service:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros)

 

Audit fees

 

3,338

 

3,231

 

Audit-related fees(1)

 

48

 

12

 

Tax fees

 

23

 

32

 

All other fees(2)

 

297

 

71

 

 

 

3,706

 

3,346

 

 


(1)                                  Audit-related fees are fees for assurance services or other work traditionally provided to us by external audit firms in their

role as statutory auditors.

 

130



Table of Contents

 

(2)                                  All other fees primarily relate to due diligence of businesses acquired and training.

 

The table below sets forth the total fees paid to other auditors for services performed in the years 2013 and 2012, and breaks down these amounts by category of service:

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands of euros)

 

Audit fees

 

32

 

23

 

Audit-related fees

 

13

 

8

 

Tax fees

 

45

 

 

All other fees

 

51

 

52

 

 

 

141

 

83

 

 

Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

 

Subject to shareholder approval of the independent auditor in accordance with Spanish law, the Audit Committee makes recommendations to the Board regarding the appointment, retainer and replacement of the independent auditor.  The Audit Committee is also directly responsible for the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor.  We have developed a policy regarding the engagement of professional services by our external auditor, in accordance with the Spanish Audit Law and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  This policy generally provides that we will not engage our independent auditors to render audit or non-audit services unless the service is specifically approved in advance by the Audit Committee.

 

In accordance with the pre-approval policy, all audit and permitted non-audit services performed for us by our principal accountants, or any of its affiliates, were approved by the Audit Committee, which concluded that the provision of such services by the independent accountants was compatible with the maintenance of that firm’s independence in the conduct of its auditing functions.

 

Item 16.D.                                       EXEMPTION FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16.E.                                       PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

The following table includes information about our share purchases during 2013:

 

Period

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased

 

Average Price Paid
per Share

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced
Programs

 

Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the
Programs

 

March 1, 2013 through March 31, 2013(1)

 

4,402,986 Class B Shares

 

$

27.00

 

0

 

N/A

 

 


(1)                                  On March 11, 2013, we purchased 4,402,986 of our Class B ADSs from Cerberus for a total purchase price of $118,880,622, or $27 per ADS, pursuant to the ADS Purchase Agreement. For a summary of the material terms of the ADS Purchase Agreement, see Item 5 of this Part I, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — A. Operating Results — Subsequent Events.”

 

In November 2013, we sold 4,402,986 ADSs, representing all of our treasury stock, for €11.2 million.  As of December 31, 2013, we hold no treasury stock.

 

Item 16.F.                                        CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16.G.                                      CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rules, as a foreign private issuer, we may elect to follow our home country practice in lieu of the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rule 5600 Series, with the exception of those rules that are required

 

131



Table of Contents

 

to be followed pursuant to the provisions of NASDAQ Listing Rule 5615(a)(3).  We have elected to follow Spanish practices in lieu of the requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rule 5600 Series to the extent permitted under NASDAQ Listing Rule 5615(a)(3).  Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the corporate governance practices we follow under Spanish law and those followed by NASDAQ-listed U.S. domestic issuers.

 

Corporate Governance

 

Under NASDAQ Listing Rules, a U.S. domestic issuer is required to establish a quorum as specified in its bylaws for any meeting of the holders of common stock, provided, however, that such quorum is not permitted to be less than 33 1/3% of the outstanding shares of voting stock.  The Articles of Association provide that, on the first call of our general shareholders’ meetings, a duly constituted meeting requires a quorum of at least 25% of our subscribed share capital with voting rights, and, if a quorum is not obtained on the first call, a meeting is validly convened on the second call regardless of the share capital in attendance.  However, certain major corporate actions (such as issuing additional ordinary shares, increasing or decreasing our share capital, issuing debt securities, amending the Articles of Association or approving merger transactions) require shareholder approval at a meeting at which at least 50% of our subscribed share capital with voting rights is present or represented on the first call or at least 25% of the our share capital with voting rights present or represented on the second call.  However, when the number of shareholders attending a meeting represents less than 50% of our subscribed share capital with voting rights, resolutions on any of these major corporate actions must be adopted by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the share capital present or represented at such meeting.

 

In addition, all actions described in Article 6. bis of the Articles of Association, which are considered to affect the economic rights of our Class B shares, must be approved at a shareholders meeting by the holders of at least a majority of Class B shares.

 

Under NASDAQ Listing Rules, U.S. domestic issuers are required to solicit proxies, provide proxy statements for all shareholders’ meetings and provide copies of such proxy materials to NASDAQ.  As a foreign private issuer, we are generally exempt from the SEC rules governing the solicitation of shareholder proxies.  However, under Spanish law and per the Articles of Association, we are required to publish a calling of the meeting at least one month prior to the date set for each general shareholders’ meeting in at least:  (i) the Official Gazette of the Commercial Registry or one of the local newspapers of wide circulation in the province where we are domiciled (currently Barcelona, Spain); (ii) CNMV’s website; and (iii) our website.  We distribute a copy of the notice of the meeting and a form of proxy to our U.S. shareholders and also make these materials available through our website in advance of such meeting.

 

Under NASDAQ Listing Rules, shareholders of U.S. domestic issuers must be given the opportunity to vote on equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto, with limited exceptions set forth in NASDAQ Listing Rules, including an exception for foreign private issuers who follow the laws of their home country.  Under Spanish law, equity compensation plans involving the issuance of our securities require prior shareholder approval.  Additionally, equity compensation plans in which our officers and employees participate can be approved by the Board without shareholder approval.  However, the establishment of equity compensation plans in which members of the Board participate must be authorized in the Articles of Association and requires the shareholders’ prior approval at a shareholders’ meeting.

 

Under NASDAQ Listing Rules, shareholders of U.S. domestic issuers must approve the issuance of securities when such issuance would result in a change in control of such issuer.  Under Spanish law, any issuance of our securities, regardless of whether such issuance would result in a change of control, requires prior shareholder approval.

 

In Spain, companies with securities listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange are:

 

(i)                                      recommended to follow the provisions of the CNMV Governance Code;

 

(ii)                                   required by law to publish an Annual Report on Corporate Governance as well as corporate governance information on their websites;

 

(iii)                                required by law to publish an Annual Report on Remuneration of the members of the Board; and

 

(iv)                               required by law to comply with the regulations with respect to audit committees set forth in the Securities Market Act, as amended.

 

132



Table of Contents

 

Board Practices

 

Independence of Directors

 

Pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rules, a majority of the directors of a listed U.S. company are required to be “independent,” as such term is defined by NASDAQ Listing Rules.  As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from such requirement, and Spanish law does not contain any such requirements.

 

Spanish law establishes that the category of directors and the indispensable requirements to determine their independence are regulated by the Ministry of Economy and Finance, or, with its authorization, by the CNMV.  The Articles of Association and Board Regulations, following the non-binding recommendations of the CNMV Governance Code, recognize two main categories of directors:  (i) executive directors; and (ii) external directors, who can be divided into (a) proprietary directors, (b) independent directors and (c) other directors who cannot be considered proprietary or independent.

 

The definition of “independent director,” as set forth in the CNMV Governance Code and Article 6 of the Board Regulations, provides that the persons listed below may not be nominated or designated as independent directors.

 

(i)                                      Employees or executive directors of any Group companies, unless three or five years have elapsed, respectively, since the termination of the relationship.

 

(ii)                                 Persons that have received some payment from us or from the Group in addition to their directors’ remuneration, unless the amount involved is not significant.  Dividends or pension supplements received by a director for prior employment or professional services are excluded, provided that such payments are non-contingent (i.e., the paying company has no discretionary power to suspend, modify or revoke the payment).

 

(iii)                              Persons that have been, during the last three years, partners of the external auditors or the firm responsible for the audit report, whether with respect to the audit of us or any other company in the Group for those years.

 

(iv)                             Executive directors or senior officers of other companies in which any of our executive directors or senior officers is an external director.

 

(v)                                  Persons that have or had, during the last year, material business relationships with us or with any other company in the Group, whether in their own name or as a significant shareholder, director or senior officer of a company that has or had such a relationship.  For purposes of this paragraph (v), “business relationships” means any relationship with suppliers of goods or services, including financial, advisory and consultancy services.

 

(vi)                               Significant shareholders, executive directors or senior officers of an entity which receives or has received, during the last three years, significant donations from us or the Group.  This provision does not apply to those who are merely trustees of a foundation receiving donations.

 

(vii)                            Spouses or related persons maintaining an analogous relationship or close relatives of one of our executive directors or senior officers.

 

(viii)                         Any person not proposed for appointment or renewal by the Appointments and Remuneration Committee.

 

(ix)                               Persons in any of the situations set out in (i), (v), (vi) or (vii) above with regard to a significant shareholder or a shareholder with Board representation.  In the case of the family relations set out in (vii) above, the limitation applies not only in connection with the shareholder but also with our proprietary directors.

 

The proprietary directors who lose this status as a consequence of the sale of the shareholding by the shareholder they represent, can be reelected as independent directors only when such shareholder has sold the total amount of its shares.

 

Finally, any member of the Board that owns our shares can be considered independent, as long as the shareholding is not significant and satisfies all the above-mentioned conditions.

 

We have not determined whether our directors would be considered independent under NASDAQ Listing Rules, except for the three directors who are members of the Audit Committee and as such must meet NASDAQ independence criteria.  Two members of the Board are independent directors in accordance with the Board Regulations and the CNMV Governance Code.

 

Furthermore, we follow the Spanish Companies Act, which does not, unlike NASDAQ Listing Rules, require independent directors to hold meetings where only such independent directors are present.

 

133



Table of Contents

 

For a detailed discussion of the composition, responsibilities and terms of our Audit Committee, see Item 6 of Part I, “Directors, Senior Management and Employees — C. Board Practices — Committees of the Board — Audit Committee.”

 

Audit Committee

 

Responsibilities and Terms.   In accordance with NASDAQ Listing Rules, our Audit Committee is in charge of the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the services of any registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing and issuing any audit report, or for performing other audit reviews or related services.  Notwithstanding the above, Spanish laws provide our shareholders with the authority to appoint and replace the independent auditor at a general shareholders meeting.

 

Independence of the Audit Committee.   All of the members of our Audit Committee meet the independence criteria set out in NASDAQ Listing Rules.  In addition, the Securities Market Act requires that (a) the Audit Committee be composed of a majority of non-executive directors (at least one of them being independent and appointed due to his knowledge and experience in accounting or auditing matters) and (b) the chairman of the Audit Committee is an external director.  For a further discussion regarding the composition of our Audit Committee, see Item 6 of Part I, “Directors, Senior Management and Employees — C. Board Practices — Committees of the Board — Audit Committee.”

 

Internal Audit Department.   We have an internal audit department responsible for internal audit matters and ensuring the efficiency of the internal audit control process of our different business units.  Our internal audit department reports directly to the Audit Committee, supporting the adequate performance of all its functions.

 

Appointments and Remuneration Committee

 

Pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rules, foreign private issuers are exempt from the requirements regarding independent nominating and compensation committees.  Foreign private issuers are permitted to follow their home country corporate governance practice in this respect.

 

Spanish law does not mandate that a company have an appointments and remuneration committee or, if such a committee is formed, that the committee be comprised of independent directors.  However, the CNMV Governance Code recommends that Spanish listed companies have an appointments and remuneration committee and that a majority of the members of such committee are independent directors.

 

Our Appointments and Remuneration Committee is comprised of a majority of external directors and is chaired by an external director.  However, Mr. Víctor Grifols Roura, our Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of this committee.  For a detailed discussion of our Appointments and Remuneration Committee, see Item 6 of Part I, “Directors, Senior Management and Employees — C. Board Practices — Committees of the Board — Appointments and Remuneration Committee.”

 

Code of Conduct and Business Ethics

 

Under NASDAQ Listing Rules, we are required to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to all directors, officers and employees, which must be publicly available.  Furthermore, under Spanish law, Grifols’ is required to adopt an internal code of conduct for securities markets, in order to prevent insider trading, misconduct, and to control possible conflicts of interest.

 

In order to comply with the requirements of Spanish law, in 2006, Grifols adopted the Stock Market Code of Conduct.  Additionally, the Board Regulations set out in detail the directors’ main obligations relating to conflicts of interest concerning business opportunities, use of Grifols’ assets, confidentiality and non-competition.  Both the Stock Market Code of Conduct and the Board Regulations are publicly available on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.grifols.com .  Although not mandatory under Spanish laws, the Board of Grifols also approved the Code of Conduct for Grifols Employees, which is publicly available on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.grifols.com .

 

Item 16.H.                                      MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

134



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 17.                                                   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18 of this Part III.

 

Item 18.                                                   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The audited consolidated financial statements as required under Item 18 of this Part III are attached hereto starting on page F-1 of this annual report on Form 20-F.  The audit report of KPMG, our independent registered public accounting firm, is included herein preceding the audited consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 19.                                                   EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

1.1

 

Articles of Association (Estatutos) of Grifols, S.A.

 

 

 

1.2

 

Articles of Association (Estatutos) of Grifols, S.A. (English translation)

 

 

 

2.1

 

Amendment No. 1 to Deposit Agreement dated as of March 14, 2011 among Grifols, S.A., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, and all Holders from time to time of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder (incorporated herein by referenced to Exhibit (a)(2) to our Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-182636 filed July 12, 2012))

 

 

 

2.2

 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Grifols, S.A., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, and all Holders from time to time of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a) to our Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-172688) filed March 9, 2011)

 

 

 

2.3

 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Grifols, S.A., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, and all Holders from time to time of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (a) to our Registration Statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-159327) filed May 18, 2009)

 

 

 

2.4*

 

Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2014, relating to the 5.25% Senior Notes due 2022, among Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, the guarantors signatory thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee

 

 

 

2.5*

 

Form of 5.25% Senior Note (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1)

 

 

 

2.6*

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 12, 2014, by and among Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited and Nomura Securities International, Inc., as representative of the several initial purchasers

 

 

 

2.7

 

American Depositary Share Purchase Agreement, dated March 8, 2013, by and among Grifols, S.A. and the selling entities party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.8 of our Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-35193) filed on April 5, 2013)

 

 

 

4.1*

 

Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 10, 2013, among Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc., Novartis Corporation, G-C Diagnostics Corp. and Grifols, S.A.†

 

 

 

4.2*

 

Amendment No. 1 to Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 27, 2013, among Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc., Novartis Corporation, G-C Diagnostics Corp. and Grifols, S.A.

 

 

 

4.3*

 

Amendment No. 2 to Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 9, 2014, among Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc., Novartis Corporation, G-C Diagnostics Corp. and Grifols, S.A.†

 

 

 

4.4*

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014, among Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, Grifols Worldwide Operations USA, Inc., Grifols, S.A, certain subsidiaries of Grifols, S.A., the lenders party thereto, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative and collateral agent

 

 

 

4.5*

 

U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement, dated February 27, 2014, among Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, each of the subsidiaries of Grifols, S.A. as grantors, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as collateral agent for the secured parties

 

 

 

4.6*

 

Amendment to Credit Agreement and Amendment to Security Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2014, among

 

135



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, Grifols Worldwide Operations USA, Inc., Grifols, S.A, certain subsidiaries of Grifols, S.A., the lenders party thereto, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative and collateral agent

 

 

 

4.7*

 

Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014, between Grifols, S.A. and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as collateral agent

 

 

 

4.8*

 

Patent Security Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014, among the grantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as collateral agent for the secured parties

 

 

 

4.9*

 

Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014, among the grantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as collateral agent for the secured parties

 

 

 

4.10*

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2014, among Grifols, S.A., certain subsidiaries of Grifols, S.A. and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as administrative agent

 

 

 

4.11*

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014, by and among Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, Grifols, S.A., certain subsidiaries of Grifols S.A. and Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent

 

 

 

8.1

 

List of subsidiaries (see Notes 1(a) and 2(c) to our audited consolidated financial statements starting on page F-1 of this annual report on Form 20-F)

 

 

 

12.1*

 

Principal Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

12.2*

 

Principal Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

13.1*

 

Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 


* Filed herewith.

† Confidential treatment is requested for certain confidential portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Exchange Act. In accordance with Rule 24b-2, these confidential portions have been omitted from this exhibit and filed separately with the Commission.

 

136



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Víctor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Víctor Grifols Roura

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Date:  April 4, 2014

 

 

 

 

137



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012

F-2

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

F-6

Statement of Changes in Consolidated Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

F-7

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8

Appendix I — Information on Group Companies, Associates and Others

F-96

Appendix II — Operating Segments and Geographical Information

F-101

Appendix III — Changes in Other Intangible Assets

F-103

Appendix IV — Changes in Property, Plant and Equipment

F-105

Appendix V — Non-current Loans and Borrowings

F-107

Appendix VI — Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

F-108

 

138



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Grifols, S.A.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Grifols, S.A. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statement of profit or loss, and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in consolidated equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. We also have audited Grifols S.A.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Grifols S.A.’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on Grifols S.A.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Grifols, S.A. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, Grifols S.A. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

KPMG Auditores, S.L.

 

 

Barcelona, Spain

April, 4 2014

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

at 31 December 2013 and 2012

 

Assets

 

31/12/13

 

31/12/12

 

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

Goodwill (note 7)

 

1,829,141

 

1,869,899

 

Other intangible assets (note 8)

 

946,435

 

969,095

 

Property, plant and equipment (note 9)

 

840,238

 

810,107

 

Investments in equity-accounted investees (note 10)

 

35,765

 

2,566

 

Non-current financial assets (note 11)

 

15,196

 

16,526

 

Deferred tax assets (note 2(a) and 28)

 

34,601

 

24,717

 

Total non-current assets

 

3,701,376

 

3,692,910

 

Inventories (note 12)

 

946,913

 

998,644

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

385,537

 

366,022

 

Other receivables

 

36,511

 

43,833

 

Current tax assets

 

43,533

 

37,318

 

Trade and other receivables (note 13)

 

465,581

 

447,173

 

Other current financial assets (note 11)

 

1,200

 

460

 

Other current assets (note 14)

 

17,189

 

14,960

 

Cash and cash equivalents (note 15)

 

708,777

 

473,327

 

Total current assets

 

2,139,660

 

1,934,564

 

Total assets

 

5,841,036

 

5,627,474

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

at 31 December 2013 and 2012

 

Equity and liabilities

 

31/12/13

 

31/12/12

 

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

Share capital

 

119,604

 

117,882

 

Share premium

 

910,728

 

890,355

 

Reserves

 

883,415

 

620,144

 

Treasury stock

 

0

 

(3,060

)

Interim dividend

 

(68,755

)

0

 

Profit for the year attributable to the Parent

 

345,551

 

256,686

 

Total equity

 

2,190,543

 

1,882,007

 

Cash flow hedges

 

(25,791

)

(33,036

)

Translation differences

 

(63,490

)

27,797

 

Other comprehensive expenses

 

(89,281

)

(5,239

)

Equity attributable to the Parent (note 16)

 

2,101,262

 

1,876,768

 

Non-controlling interests (note 18)

 

5,942

 

3,973

 

Total equity

 

2,107,204

 

1,880,741

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Grants (note 19)

 

7,034

 

5,855

 

Provisions (note 20)

 

4,202

 

3,348

 

Non-current financial liabilities (note 21)

 

2,553,211

 

2,690,819

 

Deferred tax liabilities (notes 2(a) and 28)

 

454,089

 

453,846

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

3,018,536

 

3,153,868

 

Provisions (note 20)

 

51,459

 

55,139

 

Current financial liabilities (note 21)

 

258,144

 

195,578

 

Debts with associates (note 32)

 

2,683

 

2,668

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

Suppliers

 

273,621

 

228,405

 

Other payables

 

42,388

 

27,357

 

Current tax liabilities

 

2,934

 

5,679

 

Total trade and other payables (note 22)

 

318,943

 

261,441

 

Other current liabilities (note 23)

 

84,067

 

78,039

 

Total current liabilities

 

715,296

 

592,865

 

Total liabilities

 

3,733,832

 

3,746,733

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

5,841,036

 

5,627,474

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

31/12/13

 

31/12/12

 

31/12/11

 

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue (note 24)

 

2,741,732

 

2,620,944

 

1,795,613

 

Cost of sales

 

(1,323,880

)

(1,291,345

)

(968,133

)

Gross Profit

 

1,417,852

 

1,329,599

 

827,480

 

Research and Development

 

(123,271

)

(124,443

)

(89,360

)

Sales, General and Administration expenses

 

(558,461

)

(545,072

)

(459,259

)

Operating Expenses

 

(681,732

)

(669,515

)

(548,619

)

Operating Results

 

736,120

 

660,084

 

278,861

 

Finance income

 

4,869

 

1,677

 

5,761

 

Finance costs

 

(239,991

)

(284,117

)

(200,562

)

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

(1,786

)

13,013

 

1,279

 

Impairment and gains /(losses) on disposal of financial instruments

 

792

 

2,107

 

(805

)

Exchange losses

 

(1,303

)

(3,409

)

(3,447

)

 

 

(237,419

)

(270,729

)

(197,774

)

Share of losses of equity accounted investees (note 10)

 

(1,165

)

(1,407

)

(1,064

)

Profit before income tax from continuing operations

 

497,536

 

387,948

 

80,023

 

Income tax expense (note 28)

 

(155,482

)

(132,571

)

(29,795

)

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

342,054

 

255,377

 

50,228

 

Consolidated profit for the year

 

342,054

 

255,377

 

50,228

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

 

345,551

 

256,686

 

50,307

 

Loss attributable to non-controlling interest (note 18)

 

(3,497

)

(1,309

)

(79

)

Basic earnings per share (Euros) (see note 17)

 

1.01

 

0.75

 

0.16

 

Diluted earnings per share (Euros) (see note 17)

 

1.01

 

0.75

 

0.16

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

31/12/13

 

31/12/12

 

31/12/11

 

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

Consolidated profit for the year

 

342,054

 

255,377

 

50,228

 

Other comprehensive expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items for reclassification to profit or loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation differences

 

(91,610

)

(31,016

)

109,607

 

Equity accounted investees (note 10)

 

(359

)

0

 

0

 

Cash flow hedges - effective part of changes in fair value

 

22,943

 

(25,140

)

(33,871

)

Cash flow hedges - amounts taken to profit and loss

 

(11,471

)

6,300

 

2,870

 

Tax effect

 

(4,227

)

6,988

 

11,568

 

Other comprehensive income for the year, after tax

 

(84,724

)

(42,868

)

90,174

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

257,330

 

212,509

 

140,402

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to the Parent

 

261,509

 

213,831

 

140,407

 

Total comprehensive expense attributable to the non-controlling interests

 

(4,179

)

(1,322

)

(5

)

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

31/12/13

 

31/12/12

 

31/12/11

 

 

 

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before tax

 

497,536

 

387,948

 

80,023

 

Adjustments for:

 

347,853

 

400,950

 

313,915

 

Amortisation and depreciation (note 26)

 

128,469

 

129,126

 

90,639

 

Other adjustments:

 

219,384

 

271,824

 

223,276

 

(Profit) / losses on equity accounted investments (note 10)

 

1,165

 

1,407

 

1,064

 

Exchange gains

 

1,303

 

3,409

 

3,447

 

Impairment of assets and net provision charges

 

4,611

 

8,104

 

23,806

 

(Profit) / losses on disposal of fixed assets

 

4,689

 

12,542

 

19,366

 

Government grants taken to income (note 19)

 

(1,130

)

(930

)

(1,304

)

Finance expense / (income)

 

228,308

 

258,060

 

180,567

 

Other adjustments

 

(19,562

)

(10,768

)

(3,670

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities

 

40,332

 

(43,617

)

(51,279

)

Change in inventories

 

17,277

 

14,509

 

6,909

 

Change in trade and other receivables

 

(35,694

)

44,258

 

(54,142

)

Change in current financial assets and other current assets

 

(2,612

)

(5,645

)

9,321

 

Change in current trade and other payables

 

61,361

 

(96,739

)

(13,367

)

Other cash flows used in operating activities

 

(293,710

)

(238,163

)

(122,431

)

Interest paid

 

(157,880

)

(180,539

)

(139,883

)

Interest recovered

 

5,423

 

2,923

 

3,582

 

Income tax (paid) / received

 

(141,253

)

(60,547

)

13,870

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

592,011

 

507,118

 

220,228

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for investments

 

(252,827

)

(177,195

)

(1,784,464

)

Group companies and business units (notes 2 (c) and 3)

 

(69,172

)

(11,067

)

(1,624,869

)

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

 

(172,849

)

(166,128

)

(159,899

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

(138,460

)

(146,028

)

(137,200

)

Intangible assets

 

(34,389

)

(20,100

)

(22,699

)

Other financial assets

 

(10,806

)

 

304

 

Proceeds from the sale of investments

 

16,793

 

112,760

 

165,738

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

16,793

 

79,896

 

160,266

 

Associates

 

 

1,883

 

5,472

 

Other financial assets

 

 

30,981

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(236,034

)

(64,435

)

(1,618,726

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from and payments for equity instruments

 

35,221

 

(9

)

(2,830

)

Issue

 

20,461

 

 

(2,830

)

Payments for treasury stock (note 16 (d))

 

(120,429

)

(5,194

)

 

Sales of treasury stock (note 16 (d))

 

135,189

 

5,185

 

 

Proceeds from and payments for financial liability instruments

 

(79,413

)

(255,569

)

1,762,550

 

Issue

 

53,507

 

25,727

 

2,994,741

 

Redemption and repayment

 

(132,920

)

(281,296

)

(1,232,191

)

Dividends and interest on other equity instruments

 

(69,138

)

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(70,062

)

 

 

Dividends received

 

924

 

 

 

Other cash flows from / (used in) financing activities

 

8,184

 

(49,752

)

(284,748

)

Financing costs included on the amortized costs of the debt

 

 

(43,752

)

(285,088

)

Other amounts from / (used in) financing activities

 

8,184

 

(6,000

)

340

 

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

 

(105,146

)

(305,330

)

1,474,972

 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

 

(15,381

)

(4,612

)

24,463

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

235,450

 

132,741

 

100,937

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

473,327

 

340,586

 

239,649

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

708,777

 

473,327

 

340,586

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Statement of Changes in Consolidated Equity

for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

Attributable to equity holders of the Parent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive
income

 

Equity
attributable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

Share

 

 

 

to

 

Interim

 

Treasury

 

Translation

 

Cash flow

 

to

 

Non-controlling

 

 

 

 

 

capital

 

premium

 

Reserves *

 

Parent

 

dividend

 

stock

 

differences

 

hedges

 

Parent

 

interests

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at 31 December 2010

 

106,532

 

121,802

 

403,604

 

115,513

 

 

(1,927

)

(50,733

)

(1,751

)

693,040

 

14,350

 

707,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation differences

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

109,533

 

 

109,533

 

74

 

109,607

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,433

)

(19,433

)

 

(19,433

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

109,533

 

(19,433

)

90,100

 

74

 

90,174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

 

 

 

50,307

 

 

 

 

 

50,307

 

(79

)

50,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income / (expense) for the year

 

 

 

 

50,307

 

 

 

109,533

 

(19,433

)

140,407

 

(5

)

140,402

 

Capital increase June 2011 (note 16(a))

 

8,382

 

768,553

 

(2,514

)

 

 

 

 

 

774,421

 

 

774,421

 

Capital increase December 2011 (note 16(a))

 

2,968

 

 

(3,325

)

 

 

 

 

 

(357

)

 

(357

)

Other changes (note 16)

 

 

 

52,828

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,828

 

(213

)

52,615

 

Acquisition of Non-controlling interest (note 3)

 

 

 

2,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,168

 

(11,645

)

(9,477

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution of 2010 profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves

 

 

 

115,513

 

(115,513

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operations with equity holders or owners

 

11,350

 

768,553

 

164,670

 

(115,513

)

 

 

 

 

829,060

 

(11,858

)

817,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2011

 

117,882

 

890,355

 

568,274

 

50,307

 

 

(1,927

)

58,800

 

(21,184

)

1,662,507

 

2,487

 

1,664,994

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation differences

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31,003

)

 

(31,003

)

(13

)

(31,016

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,852

)

(11,852

)

 

(11,852

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive expense for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31,003

)

(11,852

)

(42,855

)

(13

)

(42,868

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

 

 

 

256,686

 

 

 

 

 

256,686

 

(1,309

)

255,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income / (expense) for the year

 

 

 

 

256,686

 

 

 

(31,003

)

(11,852

)

213,831

 

(1,322

)

212,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other changes

 

 

 

1,563

 

 

 

(1,133

)

 

 

430

 

(59

)

371

 

Acquisition of Non-controlling interest (note 3 (b))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,867

 

2,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution of 2011 profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves

 

 

 

50,307

 

(50,307

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operations with equity holders or owners

 

 

 

51,870

 

(50,307

)

 

(1,133

)

 

 

430

 

2,808

 

3,238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

 

117,882

 

890,355

 

620,144

 

256,686

 

 

(3,060

)

27,797

 

(33,036

)

1,876,768

 

3,973

 

1,880,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation differences

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(91,287

)

 

(91,287

)

(682

)

(91,969

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges (note 16 (f))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,245

 

7,245

 

 

7,245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income / (expense) for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(91,287

)

7,245

 

(84,042

)

(682

)

(84,724

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

 

 

 

345,551

 

 

 

 

 

345,551

 

(3,497

)

342,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income / (expense) for the year

 

 

 

 

345,551

 

 

 

(91,287

)

7,245

 

261,509

 

(4,179

)

257,330

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in treasury stock (note 16 (d))

 

 

 

11,806

 

 

 

3,060

 

 

 

14,866

 

 

14,866

 

Capital increase January 2013 (note 16 (a))

 

1,633

 

 

(1,665

)

 

 

 

 

 

(32

)

 

(32

)

Capital increase April 2013 (note 16 (a))

 

89

 

20,373

 

(375

)

 

 

 

 

 

20,087

 

 

20,087

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interests (note 16 (c))

 

 

 

(2,800

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,800

)

2,895

 

95

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interests in investees (note 3 (a))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,712

 

1,712

 

Other changes

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

1,541

 

1,543

 

Interim dividend

 

 

 

924

 

 

(68,755

)

 

 

 

(67,831

)

 

(67,831

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution of 2012 profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves

 

 

 

255,379

 

(255,379

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends (Class B shares)

 

 

 

 

(1,307

)

 

 

 

 

(1,307

)

 

(1,307

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operations with equity holders or owners

 

1,722

 

20,373

 

263,271

 

(256,686

)

(68,755

)

3,060

 

 

 

(37,015

)

6,148

 

(30,867

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

 

119,604

 

910,728

 

883,415

 

345,551

 

(68,755

)

 

(63,490

)

(25,791

)

2,101,262

 

5,942

 

2,107,204

 

 


* Reserves include accumulated earnings, legal reserves and other reserves

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of the consolidated fnancial statements

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(1)          Nature, Principal Activities and Subsidiaries

 

Grifols, S.A. (hereinafter the Company) was incorporated with limited liability under Spanish law on 22 June 1987. Its registered and tax offices are in Barcelona. The Company’s statutory activity consists of providing corporate and business administrative, management and control services, as well as investing in assets and property. Its principal activity involves rendering administrative, management and control services to its subsidiaries.

 

On 17 May 2006 the Company completed its flotation on the Spanish securities market, which was conducted through the public offering of 71,000,000 ordinary shares of Euros 0.50 par value each and a share premium of Euros 3.90 per share. The total capital increase (including the share premium) amounted to Euros 312.4 million, equivalent to a price of Euros 4.40 per share.

 

The Company’s shares were floated on the Spanish stock exchange IBEX-35 index on 2 January 2008.

 

All of the Company’s shares are listed on the Barcelona, Madrid, Valencia and Bilbao securities markets and on the Spanish Automated Quotation System (SIBE/Continuous Market). On 2 June 2011, Class B non-voting shares were listed on the NASDAQ (USA) and on the Spanish Automated Quotation System (SIBE/Continuous Market) (see note 16).

 

In November 2011 the Company registered its High-Yield Senior Unsecured Notes at the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) (see note 21).

 

Grifols, S.A. is the Parent of the subsidiaries listed in Appendix I of this note to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Grifols, S.A. and subsidiaries (hereinafter the Group) act on an integrated basis and under common management and their principal activity is the procurement, manufacture, preparation and sale of therapeutic products, especially haemoderivatives.

 

The main factory locations of the Group’s Spanish companies are in Barcelona, Parets del Vallés (Barcelona) and Torres de Cotilla (Murcia), while the US companies are located in Los Angeles, (California, USA) and Clayton (North Carolina, USA).

 

(2)          Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis of the accounting records of Grifols, S.A. and of the Group companies. The consolidated financial statements for 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board (IFRS-IASB) and other legislative provisions contained in the applicable legislation governing financial information to present fairly the consolidated equity and consolidated financial position of Grifols, S.A. and subsidiaries at 31 December 2013 and 2012, as well as the consolidated results from their operations, consolidated cash flows and consolidated changes in equity for each of the years in the three-year period then ended.

 

The Group adopted IFRS-EU for the first time on 1 January 2004 and has been preparing its annual accounts under International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the European Union (IFRS-EU) as required by Capital markets regulations governing the presentation of financial statements by companies whose debt or own equity instruments are listed on a regulated market.

 

The Group’s consolidated financial statements for 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board, and in the case of Grifols, S.A. and subsidiaries do not differ from IFRS as adopted by the European Union taking into account all mandatory accounting policies and rules and measurement bases with material effect, as well as the alternative treatments permitted by the relevant standards in this connection.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(a)          Comparative information

 

Changes to presentation of the statement of comprehensive income

 

As a result of the application of IAS 1 as amended, the Group has changed the presentation of the items included in the statement of comprehensive income to show separately those that will be transferred to the statement of profit or loss in the future from those which will not. Comparative information has been revised in this regard. Furthermore, in accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 13, the comparative information for 2012 and 2011 does not include the information required by this rule breakdown.

 

Acquisition of Talecris Group in 2011

 

As explained in note 3(d), on 2 June 2011 the Group acquired a 100% interest in the US company Talecris Biotherapeutics Holdings Corp. Therefore, the information for the year ended 31 December 2011 includes 7 months of activity of the Talecris companies.

 

(b)          Relevant accounting estimates, assumptions and judgements used when applying accounting principles

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS-IASB requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of Group accounting policies. The following notes include a summary of the relevant accounting estimates and judgements used to apply accounting policies which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

 

·                        The assumptions used for calculation of the fair value of financial instruments, in particular, financial derivatives. Financial derivatives are measured based on observable market data (level 2 of fair value hierarchy) (see notes 4(k) and 31). The High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes and senior secured debt are valued at their quoted price in active markets (level 1 in the fair value hierarchy). Regarding the valuation of derivative instruments, the selection of the appropriate data within the alternatives requires the use of judgement in qualitative factors such as, which methodology and valuation models are used, and in quantitative factors, data required to be included within the chosen models.

 

·                        The assumptions used to test non-current assets and goodwill for impairment. Relevant cash generating units are tested annually for impairment. These are based on risk-adjusted future cash flows discounted using appropriate interest rates. The key assumptions used are specified in note 7. Assumptions relating to risk-adjusted future cash flows and discount rates are based on business forecasts and are therefore inherently subjective. Future events could cause a change in business forecasts, with a consequent adverse effect on the future results of the Group. To the extent considered a reasonably possible change in key assumptions could result in an impairment of goodwill, a sensitivity analysis has been disclosed to show the effect of changes to these assumptions and the effect of the cash generating unit (CGU) on the recoverable amount.

 

·                        Useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. The estimated useful lives of each category of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are set out in notes 4(g) and 4(h). Although estimates are calculated by the Company’s management based on the best information available at 31 December 2013, future events may require changes to these estimates in subsequent years. Given the large number of individual items of property, plant and equipment it is not considered likely that a reasonably possible change in the assumptions would lead to a material adverse effect. Potential changes to the useful lives of intangible assets are mainly related to the currently marketed products and the useful lives will depend on the life cycle of the same. No significant changes to useful lives are expected. Adjustments made in subsequent years are recognised prospectively.

 

·                        Evaluation of the effectiveness of hedging derivatives. The key assumption relates to the measurement of the effectiveness of the hedge. Hedge accounting is only applicable when the hedge is expected to be highly effective at the inception of the hedge and, in subsequent years, in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, throughout the period for which the hedge was

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

designated (prospective analysis) and the actual effectiveness, which can be reliably measured, is within a range of 80%-125% (retrospective analysis) (see notes 4(l), 16(f) and 31).

 

·                        Evaluation of the nature of leases (operating or finance). The Group analyses the conditions of the lease contracts at their inception in order to conclude if the risks and rewards have been transferred (see note 4(j) and 9(c)). If the lease contract is renewed or amended the Group conducts a new evaluation.

 

·                        Assumptions used to determine the fair value of assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities related to business combinations. Details of the fair value methods used by the Group are provided in note 3.

 

·                        Evaluation of the capitalisation of development costs (see note 4(h)). The key assumption is related to the estimation of sufficient future economic benefits of the projects.

 

·                        Evaluation of provisions and contingencies. Key assumptions relate to the evaluation of the likelihood of an outflow of resources due to a past event, as well as to the evaluation of the best estimate of the likely outcome. These estimates take into account the specific circumstances of each dispute and relevant external advice and therefore are inherently subjective and could change substantially over time as new facts arise and each dispute progresses. Details of the status of various uncertainties involved in significant unresolved disputes are set out in note 30.

 

·                        Evaluation of the recoverability of receivables from public entities in countries facing liquidity problems, specifically in Italy, Portugal and Spain. The key assumption is the estimation of the amounts expected to be collected from these public entities (see notes 5 and 31).

 

·                        Evaluation of the recoverability of tax credits, including tax loss carryforwards and rights for deductions. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised, based on management’s assumptions relating to the amount and timing of future taxable profits. Capitalisation of deferred tax assets relating to investments in Group companies depends on whether they will reverse in the foreseeable future (see notes 4(t) and 28).

 

No changes have been made to prior year judgements relating to existing uncertainties.

 

The Group is also exposed to interest rate and currency risks. Refer to sensitivity analysis in note 31.

 

Grifols management does not consider that there are any assumptions or causes for uncertainty in the estimates which could imply a significant risk of material adjustments arising in the next financial year.

 

(c)           Basis of consolidation

 

Appendix I shows details of the percentages of direct or indirect ownership of subsidiaries by the Company at 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011, as well as the consolidation method used in each case for preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Subsidiaries in which the Company directly or indirectly owns the majority of equity or voting rights have been fully consolidated. Associates in which the Company owns between 20% and 50% of share capital and over which it has no control but does have significant influence, have been accounted for under the equity method.

 

Although the Group holds 30% of the shares with voting rights of Grifols Malaysia Sdn Bhd, it controls the majority of the economic and voting rights of Grifols Malaysia Sdn Bhd through a contract with the other shareholder and a pledge on its shares.

 

Grifols (Thailand) Ltd. has two classes of shares and it grants the majority of voting rights to the class of shares held by the Group.

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

On 9 March 2010 one of the Group companies acquired 51% of Nanotherapix, S.L., a technologically based company which engages in advisory services, training of researchers, design and development of technologies, services, know-how, molecules and products applied to biotechnology, biomedicine and pharmaceutical fields. The acquisition of Nanotherapix, S.L. has been treated as an equity-accounted joint venture, as the company’s strategic and operational decisions require shareholder approval and Grifols does not avail of the majority of the members of the board of directors.

 

Changes in subsidiaries

 

In 2013 Grifols incorporated the following companies:

 

·                  G-C Diagnostics Corp. (USA)

·                  Grifols Switzerland AG (Switzerland)

·                  Grifols Pharmaceutical Consulting (Shanghai) Co. Ltd (China)

·                  Grifols Worldwide Operations, Ltd (Ireland)

 

On 27 February 2013 the Group acquired  shares representing 60% of the economic and voting rights (56.1% after Ekarpen capital increase) of the Spanish biotechnology group of companies headed by Progenika Biopharma, S.A. (hereinafter Progenika) for an amount of Euros 37,010 thousand (see note 3(a)).

 

During the second half of 2013 Talecris Biotherapeutics Overseas Services, Corp. was wound up. The assets and liabilities of these companies have been integrated into Grifols Therapeutics, Inc.

 

On 29 February 2012 and in relation to the strategic R&D priorities of the Group, Grifols acquired 51% of the capital of Araclon Biotech, S.L. for a total of Euros 8,259 thousand (see note 3 (b)). As explained in note 16 (c), in May 2013 Araclon Biotech, S.L. carried out a share capital increase of Euros 7 million, Euros 6.9 million of which were subscribed by the Group.

 

During the first half of 2012, Grifols incorporated a new company, under the name Gri-Cei, S/A Produtos para transfusão with the Brazilian company CEI Comercio Exportação e Importação de Materiais Médicos, Ltda in which Grifols owns 60% of shares and has the control of the company. Gri-Cei was established in order to manufacture bags for extraction, separation, conservation and transfusion of blood components in Brazil. During 2013 Grifols, S.A. carried out a share capital increase of Euros 2,320 thousand.

 

On 2 June 2011, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of the US company Talecris Biotherapeutics Holdings Corp. (hereinafter Talecris), which also specialises in the production of plasma-derived biological medicines, for a total of Euros 2,593 million (US Dollars 3,737 million) (see note 3(d)).

 

In August 2011, the Group acquired the remaining 51% of the share capital of the holding company of the Australian-Swiss group Lateral-Medion, of which it had acquired 49% of the share capital and 100% of the voting rights on 3 March 2009 (see note 3 (e)). During the third quarter of 2012 all of the Australian companies have been wound up, with the exception of Grifols Australia Pty Ltd. The assets and liabilities of these companies have been integrated into Grifols Australia Pty. Ltd.

 

Changes in associates

 

On 19 November 2013, the Group company Gri-Cel, S.A., which is the affiliate that centralises the Company’s investments in R&D companies and projects in fields of medicine other than its core business, acquired 21.3% of TiGenix N.V. for a total of Euros 12,443 thousand. This investment has been accounted for using the equity method.

 

On 20 May 2013 the Group announced the signing of a worldwide exclusive licensing agreement with Aradigm Corporation to develop and commercialise Pulmaquin and Lipoquin, on the condition that Grifols, S.A. would participate in the capital increase.

 

On 27 August 2013 the Group acquired a 35% interest in Aradigm Corporation for a total of US Dollars 26 million (Euros 20.6 million) and, therefore, the exclusive worldwide licensing agreement to develop and

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

commercialise Pulmaquin and Lipoquin became effective (see note 10). All shares have the same voting and economic rights.

 

On 6 July 2012, the Group company Gri-Cel, S.A. acquired 40% of the capital of VCN Bioscience, S.L. for a total of Euros 1,500 thousand. This investment has been accounted for using the equity method. VCN Bioscience, S.L. is specialised in the research and development of new therapeutic approaches for tumours based on the use of oncologic viruses. Grifols has committed under certain conditions to finance VCN Bioscience, S.L.’s on-going projects for a minimum amount of Euros 5 million and it can result in Grifols increasing its share in the capital of VCN Bioscience, S.L.

 

(d)          Amendments to IFRS-IASB in 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

In accordance with IFRSs, the following should be noted in connection with the scope of application of IFRS and the preparation of these consolidated financial statements of the Group.

 

Effective date in 2011

 

Standards effective as of 1 January 2011

 

·                   Amendment to IAS 32 Classification of Rights Issues. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 February 2010.

 

·                   IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2011.

 

·                   IFRIC 14 Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2011.

 

·                   IFRS 1 Limited Exemption from Comparative IFRS 7 Disclosures for First-time Adopters. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2010. (EU: annual periods beginning on or after 30 June 2010).

 

·                   Improvements to IFRSs issued in May 2010.

 

·                   IFRIC 19 Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2010.

 

Effective date in 2012

 

Standards effective as of 1 January 2012

 

·                   Amendment to IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures — Transfers of Financial Assets (effective date for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2011).

 

Effective date in 2013

 

Standards effective as of 1 January 2013

 

·                  Amendments to IFRS 1: — Government Loans. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

·                  Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Components of Other Comprehensive Income. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2012.

 

·                  IAS 19 Employee Benefits Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

·                  IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

·                  IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

·                  Amendments to IFRS 7: Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities: Disclosure. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

·                  IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

·                  IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

·                  IFRS 12 Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

·                  Consolidated financial statements, joint arrangements and disclosure of interests in other entities: Transition guidance (issued on 28 June 2012). Improvements to IFRSs 10, 11 and 12. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

·                  IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

·                  Improvements to IFRSs (2009-2011) issued on 17 May 2012. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

Standards issued but not effective on 2013

 

·                  IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation: Amendments to Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

·                  Amendments to IAS 36: Recoverable amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

·                  Amendment to IAS 39: Novation of derivatives and continuation of hedge accounting. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

·                  Investment Entities. Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27, Investment companies. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

·                  IFRIC 21 Levies. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

·                  IAS 19 Employee Benefits. Defined benefit pension plans. Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014.

 

·                  Improvements to IFRS (2010-2012). Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014.

 

·                  Improvements to IFRS (2011-2013). Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014.

 

The application of these standards and interpretations has had no material impact on these consolidated financial statements. In regards to IAS 1 as amended, which requires the separate presentation of other income and expense recognized directly in equity that can be transferred to the statement of profit or loss in the future from those which can not be transferred, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income has been adapted for the year 2013 as well as for the comparative figures.

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(3)          Business Combinations

 

2013

 

(a)          Progenika Biopharma

 

On 27 February 2013 the Group acquired  shares representing 60% of the economic and voting rights (56.1% after Ekarpen capital increase mentioned below) of the Spanish biotechnology group of companies headed by Progenika Biopharma, S.A. (hereinafter Progenika) for an amount of Euros 37,010 thousand. The acquisition was paid through the following:

 

·                   50% of the purchase price has been paid in exchange for 884,997 Class B non-voting Grifols shares, with a fair value of Euros 20.91 per share. The Group granted to the selling shareholders the option to resell the Class B shares at the same price during the first five days following the acquisition date. Selling shareholders representing 879,913 shares executed this option, and the cash paid amounted to Euros 18,399 thousand, being considered as cash for investment activities in the statement of cash flows.

 

·                   The remaining 50% of the price has been paid in cash (Euros 18,505 thousand).

 

The non-voting Grifols Class B shares have been provided by a related party under a loan agreement signed on 12 February 2013 (see note 32). On 16 April 2013, the Company´s share capital has been increased in the nominal amount of Euros 88,499.70 by issuing and placing in circulation 884,997 new Class B shares without voting rights. The share capital increase has enabled Grifols to issue the number of shares needed to pay the price for the acquisition of Progenika in shares and thus return the Lender the non-voting shares that were lent pursuant to the provisions of the Loan Agreement (see note 16).

 

Additionally, the Group and the selling shareholders have granted each other call and put option rights over the shares representing 35% (32.9% after Ekarpen capital increase mentioned below) of the remaining share capital held by the aforementioned sellers, with may be exercised in three years. The purchase price of the shares subject to the put and call option amounts to Euros 21,701 thousand, increased at the rate of 5% per annum and has been treated as a financial liability (see note 21 (e)). The conditions of the payment of these shares will be the same as the initial acquisition.

 

Grifols, Progenika and the investment vehicle EKARPEN SPE, S.A. (hereinafter “Ekarpen”), owned by the Basque Government, Kutxabank, Caja Laboral —Euskadiko Kutxa, Lagun Aro and the Provincial Governments of the Basque Country, have agreed that Ekarpen subscribes a share capital increase pursuant to which, for an amount of Euros 5,000 thousand, Ekarpen has received new shares representing approximately 6.5% of the share capital of Progenika. These shares are subject to a call and put option which may be exercised at the end of a 5-year period for a purchase price of Euros 5,000 thousand and has been treated as financial liability (see note 21 (e)). The call option has premium costs of Euros 300 thousand for each of the 5-year period.

 

As the non-controlling shareholders do not have present access to the economic benefits associated with the underlying ownership interests related to shares under the put and call options, the Group has applied the anticipated-acquisition method. Under this method, Grifols recognises the contract as an anticipated acquisition of the underlying non-controlling interest, as if the put option had already been exercised by the non-controlling shareholders.

 

Progenika specialises in the development of technology for personalised medicine, focusing on the design and manufacture of in-vitro genome and proteome-based diagnostic tests, disease prognosis and prediction and monitoring of responses to pharmacological treatment. It has also developed its own technology for the production of DNA chips for diagnosis and prognosis and it is an international leader in this field. In particular, Progenika has pioneered the development of molecular biology tests for the performance of transfusional compatibility studies.

 

Details of the aggregate business combination cost, the fair value of the net assets acquired and goodwill at the acquisition date (or the amount by which the business combination cost exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired) are provided below:

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Payment in cash

 

18,505

 

Payment in Class B shares

 

18,505

 

Deferred acquisition costs (put and call option)

 

26,701

 

Total cost of the business combination

 

63,711

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

 

23,195

 

Goodwill (note 7)

 

40,516

 

Payment in cash

 

36,904

 

Cash and cash equivalents of the acquired company

 

(2,283

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash outflow for the acquisition

 

34,621

 

 

Had the acquisition taken place at 1 January 2013, the Group’s revenue and consolidated profit for the year ended 31 December 2013 would not have varied significantly.

 

At the date of acquisition the consolidated amounts of recognised assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Intangible assets (note 8)

 

29,585

 

Property, plant and equipment (note 9)

 

7,277

 

Non-current financial assets

 

210

 

Deferred tax assets (note 28)

 

11,549

 

Inventories

 

481

 

Trade and other receivables

 

10,177

 

Other current assets

 

151

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

2,283

 

Total assets

 

61,713

 

Non-current financial liabilities

 

18,792

 

Deferred tax liabilities (note 28)

 

6,678

 

Current financial liabilities

 

5,540

 

Trade and other payables

 

1,592

 

Current provisions (note 20 (b))

 

37

 

Other current liabilities

 

4,167

 

Total liabilities and contingent liabilities

 

36,806

 

Total net assets of the business acquired

 

24,907

 

Non-controlling interests (note 18)

 

(1,712

)

Total net assets acquired

 

23,195

 

 

The fair value of intangible assets (primarily the currently marketed products) has been calculated based on “excess earnings” (income approach), whereby the asset is measured after deducting charges or rentals that must be settled to enable use of the remaining assets required to operate the intangible asset being measured.

 

Definitive goodwill generated in the acquisition includes the future development of unique technology and products, as well as the workforce and other synergies related to the R&D activity and has been allocated to the Diagnostic segment. Goodwill is not expected to be tax deductible.

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2012

 

(b)          Araclon Biotech, S.L.

 

On 29 February 2012 and in relation to the Group’s strategic R&D priorities, Grifols acquired 51% of the capital of Araclon Biotech, S.L. for a total of Euros 8,259 thousand.

 

Araclon Biotech, S.L. was founded as a spin-off from the University of Zaragoza in 2004. Its main areas of research focus on the validation and marketing of a blood diagnosis kit for Alzheimer’s and the development of an effective immunotherapy (vaccine) for this disease.

 

The operation was carried out by the investment vehicle, Gri-Cel, S.A., that centralizes the Group’s investments in R&D projects in fields of medicine other than its core business, such as advanced therapies.

 

Grifols has committed under certain conditions to finance Araclon Biotech, S.L.’s on-going projects for the next five years. The total amount is expected not be higher than Euros 25 million and it will result in Grifols, S.A. increasing its share in the capital of Araclon Biotech, S.L. During 2013 the Group has made a contribution of Euros 6.9 million.

 

Details of the aggregate business combination cost, the fair value of the net assets acquired and goodwill at the acquisition date (or the amount by which the business combination cost exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired) are provided below:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Payment in cash

 

8,259

 

Total business combination cost

 

8,259

 

Fair value of net assets acquired (Euros 4,448 thousand x 51%)

 

2,259

 

Goodwill (note 7)

 

6,000

 

Payment in cash

 

8,259

 

Cash and other liquid cash equivalents of the acquired company

 

(2,089

)

Net cash outflow paid for the acquisition

 

6,170

 

 

Goodwill generated in the acquisition is attributed to the workforce and other synergies related to the R&D activity and tax deductions and unrecognised tax losses. This goodwill is allocated to the Diagnostic segment.

 

Had the acquisition taken place at 1 January 2012, the Group’s revenue and consolidated profit for the year ended 31 December 2012 would not have varied significantly.

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At the date of acquisition the amounts of recognised assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Intangible assets (note 8)

 

12,525

 

Property, plant and equipment (note 9)

 

668

 

Non-current financial assets

 

600

 

Trade and other receivables

 

142

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

2,089

 

Total assets

 

16,024

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current financial liabilities

 

3,932

 

Deferred tax liabilities (note 28)

 

138

 

Current financial liabilities

 

6,770

 

Trade and other payables

 

736

 

Total liabilities and contingent liabilities

 

11,576

 

Total net assets acquired

 

4,448

 

 

It is not expected that goodwill will be tax deductible.

 

(c)           Plasma centres

 

On 22 October 2012 the Group acquired three plasma donation centres from the Canadian biopharmaceutical company Cangene Corporation. These plasma centres are located in Frederick, MD, Altamonte Springs, FL and Van Nuys, CA. (USA).

 

Aggregate details of the combination cost, fair value of the net assets acquired and goodwill at the acquisition date (or surplus net assets acquired over the combination cost) are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Payment in cash

 

1,925

 

Total bussines combination cost

 

1,925

 

Fair Value of net assets acquired

 

1,133

 

Goodwill (note 7)

 

792

 

 

The fair value of net assets acquired includes property, plant and equipment amounting to Euros 1,054 thousand (see note 9).

 

Goodwill is allocated to the Bioscience segment.

 

Had the acquisition taken place at 1 January 2012, the Group’s revenue and consolidated profit for the year ended 31 December 2012 would not have varied significantly.

 

2011

 

(d)          Talecris Biotherapeutics Holdings Corp. and subsidiaries

 

On 2 June 2011, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of the US company Talecris Biotherapeutics Holdings Corp. (hereinafter Talecris), which also specialises in the production of plasma-derived biological medicines, for a total of Euros 2,593 million (US Dollars 3,737 million).

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The operation was performed through a combined offer of cash and new Grifols shares with no voting rights (hereinafter Class B shares) (see note 16).

 

The offer was made in relation to all Talecris shares and the price offered per share amounts to US Dollars 19 in cash (total of US Dollars 2,541 million) and 0.641 Class B shares in Grifols for each share in circulation of Talecris LLC. and the directors of Talecris and 0.6485 Grifols shares with no voting rights for each share in circulation of Talecris (total of US Dollars 1,196 million).

 

On 2 May 2011, the Group signed a Consent Agreement with the staff of the Bureau of Competition of the US Federal Trade Commission (FTC) to establish the terms of the agreement for the merger between the two companies.

 

In order to fulfil the terms of the Consent Agreement, the Group signed agreements for the sale of assets and entered into certain trade agreements for rentals and manufacture with the Italian company Kedrion for periods of up to seven years. These agreements have been implemented in 2011 and 2012.

 

The agreements refer to the following areas:

 

·          Kedrion and Grifols enter into a manufacturing agreement to fractionate and purify Kedrion’s plasma to deliver IVIG and Albumin under Kedrion’s own brand name and Factor VIII under the trade name Koate, all of them for sale only in the US.

 

·          Grifols undertakes to sell its Melville fractionation facility to Kedrion. Grifols will manage the facility during a three-year period under a long-term lease agreement with Kedrion, renewable for an additional year on Grifol’s request.

 

·          Grifols transfers the technology and sales agreements for Koate (Factor VIII) in the USA to Kedrion. Grifols will produce this product for Kedrion during a seven-year period.

 

·          Grifols undertakes to sell to Kedrion two plasma collection centres. In addition, Grifols undertakes to sell to Kedrion 200,000 litres of plasma at a fixed price.

 

·          Grifols authorises Kedrion to sell IVIG and Albumin produced by Grifols for Kedrion on the US market.

 

As required by the Consent Agreement, Grifols implemented the terms contained therein within a ten-day period following the acquisition date.

 

Details of the aggregate business combination cost, the fair value of the net assets acquired and goodwill at the acquisition date are provided below:

 

 

 

Thousands of

 

Thousands of

 

 

 

Euros

 

Dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business combination cost (measurement of Class B shares)

 

829,799

 

1,195,574

 

Cash paid (US Dollars 19 per share)

 

1,763,601

 

2,540,997

 

Total business combination cost

 

2,593,400

 

3,736,571

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

 

1,052,163

 

1,515,957

 

Goodwill (excess of cost of business combination cost as percentage of fair value of net assets acquired) (see note 7)

 

1,541,237

 

2,220,614

 

Payment in cash

 

1,763,601

 

2,540,996

 

Cash and other liquid cash equivalent of the acquired company

 

(149,693

)

(215,678

)

Cash flow paid for the acquisition

 

1,613,908

 

2,325,318

 

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At 2 June 2011 the Group did not have all the necessary information to determine the definitive fair value of intangible assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired in the business combination. During the second quarter of 2012 the Group obtained additional information on events and circumstances existing at the acquisition date which enabled it to accurately finalise the allocation of assets and liabilities as detailed in the table above. The allocation of the purchase price is therefore definitive. Goodwill increased by Euros 2,514 thousand (see note 7) due to a change in the valuation of inventories and the recognition of a current provision arising from an onerous contract, both of which are net of tax effect. Comparative data for 2011 has not been re-expressed, as changes are immaterial. Goodwill was allocated to Talecris Biotherapeutics, Inc., currently designated Grifols Therapeutics, Inc, which belongs to the Bioscience segment.

 

The fair value of Class B shares was determined by the average price of the first weeks of issue of the shares, as this period is considered to provide a reference for determining the fair value of the shares as they were first listed on 2 June 2011.

 

Total expenses incurred in the transaction amounted to Euros 61.3 million, of which a total of Euros 44.3 million related to expenses for 2011 and a total of Euros 17 million in 2010.

 

Goodwill generated in the acquisition is attributed to the synergies, workforce and other expected benefits from the business combination of the assets and activities of the Group.

 

The acquisition of Talecris consolidated the Group’s position as the third largest producer of plasma products in the world, significantly increasing its presence in the USA. The acquisition led to greater availability of products on the market due to increased plasma collection and fractionation capacity.

 

Had the acquisition taken place at 1 January 2011, the Group’s revenue would have increased by Euros 507,039 thousand and consolidated profit for the year, excluding non-recurring expenses such as those related to the transaction and stock option cancellation costs derived from the change of control, would have increased by Euros 74,705 thousand. The revenue and profit of Talecris between the acquisition date and 31 December 2011 amounted to Euros 750,484 thousand and Euros 133,075 thousand, respectively.

 

At the date of acquisition the amounts of recognised assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are as follows:

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Book value

 

 

 

Thousands of

 

Thousands of

 

Thousands of

 

Thousands of

 

 

 

Euros

 

US Dollars

 

Euros

 

US Dollars

 

Intangible assets (note 8)

 

846,504

 

1,219,643

 

21,122

 

30,432

 

Property, plant and equipment (note 9)

 

466,674

 

672,384

 

306,401

 

441,462

 

Non-current financial assets

 

1,466

 

2,112

 

1,466

 

2,112

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

40,860

 

58,871

 

Assets held for sale

 

8,200

 

11,814

 

2,254

 

3,247

 

Inventories

 

449,049

 

646,989

 

490,976

 

707,398

 

Trade and other receivables

 

188,067

 

270,969

 

188,068

 

270,968

 

Other assets

 

2,364

 

3,406

 

2,364

 

3,406

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

149,693

 

215,678

 

149,693

 

215,678

 

Total assets

 

2,112,017

 

3,042,995

 

1,203,204

 

1,733,574

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current provisions (note 20)

 

9,250

 

13,327

 

9,250

 

13,327

 

Non-current financial liabilities

 

6,289

 

9,061

 

6,289

 

9,061

 

Current financial liabilities

 

473,085

 

681,621

 

473,085

 

681,621

 

Current provisions (note 20)

 

68,738

 

99,038

 

31,180

 

44,924

 

Trade and other payables

 

152,844

 

220,218

 

152,844

 

220,218

 

Other current liabilities

 

48,533

 

69,927

 

43,510

 

62,689

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

301,115

 

433,846

 

 

 

Total liabilities and contingent liabilities

 

1,059,854

 

1,527,038

 

716,158

 

1,031,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired

 

1,052,163

 

1,515,957

 

487,046

 

701,734

 

 

Fair values were determined using the following methods:

 

·          Intangible assets: the fair value of intangible assets (primarily the currently marketed products) has been calculated based on “excess earnings” (income approach), whereby the asset is measured after deducting charges or rentals that must be settled to enable use of the remaining assets required to operate the intangible asset being measured.

 

·          Property, plant and equipment: the fair value of property, plant and equipment has been determined using the “cost approach”, whereby the value of an asset is measured at the cost of rebuilding or replacing that asset with other similar assets.

 

·          Inventories: the fair value of inventories has been determined using the “market approach”, by analysing similar transactions.

 

·          Contingent liabilities: the fair value of contingent liabilities has been determined using the “income approach” based on forecast payments and a probability scenario.

 

(e)           Australian-Swiss Group

 

In August 2011, the Group acquired the remaining 51% of the share capital of Woolloomooloo Holdings Pty Ltd, the holding company of the Australian-Swiss group Lateral-Medion, of which it had acquired 49% of the share capital and 100% of the voting rights on 3 March 2009 and over which it had exercised control since that date. The acquisition of the remaining 51% of the share capital amounted to AUS Dollars 12.5 million (Euros 9.5 million). The difference between the amount paid and the non-controlling interest was recorded as a Euros 2.2 million increase in reserves.

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(4)          Significant Accounting Policies

 

(a)          Subsidiaries and associates

 

Subsidiaries are entities, including special purpose entities (SPE), over which the Group exercises control, either directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries. Control exists when investors are exposed to variable returns from the subsidiaries and have the ability to affect those returns through their decision-making power over the subsidiary.

 

The income, expenses and cash flows of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition, which is when the Group takes control. Subsidiaries are excluded from the consolidated Group from the date on which control is lost.

 

Transactions and balances with Group companies and unrealised gains or losses have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

The accounting policies of subsidiaries have been adapted to those of the Group for transactions and other events in similar circumstances.

 

The financial statements of consolidated subsidiaries have been prepared as of the same date and for the same reporting period as the financial statements of the Company.

 

Associates are entities over which the Company, either directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, exercises significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control over those entities. The existence of potential voting rights that are exercisable or convertible at the end of each reporting period, including potential voting rights held by the Group or other entities, are considered when assessing whether an entity has significant influence.

 

Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method from the date that significant influence commences until the date that significant influence ceases.

 

Investments in associates are initially recognised at acquisition cost, including any cost directly attributable to the acquisition and any consideration receivable or payable contingent on future events or on compliance with certain conditions.

 

The excess of the cost of the investment over the Group’s share of the fair values of the identifiable net assets is recognised as goodwill, which is included in the carrying amount of the investment. Any shortfall, once the cost of the investment and the identification and measurement of the associate’s net assets have been evaluated, is recognised as income when determining the investor’s share of the profit or loss of the associate for the year in which it was acquired.

 

The accounting policies of associates have been harmonised in terms of timing and measurement, applying the policies described for subsidiaries.

 

The Group’s share of the profit or loss of an associate from the date of acquisition is recognised as an increase or decrease in the value of the investments, with a credit or debit to share of the profit or loss for the year of equity-accounted associates in the consolidated statement of profit or loss (consolidated statement of comprehensive income). The Group’s share of other comprehensive income of associates from the date of acquisition is recognised as an increase or decrease in the investments in associates with a balancing entry recognised by nature in other comprehensive income. The distribution of dividends is recognised as a decrease in the value of the investment. The Group’s share of profit or loss, including impairment losses recognised by the associates, is calculated based on income and expenses arising from application of the acquisition method.

 

The Group’s share of the profit or loss of an associate and changes in equity is calculated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate at year end and does not reflect the possible exercise or conversion of potential voting rights. However, the Group’s share is calculated taking into account the possible exercise of potential voting rights and other derivative financial instruments which, in substance, currently allow access to

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

the economic benefits associated with the interests held, such as entitlement to a share in future dividends and changes in the value of associates.

 

Information on the subsidiaries and associates included in the consolidated Group is presented in Appendix I.

 

(b)          Business combinations

 

On the date of transition to IFRS-EU, 1 January 2004, the Group applied the exception permitted under IFRS 1 “First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards”, whereby only those business combinations performed as from 1 January 2004 have been recognised using the acquisition method. Entities acquired prior to that date were recognised in accordance with accounting prevailing at that time, taking into account the necessary corrections and adjustments at the transition date.

 

The Group applies the revised IFRS 3 “Business combinations” in transactions made subsequent to 1 January 2010.

 

The Group applies the acquisition method for business combinations.

 

The acquisition date is the date on which the Group obtains control of the acquiree.

 

Business combinations made subsequent to 1 January 2010

 

The cost of the business combination is calculated as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred or assumed, equity instruments issued and any additional consideration contingent on future events or the fulfilment of certain conditions, in exchange for control of the acquiree.

 

The consideration paid excludes all amounts that do not form part of the exchange for the acquired business. Acquisition-related costs are accounted for as expenses when incurred. Share increase costs are recognised as equity when the increase takes place and borrowing costs are deducted from the financial liability when it is recognised.

 

At the acquisition date the Group recognises at fair value the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Liabilities assumed include any contingent liabilities that represent present obligations arising from past events for which the fair value can be reliably measured. The Group also recognises indemnification assets transferred by the seller at the same time and following the same measurement criteria as the item that is subject to indemnification from the acquired business, taking into consideration, where applicable, the insolvency risk and any contractual limit on the indemnity amount.

 

This criterion does not include non-current assets or disposable groups of assets which are classified as held for sale, long-term defined benefit employee benefit liabilities, share-based payment transactions, deferred tax assets and liabilities and intangible assets arising from the acquisition of previously transferred rights.

 

Assets and liabilities assumed are classified and designated for subsequent measurement in accordance with the contractual terms, economic conditions, operating or accounting policies and other factors that exist at the acquisition date, except for leases and insurance contracts.

 

The excess between the consideration transferred and the value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, less the value assigned to non-controlling interests, is recognised as goodwill. Where applicable, any shortfall, after evaluating the consideration transferred, the value assigned to non-controlling interests and the identification and measurement of net assets acquired, is recognised in profit or loss.

 

When a business combination has been provisionally determined, net identifiable assets have initially been recognised at their provisional value, and any adjustments made during the measurement period have been recorded as if they had been known at that date. Where applicable, comparative figures for the prior year have been restated. Adjustments to the provisional values only reflect information relating to events and circumstances existing at the acquisition date and which, had they been known, would have affected the amounts recognised at that date. Once this period has elapsed, adjustments are only made to initial values when

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

errors must be corrected. Any potential benefits arising from tax losses and other deferred tax assets of the acquiree that have not been recorded as they did not qualify for recognition at the acquisition date, are accounted for as income tax revenue, provided the adjustments were not made during the measurement period.

 

The contingent consideration is classified in accordance with underlying contractual terms as a financial asset or financial liability, equity instrument or provision. Provided that subsequent changes to the fair value of a financial asset or financial liability do not relate to an adjustment of the measurement period, they are recognised in consolidated profit or loss. The contingent consideration classified, where applicable, as equity is not subject to subsequent change, with settlement being recognised in equity. The contingent consideration classified, where applicable, as a provision is recognised subsequently in accordance with the relevant measurement standard.

 

Business combinations made prior to 1 January 2010

 

The cost of the business combination is calculated as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the Group, in exchange for control of the acquiree, plus any costs directly attributable to the business combination. Any additional consideration contingent on future events or the fulfilment of certain conditions is included in the cost of the combination provided that it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required and the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Subsequent recognition of contingent considerations or subsequent variations to contingent considerations is recognised as a prospective adjustment to the cost of the business combination.

 

Where the cost of the business combination exceeds the Group’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the entity acquired, the difference is recognised as goodwill, whilst the shortfall, once the costs of the business combination and the fair values of net assets acquired have been reconsidered, is recognised in profit or loss.

 

(c)       Non-controlling interests

 

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries acquired after 1 January 2004 are recognised at the acquisition date at the proportional part of the fair value of the identifiable net assets. Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries acquired prior to the transition date were recognised at the proportional part of the equity of the subsidiaries at the date of first consolidation.

 

Non-controlling interests are disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet under equity separately from equity attributable to the Parent. Non-controlling interests’ share in consolidated profit or loss for the year (and in consolidated comprehensive income for the year) is disclosed separately in the consolidated statement of profit or loss (consolidated statement of comprehensive income).

 

The consolidated profit or loss for the year, consolidated comprehensive income and changes in equity of the subsidiaries attributable to the Group and non-controlling interests after consolidation adjustments and eliminations, is determined in accordance with the percentage ownership at year end, without considering the possible exercise or conversion of potential voting rights. However, whether or not control exists is determined taking into account the possible exercise of potential voting rights and other derivative financial instruments which, in substance, currently allow access to the economic benefits associated with the interests held, such as entitlement to a share in future dividends and changes in the value of subsidiaries.

 

Profit and loss and each component of other comprehensive income are assigned to equity attributable to shareholders of the Parent and to non-controlling interests in proportion to their interest, although this implies a balance receivable from non-controlling interests. Agreements signed between the Group and the non-controlling interests are recognised as a separate transaction.

 

The increase and reduction of non-controlling interests in a subsidiary in which control is retained is recognised as an equity instrument transaction. Consequently, no new acquisition cost arises on increases nor is a gain recorded on reductions; rather, the difference between the consideration transferred or received and the carrying amount of the non-controlling interests is recognised in the reserves of the investor, without

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

prejudice to reclassifying consolidation reserves and reallocating other comprehensive income between the Group and the non-controlling interests. When a Group’s interest in a subsidiary diminishes, non-controlling interests are recognised at their share of the net consolidated assets, including goodwill.

 

(d)          Joint arrangements

 

Joint arrangements are those in which there is a contractual agreement to share the control over an economic activity, in such a way that the decisions over relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the Group and the remaining venturers.

 

Investments in joint arrangements are accounted for using the equity method.

 

The acquisition cost of investments in joint arrangements is determined consistently with that established for investments in associates.

 

(e)           Foreign currency transactions and balances

 

(i)               Functional and presentation currency

 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in thousands of Euros, which is the functional and presentation currency of the Parent.

 

(ii)            Foreign currency transactions, balances and cash flows

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the previous month’s exchange rate for all transactions performed during the current month. This method does not differ significantly from applying the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

 

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies have been translated into thousands of Euros at the closing rate, while non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at historical cost have been translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the transaction date. Non-monetary assets measured at fair value have been translated into thousands of Euros at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was determined.

 

In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash flows from foreign currency transactions have been translated into thousands of Euros at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates the cash flows occur. The effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies is recognised separately in the statement of cash flows as “Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents”.

 

Exchange gains and losses arising on the settlement of foreign currency transactions and the translation into thousands of Euros of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss.

 

(iii)         Translation of foreign operations

 

The translation into thousands of Euros of foreign operations for which the functional currency is not the currency of a hyperinflationary economy is based on the following criteria:

 

·              Assets and liabilities, including goodwill and net asset adjustments derived from the acquisition of the operations, including comparative amounts, are translated at the closing rate at the reporting date.

 

·              Income and expenses, including comparative amounts, are translated using the previous month’s exchange rate for all transactions performed during the current month. This method does not differ significantly from using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction;

 

·              Translation differences resulting from application of the above criteria are recognised in other comprehensive income.

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(f)            Borrowing costs

 

In accordance with IAS 23 “Borrowing Costs”, since 1 January 2009 the Group recognises interest cost directly attributable to the purchase, construction or production of qualifying assets as an increase in the value of these assets. Qualifying assets are those which require a substantial period of time before they can be used or sold. To the extent that funds are borrowed specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation is determined as the actual borrowing costs incurred, less any investment income on the temporary investment of those funds. Capitalised interest borrowing costs corresponding to general borrowing are calculated as the weighted average of the qualifying assets without considering specific funds.The amount of borrowing costs capitalised cannot exceed the amount of borrowing costs incurred during that period. The capitalised interest cost includes adjustments to the carrying amount of financial liabilities arising from the effective portion of hedges entered into by the Group.

 

The Group begins capitalising borrowing costs as part of the cost of a qualifying asset when it incurs expenditures for the asset, interest is accrued, and it undertakes activities that are necessary to prepare the asset for its intended use or sale, and ceases capitalising borrowing costs when all or substantially all the activities necessary to prepare the qualifying asset for its intended use or sale are complete. Nevertheless, capitalisation of borrowing costs is suspended when active development is interrupted for extended periods.

 

(g)          Property, plant and equipment

 

(i)               Initial recognition

 

Property, plant and equipment are recognised at cost or deemed cost, less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. The cost of self-constructed assets is determined using the same principles as for an acquired asset, while also considering the criteria applicable to production costs of inventories. Capitalised production costs are recognised by allocating the costs attributable to the asset to “Self-constructed non-current assets” in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

 

At 1 January 2004 the Group opted to apply the exemption regarding fair value and revaluation as deemed cost as permitted by IFRS 1 First time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

(ii)            Depreciation

 

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated by allocating the depreciable amount of an asset on a systematic basis over its useful life. The depreciable amount is the cost or deemed cost of an asset, less its residual value. The Group determines the depreciation charge separately for each item for a component of property, plant and equipment with a cost that is significant in relation to the total cost of the asset.

 

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated using the following criteria:

 

 

 

Depreciation method

 

Rates

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

Straight line

 

1% - 3%

Other property, technical equipment and machinery

 

Straight line

 

10%

Other property, plant and equipment

 

Straight line

 

7% - 33%

 

The Group reviews residual values, useful lives and depreciation methods at each financial year end. Changes to initially established criteria are accounted for as a change in accounting estimates.

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(iii)         Subsequent recognition

 

Subsequent to initial recognition of the asset, only those costs incurred which will probably generate future profits and for which the amount may reliably be measured are capitalised. Costs of day-to-day servicing are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

 

Replacements of property, plant and equipment which qualify for capitalisation are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of the items replaced. Where the cost of the replaced items has not been depreciated independently and it is not possible to determine the respective carrying amount, the replacement cost is used as indicative of the cost of items at the time of acquisition or construction.

 

(iv)        Impairment

 

The Group tests for impairment and reversals of impairment losses on property, plant and equipment based on the criteria set out in note 4(i) below.

 

(h)          Intangible assets

 

(i)               Goodwill

 

Goodwill is generated on the business combinations and is calculated using the criteria described in the section on business combinations.

 

Goodwill is not amortised, but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently whenever there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired. Goodwill acquired in business combinations is allocated to the cash-generating units (CGUs) or groups of CGUs which are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination and the criteria described in note 7 are applied. After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

 

(ii)            Internally generated intangible assets

 

Any research and development expenditure incurred during the research phase of projects is recognised as an expense when incurred.

 

Costs related with development activities are capitalised when:

 

·              The Group has technical studies that demonstrate the feasibility of the production process.

 

·               The Group has undertaken a commitment to complete production of the asset, to make it available for sale or internal use.

 

·              The asset will generate sufficient future economic benefits.

 

·              The Group has sufficient technical and financial resources to complete development of the asset and has devised budget control and cost accounting systems that enable monitoring of budgetary costs, modifications and the expenditure actually attributable to the different projects.

 

The cost of internally generated assets is calculated using the same criteria established for determining production costs of inventories. The production cost is capitalised by allocating the costs attributable to the asset to self-constructed non-current assets in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

 

Expenditure on activities that contribute to increasing the value of the different businesses in which the Group as a whole operates is expensed when incurred. Replacements or subsequent costs incurred on intangible assets are generally recognised as an expense, except where they increase the future economic benefits expected to be generated by the assets.

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(iii)         Other intangible assets

 

Other intangible assets are carried at cost, or at fair value if they arise on business combinations, less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised but tested for impairment at least annually.

 

(iv)        Intangible assets acquired in business combinations

 

The cost of identifiable intangible assets acquired in the business combination of Talecris includes the fair value of the currently marketed products sold and which are classified in “Other intangible assets”.

 

The cost of identifiable intangible assets acquired in the business combination of Araclon Biotech, S.L. includes the fair value of research and development projects in progress.

 

The cost of identifiable intangible assets acquired in the business combination of the Progenika Group includes the fair value of the currently marketed products sold and which are classified in “Other intangible assets” and “Development costs”.

 

(v)           Useful life and amortisation rates

 

The Group assesses whether the useful life of each intangible asset acquired is finite or indefinite. An intangible asset is regarded as having an indefinite useful life when there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset will generate net cash inflows.

 

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised by allocating the depreciable amount of an asset on a systematic basis over its useful life, by applying the following criteria:

 

 

 

Amortisation method

 

Rates

 

 

 

 

 

Development expenses

 

Straight line

 

20% - 33%

Concessions, patents, licences, trademarks and similar

 

Straight line

 

7% - 20%

Computer software

 

Straight line

 

16% - 33%

Currently marketed products

 

Straight line

 

3% - 10%

 

The depreciable amount is the cost or deemed cost of an asset, less its residual value.

 

The Group does not consider the residual value of its intangible assets to be material. The Group reviews the residual value, useful life and amortisation method for intangible assets at each financial year end. Changes to initially established criteria are accounted for as a change in accounting estimates.

 

(i)             Impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets and other non-financial assets subject to depreciation or amortization

 

The Group evaluates whether there are indications of possible impairment losses on non-financial assets subject to amortisation or depreciation, to verify whether the carrying amount of these assets exceeds the recoverable amount.

 

The Group tests goodwill, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets with finite useful lives that are not available for use for potential impairment at least annually, irrespective of whether there is any indication that the assets may be impaired.

 

The recoverable amount of the assets is the higher of their fair value less costs of disposal and their value in use. An asset’s value in use is calculated based on an estimate of the future cash flows expected to derive from the use of the asset, expectations about possible variations in the amount or timing of those future cash flows,

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

the time value of money, the price for bearing the uncertainty inherent in the asset and other factors that market participants would reflect in pricing the future cash flows deriving from the asset.

 

Negative differences arising from comparison of the carrying amounts of the assets with their recoverable amounts are recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. Recoverable amount is determined for each individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. If this is the case, recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs.

 

Impairment losses recognised for cash-generating units are first allocated to reduce, where applicable, the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to the CGU and then to the other assets of the CGU pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset. The carrying amount of each asset may not be reduced below the highest of its fair value less costs of disposal, its value in use and zero.

 

At the end of each reporting period the Group assesses whether there is any indication that an impairment loss recognised in prior periods may no longer exist or may have decreased. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversible. Impairment losses on other assets are only reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to calculate the recoverable amount of the asset.

 

A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in consolidated profit or loss. The increased carrying amount of an asset attributable to a reversal of an impairment loss may not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, had no impairment loss been recognised.

 

A reversal of an impairment loss for a CGU is allocated to the assets of each unit, except goodwill, pro rata with the carrying amounts of those assets. The carrying amount of an asset may not be increased above the lower of its recoverable amount and the carrying amount that would have been disclosed, net of amortisation or depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised.

 

(j)             Leases

 

(i)               Lessee accounting records

 

The Group has rights to use certain assets through lease contracts.

 

Leases in which the Group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership are classified as finance leases, otherwise they are classified as operating leases.

 

·              Finance leases

 

At the commencement of the lease term, the Group recognises finance leases as assets and liabilities at the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Initial direct costs are added to the asset’s carrying amount. Minimum lease payments are apportioned between the finance charge and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance charge is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Contingent rents are recognised as an expense in the years in which they are incurred.

 

·              Operating leases

 

Lease payments under an operating lease (excluding incentives) are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis unless another systematic basis is representative of the time pattern of the user’s benefit.

 

(ii)            Leasehold investments

 

Non-current investments in properties leased from third parties are recognised on the basis of the same criteria for property, plant and equipment. Investments are amortised over the lower of their useful lives

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

and the term of the lease contract. The lease term is consistent with that established for recognition of the lease.

 

(iii)         Sale and leaseback transactions

 

Any profit on sale and leaseback transactions that meet the conditions of a finance lease is deferred over the term of the lease.

 

When the leaseback is classed as an operating lease:

 

·              If the transaction is established at fair value, any profit or loss on the sale is recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year.

 

·              If the sale price is below fair value, any profit or loss is recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. However, if the loss is compensated for by future lease payments at below market price, it is deferred in proportion to the lease payments over the period for which the asset is to be used.

 

(k)          Financial instruments

 

(i)              Classification of financial instruments

 

Financial instruments are classified on initial recognition as a financial asset, a financial liability or an equity instrument in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of a financial liability, a financial asset and an equity instrument set out in IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Presentation.

 

Financial instruments are classified into the following categories for valuation purposes: financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments, available-for-sale financial assets and financial liabilities. Financial instruments are classified into different categories based on the nature of the instruments and the Group’s intentions on initial recognition.

 

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised using trade date accounting, i.e. when the Group commits itself to purchase or sell an asset.

 

a)         Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are those which are classified as held for trading or which the Group designated as such on initial recognition.

 

A financial asset or financial liability is classified as held for trading if it:

 

·    It is acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing it in the near term;

 

·    it forms part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit-taking, or

 

·    It is a derivative, except for a derivative that is a financial guarantee contract or a designated and effective hedging instrument.

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognised at fair value. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition or issue are recognised as an expense when incurred.

 

After initial recognition, they are recognised at fair value through profit or loss.

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Group does not reclassify any financial assets or liabilities from or to this category while they are recognised in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

b)         Loans and receivables

 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, other than those classified in other financial asset categories. These assets are recognised initially at fair value, including transaction costs, and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

 

c)          Available-for-sale financial assets

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated specifically to this category or do not comply with requirements for classification in the above categories.

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition.

 

After initial recognition, financial assets classified in this category are measured at fair value and any gain or loss, except for impairment losses, is accounted for in other comprehensive income recognised in equity. On disposal of the financial assets, amounts recognised in other comprehensive income or the impairment loss are reclassified to profit or loss.

 

d)         Financial assets and financial liabilities carried at cost

 

Investments in equity instruments whose fair value cannot be reliably measured and derivative instruments that are linked to these instruments and that must be settled by delivery of such unquoted equity instruments, are measured at cost. Nonetheless, if the financial assets or liabilities can be reliably measured subsequently on an ongoing basis, they are accounted for at fair value and any gain or loss is recognised in accordance with their classification.

 

(ii)               Offsetting principles

 

A financial asset and a financial liability are offset only when the Group currently has the legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

(iii)            Fair value

 

When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses market observable data as far as posible. Fair values are categorized into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows:

 

·              Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

·              Level 2: inputs other than prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. derived from prices).

·              Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability might be categorized in different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.

 

The Group recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change has occurred.

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(iv)                     Amortised cost

 

The amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability is the amount at which the financial asset or financial liability is measured at initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, and minus any reduction for impairment or uncollectibility.

 

(v)                        Impairment of financial assets carried at cost

 

The amount of the impairment loss on assets carried at cost is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the financial asset and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Such impairment losses cannot be reversed and are therefore recognised directly against the value of the asset and not as an allowance account.

 

(vi)                     Impairment of financial assets carried at amortised cost

 

In the case of financial assets carried at amortised cost, the amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. For variable income financial assets, the effective interest rate corresponding to the measurement date under the contractual conditions is used.

 

The Group recognises impairment losses and unrecoverable loans and receivables and debt instruments by recognising an allowance account for financial assets. When impairment and uncollectibility are considered irreversible, their carrying amount is eliminated against the allowance account.

 

The impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss and may be reversed in subsequent periods if the decrease can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment has been recognised. The loss can only be reversed to the limit of the amortised cost of the assets had the impairment loss not been recognised. The impairment loss is reversed against the allowance account.

 

(vii)                  Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets

 

When a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale financial asset at fair value through profit or loss has been accounted for in other comprehensive income, the accumulative loss is reclassified from equity to profit or loss when there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, even though the financial asset has not been derecognised. The impairment loss recognised in profit or loss is calculated as the difference between the acquisition cost, net of any reimbursements or repayment of the principal, and the present fair value, less any impairment loss previously recognised in profit or loss for the year.

 

Impairment losses relating to investments in equity instruments are not reversible and are therefore recognised directly against the value of the asset and not as an allowance account.

 

If the fair value of debt instruments increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised, the increase is recognised in profit or loss up to the amount of the previously recognised impairment loss and any excess is accounted for in other comprehensive income recognised in equity.

 

(viii)                Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities, including trade and other payables, which are not classified at fair value through profit or loss, are initially recognised at fair value less any transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issue of the financial liability. After initial recognition, liabilities classified under this category are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(ix)                     Derecognition of financial assets

 

The Group applies the criteria for derecognition of financial assets to part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets or to a financial asset or group of similar financial assets.

 

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. Where the Group retains the contractual rights to receive cash flows, it only derecognises financial assets when it has assumed a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to one or more recipients and if the following requirements are met:

 

·              Payment of the cash flows is conditional on their prior collection.

 

·              The Group is unable to sell or pledge the financial asset.

 

·              The cash flows collected on behalf of the eventual recipients are remitted without material delay and the Group is not entitled to reinvest the cash flows. This criterion is not applicable to investments in cash or cash equivalents made by the Group during the settlement period from the collection date to the date of required remittance to the eventual recipients, provided that interest earned on such investments is passed on to the eventual recipients.

 

If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, it determines whether it has retained control of the financial asset. In this case:

 

·              If the Group has not retained control, it derecognises the financial asset and recognises separately as assets or liabilities any rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer.

 

·              If the Group has retained control, it continues to recognise the financial asset to the extent of its continuing involvement in the financial asset and recognises an associated liability. The extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the transferred asset is the extent to which it is exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has retained. The associated liability is measured in such a way that the carrying amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability is equal to the amortised cost of the rights and obligations retained by the Group, if the transferred asset is measured at amortised cost, or to the fair value of the rights and obligations retained by the Group, if the transferred asset is measured at fair value. The Group continues to recognise any income arising on the transferred asset to the extent of its continuing involvement and recognises any expense incurred on the associated liability. Recognised changes in the fair value of the transferred asset and the associated liability are accounted for consistently with each other in profit or loss or equity, following the general recognition criteria described previously, and are not offset.

 

If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the consideration received is recognised in liabilities. Transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss using the effective interest method.

 

(x)                        Derecognition and modifications of financial liabilities

 

A financial liability, or part of it, is derecognised when the Group either discharges the liability by paying the creditor, or is legally released from primary responsibility for the liability either by process of law or by the creditor.

 

The exchange of debt instruments between the Group and the counterparty or substantial modifications of initially recognised liabilities are accounted for as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial liability, providing the instruments have substantially different terms.

 

The Group considers the terms are substantially different if the discounted present value of the cash flows under the new terms, including any fees paid net of any fees received and discounted using the original

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

effective interest rate, is at least 10 per cent different from the discounted present value of the remaining cash flows of the original financial liability.

 

If the exchange is accounted for as an extinguishment of the financial liability, any costs or fees incurred are recognised as part of the gain or loss on the extinguishment. If the exchange is not accounted for as an extinguishment, any costs or fees incurred adjust the carrying amount of the liability and are amortised over the remaining term of the modified liability.

 

The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability, or part of a financial liability, extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss.

 

(l)             Hedge accounting

 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised using the same criteria as those described for financial assets and financial liabilities. Derivative financial instruments that do not meet the hedge accounting requirements are classified and measured as financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. Derivative financial instruments which qualify for hedge accounting are initially measured at fair value.

 

At the inception of the hedge the Group formally designates and documents the hedging relationships and the objective and strategy for undertaking the hedges. Hedge accounting is only applicable when the hedge is expected to be highly effective at the inception of the hedge and in subsequent years in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, throughout the period for which the hedge was designated (prospective analysis) and the actual effectiveness, which can be reliably measured, is within a range of 80%-125% (retrospective analysis).

 

(i)              Cash flow hedges

 

The Group recognises the portion of the gain or loss on the measurement at fair value of a hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge in other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion and the specific component of the gain or loss or cash flows on the hedging instrument, excluding the measurement of the hedge effectiveness, are recognised with a debit or credit to finance costs or finance income.

 

If a hedge of a forecast transaction subsequently results in the recognition of a financial asset or a financial liability, the associated gains or losses that were recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified from equity to profit or loss in the same period or periods during which the asset acquired or liability assumed affects profit or loss and under the same caption of the consolidated statement of profit or loss (consolidated statement of comprehensive income).

 

(m)          Equity instruments

 

The Group’s acquisition of equity instruments of the Parent is recognised separately at cost of acquisition in the consolidated balance sheet as a reduction in equity, regardless of the motive of the purchase. Any gains or losses on transactions with treasury equity instruments are not recognised in consolidated profit or loss.

 

The subsequent redemption of Parent shares, where applicable, leads to a reduction in share capital in an amount equivalent to the par value of such shares. Any positive or negative difference between the cost of acquisition and the par value of the shares is debited or credited to accumulated gains. Transaction costs related with treasury equity instruments, including issue costs related to a business combination, are accounted for as a reduction in equity, net of any tax effect.

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(n)          Inventories

 

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The cost of inventories comprises all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

 

The costs of conversion of inventories include costs directly related to the units of production and a systematic allocation of fixed and variable production overheads that are incurred in converting materials into finished goods. The allocation of fixed indirect overheads is based on the higher of normal production capacity or actual production.

 

The raw material used to produce haemoderivatives is human plasma, which is obtained from our donation centres using the plasmapheresis method. The cost of inventories includes the amount paid to plasma donors, or the amount billed by the seller when purchased from third parties, as well as the cost of products and devices used in the collection process, rental expenses and storage. This plasma has to be stored before use, which is an essential part of the production process. During the storage period, the plasma undergoes various virological tests and should be kept in quarantine in accordance with FDA and European Medicines Agency regulations, in order to guarantee that all the plasma is suitable for use in the production process.

 

To the extent that plasma storage costs are necessary to the production process, they are included as cost of inventories.

 

Indirect costs such as general management and administration costs are recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred

 

The cost of raw materials and other supplies and the cost of merchandise are allocated to each inventory unit on a weighted average cost basis.

 

The transformation cost is allocated to each inventory unit on a FIFO (first-in, first-out) basis.

 

The Group uses the same cost model for all inventories of the same nature and with a similar use.

 

Volume discounts extended by suppliers are recognised as a reduction in the cost of inventories when it is probable that the conditions for discounts to be received will be met. Discounts for prompt payment are recognised as a reduction in the cost of the inventories acquired.

 

When the cost of inventories exceeds net realisable value, materials are written down to net realisable value, which is understood to be:

 

·              For raw materials and other supplies, replacement cost. Nevertheless, raw materials and other supplies are not written down below cost if the finished goods into which they will be incorporated are expected to be sold at or above cost of production.

 

·              Merchandise and finished goods, estimated selling price less costs to sell;

 

·              Work in progress, the estimated selling price of related finished goods, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale;

 

The previously recognised write-down is reversed against profit or loss when the circumstances that previously caused inventories to be written down no longer exist or when there is clear evidence of an increase in net realisable value because of changed economic circumstances. The reversal of the write-down is limited to the lower of the cost and revised net realisable value of the inventories. Write-downs may be reversed with a credit to “Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress” and “Supplies”.

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(o)          Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and demand deposits in financial institutions. They also include other short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. An investment normally qualifies as a cash equivalent when it has a maturity of less than three months from the date of acquisition.

 

The Group classifies cash flows relating to  interest received and paid as operating activities, and dividends received and distributed are classified under investing and financing activities, respectively.

 

(p)          Government grants

 

Government grants are recognised when there is reasonable assurance that they will be received and that the Group will comply with the conditions attached.

 

(i)               Capital grants

 

Outright capital grants are initially recognised as deferred income in the consolidated balance sheet. Income from capital grants is recognised as other income in the consolidated statement of profit or loss in line with the depreciation of the corresponding financed assets.

 

(ii)            Operating grants

 

Operating grants received to offset expenses or losses already incurred, or to provide immediate financial support not related to future disbursements, are recognised as other income in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

 

(iii)         Interest rate grants

 

Financial liabilities comprising implicit assistance in the form of below-market interest rates are initially recognised at fair value. The difference between this value, adjusted where necessary for the issue costs of the financial liability and the amount received, is recognised as a government grant based on the nature of the grant awarded.

 

(q)          Employee benefits

 

(i)               Defined contribution plans

 

The Group recognises the contributions payable to a defined contribution plan in exchange for a service in the period in which contributions are accrued. Accrued contributions are recognised as an employee benefit expense in the corresponding consolidated statement of profit or loss in the year that the contribution was made.

 

(ii)            Termination benefits

 

Termination benefits payable that do not relate to restructuring processes in progress are recognised when the Group is demonstrably committed to terminating the employment of current employees prior to retirement date. The Group is demonstrably committed to terminating the employment of current employees when a detailed formal plan has been prepared and there is no possibility of withdrawing or changing the decisions made.

 

(iii)         Short-term employee benefits

 

The Group recognises the expected cost of short-term employee benefits in the form of accumulating compensated absences when the employees render service that increases their entitlement to future compensated absences. In the case of non-accumulating compensated absences, the expense is recognised when the absences occur.

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Group recognises the expected cost of profit-sharing and bonus plans when it has a present legal or constructive obligation to make such payments as a result of past events and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be made.

 

(r)           Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or implicit) as a result of a past event; it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account all risks and uncertainties surrounding the amount to be recognised as a provision and, where the time value of money is material, the financial effect of discounting provided that the expenditure to be made each period can be reliably estimated. The discount rate is a pre-tax rate that reflects the time value of money and the specific risks for which future cash flows associated with the provision have not been adjusted at each reporting date.

 

If it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, the provision is reversed against the consolidated statement of profit or loss item where the corresponding expense was recognised.

 

(s)            Revenue recognition

 

Revenue from the sale of goods or services is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is presented net of VAT and any other amounts or taxes which are effectively collected on the behalf of third parties. Volume or other types of discounts for prompt payment are recognised as a reduction in revenues if considered probable at the time of revenue recognition.

 

(i)               Sale of goods

 

The Group recognises revenue from the sale of goods when:

 

·              The Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods.

 

·              It retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

 

·              The amount of revenue and the costs incurred or to be incurred can be measured reliably;

 

·              It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Group; and

 

·              The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

 

The Group participates in the government-managed Medicaid programmes in the United States, accounting for Medicaid rebates by recognising an accrual at the time a sale is recorded for an amount equal to the estimated claims for Medicaid rebates attributable to the sale. Medicaid rebates are estimated based on historical experience, legal interpretations of the applicable laws relating to the Medicaid programme and any new information regarding changes in the programme regulations and guidelines that would affect rebate amounts. Outstanding Medicaid claims, Medicaid payments and inventory levels are analysed for each distribution channel and the accrual is adjusted periodically to reflect actual experience. While rebate payments are generally made in the following or subsequent quarter, any adjustments for actual experience have not been material.

 

As is common practice in the sector, the purchase contracts signed by some customers with the Group entitle these customers to price discounts for a minimum purchase volume, volume discounts or prompt payment discounts. The Group recognises these discounts as a reduction in sales and receivables in the

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

same month that the corresponding sales are invoiced based on the customer’s actual purchase figures or on past experience when the customer’s actual purchases will not be known until a later date.

 

In the USA, the Group enters into agreements with certain customers to establish contract pricing for the products, which these entities purchase from the authorised wholesaler or distributor (collectively, wholesalers) of their choice. Consequently, when the products are purchased from wholesalers by these entities at the contract price which is less than the price charged by the Group to the wholesaler, the Group provides the wholesaler with a credit referred to as a chargeback. The Group records the chargeback accrual at the time of the sale. The allowance for chargebacks is based on Group’s estimate of the wholesaler inventory levels, and the expected sell-through of the products by the wholesalers at the contract price based on historical chargeback experience and other factors. The Group periodically monitors the factors that influence the provision for chargebacks, and makes adjustments when believes that actual chargebacks may differ from established allowances. These adjustments occur in a relatively short period of time. As these chargebacks are typically settled within 30 to 45 days of the sale, adjustments for actual experience have not been material.

 

(ii)            Services rendered

 

Revenues associated with the rendering of service transactions are recognised by reference to the stage of completion at the consolidated balance sheet date when the outcome of the transaction can be estimated reliably. The outcome of a transaction can be estimated reliably when revenues, the stage of completion, the costs incurred and the costs to complete the transaction can be estimated reliably and it is probable that the economic benefits derived from the transaction will flow to the Group.

 

When the outcome of the transaction involving the rendering of services cannot be estimated reliably, revenue is recognised only to the extent of costs incurred that are recoverable.

 

(iii)         Interest income

 

Until June 2012 the Group has been recognising interest receivable from the different Social Security affiliated bodies, to which it provides goods or services, on an accrual basis, and only for those bodies to which historically claims have been made and from which interest has been collected. As a result of the terms imposed by the Spanish Government in 2012 regarding the waiver of late payment interest on overdue receivables, the Group modified its estimate regarding late payment interest. In this respect, since June 2012 the Group has been recognizing only late payment interest on receivables from Social Security affiliated bodies on the date on which delayed invoices are collected, as it is highly likely that they will be collected as of that date and if the Spanish Government has not imposed to waiver the late payment interests.

 

(t)             Income taxes

 

The income tax expense or tax income for the year comprises current tax and deferred tax.

 

Current tax is the amount of income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the consolidated taxable profit or consolidated tax loss for the year. Current tax assets or liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be paid to or recovered from the taxation authorities, using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date.

 

Deferred tax liabilities are the amounts of income taxes payable in future periods in respect of taxable temporary differences, whereas deferred tax assets are the amounts of income taxes recoverable in future periods in respect of deductible temporary differences, the carryforward of unused tax losses, and the carryforward of unused tax credits. Temporary differences are differences between the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the balance sheet and its tax base.

 

Current and deferred tax are recognised as income or an expense and included in profit or loss for the year, except to the extent that the tax arises from a transaction or event which is recognised, in the same or a different year, directly in equity, or from a business combination.

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(i)                  Taxable temporary differences

 

Taxable temporary differences are recognised in all cases except where:

 

·              They arise from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting profit nor taxable income.

 

·              They are associated with investments in subsidiaries over which the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is not probable that the temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

(ii)               Deductible temporary differences

 

Deductible temporary differences are recognised provided that:

 

·              It is probable that sufficient taxable income will be available against which the deductible temporary difference can be utilised, unless the differences arise from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting profit nor taxable income.

 

·              The temporary differences are associated with investments in subsidiaries to the extent that the difference will reverse in the foreseeable future and sufficient taxable income is expected to be generated against which the temporary difference can be offset.

 

Tax planning opportunities are only considered when assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets and if the Group intends to use these opportunities or it is probable that they will be utilised.

 

(iii)            Measurement

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the years when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted. The tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets or liabilities are also reflected in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

At year end the Group reviews the fair value of deferred tax assets to write down the balance if it is not probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to apply the tax asset.

 

Deferred tax assets which do not meet the above conditions are not recognised in the consolidated balance sheet. At year end the Group assesses whether deferred tax assets which were previously not recognised now meet the conditions for recognition.

 

(iv)           Offset and classification

 

The Group only offsets current tax assets and current tax liabilities if it has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

The Group only offsets deferred tax assets and liabilities where it has a legally enforceable right, where these relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and where the taxation authority permits the entity to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously for each of the future years in which significant amounts of deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be settled or recovered.

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised in the consolidated balance sheet under non-current assets or liabilities, irrespective of the expected date of recovery or settlement.

 

(u)          Segment reporting

 

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment, assess its performance and, based on which, differentiated financial information is available.

 

(v)          Classification of assets and liabilities as current and non-current

 

The Group classifies assets and liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as current and non-current. Current assets and liabilities are determined as follows:

 

·              Assets are classified as current when they are expected to be realised or are intended for sale or consumption in the Group’s normal operating cycle, they are held primarily for the purpose of trading, they are expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting date or are cash or a cash equivalent, unless the assets may not be exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting date.

 

·              Liabilities are classified as current when they are expected to be settled in the Group’s normal operating cycle, they are held primarily for the purpose of trading, they are due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting date or the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting date.

 

·              Financial liabilities are classified as current when they are due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting date, even if the original term was for a period longer than twelve months, and an agreement to refinance, or to reschedule payments, on a long-term basis is completed after the reporting date and before the consolidated financial statements are authorised for issue.

 

(5)          Financial Risk Management Policy

 

(a)          General

 

The Group is exposed to the following risks associated with the use of financial instruments:

 

·                   Credit risk

·                   Liquidity risk

·                   Market risk: includes interest rate risk, currency risk and other price risks.

 

This note provides information on the Group’s exposure to each of these risks, the Group’s objectives and procedures to measure and mitigate this risk, and the Group’s capital management strategy. More exhaustive quantitative information is disclosed in note 31 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Group’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, define appropriate risk limits and controls and to control risks and comply with limits. Risk management policies and procedures are reviewed regularly so that they reflect changes in market conditions and the Group’s activities. The Group’s management procedures and rules are designed to create a strict and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their duties and obligations.

 

The Group’s Audit Committee supervises how management controls compliance with the Group’s risk management procedures and policies and reviews whether the risk management policy is suitable considering the risks to which the Group is exposed. This committee is assisted by Internal Audit which acts as supervisor.

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Internal Audit performs regular and ad hoc reviews of the risk management controls and procedures and reports its findings to the Audit Committee.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk to which the Group is exposed in the event that a customer or a counterparty to a financial instrument fails to discharge a contractual obligation, and mainly results from trade receivables and the Group’s investments in financial assets.

 

Trade receivables

 

The Group does not predict any significant insolvency risks as a result of delays in receiving payment from some European countries due to their current economic situation. The main risk in these countries is that of delayed payments, which is mitigated through the possibility of claiming interest as foreseen by prevailing legislation. During 2012, as a result of the condition imposed by the Spanish Government to waive late payment interest on past due receivables, the Group recognised a loss due to the waiving of interest owed by the Social Security (see note 13). No significant bad debt or late payment issues have been detected for sales to private entities.

 

The Group recognises impairment based on its best estimate of the losses incurred on trade and other receivables. The main impairment losses recognised are due to specific losses relating to individually identified risks. At year end, these impairment losses are immaterial.

 

Details of exposure to credit risk are disclosed in note 31.

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group cannot meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure where possible, that it always has sufficient liquidity to settle its obligations at the maturity date, both in normal conditions and in times of tension, to avoid incurring unacceptable losses or tarnishing the Group’s reputation.

 

The Group manages liquidity risk on a prudent basis, based on availability of cash and sufficient committed unused long-term credit facilities, enabling the Group to implement its business plans and carry out operations using stable and secure sources of financing.

 

On 29 February 2012 the Group finished amending the terms and conditions of the senior debt agreement entered into in November 2010. In addition to the improved conditions and the elimination of certain bank covenants, the Group repaid in advance approximately US Dollars 240 million from the non-current senior debt.

 

Subsequent to this re-financing, the Group has a Euros, US Dollars and Multicurrency revolving credit facility of Euros 149 million at 31 December 2013 (unused at year end) and a non-current loan consisting of two tranches amounting to US Dollars 2,649 million. The Group also has US Dollars 1,100 million (Euros 797 million) of corporate bonds issued in January 2011.

 

At 31 December 2013 the Group has total cash and cash equivalents of Euros 709 million. The Group also has approximately Euros 340 million in unused credit facilities, including Euros 149 million on the revolving credit facility.

 

Market risk

 

Market risk comprises the risk of changes in market prices, for example, exchange rates, interest rates, or the prices of equity instruments affecting the Group’s revenues or the value of financial instruments it holds. The objective of managing market risk is to manage and control the Group’s exposure to this risk within reasonable parameters at the same time as optimising returns.

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(i)                  Currency risk

 

The Group operates internationally and is therefore exposed to currency risk when operating with foreign currencies, especially with regard to the US Dollars. Currency risk is associated with future commercial transactions, recognised assets and liabilities, and net investments in foreign operations.

 

The Group holds significant investments in foreign operations, the net assets of which are exposed to currency risk. The conversion risk affecting net assets of the Group’s foreign operations in US Dollars is mitigated primarily through borrowings in this foreign currency.

 

The Group’s main exposure to currency risk is due to the US Dollars, which is used in a significant percentage of transactions in foreign functional currencies.

 

Details of the Group’s exposure to currency risk at 31 December 2013 and 2012 of the most significant financial instruments are shown in note 31.

 

(ii)               Interest rate risk

 

The Group’s interest rate risks arise from current and non-current borrowings. Borrowings at variable interest rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risks. Fixed-rate borrowings expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

 

The purpose of managing interest-rate risk is to balance the debt structure, maintaining part of borrowings at fixed rates and hedging part of variable rate debt.

 

The Group manages cash flow interest rate risks through variable to fixed interest rate swaps.

 

A significant part of the financing obtained accrues interest at fixed rates. This fixed interest debt (High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes) amounts to US Dollars 1,100 million, which represents approximately 29% of the Group’s total debt in US Dollars.

 

For the remaining senior debt in US Dollars, which totals US Dollars 2,136 million, the Group has partially contracted a variable to fixed interest rate swap. At 31 December 2013 the nominal part of this hedging instrument amounts to US Dollars 1,225 million. This nominal part will decrease over the term of the debt, based on the scheduled repayments of the principal. The purpose of these swaps is to convert borrowings at variable interest rates into fixed interest rate debt. Through these swaps the Group undertakes to exchange the difference between fixed interest and variable interest with other parties periodically. The difference is calculated based on the contracted notional amount (see notes 16 (f) and 31). The notional amount of the swap contracted by the Group hedges 57% (63% at 31 December 2012) of the senior variable interest rate debt denominated in US Dollars at 31 December 2013.

 

Senior debt in Euros represents approximately 14% of the Group’s total debt at 31 December 2013 (14% at 31 December 2012). The total senior debt is at variable rates. In order to manage the cash flow interest rate risks a hedging operation has taken place by contracting derivative financial instruments consisting of variable to fixed interest rate swaps. The nominal part of this hedging instrument amounts to Euros 100 million, representing hedging of 27% (25% at 31 December 2012) of the senior variable interest rate debt denominated in Euros at 31 December 2013 (see notes 16 (f) and 31).

 

The fair value of interest rate swaps contracted to reduce the impact of rises in variable interest rates (Libor and Euribor) is accounted for on a monthly basis. These derivative financial instruments comply with hedge accounting requirements.

 

Total fixed-interest debt plus interest rate hedging represent a total of 66% of debt at 31 December 2013.

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(iii)            Market Price risk

 

Price risk affecting raw materials is mitigated by the vertical integration of the haemoderivatives business in a sector which is highly concentrated.

 

The Group has signed two unquoted futures contracts, the underlying asset of which is shares in Grifols, S.A. and it was therefore exposed to risk of value fluctuations. These contracts were settled during 2012 (see note 31).

 

(b)          Capital management

 

The directors’ policy is to maintain a solid capital base in order to ensure investor, creditor and market confidence and sustain future business development. The board of directors defines and proposes the level of dividends paid to shareholders.

 

The directors consider various arguments to calculate capital structure:

 

·              The directors control capital performance using rates of returns on equity (ROE). In 2013, the ROE stood at 16% (14% in December 2012). The ROE is calculated by dividing profit attributable to the Parent by the equity attributable to the Parent.

 

·              In accordance with the senior secured debt contract, at 31 December 2013 the net financial debt should be 3.6 times lower than adjusted EBITDA. In 2013 the leverage ratio is 2.28 times adjusted EBITDA (2.87 times adjusted EBITDA at 31 December 2012).

 

·              Consideration of the Company’s credit rating (see note 21).

 

The Group has no share-based payment schemes for employees.

 

At 31 December 2013 the Group holds no treasury stock (at 31 December 2012 it had treasury stock equivalent to 0.05% of share capital). The Group does not have a formal plan for repurchasing shares.

 

In accordance with the senior unsecured debt contract, Grifols will not be able to distribute dividends while the leverage ratio (net financial debt/adjusted EBITDA) is higher than 4.5.

 

(6)          Segment Reporting

 

In accordance with IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” (Chief Operating Decision Maker), financial information for operating segments is reported in the accompanying Appendix II, which forms an integral part of this note to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Group companies are divided into three areas: companies from the industrial area, companies from the commercial area and companies from the services area. Within each of these areas, activities are organised based on the nature of the products and services manufactured and marketed.

 

Assets, liabilities, income and expenses for segments include directly and reliably attributable items. Items which are not attributed to segments by the Group are:

 

·                   Balance sheet: cash and cash equivalents, other receivables, public entities, deferred tax assets and liabilities, loans and borrowings and certain payables.

 

·                   Statement of profit or loss: general administration expenses, finance result and income tax.

 

There have been no significant inter-segment sales.

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(a)          Operating segments

 

The operating segments defined by the steering committee are as follows:

 

·              Bioscience: including all activities related with products deriving from human plasma for therapeutic use.

 

·              Hospital: comprising all non-biological pharmaceutical products and medical supplies manufactured by Group companies earmarked for hospital pharmacy. Products related with this business which the Group does not manufacture but markets as supplementary to its own products are also included.

 

·              Diagnostic: including the marketing of diagnostic testing equipment, reagents and other equipment, manufactured by Group or other companies.

 

·              Raw materials: including sales of intermediate biological products and the rendering of manufacturing services to third party companies.

 

Details of net sales by groups of products for 2013, 2012 and 2011 as a percentage of net sales are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Bioscience

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hemoderivatives

 

2,448,082

 

2,324,237

 

1,530,063

 

Other hemoderivatives

 

742

 

851

 

1,137

 

Diagnostic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfusional medicine

 

102,350

 

103,809

 

86,591

 

In vitro diagnosis

 

27,989

 

30,532

 

30,767

 

Hospital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fluid therapy and nutrition

 

55,553

 

53,556

 

52,693

 

Hospital supplies

 

41,578

 

42,315

 

42,671

 

Raw materials and others

 

65,438

 

65,644

 

51,691

 

Total

 

2,741,732

 

2,620,944

 

1,795,613

 

 

The Group has concluded that the haemoderivative products are sufficiently alike to be considered as a whole for the following reasons:

 

·              All these products are human plasma derivatives and are manufactured in a similar way.

·              The customers and methods used to distribute these products are similar.

·              All these products are subject to the same regulations regarding production and the same regulatory environment.

 

(b)          Geographical information

 

Geographical information is grouped into four areas:

 

·              United States of America and Canada

·              Spain

·              Rest of the European Union

·              Rest of the world

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For management purposes, the Group excludes the Raw Material segment from the geographical details as it relates to operations which do not form part of the Group’s core business. Sales and assets of the Raw Material segment correspond mainly to the USA.

 

The financial information reported for geographical areas is based on sales to third parties in these markets as well as the location of assets.

 

(c)           Main customer

 

Income from a Bioscience segment customer represents approximately 11.2% of the Group’s total income (10.3% in 2012 and 10.2% in 2011).

 

(7)          Goodwill

 

Details of and movement in this caption of the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

Business

 

Translation

 

2012

 

 

 

Segment

 

Balance

 

Combination

 

differences

 

Balance

 

Net value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols UK,Ltd. (UK)

 

Bioscience

 

8,225

 

 

195

 

8,420

 

Grifols Italia,S.p.A.(Italy)

 

Bioscience

 

6,118

 

 

 

6,118

 

Biomat USA, Inc. (USA)

 

Bioscience

 

116,748

 

792

 

(2,269

)

115,271

 

Plasmacare, Inc. (USA)

 

Bioscience

 

39,722

 

 

(768

)

38,954

 

Grifols Australia Pty Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Australia) / Medion Diagnostics AG (Switzerland)

 

Diagnostic

 

10,870

 

 

25

 

10,895

 

Grifols Therapeutics, Inc. (USA)

 

Bioscience

 

1,713,418

 

2,514

 

(31,691

)

1,684,241

 

Araclon Biotech, S.L. (Spain)

 

Diagnostic

 

 

6,000

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

1,895,101

 

9,306

 

(34,508

)

1,869,899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 3 (b), (c) and (d))

 

 

 

Details of and movement in this caption of the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

Business

 

Translation

 

2013

 

 

 

Segment

 

Balance

 

Combination

 

differences

 

Balance

 

Net value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols UK.Ltd. (UK)

 

Bioscience

 

8,420

 

 

(178

)

8,242

 

Grifols Italia.S.p.A. (Italy)

 

Bioscience

 

6,118

 

 

 

6,118

 

Biomat USA. Inc. (USA)

 

Bioscience

 

115,271

 

 

(4,990

)

110,281

 

Plasmacare. Inc. (USA)

 

Bioscience

 

38,954

 

 

(1,686

)

37,268

 

Grifols Australia Pty Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Australia) / Medion Diagnostics AG (Switzerland)

 

Diagnostic

 

10,895

 

 

(1,510

)

9,385

 

Grifols Therapeutics, Inc. (USA)

 

Bioscience

 

1,684,241

 

 

(72,910

)

1,611,331

 

Araclon Biotech, S.L. (Spain)

 

Diagnostic

 

6,000

 

 

 

6,000

 

Progenika Biopharma, S.A. (Spain)

 

Diagnostic

 

 

40,516

 

 

40,516

 

 

 

 

 

1,869,899

 

40,516

 

(81,274

)

1,829,141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 3(a))

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-44



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Impairment testing:

 

As a result of the acquisition of Talecris in 2011, and for impairment testing purposes, the Group combines the CGUs allocated to the Bioscience segment, grouping them together at segment level, because substantial synergies are expected to arise on the acquisition of Talecris, and in light of the vertical integration of the business and the lack of an independent organised market for the products. Because the synergies benefit the Bioscience segment globally they cannot be allocated to individual CGUs. The Bioscience segment represents the lowest level to which goodwill is allocated and is subject to control by Group management for internal control purposes. For the remaining segments CGUs identified by management are tested for impairment. The following CGUs have been identified in the Diagnostic segment as a result of the business combinations carried out by the Group:

 

·                   Australia-Medion

·                   Progenika

·                   Araclon

 

The recoverable amount of the CGUs was calculated based on their value in use, with the exception of Araclon Biotech, S.L and Progenika, the recoverable amount of which has been determined on the basis of fair value less costs of disposal due to the fact that the transaction is recent. The level of hierarchy used to determine the fair value has been level 2. This value in use and fair value calculations use cash flow projections for five years based on the financial budgets approved by management. Cash flows estimated as of the year in which stable growth in the CGU has been reached are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates indicated below.

 

The key assumptions used in calculating impairment of the CGUs for 2012 were as follows:

 

 

 

Perpetual Growth rate

 

Pre-tax discount rate

 

Bioscience

 

2

%

11.33

%

Diagnostic-Australia

 

2

%

10.55

%

 

The key assumptions used in calculating impairment of the CGUs for 2013 have been as follows:

 

 

 

Perpetual Growth rate

 

Pre-tax discount rate

 

Bioscience

 

2

%

10.60

%

Diagnostic-Australia

 

2

%

9.05

%

 

Management determined budgeted gross margins based on past experience, investments in progress which would imply significant growth in production capacity and its forecast international market development. Perpetual growth rates are coherent with the forecasts included in industry reports. The discount rate used reflects specific risks related to the CGU.

 

As the recoverable amount of the Bioscience CGU is much higher than the carrying amount of the Bioscience segment’s net assets, specific information from the impairment test sensitivity analysis is not included.

 

Based on the results of the impairment test performed on the Australia-Medion CGU, the Group recognised impairment of Euros 13 million for goodwill in 2011. On the basis of the impairment test for 2013, a 4.5% reduction in the gross margin of projections would mean that the value in use of the business would be equal to the carrying amount of the CGU’s assets (reduction of 15% in the gross margin of projections for 2012).

 

At 31 December 2013 Grifols’ stock market capitalisation totals Euros 10,790 million (Euros 7,784 million at 31 December 2012).

 

F-45



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(8)          Other Intangible Assets

 

Details of other intangible assets and movement during the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 are included in Appendix III, which forms an integral part of these notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Intangible assets mainly include currently marketed products. Identifiable intangible assets correspond to Gamunex and have been recognised at fair value at the acquisition date of Talecris and classified as currently marketed products (see note 3(d)).

 

Intangible assets acquired from Progenika mainly include currently marketed products. Identifiable intangible assets correspond to blood, immunology and cardiovascular genotyping. These assets have been recognised at fair value at the acquisition date of Progenika and classified as currently marketed products (see note 3(a)).

 

The cost and accumulated amortisation of currently marketed products acquired from Talecris at 31 December 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

Translation

 

2012

 

 

 

Balance

 

Additions

 

differences

 

Balance

 

Cost of currently marketed products - Gamunex

 

927,429

 

 

(17,925

)

909,504

 

Accumulated amortisation of currently marketed products - Gamunex

 

(18,033

)

(31,125

)

1,157

 

(48,001

)

Carrying amount of currently marketed products - Gamunex

 

909,396

 

(31,125

)

(16,768

)

861,503

 

 

The cost and accumulated amortisation of currently marketed products acquired from Talecris at 31 December 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

Translation

 

2013

 

 

 

Balance

 

Additions

 

differences

 

Balance

 

Cost of currently marketed products - Gamunex

 

909,504

 

 

(39,371

)

870,133

 

Accumulated amortisation of currently marketed products - Gamunex

 

(48,001

)

(30,238

)

3,311

 

(74,928

)

Carrying amount of currently marketed products - Gamunex

 

861,503

 

(30,238

)

(36,060

)

795,205

 

 

Intangible assets recognised relate to currently marketed products acquired from Talecris and comprise the rights on the Gamunex product, its commercialisation and distribution licence, trademark, as well as relations with hospitals. Each of these components are closely linked and fully complementary, are subject to similar risks and have a similar regulatory approval process.

 

The estimated useful life of the currently marketed products is considered limited, has been estimated at 30 years on the basis of the expected life cycle of the product (Gamunex)  and is amortised on a straight-line basis.

 

At 31 December 2013 the residual useful life of currently marketed products is 27 years and 5 months (28 years and 5 months at 31 December 2012).

 

F-46



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The cost and accumulated amortisation of currently marketed products acquired from Progenika at 31 December 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2012

 

Business

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Balance

 

combinations

 

Additions

 

Balance

 

Cost of currently marketed products

 

 

23,792

 

 

23,792

 

Accumulated amortisation of currently marketed products

 

 

 

(1,983

)

(1,983

)

Carrying amount of currently marketed products

 

 

23,792

 

(1,983

)

21,809

 

 

The estimated useful life of the currently marketed products is considered limited, has been estimated at 10 years on the basis of the expected life cycle of the product and is amortised on a straight-line basis.

 

At 31 December 2013 the residual useful life of currently marketed products is 9 years and 2 months.

 

(a)          Self – constructed intangible assets

 

At 31 December 2013 the Group has recognised Euros 19,244 thousand as self-constructed intangible assets (Euros 14,734 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

(b)          Purchase commitments

 

At 31 December 2013 the Group has intangible asset purchase commitments amounting to Euros 361 thousand (Euros 764 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

(c)           Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and development costs in progress

 

At 31 December 2013 the Group has plasma centre licenses with indefinite useful lives under intangible assets for a carrying amount of Euros 23,833 thousand (Euros 24,921 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

The Group has also an amount of Euros 27,435 thousand as development costs in progress (Euros 26,254 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

(d)          Losses on disposal of intangible assets

 

Total losses incurred on disposals of intangible assets in 2013 amount to Euros 2.5 million (losses of Euros 6.1 million in 2012).

 

(e)           Impairment testing

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets have been allocated to the cash-generating unit (CGU) of the Bioscience segment. These assets have been tested for impairment together with goodwill (see note 7).

 

(9)          Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Details of property, plant and equipment and movement in the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are included in Appendix IV, which forms an integral part of this note to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Property, plant and development under construction at 31 December 2013 and 2012 mainly comprise investments made to extend the companies’ equipment and to increase their productive capacity.

 

F-47



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(a)          Insurance

 

Group policy is to contract sufficient insurance coverage for the risk of damage to property, plant and equipment. At 31 December 2013 the Group has a combined insurance policy for all Group companies, which more than adequately covers the carrying amount of all the Group’s assets.

 

(b)          Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

In July 2012 the Group sold the Melville fractionation plant for US Dollars 22.7 million (Euros 18.3 million) to Kedrion, generating a profit of Euros 0.6 million. The Group has a lease contract for this plant.

 

Total losses incurred on disposals of property, plant and equipment for 2013 amount to Euros 2.1 million (Euros 7.7 million in 2012).

 

(c)           Assets under finance lease

 

The Group had contracted the following types of property, plant and equipment under finance leases at 31 December 2012:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

depreciation

 

Carrying amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

2,089

 

(540

)

1,549

 

Plant and machinery

 

31,811

 

(8,988

)

22,823

 

 

 

33,900

 

(9,528

)

24,372

 

 

The Group has contracted the following types of property, plant and equipment under finance leases at 31 December 2013:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

depreciation

 

Carrying amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

1,741

 

(524

)

1,217

 

Plant and machinery

 

30,374

 

(10,961

)

19,413

 

 

 

32,115

 

(11,485

)

20,630

 

 

Details of minimum lease payments and the present value of finance lease liabilities, disclosed by maturity date, are detailed in note 21 (c).

 

During 2011 the Group signed a number of contracts for the sale and leaseback of a production plant and the corresponding machinery and other equipment to third party companies California Biogrif 330, LP and LA 300 Biological Financing, LP, respectively.  The Group also entered into a 99-year lease contract with the same lessor for the land on which the plant sold is built. The lease for the plant was considered as an operating lease while the lease for the machinery and other equipment was considered a finance lease, taking into account the terms of the related purchase option (see note 9f (ii)).

 

(d)          Self — constructed property, plant and equipment

 

At 31 December 2013 the Group has recognised Euros 41,134 thousand as self -constructed property, plant and equipment (Euros 36,877 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

F-48



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(e)           Purchase commitments

 

At 31 December 2013 the Group has property, plant and equipment purchase commitments amounting to Euros 35,956 thousand (Euros 24,774 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

(f)            Sale and leaseback of buildings

 

(i)             Sale and leaseback of Spanish properties

 

On 10 May 2011 the Group sold five properties located in Spain to Gridpan Invest, S.L., a wholly owned subsidiary of Scranton Enterprises, B.V., a shareholder of Grifols, S.A., for Euros 80.4 million (see note 32). These properties related to non-core assets such as offices, warehouses and factory premises. Two of the properties were sold together with their related mortgage loans for a total of Euros 53.5 million.As a result of this operation, the Group incurred a net loss of Euros 7.4 million in 2011, which included Euros 2 million in brokerage fees paid to a related company. The prices paid for the properties were established based on appraisals made by independent appraisers.

 

At the same time, operating lease agreements for the aforementioned properties were entered into with Gridpan Invest, S.L., the key terms of which were as follows:

 

·             Compulsory initial term of five years

·             Initial rent established at market prices and subject to annual review, based on the percentage variation in the Spanish Consumer Price Index (CPI)

·             Automatic extensions for five-year periods that can be terminated by either party by advance six months notice.

·             Upon vacating the premises, Grifols will be compensated by the lessor for any on-site assets in which it has invested, insofar as these have a residual value and are not recoverable by Grifols.

 

Grifols also signed a call option on the shares of Gridpan Invest, S.L., which is exercisable between 10 May 2016 and 10 May 2017 and for which no consideration was required. The strike price will be calculated as the exercise date market value, as determined by independent appraisers.

 

The rental expense incurred by the Group in 2013 for these contracts amounted to Euros 8,210 thousand (Euros 8,020 thousand during 2012), coinciding fully with the minimum contractual payments.

 

(ii)          Sale and leaseback of properties, machinery and other equipment in the USA

 

Los Angeles, CA, USA

 

On 9 June 2011 the Group signed various contracts for the sale and leaseback of a production plant located in Los Angeles, CA, USA with its machinery and other equipment to institutional investors California Biogrif 330, LP and LA 300 Biological Financing, LP, respectively. The Group also entered into a 99-year lease contract with the same lessor for the land on which the plant sold is built. An amount of US Dollars 35.4 million (Euros 24.6 million) was received for the sale of the plant, whilst an amount of US Dollars 23.8 million (Euros 16.5 million) was received for the sale of the machinery and other equipment.

 

The plant lease was considered an operating lease whilst the lease on the machinery and other equipment was considered a finance lease in accordance with the terms of the purchase option. As a result of the sale of the plant, the Group incurred a net loss of US Dollars 2.4 million in 2011 (Euros 1.3 million), mainly due to the expenses incurred by the Group during the operation.

The main terms of the plant operating lease contract are as follows:

 

·             Compulsory initial term of 20 years

·             Initial rent established at market prices and subject to an annual 3% increase. On the first day of the sixth year, the rent remaining up until the 20th year will be paid in advance.

·             Option to extend the lease by a ten-year period at the discretion of the Grifols Group.

 

F-49



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

·             Awarding of purchase options in the sixth and 20th years at a market price to be determined by independent appraisers.

 

The main terms of the finance lease contract for the machinery and other equipment are: a compulsory term of five years and sixty (60) monthly payments of US Dollars 529 thousand (Euros 369 thousand). The lease contract is non-extendable and anticipates the repurchase of the machinery and other equipment for the amount of US Dollars 1 on expiry of the lease term.

 

The rental expense incurred by the Group in 2013 for the operating lease contracts amounted to Euros 1,812 thousand (Euros 1,878 thousand in 2012), coinciding fully with the minimum contractual payments.

 

North Carolina, NC, USA

 

On 29 December 2011, the Group signed a number of contracts for the sale and leaseback of certain buildings and equipment under construction (jointly denominated “New Fractionation Facility” or “NFF”), located in Clayton, North Carolina (USA), with the related company Scranton Enterprises USA, Inc, (hereinafter “Scranton”) (see note 32).

 

The sale price was US Dollars 199 million (Euros 152 million), which has been collected as follows:

 

·             In December 2011 the Group received US Dollars 115 million (Euros 88 million).

·             In June 2012 the Group received the whole outstanding amount for a total of US Dollars 84 million (Euros 67 million).

 

As a result of the transaction, the Group recognised a net loss of US Dollars 12.1 million (Euros 8,9 million) in 2011, primarily due to the brokerage fees paid to a related company, which amounted to US Dollars 10 million.

 

The main terms of the operating lease contract for the building are as follows:

 

·             Compulsory initial lease term: eight years

·             The annual rent was established at a minimum of US Dollars 20.5 million, subject to annual increases in line with inflation.

·             Option enabling Grifols to renew and extend the contract for a further five years.

·             Automatic renewal for additional five-year periods unless one of the parties gives six months’ notice to the contrary.

·             Upon vacating the premises, Grifols will be compensated by the lessor for any on-site assets in which it has invested, insofar as these have a residual value and are not recoverable by Grifols.

·             Scranton Enterprises USA Inc. has required Grifols to lodge a cash or bank guarantee of US Dollars 25 million.

 

The main terms of the lease contract for the land on which the NFF building is located are as follows:

 

·             Initial lease period: 99 years

·             The annual rent has been established at a minimum of US Dollars 1 per year.

 

The Group contracted a call option on the shares of Scranton Investments, B.V., a shareholder of Scranton Enterprises USA, Inc. This option, which had a cost of US Dollars 4 million (see note 11), can be exercised on the date on which the license is granted by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), at five and ten years from that date, and on the expiry date of the lease contract. The purchase price will vary depending on the market value determined on the date the option is exercised.

 

The rental expense incurred by the Group in 2013 for the operating lease contracts amounted to Euros 15,811 thousand (Euros 16,037 thousand in 2012), coinciding fully with the minimum contractual

 

F-50



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

payments.

 

(g)          Impairment

 

One of the CGUs forming part of the Hospital segment has been tested for impairment due to the decrease in the results of the segment and no impairment has been observed. The recoverable amount of the mentioned CGUs is calculated based on the fair value less cost of disposal, using cash flow projections based on 5-year financial budgets approved by management. Cash flows estimated as of the year in which stable growth has been reached in the CGU are extrapolated using a pre-tax discount rate of 10.4% and a perpetual growth rate of 2%.

 

(10)                          Equity Accounted Investees

 

Details of this caption in the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

% ownership

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nanotherapix, S.L.

 

51.00

%

1,354

 

1,387

 

VCN Bioscience, S.L.

 

40.00

%

802

 

1,179

 

Aradigm Corporation

 

35.00

%

21,002

 

0

 

TiGenix N.V.

 

21.30

%

12,443

 

0

 

Mecwins, S.L.

 

25.00

%

164

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

35,765

 

2,566

 

 

The Group has determined that it has significant influence over these investments and has not considered any of them as material.

 

An aggregate summary of the impact on the consolidated statement of profit or loss and consolidated statement of comprehensive income is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Profit / (Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated statement of profit or loss

 

(1,165

)

(1,407

)

(1,064

)

Other consolidated comprehensive income

 

(359

)

0

 

0

 

 

 

(1,524

)

(1,407

)

(1,064

)

 

Aradigm Corporation

 

On 20 May 2013 the Group announced the signing of a worldwide exclusive licensing agreement with Aradigm Corporation to develop and commercialise Pulmaquin and Lipoquin, on the condition that Grifols, S.A. would participate in the capital increase.

 

On 27 August 2013 the Group acquired a 35% interest in Aradigm Corporation for a total of US Dollars 26 million (Euros 20.6 million) and, therefore, the exclusive worldwide licensing agreement to develop and commercialise Pulmaquin and Lipoquin became effective. All shares have the same voting and economic rights.

 

Aradigm’s headquarters are based in Hayward, California, and its shares trade in the Nasdaq OTC BB market.

 

F-51



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Pulmaquin and Lipoquin are inhaled ciprofloxacin formulations for the treatment of severe respiratory diseases, including non-cystic fibrosis bronchiectasis. Aradigm has completed phase 2b clinical trials with Pulmaquin and Lipoquin in bronchiectasis patients.

 

Aradigm has been granted orphan drug designation for liposomal ciprofloxacin for cystic fibrosis in the US and the EU and for the combination of liposomal ciprofloxacin and free ciprofloxacin for bronchiectasis in the US.

 

Grifols and Aradigm have agreed to advance the formulations of Pulmaquin and Lipoquin into phase III clinical trials in bronchiestasis.

 

Pulmaquin will complement Grifols’ existing pulmonary business activity.

 

Grifols will be responsible for all development and clinical expenses up to a maximum of US Dollars 65 million for the bronchiectasis indication. In addition, Aradigm will also be entitled to receive cash payments of up to a maximum of US Dollars 25 million from Grifols, upon achievement of development milestones. Grifols will be responsible for all commercialisation activities and will pay Aradigm royalties on worldwide sales of products.  In relation to this agreement, Grifols has paid an amount of US Dollars 13 million (Euros 9 million) as upfront licensing fees, which have been capitalised under “Other intangible assets” at 31 December 2013.

 

The acquisition of Aradigm is accounted for as an “Investment in equity-accounted investee”, as Grifols does not control the decisions regarding relevant activities nor the governing bodies of the company.

 

TiGenix N.V.

 

On 19 November 2013, the Group company Gri-Cel, S.A., acquired 21.3%, through the subscription of a capital increase with exclusion of preferential subscription right, of the biotechnology company TiGenix N.V.  (hereinafter TiGenix), which is listed on NYSE Euronext Brussels (TIG), with head office in Lovaina and offices in Madrid and Sittard-Geleen (the Netherlands).

 

TiGenix holds a 100% interest in TiGenix, S.A. (formerly Cellerix, S.A.), which engages in research and development of stem cells taken from fatty tissue. Phase III clinical trials are currently at an advanced stage for the treatment of complex perianal fistulas in patients with Crohn’s disease (“Cx601”), and the product achieved orphan drug status from the European Medicines Agency.

 

The agreement with TiGenix envisages the appointment of two directors by Grifols and a preferential right to negotiate the development and commercialisation of any product owned by TiGenix (with the exception of ChondroCelect).

 

The price paid for 21.30% of TiGenix was Euros 12 million.

 

(11)             Financial Assets

 

Details of non-current financial assets on the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current deposits and guarantees

 

3,414

 

3,203

 

Non-current derivatives (note 31)

 

3,155

 

4,502

 

Loans to third parties

 

4,962

 

5,420

 

Loan to associates (note 32)

 

300

 

 

Other non-current financial assets (note 9(f)(ii))

 

3,365

 

3,401

 

Total non-current financial assets

 

15,196

 

16,526

 

 

F-52



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Loans to third parties primarily comprise three mortgage loans extended to the owners of several plasma centres. These loans have a term of 20 years, bear interest at fixed rates and have been secured with mortgage collateral and personal guarantees.

 

Details of other current financial assets on the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits and guarantees

 

232

 

192

 

Loans to associates (note 32)

 

700

 

 

Current loans to third parties

 

268

 

268

 

Total other current financial assets

 

1,200

 

460

 

 

(12)             Inventories

 

Details of inventories at 31 December are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goods for resale

 

97,945

 

95,845

 

Raw materials and supplies

 

280,535

 

342,536

 

Work in progress and semi-finished goods

 

317,155

 

372,520

 

Finished goods

 

283,197

 

232,484

 

 

 

978,832

 

1,043,385

 

Less, inventory provision

 

(31,919

)

(44,741

)

 

 

946,913

 

998,644

 

 

Movement in the inventory provision was as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January

 

44,741

 

35,542

 

4,584

 

Net charge for the year

 

(10,030

)

13,019

 

7,333

 

Business combinations

 

 

4,036

 

37,668

 

Net cancellations for the year

 

(528

)

(8,567

)

(17,315

)

Translation differences

 

(2,264

)

711

 

3,272

 

Balance at 31 December

 

31,919

 

44,741

 

35,542

 

 

F-53



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(13)             Trade and Other Receivables

 

Details at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Trade receivables

 

401,531

 

378,821

 

Bad debt provision (note 31)

 

(15,994

)

(12,799

)

Trade receivables

 

385,537

 

366,022

 

Other receivables

 

15,480

 

20,272

 

Receivables from associates (note 32)

 

27

 

26

 

Personnel

 

324

 

315

 

Advances for fixed assets

 

590

 

147

 

Other advances

 

3,304

 

5,506

 

Taxation authorities, VAT recoverable

 

12,541

 

14,101

 

Other public entities

 

4,245

 

3,466

 

Other receivables

 

36,511

 

43,833

 

Current income tax assets

 

43,533

 

37,318

 

 

 

465,581

 

447,173

 

 

Trade receivables

 

At the end of June 2012 the Group received an amount of Euros 157 million from the Spanish Government relating to receivables from the Social Security, of which Euros 109 million of which comprise receivables previously sold to a financial institution.

 

The Spanish Government imposed the condition that the interest owed by the Social Security authorities should be waived, in order to collect the principal of the receivables. The Group recognised a loss of approximately Euros 11.6 million in its financial statements for the interest claimed from the Social Security authorities which was waived and included under finance result for 2012.

 

Other receivables

 

During 2013, 2012 and 2011 certain Spanish companies of the Grifols Group have sold receivables from several public entities, without recourse, to certain financial institutions. Under some of these contracts, the Group receives an initial payment which usually amounts to approximately 90% of the nominal amount of the receivables sold less the associated sale and purchase costs. The deferred collection (equivalent to the rest of the nominal amount) will be made by the Group once the financial institution has collected the nominal amount of the receivables (or the interest, if the balances are received after more than 36 months, depending on the terms of each particular contract) and this amount is recognised in the balance sheet as a balance receivable from the financial institution. The deferred amount (equivalent to the continuing involvement) represents an amount of Euros 6,463 thousand at 31 December 2013 (Euros 6,132 thousand at 31 December 2012), which does not differ significantly from its fair value and coincides with the amount with maximum exposure to losses. The financial institution makes the initial payment when the sale is completed and therefore, the bad debt risk associated with this part of the nominal amount of the receivables is transferred. The Group has transferred the credit risk and control of the receivables to certain financial institutions and has therefore derecognised the asset transferred, as the risks and rewards inherent to ownership have not been substantially retained.

 

Certain foreign Group companies have also entered into a contract to sell receivables without recourse to various financial institutions.

 

Total balances receivable without recourse sold to financial institutions through the aforementioned contracts in 2013 amount to Euros 244 million (Euros 197 million in 2012).

 

F-54



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The finance cost of these operations for the Group totals approximately Euros 6,972 thousand which has been recognised under finance result in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for 2013 (Euros 7,406 thousand in 2012 and Euros 6,185 thousand in 2011) (see note 27).

 

Details of balances with related parties are shown in note 32.

 

(14)             Other Current Assets

 

Details of this caption of the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Prepaid expenses – professional services

 

5,262

 

5,436

 

Prepaid expenses – insurance

 

3,110

 

4,063

 

Prepaid expenses – leases

 

3,704

 

2,357

 

Other prepaid expenses

 

5,113

 

3,104

 

Total other current assets

 

17,189

 

14,960

 

 

(15)             Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Details of this caption of the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current deposits

 

283,546

 

296,437

 

Cash in hand and at banks

 

425,231

 

176,890

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

708,777

 

473,327

 

 

During 2013 the Group recognised the following transactions which did not require the use of cash and/or cash equivalents:

 

·                  Put and call options relating to the acquisition of Progenika Biopharma, S.A. (see note 3 (a)).

 

·                  Loan of class B shares to a related party (see note 16).

 

·                  Issue of new shares on 4 January 2013 (see note 16).

 

(16)             Equity

 

Details of consolidated equity and movement are shown in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

 

(a)                   Share capital

 

At 31 December 2010 the Company’s share capital was represented by 213,064,899 ordinary shares of Euros 0.50 par value each, which are subscribed and fully paid and have the same voting and profit-sharing rights.

 

At the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting held on 25 January 2011, the shareholders of Grifols agreed to increase share capital by issuing 83,811,688 new shares without voting (Class B shares) rights to complete

 

F-55



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

the acquisition of Talecris. The Class B non-voting shares were listed on the NASDAQ (USA) and the Spanish Automated Quotation System (SIBE/Continuous Market).

 

On 1 June 2011 the Company announced that the “Nota sobre Acciones” (Securities Note) requested for the flotation of Class B Shares was registered. Grifols requested the flotation of the Class B Shares on the Stock Exchanges of Madrid, Barcelona, Bilbao and Valencia, as well as on the Spanish Automated Quotation System (“mercado continuo”) and, through the American Depositary Shares (ADSs), on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ). The trading of Class B Shares on the Spanish Automated Quotation System and the ADSs on the NASDAQ started on 2 June 2011.

 

At the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting held on 2 December 2011, the shareholders of Grifols agreed to increase share capital by Euros 2,969 thousand with a charge to voluntary reserves by issuing 29,687,658 new shares without voting rights to remunerate the shareholders.

 

The total transaction costs incurred by the Group in relation to the aforementioned capital increases amounted to Euros 2,870 thousand at 2011.

 

The fair value of the Class B shares issued in June 2011 was estimated based on their market value during the first few weeks of listing as they were first listed on 2 June 2011. The positive difference, totalling Euros 52,864 thousand, arose from the difference between their fair value assigned by deed (Euros 776,935 thousand) and their fair value (Euros 829,799 thousand), and was recognised in reserves.

 

On 4 December 2012, the shareholders of Grifols approved a share capital increase through the issue of 16,328,212 new Class B non-voting shares, with a charge to voluntary reserves. This issue was executed in a public deed on 4 January 2013 and the shares were admitted for trading on the four Spanish stock exchanges and the Spanish Automated Quotation System on 14 January 2013.

 

On 16 April 2013 Grifols increased its share capital by issuing 884,997 Class B non-voting shares of Euros 0.10 par value each, with a share premium of Euros 23.02 per share. Therefore, the total amount of the share capital increase has been Euros 20,461 thousand, of which Euros 88 thousand corresponds to the par value and Euros 20,373 thousand to share premium. The board of directors has agreed to suppress the pre-emptive subscription rights in connection with the share capital increase.

 

The aforementioned share capital increase has enabled Grifols to return to the lender the non-voting shares to comply with the commitment with the vendors of Progenika shares pursuant to the provisions of the share loan agreement signed in February 2013 (see note 3 (a) and section (d) of this note and note 32).

 

At 31 December 2013, the Company’s share capital amounts to Euros 119,603,705 and comprises:

 

·     Class A shares: 213,064,899 ordinary shares of Euros 0.50 par value each, subscribed and fully paid and of the same class and series.

 

·     Class B shares: 130,712,555 non-voting preference shares of 0.10 Euros par value each, of the same class and series, and with the preferential rights set forth in the Company’s by-laws.

 

The main characteristics of the Class B shares are as follows:

 

·     Each Class B share entitles its holder to receive a minimum annual preferred dividend out of the distributable profits at the end of each year equal to Euros 0.01 per Class B share provided that the aggregate preferred dividend does not exceed the distributable profits of that year and a distribution of dividends has been approved by the Company’s shareholders. This preferred dividend is not cumulative if sufficient distributable profits are not obtained in the period.

 

·     Each Class B share is entitled to receive, in addition to the above-mentioned preferred dividend, the same dividends and other distributions as for one Grifols ordinary share.

 

F-56



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

·     Each Class B share entitles the holder to its redemption under certain circumstances, if a takeover bid for all or part of the shares in the Company has been made, except if holders of Class B shares have been entitled to participate in the bid on the same terms as holders of Class A shares. The redemption terms and conditions reflected in the Company’s by-laws limit the amount that may be redeemed, requiring that sufficient distributable reserves be available, and limit the percentage of shares to be redeemed in line with the ordinary shares to which the bid is addressed.

 

·     In the event the Company were to be wound up and liquidated, each Class B share entitles the holder to receive, before any amounts are paid to holders of ordinary shares, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the par value of the Class B share, and (ii) the share premium paid for the Class B share when it was subscribed. In addition to the Class B liquidation preference amount, each holder is entitled to receive the same liquidation amount that is paid for each ordinary share.

 

These shares are freely transferable.

 

Since 23 July 2012 the ADSs (American Depositary Shares) representing Grifols’ Class B shares (non-voting shares) have had an exchange ratio of 1:1 in relation to Class B shares, ie.1 ADS represents 1 Class B share. The previous rate was 2 ADS per 1 Class B share.

 

The Company’s knowledge of its shareholders is based on information provided voluntarily or in compliance with applicable legislation. According to the information available to the Company, there are no interests representing more than 10% of the Company’s total capital at 31 December 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

Percentage ownership

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Capital Research and Management Company

 

9.98

%

9.98

%

Other

 

90.02

%

90.02

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

100.00

%

 

At 31 December 2013 and 2012, the number of outstanding shares is equal to the total number of Company shares, less treasury stock.

 

Movement in outstanding shares during 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

Class A shares

 

Class B shares

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

 

212,906,573

 

113,483,514

 

(Acquisition) / disposal of treasury stock

 

0

 

(250

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

 

212,906,573

 

113,483,264

 

 

 

 

(note 16 (d))

 

 

Movement in outstanding shares during 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

Class A shares

 

Class B shares

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

 

212,906,573

 

113,483,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital increase with charge to reserves

 

0

 

17,213,209

 

(Acquisition) / disposal of treasury stock

 

158,326

 

15,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

 

213,064,899

 

130,711,902

 

 

 

 

(note 16 (d))

 

 

F-57



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b)         Share premium

 

Movement in the share premium is described in the consolidated statement of changes in equity, which forms an integral part of this note to the consolidated financial statements.

 

(c)           Reserves

 

The drawdown of accumulated gains is subject to legislation applicable to each of the Group companies. At 31 December 2013, Euros 49,601 thousand equivalent to the carrying amount of development costs pending amortisation of certain Spanish companies (Euros 33,097 thousand at 31 December 2012) (see note 8) are, in accordance with applicable legislation, restricted reserves which cannot be distributed until these development costs have been amortised.

 

In February 2013 a related party lent the Group 884,997 Class B shares with a fair value of Euros 18 million, which were used to acquire Progenika (see note 3(a)). Under the Class B share loan agreement, the Group had the commitment to return the same number of Class B shares on or before 31 December 2013. On 16 April 2013 share capital was increased by a nominal amount of Euros 88,499.70, and has enabled Grifols to return the non-voting shares to the lender.

 

In May 2013 Araclon Biotech, S.L. increased capital by an amount of Euros 7 million, Euros 6.9 million of which were subscribed by the Group. As a result, the Group has increased its investment from 51% to 61.12%. The difference between the share capital increase carried out by the Group and the non-controlling interest has been recognised as a Euros 2.8 million decrease in reserves.

 

In November 2013 the Company sold 4,402,986 treasury stocks (ADSs), generating a profit of Euros 11.2 million, recognised in reserves.

 

At 31 December 2013 and 2012 reserves include the IFRS-IASB first-time adoption revaluation reserves and legal reserve of certain Group companies.

 

Legal reserve

 

Companies in Spain are obliged to transfer 10% of each year’s profits to a legal reserve until this reserve reaches an amount equal to 20% of share capital. This reserve is not distributable to shareholders and may only be used to offset losses if no other reserves are available. Under certain conditions it may be used to increase share capital provided that the balance left on the reserve is at least equal to 10% of the nominal value of the total share capital after the increase.

 

At 31 December 2013 the legal reserve of the Company amounts to Euros 23,576 thousand (Euros 21,323 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

Distribution of the legal reserves of Spanish companies is subject to the same restrictions as those of the Company and at 31 December 2013 the balance of the legal reserve of other Spanish companies amounts to Euros 2,113 thousand (Euros 2,106 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

Other foreign Group companies have a legal reserve amounting to Euros 587 thousand at 31 December 2013 and 2012.

 

(d)         Treasury stock

 

Movement in Class A treasury stock during 2012 is as follows:

 

F-58



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

No. of Class A shares

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

 

158,326

 

1,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of Class A shares

 

210,257

 

5,192

 

Disposal of Class A shares

 

(210,257

)

(4,061

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

 

158,326

 

3,058

 

 

Movement in Class B treasury stock during 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

No. of Class B shares

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2012

 

15,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of Class B shares

 

250

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

 

16,082

 

2

 

 

Movement in Class A treasury stock during 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

No. of Class A shares

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

 

158,326

 

3,058

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of Class A shares

 

448,802

 

11,040

 

Disposal of Class A shares

 

(607,128

)

(14,098

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

 

0

 

0

 

 

Movement in Class B treasury stock during 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

No. of Class B shares

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January 2013

 

16,082

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash acquisition of Class B shares

 

6,177,372

 

127,788

 

Non-cash acquisition of Class B shares

 

884,997

 

17,744

 

Cash disposal of Class B shares

 

(5,307,804

)

(107,329

)

Non-cash disposal of Class B shares

 

(1,769,994

)

(38,205

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

 

653

 

0

 

 

On 11 March 2013 Grifols S.A. purchased 4,402,986 of its American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) from various funds managed by Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. and/or its affiliated advisory entities for a total of Euros 88.9 million (US Dollars 118.9 million, or US Dollars 27 per ADS). Grifols originally issued the ADSs to Cerberus in June 2011 in connection with the acquisition of Talecris Biotherapeutics Corp. Cerberus was the majority shareholder of Talecris. In November 2013, the Company sold all the ADSs forming part of its treasury stock. The sale generated a profit of Euros 11.2 million, which has been recognised in reserves.

 

Cash acquisitions Class B include the purchase of the Class B shares from the vendor shareholders of Progenika for which Grifols exercised the cash option for an amount of Euros 18,399 thousand. This amount has been considered as cash used in investing activities in the statement of cash flows.

 

Cash acquisitions also include purchases of Class B shares issued on 16 April 2013 and subscribed by a financial institution (see section (a) of this note).

 

F-59



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Non-cash acquisitions and disposals of Class B shares include a share loan transaction entered into with a related party (see note 32). Subsequent disposals include Class B shares exchanged in the acquisition of Progenika Biopharma, S.A. (see notes 3(a) and 15).

 

Cash obtained through disposals of Class A and B shares amounts to Euros 15,286 thousand and Euros 119,903 thousand, respectively.

 

The Parent held Class A and B treasury stock equivalent to 0.05% of its capital at 31 December 2012. The Parent does not hold any Class A treasury stock at 31 December 2013.

 

(e)          Distribution of profit

 

The profits of Grifols, S.A. and subsidiaries will be distributed as agreed by respective shareholders at their general meetings.

 

Grifols will not be able to distribute dividends while the leverage ratio (net financial debt/adjusted EBITDA) is higher than 4.5.

 

The proposed distribution of profit of the Parent Grifols, S.A. for the years ended 31 December 2013 and the distribution approved for the year 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Legal Reserve

 

344

 

2,254

 

Voluntary reserve

 

29,189

 

48,808

 

Preferred dividend

 

1,307

 

1,307

 

Interim dividend

 

68,755

 

0

 

Dividend

 

68,756

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit of the Parent

 

168,351

 

52,369

 

 

The following dividends were paid in 2013:

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

% of par value

 

Euros per share

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares (interim dividend)

 

40

%

0.2

 

42,612

 

Non-voting shares (interim dividend)

 

200

%

0.2

 

26,143

 

Non-voting shares (preferred dividend)

 

10

%

0.01

 

1,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

70,062

 

 

At the general meeting held on 24 May 2013, the shareholders of Grifols approved the distribution of interim dividend for 2013 of Euros 0.20 for each Class A and B share, recognising a total of Euros 68,755 thousand as interim dividend.

 

These amounts to be distributed did not exceed the profits generated by the Company since the end of the last reporting period, less the estimated income tax payable on these profits, in accordance with article 277 of the Revised Spanish Companies Act.

 

The Statement of Liquidity for Distribution of Interim Dividend 2013 prepared in accordance with legal requirements and which shows the existence of sufficient liquidity to be able to distribute the aforementioned dividend is provided in Appendix V.

 

F-60



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At a general meeting held on 24 May 2013 the shareholders approved the distribution of a preferred dividend of Euros 0.01 for every Class B non-voting share.

 

The distribution of the profit for the year ended 31 December 2012 is presented in the consolidated statement of changes in equity.

 

(f)           Cash flow hedges

 

In June and October 2011 Grifols contracted variable to fixed interest-rate swaps for initial nominal amounts of US Dollars 1,550 million and Euros 100 million, respectively, to hedge interest-rate risk on its senior debt. The Group has recognised these financial derivatives as cash flow hedges (see notes 5 (a) and 31).

 

Ineffective cash flow hedges recognised as finance income and cost in the consolidated statement of profit or loss (consolidated statement of comprehensive income) for 2013 amount to Euros 1,015 thousand (Euros 226 thousand in 2012).

 

(17)        Earnings Per Share

 

The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the profit for the year attributable to the shareholders of the Parent divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in circulation throughout the year, excluding treasury stock.

 

Details of the calculation of basic earnings per share are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Parent (thousands of Euros)

 

345,551

 

256,686

 

50,307

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

 

340,505,298

 

342,701,194

 

308,036,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share (Euros per share)

 

1.01

 

0.75

 

0.16

 

 

The weighted average number of ordinary shares issued (basic and diluted) is determined as follows:

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued shares outstanding at 1 January

 

342,708,823

 

342,709,051

 

258,897,363

 

Effect of shares issued

 

627,984

 

 

49,138,907

 

Effect of treasury stock

 

(2,831,509

)

(7,857

)

 

Average weighted number of ordinary shares outstanding at 31 December

 

340,505,298

 

342,701,194

 

308,036,270

 

 

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the Parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in circulation considering the diluting effects of potential ordinary shares. At 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011 basic and diluted earnings per share are the same as no potential diluting effects exist.

 

F-61



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(18)        Non-Controlling Interests

 

Details of non-controlling interests and movement at 31 December 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination /

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

consolidated

 

 

 

Translation

 

2012

 

 

 

Balance

 

Additions

 

Group

 

Disposals

 

differences

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols (Thailand) Pte Ltd

 

1,770

 

22

 

 

(59

)

28

 

1,761

 

Grifols Malaysia Sdn Bhd

 

717

 

(16

)

 

 

12

 

713

 

Araclon Biotech, S.A.

 

 

(1,316

)

2,188

 

 

 

872

 

Medion Grifols Diagnostic AG

 

 

23

 

 

 

5

 

28

 

GRI-CEI S/A Productos para transfusao

 

 

(22

)

679

 

 

(58

)

599

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,487

 

(1,309

)

2,867

 

(59

)

(13

)

3,973

 

 

Details of non-controlling interests and movement at 31 December 2013 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Combination /

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

consolidated

 

Capital

 

 

 

Translation

 

2013

 

 

 

Balance

 

Additions

 

Group

 

increases

 

Disposals

 

differences

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols (Thailand) Pte Ltd

 

1,761

 

(18

)

 

 

(6

)

(183

)

1,554

 

Grifols Malaysia Sdn Bhd

 

713

 

74

 

 

 

 

(86

)

701

 

Araclon Biotech, S.A.

 

872

 

(2,955

)

 

2,895

 

 

 

812

 

Medion Grifols Diagnostic AG

 

28

 

(309

)

 

 

 

(1

)

(282

)

GRI-CEI S/A Productos para

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,721

 

transfusao

 

599

 

(5

)

 

 

1,547

 

 

 

(420

)

 

 

Progenika Biopharma, S.A.

 

 

14

 

1,093

 

 

 

8

 

1,115

 

Brainco Biopharma, S.L.

 

 

(283

)

664

 

 

 

 

381

 

Abyntek Biopharma, S.L.

 

 

(15

)

(45

)

 

 

 

(60

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,973

 

(3,497

)

1,712

 

4,442

 

(6

)

(682

)

5,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 3 (a)

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19)        Grants

 

Details are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital grants

 

5,977

 

4,826

 

Interest rate grants (preference loans)

 

1,057

 

1,029

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,034

 

5,855

 

 

F-62



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Details of capital grants are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Total grant amount:

 

 

 

 

 

Prior years

 

10,351

 

6,144

 

Current year

 

1,864

 

4,207

 

 

 

12,215

 

10,351

 

Less, income recognised:

 

 

 

 

 

In prior years

 

(5,309

)

(4,781

)

During the year

 

(558

)

(528

)

 

 

(5,867

)

(5,309

)

Translation differences

 

(371

)

(216

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount of capital grants

 

5,977

 

4,826

 

 

Interest-rate grants (preference loans) reflect the implicit interest on loans extended by the Spanish Ministry of Science and Technology as these are interest free.

 

Movement for 2011 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

Transfer to profit

 

2011

 

 

 

Balance

 

Additions

 

and loss

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate grants (preference loans)

 

258

 

225

 

(275

)

208

 

 

Movement for 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

Transfer to profit

 

2012

 

 

 

Balance

 

Additions

 

and loss

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate grants (preference loans)

 

208

 

1,255

 

(434

)

1,029

 

 

Movement for 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

Transfer to profit

 

2013

 

 

 

Balance

 

Additions

 

and loss

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate grants (preference loans)

 

1,029

 

600

 

(572

)

1,057

 

 

F-63



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(20)             Provisions

 

Details of provisions at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Non-current provisions (a)

 

2013

 

2012

 

Provisions for pensions and similar obligations

 

2,595

 

2,049

 

Other provisions

 

1,607

 

1,299

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current provisions

 

4,202

 

3,348

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Current provisions (b)

 

2013

 

2012

 

Trade provisions

 

51,459

 

55,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current provisions

 

51,459

 

55,139

 

 

(a)              Non-current provisions

 

At 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011 provisions for pensions and similar obligations mainly comprise a provision made by certain foreign subsidiaries in respect of labour commitments with certain employees.

 

Movement in provisions during 2011 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2010

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

2011

 

 

 

Balance

 

combination

 

Net Charge

 

Cancellations

 

differences

 

Balance

 

Non-current provisions

 

1,378

 

9,250

 

1,848

 

(2,254

)

830

 

11,052

 

 

 

1,378

 

9,250

 

1,848

 

(2,254

)

830

 

11,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 3(d))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movement in provisions during 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

2012

 

 

 

Balance

 

Net Charge

 

Cancellations

 

Reclassifications

 

differences

 

Balance

 

Non-current provisions

 

11,052

 

(695

)

(470

)

(6,641

)

102

 

3,348

 

 

 

11,052

 

(695

)

(470

)

(6,641

)

102

 

3,348

 

 

Movement in provisions during 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

2012 Balance

 

Net Charge

 

Cancellations

 

differences

 

2013 Balance

 

Non-current provisions

 

3,348

 

1,776

 

(854

)

(68

)

4,202

 

 

 

3,348

 

1,776

 

(854

)

(68

)

4,202

 

 

F-64



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b)              Current provisions

 

Movement in trade provisions during 2011 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2010

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

2011

 

 

 

Balance

 

combination

 

Net Charge

 

Cancellations

 

differences

 

Balance

 

Trade provisions

 

4,365

 

67,965

 

2,045

 

(1,117

)

7,854

 

81,112

 

 

 

4,365

 

67,965

 

2,045

 

(1,117

)

7,854

 

81,112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 3(d))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movement in trade provisions during 2012 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2011

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

2012

 

 

 

Balance

 

combinations

 

Net Charge

 

Cancellations

 

Reclassifications

 

differences

 

Balance

 

Trade provisions

 

81,112

 

773

 

(2,158

)

(37,758

)

12,601

 

569

 

55,139

 

 

 

81,112

 

773

 

(2,158

)

(37,758

)

12,601

 

569

 

55,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 3(d))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movement in trade provisions during 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2012

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

2013

 

 

 

Balance

 

combination

 

Net Charge

 

Cancellations

 

differences

 

Balance

 

Trade provisions

 

55,139

 

37

 

418

 

(2,050

)

(2,085

)

51,459

 

 

 

55,139

 

37

 

418

 

(2,050

)

(2,085

)

51,459

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 3(a))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2011 trade provisions, arising from the Talecris business combination, included US Dollars 46.6 million (Euros 36 million) relating to litigation with Plasma Centers of America, LLC (PCA) and G&M Crandall Limited Family Partnership. During the third quarter of 2012, this litigation ended and the Group has paid a total of US Dollars 45 million (Euros 36.8 million). As a result of the reversal of the provision made prior to payment, the Group realised a net profit of US Dollars 3.2 million (Euros 2.6 million). This profit is included under selling, general and administration expenses in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

 

F-65



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(21)             Financial Liabilities

 

This note provides information on the contractual conditions of the loans obtained by the Group, which are measured at amortised cost, except the financial derivatives, which are measured at fair value. For further information on exposure to interest rate risk, currency risk and liquidity risk and the fair values of financial liabilities, please refer to note 31.

 

Details at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current obligations (a)

 

717,590

 

727,608

 

Senior secured debt (b)

 

1,677,607

 

1,807,339

 

Other loans (b)

 

30,680

 

33,449

 

Finance lease liabilities (c)

 

12,099

 

17,592

 

Financial derivatives (note 31)

 

68,033

 

93,515

 

Other non-current financial liabilities (e)

 

47,202

 

11,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current financial liabilities

 

2,553,211

 

2,690,819

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current obligations (a)

 

72,629

 

42,968

 

Senior secured debt (b)

 

112,422

 

83,659

 

Other loans (b)

 

56,568

 

55,703

 

Finance lease liabilities (c)

 

7,087

 

7,005

 

Other current financial liabilities (e)

 

9,438

 

6,243

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current financial liabilities

 

258,144

 

195,578

 

 

(a)              Bonds

 

On 13 January 2011, the Group concluded its planned issue of High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes for an amount of US Dollars 1,100 million, with a seven-year maturity period (2018) and an annual coupon of 8.25%. This issue, in conjunction with the already completed syndicated loan described in paragraphs below enabled the Group to obtain the necessary funds to finance the acquisition of Talecris (see note 3 (d)) on 2 June 2011. In November 2011 the Group registered its corporate notes in the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) using form F4.

 

On 2 June 2011 and in accordance with the requirements of the new credit agreement, the Group cancelled corporate bonds amounting to US Dollars 600 million and recognised all the associated transaction costs in profit or loss. The costs of cancelling the corporate bonds amounted to Euros 112 million. These costs were included as transaction costs as this was one of the necessary requirements for obtaining additional financing. These costs, together with other costs deriving from the debt issue (underwriting fees, ticking fees, closing fees etc.) were deferred as transaction costs and will be taken to profit or loss in accordance with the effective interest rate.

 

Unamortised financing costs of High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes amounted to Euros 80 million at 31 December 2013 (Euros 106 million at 31 December 2012).

 

Details of movement in the High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes at 31 December 2012 are as follows:

 

F-66



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

Opening outstanding

 

Translation

 

Closing outstanding

 

 

 

balance 01/01/12

 

differences

 

balance 31/12/12

 

High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes (nominal amount)

 

850,143

 

(16,431

)

833,712

 

Total

 

850,143

 

(16,431

)

833,712

 

 

Details of movement in the High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes at 31 December 2013 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

Opening outstanding

 

Translation

 

Closing outstanding

 

 

 

balance 01/01/13

 

differences

 

balance 31/12/13

 

High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes (nominal amount)

 

833,712

 

(36,090

)

797,622

 

Total

 

833,712

 

(36,090

)

797,622

 

 

At 31 December 2013 and 2012 the current bonds caption includes the issue of bearer promissory notes to Group employees, as follows:

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

 

 

Promissory

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amount of

 

 

 

notes

 

 

 

pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

promissory

 

 

 

subscribed

 

Buy back

 

accrual

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

notes

 

Interest

 

(Thousands of

 

(Thousands

 

(Thousands of

 

 

 

Issue date

 

date

 

(Euros)

 

rate

 

Euros)

 

of Euros)

 

Euros)

 

Issue of bearer promissory notes

 

04/05/12

 

04/05/13

 

3,000

 

5.00

%

14,703

 

(156

)

(238

)

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal

 

 

 

Promissory

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amount of

 

 

 

notes

 

 

 

pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

promissory

 

 

 

subscribed

 

Buy back

 

accrual

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

notes

 

Interest

 

(Thousands of

 

(Thousands

 

(Thousands of

 

 

 

Issue date

 

date

 

(Euros)

 

rate

 

Euros)

 

of Euros)

 

Euros)

 

Issue of bearer promissory notes

 

04/05/13

 

04/05/14

 

3,000

 

5.00

%

43,830

 

2,115

 

(733

)

 

F-67



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b)          Loans and borrowings

 

Details of loans and borrowings at 31 December 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

 

Maturity

 

Amount

 

Carrying

 

Amount

 

Carrying

 

Credit

 

Currency

 

Interest rate

 

awarded

 

date

 

extended

 

amount

 

extended

 

amount

 

Senior debt - Tranche A

 

Euros

 

Euribor + 3.5%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2016

 

220,000

 

143,000

 

220,000

 

176,000

 

Senior debt - Tranche B

 

Euros

 

Euribor + 3.5%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2017

 

200,000

 

194,000

 

200,000

 

196,000

 

Senior debt - Tranche A

 

US Dollars

 

Libor + 3.25%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2016

 

435,066

 

282,793

 

454,752

 

363,802

 

Senior debt - Tranche B

 

US Dollars

 

Libor + 3.5%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2017

 

1,232,688

 

1,184,831

 

1,288,464

 

1,255,116

 

Total senior debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,087,754

 

1,804,624

 

2,163,216

 

1,990,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revolving Credit

 

Euros

 

Euribor + 3.25%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2016

 

21,700

 

 

21,700

 

 

Revolving Credit

 

US Dollars

 

Libor + 3.25%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2016

 

25,379

 

 

26,527

 

 

Revolving Credit

 

Multicurrency

 

Libor + 3.25%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2016

 

101,515

 

 

106,109

 

 

Total Revolving Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

148,594

 

 

154,336

 

 

Other non-current loans

 

Euros

 

Euribor-Euribor+4%

 

30/07/2009

 

25/06/2020

 

39,800

 

30,707

 

39,310

 

33,449

 

Loan transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(127,044

)

 

(183,579

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current loans and borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,276,148

 

1,708,287

 

2,356,862

 

1,840,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior debt - Tranche A

 

Euros

 

Euribor + 3.5%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2016

 

(*

)

33,000

 

(*

)

23,375

 

Senior debt - Tranche B

 

Euros

 

Euribor + 3.5%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2017

 

(*

)

2,000

 

(*

)

200

 

Senior debt - Tranche A

 

US Dollars

 

Libor + 3.25%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2016

 

(*

)

65,260

 

(*

)

48,317

 

Senior debt - Tranche B

 

US Dollars

 

Libor + 3.5%

 

23/11/2010

 

01/06/2017

 

(*

)

15,952

 

(*

)

16,674

 

Total senior debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

116,212

 

 

88,566

 

Other current loans

 

 

 

1.04%-12%

 

 

 

 

 

235,700

 

56,794

 

192,466

 

57,503

 

Loan transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,016

)

 

(6,707

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current loans and borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

235,700

 

168,990

 

192,466

 

139,362

 

 


(*) See amount granted under non-current debt

 

F-68



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Current loans and borrowings include accrued interest amounting to Euros 332 thousand (Euros 338 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

On 23 November 2010 the Company signed senior debt agreements of US Dollars 3,400 million for the purchase of Talecris. On 29 February 2012 the Company closed the negotiations to amend and improve the terms and conditions of the senior debt. The present value discounted from cash flows under the new agreement, including costs for fees paid and discounted using the original effective interest rate differs by less than 10% of the present value discounted from cash flows remaining in the original debt, whereby the new agreement is not substantially any different to the original agreement.

 

The costs of refinancing the senior debt amounted to Euros 43.8 million. The modification of the terms in the embedded derivatives of the senior debt formed part of the refinancing (see note 31) and the resulting change in the present values amounting to Euros 65 million have reduced the financing cost. Based on an analysis of the quantitative and qualitative factors, the Group concluded that the renegotiation of conditions of the senior debt did not trigger a derecognition of the liability. Therefore, the net amount of the financing cost reduced the previous amount recognised and will form part of the amortised cost over the duration of the debt. Unamortised financing costs from the senior secured debt amount to Euros 131 million at 31 December 2013 (Euros 190 million at 31 December 2012).

 

The main amendments were basically as follows:

 

·              Reduction of interest rates, retranching (US Dollars 600 million from Tranche A to Tranche B) and modification of the embedded floor;

 

·              Removal of covenants relating to limitations in fixed assets investments and the debt service coverage ratio;

 

·              Amendment to the leverage ratio limiting the distribution of dividends, improving from the current 3.75 to the new ratio of 4.5, as well as relaxing certain conditions relating to certain contracts;

 

The Group repaid in advance approximately US Dollars 240 million from the non-current senior debt during 2012.

 

Details of the Tranche A principal by maturity at 31 December 2013 are as follows:

 

 

 

Tranche A in US Dollars

 

Tranche A in Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation in

 

Amortisation in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

thousands of US

 

thousands of

 

 

 

Amortisation in

 

 

 

Currency

 

Dollars

 

Euros

 

Currency

 

thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

US Dollars

 

90,000

 

65,260

 

Euros

 

33,000

 

2015

 

US Dollars

 

292,500

 

212,095

 

Euros

 

107,250

 

2016

 

US Dollars

 

97,500

 

70,698

 

Euros

 

35,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

US Dollars

 

480,000

 

348,053

 

Euros

 

176,000

 

 

F-69



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Details of the Tranche B principal by maturity at 31 December 2013 are as follows:

 

 

 

Tranche B in US Dollars

 

Tranche B in Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation in

 

Amortisation in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

thousands of US

 

thousands of

 

 

 

Amortisation in

 

 

 

Currency

 

Dollars

 

Euros

 

Currency

 

thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

US Dollars

 

22,000

 

15,952

 

Euros

 

2,000

 

2015

 

US Dollars

 

22,000

 

15,952

 

Euros

 

2,000

 

2016

 

US Dollars

 

22,000

 

15,952

 

Euros

 

2,000

 

2017

 

US Dollars

 

1,590,000

 

1,152,927

 

Euros

 

190,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

US Dollars

 

1,656,000

 

1,200,783

 

Euros

 

196,000

 

 

The issue of High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes and senior debt is subject to compliance with certain covenants: leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio. At 31 December 2013 the Group complies with these financial covenants.

 

In addition, the Company and Grifols Inc. have pledged their assets as collateral, and the shares of certain group companies have been pledged, to guarantee repayment of the senior debt.

 

Grifols will not be able to distribute dividends while the leverage ratio (net financial debt/adjusted EBITDA) is higher than 4.5.

 

Grifols, S.A., Grifols Inc. and other significant Group companies, act as guarantor for the High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes. Significant Group companies are those companies that contribute 85% of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA), 85% of the Group’s consolidated assets and 85% of total revenues, and those companies that represent more than 3% of the above mentioned indicators.

 

On 17 March 2014 the Group has concluded the refinancing process of its debt (see note 33).

 

(c)           Finance lease liabilities

 

Details of minimum payments and the present value of finance lease liabilities, by maturity date, are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Minimum

 

 

 

Present

 

Minimum

 

 

 

Present

 

 

 

payments

 

Interest

 

Value

 

payments

 

Interest

 

Value

 

Maturity at:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than one year

 

8,519

 

1,432

 

7,087

 

9,119

 

2,114

 

7,005

 

Two years

 

7,184

 

870

 

6,314

 

8,492

 

1,524

 

6,968

 

Three years

 

3,650

 

327

 

3,323

 

6,815

 

838

 

5,977

 

Four years

 

1,391

 

195

 

1,196

 

3,250

 

269

 

2,981

 

Five years

 

1,077

 

102

 

975

 

957

 

120

 

837

 

More than five years

 

311

 

20

 

291

 

880

 

51

 

829

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

22,132

 

2,946

 

19,186

 

29,513

 

4,916

 

24,597

 

 

(d)          Credit rating

 

On 15 July 2013 Moody’s Investors Service upgraded Grifols’ corporate credit rating to Ba2, its senior debt rating to Ba1 and its corporate bond rating to B1, with a positive outlook. As a result of the announcement of the acquisition of the transfusion diagnostics and immunology business from the Swiss company Novartis

 

F-70



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

International ADG on 21 November 2013, Moody’s Investors Service re-confirmed Grifols’ corporate rating and changed the outlook to negative.

 

On 13 November 2013 Standard & Poor’s confirmed the global corporate credit rating of Grifols, issued on 1 August 2012, at BB, with senior secured debt being BB+ and the corporate bond being B+. All the ratings have a stable outlook.

 

(e)           Other financial liabilities

 

At 31 December 2013 other financial liabilities include interest-free loans extended by governmental institutions amounting to Euros 22,282 thousand (Euros 12,660 thousand at 31 December 2012). The portion of the loans considered a grant and still to be taken to profit or loss amounts to Euros 1,057 thousand (Euros 1,029 thousand at 31 December 2012) (see note 19).

 

At 31 December 2013 other non-current financial liabilities include Euros 27,624 thousand relating to the put and call option extended by the Group and the shareholders of Progenika (see note 3(a)).

 

At 31 December 2013 and 2012 other current financial liabilities also include approximately Euros 3,955 thousand and Euros 2,631 thousand, respectively, which have been collected directly from Social Security affiliated bodies and transferred to financial institutions (see note 13).

 

Details of the maturity of other financial liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Maturity at:

 

 

 

 

 

Up to one year

 

9,438

 

6,243

 

Two years

 

4,195

 

3,092

 

Three years

 

26,242

 

2,396

 

Four years

 

3,318

 

1,950

 

Five years

 

7,352

 

1,572

 

Over five years

 

6,095

 

2,306

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,640

 

17,559

 

 

(22)   Trade and Other Payables

 

Details are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suppliers

 

273,621

 

228,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VAT payable

 

8,608

 

5,518

 

Tax authorities, withholdings payable

 

4,062

 

3,798

 

Social security payable

 

5,938

 

3,745

 

Other public entities

 

23,780

 

14,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other payables

 

42,388

 

27,357

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax liabilities

 

2,934

 

5,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

318,943

 

261,441

 

 

Suppliers

 

Details of balances with related parties are shown in note 32.

 

F-71



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Group’s exposure to currency risk and liquidity risk associated with trade and other payables is described in note 31.

 

(23)   Other Current Liabilities

 

Details at 31 December are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands od Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries payable

 

75,421

 

75,122

 

Other payables

 

1,183

 

2,917

 

Deferred income

 

2,395

 

0

 

Advances received

 

5,068

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

84,067

 

78,039

 

 

(24)   Net revenues

 

Net revenues are mainly generated by the sale of goods.

 

The distribution of net consolidated revenues for 2013, 2012 and 2011 by segment is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bioscience

 

2,448,824

 

2,325,088

 

1,531,199

 

Diagnostic

 

130,339

 

134,342

 

117,358

 

Hospital

 

97,131

 

95,870

 

95,365

 

Raw Material and others

 

65,438

 

65,644

 

51,691

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,741,732

 

2,620,944

 

1,795,613

 

 

The geographical distribution of net consolidated revenues is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

USA and Canada

 

1,707,620

 

1,658,548

 

948,730

 

Spain

 

207,922

 

212,983

 

230,871

 

European Union

 

361,905

 

346,345

 

295,754

 

Rest of the world

 

426,257

 

371,618

 

289,732

 

Subtotal

 

2,703,704

 

2,589,494

 

1,765,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw Materials

 

38,028

 

31,450

 

30,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

2,741,732

 

2,620,944

 

1,795,613

 

 

F-72



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Details of discounts and other reductions to gross income are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross sales

 

2,915,496

 

2,741,405

 

1,901,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chargebacks

 

(58,065

)

(34,102

)

(38,248

)

Cash discounts

 

(28,831

)

(27,447

)

(16,135

)

Volume rebates

 

(50,505

)

(29,391

)

(25,079

)

Medicare and Medicaid

 

(18,961

)

(16,332

)

(9,945

)

Other discounts

 

(17,402

)

(13,189

)

(16,151

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

2,741,732

 

2,620,944

 

1,795,613

 

 

Movement in discounts and other reductions to gross income during 2011 were as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

Volume

 

Medicare /

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Chargebacks

 

discounts

 

rebates

 

Medicaid

 

discounts

 

Total

 

Balance at 31 December 2010

 

 

1,150

 

3,229

 

2,957

 

833

 

8,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business combinations

 

2,466

 

1,199

 

7,506

 

6,352

 

 

17,523

 

Current estimate related to sales made in current and prior year

 

38,248

 

16,135

 

25,079

 

9,945

 

16,151

 

105,558

(1)

(Actual returns or credits in current period related to sales made in current period)

 

(35,145

)

(16,698

)

(16,561

)

(5,336

)

(15,472

)

(89,212

)(2)

(Actual returns or credits in current period related to sales made in prior periods)

 

(2,032

)

 

(10,822

)

(5,210

)

(833

)

(18,897

)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2011

 

3,537

 

1,786

 

8,431

 

8,708

 

679

 

23,141

 

 

Movement in discounts and other reductions to gross income during 2012 were as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

Volume

 

Medicare /

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Chargebacks

 

discounts

 

rebates

 

Medicaid

 

discounts

 

Total

 

Balance at 31 December 2011

 

3,537

 

1,786

 

8,431

 

8,708

 

679

 

23,141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current estimate related to sales made in current and prior year

 

34,102

 

27,447

 

29,391

 

16,332

 

13,189

 

120,461

(1)

(Actual returns or credits in current period related to sales made in current period)

 

(27,655

)

(25,277

)

(20,345

)

(10,212

)

(13,189

)

(96,678

)(2)

(Actual returns or credits in current period related to sales made in prior periods)

 

(3,663

)

(1,645

)

(9,841

)

(8,495

)

(679

)

(24,323

)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation differences

 

(15

)

(191

)

2,683

 

451

 

(30

)

2,898

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

 

6,306

 

2,120

 

10,319

 

6,784

 

(30

)

25,499

 

 

F-73



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Movement in discounts and other reductions to gross income during 2013 were as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

Volume

 

Medicare /

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Chargebacks

 

discounts

 

rebates

 

Medicaid

 

discounts

 

Total

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

 

6,306

 

2,120

 

10,319

 

6,784

 

(30

)

25,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current estimate related to sales made in current and prior year

 

58,065

 

28,831

 

50,505

 

18,961

 

17,402

 

173,764

(1)

(Actual returns or credits in current period related to sales made in current period)

 

(41,209

)

(25,428

)

(33,510

)

(15,948

)

(17,167

)

(133,262

)(2)

(Actual returns or credits in current period related to sales made in prior periods)

 

(5,201

)

(2,112

)

(8,252

)

(1,901

)

27

 

(17,439

)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation differences

 

(983

)

(144

)

(765

)

(339

)

(22

)

(2,253

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

 

16,978

 

3,267

 

18,297

 

7,557

 

210

 

46,309

 

 


(1) Net impact in income statement: estimate for the current year plus prior years’ adjustments. Adjustments made

during the year corresponding to prior years’ estimates have not been significant.

(2) Amounts credited and posted against provisions for current period

(2) Amounts credited and posted against provisions for prior period

 

(25)                   Personnel Expenses

 

Details of personnel expenses by function are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Cost of sales

 

412,660

 

410,382

 

310,550

 

Research and development

 

57,012

 

59,925

 

38,626

 

Selling, general & administrative expenses

 

203,944

 

193,631

 

139,465

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

673,616

 

663,938

 

488,641

 

 

Details by nature are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Wages and salaries

 

549,703

 

534,554

 

394,714

 

Contributions to pension plans (note 30)

 

10,233

 

10,637

 

8,785

 

Other social charges

 

14,059

 

13,803

 

10,202

 

Social Security

 

99,621

 

104,944

 

74,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

673,616

 

663,938

 

488,641

 

 

F-74



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(26)             Expenses by Nature

 

(a)          Amortisation and depreciation

 

Expenses for the amortisation and depreciation of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, incurred during 2013, 2012 and 2011 classified by functions are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Cost of sales

 

69,091

 

66,200

 

49,297

 

Research and development

 

12,018

 

9,693

 

9,669

 

Selling, general & administrative expenses

 

47,360

 

53,233

 

31,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128,469

 

129,126

 

90,639

 

 

 

(b)          Other operating income and expenses

 

Other operating expenses and income incurred during 2013, 2012 and 2011 by function are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

202,860

 

210,817

 

186,665

 

Research and development

 

54,854

 

54,673

 

41,273

 

Selling, general & administrative expenses

 

344,215

 

308,738

 

242,733

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

601,929

 

574,228

 

470,671

 

 

Details by nature are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in trade provisions

 

5,168

 

9,135

 

3,809

 

Professional services

 

121,467

 

99,641

 

132,630

 

Commissions

 

18,327

 

19,780

 

14,035

 

Supplies and auxiliary materials

 

78,993

 

80,461

 

70,282

 

Operating leases (note 29)

 

69,522

 

67,991

 

36,132

 

Freight

 

54,177

 

52,280

 

35,283

 

Repair and maintenance expenses

 

55,242

 

50,256

 

33,128

 

Advertising

 

48,115

 

43,429

 

40,236

 

Insurance

 

16,178

 

16,745

 

15,424

 

Royalties

 

3,831

 

5,824

 

6,163

 

Travel expenses

 

33,258

 

27,353

 

21,656

 

External services

 

43,681

 

49,222

 

20,487

 

Other

 

53,970

 

52,111

 

41,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

601,929

 

574,228

 

470,671

 

 

F-75



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(27)             Finance Result

 

Details are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance income

 

4,869

 

1,677

 

5,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance cost from High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes (note 21)

 

(91,002

)

(96,711

)

(48,759

)

Finance cost from senior debt-Tranche A (note 21)

 

(38,308

)

(58,731

)

(50,561

)

Finance cost from senior debt-Tranche B (note 21)

 

(95,172

)

(103,687

)

(57,692

)

Club Deal

 

 

 

(1,473

)

Finance cost from sale of receivables (note 13)

 

(6,972

)

(7,406

)

(6,185

)

Finance cost on corporate bonds in USA (USPP)

 

 

 

(20,847

)

Capitalised interest

 

9,131

 

7,344

 

7,612

 

Other finance costs

 

(17,668

)

(24,926

)

(22,657

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance costs

 

(239,991

)

(284,117

)

(200,562

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of financial derivatives (note 31)

 

(1,786

)

13,013

 

1,279

 

Impairment and gains / (losses) on disposal of financial instruments

 

792

 

2,107

 

(805

)

Exchange differences

 

(1,303

)

(3,409

)

(3,447

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance result

 

(237,419

)

(270,729

)

(197,774

)

 

During 2013 the Group has capitalised interest at a rate of between 4.4% and 6.2% based on the financing received (between 4.7% and 6.5% during 2012) (see note 4 (f)).

 

(28)             Taxation

 

Grifols, S.A. is authorised to present a consolidated tax return with Diagnostic Grifols, S.A., Movaco, S.A., Laboratorios Grifols, S.A., Instituto Grifols, S.A., Logister, S.A., Biomat, S.A., Grifols Viajes, S.A., Grifols International, S.A., Grifols Engineering, S.A., Arrahona Optimus, S.L. and Gri-Cel, S.A. Grifols, S.A., in its capacity as Parent, is responsible for the presentation and payment of the consolidated tax return. Under prevailing tax law, the Spanish companies pay 30% tax, which may be reduced by certain deductions.

 

The North American company Grifols Inc. is also authorised to present consolidated tax returns in the USA with Grifols Biologicals Inc., Grifols USA, LLC., Biomat USA, Inc., Plasmacare, Inc, Grifols Therapeutics Inc. and Talecris Plasma Resources, Inc. The profits of the companies domiciled in the USA, determined in accordance with prevailing tax legislation, are subject to tax of approximately 37.5% of taxable income, which may be reduced by certain deductions.

 

F-76



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(a)          Reconciliation of accounting and taxable income

 

Details of the income tax expense and income tax related to profit for the year are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Profit for the year before income tax

 

497,536

 

387,948

 

80,023

 

Tax at 30%

 

149,261

 

116,384

 

24,007

 

Permanent differences

 

(3,771

)

3,965

 

11,111

 

Effect of different tax rates in US companies

 

23,216

 

24,291

 

6,665

 

Effect of different tax rates in other countries

 

5,734

 

3,172

 

(638

)

Tax credits (deductions)

 

(24,465

)

(16,632

)

(15,695

)

Prior year income tax expense

 

(2,175

)

(1,677

)

(613

)

Other income tax expenses/(income)

 

7,682

 

3,068

 

4,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

 

155,482

 

132,571

 

29,795

 

Deferred tax

 

14,922

 

97,018

 

(13,509

)

Current tax

 

140,560

 

35,553

 

43,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

 

155,482

 

132,571

 

29,795

 

 

F-77



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b)          Deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

Details of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

Tax effect

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

18,972

 

20,871

 

15,504

 

Fixed assets, amortisation and depreciation

 

1,466

 

1,615

 

1,482

 

Tax credits (deductions from Spain)

 

8,404

 

 

 

Tax loss carryforwards in Spain

 

4,247

 

 

 

Tax loss carryforwards in other Companies

 

368

 

 

 

Provisions

 

746

 

1,416

 

977

 

Other

 

398

 

815

 

143

 

 

 

34,601

 

24,717

 

18,106

 

Liabities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

(42,039

)

(38,809

)

(35,611

)

Intangible assets

 

(318,128

)

(324,787

)

(342,842

)

Fixed assets

 

(121,667

)

(120,719

)

(132,559

)

Debt cancellation costs

 

(55,755

)

(72,584

)

(27,826

)

Others

 

 

 

(2,585

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal, liabilities

 

(537,589

)

(556,899

)

(541,423

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax credits (deductions from Spain)

 

5,298

 

8,980

 

11,940

 

Tax credits (deductions from the US)

 

 

4,505

 

22,775

 

Tax loss carryforwards in the US

 

6,184

 

7,886

 

18,797

 

Inventories

 

8,187

 

21,184

 

49,911

 

Cash flow hedges

 

15,293

 

20,188

 

13,658

 

Provisions

 

40,693

 

35,972

 

53,619

 

Other

 

7,845

 

4,338

 

 

Subtotal, net assets

 

83,500

 

103,053

 

170,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred Liabilities

 

(454,089

)

(453,846

)

(370,723

)

 

Movement in deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 1 January

 

(429,129

)

(352,617

)

(44,252

)

Movements during the year

 

(14,922

)

(97,018

)

13,509

 

Movements in equity during the year

 

(4,227

)

6,988

 

12,687

 

Business combination (note 3)

 

4,871

 

1,383

 

(302,636

)

Translation differences

 

23,919

 

12,135

 

(31,925

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December

 

(419,488

)

(429,129

)

(352,617

)

 

F-78



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Spanish companies have opted to apply accelerated depreciation to certain additions to property, plant and equipment, which has resulted in the corresponding deferred tax liability.

 

Details of deferred tax assets and liabilities on items directly debited and credited to equity during the year are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

Tax effect

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow hedges (note 16 (f))

 

4,227

 

(6,988

)

(12,687

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,227

 

(6,988

)

(12,687

)

 

The remaining assets and liabilities recognised in 2013, 2012 and 2011 were recognised on the statement of profit or loss.

 

Estimated net deferred tax liabilities to be reversed in a period of less than 12 months amount to Euros 32,246 thousand at 31 December 2013 (Euros 45,224 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

The majority of the tax deductions pending application from other Spanish companies (except for those located in the Basque Country where the majority of tax deductions do not mature), relating mainly to research and development, mature in 15 years, whilst most tax deductions pending application from US companies mature in 20 years.

 

At 31 December 2013 the Group has recognised an amount of Euros 5,298 thousand from Spanish companies (Euros 8,980 thousand at 31 December 2012), Euros 8,404 thousand from the Progenika Group companies acquired as their future recovery was estimated as likely, and the total amount from from US companies has been fully applied (Euros 4,505 thousand at 31 December 2012) in respect of tax credits derived from deductions pending application.

 

At 31 December 2013 the tax Group in Spain has an amount of Euros 22,413 thousand (Euros 22,837 thousand at 31 December 2012) pending application for tax amortisation as a result of goodwill generated on the acquisition of Biomat USA, Inc. This amount will be applied annually, with no limit, provided that the current amortisation rates are maintained (stipulated by law until 2015) until 2066. In the event of applying a tax amortisation rate of 5%, the amount pending tax amortisation would be applied until 2025. The yearly amount that has been applied in 2013 at the tax rate of 30% has been Euros 424 thousand (Euros 424 thousand in 2012). The Group has recognised a deferred tax liability of Euros 16,120 thousand for the tax amortisation of goodwill at 31 December 2013 (Euros 15,696 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

At 31 December 2013 the tax Group in Spain has an amount of Euros 9,342 thousand (Euros 9,471 thousand at 31 December 2012) pending application for tax amortisation as a result of goodwill generated on the acquisition of Plasmacare, Inc. This amount will be deducted annually, with no limit, provided that the current amortization rates are maintained (stipulated by law until 2015) until 2086. In the event of applying a tax amortization rate of 5% the amount pending tax amortization would be applied until 2029.  The yearly amount that has been applied in 2013 at the tax rate of 30% has been Euros 128 thousand (Euros 128 thousand in 2012). The Group has recognised a deferred tax liability of Euros 3,485 thousand for the tax amortization of goodwill at 31 December 2013 (Euros 3,356 thousand at 31 December 2012).

 

At 31 December 2013 the Group has recognised tax loss carryforwards of Euros 6,184 thousand (Euros 7,886 thousand at 31 December 2012). These tax credits derive from the US companies and are available for 20 years from their date of origin.

 

At 31 December 2013 the Group has recognised loss carryforwards of Euros 4,247 thousand from Progenika Group companies acquired which are pending offset and have no maturity date.

 

F-79



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Group has not recognised as deferred tax assets the tax effect of the tax loss carryforwards of Group companies, which amount to Euros 35,657 thousand (Euros 12,456 thousand at 31 December 2012). The rise for 2013 is mainly due to the Euros 15,205 thousand losses from the Progenika Group companies.

 

(c)           Years open to inspection

 

Under prevailing legislation, taxes cannot be considered to be definitively settled until the returns filed have been inspected by the taxation authorities, or the prescription period has elapsed.

 

The Group has the following tax inspections underway:

 

·              Logística Grifols, S.A. de CV: Tax report on the financial statements for 2005 and 2006.

 

·              Grifols Inc. and subsidiaries: notification of an inspection of federal income tax for the year ended 1 June 2011.

 

·              Grifols Inc. and subsidiaries: notification of an inspection of federal income tax for the years ended 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2011.

 

Group management does not expect any significant liability to derive from these inspections.

 

No significant liabilities have arisen from completion of the tax inspection in 2013 of California franchise tax for 2009 to 2010 in Grifols Inc. (formerly Talecris Biotherapeutics Holdings Corp and subsidiaries).

 

No significant liabilities have arisen from completion of the tax inspection in 2013 of Indiana income tax for 2009 to 2011 in Talecris Plasma Resources, Inc.

 

(29)                 Operating Leases

 

(a)          Operating leases (as lessee)

 

At 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011 the Group leases buildings from third parties under operating leases.

 

In addition to the lease contracts described in note 9 (f (i)), the Group has warehouses and buildings contracted under operating lease. The duration of these lease contracts ranges from between 1 to 30 years. Contracts may be renewed on termination. Lease instalments are adjusted periodically in accordance with the price index established in each contract. One Group company has entered into lease contracts which include contingent rents. These contingent rents have been based on production capacity, surface area used and the real estate market and are expensed on a straight line basis.

 

Operating lease instalments of Euros 69,522 thousand have been recognised as an expense for the year at 31 December 2013 (Euros 67,991 thousand at 31 December 2012 and Euros 36,095 thousand at 31 December 2011) and comprise minimum lease payments.

 

Future minimum payments on non-cancellable operating leases at 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Maturity at:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Up to 1 year

 

52,520

 

54,080

 

53,054

 

Between 1 and 5 years

 

156,413

 

171,315

 

180,802

 

More than 5 years

 

52,708

 

67,864

 

72,744

 

Total future minimum payments

 

261,641

 

293,259

 

306,600

 

 

F-80



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(b)          Operating leases (as lessor)

 

At 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011 the Group has no lease contracts as lessor.

 

(30)                 Other Commitments with Third Parties and Other Contingent Liabilities

 

(a)          Guarantees

 

The Group has no significant guarantees extended to third parties.

 

(b)          Guarantees committed with third parties

 

The Group has no significant guarantees extended to third parties.

 

(c)           Obligations with personnel

 

The Group’s annual contribution to defined contribution pension plans of Spanish Group companies for 2013 has amounted to Euros 595 thousand (Euros 558 thousand for 2012).

 

In successive years this contribution will be defined through labour negotiations.

 

In the event that control is taken of the Company, the Group has agreements with 89 employees/directors/senior management whereby they can unilaterally rescind their employment contracts with the Company and are entitled to termination benefits ranging from 2 to 5 years salary.

 

The Group has contracts with five directors entitling them to termination benefits ranging from one to two years of their salary due to various circumstances.

 

Savings plan and profit-sharing plan

 

The Group has a defined contribution plan (savings plan), which qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401 (k) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). Once eligible, employees may elect to contribute a portion of their salaries to the savings plan, subject to certain limitations. The Group matches 100% of the first 3% of employee contributions and 50% of the next 2%. Group and employee contributions are fully vested when contributed. The plan assets are held in trust and invested as directed by the plan participants. The total cost of matching contributions to the savings plan was US Dollars 11.2 million for 2013 (US Dollars 11.3 million for 2012). The recognition of the cost of these contributions is consistent with each participant’s salary.

 

Other plans

 

The Group has a defined benefit pension plan for certain Talecris Biotherapeutics, GmbH employees in Germany as required by statutory law. The pension cost relating to this plan was not material for the periods presented.

 

(d)          Purchase commitments

 

Details of the Group’s commitments mainly to purchase plasma at 31 December 2013 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

2014

 

84,814

 

2015

 

73,977

 

2016

 

68,668

 

2017

 

39,407

 

2018

 

38,658

 

2019

 

2,478

 

 

F-81



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(e)           Judicial procedures and arbitration

 

Details of legal proceedings in which the Company or Group companies are involved are as follows:

 

Catalan haemophiliacs

 

Instituto Grifols, S.A. was notified in 2007 of a claim for maximum damages of Euros 12,960 thousand filed by a group of 100 Catalan haemophiliacs against all plasma fractionation companies. During 2008 this claim was rejected, and the ruling appealed. Notification was published on 21 January 2011 that on 18 January 2011 the Barcelona Provincial Court had rejected the haemophiliacs’ claim. An appeal was subsequently filed by the counterparty in the Catalan High Court, which was rejected. The Group is currently awaiting the ruling on the appeal filed again by the group of haemophiliacs at the Spanish Supreme Court.

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA)

 

The Group is carrying out an internal investigation, already started prior to the acquisition of Talecris, in relation to possible breaches of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) of which Talecris was aware in the context of a review unrelated to this matter. This FCPA investigation is being carried out by an external legal advisor. In principle, the investigation has been focused on sales to certain Central and Eastern European countries, specifically Belarus and Russia, although trading practices in Brazil, China, Georgia, Iran and Turkey are also being investigated, in addition to other countries considered necessary.

 

In July 2009, the Talecris Group voluntarily contacted the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) to inform them of an internal investigation that the Group was carrying out regarding possible breaches of the FCPA in certain sales to certain central and East European countries and to offer the Group’s collaboration in any investigation that the DOJ wanted to carry out. As a result of this investigation the Group suspended shipments to some of these countries. In certain cases, the Group had safeguards in place which led to terminating collaboration with consultants and suspending or terminating relations with distributors in those countries under investigation as circumstances warranted.

 

As a consequence of the investigation, the agreement with Talecris’ Turkish distributor was terminated and a settlement agreement has been reached between the parties.

 

In November 2012, the Group was notified by the DOJ that the proceedings would be closed, without prejudice to the fact that they could be re-opened in the future should new information arise. The Group continues with the in-depth review of potential irregular practices.

 

Furthermore an investigation has been opened in Italy, in relation with the criminal prosecution in Naples against 5 employees of the Company, including the former General Manager. The Company and its legal advisors consider this investigation will be limited to the individual employees and the likelihood is remote this issue will affect the Company.

 

The legal advisors recommend limiting disclosure of the aforementioned information in these consolidated financial statements, because the matter is currently under legal dispute.

 

F-82



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

(31)               Financial Instruments

 

Classification

 

Disclosure of financial instruments by nature, category and fair value is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousand of Euros

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

Carrying amount

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Loans and

 

Financial instruments

 

Debts and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

receivables

 

held for trading

 

payables

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Financial derivatives

 

 

4,502

 

 

4,502

 

 

4,502

 

 

4,502

 

Financial assets at fair value

 

 

4,502

 

 

4,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current financial assets

 

12,024

 

 

 

12,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current financial assets

 

460

 

 

 

460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

392,288

 

 

 

392,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

473,327

 

 

 

473,327

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets not mesured at fair value

 

878,099

 

 

 

878,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial derivatives

 

 

(93,515

)

 

(93,515

)

 

(93,515

)

 

(93,515

)

Financial liabilities at fair value

 

 

(93,515

)

 

(93,515

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes

 

 

 

(756,267

)

(756,267

)

(918,195

)

 

 

(918,195

)

Promissory Notes

 

 

 

(14,309

)

(14,309

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior secured debt

 

 

 

(1,890,998

)

(1,890,998

)

(2,129,522

)

 

 

(2,129,522

)

Other bank loans

 

 

 

(89,152

)

(89,152

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance lease payables

 

 

 

(24,597

)

(24,597

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

 

(17,559

)

(17,559

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

(228,405

)

(228,405

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debts with associates

 

 

 

(2,668

)

(2,668

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

 

(2,917

)

(2,917

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value

 

 

 

(3,026,872

)

(3,026,872

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

878,099

 

(89,013

)

(3,026,872

)

(2,237,786

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Group does not provide details of the fair value of certain financial instruments as their carrying amount is very similar to their fair value.

 

F-83



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

 

 

Thousand of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Carrying amount

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Loans and

 

Financial instruments

 

Debts and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

receivables

 

held for trading

 

payables

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial derivatives

 

 

3,155

 

 

3,155

 

 

3,155

 

 

3,155

 

Financial assets at fair value

 

 

3,155

 

 

3,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current financial assets

 

11,741

 

 

 

11,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current financial assets

 

500

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

405,262

 

 

 

405,262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

708,777

 

 

 

708,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets not mesured at fair value

 

1,126,280

 

 

 

1,126,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial derivatives

 

 

(68,033

)

 

(68,033

)

 

(68,033

)

 

(68,033

)

Financial liabilities at fair value

 

 

(68,033

)

 

(68,033

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes

 

 

 

(745,008

)

(745,008

)

(851,461

)

 

 

(851,461

)

Promissory Notes

 

 

 

(45,211

)

(45,211

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior secured debt

 

 

 

(1,790,029

)

(1,790,029

)

(1,961,341

)

 

 

(1,961,341

)

Other bank loans

 

 

 

(87,248

)

(87,248

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance lease payables

 

 

 

(19,186

)

(19,186

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

 

(56,640

)

(56,640

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

(273,621

)

(273,621

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debts with associates

 

 

 

(2,683

)

(2,683

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

 

(8,646

)

(8,646

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities at fair value

 

 

 

(3,028,272

)

(3,028,272

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,126,280

 

(64,878

)

(3,028,272

)

(1,966,870

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Group does not provide details of the fair value of certain financial instruments as their carrying amount is very similar to their fair value.

 

F-84



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

Financial derivatives

 

At 31 December 2013 and 2012 the Group has recognised the following derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

Nocional

 

Nocional

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amount at

 

amount at

 

Value at

 

Value at

 

 

 

Financial derivatives

 

Currency

 

31/12/2013

 

31/12/2012

 

31/12/13

 

31/12/12

 

Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap (cash flow hedges)

 

USD

 

1,224,777,500

 

1,398,875,000

 

(40,004

)

(50,900

)

30/06/2016

 

Interest rate swap (cash flow hedges)

 

EUR

 

100,000,000

 

100,000,000

 

(4,025

)

(5,704

)

31/03/2016

 

Swap Option

 

EUR

 

100,000,000

 

100,000,000

 

0

 

8

 

31/03/2016

 

Swap Floor

 

USD

 

1,224,777,500

 

1,398,875,000

 

3,155

 

4,494

 

30/06/2016

 

Embedded floor of senior debt

 

EUR

 

196,000,000

 

198,000,000

 

(3,539

)

(5,965

)

01/06/2017

 

Embedded floor of senior debt

 

USD

 

1,656,000,000

 

1,678,000,000

 

(20,465

)

(30,946

)

01/06/2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(64,878

)

(89,013

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets (notes 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,155

 

4,502

 

 

 

Total Liabilities (note 21)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(68,033

)

(93,515

)

 

 

 

(a)          Derivative financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

 

Derivative financial instruments that do not meet the hedge accounting requirements are classified and measured as financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss.

 

The floor included in the syndicated financing of Tranches A and B of the senior debt is in the money and an embedded derivative exists on these contracts, which was measured at fair value and recognised separately from the loans. As a result of the refinancing entered into on 29 February 2012 the embedded derivatives have been amended and improved. The embedded derivative included in Tranche A has been eliminated, whilst the embedded derivative included in Tranche B has decreased from 1.75% to 1.00%. Consequently, the nominal amounts of the embedded floors of the senior debt have been significantly reduced in Euros and US Dollars. The decrease in the value of embedded derivatives amounted to US Dollars 71.6 million (Euros 53.5 million) and Euros 12.2 million at 29 February 2012, which reduced the refinanced senior debt.

 

Futures contracts matured on 29 June 2012. On 29 June 2012 it was agreed to extend the futures contract to 28 September 2012, through a novation without liquidation under the same terms and conditions. During 2012 the Group sold unquoted futures, obtaining cash income of Euros 31.5 million and finance income of Euros 27.9 million.

 

(b)          Hedging derivative financial instruments

 

See explanation in note 16 (f).

 

In June 2011, the Group contracted two derivatives in order to comply with the compulsory hedging requirements stipulated in the credit agreement. These derivatives comprise a step-up interest rate swap and a floor swap, which had an initial nominal amount of US Dollars 1,550 million each. Both the interest rate swap and the floor are amortised on a quarterly basis in order to remain less than the amounts borrowed and avoid excess hedging. In December 2013 the nominal amount of the derivatives stands at US Dollars 1,225 million each (Euros 1,399 million at 31 December 2012). The interest rate swap complies with hedge accounting criteria.

 

F-85



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

Furthermore, in May 2012 the interest rate swap in Euros was modified, reducing the fixed interest rate and extending the maturity date from September 2014 to March 2016. The interest rate swap complies with hedge accounting criteria.

 

Credit risk

 

(a)          Exposure to credit risk

 

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum exposure to credit risk. At 31 December 2013 and 2012 the maximum level of exposure to credit risk is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Carrying amount

 

Note

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current financial assets

 

11

 

11,741

 

12,024

 

Non-current financial derivatives

 

11

 

3,155

 

4,502

 

Other current financial assets

 

 

 

500

 

460

 

Trade receivables

 

13

 

385,537

 

366,022

 

Other receivables

 

13

 

19,725

 

26,266

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

15

 

708,777

 

473,327

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,129,435

 

882,601

 

 

The maximum level of exposure to risk associated with receivables at 31 December 2013 and 2012, by geographical area, is as follows.

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Carrying amount

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spain

 

95,491

 

104,676

 

EU countries

 

54,526

 

66,238

 

United States of America

 

164,582

 

139,073

 

Other European countries

 

1,516

 

4,427

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other regions

 

89,147

 

77,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

405,262

 

392,288

 

 

Details of balances receivable as per country such as Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal at 31 December 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

Balances with public entities

 

Balance with third parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

for doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

receivables

 

Balance

 

Balance

 

receivables

 

Net debt

 

 

 

Balance (1)

 

past due

 

(2)

 

(3)

 

past due

 

(4)

 

(1)+(2)+(3)+(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greece

 

317

 

273

 

(317

)

2,026

 

199

 

 

2,026

 

Italy

 

8,693

 

4,667

 

(557

)

16,167

 

7,386

 

(1,193

)

23,110

 

Spain

 

82,599

 

48,601

 

(175

)

13,651

 

11,632

 

(172

)

95,903

 

Portugal

 

21,028

 

15,615

 

(4,081

)

629

 

520

 

(210

)

17,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112,637

 

69,156

 

(5,130

)

32,473

 

19,737

 

(1,575

)

138,405

 

 

F-86



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

Details of balances receivable as per country such as Greece, Italy, Spain and Portugal at 31 December 2013 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

Balances with public entities

 

Balance with third parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

for doubtful

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

receivables

 

Balance

 

Balance

 

receivables

 

Net debt

 

 

 

Balance (1)

 

past due

 

(2)

 

(3)

 

past due

 

(4)

 

(1)+(2)+(3)+(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greece

 

118

 

118

 

(118

)

1,259

 

9

 

 

1,259

 

Italy

 

6,801

 

1,741

 

(144

)

14,847

 

9,057

 

(2,060

)

19,444

 

Spain

 

76,027

 

41,092

 

(175

)

7,656

 

4,919

 

(98

)

83,410

 

Portugal

 

10,999

 

8,559

 

(7,088

)

3,098

 

2,422

 

(1

)

7,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93,945

 

51,510

 

(7,525

)

26,860

 

16,407

 

(2,159

)

111,121

 

 

Provision has been made for balances receivable from Portuguese public entities on the basis of the best estimate of their expected collection in view of the current situation regarding negotiations. The Group does not currently have any reason to consider that the receivables from public entities in Italy and Spain will not be recoverable.

 

(b)          Impairment losses

 

Details of the maturity of trade receivables, net of impairment provisions are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not matured

 

305,111

 

282,803

 

Less than 1 month

 

42,298

 

34,103

 

1 to 4 months

 

35,734

 

34,732

 

4 months to 1 year

 

15,147

 

29,246

 

More than one year

 

6,972

 

11,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

405,262

 

392,288

 

 

Unimpaired receivables that are past due mainly relate to public entities.

 

Movement in the inventory provision was as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Opening balance

 

12,799

 

8,871

 

3,777

 

Business combination

 

722

 

 

2,251

 

Net charges for the year

 

4,750

 

5,248

 

2,974

 

Net cancellations for the year

 

(1,617

)

(1,248

)

(323

)

Translation differences

 

(581

)

(72

)

192

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Closing balance

 

16,073

 

12,799

 

8,871

 

 

An analysis of the concentration of credit risk is provided in note 5 (a).

 

F-87



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

Liquidity risk

 

The management of the liquidity risk is explained in note 5.

 

Details of the contractual maturity dates of financial liabilities including committed interest calculated using interest rate forward curves are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More

 

 

 

 

 

amount at

 

Contractual

 

months

 

6 - 12

 

1-2

 

 

 

than 5

 

Carrying amount

 

Note

 

31/12/12

 

flows

 

or less

 

months

 

years

 

2- 5 years

 

years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank loans

 

21

 

1,980,150

 

2,509,660

 

135,776

 

99,268

 

209,243

 

2,054,190

 

11,183

 

Other financial liabilities

 

21

 

17,559

 

19,636

 

4,496

 

1,824

 

3,508

 

6,699

 

3,109

 

Bonds and other marketable securities

 

21

 

770,576

 

1,226,319

 

48,700

 

34,391

 

68,781

 

206,344

 

868,103

 

Finance lease payables

 

21

 

24,597

 

24,597

 

3,689

 

3,316

 

6,968

 

9,795

 

829

 

Payable to associates

 

32

 

2,668

 

2,668

 

2,668

 

 

 

 

 

Payable to suppliers

 

22

 

228,405

 

228,405

 

228,286

 

119

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

23

 

2,917

 

2,917

 

2,843

 

74

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial liabilities

 

21

 

36,911

 

31,412

 

3,890

 

3,994

 

7,676

 

15,852

 

 

Financial liabilities for hedging derivatives

 

21

 

56,604

 

56,953

 

4,770

 

8,899

 

19,242

 

24,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

3,120,387

 

4,102,567

 

435,118

 

151,885

 

315,418

 

2,316,922

 

883,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More

 

 

 

 

 

amount at

 

Contractual

 

months

 

6 - 12

 

1-2

 

 

 

than 5

 

Carrying amount

 

Note

 

31/12/13

 

flows

 

or less

 

months

 

years

 

2- 5 years

 

years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank loans

 

21

 

1,877,277

 

2,256,838

 

146,822

 

105,206

 

416,706

 

1,581,963

 

6,141

 

Other financial liabilities

 

21

 

56,640

 

56,640

 

5,739

 

3,699

 

4,195

 

36,911

 

6,096

 

Bonds and other marketable securities

 

21

 

790,219

 

1,138,951

 

78,114

 

32,902

 

65,804

 

962,131

 

 

Finance lease payables

 

21

 

19,186

 

20,787

 

4,164

 

3,912

 

6,861

 

5,559

 

291

 

Payable to associates

 

32

 

2,683

 

2,683

 

2,683

 

 

 

 

 

Payable to suppliers

 

22

 

273,621

 

273,621

 

272,829

 

792

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

23

 

8,646

 

8,647

 

7,664

 

983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial liabilities

 

21

 

24,004

 

45,876

 

4,524

 

14,070

 

27,282

 

 

 

Financial liabilities for hedging derivatives

 

21

 

44,029

 

25,637

 

3,573

 

8,475

 

11,727

 

1,862

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

3,096,305

 

3,829,680

 

526,112

 

170,039

 

532,575

 

2,588,426

 

12,528

 

 

F-88



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

Currency risk

 

The Group’s exposure to currency risk is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

EUR (*)

 

USD (**)

 

Trade receivables

 

68

 

3,107

 

Receivables from Group companies

 

 

45

 

Loans to Group companies

 

 

6

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

858

 

24,977

 

Trade payables

 

(1,508

)

(2,684

)

Payables to Group companies

 

(7,357

)

(56,405

)

Loans to Group companies

 

(8,929

)

 

Balance sheet exposure

 

(16,868

)

(30,954

)

 


(*) Balances in Euros in subsidiaries with US Dollars functional currency

(**) Balances in US Dollars in subsidiaries with Euros functional currency

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

EUR (*)

 

USD (**)

 

Trade receivables

 

267

 

2,637

 

Receivables from Group companies

 

28,472

 

5,898

 

Loans to Group companies

 

 

204,480

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

16,524

 

95,177

 

Trade payables

 

(602

)

(15,730

)

Payables to Group companies

 

(7,502

)

(19,359

)

Loans to Group companies

 

28,411

 

(135,418

)

Balance sheet exposure

 

65,570

 

137,685

 

 


(*) Balances in Euros in subsidiaries with US Dollars functional currency

(**) Balances in US Dollars in subsidiaries with Euros functional currency

 

The most significant exchange rates applied at 2013 and 2012 year ends are as follows:

 

 

 

Closing exchange rate

 

Euros

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Dollars

 

1.3791

 

1.3194

 

 

A sensitivity analysis for foreign exchange fluctuations is as follows:

 

Had the US Dollar strengthened by 10% against the Euro at 31 December 2013, equity would have increased by Euros 204,191 thousand (Euros 145,895 thousand at 31 December 2012) and profit would have increased by Euros 20,326 thousand (at 31 December 2012 it would have decreased by Euros 4,782 thousand). This analysis assumes that all other variables are held constant, especially that interest rates remain constant.

 

A 10% weakening of the US Dollar against the Euro at 31 December 2013 and 2012 would have had the opposite effect for the amounts shown above, all other variables being held constant.

 

F-89



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

Interest rate risk

 

(a)          Interest-rate profile

 

To date, the profile of interest on interest-bearing financial instruments is as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Fixed-interest financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

5,230

 

5,688

 

Financial liabilities

 

(817,843

)

(770,576

)

 

 

(812,613

)

(764,888

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable-interest financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

 

(1,896,463

)

(2,004,747

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,896,463

)

(2,004,747

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,709,076

)

(2,769,635

)

 

(b)          Sensitivity analysis

 

Had the interest rate curve at 31 December 2013 been 100 basis points higher, the interest expense would have increased by Euros 9.7 million, the finance cost due to changes in the value of derivatives would have been Euros 10.4 million lower and equity would have increased by Euros 18.8 million as a result of changes in derivatives to which hedge accounting is applied.

 

Had the interest rate at 31 December 2012 been 100 basis points higher, the interest expense would have increased by Euros 6.2 million, the finance cost due to changes in the value of derivatives would have been Euros 23.6 million lower and equity would have increased by Euros 27.8 million as a result of changes in derivatives to which hedge accounting is applied.

 

(32)             Balances and Transactions with Related Parties

 

Details of balances with related parties are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Receivables from associates

 

27

 

26

 

Loans to associates

 

1,000

 

 

Debts with associates

 

(2,683

)

(2,668

)

Debts with key management personnel

 

(4,017

)

(1,250

)

Payables to members of the board of directors

 

(400

)

(458

)

Payables to other related parties

 

(7,906

)

(5,969

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,979

)

(10,319

)

 

Payables are included in suppliers and trade payables (see note 22).

 

F-90



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

(a)          Group transactions with related parties

 

Group transactions with related parties during 2011 were as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Key management

 

Other related

 

Board of directors

 

 

 

Associates

 

personnel

 

parties

 

of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

102

 

 

 

 

Net purchases

 

(1,690

)

 

 

 

Other service expenses

 

 

 

(30,671

)

 

Operating lease expense (note 9)

 

 

 

(4,909

)

 

Sale of fixed assets (note 9)

 

 

 

233,629

 

 

Remuneration

 

 

(5,718

)

 

(2,518

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,588

)

(5,718

)

198,049

 

(2,518

)

 

Group transactions with related parties during 2012 were as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Key management

 

Other related

 

Board of directors

 

 

 

Associates

 

personnel

 

parties

 

of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

186

 

 

 

 

Other service expenses

 

 

 

(6,072

)

(1,270

)

Operating lease expense (note 9)

 

 

 

(24,057

)

 

Remuneration

 

 

(7,871

)

 

(3,688

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

186

 

(7,871

)

(30,129

)

(4,958

)

 

Group transactions with related parties during 2013 are as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

 

 

 

 

Key management

 

Other related

 

Board of directors

 

 

 

Associates

 

personnel

 

parties

 

of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

263

 

 

 

 

Other service expenses

 

 

 

(5,849

)

(1,269

)

Operating lease expense (note 9)

 

 

 

(23,985

)

 

Remuneration

 

 

(9,130

)

 

(4,405

)

R&D agreements

 

(9,802

)

 

 

 

Finance costs

 

(36

)

 

(210

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,575

)

(9,130

)

(30,044

)

(5,674

)

 

Every year the Group contributes 0.7% of its profits before tax to a non-profit organisation.

 

“Other service expenses” include contributions to non-profit organisations totalling Euros 2,779 thousand in 2013 (Euros 3,012 thousand in 2012 and Euros 653 thousand in 2011).

 

Other expenses for services in 2011 also included costs for professional services with related companies amounting to Euros 10,388 thousand. These costs correspond to those incurred in increasing share capital and the issue of debt carried out relating to the acquisition of Talecris. This item also included brokerage fees relating to sale and leaseback transactions in Spain and North Carolina amounting to Euros 9,309 thousand.

 

F-91



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

Interest expense to related parties for the year 2013 include interest accrued on the loan of Class B shares (see note 3 (a) and 16).

 

During 2011 one of the Company’s directors signed a three-year consulting services contract. The director will receive annual fees of US Dollars 1 million for these services and an additional bonus of US Dollars 2 million for complying with certain conditions.

 

Directors representing shareholders interests have received remuneration of Euros 100 thousand during 2013 and 2012 (no remuneration in 2011).

 

The Group has not extended any advances or loans to the members of the board of directors or key management personnel nor has it assumed any guarantee commitments on their behalf.It has also not assumed any pension or life insurance obligations on behalf of former or current members of the board of directors or key management personnel. In addition, certain Company directors and key management personnel have termination benefit commitments (see note 30 (c)).

 

(b)          Investments and positions held by directors of the Parent in other companies and related parties

 

The directors and related parties do not hold any investments, nor do they hold positions or carry out functions or activities in companies with an identical, similar or complementary statutory activity to that of the Company.

 

(33)             Events after the Reporting Period

 

Signing of a bridge loan for the acquisition of Novartis’ Diagnostic unit

 

On 3 January 2014 the Group signed a US Dollars 1,500 million bridge loan, fully entered into in equal parts by Nomura, BBVA and Morgan Stanley. This loan was taken out to pay for the acquisition of Novartis’ Diagnostic unit relating to transfusional medicine and immunology. There are no financial restrictions on this loan relating to Grifols dividends or investments.

 

Closing of the purchase of Novartis’ Diagnostic unit

 

On 9 January 2014 the Group acquired the transfusion medicine and immunology Diagnostic unit of the Swiss company Novartis International AG for approximately US Dollars 1,650 million (Euros 1,222 million).

 

This transaction has been structured through a newly-created 100% Grifols-owned subsidiary, G-C Diagnostics Corp. (USA) and this transaction has been financed through a US Dollars 1,500 million bridge loan.

 

Grifols will expand its portfolio by including Novartis’ diagnostic products for transfusion medicine and immunology, including its highly innovative, market-leading NAT technology (Nucleic Acid Amplification Techniques), instrumentation and equipment for blood screening, specific software and reagents. The assets acquired include patents, brands and licenses, together with the production plant at Emeryville (California, United States) and commercial offices in United States, Switzerland and Hong Kong (for the Asia-Pacific region) among others.

 

This strategic operation will strengthen Grifols’ Diagnostic division, particularly in the US, with a very strong and specialized commercial organisation. It will also diversify Grifols’ business by promoting an activity area that complements the Bioscience division. The diagnostic business being purchased from Novartis, focused on guaranteeing the safety of blood donations for transfusions or to be used in the production of plasma derivatives, complements and expands Grifols’ existing product range. Grifols will become a vertically integrated company able to provide solutions for blood and plasma donor centres, with the most complete product portfolio in the immunohaematology field, including reagents using gel technology, multicard and the new genotyping technologies from Progenika.

 

Grifols’ workforce will increase by approximately 550 employees, after taking on the employees of Novartis.

 

F-92



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

At the date of issue of these consolidated financial statements the Group did not have all the necessary information to determine the definitive fair value of intangible assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired in the business combination.

 

Details of the aggregate business combination cost, the provisional fair value of the net assets acquired and provisional goodwill at the acquisition date (or the amount by which the business combination cost exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired) are provided below as well as details on the manner the amounts have been provisionally determined based on the information available at this stage. The values shown in the table below should be considered provisional.

 

For practical purposes, for the present transaction, the exchange rate Euro / Dollar 1.35 was used for all purposes.

 

The Novartis’ Diagnostic business did not operate as a separate legal entity or segment, so the acquired business was structured as an asset deal, with the exception of the Hong Kong subsidiary, which was acquired via a share deal. For this reason the combined financial information presented in respect to the acquired business has been prepared based on ‘‘carve-out’’ financial information, using the directly attributable assets and liabilities and the historical results of operations, which include allocations of expenses attributable to the acquired business from the Diagnostic division within the Novartis Group. The combined financial information is therefore not indicative of the results of operations or financial position that would have occurred if the carve-out Diagnostic division had been a separate stand-alone entity during the year presented, or of the future results of the carve-out Diagnostic division.

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Thousands of US Dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of the business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment in cash

 

1,222,222

 

1,650,000

 

Total business combination cost

 

1,222,222

 

1,650,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

 

256,060

 

345,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill (excess of the cost of the business combination over the fair value of net assets acquired)

 

966,162

 

1,304,319

 

 

Provisional goodwill generated in the acquisition is attributed to the synergies, workforce and other expected benefits from the business combination of the assets and activities of the Group.

 

The expenses incurred in this transaction in 2013 amount to approximately Euros 19 million.

 

F-93



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

The amounts provisionally determined at the date of acquisition of assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired are as follows:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Thousands of US Dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

107,397

 

144,986

 

Inventories

 

64,800

 

87,480

 

Trade and other receivables

 

112,347

 

151,669

 

Other current assets

 

8,889

 

12,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

293,433

 

396,135

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

28,372

 

38,302

 

Other current liabilities

 

9,001

 

12,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and contingent liabilities

 

37,373

 

50,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net assets acquired

 

256,060

 

345,681

 

 

The result for the year 2013 of the acquired business, until operating result, is presented as follows:

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Thousands of US Dollars

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

582,222

 

786,000

 

Cost of sales

 

(289,630

)

(391,000

)

Gross Profit

 

292,593

 

395,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

(21,481

)

(29,000

)

Selling, general and administration expense

 

(53,333

)

(72,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating result

 

217,778

 

294,000

 

 

Refinancing

 

On 17 March 2014 the Group has concluded the refinancing process of its debt. The total debt refinanced amounts to US Dollars 5,500 million (Euro 4,075 million) and represents the company’s entire debt, including the US Dollars 1,500 million bridge loan obtained for the acquisition of Novartis’ transfusional diagnostics unit. Following the refinancing process, Grifols’ debt structure consists of a US Dollars 4,500 million long-term loan with institutional investors and banks segmented in two tranches (Term Loan A and Term Loan B), and a US Dollars 1,000 million bond issuance (senior unsecured notes).

 

In a first step, on 5 March 2014, Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, 100% subsidiary of Grifols, has issued US Dollars 1,000 million Senior Unsecured Notes (the “Notes”) that will mature on 2022 and will bear an anual interest at 5.25%. These notes replaced the Senior Unsecured Notes issued in 2011 amounting to US Dollars 1,100 million, with a maturity in 2018 and an interest of 8.25% (see note 21 (a)).

 

Furthermore, on 17 March 2014 the Group refinanced its Senior Secured Debt (see note 21(b)).

 

The new senior debt consist of a Term Loan A (“TLA”), which amounts to US Dollars 700 million with a 2.50% margin over LIBOR and maturity in 2020 and a Term Loan B (“TLB”) that amounts to US Dollars 3,800 million with a 3.00% over LIBOR margin and maturity in 2021. Furthermore, the embedded floor included in the former senior debt, has been terminated. Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited is the sole borrower of this new financing.

 

F-94



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial statements

 

Following the refinancing process, the financing structure of Grifols is as follows:

 

 

 

Millions US Dollars

 

New Conditions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan A (TLA) - Long-term loan with banks

 

 

 

Interest rate: US LIBOR 1 month+ 250

 

 

 

700

 

Maturity: 2020

 

Term Loan B (TLB) - Long-term loan with institutional investors

 

 

 

Interest rate: US LIBOR 1 month + 300

 

 

 

3,800

 

Maturity: 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Debt

 

4,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Unsecured Notes

 

1,000

 

Interest rate: 5.25% Maturity: 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Debt

 

5,500

 

 

 

 

Based on an analysis of the quantitative and qualitative factors, the Group concluded that the issuance of the notes and the conditions of the renegotiated senior debt did not trigger a derecognition of the liability.

 

(34)             Condensed Consolidating Financial Information

 

The High Yield Senior Unsecured Notes were issued by Grifols Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Grifols, S.A., and are jointly and severally, irrevocably and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Grifols, S.A. and certain other of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (‘the Guarantors’). Supplemental condensed consolidating financial information is presented in Appendix VI comprising the Group’s statements of profit or loss and cash flow statements, both consolidated, for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 and its consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, showing the amounts attributable to Grifols, S.A., Grifols Inc. and those of its other subsidiaries that were Guarantors as at December 31, 2013 separately from the amounts attributable to those of its subsidiaries that were not Guarantors. The condensed consolidated financial information has been prepared and presented pursuant to SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 3-10, “Financial Statements of Guarantors and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities Registered or Being Registered”, which is included in Appendix VI.

 

The Board of directors of Grifols, S.A. approved these Consolidated Financial Statements on 2 April 2014.

 

F-95



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX I

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

Information on Group Companies, Associates and others for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition /

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2013

 

12/31/2012

 

12/31/2011

 

 

 

Registered

 

Registered

 

Incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

% shares

 

% shares

 

% shares

 

Name

 

Offices

 

Offices

 

date

 

Activity

 

Statutory Activity

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fully Consolidated Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diagnostic Grifols, S.A.

 

Spain

 

Polígono Levante
Calle Can Guasch, s/n
8150 Parets del Vallès
(Barcelona) Spain

 

1987

 

Industrial

 

Development and manufacture of diagnostic equipment, instruments and reagents.

 

99.998

%

0.002

%

99.998

%

0.002

%

99.998

%

0.002

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Instituto Grifols, S.A.

 

Spain

 

Polígono Levante
Calle Can Guasch, s/n
08150 Parets del Vallès
(Barcelona) Spain

 

1987

 

Industrial

 

Plasma fractioning and the manufacture of haemoderivative pharmaceutical products.

 

99.998

%

0.002

%

99.998

%

0.002

%

99.998

%

0.002

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Logister, S.A.

 

Spain

 

Polígono Levante
Calle Can Guasch, s/n
08150 Parets del Vallès
(Barcelona) Spain

 

1987

 

Industrial

 

Manufacture, sale and purchase, commercialisation and distribution of all types of computer products and materials.

 

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laboratorios Grifols, S.A.

 

Spain

 

Polígono Levante
Calle Can Guasch, s/n
08150 Parets del Vallès
(Barcelona) Spain

 

1989

 

Industrial

 

Production of glass- and plastic-packaged parenteral solutions, parenteral and enteral nutrition products and blood extraction equipment and bags.

 

99.998

%

0.002

%

99.998

%

0.002

%

99.998

%

0.002

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Biomat, S.A.

 

Spain

 

Polígono Levante
Calle Can Guasch, s/n
08150 Parets del Vallès
(Barcelona) Spain

 

1991

 

Industrial

 

Analysis and certification of the quality of plasma used by Instituto Grifols, S.A. It also provides transfusion centres with plasma virus inactivation services (I.P.T.H).

 

99.900

%

0.100

%

99.900

%

0.100

%

99.900

%

0.100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Engineering, S.A.

 

Spain

 

Polígono Levante
Calle Can Guasch, s/n
08150 Parets del Vallès
(Barcelona) Spain

 

2000

 

Industrial

 

Design and development of the Group’s manufacturing installations and part of the equipment and machinery used at these premises. The company also renders engineering services to external companies.

 

99.950

%

0.050

%

99.950

%

0.050

%

99.950

%

0.050

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Biomat USA, Inc.

 

United States

 

2410 Lillyvale Avenue
Los Angeles (California)
United States

 

2002

 

Industrial

 

Procuring human plasma.

 

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Biologicals, Inc.

 

United States

 

5555 Valley Boulevard
Los Angeles (California)
United States

 

2003

 

Industrial

 

Plasma fractioning and the production of haemoderivatives.

 

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PlasmaCare, Inc.

 

United States

 

1128 Main Street, Suite 300
Cincinnati (Ohio)
United States

 

2006

 

Industrial

 

Procuring human plasma.

 

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Australia Pty Ltd.

 

Australia

 

Unit 5/80 Fairbank
Clayton South
Victoria 3149
Australia

 

2009

 

Industrial

 

Distribution of pharmaceutical products and the development and manufacture of reagents for diagnostics.

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medion Grifols Diagnostic AG

 

Switzerland

 

Bonnstrasse,9
3186 Dügingen
Switzerland

 

2009

 

Industrial

 

Development and manufacturing activities in the area of biotechnology and diagnostics.

 

80.000

%

 

80.000

%

 

 

80.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Therapeutics, Inc.

 

United States

 

4101 Research Commons
(Principal Address),
79 T.W. Alexander Drive,
Research Triangle Park,
Carolina del Norte 277709,
United States

 

2011

 

Industrial

 

Plasma fractioning and the production of haemoderivatives.

 

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Talecris Plasma Resources, Inc.

 

United States

 

4101 Research Commons
(Principal Address),
79 T.W. Alexander Drive,
Research Triangle Park,
Carolina del Norte 277709,
United States

 

2011

 

Industrial

 

Procuring human plasma.

 

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRI-CEI, S/A Produtos para transfusao

 

Brazil

 

Rua Umuarama, 263
Condominio Portal da Serra
Vila Perneta
CEP 83.325-000 Pinhais
Paraná, Brazil

 

2012

 

Industrial

 

Production of bags for the extraction, separation, conservation and transfusion of blood components.

 

60.000

%

 

60.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited

 

 

 

70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay
Dublin 2
Ireland

 

2012

 

Industrial

 

Packaging, labelling, storage, distribution, manufacture and development of pharmaceutical products and rendering of financial services to Group companies.

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Progenika Biopharma, S.A.

 

 

 

Parque Tecnológico de Vizcaya,
Edificio 504
48160 Derio (Vizcaya)
Spain

 

2013

 

Industrial

 

Development, production and commercialisation of biotechnological solutions.

 

56.150

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proteomika, S.L.U

 

 

 

Parque Tecnológico de Vizcaya,
Edificio 504
48160 Derio (Vizcaya)
Spain

 

2013

 

Industrial

 

Development, production and commercialisation of biotechnological solutions.

 

 

56.150

%

 

 

 

 

 

This appendix forms an integral part of note 2 to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-96



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX I

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

Information on Group Companies, Associates and others for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition /

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2013

 

12/31/2012

 

12/31/2011

 

 

 

Registered

 

Registered

 

Incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

% shares

 

% shares

 

% shares

 

Name

 

Offices

 

Offices

 

date

 

Activity

 

Statutory Activity

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Progenika Latina, S.A. de CV

 

 

 

Periferico Sur Nº 4118 Int 8
Col. Jardines del Pedregal
CP 01900 Alvaro Obregon
DF Mexico

 

2013

 

Industrial

 

Development, production and commercialisation of biotechnological solutions.

 

 

56.150

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Progenika Inc.

 

 

 

Corporation Service Company,
2711
Centerville Road, Suite 400,
Wilmington, DE 19808
United States

 

2013

 

Industrial

 

Development, production and commercialisation of genetic tools, diagnostic equipment and therapeutic systems and products for personalised medicine and the highest quality healthcare in general.

 

 

56.150

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preventia 2.0 Genetics, S.L.

 

 

 

Calle Ercilla 17 - 3º
48009 Bilbao-Vicaya
Spain

 

2013

 

Industrial

 

Research, development and commercialisation of diagnostic products, treatment of diseases and rendering of related services.

 

 

56.150

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brainco Biopharma, S.L.

 

 

 

Parque Tecnológico de Vizcaya,
Edificio 504
48160 Derio (Vizcaya)
Spain

 

2013

 

Industrial

 

Development of products for the treatment and diagnosis of psychiatric illnesses

 

 

28.423

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Abyntek Biopharma, S.L.

 

 

 

Parque Tecnológico de Vizcaya,
Edificio 504
48160 Derio (Vizcaya)
Spain

 

2013

 

Industrial

 

Research, development and transfer of biotechnological products and processes, as well as the commercialiation of products and services related to the biosciences.

 

 

43.763

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asociación I+D Progenika

 

Spain

 

Parque Tecnológico de Vizcaya,
Edificio 504
48160 Derio (Vizcaya)
Spain

 

2013

 

Industrial

 

Coordination, representation, management and promotion of the common interests of associated companies, in addition to contributing to the development, growth and internationalisation of its associates and of the biosciences sector in the Basque Country.

 

 

56.150

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G-C Diagnostics Corp.

 

 

 

4560 Horton Street
94608 Emeryville, California
United States

 

2013

 

Industrial

 

Participation in any activity to facilitate the organisation of the companies under the jurisdiction of Delaware.

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Asia Pacific Pte, Ltd

 

Singapore

 

501 Orchard Road nº20-01
238880 Wheelock Place,
Singapore

 

2003

 

Commercial

 

Distribution and sale of medical and pharmaceutical products. 

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Movaco, S.A.

 

 

 

Polígono Levante
Calle Can Guasch, s/n
08150 Parets del Vallès
(Barcelona) Spain

 

1987

 

Commercial

 

Distribution and sale of reagents, chemical products and other pharmaceutical specialities, and of medical and surgical materials, equipment and instruments for use by laboratories and health centres.

 

99.999

%

0.001

%

99.999

%

0.001

%

99.999

%

0.001

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Portugal Productos Farmacéuticos e Hospitalares, Lda.

 

Portugal

 

Rua de Sao Sebastiao,2
Zona Industrial Cabra Figa
2635-448 Rio de Mouro
Portugal

 

1988

 

Commercial

 

Import, export and commercialisation of pharmaceutical and hospital equipment and products, particularly Grifols products.

 

0.010

%

99.990

%

0.010

%

99.990

%

0.010

%

99.990

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Chile, S.A.

 

Chile

 

Avda. Americo Vespucio, 2242
Comuna de Conchali
Santiago de Chile
Chile

 

1990

 

Commercial

 

Development of pharmaceutical businesses, which can involve the import, production, commercialisation and export of related products.

 

99.000

%

 

99.000

%

 

99.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols USA, LLC.

 

United States

 

Corporation Service Company,
2711
Centerville Road, Suite 400,
Wilmington, DE 19808
United States

 

1990

 

Commercial

 

Distribution and marketing of company products.

 

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Argentina, S.A.

 

Argentina

 

Bartolomé Mitre 3690/3790,
CPB1605BUT Munro
Partido de Vicente Lopez
Argentina

 

1991

 

Commercial

 

Clinical and biological research. Preparation of reagents and therapeutic and diet products. Manufacture and commercialisation of other pharmaceutical specialities.

 

95.010

%

4.990

%

99.260

%

0.740

%

99.260

%

0.740

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols s.r.o.

 

Czech Republic

 

Calle Zitna,2
Prague
Czech Republic

 

1992

 

Commercial

 

Purchase, sale and distribution of chemical-pharmaceutical products, including human plasma.

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

F-97



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX I

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

Information on Group Companies, Associates and others for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition /

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2013

 

12/31/2012

 

12/31/2011

 

 

 

Registered

 

Registered

 

Incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

% shares

 

% shares

 

% shares

 

Name

 

Offices

 

Offices

 

date

 

Activity

 

Statutory Activity

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols (Thailand) Ltd

 

Thailand

 

191 Silom Complex Building
 21st Follor, Silom Road, Silom,
Bangrak
10500 Bangkok
Thailand

 

2003

 

Commercial

 

Import, export and distribution of pharmaceutical products.

 

 

48.000

%

 

48.000

%

 

48.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Malaysia Sdn Bhd

 

Malaysia

 

Level 18, The Gardens North
Tower, Mid Valley City,
Lingkaran Syed Putra
59200 Kuala Lumpur
Malaysia

 

2003

 

Commercial

 

Distribution and sale of pharmaceutical products.

 

 

30.000

%

 

30.000

%

 

30.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols International, S.A.

 

Spain

 

Polígono Levante
Calle Can Guasch, s/n
08150 Parets del Vallès
(Barcelona) Spain

 

1997

 

Commercial

 

Coordination of the marketing, sales and logistics for all the Group’s subsidiaries operating in other countries.

 

99.900

%

0.100

%

99.900

%

0.100

%

99.900

%

0.100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Italia S.p.A

 

Italy

 

Via Carducci, 62d
56010 Ghezzano
Pisa, Italy

 

1997

 

Commercial

 

Purchase, sale and distribution of chemical-pharmaceutical products.

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols UK Ltd.

 

United Kingdom

 

Gregory Rowcliffe & Milners, 1
Bedford Row, London WC1R
4BZ United Kingdom

 

1997

 

Commercial

 

Distribution and sale of therapeutic and other pharmaceutical products, especially haemoderivatives.

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Brasil, Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

Rua Umuarama, 263
Condominio Portal da Serra
Vila Perneta
CEP 83.325-000 Pinhais
Paraná, Brazil

 

1998

 

Commercial

 

Import and export, preparation, distribution and sale of pharmaceutical and chemical products for laboratory and hospital use, and medical-surgical equipment and instruments.

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols France, S.A.R.L.

 

France

 

Arteparc, Rue de la Belle du
Canet, Bât. D, Route de la Côte
d’Azur, 13590 Meyreuil
France

 

1999

 

Commercial

 

Commercialisation of chemical and healthcare products.

 

99.990

%

0.010

%

99.990

%

0.010

%

99.990

%

0.010

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alpha Therapeutic Italia, S.p.A.(merged with Grifols Italia S.p.A. in 2012)

 

Italy

 

Corso di Porta Vittoria, 9,
20122 Milan (Italy)

 

2000

 

Commercial

 

Distribution and sale of therapeutic products, especially haemoderivatives.

 

 

 

 

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Polska Sp.z.o.o.

 

Poland

 

Grzybowska 87 street00-844
Warsaw, Poland

 

2003

 

Commercial

 

Distribution and sale of pharmaceutical, cosmetic and other products.

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Logística Grifols, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

Calle Eugenio Cuzin, nº 909-913
Parque Industrial Belenes Norte
45150 Zapopán
Jalisco, Mexico

 

2008

 

Commercial

 

Manufacture and commercialisation of pharmaceutical products for human and veterinary use.

 

99.990

%

0.010

%

99.990

%

0.010

%

99.990

%

0.010

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols México, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

Calle Eugenio Cuzin, nº 909-913
Parque Industrial Belenes Norte
45150 Zapopán
Jalisco, Mexico

 

1970

 

Commercial

 

Production, manufacture, adaptation, conditioning, sale and purchase, commissioning, representation and consignment of all kinds of pharmaceutical products and the acquisition of machinery, equipment, raw materials, tools, movable goods and property for the aforementioned purposes.

 

99.990

%

0.010

%

99.990

%

0.010

%

99.990

%

0.010

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medion Diagnostics GmbH

 

Germany

 

Lochamer Schlag, 12D
82166 Gräfelfing
Germany

 

2009

 

Commercial

 

Distribution and sale of biotechnological and diagnostic products.

 

 

80.000

%

 

80.000

%

 

80.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Nordic, AB

 

Sweden

 

Sveavägen 166
11346 Stockholm
Sweden

 

2010

 

Commercial

 

Research and development, production and marketing of pharmaceutical products, medical devices and any other asset deriving from the aforementioned activities.

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Colombia, Ltda

 

Colombia

 

Carrera 7 No. 71 52 Torre B
piso 9
Bogotá. D.C.
Colombia

 

2010

 

Commercial

 

Sale, commercialisation and distribution of medicines, pharmaceutical (including but not limited to haemoderivatives) and hospital products, medical devices, biomedical equipment, laboratory instruments and reagents for diagnosis and/or healthcare software.

 

99.000

%

1.000

%

99.000

%

1.000

%

99.000

%

1.000

%

 

This appendix forms an integral part of note 2 to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-98



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX I

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

Information on Group Companies, Associates and others for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition /

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2013

 

12/31/2012

 

12/31/2011

 

 

 

Registered

 

Registered

 

Incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

% shares

 

% shares

 

% shares

 

Name

 

Offices

 

Offices

 

date

 

Activity

 

Statutory Activity

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Deutschland GmbH

 

Germany

 

Lyoner Strasse 15,
D-60528 Frankfurt am Main

Germany

 

2011

 

Commercial

 

Procurement of the official permits and necessary approval for the production, commercialisation and distribution of products deriving from blood plasma, as well as the import, export, distribution and sale of reagents and chemical and pharmaceutical products, especially for laboratories and health centres and surgical and medical equipment and instruments.

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Australian Corporate Number 073 272 830 Pty Ltd.

 

Australia

 

Unit 5/80 Fairbank, Clayton

South, Victoria 3169

(Australia)

 

2009

 

Commercial

 

Distribution of pharmaceutical products and reagents for diagnostics.

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Canada, Ltd.

 

Canada

 

5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 405

(Principal Address)

Mississauga,

Ontario L4W 5N5

Canada

 

2011

 

Commercial

 

Provision of various services (marketing) to Grifols Therapeutics Inc.

 

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Pharmaceutical Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

Unit 901-902, Tower 2, No. 1539,

West Nanjing Rd.,

Jing’an District,

Shanghai 200040

China

 

2013

 

Commercial

 

Pharmaceutical consultancy services (except for diagnosis), technical and logistical consultancy services, business management and marketing consultancy services.

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Switzerland AG

 

 

 

Steinengraben, 5 40003 Basel Switzerland

 

2013

 

Commercial

 

Research, development, import and export and commercialisation of pharmaceutical products, devices and diagnostic instruments.

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols Viajes, S.A.

 

Spain

 

Can Guasch, 2

08150 Parets del Vallès

Barcelona, Spain

 

1995

 

Services

 

Travel agency exclusively serving Group companies.

 

99.900

%

0.100

%

99.900

%

0.100

%

99.900

%

0.100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Squadron Reinsurance Ltd.

 

Ireland

 

The Metropolitan Building, 3rd Fl.

James Joyce Street, Dublin

Ireland

 

2003

 

Services

 

Reinsurance of Group companies’ insurance policies.

 

 

100.000

%

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arrahona Optimus, S.L.

 

Spain

 

Avenida de la Generalitat 152

Sant Cugat del Valles

(Barcelona)

Spain

 

2008

 

Services

 

Development and construction of offices and business premises.

 

99.990

%

0.010

%

99.990

%

0.010

%

99.990

%

0.010

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grifols, Inc.

 

United States

 

2410 Lillivale Avenue

90032 Los Angeles, California

United States

 

2011

 

Services

 

Acquisition, manufacture and sale of therapeutic products, especially haemoderivatives extracted using plasma fractioning through a network of donation centres owned by the Group in the USA.

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Talecris Biotherapeutics Overseas Services, Corp.

 

United States

 

4101 Research Commons

(Principal Address),

79 T.W. Alexander Drive,

Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina 277709,

United States

 

2011

 

Services

 

Provision of support services for the sale of biotherapeutic products outside the USA and participation in any other activity for which the companies may be organised in accordance with the General Corporation Law of Delware.

 

 

 

 

100.000

%

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gri-Cel, S.A.

 

Spain

 

Avenida de la Generalitat 152

Sant Cugat del Valles

(Barcelona)
Spain

 

2009

 

Research

 

Research and development in the field of regenerative medicine, awarding of research grants, subscription to collaboration agreements with entities and participation in projects in the area of regenerative medicine.

 

0.001

%

99.999

%

0.001

%

99.999

%

0.001

%

99.999

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Araclon Biotech, S.L.

 

Spain

 

Paseo de Sagasta, 17 2º izqda.

Zaragoza, Spain

 

2012

 

Research

 

Creation and commercialisation of a blood diagnosis kit for the detection of Alzheimer’s and development of effective immunotherapy (vaccine) against this disease.

 

 

61.12

%

 

51.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Saturn Australia Pty Ltd.

 

Australia

 

Unit 5/80 Fairbank, Clayton

South, Victoria 3169
(Australia)

 

2009

 

Investment

 

Its activity consists of holding shares and real estate investments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Saturn Investments AG

 

Switzerland

 

c/o Dr. Christoph Straub,

Hanibuel 8, CH 6300 Zug
(Switzerland)

 

2009

 

Investment

 

Its activity consists of holding shares and real estate investments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Woolloomooloo Holdings Pty Ltd.

 

Australia

 

Unit 5/80 Fairbank, Clayton

South, Victoria 3169
(Australia)

 

2009

 

Investment

 

Its activity consists of holding shares and real estate investments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.000

%

 

F-99



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX I

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Information on Group Companies, Associates and others for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition /

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2013

 

12/31/2012

 

12/31/2011

 

 

 

Registered

 

Incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

% shares

 

% shares

 

% shares

 

Name

 

Offices

 

date

 

Activity

 

Statutory Activity

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

Direct

 

Indirect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity accounted investees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nanotherapix, S.L.

 

Avenida de la
Generalitat 152
Sant Cugat del
Valles (Barcelona)
Spain

 

2010

 

Research

 

Development, validation and production of the technology required to implement the use of genetic and cellular therapy for the treatment of human and animal pathologies.

 

 

51.000

%

 

51.000

%

 

51.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VCN Bioscience, S.L.

 

Avenida de la
Generalitat 152
Sant Cugat del
Valles (Barcelona)
Spain

 

2012

 

Research

 

Research and development of therapeutic approaches for tumours for which there is currently no effective treatment.

 

 

40.000

%

 

40.000

%

 

40.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aradigm Corporation

 

3929 Point Eden Way
Hayward, California
United States

 

2013

 

Research

 

Development and commercialisation of drugs delivered by inhalation for the prevention and treatment of severe respiratory diseases.

 

35.000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TiGenix N.V.

 

Romeinse straat 12
bus 2, 3001 Leuven,
Belgium

 

2013

 

Research

 

Research and development of therapies based on stem cells taken from adipose tissue.

 

 

21.300

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mecwins, S.L.

 

Avenida Fernandos
Casas Novoa, 37
Santiago de
Compostela
Spain

 

2013

 

Research

 

Research and production of nanotechnological, biotechnological and chemical solutions.

 

 

14.038

%

 

 

 

 

 

F-100



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX II

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Operating Segments for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

Bioscience

 

Hospital

 

Diagnostic

 

Raw materials

 

Others/Unallocated

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Revenues from external customers

 

2,448,824

 

2,325,088

 

1,531,199

 

97,131

 

95,870

 

95,365

 

130,339

 

134,341

 

117,358

 

38,028

 

31,450

 

30,526

 

27,410

 

34,195

 

21,165

 

2,741,732

 

2,620,944

 

1,795,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating income

 

2,448,824

 

2,325,088

 

1,531,199

 

97,131

 

95,870

 

95,365

 

130,339

 

134,341

 

117,358

 

38,028

 

31,450

 

30,526

 

27,410

 

34,195

 

21,165

 

2,741,732

 

2,620,944

 

1,795,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(Loss) for the segment

 

980,835

 

888,094

 

515,214

 

139

 

1,177

 

7,610

 

(3,819

)

9,291

 

(14,551

)

11,664

 

10,657

 

6,749

 

27,306

 

33,881

 

17,355

 

1,016,125

 

943,100

 

532,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(280,005

)

(283,016

)

(253,516

)

(280,005

)

(283,016

)

(253,516

)

Operating profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

736,120

 

660,084

 

278,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance result

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(237,419

)

(270,729

)

(197,774

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of profit/(loss) of equity accounted investees

 

725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,890

)

(1,407

)

(1,064

)

(1,165

)

(1,407

)

(1,064

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(155,482

)

(132,571

)

(29,795

)

Profit for the year after tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

342,054

 

255,377

 

50,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment assets

 

4,501,977

 

4,581,022

 

4,722,315

 

81,500

 

79,947

 

120,458

 

215,990

 

144,833

 

107,689

 

394

 

15,792

 

1,305

 

 

 

 

4,799,861

 

4,821,594

 

4,951,767

 

Equity accounted investments

 

21,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,763

 

2,566

 

1,001

 

35,765

 

2,566

 

1,001

 

Unallocated assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,005,410

 

803,314

 

687,232

 

1,005,410

 

803,314

 

687,232

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,841,036

 

5,627,474

 

5,640,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment liabilities

 

230,412

 

264,160

 

337,960

 

241

 

397

 

12,932

 

14,801

 

12,040

 

12,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

245,454

 

276,597

 

363,403

 

Unallocated liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,488,378

 

3,470,136

 

3,611,603

 

3,488,378

 

3,470,136

 

3,611,603

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,733,832

 

3,746,733

 

3,975,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortisation and depreciation

 

91,350

 

91,564

 

62,062

 

5,695

 

5,382

 

5,382

 

15,492

 

11,310

 

10,102

 

 

 

 

15,932

 

20,870

 

13,093

 

128,469

 

129,126

 

90,639

 

Expenses that do not require cash payments

 

(11,090

)

11,683

 

4,497

 

141

 

248

 

(33

)

337

 

247

 

4,826

 

 

 

 

2,979

 

4,946

 

907

 

(7,633

)

17,124

 

10,197

 

Additions for the year of property, plant & equipment and intangible assets

 

129,475

 

140,880

 

127,789

 

8,514

 

6,435

 

15,097

 

24,408

 

12,003

 

12,218

 

 

 

 

19,582

 

14,154

 

12,395

 

181,979

 

173,472

 

167,499

 

 

This appendix forms an integral part of note 6 to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-101



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX II

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Reporting by geographical area

for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011

 

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

Spain

 

Rest of European Union

 

USA + Canada

 

Rest of World

 

Subtotal

 

Raw material

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

Net Revenue

 

207,922

 

212,983

 

230,871

 

361,905

 

346,345

 

295,754

 

1,707,620

 

1,658,548

 

948,730

 

426,257

 

371,618

 

289,732

 

2,703,704

 

2,589,494

 

1,765,087

 

38,028

 

31,450

 

30,526

 

2,741,732

 

2,620,944

 

1,795,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets by geographical area

 

933,722

 

759,670

 

740,276

 

280,510

 

126,041

 

130,651

 

4,487,429

 

4,573,400

 

4,632,222

 

138,981

 

152,571

 

135,546

 

5,840,642

 

5,611,682

 

5,638,695

 

394

 

15,792

 

1,305

 

5,841,036

 

5,627,474

 

5,640,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions for the year of property, plant & equipment and intangible assets

 

55,978

 

51,014

 

47,622

 

14,847

 

3,081

 

2,759

 

106,274

 

114,109

 

113,041

 

4,880

 

5,268

 

4,077

 

181,979

 

173,472

 

167,499

 

 

 

 

181,979

 

173,472

 

167,499

 

 

This appendix forms an integral part of note 6 to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-102



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX III

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Changes in Other Intangible Assets

for the year ended

31 December 2012

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

Balances at

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

Balances at

 

 

 

2011

 

Additions

 

Combination

 

Transfers

 

Disposals

 

differences

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Development costs

 

69,783

 

9,825

 

11,282

 

0

 

(3,969

)

(18

)

86,903

 

Concessions, patents, licenses brands & similar

 

52,929

 

80

 

1,575

 

(31

)

0

 

(578

)

53,975

 

Computer software

 

67,967

 

10,033

 

69

 

3,508

 

(7,338

)

(6,549

)

67,690

 

Currently marketed products

 

927,429

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(17,925

)

909,504

 

Other intangible assets

 

2,476

 

162

 

0

 

31

 

(314

)

(38

)

2,317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of intangible assets

 

1,120,584

 

20,100

 

12,926

 

3,508

 

(11,621

)

(25,108

)

1,120,389

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accum. amort. of development costs

 

(40,078

)

(4,957

)

(122

)

0

 

1,724

 

18

 

(43,415

)

Accum. amort of concessions, patents, licenses, brands & similar

 

(18,866

)

(1,012

)

(246

)

0

 

0

 

347

 

(19,777

)

Accum. amort. of computer software

 

(34,122

)

(11,779

)

(33

)

0

 

3,222

 

4,258

 

(38,454

)

Accum. amort. of currently marketed products

 

(18,033

)

(31,125

)

0

 

0

 

0

 

1,157

 

(48,001

)

Accum. amort. of other intangible assets

 

(914

)

(630

)

0

 

0

 

0

 

6

 

(1,538

)

Total accum. amort intangible assets

 

(112,013

)

(49,503

)

(401

)

0

 

4,946

 

5,786

 

(151,185

)

Impairment of other intangible assets

 

(264

)

155

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(109

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount of intangible assets

 

1,008,307

 

(29,248

)

12,525

 

3,508

 

(6,675

)

(19,322

)

969,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 3 (b))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This appendix forms an integral part of note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-103



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX III

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Changes in Other Intangible Assets

for the year ended

31 December 2013

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

Balances at

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

Balances at

 

 

 

2012

 

Additions

 

combinations

 

Transfers

 

Disposals

 

differences

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Development costs

 

86,903

 

11,309

 

13,721

 

0

 

(98

)

(47

)

111,788

 

Concessions, patents, licenses brands & similar

 

53,975

 

41

 

2,717

 

(5

)

(2,758

)

(1,163

)

52,807

 

Computer software

 

67,690

 

13,227

 

668

 

22,268

 

(4,545

)

(1,681

)

97,627

 

Currently marketed products

 

909,504

 

0

 

23,792

 

0

 

0

 

(39,371

)

893,925

 

Other intangible assets

 

2,317

 

9,810

 

0

 

0

 

(238

)

(363

)

11,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of intangible assets

 

1,120,389

 

34,387

 

40,898

 

22,263

 

(7,639

)

(42,625

)

1,167,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accum. amort. of development costs

 

(43,415

)

(5,206

)

(9,251

)

0

 

0

 

42

 

(57,830

)

Accum. amort of concessions, patents, licenses, brands & similar

 

(19,777

)

(1,113

)

(1,654

)

1

 

863

 

262

 

(21,418

)

Accum. amort. of computer software

 

(38,454

)

(7,422

)

(408

)

(21,285

)

3,773

 

681

 

(63,115

)

Accum. amort. of currently marketed products

 

(48,001

)

(32,221

)

0

 

0

 

0

 

3,311

 

(76,911

)

Accum. amort. of other intangible assets

 

(1,538

)

(424

)

0

 

0

 

0

 

22

 

(1,940

)

Total accum. amort intangible assets

 

(151,185

)

(46,386

)

(11,313

)

(21,284

)

4,636

 

4,318

 

(221,214

)

Impairment of other intangible assets

 

(109

)

85

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(24

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount of intangible assets

 

969,095

 

(11,914

)

29,585

 

979

 

(3,003

)

(38,307

)

946,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 3 (a))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This appendix forms an integral part of note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-104



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX IV

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Movement in Property, Plant and Equipment

for the year ended

31 December 2012

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

Balances at

 

 

 

Business

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

Balances at

 

 

 

2011

 

Additions

 

combination

 

Transfers

 

Disposals

 

differences

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

156,868

 

2,049

 

0

 

38,176

 

(9,006

)

(5,877

)

182,210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plant and machinery

 

773,215

 

26,258

 

3,822

 

(17,947

)

(26,346

)

(11,346

)

747,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under construction

 

121,219

 

125,065

 

0

 

(23,831

)

(5,413

)

(3,862

)

213,178

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,051,302

 

153,372

 

3,822

 

(3,602

)

(40,765

)

(21,085

)

1,143,044

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

(15,434

)

(5,302

)

0

 

2,335

 

1,398

 

1,921

 

(15,082

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technical installations and other items

 

(252,787

)

(74,321

)

(2,100

)

(2,241

)

11,006

 

7,727

 

(312,716

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(268,221

)

(79,623

)

(2,100

)

94

 

12,404

 

9,648

 

(327,798

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of other property, plant and equipment

 

(7,212

)

(1,597

)

0

 

0

 

3,954

 

(284

)

(5,139

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount

 

775,869

 

72,152

 

1,722

 

(3,508

)

(24,407

)

(11,721

)

810,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(note 3 (b))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This appendix forms an integral part of note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-105



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX IV

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Movement in Property, Plant and Equipment

for the year ended

31 December 2013

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

Balances at

 

 

 

Business 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

Balances at

 

 

 

2012

 

Additions

 

combination

 

Transfers

 

Disposals

 

differences

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and buildings

 

182,210

 

4,888

 

5,298

 

25,954

 

(923

)

(7,764

)

209,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plant and machinery

 

747,656

 

62,644

 

7,093

 

156,076

 

(27,028

)

(25,570

)

920,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under construction

 

213,178

 

80,060

 

8

 

(176,880

)

(769

)

(5,732

)

109,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,143,044

 

147,592

 

12,399

 

5,150

 

(28,720

)

(39,066

)

1,240,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

(15,082

)

(6,399

)

(605

)

(1,717

)

426

 

617

 

(22,760

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technical installations and other items

 

(312,716

)

(75,684

)

(4,517

)

(4,412

)

15,663

 

8,812

 

(372,854

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(327,798

)

(82,083

)

(5,122

)

(6,129

)

16,089

 

9,429

 

(395,614

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of other property, plant and equipment

 

(5,139

)

186

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

406

 

(4,547

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount

 

810,107

 

65,695

 

7,277

 

(979

)

(12,631

)

(29,231

)

840,238

 

 

(note 3 (a))

 

F-106



Table of Contents

 

APPENDIX  V

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

Statement of Liquidity for Distribution of Interim Dividend 2013

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

Thousands of Euros

 

Forecast profits distributable for 2013:

 

 

 

Projected profits net of taxes until 31/12/2013

 

155,433

 

Less, charge required to legal reserve

 

(344

)

 

 

 

 

Estimated profits distributable for 2013

 

155,089

 

 

 

 

 

Interim dividend distributed

 

68,755

 

 

 

 

 

Forecast cash for the period 24 May 2013 to 24 May 2014:

 

 

 

Cash balances at 24 May 2013

 

70,594

 

Projected amounts collected

 

459,308

 

Projected payments, including interim dividend

 

252,206

 

 

 

 

 

Projected cash balances at 24 May 2014

 

277,696

 

 

F-107



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

at  31 December 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Non- Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

Assets

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Adjustments

 

31/12/12

 

 

 

(expressed in thousands of euros)

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

0

 

0

 

162,069

 

0

 

1,707,830

 

1,869,899

 

Other intangible assets

 

2,919

 

11,750

 

69,485

 

17,331

 

867,610

 

969,095

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

64,990

 

31,094

 

521,087

 

43,467

 

149,469

 

810,107

 

Investments in Subsidiaries

 

1,167,286

 

3,057,126

 

35,389

 

23,255

 

(4,283,056

)

0

 

Advances and notes between parent and subsidiaries

 

3,313

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(3,313

)

0

 

Investments in equity- accounted investees

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

2,566

 

2,566

 

Non-current financial assets

 

3,769

 

10,013

 

1,834

 

910

 

0

 

16,526

 

Deferred tax assets

 

0

 

0

 

1,121

 

3,603

 

19,993

 

24,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

 

1,242,277

 

3,109,983

 

790,985

 

88,566

 

(1,538,901

)

3,692,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

929

 

0

 

1,022,347

 

70,483

 

(95,115

)

998,644

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

612

 

0

 

279,296

 

86,114

 

0

 

366,022

 

Other receivables

 

9,182

 

1,911

 

19,650

 

13,085

 

5

 

43,833

 

Current income tax assets

 

17,669

 

13,572

 

3,787

 

2,290

 

0

 

37,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

27,463

 

15,483

 

302,733

 

101,489

 

5

 

447,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances and notes between parent and subsidiaries

 

293,641

 

388,712

 

239,378

 

39,619

 

(961,350

)

0

 

Other current financial assets

 

4

 

244

 

167

 

45

 

0

 

460

 

Acciones de la sociedad dominante a corto plazo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

3,536

 

540

 

9,779

 

1,105

 

0

 

14,960

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

90,970

 

304,251

 

25,607

 

52,499

 

0

 

473,327

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

416,543

 

709,230

 

1,600,011

 

265,240

 

(1,056,460

)

1,934,564

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

1,658,820

 

3,819,213

 

2,390,996

 

353,806

 

(2,595,361

)

5,627,474

 

 

F-108



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.  AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

at  31 December 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Non- Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Adjustments

 

31/12/12

 

 

 

(expressed in thousands of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

117,882

 

0

 

41,274

 

45,440

 

(86,714

)

117,882

 

Share premium

 

890,355

 

849,867

 

667,804

 

27,984

 

(1,545,655

)

890,355

 

Reserves

 

113,677

 

142,922

 

470,333

 

97,316

 

(204,104

)

620,144

 

Treasury stock

 

(3,060

)

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(3,060

)

Interim Dividend

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Profit for the year attributable to the Parent

 

61,968

 

(151,119

)

441,356

 

2,137

 

(97,656

)

256,686

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1,180,822

 

841,670

 

1,620,767

 

172,877

 

(1,934,129

)

1,882,007

 

Cash flow hedges

 

(2,556

)

(30,496

)

16

 

0

 

0

 

(33,036

)

Translation differences

 

0

 

97,125

 

40,829

 

(786

)

(109,371

)

27,797

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

(2,556

)

66,629

 

40,845

 

(786

)

(109,371

)

(5,239

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity attributable to the Parent

 

1,178,266

 

908,299

 

1,661,612

 

172,091

 

(2,043,500

)

1,876,768

 

Non-controlling interests

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

3,973

 

3,973

 

Total equity

 

1,178,266

 

908,299

 

1,661,612

 

172,091

 

(2,039,527

)

1,880,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grants

 

816

 

147

 

4,413

 

479

 

0

 

5,855

 

Provisions

 

0

 

0

 

2,995

 

353

 

0

 

3,348

 

Non-current financial liabilities

 

370,200

 

2,262,885

 

238,514

 

10,231

 

(191,011

)

2,690,819

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

2,913

 

46,505

 

25,639

 

2,487

 

376,302

 

453,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

373,929

 

2,309,537

 

271,561

 

13,550

 

185,291

 

3,153,868

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

149

 

0

 

8,127

 

6,693

 

40,170

 

55,139

 

Current financial liabilities

 

60,752

 

575,187

 

(17,130

)

75,885

 

(499,116

)

195,578

 

Debts with associates

 

2,668

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

2,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suppliers

 

36,043

 

32,299

 

374,806

 

67,436

 

(282,179

)

228,405

 

Other payables

 

1,419

 

19

 

20,770

 

5,149

 

0

 

27,357

 

Current income tax liabilities

 

0

 

(11,855

)

15,130

 

2,404

 

0

 

5,679

 

Total trade and other payables

 

37,462

 

20,463

 

410,706

 

74,989

 

(282,179

)

261,441

 

Other current liabilities

 

5,594

 

5,727

 

56,120

 

10,598

 

0

 

78,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

106,625

 

601,377

 

457,823

 

168,165

 

(741,125

)

592,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

480,554

 

2,910,914

 

729,384

 

181,715

 

(555,834

)

3,746,733

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

1,658,820

 

3,819,213

 

2,390,996

 

353,806

 

(2,595,361

)

5,627,474

 

 

F-109



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

at  31 December 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Non- Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

Assets

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Adjustments

 

31/12/13

 

 

 

(expressed in thousands of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

0

 

0

 

56,544

 

0

 

1,772,597

 

1,829,141

 

Other intangible assets

 

5,220

 

15,945

 

62,054

 

36,035

 

827,181

 

946,435

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

65,932

 

38,553

 

564,245

 

56,904

 

114,604

 

840,238

 

Investments in Subsidiaries

 

1,311,317

 

2,924,785

 

32,472

 

59,780

 

(4,328,354

)

0

 

Advances and notes between parent and subsidiaries

 

18,159

 

86,202

 

0

 

4,465

 

(108,526

)

300

 

Investments in equity- accounted investees

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

35,765

 

35,765

 

Non-current financial assets

 

3,712

 

8,217

 

1,820

 

1,147

 

0

 

14,896

 

Deferred tax assets

 

0

 

0

 

1,565

 

20,722

 

12,314

 

34,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

 

1,404,340

 

3,073,702

 

718,700

 

179,053

 

(1,674,419

)

3,701,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

1,056

 

0

 

941,548

 

81,585

 

(77,276

)

946,913

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

824

 

0

 

305,553

 

79,160

 

0

 

385,537

 

Other receivables

 

8,387

 

803

 

13,427

 

15,765

 

(1,871

)

36,511

 

Current income tax assets

 

22,340

 

19,278

 

509

 

1,406

 

0

 

43,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

31,551

 

20,081

 

319,489

 

96,331

 

(1,871

)

465,581

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances and notes between parent and subsidiaries

 

550,707

 

443,159

 

451,650

 

150,389

 

(1,595,205

)

700

 

Other current financial assets

 

16

 

243

 

166

 

75

 

0

 

500

 

Other current assets

 

2,848

 

2,604

 

8,821

 

2,916

 

0

 

17,189

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

110,536

 

424,935

 

30,556

 

142,750

 

0

 

708,777

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

696,714

 

891,022

 

1,752,230

 

474,046

 

(1,674,352

)

2,139,660

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

2,101,054

 

3,964,724

 

2,470,930

 

653,099

 

(3,348,771

)

5,841,036

 

 

F-110



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

at  31 December 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Non- Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Adjustments

 

31/12/13

 

 

 

(expressed in thousands of euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

119,604

 

0

 

41,274

 

52,968

 

(94,242

)

119,604

 

Share premium

 

910,728

 

849,867

 

667,804

 

138,992

 

(1,656,663

)

910,728

 

Reserves

 

189,039

 

(8,199

)

702,010

 

83,563

 

(82,998

)

883,415

 

Treasury stock

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(378

)

378

 

0

 

Interim Dividend

 

(68,755

)

0

 

(90,000

)

(20,500

)

110,500

 

(68,755

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to the Parent

 

171,407

 

(176,233

)

588,202

 

(25,822

)

(212,003

)

345,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

1,322,023

 

665,435

 

1,909,290

 

228,823

 

(1,935,028

)

2,190,543

 

Cash flow hedges

 

(670

)

(24,801

)

(320

)

0

 

0

 

(25,791

)

Translation differences

 

0

 

69,113

 

(39,536

)

(12,981

)

(80,086

)

(63,490

)

Other comprehensive income

 

(670

)

44,312

 

(39,856

)

(12,981

)

(80,086

)

(89,281

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity attributable to the Parent

 

1,321,353

 

709,747

 

1,869,434

 

215,842

 

(2,015,114

)

2,101,262

 

Non-controlling interests

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

5,942

 

5,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

1,321,353

 

709,747

 

1,869,434

 

215,842

 

(2,009,172

)

2,107,204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grants

 

106

 

128

 

5,995

 

3,008

 

(2,203

)

7,034

 

Provisions

 

0

 

0

 

3,800

 

402

 

0

 

4,202

 

Non-current financial liabilities

 

456,443

 

2,131,363

 

44,101

 

33,496

 

(112,192

)

2,553,211

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

4,284

 

37,395

 

65,161

 

(1,457

)

348,706

 

454,089

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

460,833

 

2,168,886

 

119,057

 

35,449

 

234,311

 

3,018,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions

 

0

 

0

 

6,566

 

6,462

 

38,431

 

51,459

 

Current financial liabilities

 

255,937

 

957,640

 

52,781

 

247,063

 

(1,255,277

)

258,144

 

Debts with associates

 

2,683

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

2,683

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suppliers

 

50,986

 

114,086

 

347,472

 

111,765

 

(350,688

)

273,621

 

Other payables

 

1,536

 

22,856

 

11,528

 

6,468

 

0

 

42,388

 

Current income tax liabilities

 

0

 

(18,430

)

19,557

 

1,807

 

0

 

2,934

 

Total trade and other payables

 

52,522

 

118,512

 

378,557

 

120,040

 

(350,688

)

318,943

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

7,726

 

9,939

 

44,535

 

28,243

 

(6,376

)

84,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

318,868

 

1,086,091

 

482,439

 

401,808

 

(1,573,910

)

715,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

779,701

 

3,254,977

 

601,496

 

437,257

 

(1,339,599

)

3,733,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

2,101,054

 

3,964,724

 

2,470,930

 

653,099

 

(3,348,771

)

5,841,036

 

 

F-111



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

for the year ended 31 December 2011

 

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Non- Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

63,490

 

25,567

 

2,480,571

 

453,739

 

(1,227,754

)

1,795,613

 

Cost of sales

 

(4,901

)

 

(1,687,165

)

(319,220

)

1,043,153

 

(968,133

)

Gross Profit

 

58,589

 

25,567

 

793,406

 

134,519

 

(184,601

)

827,480

 

Research and Development

 

(3,833

)

(3,531

)

(88,808

)

(3,866

)

10,678

 

(89,360

)

Sales, General and Administration expenses

 

(117,312

)

(26,367

)

(324,662

)

(137,930

)

147,012

 

(459,259

)

Operating Expenses

 

(121,145

)

(29,898

)

(413,470

)

(141,796

)

157,690

 

(548,619

)

Operating Results

 

(62,556

)

(4,331

)

379,936

 

(7,277

)

(26,911

)

278,861

 

Finance income

 

10,968

 

23,352

 

(41,519

)

1,457

 

11,503

 

5,761

 

Finance expenses

 

(28,141

)

(165,253

)

(37,550

)

(6,837

)

37,219

 

(200,562

)

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

4,501

 

(4,980

)

1,758

 

 

 

1,279

 

Impairment and gains /(losses) on disposal of financial instruments

 

(19,930

)

 

(5,697

)

(1,022

)

25,844

 

(805

)

Exchange losses

 

184

 

7,001

 

(7,877

)

(2,755

)

 

(3,447

)

Dividends

 

53,352

 

 

 

159

 

(53,511

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance result

 

20,934

 

(139,880

)

(90,885

)

(8,998

)

21,055

 

(197,774

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of losses of equity accounted investees

 

 

 

144

 

 

(1,208

)

(1,064

)

Profit before income tax from continuing operations

 

(41,622

)

(144,211

)

289,195

 

(16,275

)

(7,064

)

80,023

 

Income tax expense

 

23,757

 

54,149

 

(93,501

)

(1,313

)

(12,887

)

(29,795

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

(17,865

)

(90,062

)

195,694

 

(17,588

)

(19,951

)

50,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit for the period

 

(17,865

)

(90,062

)

195,694

 

(17,588

)

(19,951

)

50,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

 

(17,865

)

(90,062

)

195,694

 

(17,588

)

(19,872

)

50,307

 

Loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(79

)

(79

)

 

F-112



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

for the year ended 31 December 2012

 

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Non- Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

74,180

 

73,149

 

4,019,222

 

459,674

 

(2,005,281

)

2,620,944

 

Cost of sales

 

(5,332

)

(1,981

)

(2,739,062

)

(325,939

)

1,780,969

 

(1,291,345

)

Gross Profit

 

68,848

 

71,168

 

1,280,160

 

133,735

 

(224,312

)

1,329,599

 

Research and Development

 

(3,843

)

(5,650

)

(120,904

)

(8,666

)

14,620

 

(124,443

)

Sales, General and Administration expenses

 

(77,340

)

(77,453

)

(451,808

)

(113,022

)

174,551

 

(545,072

)

Operating Expenses

 

(81,183

)

(83,103

)

(572,712

)

(121,688

)

189,171

 

(669,515

)

Operating Results

 

(12,335

)

(11,935

)

707,448

 

12,047

 

(35,141

)

660,084

 

Finance income

 

6,479

 

18,603

 

22,858

 

1,459

 

(47,722

)

1,677

 

Finance expenses

 

(26,286

)

(259,375

)

(39,460

)

(6,820

)

47,824

 

(284,117

)

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

21,049

 

(8,036

)

 

 

 

13,013

 

Impairment and gains /(losses) on disposal of financial instruments

 

2,826

 

 

(10,437

)

(1,157

)

10,875

 

2,107

 

Exchange losses

 

(208

)

(308

)

(1,822

)

(1,071

)

 

(3,409

)

Dividends

 

63,990

 

 

 

87

 

(64,077

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance result

 

67,850

 

(249,116

)

(28,861

)

(7,502

)

(53,100

)

(270,729

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of losses of equity accounted investees

 

 

 

 

 

(1,407

)

(1,407

)

Profit before income tax from continuing operations

 

55,515

 

(261,051

)

678,587

 

4,545

 

(89,648

)

387,948

 

Income tax expense

 

6,453

 

109,932

 

(237,231

)

(2,408

)

(9,317

)

(132,571

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

61,968

 

(151,119

)

441,356

 

2,137

 

(98,965

)

255,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit for the period

 

61,968

 

(151,119

)

441,356

 

2,137

 

(98,965

)

255,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

 

61,968

 

(151,119

)

441,356

 

2,137

 

(97,656

)

256,686

 

Loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(1,309

)

(1,309

)

 

F-113



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

for the year ended 31 December 2013

 

(Expressed in thousands of Euros)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Non- Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

85,589

 

86,330

 

4,404,773

 

612,151

 

(2,447,111

)

2,741,732

 

Cost of sales

 

(6,006

)

0

 

(3,034,940

)

(341,642

)

2,058,708

 

(1,323,880

)

Gross Profit

 

79,583

 

86,330

 

1,369,833

 

270,509

 

(388,403

)

1,417,852

 

Research and Development

 

(4,350

)

(19,358

)

(112,404

)

(14,271

)

27,112

 

(123,271

)

Sales, General and Administration expenses

 

(126,655

)

(114,492

)

(386,140

)

(261,009

)

329,835

 

(558,461

)

Operating Expenses

 

(131,005

)

(133,850

)

(498,544

)

(275,280

)

356,947

 

(681,732

)

Operating Results

 

(51,422

)

(47,520

)

871,289

 

(4,771

)

(31,456

)

736,120

 

Finance income

 

4,775

 

5,912

 

3,596

 

622

 

(10,036

)

4,869

 

Finance expenses

 

(24,195

)

(208,700

)

(10,923

)

(6,128

)

9,955

 

(239,991

)

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

(757

)

(1,113

)

0

 

84

 

0

 

(1,786

)

Impairment and gains /(losses) on disposal of financial instruments

 

(7,256

)

0

 

(3,545

)

(12,663

)

24,256

 

792

 

Exchange losses

 

6,778

 

(52

)

(3,941

)

(4,012

)

(76

)

(1,303

)

Dividends

 

222,693

 

0

 

0

 

12

 

(222,705

)

0

 

Finance result

 

202,038

 

(203,953

)

(14,813

)

(22,085

)

(198,606

)

(237,419

)

Share of losses of equity accounted investees

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(1,165

)

(1,165

)

Profit before income tax from continuing operations

 

150,616

 

(251,473

)

856,476

 

(26,856

)

(231,227

)

497,536

 

Income tax expense

 

20,791

 

75,240

 

(268,274

)

1,034

 

15,727

 

(155,482

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after income tax from continuing operations

 

171,407

 

(176,233

)

588,202

 

(25,822

)

(215,500

)

342,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated profit for the period

 

171,407

 

(176,233

)

588,202

 

(25,822

)

(215,500

)

342,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to the Parent

 

171,407

 

(176,233

)

588,202

 

(25,822

)

(212,003

)

345,551

 

Loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

(3,497

)

(3,497

)

 

F-114



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

for the year ended 31 December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Non- Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(expressed in thousands of euros)

 

Cash flows from/(used in) operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

(41,622

)

(144,211

)

289,195

 

(16,275

)

(7,064

)

80,023

 

Adjustments for:

 

(21,252

)

159,350

 

134,874

 

52,945

 

(12,002

)

313,915

 

Amortisation and depreciation

 

6,803

 

1,033

 

48,792

 

8,037

 

25,974

 

90,639

 

Other adjustments:

 

(28,055

)

158,317

 

86,082

 

44,908

 

(37,976

)

223,276

 

(Profit) /losses on equity accounted investments

 

 

 

 

 

1,064

 

1,064

 

Exchange differences

 

(184

)

(7,001

)

7,877

 

2,755

 

 

3,447

 

Impairment of assets and net provision charges

 

20,194

 

 

11,772

 

16,672

 

(24,832

)

23,806

 

(Profits) / losses on disposal of fixed assets

 

(7,134

)

 

5,141

 

21,359

 

 

19,366

 

Government grants taken to income

 

(333

)

 

(971

)

 

 

(1,304

)

Net finance expense

 

(40,902

)

165,257

 

(21,762

)

3,773

 

74,201

 

180,567

 

Other adjustments

 

304

 

61

 

84,025

 

349

 

(88,409

)

(3,670

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities

 

(90,489

)

(216,226

)

(179,614

)

(5,265

)

440,315

 

(51,279

)

Change in inventories

 

(98

)

 

24,032

 

(7,100

)

(9,925

)

6,909

 

Change in trade and other receivables

 

5,213

 

8,423

 

(178,585

)

(4,069

)

114,876

 

(54,142

)

Change in current financial assets and other current assets

 

(93,754

)

(227,148

)

(96,487

)

1,326

 

425,384

 

9,321

 

Change in current trade and other payables

 

(1,850

)

2,499

 

71,426

 

4,578

 

(90,020

)

(13,367

)

Other cash flows used in operating activities

 

52,608

 

(78,895

)

(29,275

)

(4,707

)

(62,163

)

(122,431

)

Interest paid

 

(19,370

)

(113,158

)

(5,686

)

(3,007

)

1,338

 

(139,883

)

Interest received

 

10,148

 

254

 

3,328

 

 

(10,148

)

3,582

 

Dividends received

 

53,352

 

 

 

 

(53,352

)

 

Income tax paid

 

8,478

 

34,009

 

(26,917

)

(1,700

)

 

13,870

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

(100,755

)

(279,982

)

215,181

 

26,698

 

359,087

 

220,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from/(used in) investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for investments

 

(47,550

)

(1,769,568

)

11,048

 

(17,966

)

39,572

 

(1,784,464

)

Group companies and business units

 

(39,627

)

(1,763,601

)

143,293

 

(1,509

)

36,575

 

(1,624,869

)

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

 

(7,338

)

(3,991

)

(132,648

)

(15,922

)

 

(159,899

)

Other financial assets

 

(585

)

(1,976

)

403

 

(535

)

2,997

 

304

 

Proceeds from the sale of investments

 

33,279

 

(1

)

150,178

 

(17,718

)

 

165,738

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

33,279

 

(1

)

144,706

 

(17,718

)

 

160,266

 

Associates

 

 

 

5,472

 

 

 

5,472

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(14,271

)

(1,769,569

)

161,226

 

(35,684

)

39,572

 

(1,618,726

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from and payments for equity instruments

 

(2,870

)

 

 

1,810

 

(1,770

)

(2,830

)

Issue

 

(2,870

)

 

 

1,810

 

(1,770

)

(2,830

)

Proceeds from and payments for financial liability instruments

 

197,027

 

2,250,242

 

(253,087

)

18,608

 

(450,240

)

1,762,550

 

Issue

 

463,300

 

2,524,290

 

13,163

 

(6,012

)

 

2,994,741

 

Redemption and repayment

 

(247,834

)

(428,667

)

(554,942

)

(748

)

 

(1,232,191

)

Debts with group companies

 

(18,439

)

154,619

 

288,692

 

25,368

 

(450,240

)

 

Dividends and interest on other equity instruments paid

 

 

 

(47,600

)

(5,752

)

53,352

 

 

Other cash flows from financing activities

 

(17,917

)

(266,335

)

(496

)

 

 

(284,748

)

Deferred acquisition costs of financial instruments related to acquisition of Talecris

 

(18,257

)

(266,335

)

(496

)

 

 

(285,088

)

Other amounts received from financing activities

 

340

 

 

 

 

 

340

 

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

 

176,240

 

1,983,907

 

(301,183

)

14,666

 

(398,658

)

1,474,972

 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

 

 

7,436

 

17,103

 

(76

)

 

24,463

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

61,214

 

(58,208

)

92,327

 

5,604

 

 

100,937

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

25

 

227,456

 

1,444

 

10,724

 

 

239,649

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

61,239

 

169,248

 

93,771

 

16,328

 

 

340,586

 

 

F-115



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 31 December 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Non- Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(expressed in thousands of euros)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before tax

 

55,515

 

(261,051

)

678,587

 

4,545

 

(89,647

)

387,948

 

Adjustments for:

 

(61,305

)

246,339

 

76,179

 

26,020

 

113,716

 

400,949

 

Amortisation and depreciation

 

7,118

 

1,932

 

61,255

 

10,186

 

48,635

 

129,126

 

Other adjustments:

 

(68,423

)

244,407

 

14,924

 

15,834

 

65,081

 

271,823

 

(Profit)/ losses on equity accounted investments

 

 

 

 

 

1,407

 

1,407

 

Exchange differences

 

208

 

308

 

1,822

 

1,071

 

 

3,409

 

Impairment of assets and net provision charges

 

(2,982

)

(97

)

14,613

 

7,445

 

(10,875

)

8,104

 

(Profit) / losses on disposal of fixed assets

 

5

 

9

 

11,973

 

555

 

 

12,542

 

Government grants taken to income

 

(233

)

 

(539

)

(158

)

 

(930

)

Net finance expense

 

(65,549

)

248,784

 

6,650

 

4,098

 

64,077

 

258,060

 

Other adjustments

 

128

 

(4,597

)

(19,595

)

2,823

 

10,472

 

(10,769

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

37,858

 

(14,988

)

1,619

 

2,736

 

(70,842

)

(43,617

)

Change in inventories

 

(35

)

 

46,071

 

(5,614

)

(25,913

)

14,509

 

Change in trade and other receivables

 

(23,834

)

(42,638

)

31,651

 

(11,046

)

90,125

 

44,258

 

Change in current financial assets and other current assets

 

57,508

 

(391

)

(3,111

)

15,329

 

(74,980

)

(5,645

)

Change in current trade and other payables

 

4,219

 

28,041

 

(72,992

)

4,067

 

(60,074

)

(96,739

)

Other cash flows from operating activities

 

54,354

 

(168,942

)

(44,812

)

(9,966

)

(68,797

)

(238,163

)

Interest paid

 

(19,792

)

(155,880

)

(27,881

)

(5,016

)

28,030

 

(180,539

)

Interest received

 

7,135

 

3,244

 

24,195

 

1,099

 

(32,750

)

2,923

 

Dividends received

 

63,990

 

 

 

87

 

(64,077

)

 

Income tax paid

 

3,021

 

(16,306

)

(41,126

)

(6,136

)

 

(60,547

)

Net cash from operating activities

 

86,422

 

(198,642

)

711,573

 

23,335

 

(115,570

)

507,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for investments

 

(24,597

)

(10,178

)

(159,726

)

(27,380

)

44,686

 

(177,195

)

Group companies and business units

 

(14,356

)

 

(27,444

)

(12,858

)

43,591

 

(11,067

)

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

 

(10,241

)

(10,178

)

(132,282

)

(14,522

)

1,095

 

(166,128

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

(8,622

)

(5,151

)

(119,561

)

(13,469

)

775

 

(146,028

)

Intangible assets

 

(1,619

)

(5,027

)

(12,721

)

(1,053

)

320

 

(20,100

)

Other financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of investments

 

30,687

 

1

 

81,877

 

1,651

 

(1,456

)

112,760

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

310

 

(1

)

79,905

 

1,138

 

(1,456

)

79,896

 

Asscoiated companies

 

 

 

1,883

 

 

 

1,883

 

Other financial assets

 

30,377

 

2

 

89

 

513

 

 

30,981

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

6,090

 

(10,177

)

(77,849

)

(25,729

)

43,230

 

(64,435

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from and payments for equity instruments

 

(9

)

 

10,000

 

40,586

 

(50,586

)

(9

)

Issue

 

 

 

10,000

 

40,586

 

(50,586

)

 

Acquisition of Owns Shares

 

(5,194

)

 

 

 

 

(5,194

)

Disposal of Own Shares

 

5,185

 

 

 

 

 

5,185

 

Proceeds from and payments for financial liability instruments

 

(55,727

)

382,948

 

(641,783

)

1,178

 

57,815

 

(255,568

)

Issue

 

521

 

 

14,879

 

 

10,327

 

25,727

 

Redemption and repayment

 

(43,848

)

(204,490

)

(13,756

)

(8,875

)

(10,327

)

(281,296

)

Debts with group companies

 

(12,400

)

587,438

 

(642,906

)

10,053

 

57,815

 

 

Dividends and interest on other equity instruments paid

 

 

 

(60,939

)

(3,138

)

64,077

 

 

Other cash flows from financing activities

 

(7,045

)

(35,856

)

(8,045

)

160

 

1,034

 

(49,752

)

Costs of financial instruments issued

 

(7,935

)

(35,817

)

 

 

 

(43,752

)

Other amounts received from financing activities

 

890

 

(39

)

(8,045

)

160

 

1,034

 

(6,000

)

Net cash from financing activities

 

(62,781

)

347,092

 

(700,767

)

38,786

 

72,340

 

(305,329

)

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

 

 

(3,270

)

(1,121

)

(221

)

 

(4,612

)

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

29,731

 

135,003

 

(68,164

)

36,171

 

 

132,741

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

 

61,239

 

169,248

 

93,771

 

16,328

 

 

340,586

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

90,970

 

304,251

 

25,607

 

52,499

 

 

473,327

 

 

F-116



Table of Contents

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 31 December 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

Non- Guarantor

 

Consolidating

 

 

 

 

 

Parent

 

Issuer

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Adjustments

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(expressed in thousands of euros)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before tax

 

150,616

 

(251,473

)

856,476

 

(26,856

)

(231,227

)

497,536

 

Adjustments for:

 

(197,464

)

222,887

 

27,552

 

36,252

 

258,626

 

347,853

 

Amortisation and depreciation

 

5,786

 

4,092

 

55,929

 

14,338

 

48,324

 

128,469

 

Other adjustments:

 

(203,250

)

218,795

 

(28,377

)

21,914

 

210,302

 

219,384

 

(Profit)/ losses on equity accounted investments

 

 

 

 

 

1,165

 

1,165

 

Exchange differences

 

(6,778

)

52

 

3,941

 

4,012

 

76

 

1,303

 

Impairment of assets and net provision charges

 

7,170

 

 

4,209

 

12,420

 

(19,188

)

4,611

 

(Profit) / losses on disposal of fixed assets

 

1

 

726

 

(1,545

)

601

 

4,906

 

4,689

 

Government grants taken to income

 

21

 

 

(626

)

(525

)

 

(1,130

)

Net finance expense

 

(203,663

)

203,904

 

557

 

4,609

 

222,901

 

228,308

 

Other adjustments

 

(1

)

14,113

 

(34,913

)

797

 

442

 

(19,562

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

(142,424

)

65,489

 

(77,733

)

(69,997

)

264,997

 

40,332

 

Change in inventories

 

(126

)

 

49,859

 

(16,097

)

(16,359

)

17,277

 

Change in trade and other receivables

 

16,391

 

(20,677

)

(103,584

)

(104,665

)

176,841

 

(35,694

)

Change in current financial assets and other current assets

 

(174,647

)

(2,087

)

592

 

(1,805

)

175,335

 

(2,612

)

Change in current trade and other payables

 

15,958

 

88,253

 

(24,600

)

52,570

 

(70,820

)

61,361

 

Other cash flows from operating activities

 

251,520

 

(185,612

)

(123,740

)

(9,799

)

(226,079

)

(293,710

)

Interest paid

 

(16,186

)

(137,330

)

(9,119

)

(3,099

)

7,854

 

(157,880

)

Interest received

 

4,662

 

24,516

 

(11,200

)

(1,327

)

(11,228

)

5,423

 

Dividends received

 

222,693

 

 

 

12

 

(222,705

)

 

Income tax paid

 

40,351

 

(72,798

)

(103,421

)

(5,385

)

 

(141,253

)

Net cash from operating activities

 

62,248

 

(148,709

)

682,555

 

(70,400

)

66,317

 

592,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for investments

 

(129,376

)

(28,394

)

(115,065

)

(64,914

)

84,922

 

(252,827

)

Group companies and business units

 

(119,049

)

(1

)

105

 

(30,609

)

80,382

 

(69,172

)

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

 

(9,019

)

(19,055

)

(115,139

)

(34,176

)

4,540

 

(172,849

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

(5,265

)

(11,240

)

(104,954

)

(18,209

)

1,208

 

(138,460

)

Intangible assets

 

(3,754

)

(7,815

)

(10,185

)

(15,967

)

3,332

 

(34,389

)

Other financial assets

 

(1,308

)

(9,338

)

(31

)

(129

)

 

(10,806

)

Proceeds from the sale of investments

 

237

 

239

 

20,679

 

177

 

(4,539

)

16,793

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

237

 

239

 

20,679

 

177

 

(4,539

)

16,793

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(129,139

)

(28,155

)

(94,386

)

(64,737

)

80,383

 

(236,034

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from and payments for equity instruments

 

35,221

 

 

 

83,177

 

(83,177

)

35,221

 

Issue

 

20,461

 

 

 

83,177

 

(83,177

)

20,461

 

Acquisition of Owns Shares

 

(120,429

)

 

 

 

 

(120,429

)

Disposal of Own Shares

 

135,189

 

 

 

 

 

135,189

 

Proceeds from and payments for financial liability instruments

 

121,105

 

310,732

 

(391,849

)

166,830

 

(286,231

)

(79,413

)

Issue

 

7,615

 

 

44,525

 

1,367

 

 

53,507

 

Redemption and repayment

 

(18,765

)

(64,425

)

(33,965

)

(15,765

)

 

(132,920

)

Debts with group companies

 

132,255

 

375,157

 

(402,409

)

181,228

 

(286,231

)

 

Dividends and interest on other equity instruments paid

 

(69,138

)

(13

)

(194,407

)

(28,301

)

222,708

 

(69,151

)

Dividends paid

 

(70,062

)

(13

)

(194,407

)

(28,301

)

222,708

 

(70,075

)

Dividends received

 

924

 

 

 

 

 

924

 

Other cash flows from financing activities

 

(731

)

(13

)

3,438

 

5,490

 

 

8,184

 

Other amounts received from financing activities

 

(731

)

(13

)

3,438

 

5,490

 

 

8,184

 

Net cash from financing activities

 

86,457

 

310,706

 

(582,818

)

227,196

 

(146,700

)

(105,159

)

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

 

 

(13,171

)

(402

)

(1,808

)

 

(15,381

)

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

19,566

 

120,671

 

4,949

 

90,251

 

0

 

235,437

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

 

90,970

 

304,251

 

25,607

 

52,499

 

 

473,327

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

110,536

 

424,935

 

30,556

 

142,750

 

 

708,777

 

 

F-117


Exhibit 2.4

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED

 

$1,000,000,000 5.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE

 

2022 INDENTURE

 

Dated as of March 12, 2014

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
as Trustee

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY

REFERENCE

 

 

 

Section 1.01.

Definitions

1

Section 1.02.

Other Definitions

29

Section 1.03.

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

29

Section 1.04.

Rules of Construction

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

 

 

Section 2.01.

Form and Dating

30

Section 2.02.

Execution and Authentication

31

Section 2.03.

Registrar and Paying Agent

32

Section 2.04.

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

32

Section 2.05.

Holder Lists

33

Section 2.06.

Transfer and Exchange

33

Section 2.07.

Replacement Notes

46

Section 2.08.

Outstanding Notes

46

Section 2.09.

Treasury Notes

47

Section 2.10.

Temporary Notes

47

Section 2.11.

Cancellation

47

Section 2.12.

Defaulted Interest

47

Section 2.13.

CUSIP or ISIN Numbers

48

Section 2.14.

Additional Interest

48

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

 

 

Section 3.01.

Notices to Trustee

48

Section 3.02.

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Repurchased

48

Section 3.03.

Notice of Redemption

49

Section 3.04.

Effect of Notice of Redemption

50

Section 3.05.

Deposit of Redemption Price

50

Section 3.06.

Notes Redeemed in Part

51

Section 3.07.

Optional Redemption

51

Section 3.08.

Mandatory Redemption

52

Section 3.09.

Offer To Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

52

Section 3.10.

Redemption for Taxation Reasons

54

 

i



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

 

 

Section 4.01.

Payment of Notes

54

Section 4.02.

Maintenance of Office or Agency

55

Section 4.03.

Reports

55

Section 4.04.

Compliance Certificate

56

Section 4.05.

Taxes

57

Section 4.06.

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

57

Section 4.07.

Corporate Existence

57

Section 4.08.

Payments for Consent

58

Section 4.09.

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

58

Section 4.10.

Restricted Payments

62

Section 4.11.

Liens

66

Section 4.12.

Asset Sales

66

Section 4.13.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

68

Section 4.14.

Transactions with Affiliates

70

Section 4.15.

[Reserved]

71

Section 4.16.

[Reserved]

71

Section 4.17.

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

71

Section 4.18.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control

72

Section 4.19.

Additional Guarantees

74

Section 4.20.

Covenant Suspension

74

Section 4.21.

Additional Amounts

75

Section 4.22.

Maintenance of Listing

77

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SUCCESSORS

 

 

 

Section 5.01.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

78

Section 5.02.

Successor Company Substituted

79

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

Section 6.01.

Events of Default

80

Section 6.02.

Acceleration

82

Section 6.03.

Other Remedies

82

Section 6.04.

Waiver of Past Defaults

82

Section 6.05.

Control by Majority

83

Section 6.06.

Limitation on Suits

83

Section 6.07.

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

83

 

ii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 6.08.

Collection Suit by Trustee

83

Section 6.09.

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

84

Section 6.10.

Priorities

84

Section 6.11.

Undertaking for Costs

85

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

Section 7.01.

Duties of Trustee

85

Section 7.02.

Rights of Trustee

86

Section 7.03.

Individual Rights of Trustee

87

Section 7.04.

Trustee’s Disclaimer

87

Section 7.05.

Notice of Defaults

88

Section 7.06.

Reports by Trustee to Holders

88

Section 7.07.

Compensation and Indemnity

88

Section 7.08.

Replacement of Trustee

89

Section 7.09.

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

90

Section 7.10.

Eligibility; Disqualification

91

Section 7.11.

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

91

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

 

 

Section 8.01.

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

91

Section 8.02.

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

91

Section 8.03.

Covenant Defeasance

91

Section 8.04.

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

92

Section 8.05.

Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

93

Section 8.06.

[Reserved]

93

Section 8.07.

Reinstatement

94

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

 

 

Section 9.01.

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

94

Section 9.02.

With Consent of Holders of Notes

95

Section 9.03.

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

97

Section 9.04.

Revocation and Effect of Consents

97

Section 9.05.

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

97

Section 9.06.

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

97

Section 9.07.

Payments for Consent

97

 

iii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

 

GUARANTEES

 

 

 

Section 10.01.

Guarantee

98

Section 10.02.

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

99

Section 10.03.

Execution and Delivery of Guarantee

100

Section 10.04.

Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms

100

Section 10.05.

Release of Guarantees

101

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

 

 

Section 11.01.

Satisfaction and Discharge

102

Section 11.02.

Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

102

Section 11.03.

Repayment to Issuer

103

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 12.01.

Trust Indenture Act Controls

103

Section 12.02.

Notices

103

Section 12.03.

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

105

Section 12.04.

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

105

Section 12.05.

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

105

Section 12.06.

Rules by Trustee and Agents and No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

105

Section 12.07.

Governing Law

106

Section 12.08.

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

106

Section 12.09.

Successors

106

Section 12.10.

Severability

106

Section 12.11.

Counterpart Originals

106

Section 12.12.

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

106

Section 12.13.

Waiver of Jury Trial

106

Section 12.14.

Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities

106

Section 12.15.

Judgment Currency

107

 

 

 

Exhibit A — Form of Note

Exhibit B — Form of Certificate of Transfer

Exhibit C — Form of Certificate of Exchange

Exhibit D — Form of Notation of Guarantee

Exhibit E — [Reserved]

Exhibit F — Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

 

iv



 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act

 

Indenture

310

(a)(1)

 

7.10

 

(a)(2)

 

7.10

 

(a)(3)

 

N.A.

 

(a)(4)

 

N.A.

 

(a)(5)

 

7.10

 

(b)

 

7.10

 

(c)

 

N.A.

311

(a)

 

7.11

 

(b)

 

7.11

 

(c)

 

N.A.

312

(a)

 

2.05

 

(b)

 

12.03

 

(c)

 

12.03

313

(a)

 

7.06

 

(b)(2)

 

7.06

 

(c)

 

7.06; 12.02

 

(d)

 

7.06

314

(a)

 

4.03; 10.02

 

(a)(4)

 

4.04

 

(b)

 

N.A.

 

(c)(1)

 

12.04

 

(c)(2)

 

12.04

 

(c)(3)

 

N.A.

 

(d)

 

N.A.

 

(e)

 

12.05

 

(f)

 

N.A.

315

(a)

 

7.01

 

(b)

 

7.05, 12.02

 

(c)

 

7.01

 

(d)

 

7.01

 

(e)

 

6.11

316

(a)(last sentence)

 

2.09

 

(a)(1)(A)

 

6.05

 

(a)(1)(B)

 

6.04

 

(a)(2)

 

N.A.

 

(b)

 

6.07

 

(c)

 

2.12

317

(a)(1)

 

6.08

 

(a)(2)

 

6.09

 

(b)

 

2.04

318

(a)

 

12.01

 

(b)

 

N.A.

 

(c)

 

12.01

 

N.A. means not applicable.

 

 

 

v



 


*              This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.

 

vi



 

This INDENTURE dated as of March 12, 2014, is by and between Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited (the “ Issuer ”), a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

The Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 5.25% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”):

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY
REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01.                           Definitions. For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

144A Global Note ” means the Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)                                  Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 

(2)                                  Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisition ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Acquisition Agreement.

 

Acquisition Agreement ” means the Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 10, 2013, by and among the Parent, Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc. and the other parties named therein.

 

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest, if any, then owing with respect to the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Additional Notes ” means any Notes (other than Initial Notes and Exchange Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, “ control ”, as used with respect to any Person, means the

 



 

possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control.  For purposes of this definition, the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ” have correlative meanings.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

 

Applicable Premium ” means, as determined by the Issuer, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

 

(1)                                  1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(2)                                  the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at April 1, 2017 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing under Section 3.07(a) hereof), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through April 1, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 0.50%; over (b) the principal amount of such Note.

 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.

 

Asset Sale ” means the sale, lease (as lessor), conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.18 and/or Section 5.01 and not by Section 4.12.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 

(1)                                  any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets or rights having a fair market value of less than $50.0 million;

 

(2)                                  a transfer of assets or rights between or among the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries or between or among the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)                                  the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory (including, but not limited to, raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods), or other assets or rights in the ordinary course of business, or if excess, obsolete, damaged, worn-out, scrap or surplus or no longer used or useful in the conduct of business as then being conducted;

 

(4)                                  a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.10, or a Permitted Investment;

 

(5)                                  the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of property or assets acquired within the twelve month period prior to such sale, lease, conveyance or disposition in preparation for a sale and leaseback transaction relating to such property or assets;

 

2



 

(6)                                  an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(7)                                  the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(8)                                  the license or sub-license of patents, trademarks, copyrights, know how, process technology or other intellectual property to third Persons by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary retain the right to use such licensed property;

 

(9)                                  the granting or assumption of a Lien permitted by Section 4.11, including a Permitted Lien;

 

(10)                           any sale or disposition of Securitization Assets to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(11)                           the sale or disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)                           Project Dispositions;

 

(13)                           the sale or disposition of real property and related assets in the ordinary course of business in connection with relocation activities for directors, officers, members of management, employees or consultants of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(14)                           the unwinding of Hedging Obligations;

 

(15)                           the disposition of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, buy/sell arrangements between joint venture parties set forth in joint venture agreements or similar binding agreements; provided that such disposition is at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Parent’s Board of Directors) and any cash or Cash Equivalents received in such disposition is applied in accordance with the covenant described under the section “Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales” in the Offering Memorandum; and

 

(16)                           any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition.

 

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with IFRS.

 

3



 

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(1)                                  with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors;

 

(2)                                  with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

(3)                                  with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(4)                                  with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Business Day ” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in London or New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Capital Lease Obligation ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with IFRS (or GAAP to the extent required by applicable law) and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof required to be set forth on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with IFRS (or GAAP to the extent required by applicable law).

 

Capital Stock ” means:

 

(1)                                  in the case of a corporation, any and all shares, including common stock and preferred stock;

 

(2)                                  in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)                                  in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)                                  any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding

 

4



 

from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(1) direct obligations (or certificates representing an interest in such obligations) issued, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the government of a member state of the European Union, the United States of America, Switzerland or Canada (including, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof), as the case may be, the payment of which is backed by the full faith and credit of the relevant member state of the European Union or the United States of America, Switzerland or Canada, as the case may be, and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2) overnight bank deposits, time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and money market deposits with maturities (and similar instruments) of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under, or authorized to operate as a bank or trust company under, the laws of a member state of the European Union or of the United States of America or any state thereof, Switzerland or Canada; provided that such bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $400.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment) and whose long-term debt is rated “A-1” or higher by Moody’s or A+ or higher by S&P or the equivalent rating category of another internationally recognized rating agency;

 

(3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (1) and (2) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (2) above;

 

(4) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and

 

(5) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (4) of this definition.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)                                  any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “ Group ”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture), other than to the Issuer or one or more Guarantors;

 

(2)                                  the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent or the Issuer (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture);

 

(3)                                  (a) any Person or Group (other than a Permitted Holder Group) shall be or become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more

 

5



 

than35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Parent or (b) the Permitted Holder Group becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Parent’s issued and outstanding Capital Stock; or

 

(4)                                  the Issuer shall cease to be a Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Consolidated Cash Flow ” means (a) Consolidated Net Income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries the sum, without duplication, of amounts for (i) all financial results including interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount, other deferred financing costs, other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness, (ii) any losses on ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (iii) any foreign currency translation, transaction or exchange losses (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness and any losses resulting from ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments for currency exchange risk), (iv) any loss of any equity-accounted investee in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint or minority interest, (v) expenses for taxes based on income or gain, (vi) depreciation, (vii) amortization, write-offs, write-downs, and other non-cash charges, losses and expenses, (viii) impairment of intangibles, including, without limitation, goodwill, (ix) non-recurring items (as determined in accordance with IFRS) realized other than in the ordinary course of business, without duplication, resulting in a loss, (x)  fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or, to the extent permitted hereunder, any Investment, Asset Sale, or incurrence of Indebtedness, in each case, whether or not consummated, including such fees and expenses related to any offering of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, (xi) extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring charges and expenses including transition, restructuring and “carveout” expenses and (xii)  legal, accounting, consulting, and other costs and expenses relating to the Parent’s potential or actual issuance of Equity Interests, including without limitation an initial public offering of common stock, minus (b) to the extent included in consolidated income from operations, (i) interest income, (ii) non-recurring gains (as determined in accordance with IFRS) realized other than in the ordinary course of business, (iii) income or gains on ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (iv)  foreign currency translation, transaction or exchange gains (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness and any gains resulting from ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments for currency exchange risk), (v) any income of any equity-accounted investee in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint or minority interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Parent or any Subsidiary by such Person during such period, all calculated without duplication for the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

For purposes of the maximum Leverage Ratio and the Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Cash Flow shall be calculated pro forma for material acquisitions and disposals, such that Consolidated Cash Flow would be adjusted to (a) include net income before net interest

 

6



 

expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization attributable to the acquired entity (or assets) prior to its becoming a Subsidiary of Parent during the relevant period, and (b) exclude net income before net interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization attributable to the disposed of entity (or assets) prior to its being disposed of by the Group during the relevant period.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the total net income (or loss) attributable to the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with IFRS (before any adjustment for profit and loss attributable to minority interests and capitalized interest) minus any after tax non-cash gains (or losses) attributable to Asset Sales or returned surplus assets of any Pension Plan.

 

Consolidated Net Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all funded Indebtedness (including Guarantees) of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS, (exclusive of (i) any Contingent Liability in respect of any letter of credit and (ii) obligations in respect of derivative transactions that have not been terminated) minus the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Net Total Debt minus unsecured Indebtedness of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Contingent Liability ” means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which any Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon the Indebtedness of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection). The amount of any Person’s obligation under any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation with respect thereto) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness guaranteed thereby.

 

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Issuer.

 

Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit and guaranty agreement of Parent and certain of its Subsidiaries with Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto, dated on or about February 27, 2014, including any related notes, Guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether after or upon termination or otherwise), restructured, restated or refinanced (including any agreement to extend the maturity thereof and adding additional borrowers or guarantors and including by means of sales of debt securities) in whole or in part under such agreement or agreements or any successor agreement or agreements from time to time under the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders and including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder; provided that such increase is permitted under Section 4.09.

 

Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities or agreements (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with

 

7



 

banks or other institutional lenders providing for, or acting as initial purchasers of, revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, debentures, securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether after or upon termination or otherwise), restructured, restated or refinanced (including any agreement to extend the maturity thereof and adding additional borrowers or guarantors and including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time and including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder; provided that such increase is permitted by Section 4.09.

 

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

Description of Notes ” means the section entitled “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.10.  The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the

 

8



 

maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends.

 

Distribution Compliance Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options, restricted stock units, performance units or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any successor thereto.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear systems, and any successor thereto.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Notes ” means Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds or property or assets received by the Parent from (1) capital contributions to the equity of the Parent (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock), and (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Parent or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Parent) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Parent.

 

Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (without duplication) in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or in respect of the Notes), until such amounts are repaid.

 

Existing Interim Loan Facility ” means that certain credit and guaranty agreement, dated as of January 3, 2014, by and among the Parent, certain subsidiaries of the Parent, as guarantors, the various lenders party thereto, Nomura Corporate Funding Americas, LLC, as administrative agent, Nomura Securities International, Inc., as sole global coordinator and Nomura Securities International, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed

 

9



 

Charges of such Person for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom (including use on the Calculation Date) as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period; provided , however , that the Fixed Charges of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis will be computed based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the four-quarter reference period and using the interest rate in effect at the end of such period (taking into account any interest rate option, swap, cap or similar agreement applicable to such Indebtedness).

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 

(1)                                  acquisitions that have been made or are, on the Calculation Date, being made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by (including acquisitions on the Calculation Date) the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including any increase in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

(2)                                  the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; and

 

(3)                                  the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

 

provided that whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or a disposition, the amount of income or earnings related thereto (including the incurrence of any Indebtedness and any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur, regardless of whether those expense and cost reductions could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto) shall be reasonably determined in good faith by one of the Issuer’s responsible senior financial or accounting officers so long as such cost savings are actually expected to be achieved within 12 months of such acquisition or disposition.

 

10



 

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)                                  the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates); plus

 

(2)                                  the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

 

(3)                                  any interest actually paid on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

 

(4)                                  the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than (i) dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) or to such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) dividends on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries where such dividends are also payable pro rata on common stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with IFRS.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or Spain, as applicable, which are in effect from time to time.

 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes ” means the global Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof.

 

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

 

(1) direct obligations (or certificates representing an interest in such obligations) of the government of a member state of the European Union, the United States of America or Switzerland for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the government of such member state of the European Union, the United States of America or Switzerland and the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the government of a member state of the European Union, the United States of America or Switzerland, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank

 

11



 

(as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

Guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

 

Guarantor ” means each Person that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(1)                                  interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

 

(2)                                  other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

 

(3)                                  foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 

IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards, as promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board (or any successor board or agency), as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary whose total assets, as of that date, are less than $50.0 million and whose total revenues for the most recent 12-month period do not exceed $50.0 million; provided that a Restricted Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness (excluding accrued expenses or trade payables), of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(1)                                  in respect of borrowed money;

 

12



 

(2)                                  evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(3)                                  in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

 

(4)                                  representing Capital Lease Obligations;

 

(5)                                  representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property due more than six months after such property is acquired, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or

 

(6)                                  representing the net amount of any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with IFRS.  In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be (without duplication):

 

(1)                                  the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

(2)                                  the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 

(3)                                  in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 

(a)                                  the fair market value of such assets that are subject to such Lien at the date of determination; and

 

(b)                                  the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person secured by such assets.

 

Indenture ” means this instrument, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with Article 9 hereof.

 

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Notes ” means up to $1,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

13



 

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with IFRS (or GAAP to the extent required by applicable law) (it being understood that capital expenditures shall not be deemed to be “Investments”).  If the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Parent such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Parent, the Parent will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.10.  The acquisition by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.10.  Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

Issue Date ” means March 12, 2014.

 

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Initial Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

 

Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of (a) Consolidated Net Total Debt as of such day to (b) Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four-fiscal quarter period ending on such date.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (i) the direct costs directly attributable to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, (ii) taxes paid

 

14



 

or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (iii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, (iv) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with IFRS (or GAAP to the extent required by applicable law) (unless such reserve is not used) against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post- employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations (whether fixed or contingent) associated with such Asset Sale.

 

New Interim Loan Facility ” means that certain credit and guaranty agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Parent party thereto, the various lenders party thereto, and Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, as the administrative agent.

 

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

 

(1)                                  as to which neither the Parent nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a Guarantor or otherwise;

 

(2)                                  no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

 

(3)                                  as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person that is not a U.S. Person.

 

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Offering Memorandum ” means that certain offering memorandum, dated as of March 5, 2014, relating to the offering and sale of the Notes by the Issuer.

 

Officer ” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, or any other officer authorized by actions of the Board of Directors of the Parent, or, in the case of the Issuer, any duly elected director (including any alternate director) or other person authorized by actions of the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, signed by an Officer of the Parent or the Issuer, as appropriate, and delivered to the Trustee.  The Officer signing an Officer’s Certificate given pursuant to Section 4.04 shall be

 

15



 

the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Parent or the Issuer.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee and which meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Parent.

 

Parent ” means Grifols, S.A.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively, and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

Pension Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 or Section 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 or Section 303 of ERISA.

 

Permitted Business ” means healthcare products and services (including the lines of business conducted by the Parent, Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics (HK) Limited and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of the indenture) and any businesses ancillary, complementary or reasonably related thereto.

 

Permitted Holder Group ” means any group comprised solely of the Grifols family, holding directly or indirectly (individually or together, the “ Existing Holders ”), or (ii) a person or group of related persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act that includes the Existing Holders where the Existing Holders control (whether through exercise of voting rights, by contract or otherwise) the Parent.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(1)                                  any Investment in the Parent or in a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)                                  any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents and Investments that were Cash Equivalents when made;

 

(3)                                  loans and advances to employees, officers, consultants and directors of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of $20.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(4)                                  any Investment by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)                                  such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)                                  such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

16



 

(5)                                  any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.12;

 

(6)                                  any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent;

 

(7)                                  any Investments received (A) in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency or other reorganization of any trade creditor or customer or (B) in resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes or (C) as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien;

 

(8)                                  Hedging Obligations;

 

(9)                                  any Investments in one or more Permitted Joint Ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in each case so long as the Leverage Ratio, at the time of each such Investment, after giving pro forma effect to such Investment, would not be greater than 3.50 to 1.00; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(10)                           payroll, travel, moving and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(11)                           repurchases of the Notes;

 

(12)                           notes, chattel paper and accounts receivable owing to the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business (including concessionary trade terms the Issuer deems reasonable under the circumstances);

 

(13)                           Investments in existence or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the Issue Date, and any extension, modification, replacement, refunding, refinancing or renewal thereof in whole or in part;

 

(14)                           Guarantees of Indebtedness issued in accordance with Section 4.09, and performance or completion Guarantees in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)                           Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date, or of an entity acquired by, merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Article 5 of this Indenture after the Issue Date, to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

17



 

(16)                           Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment, including pre- payments therefor;

 

(17)                           deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(18)                           Investments representing amounts held for employees of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation plans; provided that the amount of such Investments (excluding income earned thereon) shall not exceed the amount otherwise payable to such employees the payment of which was deferred under such plan and any amounts matched by the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries under such plan;

 

(19)                           Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to development, marketing or manufacturing agreements or arrangements or similar agreements or arrangements with other Persons in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20)                           any Investment in exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent; provided that the amount of any net cash proceeds that are utilized for such Investment will be excluded from clause(d)(c)(ii) of the first paragraph of Section 4.10;

 

(21)                           Investments consisting of advances or loans to Persons building, developing or overseeing the construction of plasma collection centers expected to supply principally the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

 

(22)                           Investments relating to any Securitization Subsidiary of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary organized in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Parent, are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(23)                           Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices; and

 

(24)                           other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (24) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $250 million and (ii) 2.5% of Total Assets.

 

Permitted Joint Venture ” means any joint venture that the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party to that is engaged in a Permitted Business.

 

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

18



 

(1)                                  Liens to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.09(b)(i);

 

(2)                                  Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.09(a); provided that at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom on such date, the Secured Leverage Ratio would not exceed 4.5 to 1.00;

 

(3)                                  Liens in favor of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(4)                                  Liens and deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, letters of credit or trade guarantees, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(5)                                  Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (iv) of Section 4.09(b) covering only the assets acquired, or financed, with such Indebtedness;

 

(6)                                  Liens existing on the date of this Indenture and any extensions, renewals or replacements thereof;

 

(7)                                  Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with IFRS (or GAAP to the extent required by applicable law), has been made therefor and Liens for Taxes assessed on real estate assets that are not delinquent;

 

(8)                                  Liens, pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure workers’ compensation claims, self-retention or self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance, performance, bid, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds and related reimbursement obligations and completion guarantees provided or incurred by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, lease obligations or non-delinquent obligations under social security laws and obligations in connection with participation in government insurance, benefits, reimbursement or other programs or other similar requirements, return of money bonds and other similar obligations, including obligations to secure health and safety and environmental obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or Indebtedness);

 

(9)                                  Liens imposed by law, such as carrier’s, supplier’s, workmen’s, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanic’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business or are being contested in good faith;

 

(10)                           easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the Parent’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries business or assets taken as a whole;

 

19



 

(11)                           Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by the same property securing the Hedging Obligations;

 

(12)                           Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets other than the property or assets that secure the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(13)                           Liens created for the benefit of or securing the Notes and the Guarantees;

 

(14)                           Liens arising from judgments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default as described in Article 6 hereof;

 

(15)                           Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(16)                           Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(17)                           bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts;

 

(18)                           Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(19)                           Liens on insurance policies and proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20)                           Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of a Securitization Subsidiary incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(21)                           Liens on property (including Capital Stock) of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or such merger or consolidation, were not incurred in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(22)                           filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements under U.S. state law (or similar filings under applicable jurisdiction) in connection with operating leases in the ordinary course of business;

 

(23)                           operating leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

20



 

(24)                           Liens (including put and call arrangements) on Capital Stock or other securities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(25)                           limited recourse Liens in respect of the ownership interests in, or assets owned by, any joint ventures which are not Restricted Subsidiaries securing obligations of such joint ventures;

 

(26)                           Liens incurred by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations that do not exceed the greater of (i) $500 million and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

 

(27)                           Liens on the assets of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor) to secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(28)                           Liens solely on cash earnest money deposits made by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any letter-of-intent or purchase agreement entered into in connection with any Investment permitted under this Indenture;

 

(29)                           any interest of a lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate permitted hereunder and covering only the assets so leased and any Liens encumbering such lessor’s or sublessor’s interest or title; and

 

(30)                           any zoning or similar law or right reserved in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease, refund or discharge other Indebtedness of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

(1)                                  the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged, plus (B) all accrued interest on the Indebtedness, plus (C) the amount of all fees, expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith;

 

(2)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged;

 

(3)                                  if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged; and

 

21



 

(4)                                  such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Parent, a Guarantor or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Project Disposition ” means any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of facilities under construction by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date (including the real estate related thereto) which are intended by the Parent upon completion of construction to be repurchased or leased by the Parent or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any business related, ancillary or complementary thereto; provided , that the consideration received for such assets shall be cash in an amount at least equal to the book value.

 

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Equity Offering ” means any public or any private offering of Capital Stock (excluding Disqualified Stock) of the Parent.

 

Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary sells, conveys, contributes, assigns, grants an interest in or otherwise transfers to a Securitization Subsidiary, Securitization Assets (and/or grants a security interest in such Securitization Assets transferred or purported to be transferred to such Securitization Subsidiary), and which Securitization Subsidiary funds the acquisition of such Securitization Assets (a) with cash, (b) through the issuance to the Parent’s or such Seller’s Retained Interests or an increase in the Parent’s or such Seller’s Retained Interests, and/or (c) with proceeds from the sale, pledge or collection of Securitization Assets.

 

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, an internationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 12, 2014 between the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers named therein, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

22



 

Regulation S Global Note ” means the Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.

 

Replacement Assets ” means any properties or assets used or useful in a Permitted Business.

 

Responsible Officer ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee), including any vice president, assistant secretary, senior associate, associate, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or any officer of the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Restricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Notes ” means the 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note.

 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Parent (including, without limitation, the Issuer) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successors to its rating agency business.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Secured Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of such day to (b) Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four-fiscal quarter period ending on such date.

 

23



 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Securitization Assets ” means any accounts receivable owed to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the future) arising in the ordinary course of business from the sale of goods or services, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets (including contract rights) which are of the type customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitizations of accounts receivable and which are sold, conveyed, contributed, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred by such Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to a Securitization Subsidiary.

 

Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant with respect to such Securitization Assets, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set, counterclaim or other dilution of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller, but in each case, not as a result of such receivable being or becoming uncollectible for credit reasons.

 

Securitization Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that engages in no activities other than in connection with the acquisition and/or financing of Securitization Assets, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent (or a duly authorized committee thereof) or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset (other than Securitization Assets) of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than (i) the applicable receivables purchase agreements and related agreements, in each case, having reasonably customary terms, or (ii) on terms which the Parent reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Parent or the applicable Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and (c) to which neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.  Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent (or a duly authorized committee thereof) or such other Person shall be evidenced to the trustee by delivery to the trustee of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent or such other Person

 

24



 

giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by an authorized officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

Seller’s Retained Interests ” means the Indebtedness or Equity Interests held by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in a Securitization Subsidiary to which Securitization Assets have been transferred, including any such debt or equity received as consideration for or as a portion of the purchase price for the Securitization Assets transferred, or any other instrument through the Parent or such Subsidiary has rights to or receives distributions in respect of any residual or excess interest in the Securitization Assets.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, Securitization Repurchase Obligations and indemnities entered into by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that are reasonably customary in accounts receivable securitization transactions.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means all Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement, executed by the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed, to that effect.

 

Subsidiary ” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which (x) any Person has the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, or the dismissal or appointment of the management, of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise and the accounts of which are required to be consolidated with those of such Person in such Person’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS or (y) more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. Unless otherwise specified herein, all references to any “Subsidiary” shall refer to a Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

Tax ” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

 

25



 

Taxing Authority ” means any government or political subdivision or territory or possession of any government or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to impose or collect any Tax.

 

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§77aa-77bbbb).

 

Total Assets ” means the total consolidated assets of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent internal balance sheet of the Parent prepared on a consolidated basis (excluding Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in accordance with IFRS.

 

Transactions ” means (i) the Acquisition, the entry into the Existing Interim Loan Facility and the incurrence of loans thereunder, (ii) the repayment of certain of Parent’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ existing Indebtedness in connection with the Acquisition, (iii) the entry into the Credit Agreement and the New Interim Loan Facility and the incurrence of loans thereunder and the repayment of certain of Parent’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ existing Indebtedness in connection therewith and (iv) the issuance and sale of the notes offered hereby and the other transactions in connection therewith described under the section “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as obtained by the Issuer, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2017; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to April 1, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

 

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

 

Unrestricted Definitive Notes ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Notes ” means one or more Global Notes, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary (or any successor to any of them) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

 

(1)                                  has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

26



 

(2)                                  except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.14, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)                                  is a Person with respect to which neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

 

(4)                                  has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(5)                                  has at least one director on the Board of Directors of the Issuer that is not a director or executive officer the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.10 hereof.  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Issuer will be in Default of Section 4.09.  The Board of Directors of the Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation; and (3) such Subsidiary executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(1)                                  the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years

 

27



 

(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(2)                                  the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

28



 

Section 1.02.                           Other Definitions.

 

Term

 

Defined in Section

“Additional Amounts”

 

4.21

“Affiliate Transaction”

 

4.14

“Alternate Offer”

 

4.18

“Asset Sale Offer”

 

3.09

“Authentication Order”

 

2.02

“Benefited Party”

 

10.01

“Change of Control Offer”

 

4.18

“Change of Control Payment”

 

4.18

“Covenant Defeasance”

 

8.03

“Covenant Suspension Event”

 

4.20

“DTC”

 

2.03

“Existing Holders”

 

1.01 (Permitted Holder Group)

“Event of Default”

 

6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

 

4.12

“incur”

 

4.09

“Legal Defeasance”

 

8.02

“losses”

 

7.07

“non-U.S. Guarantor”

 

4.21

“Notes”

 

Preamble

“Offer Amount”

 

3.09

“Offer Period”

 

3.09

“Paying Agent”

 

2.03

“Payment Default”

 

6.01

“Permitted Debt”

 

4.09

“Primary Lien”

 

4.11

“Purchase Date”

 

3.09

“Registrar”

 

2.03

“Restricted Payments”

 

4.10

“Reversion Date”

 

4.20

“Security Register”

 

4.18

“Suspended Covenant”

 

4.20

“Suspension Date”

 

4.20

“Taxing Jurisdiction”

 

4.21

 

Section 1.03.                           Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

(a)                                  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

(b)                                  The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

indenture securities ” means the Notes;

 

indenture security holder ” means a Holder of a Note;

 

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

 

29



 

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

 

obligor ” on the Notes means the Issuer and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

 

(c)                                   All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04.                           Rules of Construction.

 

(a)                                  Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(i)                                      a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(ii)                                   an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with IFRS (or GAAP to the extent required by applicable law);

 

(iii)                                “or” is not exclusive;

 

(iv)                               words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(v)                                  all references in this instrument to designated “Articles”, “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed;

 

(vi)                               the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

(vii)                            “including” means “including without limitation”;

 

(viii)                         provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

(ix)                               references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01.                           Form and Dating.

 

(a)                                  General The Notes are hereby authorized in an initial principal amount of $1,000,000,000.  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall

 

30



 

be in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The terms and provision of the Guarantees will constitute, and shall expressly be made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Parent and the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, shall expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound hereby.  Any reference to a Guarantor herein shall be deemed to be a reference thereto solely from and after the date of its execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture hereto in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

 

(b)                                  Global Notes .  The Notes shall be issued initially in global form and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto).  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)                                   Book - Entry Provisions .  This Section 2.01(c) shall only apply to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary.  Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the custodian for the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any Agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any Agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

Section 2.02.                           Execution and Authentication.

 

(a)                                  One Officer of the Issuer shall sign the Notes by manual or facsimile signature.

 

(b)                                  If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

31



 

(c)                                   A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue.

 

(e)                                   The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

(f)                                    The Issuer may issue Additional Notes from time to time after the offering of the Initial Notes.  The Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase ; provided , however , that any Additional Notes may not have the same CUSIP number as the Notes unless  either (i) the Additional Notes are treated as part of the same issue for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) both the Notes and the Additional Notes are issued with no (or less than a de minimis amount of) original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Section 2.03.                           Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

(a)                                  The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”) provided that the Paying Agent shall at all times be a person outside Ireland.  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer or any person located in Ireland) may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

(c)                                   The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

Section 2.04.                           Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment.  While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the

 

32



 

Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Parent or a Subsidiary the Parent acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05.                           Holder Lists.

 

The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

 

Section 2.06.                           Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .  A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.  All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes if (1) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary, (2) the Issuer in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depositary determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and deliver a written notice to such effect to the Trustee, or (3) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note.  Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in denominations of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.  Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06 (b), (c) or (f) hereof.

 

(b)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes .  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as applicable:

 

33



 

(i)                                      Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note .  Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person.  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

(ii)                                   All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes .  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A)(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B)(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above.  Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes.  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

 

(iii)                                Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note .  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)                                if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

34



 

(B)                                if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(iv)                               Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note .  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

 

(A)                                such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

(B)                                such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)                                such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)                                the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)                                  if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(2)                                  if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar and the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

35



 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above.

 

(v)                                  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited .  Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)                                   Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

 

(i)                                      Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)                                if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)                                if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)                                if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(D)                                if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof;

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall mail or deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall

 

36



 

bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii)                                   Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 

(A)                                such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

(B)                                such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)                                such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)                                the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)                                  if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(2)                                  if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)                                Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee

 

37



 

shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail or deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall mail or deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

 

(i)                                      Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes .  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)                                if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)                                if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)                                if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(D)                                if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof;

 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii)                                   Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes .  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a

 

38



 

Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

(A)                                such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

(B)                                such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)                                such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)                                the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)                                  if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(2)                                  if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii)                                Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes .  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note

 

39



 

and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

(iv)                               Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited .  An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(v)                                  Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes .  If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to clauses (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)                                   Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

 

(i)                                      Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes .  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)                                if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)                                if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

 

(C)                                if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(ii)                                   Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 

40



 

(A)                                such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 

(B)                                any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)                                any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)                                the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)                                  if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(2)                                  if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)                                Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes .  A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)                                    Exchange Offer Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (A) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (B) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted

 

41



 

Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons who made the foregoing certification and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail or deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Restricted Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

 

(g)                                   Legends The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(i)                                      Private Placement Legend .

 

(A)                                Except as permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (“THE SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW.  BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS AMENDED, (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF

 

42



 

AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.  IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.  AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

(B)                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c) (iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(ii)                                   Global Note Legend .  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER.

 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

 

43



 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(h)                                  Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(i)                                      General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(i)                                      To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of (a) an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 and (b) an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent and covenants provided for in this Indenture relating to authentication and delivery of the Notes have been complied with, and that such Notes will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable in accordance with their terms, the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Issuer’s order or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii)                                   No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer Tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer Taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.18 and 9.05 hereof).

 

(iii)                                All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this

 

44



 

Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(iv)                               Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

 

(v)                                  Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(vi)                               The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(vii)                            All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

(viii)                         The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into a letter of representation with the Depository in the form provided by the Issuer and to act in accordance with such letter.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent of the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

(ix)                               Each Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Issuer and Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities laws.

 

(x)                                  The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Participant or Indirect Participant or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Participant or Indirect Participant or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the customary procedures of the Depositary.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully

 

45



 

protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its Participants or Indirect Participants.

 

(xi)                               The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or Indirect Participants in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

(xii)                            The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any actions taken or not taken by DTC.

 

(j)                                     Restrictions on Exchange of Regulation S Global Note Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Notes shall not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes, Unrestricted Global Notes, Restricted Definitive Notes or Unrestricted Definitive Notes until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then only upon certification that beneficial ownership interests in such Regulation S Global Note are owned by or being transferred to either non U.S. Persons or U.S. Persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.  The written certificate delivered pursuant to the applicable provisions in Section 2.06(b)-(e) in the form provided therein shall be deemed satisfactory for purposes of this clause with respect to the relevant exchange of interests.

 

Section 2.07.                           Replacement Notes. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met.  If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08.                           Outstanding Notes.

 

(a)                                  The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided , however , that Notes held

 

46



 

by the Parent or its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof.

 

(b)                                  If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

(c)                                   If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

(d)                                  If the Paying Agent (other than the Parent, a Subsidiary of the Parent or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09.                           Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledge establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waive its consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor of the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

Section 2.10.                           Temporary Notes. Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of the Notes under this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11.                           Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee upon direction by the Issuer and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act).  Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer.  The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12.                           Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner

 

47



 

plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

Section 2.13.                           CUSIP or ISIN Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

 

Section 2.14.                           Additional Interest. If Additional Interest is payable by the Issuer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and paragraph 1 of the Notes, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such interest is payable.  Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate or instruction or direction from the Holders in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no Additional Interest is payable.  The foregoing shall not prejudice the rights of the Holders with respect to their entitlement to Additional Interest as otherwise set forth in this Indenture or the Notes and pursuing any action against the Issuer directly or otherwise directing the Trustee to take any such action in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes.  If the Issuer has paid Additional Interest directly to the persons entitled to it, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01.                           Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate complying with the applicable provisions of Section 12.05 setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

Section 3.02.                           Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Repurchased. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Notes shall be selected to be redeemed or repurchased

 

48



 

in accordance with the applicable procedures of the DTC.  In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

In connection with any redemption of Notes, any such redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent.

 

Section 3.03.                           Notice of Redemption. Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed, the CUSIP number, and shall state:

 

(a)                                  the redemption date;

 

(b)                                  the redemption price or if the redemption is made pursuant to Section 3.07(b) a calculation of the redemption price;

 

(c)                                   if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(d)                                  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e)                                   that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f)                                    that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(g)                                   the paragraph of the Notes or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

49



 

(h)                                  that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided , however , that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days, or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee, prior to the redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee).

 

Any inadvertent defect in the notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to give notice, to any Holder selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note redeemed in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

 

Section 3.04.                           Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.  In connection with any redemption of Notes, any such redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent.

 

Section 3.05.                           Deposit of Redemption Price. On or before 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.

 

If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption.  If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

50



 

Section 3.06.                           Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon the Issuer’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

 

Section 3.07.                           Optional Redemption.

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in clause (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Issuer prior to April 1, 2017.  On or after April 1, 2017, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes after giving the required notice under this Indenture.  The Notes may be redeemed at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percent

 

2017

 

103.938

%

2018

 

102.625

%

2019

 

101.313

%

2020 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)                                  At any time and from time to time prior to April 1, 2017, the Issuer may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 105.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) with the net cash proceeds of any Qualified Equity Offering; provided , however , that:

 

(1)                                  after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Parent and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

(2)                                  any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of such Qualified Equity Offering upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice.

 

(c)                                   At any time and from time to time prior to April 1, 2017, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(d)                                  Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.  Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the

 

51



 

applicable redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

 

Section 3.08.                           Mandatory Redemption.

 

(a)                                  The Issuer shall not be required to make sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.  However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to Sections 3.09, 4.12 and 4.18.

 

(b)                                  In addition, Issuer and its Subsidiaries may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption or required repurchase whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

 

Section 3.09.                           Offer To Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

 

(a)                                  In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

(b)                                  The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”).  No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof (the “ Offer Amount ”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

(c)                                   If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no Additional Interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

 

(d)                                  Upon the commencement of the Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.  The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.  The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

 

(i)                                      that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

 

(ii)                                   the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

(iii)                                that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv)                               that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Purchase Date;

 

52



 

(v)                                  that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(vi)                               that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(vii)                            that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(viii)                         that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuer shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased); and

 

(ix)                               that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

 

(e)                                   On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and (2) shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.

 

(f)                                    The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by Issuer to the Holder thereof.  The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.12 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

53



 

Section 3.10.                           Redemption for Taxation Reasons. The Notes may be redeemed, at the option of the Issuer, as a whole but not in part, upon giving not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice to Holders (which notice will be irrevocable), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Amounts), if any, to the date fixed by the Issuer for redemption if, as a result of:

 

(1)                                  any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation; or

 

(2)                                  any change in, or amendment to, an official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction),

 

which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the date on which such jurisdiction becomes a Taxing Jurisdiction, and the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, is, or on the next interest payment date would be, required to pay Additional Amounts, and such requirement cannot be avoided by the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, taking reasonable measures available to it; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, changing the jurisdiction of the Issuer or any Guarantor is not a reasonable measure for the purposes of this Section 3.10; provided, further, that no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due.

 

Prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee:

 

(1)                                  an Officer’s Certificate stating that such change or amendment referred to in the prior paragraph has occurred, and describing the facts related thereto and stating that such requirement cannot be avoided by the Issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be, taking reasonable measures available to it; and

 

(2)                                  an Opinion of Counsel of recognized international standing stating that the requirement to pay such Additional Amounts results from such change or amendment referred to in the prior paragraph.

 

The Trustee will accept such certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

 

Any Notes that are redeemed will be cancelled.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01.                           Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid

 

54



 

on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Parent or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due.  The Issuer shall pay Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any, (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Section 4.02.                           Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

(a)                                  The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.

 

The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its Agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

(c)                                   The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as one such office, drop facility or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Section 4.03.                           Reports.

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding the Parent shall furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes:

 

(i)                                      within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, all annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 20-F if the Parent were required to file such Form pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision thereto, including a “Operating

 

55



 

and Financial Review and Prospects” and a report on the Parent’s consolidated annual financial statements by the Parent’s certified independent accountants; and

 

(ii)                                   within 45 days of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Parent, quarterly financial information prepared on the same basis as the audited financial information referred to in clause (i) above which shall have been the subject of a SAS 100 (or equivalent) review by the Parent’s certified independent accountants together with a “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” for such fiscal quarter.

 

Parent shall be deemed to have furnished such reports to the Trustee and the Holders if the Parent has filed such information or reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such information or reports are publicly available.

 

(b)                                  Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee shall be for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Parent’s compliance with any of the covenants contained in this Indenture (as to which the Trustee will be entitled to conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate).

 

(c)                                   In addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the SEC, the Parent shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 4.03(a) with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing).

 

(d)                                  For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time the Parent is not required to file with the SEC the information and reports required by clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 4.03(a), the Parent shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(e)                                   The Issuer shall file with the Trustee and the SEC, and transmit to Holders, such other information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to the TIA.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Parent will not be deemed to have failed to comply with this Section 4.03 for purposes of clause (iv) of Section 6.01 until 120 days after the date any information or report hereunder is required to be furnished to Holders of Notes or filed with the SEC pursuant to this Section 4.03.

 

Section 4.04.                           Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)                                  The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ended December 31, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Parent and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing officers with a view to determining whether the Parent and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Parent and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or

 

56



 

observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, if there is an existing Event of Default, the status thereof.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof (or within five (5) Business Days of an executive officer becoming actually aware thereof), written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event that with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become a Default or an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05.                           Taxes. Parent shall pay, and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material Taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes; provided that neither the Parent nor any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, any such Tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with IFRS (or GAAP to the extent required by applicable law).

 

Section 4.06.                           Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07.                           Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Parent shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Parent shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Parent shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

57



 

Section 4.08.                           Payments for Consent. Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 4.09.                           Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

 

(a)                                  Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Parent shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided , however , the Parent may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Issuer and any of the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom including to refinance other Indebtedness), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the preferred stock or Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 

(b)                                  Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

(i)                                      Indebtedness incurred by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Credit Facilities and any Qualified Securitization Financing, including the Credit Agreement, in an amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the sum of (x) $4,500.0 million plus (y) €430.0 million;

 

(ii)                                   the incurrence by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

 

(iii)                                the incurrence by the Parent and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes to be issued on the Issue Date and the Guarantees thereof (and any Notes and Guarantees issued in exchange for the Notes and Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement);

 

(iv)                               the incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations, industrial development or similar bonds, or tax-advantaged governmental or quasi-governmental financing, including, without limitation, the sale and leaseback arrangements described under clause (5) under the exclusions set forth under the

 

58



 

definition of “Asset Sales” in each case incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, development, construction, installation or improvement (including at any point subsequent to the purchase) of real or personal property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Parent or the business of such Restricted Subsidiary (whether through the direct acquisition or otherwise of such assets or the acquisition of Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets), in an aggregate principal amount, including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed the greater of (x) $400.0 million and (y) 3.0% of Total Assets, at any time outstanding;

 

(v)                                  the incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was incurred under clause (a) of this Section 4.09 or clauses (ii), (iii), (v) and (xvi) of this Section 4.09(b);

 

(vi)                               the incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of intercompany Indebtedness owed to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that to the extent the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (vi) following the Issue Date exceeds $200.0 million:

 

(A)                                if the Issuer is the obligor on any such Indebtedness owed to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes;

 

(B)                                if a Guarantor is the obligor on any such Indebtedness owed to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to such Guarantor’s Guarantee; and

 

(C)                                (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness (other than the creation of a Permitted Lien upon such intercompany Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi);

 

(vii)                            the incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations or entry into derivative transactions, in each case, so long as such obligations and transactions are not entered into for speculative purposes;

 

(viii)                         the incurrence of Guarantees by the Parent, the Issuer or any of the Guarantors of the Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

59



 

(ix)                               the incurrence of Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

(x)                                  the incurrence by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-retention or self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance, performance, bid, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds and related reimbursement obligations, completion guarantees and letters of credit supporting the foregoing, in each case, provided or incurred by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, guarantees and letters of credit supporting the foregoing, in each case, for the account of suppliers in the ordinary course of business, and obligations in connection with participation in government reimbursement or other programs or other similar requirements;

 

(xi)                               the incurrence by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the Parent’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ agreements providing for indemnification, contribution, earn out, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the sale of goods or acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such acquisition or disposition;

 

(xii)                            the incurrence by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

 

(xiii)                         the incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease the Notes pursuant to Article 8;

 

(xiv)                        [Reserved];

 

(xv)                           the incurrence of Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xvi)                        the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (1) Acquired Debt outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) Indebtedness to finance all or a portion of any such transaction; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (xvi) following the Issue Date exceeds $300.0 million, then on a pro forma basis, either (A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof or (B) the

 

60



 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be less than immediately prior to such transactions;

 

(xvii)                     Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or trade Guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business to the extent that such letters of credit or trade Guarantees are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 30 days following receipt by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary of a demand for reimbursement;

 

(xviii)                  Guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(xix)                        to the extent constituting Indebtedness, (1) deferred compensation to employees of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (2) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the extent that they are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable law, (3) contingent liabilities arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, and (4) reserves established by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary for litigation or tax contingencies;

 

(xx)                           Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million issued in lieu of cash payments of Restricted Payments permitted by clause (5) of Section 4.10(e) hereof; and

 

(xxi)                        the incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of additional Indebtedness or the issuance by the Parent of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xxi), not to exceed the greater of (i) $500.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xxi) of Section 4.09(b) as of the date of incurrence thereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Parent shall, in its sole discretion, (x) at the time the proposed Indebtedness is incurred, classify all or a portion of that item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence under either Section 4.09(a) or under such category of Permitted Debt, as the case, may be, (y) reclassify at a later date all or a portion of that or any other item of Indebtedness as being or having been incurred in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 (so long as the Indebtedness being reclassified could have been incurred under Section 4.09(a) or under such category of Permitted Debt, in each case on the date of its incurrence) and (z) elect to comply with this Section 4.09 and the applicable definitions in any order.  The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares

 

61



 

of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided , in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in the Fixed Charges as accrued.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Parent or the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

 

(d)                                  The Issuer shall not incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided , however , that no Indebtedness of the Issuer will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior Lien or by virtue of being structurally subordinated.  No Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Indebtedness of such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided , however , that no Indebtedness of a Guarantor will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior Lien.

 

Parent shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to incur any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; provided , however , that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by the obligors of such Indebtedness.

 

Section 4.10.                           Restricted Payments. Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                  declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (in each case other than dividends or distributions payable in the Parent’s Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(b)                                  purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any of the Parent’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (in each case other than any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests owned by the Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary or for consideration consisting solely of the Parent’s Equity Interests other than Disqualified Stock);

 

(c)                                   make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any of the Parent’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness owed to the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries), except (i) a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof, (ii) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any such Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in

 

62



 

each case, due within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase or other acquisition, or (iii) for consideration consisting solely of Equity Interests of the Parent other than Disqualified Stock; or

 

(d)                                  make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(a)                                  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

(b)                                  Parent would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); and

 

(c)                                   such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to the next paragraph other than clauses (1), (7), (8), (12) and (13) of the next paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)                                      50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first full fiscal quarter of the Parent commencing immediately prior to January 21, 2011 to the end of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus

 

(ii)                                   100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds or the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent) of property or assets received by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary after January 21, 2011 as a contribution to the common equity capital of the Parent or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Parent that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests or Disqualified Stock or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Parent), together with the aggregate net cash and Cash Equivalents received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such conversion or exchange provided, however , that this clause shall not include the proceeds from Excluded Contributions, plus

 

(iii)                                to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after January 21, 2011 is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the proceeds realized from the sale of such Restricted Investment and proceeds representing the return of the capital with respect to such Restricted Investment,

 

63



 

in each case to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, less the cost of the disposition of such Restricted Investment, plus

 

(iv)                               to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after January 21, 2011, the portion (proportionate to the Parent’s interest in such Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of the Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; plus

 

(v)                                  50% of any dividends received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was a Restricted Investment, and to the extent such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent for such period.

 

(e)                                   The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

 

(1)                                  the payment of any dividend (or other distribution) or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 90 days after the date of declaration of the dividend (or other distribution) or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice the dividend (or other distribution) payment or redemption would have complied with the provisions hereof;

 

(2)                                  the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to any Restricted Subsidiary) of, the Parent’s Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Parent; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized to make any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (d)(c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph and shall not constitute Excluded Contributions;

 

(3)                                  the purchase, defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary with (i) the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or (ii) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent Qualified Equity Offering;

 

(4)                                  in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the payment of dividends (or in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) to the holders of its Capital Stock on a pro rata basis;

 

(5)                                  repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price thereof and repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the withholding of a portion of the Equity

 

64



 

Interests granted or awarded to an employee to pay for the taxes payable by such employee upon such grant or award, or the vesting thereof;

 

(6)                                  cash payments, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(7)                                  the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness following a Change of Control or Asset Sale, as applicable, after the Issuer shall have complied with the Section 4.18 and Section 4.12, as applicable, including the payment of the applicable purchase price;

 

(8)                                  the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Parent or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent issued on or after the Issue Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof;

 

(9) payments made as disclosed under the section “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum ;

 

(10) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Equity Interests of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from Persons who are, or were formerly, employees, officers and directors of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and their Affiliates, heirs and executors; provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases pursuant to this clause (10) shall not exceed $25.0 million in any twelve month period;

 

(11) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

(12) any Restricted Payments so long as the Leverage Ratio, at the time of each such Restricted Payment, after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment, is no greater than 3.50 to 1.00; provided, however, that at the time of each such Restricted Payment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom); and

 

(13) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the Issue Date not to exceed $250.0 million.

 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s), property or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.  The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.10 will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose resolutions with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee.

 

65



 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1) through (13) of Section 4.10(e), or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(d), the Issuer will be entitled to classify or re-classify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or a portion thereof in any manner that complies with this covenant and such Restricted Payment will be treated as having been made pursuant to only such clause or clauses or the first paragraph of this covenant.

 

Section 4.11.                           Liens.

 

(a)                                  Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt or trade payables on any property, asset, or any proceeds therefrom (“ Primary Lien ”), now owned or hereafter acquired except Permitted Liens, unless:

 

(i)                                      in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or assets that are senior in priority to such Liens; and

 

(ii)                                   in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on such property (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or assets.

 

(b)                                  Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11(a) shall automatically and unconditionally be released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Primary Lien, without any further action on the part of any Person.

 

Section 4.12.                           Asset Sales.

 

(a)                                  Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(i)                                      Parent (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold, leased, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(ii)                                   at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets, or a combination thereof.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Section 4.12, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(i)                                      any liabilities of the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and with respect to which the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary is released from further liability;

 

66



 

(ii)                                   any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 365 days of the consummation of such Asset Sale (subject to ordinary settlement periods), to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

 

(iii)                                any Voting Stock or assets referred to in clauses (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of this Section 4.12; and

 

(iv)                               any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Parent’s Board of Directors), taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iv) that is at such time outstanding, not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $250.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

(c)                                   Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

 

(i)                                      to repay Indebtedness and other Obligations under any Credit Facility;

 

(ii)                                   to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business;

 

(iii)                                to make any capital expenditures or to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; or

 

(iv)                               any combination of the foregoing.

 

In the case of each of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, the entry into a definitive agreement to acquire such assets within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such agreement so long as the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such agreement with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of the date of such agreement and such Net Proceeds are actually so applied within such period.

 

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Parent may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings under the Credit Agreement or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(d)                                  Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.12(c) will constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”.  When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $200.0 million, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer within 30 Business Days to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted

 

67



 

Subsidiary that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth herein with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds.  The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness validly and properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and the Issuer or the trustee, agent or other similar party with respect to such other pari passu Indebtedness will select such Indebtedness to be purchased as described in Article 3 hereof.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

Section 4.13.                           Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. Parent shall not, and shall not permit the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(a)                                  pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                  make any loans or advances to the Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(c)                                   transfer any of its properties or assets to the Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(d)                                  guarantee the Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Indebtedness.

 

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)                                      any Credit Facility (including the Credit Agreement and any other agreements as in effect on the Issue Date or subsequent agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date unless in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such restrictions are not likely to result in the Issuer being unable to make scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes as they come due;

 

(ii)                                   this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

 

68



 

(iii)                                applicable law, rules, regulations and orders;

 

(iv)                               any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

 

(v)                                  customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, licenses and leases entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi)                               purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (c) of this Section 4.13;

 

(vii)                            any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all of its assets that restricts distributions of assets by, or Equity Interests of, that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

(viii)                         Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(ix)                               Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 4.11 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(x)                                  restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers (including governmental entities) under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi)                               provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale and leaseback transactions, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or with the approval of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

 

(xii)                            any encumbrance or restriction on the Parent’s ability or the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to transfer its interest in any Investment not prohibited by Section 4.10 hereof;

 

(xiii)                         customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of, or in licenses related to, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property and contained in agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

69



 

(xiv)                        any other agreement governing Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not more restrictive than would be permitted by clause (i) of this paragraph;

 

(xv)                           restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Parent, are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Financing; and

 

(xvi)                        agreements pursuant to any tax sharing arrangement between the Parent and any one or more direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Parent.

 

Section 4.14.                           Transactions with Affiliates. Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Parent’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ respective properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate involving aggregate payments of consideration in excess of $25.0 million (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:

 

(a)                                  the Affiliate Transaction is on terms taken as a whole that are no less favorable to the Parent or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

(b)                                  the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.14 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the Parent’s Board of Directors (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Parent’s Board of Directors with respect to such transaction).

 

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

 

(A)                                any customary consulting or employment agreement or arrangement, benefit arrangement or plan, incentive compensation plan, stock option or stock ownership plan, employee benefit plan, severance or termination arrangements, expense reimbursement arrangements, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s directors, officers, employees and consultants and payments and transactions pursuant thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(B)                                transactions between or among the Parent and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

70



 

(C)                                payment of reasonable directors compensation and indemnification costs permitted by the Parent’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ organizational documents for the benefit of directors, officers and employees, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(D)                                Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.10;

 

(E)                                 any agreement (including any certificate of designations relating to Capital Stock) as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(F)                                  the granting or performance of customary registration rights in respect of restricted Equity Interests held or acquired by Affiliates;

 

(G)                                loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $40.0 million in the aggregate amount at any one time outstanding;

 

(H)                               the consummation of the Transactions and the payment of all fees, expenses and other amounts, and the performance of all obligations of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in connection therewith;

 

(I)                                    transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, determined in good faith by the Parent, that those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Parent;

 

(J)                                    the issuance or repurchase of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent to any Affiliate of the Parent;

 

(K)                               licenses of, or other grants of rights to use, intellectual property granted by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(L)                                 any transaction disclosed under the section “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Section 4.15.                           [Reserved]

 

Section 4.16.                           [Reserved]

 

Section 4.17.                           Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of the Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding

 

71



 

Investments owned by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.10 or Permitted Investments, as determined by the Issuer.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors of the Parent may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the redesignation would not cause a Default.

 

Section 4.18.                           Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) all Notes, and each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes, pursuant to the offer described below at a purchase price (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the purchase date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).  The Issuer shall purchase all Notes validly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer and not withdrawn.

 

Subject to clause (c) below, within 30 days following any Change of Control or, at the Issuer’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, the Issuer shall send a notice, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder, at such Holder’s address appearing in the securities register maintained in respect of the Notes by the Registrar (the “ Security Register ”), stating:

 

(i)                                      that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.18 and that all Notes timely tendered will be accepted for payment;

 

(ii)                                   the Change of Control Payment and the purchase date, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;

 

(iii)                                the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the Change of Control; and

 

(iv)                               the procedures that Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment, and the procedures that Holders must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.

 

The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.18, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.18 by virtue of such compliance.

 

72



 

The notice will, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Control of Control, state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control occurring on or prior to the applicable Change of Control Payment date specified in the notice.

 

(b)                                  On the Change of Control Payment date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(i)                                      accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes validly and properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(ii)                                   deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes validly and properly tendered and not withdrawn; and

 

(iii)                                deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

 

The Paying Agent shall promptly mail (or wire) to each Holder of Notes validly and properly tendered and not withdrawn the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of a Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment date.

 

(c)                                   The provisions described above that require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable, except as provided under Article 8. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, spin-off, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 

(d)                                  The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly and properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, (ii) notice of redemption of all of the Notes has been given pursuant to Section 3.03 and Section 3.04, unless and until there is a Default in payment of the applicable redemption price, or (iii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control for which a definitive agreement is entered into, the Issuer or a third party has made an offer to purchase (an “ Alternate Offer ”) any and all Notes validly and properly tendered at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes validly and properly tendered and not withdrawn in accordance with the terms of such Alternate Offer; provided that the terms of such Alternate Offer shall not require Holders to irrevocably tender any Notes and such Alternate Offer shall not close unless and until the Change of Control is actually consummated.

 

73



 

(e)                                   The provisions of this Section 4.18 may, prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, be waived or modified with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.  Following the occurrence of a Change of Control, any change, amendment or modification in any material respect of the obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer may only be effected with the consent of each holder affected thereby.

 

(f)                                    If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in response to a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making the Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 days no more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued but unpaid interest to but not including the date of redemption set forth in such notice.

 

Section 4.19.                           Additional Guarantees. If the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary acquires or creates another Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) after the Issue Date that guarantees any Obligations under any Credit Facility, then that newly acquired or created Restricted Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental Indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto providing for a Guarantee and deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee as to the due authorization, execution and delivery and the enforceability of such Guarantee within 45 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created.

 

Section 4.20.                           Covenant Suspension. (a)         If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from either Rating Agency, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ” and the date of such Covenant Suspension Event, as the “ Suspension Date ”), then the Issuer, the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.12, Section 4.13, Section 4.14, Section 4.17, Section  5.01(a)(iv) and Section 5.01(b)(iii) (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

 

(b)                                  In the event that the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of clause (a) above, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events.

 

(c)                                   The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period ”.  Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero.  In the event of any such reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise

 

74



 

to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though the covenant described under Section 4.10 had been in effect prior to, but not during the Suspension Period; provided that no Subsidiaries may be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 4.09(b).

 

(d)                                  The Issuer shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee notifying the Trustee of a Covenant Suspension Event or a reversion thereof, including the relevant Suspension Date or Reversion Date, as applicable.

 

Section 4.21.                           Additional Amounts.

 

(a)                                  All payments made by the Issuer or any Guarantor that is not formed or incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State of the United States or the District of Columbia (each such Guarantor, a “ non-U.S. Guarantor ”) under or with respect to the Notes or such non-U.S. Guarantor’s Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of any Taxing Authority within Spain, Ireland, or any other jurisdiction in which the Issuer or such non-U.S. Guarantor is organized, resident or doing business for tax purposes or within or through which payment is made or any political subdivision or Taxing Authority or agency thereof or therein (any of the aforementioned being a “ Taxing Jurisdiction ”), unless the Issuer or such non-U.S. Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof.  If the Issuer or any non-U.S. Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes imposed by a Taxing Authority within Spain, Ireland, or any other Taxing Jurisdiction, from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee of such non-U.S. Guarantor, the Issuer or such non-U.S. Guarantor will pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each Holder of Notes (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will equal the amount the Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided , however , that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

 

(1)                                  any Tax imposed by the United States or by any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof or therein;

 

(2)                                  any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld but for the existence of any connection between the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note, if the Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership or corporation) and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the mere receipt of such payment or the ownership or holding of the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of such note);

 

(3)                                  any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer or personal property Tax or similar Tax, assessment or governmental charge, subject to Section 4.21(d) below;

 

75



 

(4)                              any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under or with respect to the Guarantee by any non-U.S. Guarantor of such Note;

 

(5)                                  any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld if the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note or beneficial owner of any payment on the Note or the Guarantee of such Note had (i) made a declaration of non-residence, or any other claim or filing for exemption, to which it is entitled or (ii) complied with any certification, identification, information, documentation or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of such Holder or beneficial owner of such Note or any payment on such Note ( provided that (x) such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required by the applicable law of the Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of the imposition, deduction or withholding of, such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required under the applicable law of the Taxing Jurisdiction, Holders at that time have been notified by the Issuer or such Guarantor or any other Person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required to be made);

 

(6)                                  any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, deducted or withheld if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

 

(7)                                  any payment under or with respect to a Note to any Holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or any Person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment or Note, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment or Note would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts, or to a reduced amount of Additional Amounts, had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Note;

 

(8)                                  any withholding or deduction in respect of any Tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge where such withholding or deduction is imposed or levied on a payment to an individual and is required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26-27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directives; or

 

(9)                                  any combination of items (1) through (8) of this Section 4.21(a).

 

76



 

(b)                                  The Issuer and each applicable non-U.S. Guarantor will also make any applicable withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  The Issuer and each applicable non-U.S. Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee, within 60 days after the date the payment of any Taxes deducted or withheld is due pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of tax receipts or, if such tax receipts are not reasonably available to the Issuer and such non-U.S.  Guarantor, such other documentation that provides reasonable evidence of such payment by the Issuer and such non-U.S. Guarantor.  Copies of such tax receipts or, if such tax receipts are not reasonably available, such other documentation will be made available to the Holders or the Paying Agent, as applicable, upon request.

 

(c)                                   At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee is due and payable, if the Issuer or any non-U.S. Guarantor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Issuer or such non-U.S. Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable such Trustee and Paying Agent to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders of such Notes on the applicable payment date, unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to such date, in which case it shall be promptly paid thereafter.

 

(d)                                  The Issuer and each non-U.S. Guarantor will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of their respective Obligations and Guarantees of the Notes, this Indenture or any other document or instrument in relation thereto, excluding all such Taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction outside the United States in which the Issuer or any non-U.S. Guarantor or any successor Person is organized or resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction in which a paying agent is located, and the Issuer and each non-U.S. Guarantor will agree to indemnify the Holders of the Notes for any such non-excluded taxes paid by such Holders.

 

(e)                                   The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.21 shall survive any termination or discharge of this Indenture and payment of the Notes and shall apply mutatis mutandis to any Taxing Jurisdiction with respect to any successor Person to the Issuer or a non-U.S. Guarantor.

 

(f)                                    Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

Section 4.22.                           Maintenance of Listing. The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Notes on the official list of the Irish Stock Exchange and trading on its Global Exchange Market for so long as such Notes are outstanding; provided that if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such listing, it will obtain prior to the delisting of the Notes from the official list of the Irish Stock Exchange, and thereafter use its commercially

 

77



 

reasonable efforts to maintain, a listing of such Notes on another recognized stock exchange or exchange regulated market in western Europe. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of any delisting or change in listing within 5 Business Days of such delisting or change in listing.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01.                           Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

 

(a)                                  The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly:  (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving entity) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey (not including any conveyance, if any, resulting solely from the creation of any Lien, unless remedies are exercised in connection therewith) or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person or Persons, unless:

 

(i)                                      either:  (x) the Issuer is the surviving entity; or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of any member state of the European Union as in effect on December 31, 2003, Switzerland, Canada, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

(ii)                                   the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to an agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(iii)                                immediately after such transaction, on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(iv)                               the Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (i) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) or (ii) the Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not be less than the Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions.

 

Clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.01(a) will not apply to:

 

78



 

(1)                                  a merger of the Issuer with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another jurisdiction; or

 

(2)                                  any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                  The Parent shall not, directly or indirectly:  (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Parent is the surviving entity) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey (not including any conveyance, if any, resulting solely from the creation of any Lien, unless remedies are exercised in connection therewith) or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person or Persons, unless:

 

(i)                                      the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all obligations of the Parent under its Guarantee and this Indenture pursuant to an agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(ii)                                   immediately after such transaction, on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(iii)                                Parent or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (i) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) or (ii) Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not be less than Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions.

 

In addition, Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of Parent’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

Clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 5.01(b) will not apply to:

 

(1)                                  a merger of the Parent with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Parent in another jurisdiction; or

 

(2)                                  any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

79



 

Section 5.02.                           Successor Company Substituted.

 

The Person formed by or surviving any consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent or Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Parent or the Issuer, as applicable, under this Indenture; provided that, neither the Parent nor the Issuer shall be released in the case of a lease of all or substantially all the Parent’s or the Issuer’s assets, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01.                           Events of Default . Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:

 

(i)                                      default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest with respect to, the Notes;

 

(ii)                                   default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(iii)                                failure by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with Section 5.01 or with Section 4.18;

 

(iv)                               failure by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after notice to comply with any other covenant or agreement in this Indenture or the Notes after written notice thereof is given to the Issuer by the Trustee or the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries and to the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class;

 

(v)                                  default under any agreement, bond, mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

 

(A)                                is caused by a failure to pay any scheduled installment of principal on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “ Payment Default ”); or

 

(B)                                results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $250.0 million or more; provided , however , where (i) neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary has general liability with respect to such Indebtedness, and (ii) the creditor has agreed in writing that such creditor’s recourse is solely to specified assets or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be the lesser of (x) the

 

80



 

principal amount of such Indebtedness, and (y) the fair market value of such specified assets to which the creditor has recourse;

 

(vi)                               failure by the Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (net of any amounts covered by insurance), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

 

(vii)                            except as permitted by this Indenture, any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall deny or disaffirm in writing its obligations under its Guarantee; and

 

(viii)                         Parent, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)                                commences a voluntary case,

 

(B)                                consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(C)                                consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(D)                                makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(E)                                 generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and

 

(ix)                               a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)                                is for relief against the Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

 

(B)                                appoints a custodian of the Parent, the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for all or substantially all of the property of the Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

81



 

(C)                                orders the liquidation of the Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and

 

(D)                                the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02.                           Acceleration If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clauses (viii) or (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Parent or the Issuer), shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare to be immediately due and payable the principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of acceleration.  In the case of an Event of Default specified in clauses (viii) or (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Parent or the Issuer shall occur, such amount with respect to all the Notes will become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.  Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture.  Subject to the limitations described in this Article 6, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

Section 6.03.                           Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04.                           Waiver of Past Defaults. Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on, the Notes; provided , however , that after any acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal, premium or interest or Additional Interest, have been cured or waived as provided in this Indenture.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this

 

82



 

Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05.                           Control by Majority. Subject to Section 7.01, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense.  Subject to Section 7.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 6.06.                           Limitation on Suits. No Holder will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

(a)                                  such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(b)                                  Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(c)                                   such Holders have offered, and, if requested, have provided, the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(d)                                  the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(e)                                   Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

The preceding limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for enforcement of payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on, a Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

Section 6.07.                           Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08.                           Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal

 

83



 

of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09.                           Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10.                           Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

First :  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second :  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, respectively; and

 

Third :  to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

84



 

Section 6.11.                           Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01.                           Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

(b)                                  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1)                                  the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)                                  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided , however , the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein or otherwise verify the contents thereof).

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)                                  this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

 

(2)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)                                  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section.

 

85



 

(e)                                   No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability and the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)                                    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02.                           Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)                                  The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(b)                                  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)                                   Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by two Officers of the Issuer.

 

(f)                                    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)                                   The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

 

86



 

(h)                                  The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder.

 

(i)                                      The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Issuer’s covenants herein.

 

(j)                                     Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer request or Issuer order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

(k)                                  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, punitive, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(l)                                      The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(m)                              The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

(n)                                  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 7.03.                           Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04.                           Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

87



 

Section 7.05.                           Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after such Default or Event of Default becomes known to the Trustee unless such Default or Event of Default has since been cured.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

Section 7.06.                           Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each January 1 beginning with January 1, 2015, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a); provided that if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding such reporting date, no report need be transmitted.  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d).  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

Section 7.07.                           Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer and Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as agreed to in writing.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer and Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Issuer and Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees (“ losses ”) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such losses may be attributable to its gross negligence or bad faith.  The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  The Issuer shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith.

 

88



 

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee.  Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clauses (viii) or (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08.                           Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days prior notice to the Issuer and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing.  The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a)                                  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(b)                                  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(c)                                   a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)                                  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the Trustee gives notice of resignation or receives notice of removal, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

89



 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders.  Subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof, the retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided , however , that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder shall have been paid.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07  hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09.                           Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

90



 

Section 7.10.                           Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.  This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

 

Section 7.11.                           Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01.                           Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02.                           Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their respective obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees, on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. If the Issuer exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.  Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03.                           Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their

 

91



 

respective obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.05, 4.06, 4.08 through 4.14, and 4.17 through 4.19 hereof, and the operation of Sections 5.01(a)(iv) and 5.01(b)(iii)  hereof, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  If the Issuer exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clauses (iii), (iv) (with respect to the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.05, 4.06, 4.08 through 4.14, and 4.17 through 4.19 hereof), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) (but in the case of clauses (viii) and (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only).

 

Section 8.04.                           Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes.  The Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance may be exercised only if:

 

(a)                                  the Issuer irrevocably deposits with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. Dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. Dollar and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants as selected by the Parent, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(b)                                  in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income Tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income Tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(c)                                   in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding

 

92



 

Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income Tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(d)                                  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

 

(e)                                   such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement, but excluding this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(f)                                    the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s other creditors with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s creditors or others; and

 

(g)                                   the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05.                           Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 11.03 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the certification delivered under Section 8.04(b) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06.                           [Reserved]

 

93



 

Section 8.07.                           Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01.                           Without Consent of Holders of Notes. Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder to:

 

(a)                                  cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

(b)                                  provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(c)                                   provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture and/or a Guarantee in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets or the assets of such Guarantor’s assets;

 

(d)                                  make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any such Holder;

 

(e)                                   make any change to comply with any requirement of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 

(f)                                    add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(g)                                   add a Guarantor under this Indenture;

 

(h)                                  conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in the Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes;

 

94



 

(i)                                      provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations as set forth in this Indenture;

 

(j)                                     provide for a successor trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or to otherwise comply with any requirement of the Indenture; or

 

(k)                                  comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02.                           With Consent of Holders of Notes. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). For the avoidance of doubt, the determination of whether any amendment, supplement or waiver has been consented to shall, where applicable, include any Additional Notes that have been issued under this Indenture at any time prior to, concurrently or contemporaneously with the time that such amendment, supplement or waiver becomes operative.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto.  If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such

 

95



 

Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental Indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders to such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Without the consent of each Holder adversely affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(a)                                  reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(b)                                  reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than the provisions of Section 3.09, Section 4.12, Section 4.18 or the minimum notice provisions required with respect to the redemption of the Notes);

 

(c)                                   reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(d)                                  waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(e)                                   make any Note payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(f)                                    make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes;

 

(g)                                   waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants under this Indenture);

 

(h)                                  make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions; or

 

96



 

(i)                                      release the Parent from its Guarantee or release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their Guarantees, in each case, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Section 9.03.                           Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04.                           Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and theretofore not revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.05.                           Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06.                           Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The Issuer may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until its Board of Directors approves it.  In executing any amended or supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental Indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental Indenture complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

 

Section 9.07.                           Payments for Consent. Parent will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

97



 

ARTICLE 10

 

GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01.                    Guarantee. Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(a)                                  the principal of premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(b)                                  in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to this Guarantee shall be joint and several, unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer or any other obligor with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Each Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, waives and relinquishes all claims, rights and remedies accorded by applicable law to guarantors and agrees not to assert or take advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but not limited to:  (a) any right to require any of the Trustee, the Holders or the Issuer (each a “ Benefited Party ”), as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (1) proceed against the Issuer, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Obligations under the Guarantees or any other Person, (2) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Issuer, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Benefited Party in favor of the Issuer or any other Person, or (4) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Benefited Party whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Issuer including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Obligations under the Guarantees or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Issuer from any cause other than payment in full of the Obligations under the Guarantees; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the

 

98



 

principal; (d) any defense based upon any Benefited Party’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Obligations under the Guarantees, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (e) (1) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of the Guarantees and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (2) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (3) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims and (4) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Benefited Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentations, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of the Guarantees, notices of Default under the Notes or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Obligations under the Guarantees or any agreement related thereto, and notices of any extension of credit to the Issuer and any right to consent to any thereof; (g) to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of any “One Action” rule; and (h) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of the Guarantees.  Each Guarantor hereby covenants that its Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in its Guarantee and this Indenture.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.02 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Section 6.02 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

 

Section 10.02.                    Limitation on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under this Article 10 shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, including, if applicable, its guarantee of all obligations under the Credit Agreement, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to

 

99



 

receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

Section 10.03.                    Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee in substantially the form included in Exhibit D shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on any supplemental indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

Section 10.04.                    Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Issuer or another Guarantor, unless:

 

(i)                                      immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(ii)                                   either:

 

(A)                                Subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental Indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or

 

(B)                                Except in the case of the Parent, the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.12 hereof.

 

(b)                                  In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental Indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be

 

100



 

performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

(c)                                   Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a)(ii)(A) and (B) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor.

 

Section 10.05.                    Release of Guarantees. The Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

 

(1)                                  (a) except in the case of the Parent, in connection with (i) any sale or other disposition of all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent’s, if the sale or other disposition comply with the provisions of Section 4.12 or (ii) any sale of all of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent, if the sale complies with the provisions of Section 4.12, in each case as provided in Section 4.12;

 

(b)                                  if the Issuer designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.17;

 

(c)                                   upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance pursuant to Article 8 and upon a discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Section 11.01; or

 

(d)                                  except in the case of the Parent, if such Guarantor shall not Guarantee any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (other than if such Guarantor no longer Guarantees any such Indebtedness as a result of payment under any Guarantee of any such Indebtedness by any Guarantor); provided that a Guarantor shall not be permitted to be released from its Guarantee pursuant to this clause (d) if it is an obligor with respect to such Indebtedness that would not, pursuant to Section 4.09, be permitted to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is also designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such release.

 

(2)                                  such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

101



 

ARTICLE 11

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01.                    Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

 

(a)                                  either:

 

(i)                                      all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(ii)                                   all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (B) will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or (C) a combination of cash and non-callable Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(b)                                  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(c)                                   the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Issuer under this Indenture; and

 

(d)                                  the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money and/or non-callable Government Securities toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

The Issuer shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

Section 11.02.                    Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 11.03 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 11.02, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to

 

102



 

become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 11.03.                    Repayment to Issuer. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01.                    Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

Section 12.02.                    Notices. Any notice or communication by the Issuer or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:

 

If to the Issuer:

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited
Embassy House

Herbert Park Lane

Ballsbridge

Dublin 4

Ireland
Attention:  The Directors

 

With a copy to:

 

Proskauer Rose LLP
Eleven Times Square
New York, New York
10036

 

103



 

Attention:  Frank J. Lopez
Telecopier No.:  (212) 969-2900

 

If to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
10161 Centurion Parkway

Jacksonville, Florida

32256

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Telecopier No.: (904) 645 1921

 

The Issuer or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses, including if it is a different entity notices for each Agent, for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders and the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telescoped; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery.  All notices and communications to the Trustee shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the Security Register.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and, if it is a different Person, to each Agent at the same time.

 

In addition to the foregoing, the Trustee agrees to accept and act upon notice, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods.  If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction.  The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including

 

104



 

without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

 

Section 12.03.                    Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

Section 12.04.                    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(a)                                  an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(b)                                  an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

 

Section 12.05.                    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

 

(a)                                  a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)                                   a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d)                                  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 12.06.                    Rules by Trustee and Agents and No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. (a)  Rules by Trustee

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

(b) No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

 

105



 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, partner, manager, agent, member, incorporator (or Person forming any limited liability company) or stockholder of the Issuer or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer of any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture, any Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note and Guarantee waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and Guarantee.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

Section 12.07.                    Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

Section 12.08.                    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Parent or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.09.                    Successors. All covenants and agreements of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors.  All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 12.10.                    Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.11.                    Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 12.12.                    Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 12.13.                    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 12.14.                    Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

 

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of, related to, or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and any

 

106



 

supplemental indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby, and any action arising under U.S. federal or state securities laws, may be instituted in any U.S. federal or state court located in the State and City of New York, Borough of Manhattan; irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding; and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  The Issuer and each of the Guarantors has appointed Grifols, Inc., with the address 2410 Lillyvale Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90032-3514 as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding which may be instituted in any federal or state court located in the State of New York, Borough of Manhattan arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and any action brought under U.S. federal or state securities laws (the “ Authorized Agent ”).  The Issuer and each of the Guarantors expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto and waives any right to trial by jury.  Such appointment shall be irrevocable unless and until replaced by an agent reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  The Issuer and each of the Guarantors represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Issuer agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid.  Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Issuer shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuer and any Guarantor.

 

Section 12.15.                    Judgment Currency.

 

United States Dollars (“U.S. Dollars”) is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, any Guarantee thereof and this Indenture. Any payment on account of an amount that is payable in United U.S. Dollars, in respect of the Notes, which is made to or for the account of any Holder or the Trustee in lawful currency of any other jurisdiction (the “ Judgment Currency ”), whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the liquidation of the Issuer or any Guarantor, shall constitute a discharge of the Issuer or the Guarantor’s obligation under this Indenture and the Notes or Guarantee and/or any supplemental indenture, as the case may be, only to the extent of the amount of Euro with such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, could purchase in the London foreign exchange markets with the amount of the Judgment Currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the first Business Day following receipt of the payment in the Judgment Currency. If the amount of U.S. Dollars that could be so purchased is less than the amount of U.S. Dollars originally due to such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold harmless the Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, from and against all loss or damage arising out of, or as a result of, such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Indenture or the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder or the Trustee from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

 

107



 

[Signatures on following page]

 

108



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed and attested, as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

ISSUER

 

 

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

Name:

Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., AS TRUSTEE

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Melonee Young

 

 

Name:

Melonee Young

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTORS

 

 

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

BIOMAT USA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David I. Bell

 

 

Name:

David I. Bell

 

 

Title:

Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS BIOLOGICALS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David I. Bell

 

 

Name:

David I. Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Indenture ]

 



 

 

GRIFOLS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David I. Bell

 

 

Name:

David I. Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS DIAGNOSTIC SOLUTIONS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David I. Bell

 

 

Name:

David I. Bell

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS THERAPEUTICS, INC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David I. Bell

 

 

Name:

David I. Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

INSTITUTO GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS USA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David I. Bell

 

 

Name:

David I. Bell

 

 

Title:

Director

 

[ Signature Page to Indenture ]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

(face of Note)

 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] [GLOBAL] NOTE

 

5.25% Senior Notes due 2022

 

 

 

CUSIP [  ]

 

 

ISIN [  ]

No.[   ]

 

$[     ]

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited

 

promises to pay to CEDE & CO., INC. or registered assigns, the principal amount of $[  ] United States Dollars on April 1, 2022.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  April 1 and October 1, commencing October 1, 2014.  Record Dates:  March 15 and September 15.

 

A-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

 

 

ISSUER:

 

 

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

This is one of the Global Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,

 

 as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated

 

 

 

 

A-2



 

(Back of Note)
5.25% Senior Notes due 2022

 

[ Insert the following Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture ]

 

[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER.

 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

[ Insert the following Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture ]

 

[THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW.  BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AS AMENDED, (AN

 

A-3



 

“ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.  IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.  AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.                                       Interest .  The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 5.25% per annum until maturity and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, as provided in Section 2 of the Registration Rights Agreement.  The Issuer shall pay interest semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ interest payment date ”).  Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided , however , that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding interest payment date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding interest payment date; provided , further , that the first interest payment date shall be October 1,

 

A-4



 

2014.  The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.                                       Method of Payment .  The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are Holders at the close of business on the March 15 or September 15 next preceding the interest payment date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such interest payment date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Security Register; provided , however , that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

3.                                       Paying Agent and Registrar .  Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Parent or any of Subsidiary may act in any such capacity.

 

4.                                       Indenture The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 12, 2014 (“ Indenture ”) among the Issuer and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuer.  The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

 

5.                                       Optional Redemption .

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this Paragraph 5, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Issuer prior to April 1, 2017.  On or after April 1, 2017, the Issuer may redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at once or over time, after giving the required notice under the Indenture.  The Notes may be redeemed at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the

 

A-5



 

relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percent

 

2017

 

103.938

%

2018

 

102.625

%

2019

 

101.313

%

2020 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)                                  At any time and from time to time prior to April 1, 2017, the Issuer may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 105.25% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) with the net cash proceeds of any Qualified Equity Offering; provided , however , that:

 

(1)                                  after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Parent and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

(2)                                  any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of such Qualified Equity Offering upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice.

 

(c)                                   At any time and from time to time prior to April 1, 2017, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

(d)                                  Any prepayment pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.  Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the applicable redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date.

 

6.                                       Redemption for Taxation Reasons

 

The Notes may be redeemed, at the option of the Issuer, as a whole but not in part, upon giving not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice to Holders (which notice will be irrevocable), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Amounts), if any, to the date fixed by the Issuer for redemption if, as a result of:

 

(1)                                  any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation; or

 

A-6



 

(2)                                  any change in, or amendment to, an official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction),

 

which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the date on which such jurisdiction becomes a Taxing Jurisdiction, and the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, is, or on the next interest payment date would be, required to pay Additional Amounts, and such requirement cannot be avoided by the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, taking reasonable measures available to it; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, changing the jurisdiction of the Issuer or any Guarantor is not a reasonable measure for the purposes of Section 3.10 of the Indenture; provided, further, that no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due.

 

Prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee:

 

(1)                                  an Officer’s Certificate stating that such change or amendment referred to in the prior paragraph has occurred, and describing the facts related thereto and stating that such requirement cannot be avoided by the Issuer or Guarantor, as the case may be, taking reasonable measures available to it; and

 

(2)                                  an Opinion of Counsel of recognized international standing stating that the requirement to pay such Additional Amounts results from such change or amendment referred to in the prior paragraph.

 

The Trustee will accept such certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

 

Any Notes that are redeemed will be cancelled.

 

7.                                       Mandatory Redemption .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer shall not be required to make sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.  However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to Sections 3.09, 4.12 and 4.18 of the Indenture.

 

(b)                                  In addition, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption or required repurchase whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.

 

8.                                       Repurchase at Option of Holder .

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) all Notes, and each Holder shall have the right to

 

A-7



 

require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holders’ Notes, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the purchase date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).  The Issuer shall purchase all Notes validly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer and not withdrawn.

 

(b)                                  If the Parent or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries consummates any Asset Sales, when the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $200.0 million, the Issuer shall commence an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) within 30 Business Days to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase, pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture.  To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) and other pari passu Indebtedness validly and properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness validly and properly tendered and not withdrawn into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Issuer or the trustee, agent or other similar party with respect to such other pari passu Indebtedness will select such to be purchased as described in Article 3 of the Indenture.  Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

9.                                       Notice of Redemption .  The Issuer shall mail notice of redemption by first class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture.  Notes in denominations larger than $200,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

10.                                Denominations , Transfer , Exchange .  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the

 

A-8



 

transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding interest payment date.

 

11.                                Persons Deemed Owners .  The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

12.                                Amendment , Supplement and Waiver .  Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class.  Without the consent of any Holder, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to:  (1) cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (2) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (3) provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Issuer or Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture and/or a Guarantee in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or the assets of such Guarantor, (4) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, (5) make any change to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, (6) add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantors, (7) add a Guarantor under the Indenture, (8) conform the text of the Notes, the Indenture, or the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantee, (9) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations as set forth in the Indenture, (10) provide for a successor trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or (11) to otherwise comply with any requirement of the Indenture, or to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary.

 

13.                                Defaults and Remedies .  Each of the following is an Event of Default under the Indenture:  (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest with respect to, the Notes; (2) default in payment when due of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (3) failure by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with Section 5.01 or with Section 4.18 of the Indenture; (4) failure by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after notice to comply with any covenant or agreement in the Indenture or the Notes after written notice thereof is given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries and to the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class; (5) default under any agreement, bond, mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture,

 

A-9



 

if that default (A) is caused by a failure to pay any scheduled installment of principal on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “ Payment Default ”); or (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and in each such case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $250.0 million or more, provided , however , where (i) neither the Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary has general liability with respect to such Indebtedness, and (ii) the creditor has agreed in writing that such creditor’s recourse is solely to specified assets or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be the lesser of (x) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, and (y) the fair market value of such specified assets to which the creditor has recourse; (6) failure by the Parent, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (net of any amounts covered by insurance), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (7) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall deny or disaffirm in writing its obligations under its Guarantee; or (8) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture with respect to the Parent, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes.  The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

A-10



 

14.                                Trustee Dealings with Issuer .  The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 of the Indenture.

 

15.                                No Recourse Against Others .  No past, present or future director, officer, employee, partner, manager, agent, member, incorporator (or Person forming any limited liability company) or stockholder of the Issuer or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note and the guarantee waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes and guarantee.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

16.                                Authentication .  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

17.                                Abbreviations .  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

18.                                CUSIP Numbers .  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

19.                                Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes .  In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes that are Initial Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2014, between the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers named therein or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Issuer and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of any Additional Notes.

 

20.                                Governing Law .  The internal law of the State of New York shall govern and be used to construe the Indenture, this Note and the Guarantees without giving effect to applicable principals of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

 

A-11



 

The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited
Embassy House

Herbert Park Lane

Ballsbridge

Dublin 4

Ireland
Attention:  The Directors

 

A-12



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:  (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

and irrevocably appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

Guarantee:

 

 

A-13



 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

 

Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note

 

Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note

 

Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
decrease (or
increase)

 

Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or
Note
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-14



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased in its entirety by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 of the Indenture, check the applicable box:

 

Section 4.12 o

 

Section 4.18 o

 

If you want to elect to have only a part of the principal amount of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 of the Indenture, state the portion of such amount:  $      .

 

 

Dated:

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

(Signature must be guaranteed by a financial institution that is a member of the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (“SEMP”), the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.  Medallion Signature Program (“MSP”) or such other signature guarantee program as may be determined by the Security Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, SEMP or MSP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.)

 

A-15



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited
Embassy House

Herbert Park Lane

Ballsbridge

Dublin 4

Ireland
Attention:  The Directors

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
10161 Centurion Parkway

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Telecopier No.: (904) 645-1921

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re:  5.25% Senior Notes due 2022

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2014 (the “ Indenture ”), between Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

[         ] (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $[ ] in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to [       ] (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.                                       o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A .  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

B-1



 

2.                                       o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S .  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3.                                       o Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S .  The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check):

 

o such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof.

 

4.                                       o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note .

 

(a)                                  o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(b)                                  o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer

 

B-2



 

contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(c)                                   o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

B-3



 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.                                       The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (A) OR (B)]

 

(a)                                  o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)                                      o 144A Global Note (CUSIP 398435 AA5), or

 

(ii)                                   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP G41246 AA0), or

 

(b)                                  o a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2.                                       After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

(a)                                  o a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)                                      o 144A Global Note (CUSIP 398435 AA5), or

 

(ii)                                   o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP G41246 AA0), or

 

(iii)                                o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP      ); or

 

(b)                                  o a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

(c)                                   o an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited
Embassy House

Herbert Park Lane

Ballsbridge

Dublin 4

Ireland
Attention:  The Directors

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
10161 Centurion Parkway

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Telecopier No.: (904) 645-1921

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re:  5.25% Senior Notes due 2022

 

(CUSIP         )

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2014 (the “ Indenture ”), between Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

[          ] (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $[     ] in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”).  In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

5.                                       Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

(a)                                  o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note .  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1



 

(b)                                  o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(c)                                   o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection with the Owners Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(d)                                  o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note .  In connection with the Owners Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

6.                                       Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

(a)                                  o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note .  In connection with the Exchange of the Owners beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-2



 

(b)                                  o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note .  In connection with the Exchange of the Owners Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note, o Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

C-3



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture), jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2014 (the “ Indenture ”), between Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee.  This Guarantee is subject to release as and to the extent set forth in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Indenture.  Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions.  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined are used herein as so defined in the Indenture.

 

 

GUARANTORS:

 

 

 

[ADD GUARANTORS]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

D-1



 

EXHIBIT E

 

[Reserved]

 

E-1



 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (“ this Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [ ], among [GUARANTOR] (“ the Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited (“ the Issuer ”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have heretofore executed an indenture, dated March 12, 2014, providing for the initial issuance of $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

(1)                                  Capitalized Terms ”.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(2)                                  Agreement to Guarantee ”.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

 

(a)                                  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

(b)                                  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Obligations pursuant to Article 10 of the Indenture on a senior basis.

 

F-1



 

(3)                                  Execution and Delivery .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

(4)                                  Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

(5)                                  Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

(6)                                  Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

(7)                                  The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

 

F-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY], as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Acknowledged by:

 

 

 

Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, as Issuer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

F-3


Exhibit 2.6

 

Execution Version

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of March 12, 2014 by and among Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, a private limited company validly incorporated and existing under the laws of Ireland (the “ Issuer ”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Grifols S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain (“ Parent ”) and each of the guarantors listed in Schedule 2 to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), and Nomura Securities International, Inc. (“ Nomura ”) as representative of the several initial purchasers listed on Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), each of whom has agreed to purchase a portion of the $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 5.25% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Initial Notes ”) to be guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “ Guarantees ”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.  The Initial Notes and the Guarantees are herein collectively referred to as the “ Securities.

 

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated March 5, 2014 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities, including the Initial Purchasers.  In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Securities, the Issuer has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 7(h) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Additional Guarantor ” shall mean any subsidiary of Parent that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture after the Closing Date.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

 

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Exchange Dates ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form F-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the

 



 

Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

Exchange Securities ” shall mean senior notes issued by the Issuer and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

Free Writing Prospectus ” shall mean each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Issuer or used or referred to by the Issuer in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities.

 

Guarantee ” shall mean the guarantee of the Securities and the Exchange Securities by any Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

Guarantors ” shall mean the Guarantors under the Indenture.

 

Holders ” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

 

Holders’ Inspector ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

 

Indemnified Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Indemnifying Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of March 12, 2014 between the Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

 

Initial Purchasers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Inspectors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

 

Issue Date ” shall mean March 12, 2014.

 

Issuer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Issuer’s successors.

 

2



 

Issuer Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.

 

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided , further , that if the Issuer shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained.

 

Nomura shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Parent’s successors.

 

Participating Broker-Dealers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act, deemed a part of a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Records ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

 

Registrable Securities ” shall mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities on the earliest of (i) when the Exchange Securities are issued in exchange for the Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (ii) when an Exchange Offer is completed (except with respect to Securities held by Persons that were not eligible to participate pursuant to the Exchange Offer), (iii) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (iv) the date that is two years from the Issue Date or (v) when such Securities cease to be outstanding.

 

3



 

Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Issuer and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation:  (i) all SEC, stock exchange or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of the Issuer and the Guarantors in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers), and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Issuer and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

 

Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Issuer and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Shelf Additional Interest Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.

 

Shelf Effectiveness Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuer and the Guarantors that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (but no

 

4



 

other securities unless approved by a majority of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be covered by such Shelf Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

 

Shelf Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Staff ” shall mean the staff of the SEC.

 

Target Registration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f) hereof.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

 

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

 

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof.

 

Underwriter Inspector ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv) hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering ” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

2.                                       Registration Under the Securities Act .

 

(a)                                  To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and to cause such Registration Statement to be filed by the later of (a) the day on which the Parent files its Form 20-F with the SEC for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and (b) April 30, 2015, provided that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities prior to the day on which the Parent files its Form 20-F with the SEC for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.  The Issuer and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 120 days after April 30, 2015.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

 

5



 

(i)                                      that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

(ii)                                   the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Exchange Dates ”);

 

(iii)                                that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

 

(iv)                               that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

 

(v)                                  that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities.

 

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Issuer and the Guarantors that (i) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuer, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of Exchange Notes and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall:

 

(i)                                      accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

 

(ii)                                   deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Issuer and

 

6



 

(iii)                                issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities tendered by such Holder.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer.  The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff.

 

(b)                                  In the event that (i) the Issuer and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed on or before the 120 th  day after April 30, 2015, (iii) upon receipt of a Holder’s request, with respect to any Holder of Registrable Securities that (A) may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder or (B) is a broker-dealer and holds Securities acquired directly from the Issuer or one of its affiliates or (iv) in the case of any Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Issuer or within the meaning of the Securities Act) or (v) upon receipt of a written request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof.

 

In the event that the Issuer and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iv) of the preceding sentence, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to (A) cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and (B) keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) one year after the initial effectiveness or (ii) the date when all of the Registrable Securities are registered under such Shelf Registration Statement and are disposed of in accordance with such Shelf Registration Statement or cease to be outstanding or on the date upon which all notes covered by such shelf registration statement become eligible for resale without regard to volume, manner of sale or other restrictions contained in Rule 144 (the “ Shelf Effectiveness Period ”).  The Issuer and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, the

 

7



 

related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Issuer for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable.  The Issuer and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

 

(c)                                   The Issuer and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof.  Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement and any fees and disbursements of counsel or experts retained by such Holder in connection with any registration pursuant hereto (other than any such fees and disbursements included within the definition of Registration Expenses and paid for by the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with the terms of this Agreement).

 

(d)                                  A Holder that sells Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related Prospectus and to deliver a Prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of this agreement that are applicable to such a Holder (including certain indemnification rights and obligations).

 

(e)                                   An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC.  A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act.

 

(f)                                    In the event that either the Exchange Offer is not completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i), 2(b)(ii) or 2(b)(iii) hereof, does not become effective on or prior to the 120th day after April 30, 2015 (the “ Target Registration Date ”), the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum for the first 90 day period immediately following the Target Registration Date and by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90 day period, up to a maximum increase of 1.00% per annum, until the earliest of the Exchange Offer being completed, the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, becoming effective and the date on which all Securities cease to be Registrable Securities; provided that the obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors to pay such additional interest in any such case shall be the sole and exclusive monetary remedy of the Initial Purchasers and the Holders in the event that the Exchange Offer is not completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i), 2(b)(ii) or 2(b)(iii) hereof, does not become effective on or prior to the Target Registration Date.

 

8



 

(g)                                   If a Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, has become effective and thereafter either ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date (other than after such time as all Exchanged Securities have been disposed thereunder), and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period (such 30th day, the “ Shelf Trigger Date ”), then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 0.25% per annum for the first 90 day period immediately following such date and by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90 day period, up to a maximum increase of 1.00% per annum, commencing on the day immediately following the Shelf Trigger Date and ending on such date that the Shelf Registration Statement has again become effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable, as the case may be.

 

(h)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, an increase of the interest rate on the Registrable Securities may not accrue under each of Section 2(f) and Section 2(g) at any one time, and in the case that more than one basis for an increase in any interest rate pursuant to this Section 2(h) arises or exists under Section 2(f) and Section 2(g), such interest rate increase will not be aggregated and instead the interest rate will be increased as if only one such basis exists.  Following the cessation of such basis for increased interest, the accrual of such additional interest will cease only when no other basis for any increase continues to exist.

 

(i)                                      Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Issuer and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Issuer or the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

 

The Issuer represents, warrants and covenants that it (including its agents and representatives) will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any Free Writing Prospectus other than any written communication relating to or that contains solely the terms of the Exchange Offer and/or other information that was included in the Registration Statement.

 

3.                                       Registration Procedures .

 

(a)                                  In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall as expeditiously as possible:

 

(i)                                      prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Issuer and the Guarantors, (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their commercially

 

9



 

reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

 

(ii)                                   prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement and file with the SEC any other required document as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

 

(iii)                                to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, file with the SEC any Free Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed by the Issuer or the Guarantors with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed;

 

(iv)                               in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and the Issuer and the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Initial Purchasers, Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

 

(v)                                  use their commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided that neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

 

(vi)                               notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration notify each Holder of Registrable Securities and counsel for such Holders

 

10



 

promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Issuer of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Issuer or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true or correct in all material respects or if the Issuer or any Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination by the Issuer or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate;

 

(vii)                            use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2), including by filing an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement on the proper form, as soon as reasonably practicable and promptly provide notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

 

(viii)                         in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

 

(ix)                               in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (unless such Registrable Securities are in book-entry form only) representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as such Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

 

11



 

(x)                                  in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall notify the Holders of Registrable Securities to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, until the Issuer and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such misstatement or omission;

 

(xi)                               within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to each Initial Purchaser and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel) and make such of the representations of the Issuer and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel) available for discussion of such document; and the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel) shall object;

 

(xii)                            obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement;

 

(xiii)                         cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their commercially reasonable

 

12



 

efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

 

(xiv)                        in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by one representative designated by a majority of the Holders of Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration (such representative, the “ Holders’ Inspector ”) and the Underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or one counsel to such Underwriters) (such Underwriters or counsel, the “ Underwriter Inspector ” and, together with the Holders’ Inspector, the “ Inspectors ”), each upon a written request, at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Issuer and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Records) , as shall be reasonably necessary to enable the Inspectors to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Issuer and any of its subsidiaries to supply all information (“ Information ”) reasonably requested by the Inspectors in connection with such due diligence responsibilities.  The Inspectors shall agree in writing that they will keep the Records and Information confidential and that they will not disclose any of the Records or Information that the Issuer determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential unless (i) the disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records or Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court claiming jurisdiction or any request or order from a regulatory body, (iii) disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary or advisable, in the judgment of counsel for the Inspectors, in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving the Inspectors and arising out of, based upon, relating to or involving this Agreement, the applicable Indenture or the Purchase Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder, (iv) the information in such Records or Information has been made generally available to the public other than by the Inspectors or any “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) thereof, (v) such information becomes available to any such person from a source other than the Issuer and such source is not known by such person to be bound by a confidentiality obligation to the Issuer or (vi) such information is necessary to establish a due diligence defense; provided , however , that (if permitted) prior notice shall be provided as soon as practicable to the Issuer of the potential disclosure of any information by any Inspector pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sentence to permit the Issuer to obtain a protective order (or waive the provisions of this paragraph (xiv)) and that such Inspector shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (if practicable) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of such Holder or Inspector;

 

(xv)                           if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or posteffective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such

 

13



 

Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Issuer has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;

 

(xvi)                        in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities) and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering, and in such connection (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Issuer and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuer and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holders and Underwriters of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuer and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Issuer or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder (to the extent permitted by applicable professional standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities, including but not limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus and (4) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement; and

 

(xvii)                     so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Parent or the Issuer of such Additional Guarantor, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A and to deliver such counterpart, together with an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability then of against such entity, to the Initial Purchasers no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof.

 

14



 

(b)                                  In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Issuer and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

 

(c)                                   In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities covered in such Shelf Registration Statement agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Issuer and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof and, if so directed by the Issuer and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Issuer and the Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

(d)                                  If the Issuer and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions.  The Issuer and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365 day period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there should not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365 day period.  Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the Issuer shall at all times use its commercially reasonable efforts to end any suspension period at the earliest possible time.

 

(e)                                   The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering.  In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers (each an “ Underwriter ”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.

 

4.                                       Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer .

 

(a)                                  The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of

 

15



 

distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them (except to the extent required by Staff positions), such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

 

(b)                                  In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) of this Agreement), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above.  The Issuer and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

 

5.                                       Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (“ Issuer Information ”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser, information relating to any Holder furnished to the Issuer in writing through Nomura, any selling Holder, respectively, expressly for use therein.  In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any Issuer Information.

 

16



 

(b)                                  Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, the directors of the Issuer and the Guarantors, each officer of the Issuer and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Issuer, the Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuer in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5(b), with respect to a Registration Statement that is not an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus related thereto, in no event shall a Holder be required to indemnify any amount in excess of the proceeds received by such Holder from the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder pursuant thereto.

 

(c)                                   If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which in-demnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “ In-demnified Person ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Person ”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 5 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this Section 5. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the In-demnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred.  In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such reasonable fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be

 

17



 

designated in writing by Nomura, (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Issuer.  The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

(d)                                  If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) or (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)                                   The Issuer, the Guarantors, and Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No Person guilty of

 

18



 

fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5 are several and not joint.

 

(f)                                    The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

 

(g)                                   The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Issuer or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

6.                                       General .

 

(a)                                  Inconsistent Agreements.  The Issuer and the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Issuer or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

 

(b)                                  Amendments and Waivers.  The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Issuer and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder.  Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

(c)                                   Notices.  All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:  (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuer by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Issuer and the Guarantors, initially at the Issuer’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at

 

19



 

such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c).  All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.  Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

 

(d)                                  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.  If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.  The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Issuer or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Third Party Beneficiaries.  Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

 

(f)                                    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier, facsimile, email or other electronic transmission (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(h)                                  Governing Law.  This Agreement, and any claims, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

(i)                                      Entire Agreement; Severability.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto.  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable

 

20



 

or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.  The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

 

21



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

Name: Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

Title: Director

 

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]

 



 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date

 

first above written:

 

 

 

NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

For itself and on behalf of the

 

several Initial Purchasers

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carl Mayer

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Carl Mayer

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]

 



 

Annex A

 

Counterpart to Registration Rights Agreement

 

The undersigned hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2014 by and among Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, a company validly incorporated and existing under the laws of Ireland, and Nomura Securities International, Inc., on behalf of itself and the other Initial Purchasers) to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of                       .

 

 

[NAME]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title

 


Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

SHARE AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

NOVARTIS VACCINES AND DIAGNOSTICS, INC. ,

 

NOVARTIS CORPORATION, AS GUARANTOR ,

 

G-C DIAGNOSTICS CORP.,

 

and

 

GRIFOLS, S.A., AS GUARANTOR ,

 

dated as of

 

November 10, 2013

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND S ALE

 

20

 

Section 2.01

Purchase and Sale of Assets

 

20

 

Section 2.02

Excluded Assets

 

21

 

Section 2.03

Assumed Liabilities

 

22

 

Section 2.04

Excluded Liabilities

 

23

 

Section 2.05

Transferred Subsidiary

 

25

 

Section 2.06

Purchase Price

 

26

 

Section 2.07

Closing Payment; Purchase Price Adjustment

 

26

 

Section 2.08

Allocation of Purchase Price

 

30

 

Section 2.09

Withholding Tax

 

31

 

Section 2.10

Third Party Consents

 

31

 

 

 

ARTICLE III CLOSING

 

31

 

Section 3.01

Closing

 

31

 

Section 3.02

Closing Deliverables

 

32

 

Section 3.03

Hong Kong Stamp Duty Filing and Related Procedures

 

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

34

 

Section 4.01

Organization and Qualification

 

35

 

Section 4.02

Authority

 

35

 

Section 4.03

No Conflicts; Consents

 

36

 

Section 4.04

Transferred Subsidiary

 

36

 

Section 4.05

Financial Information ; Undisclosed Liabilities; Business Books and Records

 

37

 

Section 4.06

Absence of Certain Changes, Events and Conditions

 

38

 

Section 4.07

Material Contracts

 

38

 

Section 4.08

Collaboration Agreements

 

40

 

Section 4.09

Purchased Assets

 

40

 

Section 4.10

Sufficiency of Assets

 

41

 

Section 4.11

Real Property

 

41

 

i



 

 

Section 4.12

Intellectual Property

 

43

 

Section 4.13

Customers and Suppliers

 

45

 

Section 4.14

Insurance

 

46

 

Section 4.15

Legal Proceedings ; Government Orders

 

46

 

Section 4.16

Compliance With Laws; Permits

 

46

 

Section 4.17

Anti-Corruption Laws; Compliance with Sanction Legislation

 

47

 

Section 4.18

Environmental Matters

 

48

 

Section 4.19

Employee Benefit Matters

 

48

 

Section 4.20

Employment Matters

 

50

 

Section 4.21

Taxes

 

51

 

Section 4.22

Brokers

 

52

 

Section 4.23

Health Care Laws

 

52

 

Section 4.24

Product Liability and Recalls

 

53

 

Section 4.25

Intra-Group Contracts

 

54

 

 

 

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF B UYER

 

54

 

Section 5.01

Organization of Buyer

 

54

 

Section 5.02

Authority of Buyer

 

54

 

Section 5.03

No Conflicts; Consents

 

54

 

Section 5.04

Brokers

 

55

 

Section 5.05

Sufficiency of Funds

 

55

 

Section 5.06

Legal Proceedings

 

55

 

Section 5.07

Financing

 

55

 

Section 5.08

Solvency

 

56

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI COVENANTS

 

57

 

Section 6.01

Conduct of Business Prior to the Closing

 

57

 

Section 6.02

Access to Information

 

59

 

Section 6.03

No Solicitation of Other Bids

 

60

 

Section 6.04

Notice of Certain Events

 

61

 

Section 6.05

Employees and Employee Benefits

 

61

 

Section 6.06

Transitional Benefit Plan Matters

 

66

 

Section 6.07

Confidentiality

 

68

 

Section 6.08

Non-competition; Non-solicitation

 

68

 

ii



 

 

Section 6.09

Governmental Approvals and Consents

 

71

 

Section 6.10

Business Books and Records

 

73

 

Section 6.11

Closing Conditions

 

74

 

Section 6.12

Public Announcements

 

74

 

Section 6.13

Bulk Sales Laws

 

74

 

Section 6.14

Receivables

 

75

 

Section 6.15

Allocation of Certain Taxes

 

75

 

Section 6.16

Cooperation

 

77

 

Section 6.17

Title Insurance

 

77

 

Section 6.18

Subsequent Actions

 

78

 

Section 6.19

Further Assurances

 

78

 

Section 6.20

Guarantees

 

78

 

Section 6.21

Renewal of Assigned Contracts

 

80

 

Section 6.22

Cooperation with Financing

 

81

 

Section 6.23

Waiver and Release

 

83

 

Section 6.24

Collaboration Agreements

 

83

 

Section 6.25

Transaction Documents

 

83

 

Section 6.26

Post-Closing Financing Cooperation

 

84

 

Section 6.27

Use of Names

 

84

 

Section 6.28

Indebtedness

 

84

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

85

 

Section 7.01

Conditions to Obligations of all Parties

 

85

 

Section 7.02

Conditions to Obligations of Buyer

 

86

 

Section 7.03

Conditions to Obligations of Seller

 

87

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION

 

88

 

Section 8.01

Survival

 

88

 

Section 8.02

Indemnification By Seller

 

88

 

Section 8.03

Indemnification By Buyer

 

89

 

Section 8.04

Certain Limitations

 

89

 

Section 8.05

Indemnification Procedures

 

91

 

Section 8.06

Payments

 

93

 

Section 8.07

Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments

 

93

 

iii



 

 

Section 8.08

Exclusive Remedies

 

94

 

Section 8.09

Materiality

 

94

 

Section 8.10

No Duplication

 

94

 

Section 8.11

DOJ Protocol

 

94

 

Section 8.12

Interference Protocol

 

94

 

Section 8.13

Real Estate

 

94

 

Section 8.14

Investigation

 

94

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION

 

95

 

Section 9.01

Termination

 

95

 

Section 9.02

Effect of Termination

 

96

 

Section 9.03

Extension; Waiver

 

96

 

 

 

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

 

96

 

Section 10.01

French Business

 

96

 

Section 10.02

Expenses

 

97

 

Section 10.03

Notices

 

98

 

Section 10.04

Interpretation

 

99

 

Section 10.05

Headings and Schedules

 

99

 

Section 10.06

Severability

 

99

 

Section 10.07

Entire Agreement

 

100

 

Section 10.08

Successors and Assigns

 

100

 

Section 10.09

No Third-party Beneficiaries

 

100

 

Section 10.10

Amendment and Modification; Waiver

 

100

 

Section 10.11

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial

 

101

 

Section 10.12

Specific Performance

 

101

 

Section 10.13

Counterparts

 

102

 

 

 

EXHIBITS AND ANNEXES

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement

 

 

Exhibit B

Form of Intellectual Property Assignment and Agreement

 

 

Exhibit C

Form of Copyright Assignment Agreement

 

 

Exhibit D-I

Statement of Net Assets Rules

 

 

Exhibit D-II

Net Trade Working Capital Rules

 

 

Exhibit E

Form of Domain Name Assignment Agreement

 

 

Exhibit F

Form of Press Release and Announcement Protocol

 

 

 

iv



 

Exhibit G

Collaboration Agreement Consents

 

 

Exhibit H

Forms of Senior Employee Agreements

 

 

Exhibit I

Form of Trademark Assignment Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annex A

DOJ Protocol

 

 

Annex B

Interference Protocol

 

 

Annex C

Real Estate Protocol — Transfer of Title

 

 

Annex D

Real Estate Protocol — Building Permits

 

 

 

v



 

SHARE AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Share and Asset Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 10, 2013, is entered into between Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”) and, solely for the purposes of Section 6.20(a) , Novartis Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Novartis Corporation ”), G-C Diagnostics Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”), and, solely for the purposes of Section 6.20(b) , Grifols, S.A., a company ( sociedad anónima ) organized under the Laws of Spain ( Grifols ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Seller and certain of its Affiliates, through the Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics Division, are engaged in the NAT Business, the Immunoassay Business, the Immunohematology Business and the NAT Royalty Business (collectively, the “ Business ”, which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, include the businesses of the Transferred Subsidiary and exclude the Specified Excluded Businesses (as defined herein)); and

 

WHEREAS, (i) Seller and its Affiliates wish to sell and assign (or cause to be sold and assigned) to Buyer, and Buyer wishes to purchase and assume from Seller and its Affiliates, substantially all the assets, and certain specified liabilities, of the Business, (ii) Seller and its Affiliates wish to sell (or cause to be sold) to Buyer, and Buyer wishes to purchase from Seller and its Affiliates the legal and beneficial ownership interests in all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Transferred Subsidiary, and (iii) Seller and its Affiliates wish to license (or cause to be licensed) to Buyer, and Buyer wishes to license from Seller and its Affiliates, certain intellectual property rights relating to the Business, in each case subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, in anticipation of the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer has entered into a letter of intent with respect to future employment with each of the Senior Employees in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H , which confirm such Senior Employees’ intention to continue their employment with Buyer or its Affiliates, and set forth the terms of their respective employment following the Closing Date;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms have the meanings specified or referred to in this Article I :

 

Accounts Payable ” means all trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable consistent with past practice.

 

Accounts Receivable ” means all trade accounts or notes receivable, and any security, claim, remedy or other right relating to any of the foregoing.

 



 

Acquired Business ” means the equity interests, assets and/ or other rights acquired by Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with an Acquisition.

 

Acquisition ” means the acquisition after the date hereof (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) by Seller or any of its Affiliates of an equity interest in or any assets of any Person that engages, directly or indirectly, in a Restricted Business in the Territory in any capacity.

 

Acquisition Proposal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(a) .

 

Action ” means any claim, action, lawsuit, tax or other audit, arbitration, proceeding, litigation, examination, inquiry or investigation, in each case by or before a court, Governmental Authority or arbitral tribunal, whether at Law or in equity.

 

Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(c)(i) .

 

Affiliate ” of a Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  The term “ control ” (including the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, Seller and the Seller Companies shall not be deemed Affiliates of the Transferred Subsidiary after Closing.  For purposes of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements, any Person that is an Affiliate of Novartis Corporation shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Seller and any Person that is an Affiliate of Seller shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Novartis Corporation.

 

Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Amount ” means Trade Current Assets minus Trade Current Liabilities, in each case determined as of the close of business on the Applicable Working Capital Date in accordance with the Net Trade Working Capital Rules.

 

Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount ” means the amount by which the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Amount, expressed as a positive or negative number, is greater than or less than two hundred and twenty-five million ($225,000,000) as of the close of business on the Applicable Working Capital Date.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Allocation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a) .

 

Announcement Protocol ” means the Announcement Protocol set forth in Exhibit F .

 

Annual Bonus Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(m) .

 

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means (i) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the regulations and rules issued pursuant to that statute, (ii) Laws of any country implementing the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Convention on

 

2



 

Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or other applicable Laws of similar effect, including local anti-corruption and bribery Laws, and (iii) anti-money laundering Laws.

 

Antitrust Clearance Date ” means the date that the condition set forth in Section 7.01(a)  has been satisfied.

 

Applicable Plan ” means a Benefit Plan that provides employee benefits in the form of either (i)  contribution payments or benefit accrual or (ii) health and welfare coverage.  The Applicable Plans that provide Relevant Pension Benefits as of the date hereof listed on Schedule 1.1(c) .

 

Applicable Working Capital Date ” means, (i) if the Closing occurs on January 3, 2014, December 31, 2013, and (ii) if the Closing occurs on any other date, the Closing Date.

 

Assigned Contracts ” means all Contracts relating exclusively or primarily to the Business or the Purchased Assets, including the Contracts set forth on Schedule 4.12(g) .

 

Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form as set forth in Exhibit  A .

 

Assignment and Assumption of Lease ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a)(iii) .

 

Assumed Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03 .

 

Bankruptcy Exception ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02 .

 

Benefit Plan ” means each pension, benefit, retirement, disability, salary continuation for disability, compensation, profit-sharing, deferred compensation, incentive, performance award, equity, phantom equity, individual employment, consulting, stock or stock-based, health, medical, dental, hospitalization, life insurance, bonus, commission, excess benefit, relocation, change in control, retention, mass layoff benefits, plant closing benefits, severance, termination, post-retirement compensation or benefit, vacation, paid time off, tuition assistance, scholarship, fringe-benefit, tax equalization or other benefit plan, agreement (including employment, consulting and collective bargaining agreements), policy, program, trust, fund or arrangement, in each case whether or not reduced to writing and whether funded or unfunded, including each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not tax-qualified and whether or not subject to ERISA, (i)  which is maintained, sponsored, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by Seller or any of its Affiliates or ERISA Affiliates for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer, director, retiree, independent contractor or consultant of the Business or any spouse or dependent of such individual, or (ii) under which Seller or any of its Affiliates or ERISA Affiliates has or may have any Liability on behalf of any such current or former employee, officer, director, retiree, independent contractor or consultant of the Business, or with respect to which Buyer or any of its Affiliates could reasonably be expected to have any Liability, excluding any mandatory state operated plan or program.

 

Benefits TSA ” has the meaning set forth in Section  6.06(a) .

 

3



 

Books and Records ” means originals, or where not available, copies, of all books and records, including books of account, ledgers and general, financial and accounting records, machinery and equipment maintenance files, customer lists, customer purchasing histories, price lists, distribution lists, supplier lists, Regulatory Materials, production data, quality control records and procedures, customer complaints and inquiry files, research and development files, records and data (including all correspondence with any Governmental Authority), sales material and records (including pricing history, total sales, terms and conditions of sale, sales and pricing policies and practices), strategic plans, internal financial statements, marketing and promotional surveys and material and research and intellectual property files relating to the Intellectual Property Assets.

 

Business ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Business Books and Records ” means any Books and Records of Seller or its Affiliates that relate exclusively or primarily to the Business (and, in the case of Books and Records that are co-mingled with any Books and Records of Seller or its Affiliates that relate in part to a business other than the Business, that portion only of such Books and Records that relate exclusively or primarily to the Business).

 

Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks located in Barcelona, the Canton of Basel-Stadt, the Canton of Zurich, London or New York are authorized or required by Law to be closed for business.

 

Business Intellectual Property ” means: (i) in respect of any Intellectual Property that comprises Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and/or Domain Names, all such Intellectual Property listed in Schedule 4.12(a) , and (ii) in respect of all other Intellectual Property, all such Intellectual Property that is owned or licensed by Seller or any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary and that exclusively or primarily relates to, or is exclusively or primarily used or held for use in connection with the Business.  For the avoidance of doubt, Business Intellectual Property shall not include Co-Owned Intellectual Property.

 

Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.  The term “ Buyer ” shall also include any Affiliates of Buyer as may be designated by Buyer to purchase all or any portion of the Purchased Assets or the Transferred Subsidiary Shares or to assume all or any portion of the Assumed Liabilities.

 

Buyer Closing Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(d) .

 

Buyer Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02 .

 

Buyer Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.20(b)(i) .

 

Buyer’s Accountants ” means KPMG Spain.

 

City ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Development Agreement ”.

 

Chiron ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Development Agreement ”.

 

4



 

Chiron Trademarks ” means those trademarks listed under the heading “Chiron Trademarks” in Schedule 4.12(a) .

 

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

 

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 .

 

COBRA ” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, Section 4980B of the Code or Part 6 of Title I of ERISA.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collaboration Agreements ” means, collectively, and a “ Collaboration Agreement ” means, each of, (i) (A) the Restated Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2009, between Gen-Probe Incorporated and Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc. and (B)  the Agreement, dated as of August 17, 1989, between Chiron Corporation and Ortho Diagnostic Systems Inc., in each case, as amended, restated, assigned or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, and (ii) any other material Contract relating to the Contracts set forth in clause (i)  in which the only parties to such Contract are (A) Seller or any of its Affiliates and (B) Gen-Probe Incorporated (or its successors and assigns, including Hologic, Inc.) or any of its Affiliates or Ortho Diagnostic Systems Inc. (or its successors and assigns, including OCD) or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be.

 

Collaboration Agreement Consents ” means the consents attached hereto as Exhibit G .

 

Collaboration Partner ” means any party to a Collaboration Agreement (other than Seller or its Affiliates) or any Affiliate thereof.

 

Contracts ” means all contracts, leases, deeds, mortgages, licenses (including all Intellectual Property Licenses), instruments, notes, commitments, undertakings, indentures, joint ventures and all other agreements, commitments and other legally binding arrangements, whether written or oral (excluding for the avoidance of doubt any such contracts, etc. that have expired or have been terminated, in each case prior to the date of this Agreement, other than any provisions in such c ontracts, etc. that survive any such expiration or termination).

 

Co-Owned Intellectual Property ” means those Patents that are owned or licensed by Seller or any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary, and that do not constitute Business Intellectual Property, but that relate to, or are used or held for use, or are necessary, in connection with, the Business, all as listed in Schedule 4.12(b) .

 

Copyright Assignment Agreement ” means a Copyright Assignment Agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit C .

 

Copyrights ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Intellectual Property ”.

 

Cut-Off Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(f)(i) .

 

De Minimis Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(a) .

 

5



 

Deed ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a)(ii) .

 

Debt Commitment Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(a) .

 

Debt Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(a) .

 

Debt Financing Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(a) .

 

Definitive Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.22(b) .

 

Designated Plan ” means an employee benefit plan of Buyer or its Affiliates in a Relevant Jurisdiction that can provide benefits on a substantially comparable basis as the Relevant Pension Benefits in respect of each Transferred Employee’s service with Buyer under an Applicable Plan.

 

Development Agreement ” means, collectively, that certain Development Agreement between the City of Emeryville (the “ City ”) and Chiron Corporation (predecessor in interest to Seller) (“ Chiron ”) dated September 14, 1995, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Development Agreement dated June 5, 2001 between the City and Chiron Corporation, and that certain Participation Agreement between the City and Chiron Corporation dated August 5, 1995, as modified by the First Implementation Agreement and First Amendment to Participation Agreement between the City and Chiron dated June 5, 2001.

 

Direct Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(c) .

 

Disapplied Provisions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(b) .

 

Disclosure Schedules ” means the Disclosure Schedules delivered by Seller to Buyer concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Disputed Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(c)(iv) .

 

Domain Names ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Intellectual Property ”.

 

Domain Name Assignment Agreement ” means a Domain Name Assignment Agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit E .

 

Economic Sanctions Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17(c) .

 

Employee means the employees of Seller or its Affiliates who work exclusively or primarily in the Business as of immediately prior to the Closing Date, including each of the employees of the Transferred Subsidiary as of immediately prior to the Closing Date, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt those employees listed on Schedule 1.1(a) Schedule 4.20 lists all of the individuals who are Employees as at October 31, 2013, and such Schedule shall be updated by Seller upon Buyer’s request following the date hereof and prior to the Closing Date to reflect new hires and departures consistent with this Agreement .

 

Employee Transfer Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(a) .

 

6



 

Encumbrance ” means any charge, claim, pledge, lien (statutory or other), option, security interest, mortgage, easement, right of first refusal or restriction on a transfer of title.

 

End Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(b) .

 

Environmental Claim ” any Action arising under or relating to any Environmental Law or relating to the Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Material.

 

Environmental Law ” means any applicable Law relating to (i) injury to, or the pollution or the protection of the environment (including ambient air, soil, surface water, groundwater, sediments, subsurface strata and any indoor area, surface or physical medium) or (ii) human health and safety and occupational health and safety, to the extent clause (ii)  relates to exposure to Hazardous Material.

 

Environmental Permit ” means any Permit required under or issued pursuant to Environmental Law.

 

Equity Exception ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02 .

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person that is or would be deemed a “single employer” with Seller under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

 

Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(b)(i) .

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute thereto and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Excluded Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02 .

 

Excluded Contracts ” shall mean (i) the Transaction Documents, (ii) all Intra-Group Contracts, (iii)  insurance contracts and policies of Seller and its Affiliates and (iv) any Contracts set forth on Schedule 2.02(k) .

 

Excluded Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04 .

 

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean (i) all Liabilities of Seller or any Affiliate of Seller in respect of any Tax for any Tax period not arising out of or relating to the Purchased Assets with respect to the operation or conduct of the Business, and (ii) all Liabilities for any Tax otherwise arising out of or relating to the Purchased Assets with respect to the operation or conduct of the Business for any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Tax Liabilities of the Transferred Subsidiary for the Pre-Closing Tax Period , in each case including any obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax Liability of any other Person.

 

Fair Value ” shall mean:

 

7



 

(i)                                      with respect to each unvested award of restricted stock or restricted stock units held by a Transferred Employee, in each case, denominated in ADSs or shares of Novartis AG, the product of (a) the number of ADSs or shares of Novartis AG issuable under such award and (b) an amount equal to (1) the remaining vesting period in months, measured from the last date of the month prior to the month during which the Closing Date occurs, divided by (2) the total vesting period in months, multiplied by (3) the price of an ADS or share of Novartis AG on the New York Stock Exchange or the SIX Swiss Exchange, as applicable, as of the close of trading on the Closing Date; provided, however , such amount shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any tax deductions available to Seller in connection with the acceleration of the vesting of such award in accordance with Section 6.05(h) ; and

 

(ii)                                   with respect to each unvested stock option, such fair value of the unvested portion of each stock option as determined by UBS, Novartis AG’s external independent market maker, in accordance with past practices; provided, however , such amount shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of any tax deductions available to Seller in connection with the acceleration of the vesting of such award in accordance with Section 6.05(h) ;

 

FDA ” shall mean the United States Food and Drug Administration and any successor agency thereto.

 

Fee Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(b) .

 

Filing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(b) .

 

Final Allocation Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(b) .

 

Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.22(a) .

 

Financing Sources ” means the Persons that have committed to provide or otherwise entered into agreements in connection with the Debt Financing Commitments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

FIRPTA Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(f) .

 

French APA ” has the meaning set forth in the French Offer Letter.

 

French Assumed Liabilities ” means (i) those of the Assumed Liabilities that relate exclusively to that part of the Business conducted in France, (ii) all of the Assumed Liabilities which are Liabilities of Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics S.A.S. and (iii) all of the Assumed Liabilities comprising Liabilities under the French Contract.

 

French Business ” means that part of the Business conducted in France comprising the French Purchased Assets, the French Assumed Liabilities and the French Employees.

 

French Closing ” has the meaning set forth in the French APA .

 

8



 

French Contract ” means the agreement dated as of December 1, 2009, by and between Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics S.A.S. and Etablissement Français du Sang (as varied, amended or restated from time to time).

 

French Employees ” means those Employees employed by Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics S.A.S.

 

French Offer Letter ” means the letter from Buyer to Seller in respect of the binding offer from Buyer to acquire the French Business and dated the same date as this Agreement.

 

French Purchased Assets ” means (i) those of the Purchased Assets that relate exclusively to that part of the Business conducted in France, (ii) all of the Purchased Assets held by Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics S.A.S. and (iii) all of the Purchased Assets comprising rights under the French Contract.

 

French Put Option Exercise ” has the meaning set forth in the French Offer Letter.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any (i) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other governmental jurisdiction or (ii) multi-national, federal, state, local, municipal, provincial, domestic, foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental division, department, agency, commission, instrumentality, official, ministry, court or other tribunal), exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Governmental Order ” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, stipulation, determination, ruling, or other award or decree of, by or with, or any settlement with, any Governmental Authority.

 

Grifols ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means any material, substance, waste, pollutant or contaminant, in each case, whether naturally occurring or manmade, that is hazardous, acutely hazardous, toxic, or is described with words of similar import or is otherwise defined in or regulated under Environmental Laws, including any petroleum or petroleum-derived products, medical waste, infectious waste, radon, radioactive materials or wastes, asbestos in any form, lead or lead-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation and polychlorinated biphenyls.

 

Health Care Law ” shall mean all applicable Laws relating to patient care and human health and safety, including any such applicable Law pertaining to:  (i) the research, development, testing, production, manufacturing, marketing, transfer, distribution, pricing and sale of drugs and medical devices, including the United States Food, Drug and Cosmetics Act, as amended, and all related rules, regulations and guidelines, the United States Public Health Service Act and all related rules, regulations and guidelines, and equivalent applicable Laws of other applicable Governmental Authorities; (ii) any federal health care program (as such term is defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f)), including those pertaining to providers of goods or services that are paid for by any federal health care program (as such term is defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f)), including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), the administrative False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. §

 

9



 

1320a-7b(a)), Sections 1320a-7 and 1320a-7a of Title 42 of the United States Code, Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), and all related rules, regulations and guidelines of the foregoing and all equivalent applicable Laws of other applicable Governmental Authorities; (iii) transparency reports and reporting of certain financial relationships with health care providers, including the Physician Payment Sunshine Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a—7h), and all related rules, regulations and guidelines of the foregoing and all equivalent applicable Laws of other applicable Governmental Authorities; (iv) any federal health care offenses (as such term is defined in 18 U.S.C. § 24(a)), and violations of, or conspiracies to violate 18 U.S.C. §§ 287, 371, 664, 666, 669, 1001, 1027, 1035, 1341, 1347, 1343, 1518 and 1954, and all related rules, regulations and guidelines of the foregoing and all equivalent applicable Laws of other applicable Governmental Authorities; and (v) the privacy and security of patient-identifying health care information, including the United States Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. 1320d et seq.) and all related rules, regulations and guidelines thereof and equivalent applicable Laws of other applicable Governmental Authorities, and each of (i) through (v) as may be amended from time to time.

 

Health Care Permit ” means any Permit issued, granted, given or made pursuant to any Health Care Law.

 

HSBC Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.28 .

 

HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

 

IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Immunoassay Business ” means the research, development, manufacture and commercialization of immunoassay antigens and antibodies to screen human donated blood and blood products, including blood intended for autologous use (but not for immunotherapeutic purposes), for use in the detection of hepatitis, retroviruses and peptides for the purpose of clinical diagnostics.

 

Immunohematology Business ” means the business of commercializing automatic and semi-automatic analyzers for processing blood-typing cards using gel agglutination technology.

 

In-Bound Intellectual Property Licenses ” means all licenses, sublicenses and other agreements by or through which other Persons, including any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary, grant Seller exclusive or non-exclusive rights or interests in or to any Intellectual Property that is used or held for use in connection with, or is necessary for, the conduct of the Business, as currently conducted.

 

Inactive Business Employee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(a) .

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money, including for the payment of principal, interest, penalties, fees or other liabilities, or for the deferred purchase price of assets or services (other than current Accounts Payable), (ii) any other indebtedness that is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (iii) all

 

10



 

obligations under capital lease obligations, (iv) all liabilities secured by any Encumbrance on any property or asset, (v) all obligations in respect of letters of credit, surety bond, debentures, promissory notes, performance bond or other guarantee of contractual performance, (vi) net obligations under interest rate or currency hedge, swap or similar agreements, (vii) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Encumbrance on any asset of such Person, (viii) all obligations that would be required to be reflected as debt on the balance sheet of such Person under IFRS, (ix) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any capital stock of such Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, valued, in the case of redeemable preferred stock, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividend, and (x) to the extent not otherwise included, all guarantee obligations relating to clauses (i)  (ix)  above.

 

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(g) .

 

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(g) .

 

Independent Accountants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(c)(iv) .

 

Intellectual Property ” means all of the following and similar intangible property and related proprietary rights, interests and protections, however arising, pursuant to the Laws of any jurisdiction throughout the world: (i) trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, logos, trade dress and other proprietary indicia of goods and services, whether registered, unregistered or arising by Law, and all registrations and applications for registration of such trademarks, including intent-to-use applications, and all issuances, extensions and renewals of such registrations and applications (collectively, “ Trademarks ”); (ii) internet domain names, whether or not trademarks, registered by any authorized private registrar or Governmental Authority (collectively, “ Domain Names ”); (iii) original works of authorship in any medium of expression, whether or not published, all copyrights (whether registered, unregistered or arising by Law), all registrations and applications for registration of such copyrights, and all issuances, extensions and renewals of such registrations and applications (collectively, “ Copyrights ”); (iv) confidential and proprietary information, including know-how and trade secret rights, technologies, techniques, processes, discoveries, concepts, ideas, research and development, formulas, patterns, compilations, compositions, manufacturing and production processes, programs, devices, technology, methods, technical data, procedures, designs, recordings, graphs, drawings, reports, analyses, specifications, customer lists, supplier lists, pricing and cost information and business and marketing plans and proposals throughout the world; (v) patented and patentable designs and inventions, all design, plant and utility patents, letters patent, utility models, pending patent applications and provisional applications and all issuances, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, extensions, reexaminations and renewals of such patents and applications (collectively, “ Patents ”); (vi) computer software (including source code), programs and databases in any form, and all documentation and program architecture associated therewith (“ Software ”); (vii) the right to prosecute, enforce, obtain damages relating to, settle or release any past, present, or future infringement; and (viii) any similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing throughout the world.

 

Intellectual Property Assets ” shall mean Business Intellectual Property and Co-Owned Intellectual Property, collectively.

 

11



 

Intellectual Property Assignment and Agreement ” means an Intellectual Property Assignment and Agreement in the form as set forth in Exhibit  B , pursuant to which Seller shall assign to Buyer and its Affiliates (i) Seller’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Business Intellectual Property which includes the Intellectual Property that is listed in Schedule 4.12(a) ), and (ii) one-half of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Co-Owned Intellectual Property, as listed in Schedule 4.12(b) .

 

Intellectual Property Licenses ” means all (i) In-Bound Intellectual Property Licenses and (ii) Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses.

 

Intellectual Property Registrations ” means all Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks and Domain Names that are subject to any issuance, registration, application or other filing by, to or with any Governmental Authority or authorized private registrar in any jurisdiction, including registrations and pending applications for any of the foregoing.

 

Interim Statement of Net Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) .

 

Intra-Group Contracts ” means all Contracts to which the only parties are the Seller and/or any of its respective Affiliates.

 

Inventory ” means all inventory, finished goods, raw materials, work in progress, packaging, supplies, parts and other inventories.

 

Iran Sanctions Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17(c) .

 

Knowledge of Buyer ” means the actual knowledge of [*], after reasonable inquiry.

 

Knowledge of Grifols ” means the actual knowledge of [*], after reasonable inquiry.

 

Knowledge of Seller ” means the (i) actual knowledge of [*] after reasonable inquiry (it being understood that reasonable inquiry by the individuals set forth in clause (i)  shall not imply any obligation to make inquiries of individuals who were not prior to the announcement of this Agreement “insiders” with knowledge of the transactions contemplated hereby although if any such inquiry was made the knowledge obtained therefrom shall constitute actual knowledge) and (ii) actual knowledge of [*] after reasonable inquiry (it being understood that the reasonable inquiry by the individuals set forth in clause (ii)  will be limited to a reasonable good faith inquiry of the individuals listed in clause (i) ).

 

Landlord ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a)(iii) .

 

Law ” means any statute, law, regulation, rule, code, Governmental Order , ordinance, constitution, treaty, common law, judgment, decree, directive or other requirement or rule of law issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority.

 

Leased Real Property ” means the real property listed on Schedule 4.11(b)  together with all rights, title and interest of the Seller Companies or the Transferred Subsidiary in and to

 

12



 

leasehold improvements relating thereto, including, but not limited to, security deposits, reserves or prepaid rents paid in connection therewith .

 

Leases ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(b) .

 

Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(a) .

 

Liabilities ” means liabilities, obligations or commitments of any nature whatsoever, asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, direct or consequential, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, matured or unmatured or otherwise.

 

Losses ” means losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers; provided , however , that “Losses” shall not include punitive, indirect, special, consequential or contingent damages, except in the case of fraud or to the extent actually awarded to a Governmental Authority or other third party against an Indemnified Party.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means any event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect that is, or would reasonably be expected to become, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to (a) the business, financial condition, assets or results of operations of the Business taken as a whole, or ( b ) the ability of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis; provided , however , that “Material Adverse Effect” shall not include any event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect, directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to:

 

(i)                                      general political or economic conditions, general financial and capital market conditions (including interest rates) or general conditions in any of the industries in which the Business is engaged, or, in each case, any changes in them (including as a result of (A) an outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving Switzerland, the United States or any other country or the declaration by Switzerland, the United States or any other country of a national emergency or war, or (B) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis (including any act of terrorism) or natural disaster or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in Switzerland, the United States or elsewhere);

 

(ii)                                   changes in Law, IFRS or any authoritative interpretations thereof;

 

(iii)                                any action required by this Agreement or any action taken (or omitted to be taken) with the written consent of or at the written request of Buyer;

 

(iv)                               any failure to meet Seller’s or any of its Affiliates’ internal forecasts for the Business ( provided that this clause (iv)  shall not be construed as providing that the circumstances or events giving rise to any such failure do not constitute or contribute to a Material Adverse Effect and, provided, further, that this clause (iv)  shall not be construed as implying that Seller or any of its Affiliates is making any representation or warranty under this Agreement with regard to any internal forecasts for the Business); or

 

13



 

(v)                                  the announcement, disclosure or pendency of the sale of the Business, the execution of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by any other Transaction Documents,

 

provided, further , however , that any event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect referred to in clauses (i)  or (ii)  immediately above shall be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred to the extent that such event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect has a disproportionate effect on the Business compared to other participants in the industries in which the Business operates.

 

Material Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.07(a) .

 

Material Customers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a) .

 

Material Suppliers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(b) .

 

NAT Business ” means the research, development, manufacture and commercialization of nucleic acid tests (instruments, assays and services) to screen human donated blood and blood products, including blood intended for autologous use, for blood borne pathogens such as HIV, HBV, HCV and West Nile Virus.

 

NAT Royalty Business ” means the business of generating royalty revenue from licensees pursuant to the terms of the license agreements listed on Schedule 1.1(b) .

 

Net Trade Working Capital Rules ” means the rules set forth on Exhibit D-II (which also sets forth, for illustrative purposes only, a computation of the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Amount as of the close of business on June 30, 2013.

 

Novartis Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

OCD ” means Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. (successor-in-interest to Ortho Diagnostic Systems Inc.).

 

OFAC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17(c) .

 

Organizational Documents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c) .

 

Other Current Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.09 .

 

Other Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.09 .

 

Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses ” means all licenses, sublicenses and other agreements by or through which Seller grants to other Persons, including any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary, exclusive or non-exclusive rights or interests in or to any Intellectual Property that is used or held for use in connection with, or is necessary for, the conduct of the Business, as currently conducted.

 

14



 

Owned Real Property ” means the real property listed on Schedule 4.11(a)  together with all buildings, fixtures, structures and improvements situated thereon and all easements, rights-of-way and other rights and privileges appurtenant thereto.

 

Patents ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Intellectual Property ”.

 

Permits ” means all permits, licenses, authorizations , approvals, registrations, certificates, waivers, qualifications, and similar rights issued by or obtained from any Governmental Authority.

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09 .

 

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, Governmental Authority, unincorporated organization, trust, association or other entity.

 

Post-Closing Tax Period ” shall mean any Tax p eriod (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing Date.

 

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” shall mean any Tax p eriod (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date.

 

Pre-Closing Net Trade Working Capital Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.0 7 (b)(i) .

 

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06 .

 

Purchased Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01 .

 

Real Property ” means, collectively, the Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property.

 

Regulatory Materials ” shall mean, with respect to a Seller Product:  regulatory applications and submissions (and any supplements or amendments thereto) under applicable Health Care Laws; any notifications, communications, correspondence, registrations, master files, and/or other filings made to, received from or otherwise conducted with a Governmental Authority under applicable Health Care Laws; records and other materials maintained to comply with applicable Health Care Laws (e.g., regarding current good manufacturing practices and quality system regulations); and records that are necessary in order to obtain Health Care Permits or other approvals from Governmental Authorities under applicable Health Care Laws for research, development, testing, production, manufacturing, marketing, transfer, distribution, pricing and sale of drugs or devices .

 

Release ” means any actual or threatened release, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, abandonment, disposing or allowing to escape or migrate into the environment (including ambient air (indoor or outdoor), surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata).

 

15



 

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means the countries listed in the first column of the first table in Schedule 1.1(c) .

 

Relevant Pension Benefits ” means the employee benefits in the form of benefit accrual or defined contribution that are provided by Seller in respect of each Transferred Employee in a Relevant Jurisdiction through an Applicable Plan.

 

Remedy ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.09(b) .

 

Representative ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all directors, officers, employees, managers, members agents, financial advisors, counsel, accountants and other representatives of such Person.

 

Required Item ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08(a) .

 

Resolution Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(c)(iii) .

 

Restricted Business ” means the Business as conducted at Closing or within the two years preceding the Closing.

 

Restricted Period ” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and terminating on the second anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

Review Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(c)(ii) .

 

Seconded Employee ” means Cyrill Kellerhals.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor statute thereto and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Seller ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Seller Closing Certificate has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(f) .

 

Seller Company ” means Seller and each other entity listed in Schedule 1.1(e) .

 

Seller Fundamental Representations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(a) .

 

Seller Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03 .

 

Seller Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.20(a)(i) .

 

Seller Partner ” shall mean any counterparty to a development, contract research, commercialization, manufacturing, distribution, sales, marketing, supply, consulting or other collaboration Contract with Seller or any Affiliate of Seller.

 

Seller Products ” means, with respect to the Business, any products developed, manufactured, marketed or distributed by or on behalf of Seller or any Affiliate of Seller .

 

16



 

Seller’s Accountants ” means PricewaterhouseCoopers.

 

Senior Employee ” means the head of the Business (who is currently Carsten Schroeder) and each of the direct reports to the head of the Business, who are currently Annielynn Santos, Reza Anayat, Karsten Kattmann, Marco Tamagno, David Dew, Matthew Powell, Scott Mackenzie, Andrea Meghrouni-Brown, Norbert Piel and Whitney Jones.

 

Software ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Intellectual Property ”.

 

Specified Excluded Businesses ” means the businesses and activities of (i) Roche Holding AG, (ii) Genoptix, Inc. (doing business as Genoptix Medical Laboratory) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Novartis Molecular Diagnostics, LLC and HistoRx, Inc. (and other activities of a similar type to those currently conducted), (iii) Novartis Institutes for BioMedical Research (and other activities of a similar type to those currently conducted) and (iv) any entity in which (x) pension or employee benefit plans or trusts for present or future employees of Seller or any of its Affiliates, (y) the Novartis Venture Funds or (z) the Novartis Foundation for Sustainable Development has made passive or non-controlling investments.  In addition, “ Specified Excluded Businesses ” includes the companion diagnostics and personalized medicine activities related to prophylactic and therapeutic treatments within Novartis Pharmaceutical Division (including the assets and businesses acquired from Vivacta Limited).

 

Statement of Net Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) .

 

Statement of Net Assets Date ” means June 30, 2013.

 

Statement of Net Assets Rules ” means the rules set forth on Exhibit  D-I (which also sets forth, for illustration purposes only, a computation of the Statement of Net Assets as of the close of business on June 30, 2013).

 

Statement of Objections ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(c)(iii) .

 

Straddle Period ” means any Tax period beginning on or prior to and ending after the Closing Date.

 

Suspended Provisions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02 .

 

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means (i) all forms of taxation imposed by any U.S. federal, state, provincial, local, non-U.S. or other Governmental Authority, including income, alternative or add-on minimum, gross receipts, sales, use, goods and services, harmonized sales, transfer, gains, ad valorem, capital stock, franchise, profits, license, withholding, payroll, direct placement, employment, unemployment, excise, registration, severance, stamp, procurement, occupation, premium, property, escheat, environmental or windfall profit tax and other tax of any kind, customs, duties, charges, fees, levies, imposts and other similar charges and assessments, together with any interest, additions or penalties with respect thereto, (ii) Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause   (i)  as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group; (iii) Liability for the payment of any amounts as a result of an express obligation to indemnify any other Person with respect to the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause   (i)  or  (ii) ; and (iv) Liability for the

 

17



 

payment of any amounts as a result of transferee or successor liability with respect to the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause   (i) , (ii)  or  (iii) .

 

Tax Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.0915(i) .

 

Tax Liability ” means all Liabilities in respect of any Tax.

 

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, information return or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to any Taxes, including any related or supporting information filed or required to be filed with respect to the foregoing (such as any schedule or attachment thereto), and including any amendment thereof.

 

Territory ” means any country in the world.

 

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a) .

 

Third Party Lease ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(c)(iv) .

 

Title Company ” means Chicago Title Company, or such other title insurance company reasonably acceptable to Seller and Buyer.

 

Title Policies ” means, collectively, the Owner’s CLTA Policies of Title Insurance for the Owned Real Property, showing title to the Owned Real Property vested in Buyer or its designee, subject to the conditions of title contained therein.

 

Trade Current Assets ” means the Purchased Assets, and the assets of the Transferred Subsidiary, comprising Inventory and Accounts Receivable of the Business, presented in accordance with the Net Trade Working Capital Rules included in the line items set forth on Schedule 2.07(b) .

 

Trade Current Liabilities ” means the Assumed Liabilities, and the liabilities of the Transferred Subsidiary, comprising Accounts Payable of the Business, presented in accordance with the Net Trade Working Capital Rules included in the line items set forth on Schedule 2.07(b) .

 

Trademarks ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Intellectual Property ”.

 

Trademark Assignment Agreement ” means a Trademark Assignment Agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit I .

 

Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, each Assignment and Assumption of Lease, each Deed, the Transition Services Agreement, the French Offer Letter, the French APA, the Intellectual Property Assignment and Agreement and the Copyright, Domain Name and Trademark Assignment Agreement.

 

Transaction Documents ” means the Transaction Agreements and the other agreements and documents required to be executed by any party at the Closing pursuant to and in connection

 

18



 

with the Transaction Agreements but excluding for the avoidance of doubt the Debt Commitment Letter and the Definitive Agreements.

 

Transaction Expenses ” means (i) any fees, costs and expenses of counsel, accountants or other advisors or service providers, in each case incurred or subject to reimbursement by Seller or any of its Affiliates, in each case in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents (whether incurred prior to, on or after the date hereof); (ii) any brokerage, finders’ or other advisory fees, costs, expenses, commissions or similar payments, in each case incurred or subject to reimbursement by Seller or any of its Affiliates, in each case in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether incurred prior to, on or after the date hereof); (iii) except as set forth in Section 6.05(f) , any fees, costs and expenses or payments related to any transaction bonus, discretionary bonus, change-of-control payment, success fee, retention payment, severance payment, sale bonus, phantom equity payout, “stay-put” or other compensatory payments made or payable to any current or former employee, director or independent contractor of Seller or any of its Affiliates, whether provided pursuant to an employment agreement or otherwise, as a result of the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or in connection therewith, including any withholding and employment Taxes associated therewith, and including any such payments that are due after the Closing; or (iv) any and all other fees or payments payable by Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with receipt of any consent or approval in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents.

 

Transfer Amount ” means the value of assets attributable to the benefits accrued in respect of any Transferred Employee in an Applicable Plan at the time of transfer contemplated by Section 6.06 , if any, and determined in accordance with the regulations of the relevant Applicable Plan and the applicable laws and normal practices of each Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

Transfer Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.15(d) .

 

Transferred Employees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(b) . For the avoidance of doubt, the Seconded Employee shall not be a Transferred Employee.

 

Transferred Subsidiary ” means Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics (HK) Limited.

 

Transferred Subsidiary Shares ” means all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Transferred Subsidiary.

 

Transition Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.25 .

 

Value Added Tax ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.15(e) .

 

WARN Act ” means the federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, and similar state and local Laws related to plant closings, relocations, mass layoffs and employment losses, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

19



 

ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND S
ALE

 

Section 2.01                             Purchase and Sale of Assets .   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, at the Closing, Seller and its Affiliates shall sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver, or shall cause to be sold, assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered, to Buyer or one or more of its Affiliates, and Buyer or one or more of its Affiliates shall purchase from Seller and its Affiliates, free and clear of any Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances, all of Seller’s and its Affiliates’ right, title and interest in, to and under the assets, properties and rights of every kind and nature, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible (including goodwill), wherever located and whether now existing or hereafter acquired (other than the Excluded Assets and other than assets, properties and rights held by or contained in the Transferred Subsidiary, which assets, properties and rights held by or contained in the Transferred Subsidiary shall be transferred through the conveyance of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares), that exclusively or primarily relate to, or are exclusively or primarily used or held for use in connection with, the Business (collectively, the “ Purchased Assets ”), including the following to the extent that they exclusively or primarily relate to, or are exclusively or primarily used or held for use in connection with, the Business:

 

(a)                                  other than Excluded Contracts, all Contracts, purchase orders, proposals or bids (including the Collaboration Agreements);

 

(b)                                  if the Applicable Working Capital Date is December 31, 2013, all cash and equivalents generated after December 31, 2013, from the sale, transfer, liquidation or payment in respect of any Inventory and Accounts Receivable of the Business (but less any cash or cash equivalents used to satisfy any Accounts Payable of the Business) in each case as included in the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Amount;

 

(c)                                   all Business Books and Records, excluding those set forth in Section 2.02(i) ;

 

(d)                                  all personnel files and employees records related to Transferred Employees;

 

(e)                                   all rights, claims and benefits in, to or under, any and all confidentiality, non-disclosure, inventions or secrecy agreements with any Employee, consultant or other service provider;

 

(f)                                    all computing hardware, including personal computers, file servers, printers and networking equipment;

 

(g)                                   all Inventory, supplies, and other consumables;

 

(h)                                  all Permits, franchises, orders, variances and tax abatements solely to the extent such items may be assigned or transferred;

 

(i)                                      all Accounts Receivable and other current assets reflected on the Interim Statement of Net Assets on the line item “Other Current Assets” (such current assets, excluding

 

20



 

any amounts shown as excluded items, the “ Other Current Assets ”) and assets consistent in type and magnitude with such assets that were created since the Statement of Net Assets Date;

 

(j)                                     the Owned Real Property set forth on Schedule 4.11(a)  and all rights and benefits under the Leases for the Leased Real Property set forth on Schedule 4.11(b) ;

 

(k)                                  the Business Intellectual Property, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Chiron Trademarks and an undivided one-half ownership interest in the Co-Owned Intellectual Property;

 

(l)                                      all machinery, vehicles, tools, equipment replacement and spare parts and supplies;

 

(m)                              any advertising, promotional, marketing materials and all similarly related materials;

 

(n)                                  all rights to telephone numbers (and related directory listings), email addresses, social media accounts (including Twitter, Facebook, Instagram and LinkedIn) and any internet listings;

 

(o)                                  all prepaid expenses, to the extent transferrable;

 

(p)                                  all security deposits, earnest deposits, and all other forms of security placed with Seller or any of its Affiliates for the performance of a Contract;

 

(q)                                  all goodwill; and

 

(r)                                     the Development Agreement, except as otherwise agreed by Buyer and Seller and only to the extent permissible in accordance with its terms and applicable state and local Laws.

 

To the extent any assets of the Business (other than Excluded Assets), within the descriptions of clauses (a)  (r)  above are owned, or leased by any Affiliate of Seller other than a Transferred Subsidiary, and such items are included within the term “ Purchased Assets ,” then Seller shall cause each such Affiliate, at the Closing, to convey such Purchased Assets to Buyer or one of its Affiliates, in accordance with the provisions hereof.  For the avoidance of doubt, all assets of Seller or any of its Affiliates that are exclusively or primarily related to the Business, other than Excluded Assets and the assets of the Transferred Subsidiary, will be Purchased Assets.

 

Section 2.02                             Excluded Assets .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchased Assets shall not include any of the following:

 

(a)                                  any assets, properties or rights of any kind or nature, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, wherever located and whether now existing or hereafter acquired, that do not exclusively or primarily relate to and are not exclusively or primarily used or held for use in connection with, the Business;

 

21



 

(b)                                  all Excluded Contracts;

 

(c)                                   other than as set forth in Section 2.01(b) , any cash and cash equivalents, bank accounts and securities of Seller and its Affiliates (other than the Transferred Subsidiary);

 

(d)                                  other than the Real Property, any real property (including any buildings, fixtures, structures and improvements situated thereon and all easements, rights of way and other rights and privileges appurtenant thereto), any rights under any lease in respect of any real property (including all rights, title or interest in any leasehold improvements and any security deposits, reserves or prepaid rents in connection therewith) or any consent or license to occupy any real property;

 

(e)                                   Seller’s and its Affiliates’ retained undivided one-half interest in the Co-Owned Intellectual Property, and all other Intellectual Property other than the Business Intellectual Property;

 

(f)                                    except as otherwise set forth in Sections 6.05 or 6.06 of this Agreement, any Benefit Plan, all assets of any Benefit Plan and any right, title or interest in any Benefit Plan or relating thereto (including any trusts, insurance arrangements or other assets held pursuant to or set aside to fund any Benefit Plan);

 

(g)                                   any proceeds of any settlement of any claim with respect to amounts payable to Seller or any Affiliate by any third party in respect of the operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date (including the account receivable from OCD shown on Exhibit D-1 );

 

(h)                                  any Tax refund (or credit) relating to any Excluded Tax;

 

(i)                                      the stock record books, minute books and other corporate books, registers and records of each Seller Company and its Affiliates (other than the Transferred Subsidiary) (including all Tax records ; provided that the applicable Seller Company shall provide Buyer with copies of all Tax records (including Tax Returns) relating to the Purchased Assets );

 

(j)                                     any shares or equity interests in any Person (other than the Transferred Subsidiary); and

 

(k)                                  any other assets set forth on Schedule 2.02(k) ,

 

( clauses (a)  through (k) , collectively, the “ Excluded Assets ”) .

 

Section 2.03                             Assumed Liabilities .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, at the Closing Buyer shall assume and agree to pay, perform and discharge the Assumed Liabilities but no other Liabilities.  Nothing contained in this Section 2.03 or in any instrument of assumption executed by Buyer or any of its Affiliates at the Closing shall release or relieve Seller from its representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement or any certificate, schedule, instrument, agreement or document executed pursuant hereto or in connection herewith, including the obligations of Seller to indemnify subject to and in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII hereto.  “ Assumed Liabilities ” shall mean the

 

22



 

following Liabilities of Seller or any of its Affiliates arising in connection with the Business, the Transferred Subsidiary or the Purchased Assets:

 

(a)                                  Liabilities reflected on the Accounts Payable line item of the Interim Statement of Net Assets and other Liabilities shown thereon reflected on the line items “Other Liabilities” and “Accruals and Other Current Liabilities (including provisions)” (collectively, excluding any amounts shown as excluded items, “ Other Liabilities ”) and Liabilities consistent in type and magnitude with the Liabilities reflected on the Accounts Payable line item of the Interim Statement of Net Assets and Other Liabilities that were incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Statement of Net Assets Date; and, without duplication, all Liabilities that will be shown on the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement;

 

(b)                                  (i) all Liabilities for any Tax arising out of or relating to the Purchased Assets with respect to the operation or conduct of the Business for any Post-Closing Tax Period and all Tax Liabilities of the Transferred Subsidiary for the Post-Closing Tax Period , and (ii) Taxes (including Transfer Taxes and Value Added Taxes) to the extent that they are the responsibility of Buyer pursuant to Section 2.07(f)  or Section 6.15 ;

 

(c)                                   all Liabilities under the Assigned Contracts arising from facts, circumstances or events after the Closing Date, including Liabilities to (i) furnish goods, services or other non-cash benefits to another Person after the Closing Date, (ii) respond to warranty claims arising after the Closing Date for work done prior to the Closing Date, provided that this clause (ii)  will not affect whether the underlying claim is an Assumed Liability or an Excluded Liability and with respect to this clause (ii)  Seller will indemnify Buyer for reasonable out-of-pocket Losses incurred by Buyer in connection with its response to such warranty claims in accordance with the terms of Article VIII as if such out-of-pocket Losses were Excluded Liabilities, and (iii) pay for goods, services or other non-cash benefits that another Person will furnish to Buyer after the Closing Date;

 

(d)                                  all Liabilities under Environmental Laws, Health Care Laws or with respect to any environmental investigation, remediation, monitoring or other corrective action involving Hazardous Materials, but only to the extent arising from or in connection with the ownership, operation, conduct or condition of the Business, the Transferred Subsidiary or any of the Purchased Assets after the Closing Date; and

 

(e)                                   all Liabilities arising exclusively or primarily in connection with the Business, the Transferred Subsidiary or the Purchased Assets after the Closing Date, including the Financing and any other Indebtedness incurred on or after Closing.

 

Section 2.04                             Excluded Liabilities .   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.03 or any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer shall not assume and shall not be responsible to pay, perform or discharge any Excluded Liabilities.  Seller shall, and shall cause each applicable Affiliate to, pay and satisfy in due course all Excluded Liabilities that they are obligated to pay and satisfy in accordance with the terms hereof and shall indemnify, subject to and in accordance with Article VIII hereof, Buyer and its Affiliates against any Losses arising from all Liabilities of Seller or any of its Affiliates arising exclusively or primarily in connection with the Business, whether disclosed or undisclosed, whether known or unknown, other than the

 

23



 

Assumed Liabilities.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Excluded Liabilities shall mean any and all Liabilities of Seller or any of its Affiliates, other than the Assumed Liabilities, including the following:

 

(a)                                  the Liabilities expressly identified as Excluded Liabilities on Schedule 2.04 ;

 

(b)                                  any Liabilities resulting from a breach of contract by Seller or any of its Affiliates occurring prior to the Closing Date;

 

(c)                                   any Liabilities (other than Accounts Payable of the Business included in the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement and other than Other Liabilities) related to the (i) manufacture, (ii) sale or (iii) delivery of products by or behalf of Seller or any of its Affiliates or any Collaboration Partner, prior to the Closing Date;

 

(d)                                  all Liabilities to the extent related to the Excluded Assets;

 

(e)                                   (i) all Excluded Taxes and (ii) all Liabilities exclusively or primarily relating to the Business or any of the Purchased Assets for Taxes attributable to any period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date, including all Taxes arising out of the Business or the Purchased Assets (such as any ad valorem, real or personal or intangible property, sales, personal, social security, employment or other Taxes) that are not due or assessed until after the Closing Date but that are attributable to any period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

(f)                                    except as otherwise agreed in this Agreement (including Section 6.05 and Section 6.06 ) or in any other Transaction Document, all Liabilities with respect to compensation, employee benefits any Benefit Plan (including the operation or administration thereof) or any other Liability owed to, or in respect of, any current or former employees, directors, agents, independent contractors or other service providers of Seller or any of its Affiliates or ERISA Affiliates (or the beneficiaries or dependents thereof), whether or not Transferred Employees, that arise out of or relate to either (i)  the employment or service provider relationship between Seller or its Affiliates or ERISA Affiliates and any such individuals or (ii) any events or conditions occurring before the Closing Date ; but in each case excluding Liabilities relating to services performed on or after the Closing Date by Transferred Employees (or the beneficiaries or dependents thereof) or by directors, agents, independent contractors or other service providers, engaged by Buyer, which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be Assumed Liabilities;

 

(g)                                   all Indebtedness;

 

(h)                                  all Liabilities (other than Accounts Payable of the Business included in the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement and other than Other Liabilities) exclusively or primarily relating to the Purchased Assets arising out of the conduct of the Business on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

(i)                                      any violation of Law or of any Permit applicable to the Business or any of the Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities occurring on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

24



 

(j)                                     all Liabilities under Environmental Laws, Health Care Laws or with respect to Hazardous Materials relating to the Business or any of the Purchased Assets but only to the extent arising from or in connection with the ownership, operation, conduct or condition of the Business, the Transferred Subsidiary or the Purchased Assets on or prior to the Closing Date, regardless of whether such Liabilities are asserted or incurred prior to, on or after the Closing Date, including any such Liabilities arising out of or relating to any environmental investigation, remediation, monitoring or other corrective action of or with respect to conditions existing prior to the Closing Date required in connection with Buyer’s closure or demolition after the Closing Date of Buildings F and H (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including (non-environmental) closure or demolition costs);

 

(k)                                  all Liabilities arising out of or related to any Encumbrances on any Purchased Asset (including any pledge, mortgage or other lien granted in connection with any financing commitment or Liability), other than Permitted Encumbrances and such Liabilities arising out of the Financing or relating to the ownership, operation, use or disposition of the Purchased Assets after the Closing;

 

(l)                                      all Transaction Expenses and all Liabilities that Seller or any of its Affiliates has expressly agreed to retain, pay for or be responsible for pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(m)                              all Liabilities to the extent arising from the pending litigation set forth on Schedule 4.15 and any Action pending at the Closing or arising out of events, circumstances or facts existing on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

(n)                                  any Liability in respect of any Taxes that become a Liability of Buyer as a result of Buyer being the transferee of the Business and the Purchased Assets (either by operation of any Law or by final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction, whether sitting in L aw or in equity) other than Taxes that are the responsibility of Buyer pursuant to Section 6.15 ;

 

(o)                                  all Liabilities arising from Contracts, assets or rights related to the Business or any of the Purchased Assets entered into by Seller or any of its Affiliates the rights and obligations of which for whatever reason cannot be conveyed, directly or indirectly, to Buyer or its Affiliates, including pursuant to Section 2.10 ;

 

(p)                                  any Liabilities to the extent relating to or arising out of the operations or businesses of Seller or any of its Affiliates other than the Business, the Transferred Subsidiary or the Purchased Assets ; and

 

(q)                                  all Liabilities imposed on, or incurred by, the record owner of the Owned Real Property (including Buyer after its acquisition thereof) and that arise in respect of the payment obligations to the City of Emeryville under the Development Agreement.

 

Section 2.05                             Transferred Subsidiary .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, at the Closing, Seller and/or the applicable Seller Company shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than restrictions on

 

25



 

transfer imposed by applicable Law, and Buyer shall purchase, acquire and accept from Seller and/or the applicable Seller Company, all of Seller and/or such Seller Company’s legal and beneficial right, title and interest in the Transferred Subsidiary Shares.

 

Section 2.06                             Purchase Price .   The aggregate purchase price for the Purchased Assets and the Transferred Subsidiary Shares shall be one billion six hundred and seventy five million dollars ($1,675,000,000), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof (as so adjusted, the “ Purchase Price ”), shall include the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities, and shall be paid in the timeframe and manner provided in Section 2.07 .

 

Section 2.07                             Closing Payment; Purchase Price Adjustment .

 

(a)                                  Closing Payment .  At Closing, an amount equal to one billion six hundred and seventy five million dollars ($1,675,000,000), plus or minus , as applicable, the Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds by Buyer (or an Affiliate designated by Buyer) to Seller (either on behalf of itself or as agent for another Seller Company) to an account designated in writing by Seller to Buyer no later than two Business Days prior to the Closing Date. If the amount of cash at the Transferred Subsidiary at Closing is less than four million dollars ($4,000,000), the closing payment shall be reduced by the amount of the deficiency. If the amount of cash at the Transferred Subsidiary at Closing is greater than four million dollars ($4,000,000), the closing payment shall be increased by the amount in excess of four million dollars ($4,000,000).

 

(b)                                  Net Working Capital Adjustment .

 

(i)                                      Estimate .  At least five Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Seller will prepare and deliver to Buyer a statement (the “ Pre-Closing Net Trade Working Capital Statement ”) setting forth Seller’s good faith estimate of the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount as of the Applicable Working Capital Date (the “ Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount ”), determined in accordance with the Net Trade Working Capital Rules.  The Pre-Closing Net Trade Working Capital Statement shall be substantially in the form of Schedule 2.0 7 (b)  and shall include supporting documentation for such estimate and any additional information reasonably requested by Buyer.  The Pre-Closing Net Trade Working Capital Statement delivered to Buyer shall be prepared by Seller having reasonably consulted with Buyer.  Buyer and Buyer’s Accountants shall have reasonable and timely access to the relevant Books and Records of Seller, the personnel of, and work papers prepared by, Seller and/or Seller’s Accountants to the extent that they relate to the Pre-Closing Net Trade Working Capital Statement and the calculation of the Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount, and to such financial information (to the extent in Seller’s possession) relating to the Pre-Closing Net Trade Working Capital Statement as Buyer may reasonably request for the purpose of reviewing the Pre-Closing Net Trade Working Capital Statement, provided that such access shall be in a manner that does not interfere with the normal business operations of Seller.

 

(ii)                                   Adjustment .  If the Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount is a positive number, the amount payable at Closing

 

26



 

pursuant to Section 2.07(a)  will be increased by an amount equal to such Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount.  If the Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount is a negative number, the amount payable at Closing pursuant to Section 2.07(a)  will be decreased by an amount equal to such Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount.

 

(c)                                   Examination and Review .

 

(i)                                      Examination .  Within 60 days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare, using the Net Trade Working Capital Rules applied consistently with their application in connection with the preparation of the Pre-Closing Net Trade Working Capital Statement, and deliver to Seller a statement setting forth its calculation of the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount, which statement shall be substantially in the form of Schedule 2.0 7 (b)  (as adjusted pursuant to this Section 2.07(c) , the “ Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement ”).

 

(ii)                                   Review .  Seller shall have 40 days (the “ Review Period ”) to review the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement.  During the Review Period, Seller and Seller’s Accountants shall have reasonable and timely access to the relevant Books and Records of Buyer, the personnel of, and work papers prepared by, Buyer and/or Buyer’s Accountants to the extent that they relate to the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement and the calculation of the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount, and to such historical financial information (to the extent in Buyer’s possession) relating to the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement as Seller may reasonably request for the purpose of reviewing the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement and to prepare a Statement of Objections (defined below), provided that such access shall be in a manner that does not interfere with the normal business operations of Buyer.

 

(iii)                                Objection .  On or prior to the last day of the Review Period, Seller may object to the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement by delivering to Buyer a written statement setting forth Seller’s objections in reasonable detail, indicating each disputed item or amount and the basis for Seller’s disagreement therewith (the “ Statement of Objections ”).  If Seller fails to deliver the Statement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement and the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount reflected in the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement shall be deemed to have been accepted by Seller.  If Seller delivers the Statement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, Buyer and Seller shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such objections within 20 days after the delivery of the Statement of Objections (the “ Resolution Period ”), and, if the same are so resolved within the Resolution Period, the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement and the actual Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount, with such changes as may have been previously agreed in writing by Buyer and Seller, shall be final and binding.

 

(iv)                               Resolution of Disputes .  If Seller and Buyer fail to reach an agreement with respect to all of the matters set forth in the Statement of Objections

 

27



 

before expiration of the Resolution Period, then any amounts remaining in dispute (“ Disputed Amounts ”) shall be submitted for resolution to the New York City office of Ernst & Young or, if Ernst & Young is unable to serve, then the New York City office of Deloitte or, if Deloitte is unable to serve, then Buyer and Seller shall appoint by mutual agreement (or, if Buyer and Seller cannot agree within 20 days of the end of the Resolution Period, the President of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants shall appoint) the office of an impartial internationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants other than Seller’s Accountants or Buyer’s Accountants (the “ Independent Accountants ”) who, acting as experts and not arbitrators, shall resolve the Disputed Amounts only and make any adjustments to the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement and the actual Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount.  The parties hereto agree that all adjustments shall be made without regard to materiality.  The Independent Accountants shall only decide the specific items under dispute by the parties.  The Independent Accountants shall apply the Statement of Net Assets Rules and shall resolve all issues of interpretation, including legal and accounting issues, with respect to such Disputed Amounts, provided , however , that their decision with respect to each Disputed Amount must be within the range of values assigned to each such item in the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement and the Statement of Objections, respectively.

 

(v)                                  Fees of the Independent Accountants .  Seller shall pay a portion of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accountants equal to 100% multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of Disputed Amounts submitted to the Independent Accountants that are resolved in favor of Buyer (that being the difference between the Independent Accountants’ determination and Seller’s determination) and the denominator of which is the total amount of Disputed Amounts submitted to the Independent Accountants (that being the sum total by which Seller’s determination and Buyer’s determination differ from the determination of the Independent Accountants).  Buyer shall pay that portion of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accountants that Seller is not required to pay hereunder.

 

(vi)                               Determination by Independent Accountants .  The Independent Accountants shall make a determination as soon as practicable within 20 days (or such other time as Seller and Buyer shall agree in writing) after their engagement, and their resolution of the Disputed Amounts and their adjustments to the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement and/or the actual Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto in the absence of manifest error.

 

(d)                                  Payments of Adjustment Amounts .

 

(i)                                      If, following the determination of the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount (as agreed between Seller and Buyer or as determined by the Independent Accountants), the Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount less the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount is a positive number, then an amount equal to such excess shall be paid, within five Business Days, by Seller to Buyer (or its Affiliates, as applicable) by

 

28



 

wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is directed by Buyer.  If, following the determination of the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount (as agreed between Seller and Buyer or as determined by the Independent Accountants), the Estimated Aggregate Working Capital Adjustment Amount minus the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount is a negative number, then an amount equal to such deficit shall be paid, within five Business Days, by Buyer to Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is directed by Seller (or its Affiliates, as applicable) .

 

(e)                                   Adjustments for Tax Purposes .   Any payments made pursuant to Section 2.07 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price by the parties for Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by Law.

 

(f)                                    Real Property Prorations and Expenses .

 

(i)                                      Prorations .  Each of the following shall be apportioned between Seller and Buyer as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date (the “ Cut-Off Time ”), on the basis of the actual number of days of the month that shall have elapsed as of the Cut-Off Time and based upon the actual number of days in the month and a 365 day year:  (A) water, sewer, gas, electric, vault and fuel charges, if any (unless separately billed to Seller for usage prior to the Cut-Off Time and to Buyer from and after the Cut-Off Time); (B) real estate Taxes, and general or special assessments on the Real Property, or any other governmental Tax or charge levied or assessed against the Real Property, but, in each case, only for the annual installment for the fiscal year in which the Closing Date occurs; and ( C ) any other charge, amount, cost or expense customarily prorated in the jurisdiction in which the Real Property is located, including rent, security deposits, prepaid rents and other credits, free rent credits, and credits in respect of tenant improvements, leasing commissions and capital expenditures.  The parties acknowledge and agree that the purpose and intent of the provisions set forth in this Section 2.07(f)  as to prorations and adjustments is that Seller shall bear the expenses of the ownership and operation of the Real Property for which buyers and sellers would customarily prorate or apportion and shall receive the income therefrom accruing through the Cut-Off Time and Buyer shall bear such expenses and receive such income accruing thereafter.  To the extent the adjustments described in this Section 2.07(f)  cannot be made at Closing because applicable amounts cannot be finally ascertained, the parties shall make such adjustments at Closing based on the best available information, subject to reasonably prompt adjustment upon receipt of the final report, distribution or other evidence of the applicable amounts as herein provided.  The foregoing allocations and adjustments shall be shown on a closing statement (with such supporting documentation as the parties may reasonably require being attached as exhibits to such statement) and shall increase or decrease (as the case may be) the Purchase Price payable by Buyer.  Any discrepancy resulting from such recomputation and any errors or omissions in computing apportionments at or after the Closing shall be promptly corrected.

 

29



 

(ii)                                   Seller’s Fees and Costs In connection with the Closing, Seller will pay (A) the fee for a CLTA title policy for the Owned Real Property, and (B) typical seller recording costs, including the recordation costs of recording the Deeds.

 

(iii)                                Buyer’s Fees and Costs .  In connection with the Closing, Buyer will pay (A) the costs of any endorsements reasonably required by Buyer including the cost of upgrading the CLTA title policy to an ALTA extended coverage policy and an ALTA survey, and (B) typical buyer recording costs, including the recording fees for deeds of trusts, if any.

 

Section 2.08                             Allocation of Purchase Price .

 

(a)                                  Seller and Buyer agree that the Purchase Price (and any adjustments thereto) and the Assumed Liabilities shall be allocated for tax purposes among the Purchased Assets, the Transferred Subsidiary Shares and the covenant not to compete that is described in Section 6.08 in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and any similar provision of non-U.S. tax Law (the “ Allocation ”).  Prior to the Closing Date, Buyer and Seller shall reach an agreement as to the allocation of Purchase Price and Assumed Liabilities to those Purchased Assets or Transferred Subsidiary Shares that are subject to Transfer Taxes or Value Added Taxes or where a valuation of a particular Purchased Asset or Transferred Subsidiary Shares prior the Closing is otherwise required by Law (each a “ Required Item ”).  If Seller and Buyer are unable to agree to an allocation prior to the Closing Date as to a Required Item, the parties shall submit the dispute to the Independent Accountant for resolution under Section 2.08(d)  of any disputed items.

 

(b)                                  Buyer and Seller shall negotiate in good faith to further allocate the Purchase Price and Assumed Liabilities among the Purchased Assets and Transferred Subsidiary Shares for which an allocation was not done prior to Closing within 90 calendar days after the Closing Date.  If Buyer and Seller reach written agreement within such 90 day period, the Allocation, as so amended, shall become binding upon Buyer and Seller and shall be the Final Allocation Schedule (the “ Final Allocation Schedule ”).  Buyer and Seller shall file all Tax Returns consistent with the Final Allocation Schedule, unless otherwise required by applicable Law, and shall take no position inconsistent with the Final Allocation Schedule in any proceeding before any Governmental Authority or otherwise.

 

(c)                                   If Seller and Buyer are unable to agree to an Allocation pursuant to Section 2.08(b) , each party may file all Tax Returns (including IRS Form 8594) in a manner that it, in good faith, reasonably deems to be correct, except as provided in Section 2.08(a)  and Section 2.08(d)  relating to the Required Items.

 

(d)                                  The Independent Accountant shall make a final determination as to the allocation relating to any Required Item before the Closing Date.  The allocation, as it relates to any Required Item, shall be amended accordingly to reflect the Independent Accountant’s determination and shall become part of the Final Allocation Schedule, and Buyer and Seller shall file all Tax Returns and not take any position before any Governmental Authority inconsistent with such Allocation for the Required Items, unless otherwise required by applicable Law.  The fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant shall be borne equally by Buyer and Seller.

 

30



 

Section 2.09                             Withholding Tax .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer or any of its designated Affiliates or permitted assigns pursuant to Section 10.08 (and their respective agents) shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the Purchase Price and any other payments otherwise payable pursuant to the Transaction Documents to Seller (or the applicable Seller Company) such amounts as Buyer or its Affiliates is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. tax Law.  To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Governmental Authority by Buyer or its Affiliates, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable Seller Company.  The parties hereto shall collaborate in good faith to reduce, exempt or obtain reimbursement of withholding tax, including providing, upon reasonable request, documents, forms, confirmations or applications as needed under applicable double tax treaties.

 

Section 2.10                             Third Party Consents .  To the extent that Seller’s or any of its Affiliates’ rights under any Contract or Permit, including any Environmental Permit or Health Care Permit , constitute a Purchased Asset that may not be assigned to Buyer without the consent or waiver, or the taking of any other action, of another Person that has not been obtained by Closing, this Agreement shall not constitute an agreement to assign the same if an attempted assignment would constitute a breach thereof or be unlawful until such consent or waiver has been obtained or such other action has been taken, and the parties shall cooperate in obtaining such consent or waiver or in taking such required action, as applicable.  With respect to the Contracts and Permits for which a required consent or waiver has not been obtained on or prior to Closing (or, in respect of the French Business, the French Closing), Seller, at its expense, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such required consent(s) or waiver(s), or to take such action, as applicable, as promptly as possible after Closing and until such required consents are obtained ( provided that nothing herein shall affect Seller’s obligations as set forth in Section 6.09(e) ).  Buyer shall give all reasonable assistance to Seller (at Seller’s request and expense) to obtain such required consent(s) or waiver(s).  If any such consent or waiver shall not be obtained by Closing or if any attempted assignment would be ineffective or would materially impair Buyer’s rights under the Purchased Asset in question so that Buyer would not in effect acquire the benefit of all such rights, Seller and Buyer shall cooperate in good faith to establish a reasonable arrangement designed to provide the economic benefits and burdens of such ownership of such Contracts or Permits to Buyer.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 2.10 to the contrary, Buyer shall not be deemed to have waived its rights under Section 6.09 hereof unless and until Buyer either provides written waivers thereof or elects to proceed to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at Closing.

 

ARTICLE III
CLOSING

 

Section 3.01                             Closing .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Allen & Overy LLP, 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020, at 10:00 am Eastern Standard Time, on the later of (a) January 3, 2014, and (b) the third Business Day after all of the conditions to Closing set forth in Article VII are either satisfied or waived (other than conditions that, by their nature, are to be satisfied on the Closing Date); provided , however , if clause (b)  is the later date, then the Closing shall occur on the last calendar

 

31



 

day of the month during which clause (b)  is satisfied; or otherwise at such other time, date or place as Seller and Buyer may mutually agree upon in writing.  The date on which the Closing is to occur is herein referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

 

Section 3.02                             Closing Deliverables .

 

(a)                                  At the Closing, Seller shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Buyer the following (except to the extent held by or contained in the Transferred Subsidiary), provided that , in respect of the items referred to in clauses (ii)(b) , (ix)  and (x)  of this Section 3.02 , such obligation to deliver shall be satisfied by such documents being located on premises that will be owned, leased or otherwise controlled by Buyer following Closing or otherwise provided to Buyer or its Affiliates as soon as reasonably practicable following Closing (and, in the case of clause (a)(ix)  of this Section 3.02 , following the timely separation of such Business Books and Records from any other Books and Records of the Seller which Seller will aim to accomplish as soon as reasonably practicable):

 

(i)                                      one or more assignment and assumption agreement s substantially in the form of Exhibit  A (each, an “ Assignment and Assumption Agreement ”) and duly executed by Seller and each other Seller Company, effecting the assignment to and assumption by Buyer of the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities;

 

(ii)                                   with respect to each Owned Real Property, (A) a grant deed (together with a statement of tax due and request that tax declaration not be made a part of the permanent record (pursuant to Section 11932 R&T Code of the State of California and a preliminary change of ownership form)) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller and Buyer (each, a “ Deed ”), conveying Seller’s or the applicable Seller Company’s, as applicable, right, title and interest in and to the Owned Real Property to Buyer or its designee, and duly executed by Seller or the applicable Seller Company, and (B) the Title Policies in accordance with and subject to Section 6.17 ;

 

(iii)                                with respect to each Lease, (A) an assignment and assumption of lease in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller and Buyer (each, an “ Assignment and Assumption of Lease ”) and duly executed by Seller, (B) the applicable landlord’s (each, a “ Landlord ”) consent to each such Assignment and Assumption of Lease, to the extent the same is required under the applicable Lease, and (C) an estoppel certificate from each Landlord with respect to its applicable Lease in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer;

 

(iv)                               (A) the Intellectual Property Assignment and Agreement, duly executed by Seller; and (B)  the Copyright Assignment Agreement duly executed by Seller; (C) the Domain Name Assignment Agreement, duly executed by Seller; and (D) the Trademark Assignment Agreement, duly executed by Seller;

 

(v)                                  the Transition Services Agreement, duly executed by Seller;

 

(vi)                               the Seller Closing Certificate;

 

32



 

(vii)                            the FIRPTA Certificate s , California Form 593(c) and any other certificate or similar document that may be required by any Governmental Authority in order to relieve Buyer of any obligation to withhold any portion of the Purchase Price;

 

(viii)                         the following documents with respect to the Transferred Subsidiary Shares:

 

(A)                                a duly executed original instrument of transfer in favor of Buyer and duly executed original sold contract note in respect of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares;

 

(B)                                share certificates representing the Transferred Subsidiary Shares ;

 

(C)                                copies of the minutes of meeting of the directors of the Transferred Subsidiary authorizing: (1) the registration of the transfer of such Transferred Subsidiary Shares and Buyer as the registered holder of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares ; (2) the amendment of the existing mandates for the operation of each of the Transferred Subsidiary’s bank accounts to take effect immediately on Closing; and (3) the appointment of new directors of the Transferred Subsidiary with individuals designated by Buyer ;

 

(D)                                the statutory books of the Transferred Subsidiary, the Organizational Documents and the common seal (if any) of the Transferred Subsidiary; and

 

(E)                                 written resignations to take effect from Closing of all the directors and officers of the Transferred Subsidiary, in each case duly executed and relinquishing any right against the Transferred Subsidiary for loss of office or otherwise.

 

(ix)                               all of the Business Books and Records of Seller relating exclusively or primarily to the Business, except as otherwise required by Law;

 

(x)                                  all Permits, including Environmental Permits and Health Care Permits , necessary for the operation of the Business, to the extent transferable; and

 

(xi)                               such other customary instruments of transfer, assumption, filings or documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, as may be required to give effect to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

(b)                                  At Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller the following:

 

(i)                                      the amount payable by Buyer (or an Affiliate designated by Buyer) pursuant to Section 2.07(a) ;

 

33



 

(ii)                                   with respect to each Seller Company, an Assignment and Assumption Agreement duly executed by Buyer;

 

(iii)                                with respect to each Lease, an Assignment and Assumption of Lease duly executed by Buyer;

 

(iv)                               (A) the Intellectual Property Assignment and Agreement, duly executed by Buyer; (B)  the Copyright Assignment Agreement duly executed by Buyer; (C) the Domain Name Assignment Agreement, duly executed by Buyer; and (D) the Trademark Assignment Agreement, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(v)                                  the Transition Services Agreement, duly executed by Buyer;

 

(vi)                               the Buyer Closing Certificate; and

 

(vii)                            a duly executed original bought contract note in respect of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares.

 

Section 3.03                             Hong Kong Stamp Duty Filing and Related Procedures .

 

(a)                                  As soon as reasonably practicable after Closing (and in any event within 30 days after Closing or, where the sale and purchase of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares is effected in Hong Kong, within three days after Closing), Buyer shall submit duly executed original instrument of transfer and duly executed original bought and sold notes in respect of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares , together with all other supporting documents, to the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department to request for an adjudication, and each of Buyer and Seller shall, in accordance with Section 6.15(d) , pay the stamp duty in accordance with the amount as adjudicated by the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department within two Business Days from such adjudication .

 

(b)                                  Within two Business Days from the date on which the duly stamped original instrument of transfer and duly executed original bought and sold contract notes are returned to Buyer by the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, Buyer shall procure (and, if necessary, Seller shall take all actions to effect the same):

 

(i)                                      the removal of Seller’s name in the register of members of the Transferred Subsidiary in respect of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares and procure the entry of Buyer’s name in the register of members of the Transferred Subsidiary as the legal owner of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares; and

 

(ii)                                   the issuance of the share certificates representing the Transferred Subsidiary Shares to Buyer .

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedules, Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

 

34



 

Section 4.01                             Organization and Qualification .

 

(a)                                  Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of Delaware and has full corporate power and authority to own, operate or lease the properties and assets now owned, operated or leased by it and to carry on the Business as currently conducted, except where the failure to be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each Seller Company (other than Seller) and the Transferred Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and, to the extent legally applicable, in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of formation and has full power and authority to own, operate or lease the properties and assets now owned, operated or leased by it and to carry on the portion of the Business as currently conducted by it, except where the failure to be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Novartis Corporation is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of New York.

 

(b)                                  Each Seller Company and the Transferred Subsidiary is duly licensed or qualified to do business and, to the extent legally applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the ownership of the Purchased Assets or the operation of the portion of the Business as currently conducted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so licensed, qualified or in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   Seller has made available to Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement true, complete and correct copies of the articles of incorporation, bylaws, or other similar organizational documents or operating agreements, as applicable, including all amendments thereto (collectively, the “ Organizational Documents ”) of the Transferred Subsidiary .  Such Organizational Documents are in full force and effect , and the Transferred Subsidiary is not in violation of any provision thereunder .

 

Section 4.02                             Authority .  Each of Novartis Corporation and each Seller Company has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder and, subject to the terms and conditions herein and therein, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery by Novartis Corporation and each Seller Company of any Transaction Document to which it is a party, the performance by it of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and, subject to the terms and conditions herein and therein, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other similar action on the part of Novartis Corporation or such Seller Company, as applicable .  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Novartis Corporation and Seller, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Novartis Corporation and Seller enforceable against Novartis Corporation and Seller, as applicable, in accordance with its terms , except as limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, preferential transfers and other similar Laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally (the “ Bankruptcy Exception ”) and (b) the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law) (the “ Equity Exception ”).  When each other Transaction Document to which each of Novartis Corporation and each Seller Company is or will be a party

 

35



 

has been duly executed and delivered by Novartis Corporation or such Seller Company, as applicable, (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party thereto), such Transaction Document will constitute a legal and binding obligation of Novartis Corporation or such Seller Company , enforceable against it in accordance with its terms , except as limited by the Bankruptcy Exception and the Equity Exception.

 

Section 4.03                             No Conflicts; Consents .  (a) The execution, delivery and performance by Novartis Corporation and each Seller Company of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and, subject to the terms and conditions herein and therein, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not:  (i) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or default under, any provision of the Organizational Documents of Novartis Corporation, any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary; (ii) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of any Law, including Environmental Law or Health Care Law, or any Governmental Order or material Permit (other than a Health Care Permit) applicable to such Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary, the Business or the Purchased Assets; (iii) require the consent or other action by any Person (other than Buyer, Seller or any of their respective Affiliates) under, conflict with, result in a violation or breach of, constitute a default or an event that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would in any respect constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel any Material Contract to which any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary is a party or by which any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary or the Business is bound or to which any of the Purchased Assets or any material assets of the Transferred Subsidiary are subject (including any Assigned Contract) except, in the case of each of clauses (ii)  and (iii) , any such violations, breaches, defaults or conflicts as would not be material to the Business or would not result in the loss of a material benefit or material right or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) on any material Purchased Assets or any material assets of the Transferred Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                  No consent by or Permit from any Governmental Authority is required by any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary to execute, deliver and perform the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and, subject to the terms and conditions therein, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except (i) as may be required under the HSR Act and other applicable premerger notification requirements set forth on Schedule 4.03 ; (ii) where the failure to obtain make or give such consent or Permit would not materially impair or materially delay the ability of the Seller Companies to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents; or (iii) as may be necessary as a result of any facts or circumstances relating to Buyer or its Affiliates.

 

Section 4.04                             Transferred Subsidiary .

 

(a)                                  Capitalization; Ownership Schedule 4.04(a)  sets forth the names of, and ownership percentage or amount owned by, each owner of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares.  All of the outstanding Transferred Subsidiary Shares have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are free of preemptive rights and were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights.  All issued and outstanding Transferred Subsidiary Shares and the certificates representing such Transferred Subsidiary Shares are owned of record and

 

36



 

beneficially by the owners as set forth on Schedule 4.04(a) , free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable Law.

 

(b)                                  Share Ownership .  Each shareholder of the Transferred Subsidiary is the record and beneficial owner of the number of shares set opposite such shareholder’s name on Schedule 4.04 (a) .  No shareholder owns any securities issued by the Transferred Subsidiary that are not listed on Schedule 4.04 (a) .  There are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any character relating to the Transferred Subsidiary Shares or obligating the Transferred Subsidiary or any owner of or the Transferred Subsidiary Shares to issue or sell any shares of capital stock of, or any other equity interest in, the Transferred Subsidiary.  The Transferred Subsidiary does not have any outstanding or has not authorized any stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights.  There are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect with respect to the voting or transfer of any of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares.

 

(c)                                   Good Title Conveyed .  The stock certificates, stock powers, endorsements, assignments and other instruments to be executed and delivered by the shareholders of the Transferred Subsidiary to Buyer at the Closing pursuant to Section 3.02(a)(viii)  and Section 3.03 will be valid and binding obligations of such shareholders, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and, assuming Buyer has the requisite power and authority to be the lawful owner of the Transferred Subsidiary Shares, will effectively vest in Buyer good, valid and marketable legal and beneficial title to and interest in the Transferred Subsidiary Shares as contemplated by this Agreement free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than restrictions on transfer imposed by applicable Law or arising from acts of Buyer or its Affiliates.

 

Section 4.05                             Financial Information ; Undisclosed Liabilities; Business Books and Records .

 

(a)                                  True , complete and correct copies of the unaudited statements of net assets of the Business (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the French Business) as at June 30, 2013 (the “ Interim Statement of Net Assets ”), and as at December 31, 2011, and December 31, 2012 (collectively with the Interim Statement of Net Assets, the “ Statements of Net Assets ”), are attached hereto as Schedule 4.05 .  The Statements of Net Assets have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Statement of Net Assets Rules.  Subject to the Statement of Net Assets Rules, the Statements of Net Assets fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Business as of the date it was prepared.

 

(b)                                  None of the Seller Companies or their respective Affiliates has any Liabilities with respect to the Business, the Purchased Assets or the Transferred Subsidiary, except (i) those that are adequately reflected or reserved against in the Interim Statement of Net Assets as of the Statement of Net Assets Date; (ii) those that have been incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Statement of Net Assets Date and that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material in amount; and (iii) those that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

37



 

(c)                                   The Business Books and Records are complete and correct in all material respects.  The books of account, minute books, stock record books and other records of the Transferred Subsidiary are complete and correct in all material respects and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practice.  True , complete and correct copies of all minute books and all stock record books of the Transferred Subsidiary have been provided to Buyer.

 

Section 4.06                             Absence of Certain Changes, Events and Conditions .  From the Statement of Net Assets Date until the date hereof, except as contemplated by this Agreement (a) the Seller Companies and their respective Affiliates have conducted the Business in all material respects in the ordinary course of business and would have been in compliance in all material respects with Section 6.01(b) , (f) , (h) , (i)  and (m)  had such sections been in effect and (b) there has not been a Material Adverse Effect .

 

Section 4.07                             Material Contracts .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4.07(a)  lists each of the following Contracts (other than Excluded Contracts) to which any of the Seller Companies or any of its Affiliates (including the Transferred Subsidiary) is a party and that relates exclusively or primarily to the Business or by which any of the Purchased Assets are bound:

 

(i)                                      Contracts involving an aggregate consideration in calendar year 2012 in excess of $5.0 million and that, in each case, cannot be cancelled without penalty or on less than 60 days’ notice;

 

(ii)                                   Contracts involving an aggregate consideration in calendar year 2012 in excess of $5.0 million that provide for the indemnification of any Person or the assumption of any Tax, environmental or other Liability of any Person;

 

(iii)                                Contracts that were entered into after January 1, 2011, that relate to the acquisition or disposition of any material business, a material amount of stock or assets of any other Person or any material real property (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);

 

(iv)                               broker, distributor, dealer, manufacturer’s representative, franchise, agency, sales promotion, market research, marketing consulting and advertising Contracts involving an annual aggregate consideration in calendar year 2012 in excess of $5.0 million;

 

(v)                                  Contracts with independent contractors or consultants (or similar arrangements including third party providers), in each case involving an aggregate consideration in excess of $200,000 annually and that are not cancellable without material penalty or without more than 90 days’ notice;

 

(vi)                               except for Contracts relating to ordinary course trade receivables, all Contracts relating to Indebtedness (including any guarantees) involving an annual aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million;

 

38



 

(vii)                            all Contracts with any Governmental Authority involving an annual aggregate consideration in calendar year 2012 in excess of $5.0 million;

 

(viii)                         Contracts (other than any licenses) that limit or purport to limit the ability of the Business to compete or perform services in any line of business or with any Person or in any geographic area or during any period of time;

 

(ix)                               all joint venture, partnership or similar Contracts;

 

(x)                                  Contracts for the sale of any of the Purchased Assets or assets of the Transferred Subsidiary involving consideration in excess of $5.0 million or for the grant to any Person of any option, right of first refusal or preferential or similar right to purchase any of the Purchased Assets involving consideration in excess of $5.0 million, excluding in each case the sale of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi)                               collective bargaining agreements or similar Contracts with any union, works council or other labor organization;

 

(xii)                            Assigned Contracts involving an aggregate consideration in calendar year 2012 in excess of $5.0 million;

 

(xiii)                         other than the Collaboration Agreements, all Contracts that are material to the relationship of Seller or any of its Affiliates to either Gen-Probe Incorporated (or its successors and assigns, including Hologic, Inc.) or any of its Affiliates or Ortho Diagnostic Systems Inc. (or its successors and assigns, including OCD) or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be (it being understood that Contracts that are already disclosed pursuant to another provision of this Section 4.07 but that would by their terms also fall within this provision (for example the Siemens Supply Agreement or the Abbott Supply Agreement) need not be separately disclosed pursuant to this provision) ; and

 

(xiv)                        other Contracts that are material to the Purchased Assets or the operation of the Business, involving annual consideration in calendar year 2012 in excess of $10.0 million and not previously disclosed pursuant to this Section 4.07 ;

 

(the Contracts set forth in clauses (i)  to (x iv above, together with all Contracts relating to Real Property in Schedule 4.11 and all Contracts relating to Intellectual Property set forth in Schedules 4.12(a)  and (b) , are referred to as “ Material Contracts ”).

 

(b)                                  The representations and warranties contained in this Section 4.07(b)  shall not apply to the Collaboration Agreements, which are subject to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.08 .  Each Material Contract is valid and binding on the applicable Seller Company or Affiliate of a Seller Company in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect, except as limited by the Bankruptcy Exception and the Equity Exception.  None of the Seller Companies or any of their respective Affiliates or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto, is in material breach of or material default under (or has since January 1, 2013, received written notice alleging it to be in material breach of or material default under), or has since January 1, 2013, provided or received any written notice of any intention to terminate,

 

39



 

any Material Contract, except as would reasonably be expected not to be material to the Business.  To the Knowledge of Seller, no event or circumstance has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an event of default under any Material Contract or result in a termination thereof or would cause or permit the acceleration of any material obligation, other material changes to any material right or the loss of any material benefit thereunder.  True, c omplete and correct copies of each Material Contract (including all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto and written waivers thereunder, other than any modifications, amendments and supplements thereto and waivers thereunder that do not materially affect the rights or obligations of the Seller Companies or any of their respective Affiliates) have been provided or made available to Buyer.  To the Knowledge of Seller, there are no material disputes pending or threatened under any Material Contract.

 

Section 4.08                             Collaboration Agreements .

 

(a)                                  Each Collaboration Agreement is valid and binding on each party thereto in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect, except as limited by the Bankruptcy Exception and the Equity Exception.  No Seller Company that is a party to, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no other party to, a Collaboration Agreement is in breach in any significant manner or in default in any significant manner under (or has since January 1, 2010, received notice alleging it to be in breach in any significant manner of or default in any significant manner under), or has since January 1, 2010, provided or received any notice of any intention to terminate, such Collaboration Agreement.  N o event or circumstance has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an event of default under either Collaboration Agreement or result in a termination thereof or would cause or permit the acceleration or other material and adverse changes of any right or obligation or the loss of any material benefit thereunder.  The representations above in this Section 4.08(a)  are subject to Section 4.08(c)  below.

 

(b)                                  Each Seller Company that is a party to, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, each other party to, each Collaboration Agreement is in compliance in all material respects with the terms thereof.  True, c omplete and correct copies of each Collaboration Agreement have been provided to Buyer.  There are no material disputes pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, under any Collaboration Agreement.  The representations above in this Section 4.08(b)  are subject to Section 4.08(c)  below.

 

(c)                                   The representations and warranties in Section 4.08(a)  and (b)  above shall not be breached solely by virtue of the sale of assets or shares of, or other business combination involving, OCD, or the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

Section 4.09                             Purchased Assets .  Seller or its Affiliates have good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of the Purchased Assets and all assets of the Transferred Subsidiary and all such Purchased Assets and assets of the Transferred Subsidiary (including leasehold interests) are free and clear of Encumbrances, in each case except for the following (collectively referred to as “ Permitted Encumbrances ”):

 

(a)                                  those items set forth in Schedule 4.09 ;

 

40



 

(b)                                  liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or are being contested in good faith by appropriate procedures and, in each case, for which there are adequate accruals or reserves set out in the Interim Statement of Net Assets;

 

(c)                                   mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or amounts that are not delinquent and that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Business or to any Purchased Assets;

 

(d)                                  easements, rights of way, zoning ordinances and other similar encumbrances affecting Real Property that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Business or to any Purchased Assets, that do not prohibit or interfere with the current operation of any Real Property and that do not render title to any Real Property unmarketable;

 

(e)                                   liens arising under original purchase price conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice that are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Business or any Purchased Assets; or

 

(f)                                    defects or imperfections of title, easements, covenants, rights of way, restrictions and other similar charges an accurate up-to-date title commitment would show; provided such facts are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Business or any Purchased Assets.

 

Section 4.10                             Sufficiency of Assets .  The Purchased Assets and the Transferred Subsidiary Shares, together with any services to be provided under the Transition Services Agreement and each other Transaction Document, are sufficient in all material respects for the continued conduct of the Business after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing and constitute all of the rights, property and assets necessary to conduct the Business in all material respects as currently conducted.

 

Section 4.11                             Real Property .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4.11(a)  sets forth, with respect to each parcel of Owned Real Property, the address location (or map designation), use and record owner.  With respect to each parcel of Owned Real Property:

 

(i)                                      Seller and/or a Seller Company, as applicable, has good and marketable fee simple title, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(ii)                                   there are no unrecorded outstanding options, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal to purchase such Owned Real Property or any portion thereof or interest therein; and

 

(iii)                                to the Knowledge of Seller, no party to any reciprocal easement agreement affecting or relating to any of the Owned Real Property is in material default under any of the terms or conditions of any such reciprocal easement agreement, which

 

41



 

material default would have a material impact on the use of such parcel of Owned Real Property.

 

(b)                                  Schedule 4.11(b)  sets forth a true , complete and correct list of all leases, subleases, licenses, concessions and other Contracts (together with all amendments, extensions, renewals, guaranties and other agreements with respect thereto, collectively, the “ Leases ”), pursuant to which any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary leases any Leased Real Property.  Seller has delivered to Buyer a true , complete and correct copy of each Lease.  With respect to each Lease:

 

(i)                                      such Lease is valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect;

 

(ii)                                   none of the Seller Companies or the Transferred Subsidiary is in material breach or material default under such Lease, and no event has occurred or circumstance exists that, with the delivery of notice, passage of time or both, would constitute such a material breach or material default;

 

(iii)                                none of the Seller Companies or the Transferred Subsidiary has since January 1, 2013 received or given any notice of any material default or event that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a material default by any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary, as applicable, under any of the Leases and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no other party is in material default thereof, and no party to any Lease has exercised any termination rights with respect thereto; and

 

(iv)                               none of the Seller Companies or the Transferred Subsidiary has pledged, mortgaged or otherwise granted an Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) on its leasehold interest in any Leased Real Property .

 

(c)                                   With respect to the Real Property:

 

(i)                                      none of the Seller Companies nor the Transferred Subsidiary has since January 1, 2013, received any written notice of (A) material violations of building codes and/or zoning ordinances or other governmental or regulatory Laws affecting the Real Property, (B) existing, pending or threatened condemnation proceedings affecting the Real Property, or (C) existing, pending or threatened zoning, building code or other moratorium proceedings that would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the ability to operate the Real Property as currently operated ;

 

(ii)                                   the Real Property is sufficient for the continued conduct of the Business in all material respects after the Closing Date in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing and constitutes all of the real property necessary to conduct the Business in all material respects as currently conducted;

 

(iii)                                t o the Knowledge of Seller, there is no condemnation or eminent domain proceeding pending that relates to the Real Property, and there is no such proceeding threatened in writing to any Seller Company by any relevant governmental authority, that if consummated would have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

42



 

(iv)                               none of the Seller Companies or the Transferred Subsidiary has subleased, assigned or otherwise granted to any Person the right to use or occupy any Real Property or any portion thereof (any such lease or other occupancy agreement, a “ Third Party Lease ”), a true, complete and correct copy of all Third Party Leases has previously been made available to Buyer, and none of the Seller Companies or the Transferred Subsidiary or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto, is in material breach or material default under any such Third Party Lease, and no event has occurred or circumstance exists that, with the delivery of notice, passage of time or both, would constitute such a material breach or material default .

 

Section 4.12                             Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4.12(a )   is a true, complete and correct list of (i) all Intellectual Property Registrations other than Co-Owned Intellectual Property owned by Seller or any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary that exclusively or primarily relates to, or is exclusively or primarily used or held for use in connection with the Business (setting forth, for each Intellectual Property Registration, applicable jurisdiction, status, application or registration number, and date of application, registration or issuance, as applicable, and details of all due dates for further filings, maintenance, payments or other actions coming due within six (6) months of the Closing Date).

 

(b)                                  Schedule 4.12(b)  is a true, complete and correct list of all Patents that constitute Co-Owned Intellectual Property (setting forth, for each Patent, applicable jurisdiction, status, application or registration number, and date of application, registration or issuance, as applicable, and details of all due dates for further filings, maintenance, payments or other actions coming due within six (6) months of the Closing Date).

 

(c)                                   All of the Intellectual Property Assets are lawfully able to be assigned by Seller or its Affiliates to Buyer pursuant to Intellectual Property Assignment and Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Seller or its Affiliates own all right, title and interest in, or have the valid and binding right to use (and, if applicable, to assign to Buyer and its Affiliates pursuant to the Intellectual Property Assignment and Agreement), all of the Intellectual Property Assets, free and clear of Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(e)                                   With respect to each Intellectual Property Registration listed on Schedule 4.12(a)  and Schedule 4.12(b) , there are no legal or governmental proceedings, including interference, re-examination, reissue, opposition, nullity, or cancellation proceedings pending that relate to that Intellectual Property Registration, other than ordinary course review of pending Patent and Trademark applications by the relevant registrar, and to the Knowledge of Seller, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by any Governmental Authority or any other Person.  No Intellectual Property Registrations listed on Schedule 4.12(a)  and Schedule 4.12(b)  have been held to be invalid, nor to Knowledge of Seller, are they invalid, and to the Knowledge of Seller, all such Intellectual Property Registrations are enforceable, and all such Intellectual Property Registrations are subsisting and in full force and effect. All registration or application fees necessary to maintain Intellectual Property Registration listed on Schedule 4.12(a)  and Schedule 4.12(b)  have been paid when due.

 

43



 

(f)                                    To the Knowledge of Seller, the operation of the Business as has been and as currently conducted, has not infringed and does not infringe any other Person’s Intellectual Property rights.  Since January 1, 2011, no Actions challenging the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or ownership by Seller or any Seller Company of the Intellectual Property Assets have been asserted or threated in writing by any Person.  Since January 1, 2011, no written claims have been asserted or, threatened, or to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened orally by any Person (i) challenging the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or ownership by Seller or any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary of any of the Intellectual Property Assets or (ii) to the effect that any exercise of rights in any Intellectual Property Assets by Seller, any Seller Company, the Transferred Subsidiary or by any licensee of Seller or Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary infringes, will infringe, misappropriates, will misappropriate or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property or other proprietary or personal right of any Person nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, does there exist any valid basis for such a claim.  To the Knowledge of Seller, there is no unauthorized use, infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property Assets by any Person.

 

(g)                                   Schedule 4.12(g)  is a true, complete and correct list of all (i) In-Bound Intellectual Property Licenses and (ii) Outbound Intellectual Property Licenses included in the Assigned Contracts.  Each Intellectual Property License listed on Schedule 4.12(g)  is in full force and effect and no party thereto, including none of Seller, or any Seller Company, or the Transferred Subsidiary is, nor as a result of the execution or delivery of this Agreement or the performance of Seller’s obligations hereunder, will be, in material violation of any such Intellectual Property License, nor will the execution or delivery of this Agreement, or the performance of Seller’s obligations hereunder, cause the diminution, termination or forfeiture of any of Seller’s or any Seller Companies’ or the Transferred Subsidiary’s rights in any Intellectual Property Assets.  The Intellectual Property Assets are not subject to any contractually imposed restrictions or limitations regarding use or disclosure by Seller or any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary other than pursuant to an Intellectual Property License as listed on Schedule 4.12(g) .

 

(h)                                  Seller and each Seller Company and the Transferred Subsidiary have taken, and takes, commercially reasonable measures in accordance with normal industry practice to protect the proprietary nature of the Intellectual Property Assets and to maintain in confidence all trade secrets and confidential information, in each case, relating to the Business and owned or used by Seller and each Seller Company and the Transferred Subsidiary.  Without limiting the foregoing, to the Knowledge of Seller, neither Seller nor any Seller Company nor the Transferred Subsidiary has made any of its trade secrets or other confidential or proprietary information that it intended to maintain as confidential available to any other Person, except pursuant to commercially reasonable written agreements requiring such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information.

 

(i)                                      Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) all personnel, including employees, agents, consultants and contractors, who have contributed to or participated in the conception and development of any Intellectual Property on behalf of Seller or a Seller Affiliate have executed valid and binding non-disclosure agreements and have executed appropriate instruments of assignment in favor of Seller or Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary, as assignee, as applicable, that have conveyed to Seller or Seller Company or the

 

44



 

Transferred Subsidiary effective and exclusive ownership of all the Intellectual Property rights in all such Intellectual Property which were not otherwise owned by Seller or Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary as a matter of Law; and (ii) no current or former employee, agent, consultant or contractor of the Business has any interest in any Intellectual Property which would otherwise be Intellectual Property Assets, and no claim asserting such an interest has been made or threatened in writing or threatened orally by any such employee, agent, consultant or contractor against Seller or any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary.

 

(j)                                     Seller and each Seller Company and the Transferred Subsidiary have taken, and take, commercially reasonable efforts in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain and protect the integrity, security and operation of the Software, hardware, networks, databases, systems, telecommunications equipment and websites used in connection with the Business (and all information transmitted thereby or stored therein), and, in the twenty-four (24) month period immediately preceding the date of this Agreement, there have been no security breaches, breakdowns, malfunctions, data loss, failures or other defects in relation to the same that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(k)                                  Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect there is no governmental prohibition or restriction on the use of any Intellectual Property Assets owned or purported to be owned by Seller or any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary in any jurisdiction in which Seller or a Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary, as applicable, currently conducts or has conducted business. To the Knowledge of Seller, no funding, facilities or personnel of any educational institution or Governmental Authority used, directly or indirectly, to develop or create, in whole or in part, any Intellectual Property Assets.

 

(l)                                      The Intellectual Property Assets and the Intellectual Property provided pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement and the Intellectual Property licensed or otherwise provided under the Assigned Contracts include all Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of the Business, both currently and for the continued conduct of the Business after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing.

 

Section 4.13                             Customers and Suppliers .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4. 13( a)(i)  sets forth with respect to the Business (i) each customer who has paid aggregate consideration to any Seller Company or any of their respective Affiliates for goods or services rendered in an amount greater than or equal to $10.0 million for each of the two most recent fiscal years (collectively, the “ Material Customers ”); and (ii) the amount of consideration paid by each Material Customer during such periods.  None of the Seller Companies and their respective Affiliates has received any written notice since January 1, 2013, that any of the Material Customers has ceased or, to Knowledge of Seller, is reasonably likely to cease after the Closing, to use the goods or services of the Business or to otherwise terminate or materially reduce its relationship with the Business.

 

(b)                                  Schedule 4.13(b)  sets forth with respect to the Business (i) each supplier to whom any of the Seller Companies of their respective Affiliates has paid consideration for goods or services rendered in an amount greater than or equal to $10.0 million for each of the two most recent fiscal years (collectively, the “ Material Suppliers ”); and (ii) the amount of

 

45



 

purchases from each Material Supplier during such periods.  None of the Seller Companies or their respective Affiliates has received any written notice since January 1, 2013 that any of the Material Suppliers has ceased or, to Knowledge of Seller, is reasonably likely to cease, to supply goods or services to the Business or to otherwise terminate or materially reduce its relationship with the Business.

 

Section 4.14                             Insurance .

 

(a)                                  There are no material claims related to the Purchased Assets, the Transferred Subsidiary or the Assumed Liabilities pending under any insurance policy as to which coverage has been denied or disputed.

 

(b)                                  All material Real Property is covered by insurance or self-insurance policies or programs that are, in all material respects (i) in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with their terms and (ii) to the Knowledge of Seller, of the type and in the amounts customarily carried by Persons conducting a business similar to the Business and are sufficient for compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws.

 

Section 4.15                             Legal Proceedings ; Government Orders .

 

(a)                                  There are no material Actions pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened since January 1, 2011, against Seller or any of its Affiliates (i) relating to the Business, the Purchased Assets, the Assumed Liabilities or (ii) that challenge or seek to prevent, enjoin or otherwise materially delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.  To the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred or circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any such material Action.

 

(b)                                  There are no material outstanding Governmental Orders relating to the Business, the Purchased Assets, or the Assumed Liabilities .

 

Section 4.16                             Compliance With Laws; Permits .

 

(a)                                  The Seller Companies and their respective Affiliates have complied in all material respects since January 1, 2011, and are in compliance in all material respects with all Laws applicable to and in respect of the conduct of the Business as currently conducted or to the ownership and use of the Purchased Assets.  To the Knowledge of Seller, none of the Seller Companies or their respective Affiliates has received any written notice since January 1, 2011, asserting that it is not in compliance with any such Laws applicable to and in respect of the conduct of the Business as currently conducted or to the ownership and use of the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4.16 , no representation or warranty shall be deemed to be made in this Section 4.16 in respect of any matter the subject of which is covered by Section 4.17 , Section 4.18 , Section 4.19 , Section 4.20(a) , Section 4.20(a)  and Section 4.23 , except to the extent expressly provided in Section 4.16(b) .

 

(b)                                  All material Permits required for any Seller Company or any of its Affiliates to conduct the Business as currently conducted or for the ownership and use of the Purchased Assets have been obtained by such Seller Company or Affiliate and are valid and in

 

46



 

full force and effect.  To the Knowledge of Seller, all fees and charges with respect to such Permits as of the date hereof have been paid in full.  Schedule 4.16 lists all material current Permits ( including Environmental Permits and Health C are Permits ), issued to the applicable Seller Company or Affiliate of such Seller Company, that are required for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted or to the ownership and use of the Purchased Assets.  T he Seller Companies and their respective Affiliates have complied, since January 1, 2011, in all material respects with each material Permit.  To the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would reasonably be expected to result in the revocation, suspension, lapse or material limitation of, any Permit set forth in Schedule 4.16 .

 

Section 4.17                             Anti-Corruption Laws; Compliance with Sanction Legislation .

 

(a)                                  With respect to the Business, since January 1, 2011, neither Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents, or employees, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no Seller Partner has directly or indirectly (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity or to influence official action; (ii) made or offered to make any unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, or agent, political party or any official of such party, or political candidate from corporate funds; (iii) made or offered to make any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, money laundering, kickback or other unlawful payment; or (iv) violated or is in violation of any provision of any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws; and with respect to the Business, Seller and the applicable Affiliates of Seller have instituted and maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(b)                                  With respect to the Business, neither Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents, or employees, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no Seller Partner, (i) is currently the subject of, nor has it been since January 1, 2011, the subject of, any Action alleging a violation, or possible violation, of any Anti-Corruption Laws, or been since January 1, 2011, the recipient of a subpoena, letter of investigation or other document alleging a violation, or possible violation, of any Anti-Corruption Laws, or (ii) has, since January 1, 2011, improperly or inaccurately recorded in any Books and Records (A) any payments, cash, contributions, gifts, hospitalities or entertainment to a foreign or domestic government official, employee of an enterprise owned or controlled in whole or in part by any foreign government, official of a foreign or domestic political party or campaign, or a foreign or domestic candidate for political office; or (B) other expenses related to political activity or lobbying.

 

(c)                                   With respect to the Business, since January 1, 2011, neither Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, nor any of their respective directors or officers, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, none of their respective employees or agents has received notice that any such person is or has been alleged to be in violation of any sanctions (the “ Economic Sanctions Laws ”) administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) or by the U.S. Department of State (including but not limited to the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended by the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010, and by any further amendments thereto (the “ Iran Sanctions Act ”)) or equivalent measures of the United Kingdom, European Union, or the United Nations.  With respect to the Business, neither Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, nor any of their respective directors or officers,

 

47



 

and, to the Knowledge of Seller, none of their respective employees or agents has conducted any of their business activities whatsoever with, or for the benefit of, a government, national or legal entity to the extent such actions would violate any Economic Sanctions Law.  None of the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the direct or indirect use of proceeds from any transaction contemplated hereby or the fulfillment of the terms hereof will result in a violation by any person of any Economic Sanctions Laws.

 

Section 4.18                             Environmental Matters .  Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)                                  The operations of Seller and its Affiliates with respect to the Business and the Purchased Assets are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, and Seller and its Affiliates have obtained and are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Environmental Permits required for the use and operation of the Business and the Purchased Assets.

 

(b)                                  There are no Environmental Claims pending or threatened against Seller or any of its Affiliates in connection with the Business or the Purchased Assets.  Seller has not received notice of any violation of Environmental Law, and there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials, in each case, that would reasonably be expected to result in Liability to, or form the basis for any Environmental Claim against, Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets.

 

(c)                                   Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates is subject to any Governmental Order imposing any Liability on Seller or any of its Affiliates under Environmental Law or with respect to Hazardous Materials relating to the Business or any of the Purchased Assets, and neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates has retained or assumed by contract (other than pursuant to Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business) or operation of Law, any Liability of any third party under Environmental Law or with respect to Hazardous Materials relating to the Business or any of the Purchased Assets.

 

(d)                                  Seller has provided to Buyer access to any and all material environmental reports, studies, audits, final sampling data, site assessments, correspondence with any Governmental Authority and similar materials with respect to the Business or the Purchased Assets that are in the possession, custody or control of Seller or any of its Affiliates related to compliance with Environmental Law, Environmental Claims or the Release of Hazardous Materials.

 

Section 4.19                             Employee Benefit Matters .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4. 19(a)  contains a true , complete and correct list of each material Benefit Plan.  Without limitation on the foregoing, Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that the Applicable Plans listed in Schedule 1.1(c)  are the only material Benefit Plans which provide any benefits in respect of Transferred Employees in the Relevant Jurisdictions that are in the form of contribution payments or benefit accrual.

 

48



 

(b)                                  Seller has delivered or made available to Buyer true, complete and correct copies of (i) the documents comprising each material Benefit Plan, including all amendments thereto and, for all Benefit Plans under which Buyer may be assuming any Liabilities (whether by operation of Law or this Agreement); (ii) the most recent annual report (Form Series 5500), if any, required under ERISA or the Code in connection with each Benefit Plan; and (iii) the most recent summary plan description, if any, required under ERISA or other applicable Law with respect to each Benefit Plan, including any summaries of material modifications.  None of Seller, its Affiliates, or any ERISA Affiliate, has made any promises or commitments to create any additional material Benefit Plan, agreement or arrangement, or to modify or change in any material way any existing Benefit Plan with respect to which Buyer or any of its Affiliates could reasonably be expected to have any material additional Liability.

 

(c)                                   None of Seller, its Affiliates, its ERISA Affiliates or any of their respective predecessors has in the last six years contributed to, contributes to or been required to contribute to, or has any Liability related to any Benefit Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA.  With respect to any Benefit Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA to which Seller, any of its Affiliates or any ERISA Affiliate made, or was required to make, contributions during the past six years: (i) no current or former employee of the Business now participate or have ever participated in such Benefit Plan; (ii) no reportable event within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA for which the 30-day notice requirement has not been waived has occurred, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the occurrence of any such reportable event; and (iii) no liability or contingent liability (including liability pursuant to Section 4069 of ERISA) under Title IV of ERISA has been or is reasonably expected to be incurred by Seller, any of its Affiliates or any ERISA Affiliate, except for payment of Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation premiums in the ordinary course in accordance with applicable Law.

 

(d)                                  Each material Benefit Plan has been established, administered and maintained in accordance with its terms and in compliance with all applicable Laws (including ERISA and the Code) in all material respects.  With respect to each of the material Benefit Plans:  (i) each Benefit Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and has received a favorable determination or opinion letter from the IRS upon which it may rely regarding its qualified status under the Code and, to the Knowledge of Seller, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, that caused or could reasonably cause the loss of such qualification; (ii) all material payments required by each material Benefit Plan, any collective bargaining agreement or other agreement, or by Law with respect to all prior periods have been made or provided for by Seller or its Affiliates in accordance with the provisions of each of the material Benefit Plans and applicable Law; (iii) to the Knowledge of Seller, no Action has been threatened, asserted, or instituted against any of the Benefit Plans; (iv) no non-exempt “prohibited transaction,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code and Section 406 of ERISA, has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to the Benefit Plans; and (v) no Benefit Plan is under, and neither Seller nor its Affiliates has received any notice of, an audit or investigation by the IRS, Department of Labor or any other Governmental Authority, and no such completed audit or investigation, if any, has resulted in the imposition of any Tax or penalty.  None of Seller, its Affiliates, or its ERISA Affiliates have any material Liability with respect to any defined benefit pension plan in respect of the Transferred Employees.

 

49



 

(e)                                   Except as required solely by virtue of applicable Law outside the United States, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement alone, or in combination with any other event, including a termination of any employee, officer, director, stockholder or other service provider of Seller or its Affiliates (whether current, former or retired) or their beneficiaries, will not give rise to any material Liability under any Benefit Plan, including Liability for severance pay, unemployment compensation, termination pay or withdrawal liability, or accelerate the time of payment or vesting or increase the amount of compensation or benefits due to any employee, officer, director, stockholder or other service provider of Seller or its Affiliates (whether current, former or retired) or their beneficiaries.  No amount that could be received (whether in cash or property or the vesting of property), as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by any employee, officer, director, stockholder or other service provider of Seller or its Affiliates under any Benefit Plan or otherwise would not be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code or would be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.  Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates has, and none of the Assumed Liabilities or Assumed Contracts includes, any indemnity obligation on or after the date of this Agreement for any Taxes imposed under Section 4999 or 409A of the Code.

 

(f)                                    Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in any material Liability on Buyer and its Affiliates, (i) any individual who performs services for Seller or any of its Affiliates in the United States and who is not treated as an employee for federal income tax purposes by Seller or its Affiliates is not an employee under applicable Law or for any purpose including for Tax withholding purposes or Benefit Plan purposes; (ii) Seller and its Affiliates have no Liability by reason of an individual who performs or performed services for Seller or its Affiliates in the United States in any capacity being improperly excluded from participating in a Benefit Plan; and (iii) each Employee in the United States has been properly classified as “exempt” or “non-exempt” under applicable Law.

 

(g)                                   Each Benefit Plan that is mandated by a government other than the United States or subject to the Laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States has been maintained and operated in all material respects in accordance with the applicable plan documents and all applicable Laws and other requirements, and, if intended to qualify for special tax treatment, satisfies all requirements for such treatment and, to the Knowledge of Seller, nothing has occurred that caused or could cause the loss of such qualification .

 

Section 4.20                             Employment Matters .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4.20 contains a schedule specifying the following information in respect of each Employee as at October 31 , 2013 (A) employee identification details; (B) date of birth; (C) employment status (part-time or full-time); (D) base salary; (E) target annual incentive for 2013 ; and (F) target long-term incentive for 2013 .

 

(b)                                  With respect to the Business, Seller and its Affiliates are currently in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable Laws relating to employment and employment practices.  Seller is not, and since January 1, 2010, has not been, a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement in the United States or any material collective bargaining agreement outside of the United States, and there are no organizational campaigns, petitions or

 

50



 

other unionization activities seeking recognition of a collective bargaining unit or works council or purporting or attempting to represent any employee of the Business currently pending , threatened or, to the Knowledge of Seller, anticipated.  No strike, controversy, slowdown, picketing, work stoppage, concerted refusal to work overtime or other similar labor activity has, within the past two years outside the United States or within the past three years in the United States, occurred, been threatened or, to the Knowledge of Seller, is currently anticipated with respect to any employee of Seller in connection with the Business.  Within the past three years, Seller has not engaged in any material unfair labor practices within the meaning of the National Labor Relations Act.

 

(c)           Seller has taken prior to the date hereof all actions required by Law to be taken prior to the date hereof and all actions otherwise necessary to enable the parties to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with respect to trade unions, works councils, employee representatives and employees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 4.21         Taxes.

 

(a)           Seller and its Affiliates have or will have timely filed all material Tax Returns required to be filed on or before the Closing Date with respect to the Business, the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities , and the Transferred Subsidiary has or will have filed all material Tax Returns required to be filed on or before the Closing Date; each such Tax Return is true, complete and correct in all material respects .  A ll material Taxes (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) owed by a Transferred Subsidiary or owed by Seller or its Affiliates with respect to or attributable to the Business, the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities have been or will be paid in full at the time such Taxes were or will be due and payable.

 

(b)           The Transferred Subsidiary has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws and agreements relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes and have, within the time and in the manner prescribed by applicable Law and agreements, withheld and paid over to the proper Governmental Authority all material amounts required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any past or present employee, independent contractor, creditor, member, consultant or other third party .

 

(c)           (i) T he Transferred Subsidiary h as n ever been , and is not, the subject of an Action relating to Taxes by any Governmental Authority, and to the Knowledge of Seller, no Action is contemplated or pending, or written notice thereof has been received, with respect to the Transferred Subsidiary, or in the case of the Business or the Purchased Assets, which outcome is expected to have a material adverse impact on the Business and (ii) no issues relating to Taxes were raised by the relevant Governmental Authority during any presently pending or completed Action with respect to the Transferred Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to recur in a later taxable period.

 

(d)           N o written claim has ever been made by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where the Transferred Subsidiary has not filed a Tax Return that the Transferred Subsidiary is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction, which claim has not been fully paid or settled .

 

51



 

 

(e)           There is no Encumbrance for a material amount of Taxes on any Purchased Asset or the Transferred Subsidiary Shares that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax, other than Permitted Encumbrances for Taxes .

 

(f)            No extension or waiver of the statute of limitations has been granted for any Tax Return filed by the Transferred Subsidiary , which statute (after giving effect to such extension or waiver) has not yet expired .

 

(g)           The Transferred Subsidiary is, and at all times has been, (i) classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for all applicable state, local and non-U.S. tax purposes and (ii) organized under the Laws of Hong Kong .

 

(h)           The Transferred Subsidiary (i) is not a party to, nor has any obligation under, nor is bound by any Tax sharing or allocation agreement or arrangement; (ii) is not and has not been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated, combined or unitary income Tax Return and (iii) does not have any Tax Liability for any other Person as a transferee or successor by Contract or otherwise .

 

(i)            The Transferred Subsidiary will not be required to include amounts in income, or exclude items of deduction, after the Closing Date as a result of (i) a change in accounting method, (ii) any installment sale or open transaction that occurred on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) any agreement with a Governmental Authority entered into on or prior to the Closing Date, or (iv) the receipt of prepaid amounts on or prior to the Closing Date .

 

(j)            To the Knowledge of Seller, the Transferred Subsidiary has not participated in a “reportable transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b) .

 

Section 4.22         Brokers .  No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of any Seller Company or the Transferred Subsidiary and for which any Person other than Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than the Transferred Subsidiary) would be liable.

 

Section 4.23         Health Care Laws .

 

(a)           The operations of Seller and its Affiliates with respect to the Business and the Purchased Assets are currently and have been since January 1, 2011, in material compliance with all applicable Health Care Laws.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not cause the revocation, modification or cancellation of any material Health Care Permit required under applicable Health Care Laws relating to the Business, and no additional Health Care Permit is required in connection with such consummation or for the ability of Buyer to maintain the Business and operations immediately following such consummation in all material respects.  To the Knowledge of Seller, the Seller Products have been developed, manufactured, marketed and distributed on behalf of Seller and its Affiliates in material compliance with all applicable Health Care Laws.

 

52



 

(b)           With respect to the Business:  (i) there are no ongoing or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, material Actions of any sort arising under any Health Care Law (other than non-material routine or periodic inspections or reviews) by the FDA or any other Governmental Authority regarding Seller or its Affiliates; and (ii) neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates is a party to any corporate integrity agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders or similar Contracts with any Governmental Authority related to any allegation that any of its operations or activities have been or are in violation of any Health Care Law.

 

(c)           With respect to the Business, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates has received from the FDA or any other Governmental Authority since January 1, 2011, any inspection reports, notices of adverse findings, warning or untitled letters, or other correspondence concerning the Seller Products in which any Governmental Authority alleges or asserts a failure to comply with applicable Health Care Laws, or that Seller Products may not be safe, effective or approvable other than in either case any reports, notices, warnings, letters or other correspondence that would not reasonably be expected to result in material Liabilities or material damages to the Business.

 

(d)           With respect to the Business, neither Seller nor any Affiliate of Seller, or to the Knowledge of Seller, any Seller Partner, has made, since January 1, 2011, an untrue statement of a material fact or fraudulent statement to the FDA or any Governmental Authority responsible for enforcement or oversight with respect to Health Care Laws, or failed, since January 1, 2011, to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to the FDA or other such Governmental Authority.

 

(e)           With respect to the Business, none of the following have, since January 1, 2011, been debarred, excluded or disqualified under applicable Health Care Laws:  (i) Seller and its Affiliates, (ii) any officers, employees or agents of Seller or any of its Affiliates (or other Person(s) engaged by Seller or any of its Affiliates) that have provided services related to any Seller Products that are reimbursed, directly or indirectly, by any Governmental Authority.

 

Section 4.24         Product Liability and Recalls .

 

(a)           The Seller Products manufactured, sold or delivered since January 1, 2011, in connection with the Business conform in all material respects with all applicable contractual commitments and Laws, and there are no material defects in the design or technology embodied in any Seller Products that are reasonably expected to prevent the safe and effective performance of any such Seller Product for its intended use.  Since January 1, 2011, none of the Seller Products manufactured, sold or delivered by Seller or any Affiliate of Seller with respect to the Business has been the subject of any material products liability or warranty Action against Seller or any Affiliate of Seller.

 

(b)           Since January 1, 2011, there have been no recalls or safety alerts of Seller Products that have had a Material Adverse Effect.  Since January 1, 2011, none of Seller or any Affiliate of Seller has extended to any Material Customer any material product warranties, indemnifications or guarantees in any such case that are not in the ordinary course of business.

 

53



 

Section 4.25         Intra-Group Contracts .  Neither (i) the inclusion of the Intra-Group Contracts in the definition of Excluded Assets nor (ii) the termination of any Contracts between the Transferred Subsidiary (on the one hand) and Seller or any Affiliate of Seller (on the other hand) pursuant to Section 6.28, will adversely affect, in any material respect, Buyer and/or the operation of the Business following Closing in light of (among other things) the services agreed to be provided by Seller or any of its Affiliates pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement.

 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND
W ARRANTIES OF B UYER

 

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedules, Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

 

Section 5.01         Organization of Buyer .  Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of Delaware. Grifols is a company ( sociedad anónima ) duly organized, validly existing and, to the extent legally applicable, in good standing under the Laws of Spain.

 

Section 5.02         Authority of Buyer .  Each of Buyer and Grifols has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder and, subject to the terms and conditions herein and therein, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery by Buyer or Grifols, as applicable, of any Transaction Document to which it is a party, the performance by it of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and, subject to the terms and conditions herein and therein, the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on its part .  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and Grifols , and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer and Grifols enforceable against Buyer and Grifols in accordance with its terms, except as limited by the Bankruptcy Exception and the Equity Exception.  When each other Transaction Document to which Buyer or Grifols, as applicable, is or will be a party has been duly executed and delivered by it (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party thereto), such Transaction Document will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer or Grifols, as applicable, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as limited by the Bankruptcy Exception and the Equity Exception.

 

Section 5.03         No Conflicts; Consents .  The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer or Grifols, as applicable, of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and, subject to the terms and conditions herein and therein, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not: (a) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or default under, any provision of the Organizational Documents of Buyer or Grifols, as applicable ; (b) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Buyer or Grifols, as applicable ; or (c) require the consent, notice or other action by any Person under, conflict with, result in a violation or breach of, constitute a default or an event that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would in any material respect constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of or create in any party the

 

54



 

right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel any Contract to which Buyer or Grifols, as applicable, is a party , except in the case of clauses (b)  and (c)  above, as do not and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a materially adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis.  No consent by or Permit from any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to Buyer or Grifols to execute, deliver and perform the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and, subject to the terms and conditions herein and therein, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except as may be required under the HSR Act, other applicable premerger notification requirements set forth on Schedule 4.03 and such consents or Permits as do not and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a materially adverse effect on the ability of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis .

 

Section 5.04         Brokers .  No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Buyer or Grifols.

 

Section 5.05         Sufficiency of Funds .   At Closing, B uyer will have sufficient cash on hand or other sources of immediately available funds to enable it to make payment of the Purchase Price and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 5.06         Legal Proceedings .  There are no material Actions pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened against or by Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer that challenge or seek to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.  To the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred or circumstances exist that may give rise to or serve as a basis for any such material Action.

 

Section 5.07         Financing .

 

(a)           Buyer and Grifols have received and accepted an executed commitment letter dated as of the date hereof (including the exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto, the “ Debt Commitment Letter ”) from the lenders party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ”) pursuant to which the Lenders have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, to lend amounts set forth therein (the “ Debt Financing Commitments ”).  The Debt Financing Commitments pursuant to the Debt Commitment Letter are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “ Debt Financing .”

 

(b)           Buyer and Grifols have delivered to Seller true, complete and correct copies of the executed Debt Commitment Letter and the fee letter (redacted to remove fees and other economic terms) referenced in the Debt Commitment Letter (the “ Fee Letter ”).  As of the date hereof, there are no agreements, side letters or arrangements, other than the Debt Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter, to which Grifols, Buyer or their respective Affiliates is a party relating to any of the Debt Financing Commitments that could adversely affect the availability of the Debt Financing.

 

55



 

(c)           Except as expressly set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter, there are no conditions precedent to the obligations of the Lenders to provide the Debt Financing or any contingencies that would permit the Lenders to reduce the total amount of the Debt Financing.  Assuming the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 , as of the date hereof, Grifols and Buyer do not have any reason to believe that any of the conditions to the Debt Financing Commitments will not be satisfied or that the Debt Financing will not be available to Buyer and Grifols on the Closing Date.

 

(d)           The Debt Financing, when funded in accordance with the Debt Commitment Letter, together with the cash of Buyer, will provide Buyer with cash proceeds on the Closing Date sufficient for the satisfaction of Buyer’s obligations to pay (i) the amount to be paid to Seller (whether on behalf of itself or as agent for another Seller Company) under Section 2.07(a) , and (ii) any fees and expenses of or payable by Buyer or Grifols in connection with the Debt Financing.

 

(e)           As of the date hereof, the Debt Commitment Letter is (i) a valid and binding obligation of Buyer and Grifols and, to the Knowledge of Buyer and Knowledge of Grifols, of each of the other parties thereto and (ii) in full force and effect (in each case, subject to the Bankruptcy Exception and the Equity Exception).  As of the date hereof, to the Knowledge of Buyer and the Knowledge of Grifols, no event has occurred that, with or without notice, lapse of time, or both, would reasonably be expected to constitute a material default or material breach or a failure to satisfy a condition precedent on the part of either Buyer or Grifols under the terms and conditions of the Debt Commitment Letter.  Buyer and Grifols have paid in full any and all commitment fees or other fees required to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Debt Commitment Letter on or before the date of this Agreement and will pay in full any such amounts due on or before the Closing Date.  The Debt Commitment Letter has not been modified, amended or altered as of the date hereof, and, as of the date hereof, none of the commitments under the Debt Commitment Letter have been withdrawn or rescinded in any respect.

 

(f)            In no event shall the receipt or availability of any funds or financing (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Debt Financing) by or to Buyer, Grifols or any of their respective Affiliates or any other financing transaction be a condition to any of Buyer’s or Grifols’s obligations hereunder.

 

Section 5.08         Solvency .  As of the Closing Date, immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the Debt Financing) and assuming (i) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Article IV , and (ii) the performance in all material respects by Seller of its obligations hereunder:

 

(a)           the Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of Buyer exceeds its Liabilities;

 

(b)           Buyer does not have Insufficient Capital; and

 

(c)           Buyer will be able to pay its Liabilities as they mature.

 

56



 

For purposes of this Section only, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(i)            “ Present Fair Salable Value ” means the amount that could be obtained by an independent willing seller from an independent willing buyer if the assets of Buyer are sold in an arm’s-length transaction under present conditions for the sale of comparable business enterprises insofar as such conditions can be reasonably evaluated;

 

(ii)           “ Liabilities ” means, for the purposes of this Section 5.08 only, the recorded liabilities (including contingent liabilities that would be recorded in accordance with IFRS) of Buyer, as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the Debt Financing), determined in accordance with IFRS consistently applied;

 

(iii)          “ Will be able to pay its Liabilities as they mature ” means that Buyer will have sufficient assets and cash flow to pay its Liabilities as those Liabilities mature or (in the case of contingent Liabilities) otherwise become payable.

 

(iv)          “ Does not have Insufficient Capital ” means that Buyer will not have an unreasonable small amount of capital for the business in which it is engaged.

 

ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS

 

Section 6.01         Conduct of Business Prior to the Closing Except as set forth in Schedule 6.01 , from the date hereof until the Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or consented to in writing by Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Transferred Subsidiary) to (i) conduct the Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and preserve intact their current Business organization, operations and franchise and to preserve the rights, franchises, goodwill and relationships of their employees, customers, lenders, suppliers, regulators and other Persons having relationships with the Business.  Without limiting the foregoing, from the date hereof until the Closing Date, Seller shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Transferred Subsidiary) not to:

 

(a)           amend or authorize any amendments to any Organizational Document of the Transferred Subsidiary;

 

(b)           subject to Section 6.28 , issue, grant, sell, redeem, pledge, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Transferred Subsidiary Shares or any other equity interests of the Transferred Subsidiary or any securities convertible into any Transferred Subsidiary Shares or any other equity interests of the Transferred Subsidiary;

 

(c)           take any action related to the Business or fail to take any such action that is reasonably likely to result in the termination, revocation, suspension, lapse, modification or non-renewal of any material Permit (including any material Environmental Permit or material Health Care Permit) or any Intellectual Property Registration;

 

57



 

(d)           fail to pay any debts, Taxes and obligations of the Seller Companies or the Transferred Subsidiary related to the Business (other than those that have been reserved for and are being contested in good faith);

 

(e)           fail to maintain the Purchased Assets or any material assets of the Transferred Subsidiary in substantially the same condition as they were on the date of this Agreement (subject to reasonable wear and tear);

 

(f)            sell, pledge, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or create any Encumbrance (other than any Permitted Encumbrance) on, any Purchased Assets or any assets of the Transferred Subsidiary, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(g)           in any respect (except as required by Law or any Benefit Plan or contractual obligations in effect prior to the date hereof or as expressly set forth in this Agreement, including in Section 6.05(g)  hereof), (i) grant any increase, or announce any increase, in the (A) wages, salaries or compensation, (B) bonuses or incentives ( provided that bonuses or incentives in respect of periods completed prior to the Closing Date that are accrued and reflected in the Interim Statement of Net Assets may be paid in the ordinary course of business) or (C) pension or other benefits, in each case payable to any employee (who is an Employee) or consultant of the Business, other than increases in salaries or wages of Employees who are not Senior Employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or (ii) establish, adopt, enter into, terminate or amend any material Benefit Plan or any pension plan (or any Contract or other arrangement that would be a material Benefit Plan or a pension plan if established, adopted or entered into prior to the date of this Agreement), except for amendments in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice that would not reasonably be expected to result in additional Liabilities of Buyer and its Affiliates;

 

(h)           change any method of (including for Tax purposes) accounting or accounting practice for the Business, except as required by IFRS or a Governmental Authority, or fail to prepare Tax Returns with respect to the Business on a basis consistent with past practices ;

 

(i)            fail to observe or perform in any respect any material term or condition of, or waive any rights under, any Collaboration Agreement;

 

(j)            (i) amend or terminate any Material Contract (including any Collaboration Agreement), other than renewals of Material Contracts in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (ii) amend any Intra-Group Contract if such amendment would have a material adverse effect on the Business following the Closing, or (iii) enter into any Contracts that would be deemed to be (x) a Material Contract pursuant to Section 4.07 had they been in effect as of the date hereof or (y) or an Intra-Group Contract if such Contract would have a material adverse effect on the Business following the Closing;

 

(k)           grant any rights with respect to any Intellectual Property Assets or enter into any agreement or commitment the effect of which would be to grant a third party following the Closing any license to any Intellectual Property Assets other than, in each case, with respect

 

58



 

to any Intellectual Property Assets other than Patents, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice ;

 

(l)            if the Applicable Working Capital Date is December 31, 2013, take or permit any action to be taken after December 31, 2013, and prior to the Closing that (i) would result in the transfer of any Trade Current Assets that would be reflected on the Actual Net Trade Working Capital Statement or amounts in respect thereof (including cash or cash equivalents) to Seller, its Affiliates or, other than on an arm’s-length basis in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, any other Person or (ii) would create any Trade Current Liability to Seller, its Affiliates or, other than on an arm’s-length basis in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, any other Person.

 

(m)          waive, cancel, compromise or release or assign any rights of material value or settle or compromise any Action under any Material Contract (including any Collaboration Agreement) or settle or compromise the matters described in Annex A or Annex B other than in accordance with the provisions thereof as if such provisions were in effect, in each case, arising from or related to the Business , the Purchased Assets or the Transferred Subsidiary ;

 

(n)           with respect to the Transferred Subsidiary, except pursuant to Section 6.28 (i) create, incur, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness, (ii) merge or consolidate with or into another Person or adopt or enter into a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar transaction, (iii) acquire an equity interest in, or portion of the assets of, any business or any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division or (iv) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property); and

 

(o)           agree to do any of the foregoing described in clauses (a)  through (n) .

 

Nothing contained in this Section 6.01 or in the remainder of this Agreement shall give Buyer, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of Seller prior to the Closing.  Prior to the Closing, Seller shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision over its operations.

 

Section 6.02         Access to Information .From the date hereof until the Closing, to the extent reasonably required or advisable for Buyer (i) to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, (ii) to comply with its obligations under this Agreement and to comply with, and prepare to comply with, the legal obligations applicable to it and its Affiliates following Closing; and (iii) to facilitate transition planning, Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, (a) afford Buyer and Buyer’s prospective financing sources (and their advisors) and Representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, to and the right to inspect and examine all of the Real Property, properties, assets, premises, personnel, Books and Records (including those relating to Taxes), Contracts and other documents, information and data related to the Business or the Purchased Assets; (b) furnish Buyer and Buyer’s prospective financing sources (and their advisors) and Representatives with such financial, operating and other data and information related to the Business, as Buyer or any of its Representatives may reasonably request; and (c) instruct the

 

59



 

Representatives of Seller and of its Affiliates (as the case may be) to cooperate with Buyer in connection with clauses (a)  and (b)  above; provided that any access, inspection and examination pursuant to this Section 6.02 shall be conducted upon reasonable notice and in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the businesses, personnel or operations of Seller or any of its Affiliates; provided , further , that the auditors and accountants of Seller or any of its Affiliates shall not be obliged to make any work papers available to any Person except in accordance with such auditors’ and accountants’ normal disclosure procedures and then only after such Person has signed a customary agreement relating to such access to work papers in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such auditors or accountants.  Seller shall be entitled to restrict such access, inspection and examination ( x ) as determined in good faith to be appropriate to ensure compliance with any applicable Laws, and ( y ) to preserve any applicable privileges (including the attorney client privilege) and to comply with contractual confidentiality obligations provided that with respect to any information that is subject to applicable privileges or contractual confidentiality obligations , Seller shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to disclose such information in a way that would not waive such privilege or breach any such obligation ; provided , further , that in the event that Seller does not provide access or information in reliance on the preceding clauses, Seller shall provide notice to Buyer that such access or information is being withheld and Seller shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to communicate, to the extent feasible, the applicable information in a way that would not violate any such privilege or obligation or risk waiver of such privilege.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, prior to the Closing, Buyer and its Representatives shall not (x) without the prior written consent of Seller (which Seller may withhold in its sole discretion) conduct any intrusive indoor or outdoor sampling or testing at the Real Property or any other property associated or affiliated in any way with Seller or the Business, or (y) communicate with respect to the Business (without the prior written consent of Seller, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) with sales representatives, suppliers or customers of the Business; provided that this clause (y)  shall not restrict contacts with any such Person independently known to Buyer with respect to matters unrelated to this Agreement.

 

Section 6.03         No Solicitation of Other Bids .

 

(a)           From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of (x) the Closing and (y) the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01 , Seller shall not, and shall not authorize or permit any of its Affiliates or any of its or their Representatives to, directly or indirectly, (i) encourage, solicit, initiate, facilitate or continue inquiries regarding an Acquisition Proposal; (ii) enter into discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to, any Person concerning a possible Acquisition Proposal; or (iii) enter into any agreements or other instruments (whether or not binding) regarding an Acquisition Proposal.  Seller shall immediately cease and cause to be terminated, and shall cause its Affiliates and all of its and their Representatives to immediately cease and cause to be terminated, all existing solicitations, discussions or negotiations with any Persons conducted heretofore with respect to, or that could lead to, an Acquisition Proposal.  For purposes hereof, “ Acquisition Proposal ” means any inquiry, proposal or offer (whether binding or non-binding) from any Person (other than Buyer or any of its Affiliates) relating to the direct or indirect disposition, whether by sale, merger, business combination, reorganization or otherwise, of all or any portion of the Business or the Purchased Assets.  Seller shall enforce and shall not waive any rights under any standstill, confidentiality or similar agreements to which it is a party.  Seller shall promptly inform its

 

60



 

Representatives and Affiliates of their obligations under this Section 6.03 .  If any Representatives or Affiliates of Seller takes any action that Seller is obligated by this Section 6.03 to cause such Representative or Affiliate not to take, Seller shall be deemed to have breached this Section 6.03 .

 

(b)           In addition to the other obligations under this Section 6.03 , Seller shall, until the earlier of (x) the Closing and (y) the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01 , notify Buyer promptly (and in any event within 24 hours) upon receipt by Seller or any of its Affiliates or Representatives of (i) any Acquisition Proposal, indication by any Person that it is considering making an Acquisition Proposal or amendment or modification to an Acquisition Proposal, (ii) any request for non-public information relating to Seller other than requests for information in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and unrelated to an Acquisition Proposal or (iii) any inquiry or request for discussions or negotiations regarding any Acquisition Proposal.  Seller shall notify Buyer promptly (and in any event within 24 hours) with the identity of such Person and a copy of such Acquisition Proposal, indication, inquiry or request (or, where no such copy is available, a description of such Acquisition Proposal, indication, inquiry or request), including any modifications thereto.

 

(c)           Seller agrees that the rights and remedies for noncompliance with this Section 6.03 shall include having such provision specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to Buyer and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to Buyer.

 

Section 6.04         Notice of Certain Events .  From the date hereof until the Closing Date, Seller shall provide Buyer with reasonably prompt notice:

 

(a)           if at any time or for any reason Seller believes in good faith that the conditions set forth in Section 7.02 will not be satisfied by the End Date;

 

(b)           of any notice or written communication received by Seller or its Affiliates (i) from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, but only if Seller in good faith believes that such Person is correct or (ii) from any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents; or

 

(c)           of the commencement to the Knowledge of Seller of any Actions that would reasonably be expected to impair, prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents.

 

Section 6.05         Employees and Employee Benefits .

 

(a)           As of the Closing Date, Buyer shall (i) cause the Transferred Subsidiary to continue to employ all of its employees (where employment continues automatically by operation of Law) and (ii) continue, or cause its Affiliates to continue, to employ (where employment continues automatically by operation of Law) or offer, or cause its Affiliates to

 

61



 

offer, employment (where employment does not continue automatically by operation of Law) in accordance with this Section 6.05 to each Employee (other than an Employee of a Transferred Subsidiary) who is actively employed immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

(b)           Buyer also shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to, offer reinstatement or employment, as the case may be, as of the Closing Date, to each Employee (other than an Employee of a Transferred Subsidiary) who is not actively employed immediately prior to the Closing Date but who has a right of reinstatement per Business policy or applicable Law (collectively, “ Inactive Business Employees ”), in each case effective promptly upon his or her return from any leave or other absence in accordance with current Business policy , but not to exceed 12 months following the original absence (or such longer period as may be required by applicable Law).  Other than as required under applicable Law, for a period of at least two years following the Closing Date, Buyer shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to, provide each Transferred Employee with (i) salary, wages, incentive compensation, and bonus opportunities that are substantially comparable as those being provided to the Transferred Employee by Seller immediately prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) benefits and other terms and conditions of employment substantially comparable , in the aggregate, to the benefits, terms and conditions being provided to the Transferred Employee by Seller immediately prior to the Closing Date; provided that for purposes of the covenants of this Section 6.05(a)(b) , defined benefit pension plans , retiree welfare benefits and equity compensation shall be disregarded; and provided , further , that in respect of all Transferred Employees employed in the United States, benefits under the long term incentive scheme shall not be disregarded (it being understood that such benefits may be replaced by Buyer in respect of the Transferred Employees with substantially comparable compensation or benefits opportunities in the aggregate, but in respect of all Employees employed in the United States, benefits under the long term incentive scheme shall not be replaced with pension benefits).  Seller will reasonably co-operate with Buyer to provide information about the Benefit Plans necessary to assist Buyer in complying with this Section 6.05 .  Following the date hereof, Seller shall also provide Buyer with any additional information concerning Business Employees (and the compensation and benefits payable thereto), including, without limitation, annual incentive and longterm incentives previously earned) to the extent (i) such information is reasonably requested by Buyer, is not otherwise reasonably available to it and relevant to any determination to be made by Buyer with respect to any Employees under this Agreement and (ii) such information is provided in accordance with any material consent and local Law requirements applicable thereto, and Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain any such consents.  Seller shall provide to Buyer a list of all Inactive Business Employee as soon as practicable after the date hereof, identifying the circumstances of their leave or other absence and any right of reinstatement, and Seller shall provide or cause to be provided to Buyer an updated schedule of Inactive Business Employees no later than ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date.  All (x) Employees to whom Buyer (or an Affiliate of Buyer) offers employment and who accept such employment and become employed by Buyer (or an Affiliate of Buyer), and (y) Employees of any Transferred Subsidiary at the time of the Closing, are herein referred to as the “ Transferred Employees ” and each Transferred Employee shall cease to be an employee of Seller or its Affiliate, as applicable, as of the date the Transferred Employee becomes an employee of Buyer (or an Affiliate of Buyer) (such date, the “ Employee Transfer Date ”).

 

62



 

(c)           Where the local employment laws provide for the automatic transfer of employees upon the transfer of a business as a going concern, if any contract of employment relating to a person other than an Employee has effect as if originally made between Buyer and that person, Buyer shall notify Seller as soon as is reasonably practicable.  Seller or any of its Affiliates may offer employment to that person within ten business days of that notification and that person shall have ten business days to accept or decline that offer of employment.  If after that period has elapsed, the person concerned has not been offered such employment or, if that person has been offered employment and has not accepted that offer within the additional 10 business day period, Buyer may terminate the contract, by giving due notice or making an appropriate payment in lieu of notice and taking all reasonable steps to mitigate any damages or compensation which might be awarded to the persons concerned and in any event acting in consultation with Seller.  Subject to Buyer compliance with the terms of this paragraph, Seller shall pay to Buyer the amount of any Liability and/or Losses arising out of such termination and against any sum payable to it or in respect of the applicable person under his or her contract of employment following Closing.

 

(d)           For a period of 24 months following the Closing Date, Buyer and its Affiliates shall provide to any Transferred Employee who is not party to an employment agreement, who is terminated by Buyer and its Affiliates without “cause” (within the meaning of the severance arrangements of Buyer as in effect from time to time) and who timely executes and delivers (without revocation) a release of claims against Buyer and its Affiliates (to the extent required by Buyer) severance benefits in amounts and on terms and conditions substantially comparable to the severance benefits that would have been provided by Seller and its Affiliates to such Transferred Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date.

 

(e)           Each Transferred Employee shall be given credit for service with Seller or its Affiliates and their respective predecessors under any employee benefit plans or arrangements of Buyer and its Affiliates for all purposes of eligibility and vesting and accrual of benefits solely to the extent past service was recognized for such Transferred Employees under the comparable Benefit Plans immediately prior to the Closing, and to the same extent past service is credited under such plans or arrangements for similarly situated employees of Buyer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6.05(e)  shall be construed to require crediting of service for purposes of the calculation of benefits or that would result in (i) duplication of benefits, (ii) service credit for any purposes under any plans for which participation, service and/or benefit accrual is frozen or any defined benefit pension plan or any post-employment health or post-employment welfare plan, or (iii) service credit under a newly established plan for which prior service is not taken into account for employees of Buyer and its Affiliates generally.

 

(f)            With respect to any welfare plan maintained by Buyer or its Affiliates in which Transferred Employees are eligible to participate after the Closing Date, Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) waive all limitations as to preexisting conditions and exclusions and waiting periods with respect to participation and coverage requirements applicable to such employees to the extent such conditions and exclusions and waiting periods were satisfied or did not apply to such employees under the welfare plans maintained by Seller and its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date, and (ii) provide each Transferred Employee with credit for any co-payments and deductibles paid prior to the Closing Date in satisfying any analogous deductible or out-of pocket requirements to the extent applicable under any such plan

 

63



 

in the year in which the Closing occurs, to the extent credited under the welfare plans maintained by Seller or its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date.

 

(g)           Seller shall be responsible for the payment of any earned but unpaid salaries, bonus, incentive pay, vacation pay, sick pay, holiday pay, other paid time off, severance pay and other like obligations and payments to the Employees, for all periods of employment by Seller that are due prior to the Closing Date.  Seller shall also be responsible for the payment of any amounts due to the Transferred Employees pursuant to the Benefit Plans of Seller as a result of its employment of the Employees through and including the Closing Date, or with regard to Inactive Business Employees, the Employee Transfer Date, and for all incurred but unreported or unpaid medical claims occurring prior to the Employee Transfer Date and for the cost associated with confinement in any medical care, nursing, rehabilitation or similar facility which commences prior to the Closing Date.  Where the local employment Laws do not provide for the automatic transfer of employees upon the transfer of a business as a going concern, Buyer shall assume and agree to be bound by any individual contract of employment and tax equalization agreement entered into between any Employee and Seller or any of its Affiliates that is listed on Schedule 6.05(g)  (true, complete and correct copies of which have been delivered to Buyer prior to the date hereof) .

 

(h)           Seller agrees, for each Transferred Employee, to (i) use its reasonable best efforts to vest or cause to be vested as of the Closing Date all unvested pensions and savings rights, and (ii) to vest or cause to be vested all unvested outstanding stock options and other equity awards, bonuses and/or other incentives granted under the Benefit Plans prior to the Closing Date (based on a deemed achievement of performance conditions at target level, if applicable).  To the extent Seller or any of its Affiliates vests or causes to be vested unvested outstanding stock options and equity awards (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under the plans listed on Schedule 4.19(h) ) as per this Section 6.05(g) , Buyer shall promptly pay to Seller an amount equal to the lesser of (x) one-half of the aggregate Fair Value of the unvested portion of such outstanding stock options and equity awards as of the Closing Date and (y) $7,500,000.  Subject to and except as otherwise provided in Section 6.06 below, Transferred Employees participating in the Benefit Plans not vested as per the preceding sentence, including but not limited to the relevant Benefit Plans listed in Schedule 6.06 and the U.S. retiree medical plan, will be treated as having ceased employment with Seller at the Closing Date and the vesting conditions will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Benefit Plans at the Closing Date.  On or prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall take all necessary action to cause the account balances and/or accrued benefits of the Transferred Employees under Seller’s 401(k) plans and Seller’s non-qualified defined contribution savings plans maintained for the benefit of any of its U.S.-based Employees (including, without limitation, the Restoration Plan for Investment Savings Plan and Defined Contribution Savings Program) in which Transferred Employees participate to be fully vested and non-forfeitable as of the Closing Date, and Seller and its Affiliates shall contribute to such 401(k) plans and defined contribution savings plan(s) the matching contributions relating to periods prior to the Closing Date based on the amount of percentage that Seller is required to contribute to such plan on behalf of the Transferred Employees through the Closing Date as if such employees had satisfied all prerequisites for receiving such contributions as of the Closing Date.

 

64



 

(i)            Effective as of immediately prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall, and hereby does, release all Transferred Employees from any confidentiality obligations to the extent (and only to the extent) necessary for such Transferred Employees to provide services to Buyer in respect of the Business or the Purchased Assets, and Seller shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, enforce any non-competition, non-solicitation, no-hire or similar covenant with respect to any Transferred Employee or take any other action that could reasonably restrict or limit any Transferred Employee from providing employment or other services to Buyer and its Affiliates .

 

(j)            Seller shall be responsible for complying with the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 4980B and Part 6 of Title I of ERISA for its employees (including the Transferred Employees) and their “qualified beneficiaries” whose “qualifying event” (as such terms are defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 4980B) occurs on or prior to the Closing Date.  Buyer shall have no liability under COBRA or under Internal Revenue Code Section 4980B relating to any Employees for events occurring on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(k)           Seller agrees to provide, and shall cause its Affiliates to provide, any required notice under and to otherwise comply with, and to retain all Liabilities relating to, the WARN Act with respect to any event affecting the employees of the Business prior to the Closing Date.  Buyer agrees to provide any required notice under and to otherwise comply with, and to assume all Liabilities relating to, such Laws with respect to any event affecting Transferred Employees on or after the Closing Date.  On or as soon as practicable following the Closing Date, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a true , complete and correct list of all persons who suffered an “employment loss” (as defined in the WARN Act) during the 90-day period prior to the Closing Date.

 

(l)            Seller shall following the date hereof comply, with any requirement to consult with the Employees, a relevant trade union or works council or any other employee representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, mutually cooperate in undertaking all reasonably necessary or legally required actions, provision of information to, or consultations, discussions or negotiations with, employee representative bodies (including any unions or works councils) which represent employees affected by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(m)          On or as soon as practicable following the Closing Date, Seller shall pay (to the extent not previously paid) to the Transferred Employees who are eligible to receive annual incentive compensation payments from Seller or its Affiliates pursuant to Seller’s Annual Bonus Plans disclosed in Schedule 4.19(a)  and Schedule 4.19(f)  (such plans, the “ Annual Bonus Plans ”): (i) the annual bonuses earned by such Transferred Employees for calendar year 2013 under such Annual Bonus Plans; and (ii) if the Closing Date occurs after January 3, 2014, a pro rata portion, at target level, of annual bonuses accrued in respect of calendar year 2014 through the Closing Date.

 

(n)           Seller will use commercially reasonable efforts to second Cyrill Kellerhalls (the “ Seconded Employee ”) to the Business to perform the position of Head of Technical Operations for a period of two years from the Closing Date. Buyer will pay all

 

65



 

reasonable compensation costs in the ordinary course in accordance with past practice and local custom for the Seconded Employee to Seller. The terms and conditions of such secondment shall be included in the Transition Services Agreement between the date hereof and the Closing Date.

 

(o)           Nothing contained in the Agreement shall restrict the ability of Buyer to terminate the employment of any Transferred Employee for any reason at any time after the effective date of his or her employment with Buyer.  Moreover, except as specifically provided in this Section 6.05 , nothing contained in the Agreement shall require Buyer to maintain any specific Benefit Plan or other compensation or employee benefit plan, program, policy or practice following the Closing Date or shall be deemed to amend any Benefit Plan of Seller or any employee benefit plan or arrangement of Buyer or its Affiliates.  Nothing in this Section 6.05 , express or implied, is intended to confer upon any current or former employee of the Business, or upon any representative of such person, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.06         Transitional Benefit Plan Matters .

 

(a)           Following the date hereof, the parties shall, in good faith, cooperate and negotiate and execute a transitional services agreement pursuant to which Seller shall permit, to the extent permitted by Law and agreed between the parties, (1) each Transferred Employee to continue to be eligible to participate in each Applicable Plan for a period up to the Transitional Benefits Period, to the extent that such Transferred Employee was eligible to participate in such Applicable Plan as of the Closing Date and continued participation is permissible under local law and not unduly onerous on either party, provided, that Seller shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to permit such continued participation (including obtaining any required consents), and (2) to earn, accrue and receive the employee benefits payable or provided thereunder, on terms and conditions substantially comparable as those applicable prior to the Closing Date (such transitional services agreement, the “ Benefits TSA ”), which Benefits TSA shall have such terms and conditions as are consistent with this Section 6.06.

 

(b)           Seller shall provide Buyer with such information in relation to each Applicable Plan as is reasonably required to enable Buyer to (i) identify which Transferred Employees participate in the Applicable Plans as of the Closing Date; and (ii) determine the amount and form of the benefits accrued, vested and payable in respect of Transferred Employees under the Applicable Plans.  At any time during the Transitional Benefits Period applicable to any Applicable Plan, Buyer may, in its sole discretion, determine whether to set up or nominate a Designated Plan in any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

(i)            Where reasonably practicable, Buyer shall use all reasonable endeavours to set up or nominate a Designated Plan in each Relevant Jurisdiction.  Prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, prior to the expiry of the applicable Transitional Benefits Period) Buyer shall make available to each Transferred Employee participation in the Designated Plan.  Seller shall not be responsible with any costs associated with the provision of future pension benefits to Transferred Employees in respect of service with the Buyer on and from the Closing Date.

 

(ii)           Buyer and Seller shall cooperate in good faith in order to cause the

 

66



 

accrued benefits of the Transferred Employees and the accrued assets in respect thereof to be transferred to a Designated Plan (in each case, determined in accordance with the regulations of the relevant Applicable Plan and the applicable laws and normal practices of each Relevant Jurisdiction), or if transfer to a Designated Plan is not permitted, to be paid to the Buyer for the benefit of the Transferred Employees.  Buyer shall procure that any Transfer Amount shall be used only for the purpose of providing Relevant Pension Benefits under the Designated Plan or in accordance with paragraph (iii) below for and in respect of the Transferred Employee to whom, and the period of employment to which, the Transfer Amount relates.

 

(iii)          Where a Transferred Employee is unable to transfer accrued benefits to a Designated Plan due to the provisions of a Benefit Plan, the operation of law, a failure to obtain third party consents or otherwise, such Transferred Employee shall be treated for the purpose of his Relevant Pension Benefits as if he left service with Seller on the Closing Date or, if later, the date on which the parties agree at or before the expiry of the Transitional Benefits Period that no such transfer shall be made; provided that Seller and Buyer shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain any required consents. In the event that the Buyer determines not to set up or nominate a Designated Plan in any Relevant Jurisdiction, Buyer and Seller shall cooperate in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to implement benefit arrangements and payroll procedures in order to permit the Transferred Employees to receive their accrued and vested benefits under the Applicable Plans or under an alternative arrangement agreed between the parties (in each case, determined in accordance with the regulations of the relevant Applicable Plan and the applicable laws and normal practices of each Relevant Jurisdiction) following the applicable Transitional Benefits Period, and will cooperate with each other to cause such plans and procedures to be so implemented.

 

(c)           The Benefits TSA will permit Buyer and the Transferred Employees to continue to participate in any Applicable Plans while Buyer sets up or nominates a Designated Plan (or an alternative arrangement agreed between the parties) for such period as is determined by Buyer but limited: (a) with respect to Applicable Plans which provide employee benefits in the form of contribution payments or benefit accrual, to a period of not more than twelve months following the Closing Date and (b) with respect to Applicable Plans which provide employee benefits in the form of health and welfare coverage, to a period of not more than six months following the Closing Date (in each case, the “Transitional Benefits Period” ) (or such shorter periods as may be required by applicable law or taxation practice or as determined by agreement of the parties).  Such participation must be permitted in the country by law and by the relevant regulatory or fiscal authority, and approved by the person(s) who has or have responsibility for the administration and management of the Applicable Plan; provided, that Seller and Buyer shall use their commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain any such consents.  In each case, Buyer may terminate the services contemplated under the Benefits TSA with respect to any Applicable Plan in a Relevant Jurisdiction at any time following the Closing Date upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Seller (it being understood that the applicable benefits transition period with respect to any Applicable Plan may differ from that applicable to any other Applicable Plan).

 

(d)           Buyer and Seller must comply with the rules of each Applicable Plan for the duration of any period of temporary participation.  Buyer shall pay to Seller, and reimburse Seller for, the actual funding and administrative costs incurred by Seller and its Affiliates for the Transferred Employees’ participation in the Applicable Plans during any Transitional Benefits

 

67



 

Period following the Closing Date, plus reasonable external costs and expenses associated with the services provided to Buyer.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.06 to the contrary, certain Transferred Employees may be entitled to future pension benefits in a Relevant Jurisdiction from and after the Closing Date by operation of Law.  Where such entitlement exists, the parties shall co-operate to such extent as is reasonable so as to facilitate the provision of such benefits by Buyer from and after the Closing Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein will be deemed to relieve Seller, Buyer or their respective Affiliates of any obligations under applicable Law (including Laws as to employment and/or labor conditions) with respect to any Transferred Employees in any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

Any dispute between Seller and Buyer related to the calculation of benefits under this Section 6.06 shall, in the absence of agreement between them, be referred to an independent actuary agreed by Seller and Buyer or, failing such agreement, appointed by the President for the time being of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries in England at the request of the party first applying. The independent actuary shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator. His decision shall be final and binding on the parties and his expenses shall be borne between Seller and Buyer as the independent actuary may direct.

 

Section 6.07         Confidentiality .  From and after the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives to, hold in confidence any and all confidential and proprietary information, whether written or oral, concerning the Business, except to the extent that Seller can show that such information (a) is generally available to the public through no fault of Seller, any of its Affiliates or its or their respective Representatives; or (b) is lawfully acquired by Seller, any of its Affiliates or its or their respective Representatives from and after the Closing from sources that are not prohibited from disclosing such information by a legal, contractual or fiduciary obligation.  If Seller or any of its Affiliates or its or their respective Representatives is compelled to disclose any information by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of Law or it becomes necessary for Seller or any of its Affiliates to disclose such information in connection with any legal or administrative proceeding, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer in writing and shall disclose only that portion of such information as is necessary, provided that Seller shall cooperate with Buyer if Buyer seeks to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.

 

Section 6.08         Non-competition; Non-solicitation .

 

(a)           During the Restricted Period, Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, directly or indirectly (it being understood that commercial transactions with a client, customer, supplier, licensor or distributor that is not an Affiliate of Seller shall not be deemed to be indirectly violating the provisions of this Section 6.08 by reason of the fact that such person may be engaging in the Restricted Business or taking any other action prohibited hereunder):

 

(i)            engage in the Restricted Business in the Territory;

 

68



 

(ii)           have an interest in any Person that engages directly in the Restricted Business in the Territory in any capacity, including as a partner, shareholder, member, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

 

(iii)          cause, induce or encourage any client, customer, supplier or licensor of the Business (including any Person that becomes a client or customer of the Business after the Closing), or any other Person who has a material business relationship with the Business, to terminate or modify any such actual or prospective relationship in a manner that is adverse to the Business.

 

(b)           The restrictions in Section 6.08(a)  shall not apply to:

 

(i)            The Specified Excluded Businesses, or any business conducted or investment held by Seller or its Affiliates (other than the Business), or contemplated by an existing contractual arrangement applicable to Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than the Business) as of the date of this Agreement and disclosed on Schedule 6.08(b) , which Schedule will be provided within 15 Business Days after the date hereof and which, to the Knowledge of Seller as of the date hereof, would not reasonably be expected to disclose businesses, investments or arrangements that would be significant in light of the intended purpose of this Section 6.08 ;

 

(ii)           any equity investment (including equity derivatives) in a Person in which Seller and its Affiliates (A) do not have the right to designate greater than 20% of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of such Person, (B) hold less than 25% of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities or similar equity interests, (C) do not manage or operate the business of such Person or make significant proprietary assets available to such Person for use in such Person’s business other than on arm’s length commercial terms and (D) are not entitled to ordinary dividend income or other distributions that are greater than the product of (x) 1.5 and (y) what a Person who is the holder of ordinary voting securities or similar equity interests with a total voting power equal to the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities or similar equity interests held by Seller and its Affiliates would receive;

 

(iii)          any business activity that would otherwise violate Section 6.08(a)  that is acquired in connection with an Acquisition so long as (A) the net sales derived from the conduct of the Restricted Business constitute less than 20% of the net sales of the Acquired Business and such annual net sales derived from the conduct of the Restricted Business are less than $80 million; or (B) Seller or its Affiliates, as applicable, divests all or substantially all of the business activity that would otherwise violate Section 6.08(a)  or otherwise terminates or disposes of such business activity, product lines or assets of such Acquired Business that would otherwise violate Section 6.08(a)  within one year after the consummation of the acquisition of such Acquisition or such longer period as may reasonably be necessary to comply with any applicable Laws; provided , however , that Seller or any of its Affiliates may not under any circumstances acquire an Acquired Business with respect to which the portion of the business activity that is prohibited by Section 6.08(a)  (x) constitutes 30% or more of the total annual net sales of such Acquired Business unless the total annual net sales of the Acquired

 

69



 

Business are less than $100 million, or (y) generates annual net sales in excess of $120 million;

 

(iv)          passive investments by a pension or employee benefit plan or trust for present or former employees so long as such investments are directed by independent trustees, administrators or employees or by virtue of any other similar plan, fund or investment vehicle over which Seller and its Affiliates exercise no investment discretion (other than the right to buy or sell its interest in such plan, fund or investment vehicle) and financial investments by the Novartis Venture Funds;

 

(v)           investments by the Novartis Foundation for Sustainable Development or a similar non-profit-based organization;

 

(vi)          performance of any obligation of Seller or an Affiliate of Seller under the Transaction Documents, as amended from time to time in accordance with its their terms; or

 

(vii)         provision of data or other content to or in connection with a Restricted Business conducted by any Person other than Seller or an Affiliate of Seller, in each case as required by applicable Law.

 

(c)           Section 6.08(a)  shall (x) cease to be applicable to any Person at such time as it is no longer an Affiliate of Seller and shall not apply to any Person that purchases assets, operations, a subsidiary or a business from Seller or one of its Affiliates, if such Person is not an Affiliate of Seller after such transaction is consummated, and (y) be inapplicable to any Affiliate of Seller in which a Person who is not an Affiliate of Seller holds equity interests and with respect to whom Seller or another Affiliate, as applicable, has existing contractual or legal obligations limiting Seller’s discretion to impose on the subject Affiliate a non-competition obligation such as that in Section 6.08(a)  and to be set forth on Schedule 6.08(c)  (which Schedule will be provided within 15 days after the date hereof and which, to the Knowledge of Seller as of the date hereof, would not reasonably be expected to contain equity interests that would be significant in light of the intended purposes of this Section 6.08 ).

 

(d)           During the Restricted Period, Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, hire or solicit any person who is offered employment by Buyer or its Affiliates pursuant to Section 6.05 and is or was a Senior Employee during the Restricted Period or whose total annual compensation is in excess of $150,000, or encourage any such employee to leave such employment or hire any such employee who has left such employment, except pursuant to a general solicitation that is not directed specifically to any such employee; provided that nothing in this Section 6.08(d)  shall prevent Seller or any of its Affiliates from (i) hiring or soliciting any employee whose employment with Buyer or any of its Affiliates was terminated by Buyer or (ii) hiring or soliciting any employee whose employment with Buyer or any of its Affiliates has been terminated by the employee, after 180 days from the date of termination of such employment.

 

(e)           Seller acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of this Section 6.08 would give rise to irreparable harm to Buyer or its Affiliates, for which monetary damages

 

70



 

would not be an adequate remedy, and hereby agrees that in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by Seller of any of its obligations, Buyer or its Affiliates may, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to seek equitable relief, including a temporary restraining order, an injunction, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond).

 

(f)            Seller acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 6.08 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of Buyer and its Affiliates and constitute a material inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.  In the event that any covenant contained in this Section 6.08 should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic, product or service or other limitations permitted by applicable Law in any jurisdiction, then any court is expressly empowered to reform such covenant, and such covenant shall be deemed reformed, in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, product or service or other limitations permitted by applicable Law.  The covenants contained in this Section 6.08 and each provision hereof are severable and distinct covenants and provisions.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any such covenant or provision as written shall not invalidate or render unenforceable the remaining covenants or provisions hereof, and any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such covenant or provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 6.09         Governmental Approvals and Consents .

 

(a)           Each party hereto shall, as promptly as possible, (i) but no later than ten calendar days after the date hereof, make, or cause to be made, all filings and submissions under the HSR Act and other applicable premerger notification requirements set forth on Schedule 4.03 applicable to such party or any of its Affiliates; (ii) respond, or cause to be responded, as soon as reasonably practicable to any requests for additional information or documentary material from any Governmental Authority; and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, the expiration or early termination of any waiting periods under applicable premerger notification requirements and all consents, authorizations, orders and approvals from all Governmental Authorities that may be or become necessary for its execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.  Each party shall cooperate fully with the other party and its Affiliates in promptly seeking to obtain the expiration or termination of all such waiting periods and to obtain all such consents, authorizations, orders and approvals.  Neither party hereto shall take any action (including, in the case of Buyer, acquiring or agreeing to acquire any assets or securities of any other person) that would have the effect of delaying, impairing or impeding the receipt of any required consents, authorizations, orders and approvals, except that, after first consulting with and reasonably considering the views of Seller, (i) Buyer shall have a unilateral right to withdraw and refile its HSR Act filing pursuant to 16 CFR 803.12, and (ii) Buyer shall have the unilateral right to enter into and modify a timing agreement.  Buyer shall promptly oppose fully and vigorously any request for, the entry of, and seek to have vacated or terminated, any order, judgment, decree, injunction or ruling of any Governmental Authority that could restrain, prevent or delay completion, including by defending through litigation, any action asserted by any person in any court or before any Governmental Authority .

 

71



 

(b)           Without limiting the generality of the parties’ undertakings pursuant to clause (a)  above, each of the parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly respond to any inquiries by any Governmental Authority regarding antitrust or other matters with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document in order to satisfy the condition to Closing set forth in Section 7.01 as soon as practicable or to avoid the imposition of any Governmental Order or the taking of any action that would restrain, alter or enjoin the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.  Such commercially reasonable efforts shall include, in the case of Buyer or its Affiliates: (i) selling, divesting or disposing (including by licensing any Intellectual Property) of any Purchased Assets, the Transferred Subsidiary and/or any other assets or businesses of Buyer or its Affiliates; (ii) terminating any existing relationships and contractual rights and obligations pertaining to the Purchased Assets or of Buyer or any of its Affiliates; (iii) limiting its freedom of action with respect to, or its ability to retain, any of the Purchased Assets and/or any other assets or businesses of Buyer or its Affiliates; and (iv) proposing, negotiating, and offering to commit and effect to any Governmental Authority any of the foregoing (and if such offer is accepted, committing to and effecting any of the foregoing), by consent decree, hold separate order or otherwise (each a “ Remedy ”); provided that the Remedy shall in no event include (i) the termination or material modification of any of the Collaboration Agreements or any of Buyer’s material rights thereunder, or (ii) a material limitation of Buyer’s freedom of action with respect to any of the Collaboration Agreements .  Buyer shall promptly oppose fully and vigorously any request for, the entry of, and seek to have vacated or terminated, any Governmental Order that could restrain, prevent or delay Closing by defending through litigation, any action asserted by any person in any court or before any Governmental Authority.

 

(c)           If any takeover statute is or becomes applicable to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby , each of Buyer, Seller and their respective boards of directors shall (i) take all necessary action to ensure that such transactions may be consummated as promptly as practicable upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and (ii) otherwise act to eliminate or minimize the effects of such takeover statute .

 

(d)           Each party shall promptly notify the other of any communication concerning this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it from any Governmental Authority.  All presentations, briefs, filings and submissions made by or on behalf of either party before any Governmental Authority or the staff or regulators of any Governmental Authority, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including any interactions between Seller or Buyer with Governmental Authorities in the ordinary course of business), shall be shared with and disclosed to the other party hereunder in advance of any filing, submission or attendance for review (subject to applicable Law and, in appropriate cases, to appropriate confidentiality agreements to limit disclosure to outside lawyers and consultants), it being the intent that the parties will consult and cooperate with one another, and consider in good faith the views of one another, in connection with any such presentations, briefs, filings, and submissions.  Each party agrees that it shall not participate in any meeting or substantive discussion (including any discussion relating to the antitrust merits) with any Governmental Authority unless, to the extent practicable, it consults with the other party and its representatives in advance, considers in good faith their views, and invites the other party’s representatives to attend unless the Governmental Authority prohibits such attendance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that Buyer shall have the right to direct all

 

72



 

negotiations with any Governmental Authority regarding any consent decree, hold separate order or agreement.

 

(e)           Seller shall (i) use its (A) best efforts to obtain, prior to the Closing, the consents set forth on Schedule 6.09(e)  and (B) commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, prior to the Closing any consent required as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby ; provided, however , that (1) neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to take any action that would cause it to be in breach of Section 6.01 and (2) Buyer will reasonably assist Seller in obtaining such consents and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer to Buyer or its designee all Permits, including all Environmental Permits, Health Care Permits and Intellectual Property Registrations, required in connection with the Purchased Assets or by the Business in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) where the transfer referred to in clause (ii)  is not possible, assist Buyer in obtaining new Permits, including all Environmental Permits, Health Care Permits and Intellectual Property Registrations, required in connection with the Purchased Assets or by the Business, whether such Permits are to be issued to Buyer or any of its Affiliates directly or to Representatives or contractors thereof .

 

(f)            Within 45 days after the date hereof, Seller shall deliver to Buyer true, complete and correct copies of all material Permits used by Seller or its Affiliates in connection with the Business.

 

Section 6.10         Business Books and Records .

 

(a)           In order to facilitate the resolution of any claims made against or incurred by Seller, or pursued by Seller against any other Person, prior to the Closing, or for any other reasonable purpose, for a period of seven years after the Closing, Buyer shall:

 

(i)            retain the Business Books and Records (including personnel files) relating to periods prior to the Closing in a manner reasonably consistent with the past practices of Seller;

 

(ii)           upon reasonable notice, afford the Representatives of Seller reasonable access (including the right to make, at Seller’s expense, photocopies), during normal business hours, to such Business Books and Records; and

 

(iii)          upon reasonable notice, make available to Seller employees of Buyer that are or were involved in the Business on or prior to Closing for purposes of pursing or defending any such claims.

 

(b)           In order to facilitate the resolution of any claims made by or against or incurred by Buyer after the Closing, or for any other reasonable purpose, for a period of seven years following the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause the Seller Companies to:

 

(i)            retain the Business Books and Records (including personnel files) of Seller and the other Seller Companies (other than such Business Books and Records of the Transferred Subsidiary that will be transferred to Buyer at the Closing) that relate to the Business and its operations for periods prior to the Closing;

 

73



 

(ii)           upon reasonable notice, afford the Representatives of Buyer reasonable access (including the right to make, at Buyer’s expense, photocopies), during normal business hours, to such Business Books and Records; and

 

(iii)          upon reasonable notice, make available to Buyer Seller’s employees that are or were involved in the Business on or prior to Closing for purposes of pursing or defending any such claims.

 

(c)           Buyer and Seller and its Affiliates shall comply with the obligations set forth in Schedule 6.10(c) .

 

(d)           Neither Buyer nor Seller shall be obligated to provide the other party with access to any books or records (including personnel files) pursuant to this Section 6.10 where such access would violate any Law.

 

Section 6.11         Closing Conditions .  From the date hereof until the Closing, each party hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take such actions as are necessary to expeditiously satisfy the closing conditions set forth in Article VII hereof.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete, the unions information and consultation procedure provided under article 47 of Law no. 428 of December 29, 1990 and article 2112 of the Italian Civil Code in relation to the transaction to which this Agreement relates, all in accordance with the applicable L aw.  Such efforts with respect to the consultation procedure shall commence not later than ten calendar days after the date hereof and neither party shall voluntarily extend the consultation period without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

Section 6.12         Public Announcements .  Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, except as set forth below no party shall (and each party shall cause its Affiliates and Representatives not to) make, directly or indirectly, any public announcement, disclosure or other similar communication (including any announcement or disclosure to or communication with any Employees or with any news media) with respect to this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any related or ancillary matter without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), except either party may make any announcement, disclosure or communication (i) as may be required by applicable Law (including stock exchange requirements) or legal process or (ii) to the extent reasonably necessary for either party to enforce its rights under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.  Each party may issue an initial announcement of the transaction in the form set forth in Exhibit F1 or F2 , respectively.  Seller’s press release shall be issued by 7:15 AM CET on the day after the date hereof and Buyer’s press release shall be issued on or after on 7:30 AM CET on such date (but in any event not earlier than the time that the Seller’s press release is actually issued). The parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate communications with Employees.

 

Section 6.13         Bulk Sales Laws .  The parties hereby waive compliance with the provisions of any bulk sales, bulk transfer or similar Laws of any jurisdiction that may otherwise be applicable with respect to the sale of any or all of the Purchased Assets to Buyer; it being understood that any Liabilities arising out of the failure of Seller to comply with the

 

74



 

requirements and provisions of any bulk sales, bulk transfer or similar Laws of any jurisdiction that would not otherwise constitute Assumed Liabilities shall be treated as Excluded Liabilities.

 

Section 6.14         Receivables .  From and after the Applicable Working Capital Date, if Seller or any of its Affiliates receives or collects any funds relating to any Accounts Receivable or any other Purchased Asset, Seller or its Affiliate shall, subject to Closing having occurred, remit such funds to Buyer within five Business Days after the later of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) its receipt thereof.  From and after the Closing, if Buyer or its Affiliate receives or collects any funds relating to any Excluded Asset, Buyer or its Affiliate shall remit any such funds to Seller within five Business Days after its receipt thereof.

 

Section 6.15         Allocation of Certain Taxes .

 

(a)           Tax Return Preparation and Payment of Taxes.   Buyer shall timely prepare and file, or cause to be timely prepared and filed, all Tax Returns of the Transferred Subsidiary (x) for Pre-Closing Tax Periods that are required to be filed after the Closing Date and (y) for Straddle Periods.  All such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice, unless otherwise required by applicable Law.  Buyer shall provide, or cause to be provided, to Seller a copy of each Tax Return described in (x) or (y) above no less than 20 days (or such shorter period as is reasonable based on a filing deadline) prior to the due date and filing thereof for review and comment by Seller.  Buyer shall make such revisions to such Tax Return as are reasonably requested by Seller to the extent such revisions relate to Taxes of a Transferred Subsidiary for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, except (i) where a contrary position is required by applicable Law, or (ii) to the extent such comments, if incorporated in any such Tax Return, would cause such Tax Return to be prepared in a manner inconsistent with past Tax Returns.

 

(b)           Allocation of Certain Taxes .  In the case of any Straddle Period, (i)  all Taxes imposed on a periodic basis (other than Taxes for Real Property addressed in Section 2.07(f) ) f or the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be equal to the amount of such Taxes for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the Straddle Period that is in the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period, and shall be an Excluded Liability and (ii) Taxes for the Post-Closing Tax Period shall be equal to the amount of such Taxes for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the Straddle Period that is in the Post-Closing Tax Period and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period, and shall be an Assumed Liability.  All other Taxes for a Straddle Period (other than Taxes for Real Property ) shall be allocated between the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the Post-Closing Tax Period as if such taxable period ends as of the close of business on the Closing Date.  The party that has the primary obligation to do so under applicable Law shall file any Tax Return that is required to be filed in respect of Taxes described in this Section 6.15(b) , and that party shall pay the Taxes shown on such Tax Return.  To the extent any such Taxes paid by Buyer (or any refund of Taxes received by Buyer) is allocable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period, or any such Taxes paid by Seller (or any refund of Taxes received by Seller) is allocable to the Post-Closing Tax Period, Buyer or Seller (as applicable) shall pay to the other party such proportionate amount promptly after the payment of such Taxes (or the receipt of any such refund).

 

75



 

(c)           Procedures Relating to Indemnification of Tax Claims .

 

(i)            With respect to any Actions relating to Taxes , the Indemnifying Party shall, at its own expense, assume control of the defense of any Action for which an indemnity for Losses relating to Taxes (a “ Tax Claim ”) is sought.  If the Indemnifying Party assumes control of such defense, the Indemnifying Party shall (A) notify the Indemnified Party of significant developments with respect to such Tax Claim and keep the Indemnified Party reasonably informed, (B) consult with the Indemnified Party with respect to any issue that reasonably could be expected to have an adverse effect on the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates and (C) give the Indemnified Party a copy of any Tax adjustment proposed in writing with respect to such Tax Claim and copies of any other material correspondence with the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such Tax Claim.  The Indemnifying Party shall not pay or compromise any Tax Liability asserted with respect to any Tax Claim for any indemnifiable Tax without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

(ii)           Subject to Section 6.04(c)(i)  above, with respect to any Tax Claim for any Straddle Period, Buyer or its Affiliate shall control the defense of such Tax Claim; provided that Buyer or its Affiliate shall (A) notify Seller or the applicable Seller Company of significant developments with respect to such Tax Claim and keep Seller or the applicable Seller Company reasonably informed; (B) consult with Seller or the applicable Seller Company with respect to any issue that reasonably could be expected to have an adverse effect on Seller or the applicable Seller Company (including by giving rise to an indemnity obligation of Seller or the applicable Seller Company) and (C) give Seller or the applicable Seller Company a copy of any Tax adjustment proposed in writing with respect to such Tax Claim and copies of any other material correspondence with the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such Tax Claim.  Buyer shall not pay or compromise any Tax Liability asserted with respect to any Tax Claim for any Straddle Period, without the prior written consent of Seller or the applicable Seller Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned .

 

(iii)          To the extent this Section 6.15(c)  conflicts with Article VIII with respect to a Tax matter, this Section 6.15(c)  shall control .

 

(d)           Transfer Taxes .  All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration , and other such Taxes, and fees (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents (including any real property transfer Tax , stamp duty tax and any other similar Tax) (the “ Transfer Taxes ”) shall be borne 50 % by Buyer and 50% by Seller.   If a Tax Return is required, the party that has the primary obligation to file any Tax Return that is required to be filed in respect of any Transfer Taxes (the “ Filing Party ”) shall prepare and file such return after providing the other party the opportunity to review and approve the return (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).  The Filing Party shall, subject to reimbursement from the other party, as provided in this Section 6.15(d) , pay (or cause to be paid) the Taxes shown on such Tax Return and the other party shall reimburse the Filing Party for its share of such Transfer Taxes by wire transfer of immediately available funds no later than five days after receipt of written notice (or notice delivered by

 

76



 

electronic communication) from the Filing Party that any such Transfer Tax is required to be paid to the applicable Governmental Authority.  The parties agree to cooperate with each other in connection with the preparation and filing of any such Tax Returns, in obtaining all available exemptions from such Transfer Taxes, and in timely providing each other with resale certificates or other documents necessary to satisfy any such exemptions.

 

(e)           Value Added Taxes .  Each amount payable by Buyer under or pursuant to this Agreement (including the Purchase Price or any part thereof) is exclusive of any value added or equivalent tax (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall exclude sales or uses or similar types of Taxes in the United States) (“ Value Added Tax ”). If any Value Added Tax is due on any amount payable by Buyer under or pursuant to this Agreement, Buyer shall pay to Seller the amount of such Value Added Tax in addition to such amount payable); provided that Buyer and Seller shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, work together in good faith prior to the Closing Date to determine whether transfers of any of the Purchased Assets are subject to Value Added Tax and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (i) ensure that where an exemption is available any necessary conditions for such exemption will be satisfied and (ii) assist Buyer or its Affiliates or the applicable party to obtain a credit in respect of, or other recovery of, such Value Added Taxes.

 

Section 6.16         Cooperation .  After the Closing Date, Buyer and Seller shall cooperate, and shall cause their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, contractors, consultants, agents, auditors and representatives reasonably to cooperate, with each other in preparing and filing all Tax Returns, resolving disputes and in all other matters relating to Taxes (including matters relating to tax accounting) in respect of the Business, the Transferred Subsidiary and the Purchased Assets, including by maintaining and making available to each other and their respective Affiliates all Books and Records relating to Taxes; provided , however , that such access and assistance do not unreasonably disrupt the normal operations of Buyer or Seller.  Any documents requested by Buyer or Seller shall be limited to those documents that reasonably relate to the Tax Returns (including any work papers connected thereto), disputes and other matters relating to Taxes in respect of the Business , the Purchased Assets or the Transferred Subsidiary .  Nothing in this Section 6.16 shall be interpreted as requiring either party to disclose to the other party confidential information that does not relate to the Tax Returns (including any work papers connected thereto), disputes and other matters relating to Taxes in respect of the Business , the Purchased Assets or the Transferred Subsidiary , and either party may make appropriate redactions to documents provided to protect such confidential information.

 

Section 6.17         Title Insurance .

 

(a)           Seller shall cause to be delivered to Buyer within 15 Business Days of the date hereof a title insurance commitment for a CLTA title policy for each Owned Real Property issued by the Title Company, it being agreed that if any such commitment shows title to the applicable Owned Real Property to be subject to matters other than a Permitted Encumbrance that render title to such Owned Real Property unmarketable, then Buyer shall promptly notify Seller in writing specifying the exact nature of any matters that render title unmarketable, and Seller shall remove such matter; provided that such removal shall not be a condition to Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such matter affecting title are inconsistent with the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 4.11(a) .

 

77



 

(b)           Seller acknowledges that Buyer may request the Title Company to provide to Buyer, at Buyer’s sole cost and expense, extended coverage for Title Policies and such endorsements as Buyer may request; provided that (i) Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement shall not be conditioned upon Buyer’s ability to obtain such Title Policies or endorsements, (ii) Buyer shall nevertheless be obligated to proceed to close the transaction contemplated hereby without reduction of or set off against the Purchase Price, and (iii) the Closing shall in no event be delayed as a result of Buyer’s request.  Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such documents reasonably required by the Title Company in order for Title Company to issue Buyer such Title Policy and endorsements.

 

Section 6.18         Subsequent Actions .  If at any time after the Closing Buyer will consider or be advised that any Deed, bill of sale, instrument of conveyance, assignment, assurance or any other action or thing is necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm ownership (of record or otherwise) in Buyer, its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the Purchased Assets or otherwise to carry out this Agreement, Seller shall, and shall cause its applicable Affiliates to, execute and deliver all Deeds, bills of sale, instruments of conveyance, powers of attorney, assignment and assurances and take and do all such other actions and things as may be reasonably requested by Buyer in order to vest, perfect or confirm any and all right title and interest in, to and under such rights, properties or assets in Buyer or otherwise to carry out this Agreement.

 

Section 6.19         Further Assurances .  Following the Closing, each of the parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, execute and deliver such additional documents, instruments, conveyances and assurances and take such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions hereof and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

Section 6.20         Guarantees .

 

(a)           Novartis Corporation Guarantee .

 

(i)            In consideration of Seller’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, Novartis Corporation hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Buyer (A) the due and punctual payment and performance of each of the obligations owing by Seller under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents if, as and when such obligations become due and (B) the due and punctual payment of all Losses incurred by Buyer resulting from the breach or default by Seller of any of the provisions of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Losses covered by the indemnity provided under Section 8.02 (collectively, the “ Seller Obligations ”).

 

(ii)           In connection with a termination (in whole or in part) of this Agreement pursuant to Article IX , Novartis Corporation’s obligations under this Section 6.20(a)  shall terminate with respect to those Seller Obligations that have been relieved in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 9.02 .  For the avoidance of doubt, the guarantee under this Section 6.20(a)  and the rights of Buyer under this Section

 

78



 

6.20(a)  shall continue to apply to all those Seller Obligations surviving a termination (in whole or in part) of this Agreement pursuant to Article IX .

 

(iii)          Novartis Corporation hereby agrees that its obligations under this Section 6.20(a)  shall be unconditional, irrespective of (A) the absence of any action to enforce the Seller Obligations against Seller, (B) any amendment, waiver or consent by Seller or the holder of a Seller Obligation with respect to any provision thereof, (C) the liquidation, dissolution or winding up Seller, or (D) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.  Novartis Corporation hereby waives promptness, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filings of claims with any court, any right to require a proceeding first against Seller, protest or notice with respect to the applicable Seller Obligation and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that Novartis Corporation’s obligations under this Section 6.20(a)  will not be discharged except by complete performance of the applicable Seller Obligations and the obligations under this Section 6.20(a)  in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof, respectively.

 

(iv)          Novartis Corporation shall be subrogated to all rights against Seller in respect of any amounts paid by Novartis Corporation pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.20(a) .

 

(v)           The obligations of Novartis Corporation under this Section 6.20(a)  constitute a guarantee of payment and performance when due and not of collection.  The Seller Obligations of Novartis Corporation under this Section 6.20(a)  shall continue to be effective, or to be reinstated, as the case may be, in respect of any Seller Obligations if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of said Seller Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Seller, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

(vi)          For the avoidance of doubt, the term “ Seller ” as used in this Section 6.20(a)  includes any successor or assign of Seller.

 

(vii)         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.20 , Novartis Corporation shall have no obligation to pay any obligation of Seller arising under Article VIII hereof if Seller would not have been obligated to pay such obligation under the terms of Article VIII .

 

(b)           Grifols Guarantee .

 

(i)            In consideration of Seller’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, Grifols hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Seller (A) the due and punctual payment and performance of each of the obligations owing by Buyer under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents if, as and when such obligations become due and (B) the due and punctual payment of all Losses incurred by Seller resulting from the breach or default by Buyer of any of the provisions of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, including, for the avoidance of doubt, all

 

79



 

Losses covered by the indemnity provided under Section 8.03 (collectively, the “ Buyer Obligations ”).

 

(ii)           In connection with a termination (in whole or in part) of this Agreement pursuant to Article IX , Grifols’s obligations under this Section 6.20(b)  shall terminate with respect to those Buyer Obligations that have been relieved in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 9.02 .  For the avoidance of doubt, the guaranty under this Section 6.20(b)  and the rights of Seller under this Section 6.20 shall continue to apply to all those Buyer Obligations surviving a termination (in whole or in part) of this Agreement pursuant to Article IX .

 

(iii)          Grifols hereby agrees that its obligations under this Section 6.20(b)  shall be unconditional, irrespective of (A) the absence of any action to enforce the Buyer Obligations against Buyer, (B) any amendment, waiver or consent by Buyer or the holder of a Buyer Obligation with respect to any provision thereof, (C) the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Buyer, or (D) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor.  Grifols hereby waives promptness, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filings of claims with any court, any right to require a proceeding first against Buyer, protest or notice with respect to the applicable Buyer Obligation and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that Grifols’ s obligations under this Section 6.20(b)  will not be discharged except by complete performance of the applicable Buyer Obligations and the obligations under this Section 6.20(b)  in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof, respectively.

 

(iv)          Grifols shall be subrogated to all rights against Buyer in respect of any amounts paid by Grifols pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.20(b) .

 

(v)           The obligations of Grifols under this Section 6.20(b)  constitute a guarantee of payment and performance when due and not of collection.  The Buyer Obligations of Grifols under this Section 6.20(b)  shall continue to be effective, or to be reinstated, as the case may be, in respect of any Buyer Obligations if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of said Buyer Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Buyer, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

(vi)          For the avoidance of doubt, the term “ Buyer ” as used in this Section 6.20(b)  includes any successor or assign of Buyer or any other Person that acquires Purchased Assets or the Transferred Subsidiary Shares hereunder pursuant to the definition of “Buyer”, Section 2.01 or Section 10.08 .

 

Section 6.21         Renewal of Assigned Contracts .  Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to renew each Assigned Contract that is up for renewal between the execution of this Agreement and Closing on terms that are in the aggregate at least as favorable as those currently in place.

 

80



 

Section 6.22                             Cooperation with Financing .

 

(a)                                  Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, at Buyer’s cost, use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such cooperation (including to cause its Representatives to provide such cooperation) as may be reasonably requested by Buyer or Buyer’s prospective financing sources in connection with the arrangement of the financing for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Financing ”) , including:  (i) upon reasonable prior notice, making senior management and other Senior Employees of Seller available to (A) participate in, and assist Buyer in Buyer’s preparation of materials for (including providing customary authorization letters authorizing the distribution of information to prospective lenders and identifying any portion of such information that constitutes material, non-public information regarding the Seller or its subsidiaries or their respective securities), meetings with prospective financing sources and (B) participate in and assist Buyer in Buyer’s preparation of materials for meetings with rating agencies; (ii) requesting independent accountants for Seller to be available to Buyer’s prospective financing sources to answer questions, subject to such conditions as may be required by such accountants; (iii) providing Buyer with such information as Buyer’s prospective financing sources may reasonably request of Buyer in connection with the Financing, except as required by Law or to preserve any privilege from disclosure; (iv) providing customary assistance to Buyer in Buyer’s preparation or filing of security and collateral documents necessary in connection with such Financing; (v) requesting releases of Encumbrances and pay-off letters in accordance with the terms hereof; and (vi) furnishing Buyer and its financing sources promptly with all documentation and other information required by Governmental Authorities in connection with the Financing under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, provided , however , that with respect to clauses (i)  through (vi)  above, prior to the Closing, Seller will not be required to execute or become bound by any document that is effective earlier than the Closing Date or to provide or do anything that would result in any material disruption to the operations or management of the Business .

 

(b)                                  Each of Buyer and Grifols shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, the proceeds of the Debt Financing on the terms and conditions described in the Debt Commitment Letter, including using its commercially reasonable efforts with respect to (i) maintaining in effect the Debt Commitment Letter, (ii) negotiating definitive agreements with respect to the Debt Financing (the “ Definitive Agreements ”) consistent with the terms and conditions contained therein or, if available pursuant to the terms of such Debt Commitment Letters, on other terms that are acceptable to Buyer and Grifols and would not materially adversely affect the ability of Buyer or Grifols, respectively, to consummate the transactions contemplated herein, and (iii) satisfying on a timely basis all conditions applicable to Buyer or Grifols to obtaining the Debt Financing that are within the control of Buyer or Grifols, including by not incurring Indebtedness that would cause the condition precedent to the Debt Commitment Letter relating to Indebtedness not to be satisfied unless the condition is waived by the Lenders.  In the event that all conditions contained in the Debt Commitment Letter have been satisfied (or, upon funding, will be satisfied) or otherwise waived, each of Buyer and Grifols shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to timely cause the Lenders to fund the Debt Financing, as applicable (including by seeking through litigation to enforce its rights under the Debt Commitment Letter and Definitive Agreements, as applicable).

 

81



 

(c)                                   Buyer and Grifols shall not, without the prior written consent of Seller, (i) terminate the Debt Commitment Letter, unless such Debt Commitment Letter is replaced in a manner consistent with the terms of such Debt Commitment Letter and the following clause (ii) , or (ii) permit any amendment or modification to, or any waiver of, any material provision or remedy under, or replace, the Debt Commitment Letter if such amendment, modification, waiver, or replacement (w) would be reasonably expected to make the timely funding of any of the Debt Financing or satisfaction of the conditions to obtaining the Debt Financing materially less likely to occur, (x) reduces the aggregate amount of the Debt Financing (including by materially changing the amount of fees to be paid in respect of the Debt Financing), (y) materially and adversely affects the ability of Buyer or Grifols to enforce its rights against other parties to the Debt Commitment Letter or the Definitive Agreements as so amended, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified, or (z) would reasonably be expected to prevent, impede or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that Buyer and Grifols may amend the Debt Commitment Letter to add lenders, lead arrangers, bookrunners, syndication agents or similar entities who had not executed the Debt Commitment Letter as of the date hereof in accordance with the terms of such Debt Commitment Letter.  Upon any such amendment, supplement, modification or replacement of the Debt Financing Commitments in accordance with this Section 6.22(c) , the term “ Debt Financing Commitments ” shall mean the Debt Financing Commitments as so amended, supplemented, modified or replaced.

 

(d)                                  In the event that any portion of the Debt Financing becomes unavailable, regardless of the reason therefor, Buyer and Grifols shall (i) promptly notify Seller of such unavailability and, to the Knowledge of Buyer or Grifols, the reason therefor and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, as promptly as practicable following the occurrence of such event, alternative debt financing (in an amount sufficient to replace such unavailable Debt Financing) from the same or other sources and on terms and conditions not materially less favorable to Buyer and Grifols than such unavailable Debt Financing and, in each case, as permitted by the terms of any Debt Commitment Letter or Fee Letter.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms “Debt Commitment Letter”, “Debt Financing Commitments” and “Fee Letter” shall be deemed to include any commitment letter (or similar agreement) or commitment or any fee letter referred to in such commitment letter with respect to any alternative financing arranged in compliance with this Section 6.22(d)  (and any Debt Commitment Letter, Debt Financing Commitment and Fee Letter remaining in effect at the time in question).

 

(e)                                   Buyer and Grifols shall provide Seller with prompt oral and written notice: ( i ) of any material breach or material default by any party to the Debt Commitment Letter or the Definitive Agreements of which either Buyer or Grifols has Knowledge or any termination of any of the Debt Commitment Letter; ( ii ) of the receipt of any written notice or other written communication to either Buyer or Grifols from any Lender or other financing source with respect to any actual or threatened breach, default, (or any accusation of breach or default), termination or repudiation by any party to the Debt Commitment Letter or the Definitive Agreements or any provision thereof; ( iii ) of any material dispute or disagreement between or among Buyer or Grifols, on the one hand, and the Lenders on the other hand, or, to the Knowledge of Buyer or Knowledge of Grifols, among any Lenders to the Debt Commitment Letters or the Definitive Agreements with respect to the obligation to fund any of the Debt Financing at Closing; and (iv) if at any time for any reason either Buyer or Grifols believes in good faith that it will not be able

 

82



 

to obtain at Closing the timely funding of all or any portion of the Debt Financing; provided , however , that in no event will Buyer or Grifols be under any obligation to disclose any information pursuant to clauses ( i ) , (ii)  or ( iii that is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege if Buyer or Grifols shall have used their commercially reasonable efforts to disclose such information in a way that would not waive such privilege.  In the event that Buyer and Grifols do not provide access or information in reliance on the preceding sentence, Buyer and Grifols shall provide notice to Seller that such access or information is being withheld, and Buyer and Grifols shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to communicate, to the extent feasible, the applicable information in a way that would not violate the applicable obligation or risk waiver of such privilege.  Buyer and Grifols shall keep Seller reasonably informed on a current basis of the status of its efforts to consummate the Debt Financing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 10.12 , compliance by Buyer and Grifols with this Section 6.22(e)  shall not relieve either Buyer or Grifols of its obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement whether or not the Debt Financing is available.

 

Section 6.23                             Waiver and Release .  Buyer undertakes to Seller and its Affiliates to procure the release at Closing of Seller and its Affiliates from those bank guarantees, reimbursement obligations guarantees, indemnities, comfort letters or other arrangements given by Seller or by any of its Affiliates in respect of the Business (which, to the Knowledge of Seller are primarily bank guarantees and related reimbursement obligations required in connection with contract tenders under applicable procurement procedures) and, subject to the limitations and procedures set forth in Article VIII , to indemnify Seller and each of its Affiliates from all claims, liabilities, costs and expenses arising in respect or by reason of any of them to the extent arising after Closing including if such release cannot be obtained.  For the avoidance of doubt, all claims, liabilities, costs and expenses relating to such guarantees, indemnities, comfort letters or other arrangements arising in respect of or by reason of any conditions existing or acts or omissions occurring prior to the Closing remain the responsibility of Seller.

 

Section 6.24                             Collaboration Agreements .  Seller shall provide Buyer with reasonably prompt oral and written notice of (a) any material discussions between or among Seller or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any Collaboration Partner, on the other hand, with respect to or relating to a Collaboration Agreement, including the status of the current discussions with Ortho Diagnostic Systems Inc. or any of its Affiliates regarding potential amendments to or settlements of monetary claims under the applicable Collaboration Agreement, (b) the receipt of any notice or material communication between or among Seller or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any Collaboration Partner, on the other hand, with respect to or relating to a Collaboration Agreement and (c) any significant dispute or disagreement between or among Seller or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and any Collaboration Partner, on the other hand, with respect to or relating to a Collaboration Agreement.

 

Section 6.25                             Transaction Documents .  Seller and Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate and finalize the Transaction Documents (other than this Agreement) prior to the Closing (it being the intention of the parties to finalize the Transaction Documents within 30 days after the date hereof or as soon as practicable thereafter).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties shall, in good faith, negotiate a transitional services agreement pursuant to which Seller or its Affiliates shall provide to Buyer and/or its Affiliates for a sufficient period of time all services currently provided to the Business by Seller

 

83



 

or one of its Affiliates that are reasonably necessary in order for Buyer and its Affiliates to continue to operate the Business in substantially the same manner in which the Business operated prior to the Closing Date (such transitional services agreement, the “ Transition Services Agreement ”).  The services to be provided under the Transition Services Agreement are expected to include shared IT services, payroll support and workforce administration services, customer, vendor and service management support services, finance, public relations and supply chain support services and leased office space and such other services that are currently provided by Seller or its Affiliates in connection with the Business.

 

Section 6.26                             Post-Closing Financing Cooperation .  After the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, reasonably cooperate with Buyer and its Affiliates and each of their respective Representatives in a timely manner as reasonably requested by Buyer in connection with (a) Buyer or its Affiliates’ preparation of historical financial statements and pro forma financial information with respect to the Business pursuant to Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, the Spanish Securities Market Act (Ley 24/1998, de 28 de Julio, del Mercado de Valores) and (b) the timely filing by Buyer or its Affiliates of any other financial statements and pro forma financial information with the SEC under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or with Spanish CNMV under the Spanish Securities Market Act (Ley 24/1998, de 28 de Julio, del Mercado de Valores) and for any securities offerings by Buyer or its Affiliates for which such financial information is reasonably necessary or advisable, in each case including (i) permitting Buyer and its Affiliates to use any audited or unaudited financial statements of the Business, Seller and its Affiliates as are in existence, (ii) permitting Buyer, its Affiliates, and their Representatives, to have reasonable access to the support documentation prepared by the Seller, its Affiliates, and their Representatives in relation to the carve out of the Business and receive from the Seller, its Affiliates, and their Representatives reasonably detailed explanations regarding the any assumptions underlying and any changes made to such financial information, (iii) requesting the delivery from Seller’s or its Affiliates’ independent public accountants, as applicable, of relevant comfort letters necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing (subject to customary procedures and practice), (iv) requesting the delivery from the Seller’s or its Affiliates’ independent public accountants of relevant consent letters necessary in connection with the foregoing (subject to customary procedures and practice) and (v) if any requested financial statements are not available, assisting Grifols and its independent public accountants in the preparation of such financial statements.  Buyer, for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates, shall promptly pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Seller or its Affiliates in connection with Seller’s or its Affiliates’ compliance with this Section 6.26 , including any professional and accounting fees.

 

Section 6.27                             Use of Names .  For a period of two years following the Closing Date, Seller agrees that Buyer may use the term “Novartis” with “Diagnostics” in the context of referring to Buyer as a successor in interest to, and acquiror of, the Business.

 

Section 6.28                             Indebtedness .

 

(a)                                  At or prior to Closing, Seller shall repay or discharge, or shall cause to be repaid or discharged, all amounts then outstanding (including any accrued but unpaid interest thereon, penalties, fees or other Liabilities with respect thereto) and owed:

 

84



 

(i)                                      by the Transferred Subsidiary (A) pursuant to the banking facilities letter dated as of October 3, 2013, from HSBC to the Transferred Subsidiary (A/C No. 808-417646) (the “ HSBC Debt ”), and (B) to Seller or any of its Affiliates; and

 

(ii)                                   by Seller or any of its Affiliates to the Transferred Subsidiary,

 

and shall release, or procure the release, in connection with such repayment or discharge of the HSBC Debt, any Encumbrances thereon (if any) and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain customary pay-off letters with respect to the HSBC Debt in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer (including, among other things, the terms and conditions for payment and satisfaction in full of the HSBC Debt and the release of all Encumbrances thereon (if any)).

 

(b)                                  The parties acknowledge and agree that Seller may at its discretion (i) apply, or cause to be applied, any cash held by or on behalf of the Transferred Subsidiary in discharging the Seller’s obligations pursuant to this Section 6.28 and/or (ii) extract or pay, or cause to be extracted or paid, for the benefit of Seller or any of its Affiliates any cash held by or on behalf of the Transferred Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 2.07(a)  of this Agreement, Seller shall cause the Transferred Subsidiary to have four million dollars ($4,000,000) of cash at and immediately after the Closing.

 

(c)                                   The parties further acknowledge and agree that for the purposes of performing its obligations under this Section 6.28 , Seller may provide, or cause any of its Affiliates to provide, additional funding to the Transferred Subsidiary in such manner as it may in its discretion determine including without limitation by way of intercompany debt, capital contribution and/or issue of shares (provided always that this right shall be without prejudice to the obligations of the Seller pursuant to clause (a)  above), and, upon delivery to Buyer of (i) written documentation showing the issuance of any new shares and (ii) an updated Schedule 4.04(a) , for the purposes of Section 7.02(a)  and Section 9.01(e) , the table set forth in Schedule 4.04(a)  shall be deemed so amended.

 

(d)                                  At or prior to the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to terminate all Contracts between the Transferred Subsidiary, on the one hand, and Seller or its Affiliates, on the other hand, or the portion of any such Contract to the extent it relates to the Transferred Subsidiary.  Following the Closing, Buyer shall, and shall cause the Transferred Subsidiary to, take all actions reasonably necessary to give effect to such termination.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any actions required to be undertaken by Seller pursuant to, or otherwise contemplated by, this Section 6.28 shall not be subject to the restrictions contained in Section 6.01 .

 

ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

Section 7.01                             Conditions to Obligations of all Parties .  The obligations of each party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

85



 

(a)                                  The filings of Buyer and Seller pursuant to the HSR Act , if any, and the other applicable premerger notification requirements set forth on Schedule 4.03 shall have been made and either clearance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been granted or the applicable waiting period and any extensions thereof shall have expired or been terminated.

 

(b)                                  No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Governmental Order that is in effect and has the effect of making the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal, otherwise restraining or prohibiting consummation of such transactions or causing any of the transactions contemplated hereunder to be rescinded following completion thereof.

 

Section 7.02                             Conditions to Obligations of Buyer .  The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment or Buyer’s waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Other than the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Section 4.01(a) , Section 4.02 , Section 4.04 , Section 4.08(a)  and Section 4.22 (collectively, the “ Seller Fundamental Representations ”) and Section 4.06(b) , the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any qualification as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect set forth herein and therein) on and as of (i)  if the Closing occurs on January 3, 2014, the Antitrust Clearance Date or (ii) if the Closing occurs on any later date, the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, the accuracy of which shall be determined as of that specified date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Seller Fundamental Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects and the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Section 4.06(b)  shall be true and correct in all respects, in each case, on and as of (A)  if the Closing occurs on January 3, 2014, the Antitrust Clearance Date or (B) if the Closing occurs on any later date, the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, the accuracy of which shall be determined as of that specified date).

 

(b)                                  Seller shall have duly performed and complied in all material respects with all material obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   The Collaboration Agreement Consents shall be in full force and effect as of (i)  if the Closing occurs on January 3, 2014, the Antitrust Clearance Date or (ii) if the Closing occurs on any later date, the Closing Date ; provided that an executed and delivered Collaboration Agreement Consent that has not been revoked in writing by the counterparty shall be prima facie evidence that such Collaboration Agreement Consent has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

 

86



 

(d)                                  From the date of this Agreement until (i)  if the Closing occurs on January 3, 2014, the Antitrust Clearance Date or (ii) if the Closing occurs on any later date, the Closing Date , no Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(e)                                   Buyer shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a duly authorized officer of Seller, that each of the conditions set forth in Section 7.02(a)  and Section 7.02(b)  have been satisfied (the “ Seller Closing Certificate ”).

 

(f)                                    Buyer shall have received one or more duly completed and executed certificates reasonably satisfactory to Buyer pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code (collectively, the “ FIRPTA Certificates ”) from each Seller Company with respect to the sale of the Purchased Assets , certifying that such Seller Company is not a foreign person within the meaning of Section 1445.

 

(g)                                   Seller shall have completed the unions information and consultation procedure provided under article 47 of Law no. 428 of December 29, 1990 and article 2112 of the Italian Civil Code in relation to the transaction to which this Agreement relates, all in accordance with the applicable L aw.

 

Section 7.03                             Conditions to Obligations of Seller .  The obligations of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment or Seller’s waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Other than the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Section 5.01 , Section 5.02 and Section 5.04 , the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any qualifications as to materiality set forth herein or therein) on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, the accuracy of which shall be determined as of that specified date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not, taken together, have a material adverse effect on Buyer’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.  The representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Section 5.01 , Section 5.02 and Section 5.04 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, the accuracy of which shall be determined as of that specified date).

 

(b)                                  Buyer shall have duly performed and complied in all material respects with all material obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   Buyer shall have completed the unions information and consultation procedure provided under article 47 of Law no. 428 of December 29, 1990 and article 2112 of the Italian Civil Code in relation to the transaction to which this Agreement relates, all in accordance with the applicable L aw.

 

87



 

(d)                                  Seller shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a duly authorized officer of Buyer, that each of the conditions set forth in Section 7.03(a)  and Section 7.03(b)  have been satisfied (the “ Buyer Closing Certificate ”).

 

ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.01                             Survival .  Subject to the limitations and other provisions of this Agreement, the representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing and shall remain in full force and effect until the date that is 18 months from the Closing Date; provided that the representations and warranties in Section 4.01(a) , Section 4.02 , Section 4.04 , Section 4.08(a) , Section 4.22 , Section 5.01 , Section 5.02 and Section 5.04 shall survive indefinitely, the representations and warranties in Section 4.12 and Section 4.18 , Section 4.19 and Section 4.20 shall remain in full force and effect until the date that is three years after the Closing Date and the representations and warranties in Section 4.21 shall survive for the full period of all applicable statutes of limitations (giving effect to any waiver, mitigation or extension thereof) plus 60 days.  The obligation to indemnify the Buyer Indemnitees under Section 8.02(d)  below shall remain in full force and effect until the date that is five years after the Closing Date; provided, however, that solely with respect to the Excluded Liabilities set forth in Sections 2.04(p)  and 2.04(q) , the obligation to indemnify the Buyer Indemnitees shall survive indefinitely.  Except as set forth above, all covenants and agreements of the parties contained herein shall survive the Closing indefinitely or for the period explicitly specified therein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claims asserted in good faith with reasonable specificity (to the extent known at such time) and in writing by notice from the non-breaching party to the breaching party prior to the expiration date of the applicable survival period shall not thereafter be barred by the expiration of the relevant representation or warranty and such claims shall survive until finally resolved.

 

Section 8.02                             Indemnification By Seller .  Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article VIII , if the Closing occurs, Seller shall indemnify and defend Buyer and its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives (collectively, the “ Buyer Indemnitees ”) against, and shall hold each of them harmless from and against, and shall pay and reimburse each of them for, any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, the Buyer Indemnitees based upon, arising out of, with respect to or by reason of:

 

(a)                                  any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, as of the date hereof and as of (i)  if the Closing occurs on January 3, 2014, the Antitrust Clearance Date or (ii) if the Closing occurs on any later date, the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specified date, the inaccuracy in or breach of which will be determined with reference to such specified date);

 

(b)                                  any breach or non-fulfillment by Seller of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by Seller or Novartis Corporation pursuant to this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any certificate or instrument delivered by or on behalf of Seller pursuant to this Agreement;

 

88



 

(c)                                   the ownership or operation by Seller or any of its Affiliates of any Excluded Asset;

 

(d)                                  any Excluded Liability;

 

(e)                                   any obligation to the extent Seller is liable under Annex A ; or

 

(f)                                    any obligation to the extent Seller is liable under Annex B .

 

Section 8.03                             Indemnification By Buyer .  Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article VIII , if the Closing occurs, Buyer shall indemnify and defend Seller and its respective Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnitees ”) against, and shall hold each of them harmless from and against, and shall pay and reimburse each of them for, any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, the Seller Indemnitees based upon, arising out of, with respect to or by reason of:

 

(a)                                  any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, as of the date such representation or warranty was made or as if such representation or warranty was made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specified date, the inaccuracy in or breach of which will be determined with reference to such specified date);

 

(b)                                  any breach or non-fulfillment by Buyer of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by Buyer or Grifols pursuant to this Agreement the other Transaction Documents or any certificate or instrument delivered by or on behalf of Buyer pursuant to this Agreement; or

 

(c)                                   any Assumed Liability.

 

Section 8.04                             Certain Limitations .  The indemnification provided for in Section 8.02 and Section 8.03 shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

(a)                                  Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer Indemnitees for indemnification under Section 8.02(a)  with respect to any individual claim, series of related claims or claims resulting from a substantially common cause unless such claim, series of related claims or claims resulting from a substantially common cause involves Losses in excess of $100,000 (the “ De Minimis Amount ”); provided, however, (i) in the event that the amount of any Loss with respect to such individual claim, series of related claims or claims resulting from a substantially common cause exceeds the De Minimis Amount, subject to the limitations in Sections 8.04(b)  and (c) , indemnification shall be payable from the first dollar of Losses resulting from such claim, series of related claims or claims resulting from a substantially common cause and (ii) if the aggregate amount of Losses with respect to any series of related claims or claims resulting from a substantially common cause exceeds the De Minimis Amount the full amount such Losses shall be payable, subject to the limitations in Sections 8.04(b)  and (c) , notwithstanding that any individual claim may involve a Loss of less than the De Minimis Amount;

 

89



 

(b)                                  Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer Indemnitees for indemnification under Section 8.02(a)  (other than with respect to a claim for indemnification arising from any inaccuracy in or breach of Section 4.21 or a Seller Fundamental Representation), until the aggregate amount of all Losses in respect of indemnification under Section 8.02(a)  (other than with respect to a claim for indemnification arising from any inaccuracy in or breach of Section 4.21 or a Seller Fundamental Representation) exceeds sixteen million seven hundred and fifty thousand ($16,750,000), in the aggregate, in which event Buyer shall only be entitled to recover the amount of the excess;

 

(c)                                   the cumulative indemnification obligation of Seller pursuant to Section 8.02(a)  of this Agreement shall not exceed one hundred sixty seven million five hundred thousand ($167,500,000) minus the amount of any reimbursement payments paid to Buyer or any of its Affiliates pursuant to Annex D ;

 

(d)                                  notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the limitations set forth in Section 8.04 (a), (b)  and (c)  shall not apply to any indemnification obligations of Seller arising from any inaccuracy in or breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.21 or a Seller Fundamental Representation ;

 

(e)                                   the cumulative indemnification obligation of Seller arising pursuant to Section 8.02(d)  of this Agreement shall not exceed four hundred eighteen million seven hundred and fifty thousand ($418,750,000), provided, however, that solely with respect to the Excluded Liabilities set forth in Section 2.04(p)  there shall be no limitation; and

 

(f)                                    payments by an Indemnifying Party pursuant to Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 in respect of any Loss shall be limited to the amount of any liability or damage that remains after deducting therefrom any insurance proceeds and any indemnity, contribution or other similar payment actually received by the Indemnified Party in respect of any such claim, (promptly after the realization of any insurance proceeds, indemnity, contribution or other similar payment, the Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Indemnifying Party for such reduction in Losses (net of any reasonable direct related costs incurred by the Indemnified Party in pursuing such claims, including any Taxes on such costs and expenses) for which the Indemnified Party was indemnified prior to the realization of reduction of such Losses); provided that payments in respect of Losses shall not be reduced by this Section 8.04(f)  in respect of insurance deductibles actually paid by the Indemnified Party.

 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Seller shall not be obligated to indemnify, defend, hold harmless, pay or reimburse any Buyer Indemnitee from, against or for any Loss under Section 8.02 arising from or in connection with any Environmental Law, including with respect to any actual or alleged presence or release of, or environmental investigation, remediation, monitoring or corrective action involving, Hazardous Materials, to the extent that any such Loss directly or indirectly relates to or arises or results from: (i) any change in the use of all or part of any of the Real Property to a non-industrial or non-commercial use after the Closing Date; (ii) any environmental investigation, remediation, monitoring or corrective action after the Closing Date other than as required to comply with the minimum applicable requirements of Environmental Law (including, for example, industrial cleanup standards); (iii) any demolition or closure at any of the Real Property after the Closing Date

 

90



 

(other than the closure and/or demolition of Buildings F and H); or (iv) any indoor or outdoor environmental sampling, testing, monitoring or other investigation of soil, soil vapors, subsurface strata, surface water or groundwater, sediments, ambient air or building materials or other environmental media in, on, at, under or about any of the Real Property after the Closing Date, other than any such sampling, testing, monitoring or investigation that is (w) required under applicable Environmental Law or by a written demand from a Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the matter; (x) required in connection with any sale, lease termination or cessation of operations at, or any financing relating to, any of the Real Property after the Closing Date, or the closure and/or demolition of Buildings F and H; (y) in response to an imminent and substantial threat to human health or the environment; or (z) approved in advance by Seller in writing, which approval Seller may withhold in its sole discretion.

 

Section 8.05                             Indemnification Procedures .  The party making a claim under this Article VIII is referred to as the “ Indemnified Party ”, and the party against whom such claims are asserted under this Article VIII is referred to as the “ Indemnifying Party .”

 

(a)                                  Third Party Claims .   If any Indemnified Party receives notice of the assertion of a pending or threatened claim or the commencement of any Action made or brought by any Person who is not a party to this Agreement or an Affiliate of a party to this Agreement or a Representative of the foregoing (a “ Third Party Claim ”) against such Indemnified Party with respect to which the Indemnifying Party is obligated to provide indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party shall give the Indemnifying Party reasonably prompt written notice thereof, but in any event not later than 30 calendar days after receipt of such notice of such Third Party Claim.  The failure to give such prompt written notice shall not, however, relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations, except and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by reason of such failure.  Such notice by the Indemnified Party shall describe the Third Party Claim in reasonable detail, shall include copies of all material written evidence thereof and shall indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably practicable, of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party.  The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate in, or by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party acknowledging that such claim, if meritorious, would be of the type of claim that would be subject to indemnification pursuant to this Article VIII (subject to any limitations set forth therein and without prejudice to the Indemnifying Party’s right to assert any defense to liability based on the factual record established in the subsequent investigation and defense of such claim), to assume the defense of any Third Party Claim.  In the event that the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of any Third Party Claim pursuant to the previous sentence, (i) the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to control the defense of such matter at the Indemnifying Party’s expense and by the Indemnifying Party’s own counsel, and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate in good faith in such defense, (ii) subject to Section 8.05(b) , the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to take such action as it deems necessary to avoid, dispute, defend, appeal or make counterclaims pertaining to any such Third Party Claim in the name and on behalf of the Indemnified Party and (iii) the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of any Third Party Claim with counsel selected by it (subject to the Indemnifying Party’s right to control the defense thereof) and the fees and disbursements of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party; provided , however , if (A) the Indemnifying Party is Seller and such claim is asserted directly by or on behalf of a Person that is a Material Supplier or Material Customer or (B) the principal relief that is sought by such claim is an injunction or other

 

91



 

equitable relief against the Indemnified Party, rather than money damages, then each of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim at its own expense and shall, to the greatest extent practicable, jointly control the defense of such matter; provided , further , if the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party disagree as to the defense strategy for any such jointly controlled matter and cannot resolve such deadlock after good faith negotiation, then the decision of the party that would reasonably be expected to suffer the greater negative impact from an adverse outcome shall be determinative; provided, further , that if the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party cannot agree as to which party would reasonably be expected to suffer the greater negative impact, an appointee designated by the Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution, or if such Person is unwilling or unable to act, such independent third-party arbitrator or law firm to be mutually agreed upon by the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, shall decide.  If the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of a Third Party Claim not described in clause (A)  or (B)  in the fifth sentence of this Section 8.05(a) , if (x) there are legal defenses available to an Indemnified Party that are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party that would result in representation of both parties by the same counsel being inappropriate or (y) there exists a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party that cannot be waived, then the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in any such defense with one separate counsel (and one additional local counsel in each jurisdiction for which the Indemnified Party reasonably determines counsel is required), and the Indemnifying Party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel of the Indemnified Party in defending such Third Party Claim.  If the Indemnifying Party (1) elects not to or is not entitled to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim under this Section 8.05(a) , (2) fails to promptly notify the Indemnified Party in writing of its election to defend as provided in this Agreement or (3) fails to diligently prosecute the defense of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may, subject to Section 8.05(b) , settle, pay or defend, or make any admission of liability, agreement or compromise in respect of, such Third Party Claim and, subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII , seek indemnification for any and all Losses based upon, arising from or relating to such Third Party Claim.  Seller and Buyer shall cooperate with each other in all reasonable respects in connection with the defense of any Third Party Claim, including making available (subject to the provisions of this Section 8.05(a) ) records relating to such Third Party Claim and furnishing, without expense (other than reimbursement of actual out-of-pocket expenses) to the defending party, management employees of the non-defending party as may be reasonably necessary for the preparation of the defense of such Third Party Claim.

 

(b)                                  Settlement of Third Party Claims .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Indemnifying Party shall not settle, or make any admission of liability, agreement or compromise in respect of, any Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, except as provided in this Section 8.05(b) .  If a firm offer is made to settle, or make any admission of liability, agreement or compromise in respect of, a Third Party Claim without leading to liability or the creation of a financial or other obligation on the part of the Indemnified Party and provides, in customary form, for the unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liabilities and obligations in connection with such Third Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party desires to accept and agree to such offer, the Indemnifying Party shall give written notice to that effect to the Indemnified Party.  If the Indemnified Party gives written notice to the Indemnifying Party within 2 0 days after its receipt of such notice that it does not consent to such settlement, admission, agreement or compromise, the Indemnified Party may

 

92



 

continue to contest or defend such Third Party Claim at its own expense, and in such event the maximum liability of the Indemnifying Party as to such Third Party Claim and any related claims that such proposed settlement, admission, agreement or compromise would settle or otherwise preclude shall not exceed the amount of such offer.  If the Indemnified Party fails to give written notice to the Indemnifying Party that it does not consent to such settlement, admission, agreement or compromise within such 20 day period, the Indemnifying Party may settle, or make any admission of liability, agreement or compromise in respect of, the Third Party Claim upon the terms set forth in such firm offer in respect of such Third Party Claim.  If the Indemnified Party has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 8.05(a) , it shall not agree to any settlement, admission, agreement or compromise without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

 

(c)                                   Direct Claims .   Any Action by an Indemnified Party on account of a Loss that does not result from a Third Party Claim (a “ Direct Claim ”) shall be asserted by the Indemnified Party giving the Indemnifying Party written notice thereof prior to the expiration of the applicable survival date for such Direct Claim under Section 8.01 .  If an Indemnified Party becomes aware of a Direct Claim but fails to notify the Indemnifying Party reasonably promptly thereafter, the Indemnifying Party shall be relieved of its indemnification obligations with respect thereto to the extent it is materially prejudiced by such delay.  Such notice by the Indemnified Party shall describe the Direct Claim in reasonable detail, shall include copies of all material written evidence thereof and shall indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably practicable, of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party.  The Indemnifying Party shall have 30 days after its receipt of such notice to respond in writing to such Direct Claim.  The Indemnified Party shall allow the Indemnifying Party and its professional advisors to investigate the matter or circumstance alleged to give rise to the Direct Claim, and whether and to what extent any amount is payable in respect of the Direct Claim, and the Indemnified Party shall assist the Indemnifying Party’s investigation by giving such information and assistance (including access to the Indemnified Party’s premises and personnel and the right to examine and copy any accounts, documents or records) as the Indemnifying Party or any of its professional advisors may reasonably request.  If the Indemnifying Party does not so respond within such 30 day period, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have rejected such claim, in which case the Indemnified Party shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to the Indemnified Party on the terms and subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.06                             Payments .  Once a Loss is agreed to by the Indemnifying Party or finally adjudicated to be payable pursuant to this Article VIII , the Indemnifying Party shall satisfy its related payment obligations within 30 days after such agreement or final, non-appealable adjudication by wire transfer of immediately available funds.  The parties hereto agree that should an Indemnifying Party not make full payment of any such obligations within such 30 day period, any amount payable shall accrue interest at an annual rate of four percent from the date such payment was required to be made through the date such payment was actually received, or such lesser rate as is the maximum permitted by applicable Law.

 

Section 8.07                             Tax Treatment of Indemnification Payments .  All indemnification payments made under this Agreement shall be treated by the parties as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by Law.

 

93



 

Section 8.08                             Exclusive Remedies .  Subject to Section 6.08 and Section 10.12 , the parties acknowledge and agree that, following the Closing, their sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any and all Losses (other than claims arising from fraud, criminal activity or willful misconduct on the part of a party hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, the Purchased Assets or the Transferred Subsidiary, shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article VIII .  In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereby waives, following the Closing, to the fullest extent permitted under Law, any and all rights, claims and causes of action for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the Purchased Assets, the Transferred Subsidiary or to the subject matter of this Agreement it may have against the other parties hereto and their Affiliates and each of their respective Representatives arising under or based upon any Law, except pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article VIII .  Nothing in this Section 8.08 shall limit any Person’s right to seek and obtain any equitable relief to which any Person shall be entitled.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Article VIII shall limit either party’s right to bring a claim, whether in Law or equity, arising from fraud, criminal activity or willful misconduct, and the limitations in Section 8.04 shall not apply to any such claim; provided , however , that this sentence shall not apply to the matters addressed in Annex A .

 

Section 8.09                             Materiality .  For purposes of determining the amount of Losses in respect of indemnification under this Article VIII , the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been made without any qualifications as to materiality, Material Adverse Effect or similar qualifications (it being understood and agreed that any such qualification shall be given effect for the purposes of determining the existence of a breach or inaccuracy of a representation or warranty) other than with respect to Section 4.06(b)  and Section 4.07 , pursuant to which such qualifications shall be included for all purposes hereunder.

 

Section 8.10                             No Duplication .  The parties acknowledge that in no event shall there be duplication of payments with respect to items considered as part of any net working capital adjustment under Section 2.07 and amounts paid with respect to indemnification claims under this Article VIII .

 

Section 8.11                             DOJ Protocol .  The parties shall comply with their respective obligations set forth in Annex A . For the avoidance of doubt, the disclosures in the Disclosure Schedules shall have no impact or effect on this Section 8.11 or Annex A .

 

Section 8.12                             Interference Protocol .  The parties shall comply with their respective obligations set forth in Annex B .  For the avoidance of doubt, the disclosures in the Disclosure Schedules shall have no impact or effect on this Section 8.12 or Annex B .

 

Section 8.13                             Real Estate .  The parties shall comply with their respective obligations set forth in Annex C and Annex D .

 

Section 8.14                             Investigation.   BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT (I) THE ONLY REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS MADE BY SELLER IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION AGREEMENT ARE

 

94



 

THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS, AND AGREEMENTS MADE IN THIS AGREEMENT OR SUCH OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS, AND BUYER HAS NOT RELIED UPON ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION MADE OR SUPPLIED BY OR ON BEHALF OF SELLER OR BY ANY AFFILIATE OR REPRESENTATIVE OF SELLER, INCLUDING ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED BY GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. OR MANAGEMENT PRESENTATIONS, AND THAT BUYER WILL NOT HAVE ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY ARISING OUT OF ANY SUCH REPRESENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION, AND (II) EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR SUCH OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS, BUYER SHALL ACQUIRE THE PURCHASED ASSETS, THE TRANSFERRED SUBSIDIARY, THE BUSINESS AND THE ASSUMED LIABILITIES WITHOUT ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IN AN “AS IS” CONDITION AND ON A “WHERE IS” BASIS.

 

ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION

 

Section 9.01                             Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(a)                                  by the mutual written consent of Seller and Buyer;

 

(b)                                  by Buyer by written notice to Seller if any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 or Section 7.02 shall not have been fulfilled or waived by the first anniversary of the date hereof (the “ End Date ”), unless such failure shall be due to the failure of Buyer to perform or comply with any of the covenants, agreements or conditions hereof to be performed or complied with by it prior to the Closing;

 

(c)                                   by Seller by written notice to Buyer if any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 or Section 7.03 shall not have been fulfilled or waived by the End Date, unless such failure shall be due to the failure of Seller to perform or comply with any of the covenants, agreements or conditions hereof to be performed or complied with by it prior to the Closing;

 

(d)                                  by Buyer or Seller by written notice to the other party in the event that (i) there shall be any Law that makes consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or otherwise prohibited or (ii) any Governmental Authority shall have issued a Governmental Order restraining or enjoining the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such Governmental Order shall have become final and non-appealable; or

 

(e)                                   by Buyer or Seller by written notice to the other party, if (x) the other party shall have breached any representation or warranty or shall have failed to comply with any covenant or agreement applicable to it that would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.02 or Section 7.03 , as applicable, not to be satisfied, (y) the first party gives the other party written notice of such  breach or noncompliance in reasonable detail and referring to this Section 9.01(e)  and (z) such breach or noncompliance has not been cured by the earlier to occur of (i)

 

95



 

180 days after the other party’s receipt of such written notice of breach referred to in clause (y)  or (ii) the End Date.

 

Section 9.02                             Effect of Termination .  In the event of the termination of this Agreement in accordance with this Article IX , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any party hereto except:

 

(a)                                  as set forth in this Article IX , Section 6.07 , Section 6.20 (but only to the extent relating to a provision or liability not terminated or extinguished by this Section 9.02 ) and Article X other than Section 10.01 ) hereof; and

 

(b)                                  that nothing in this Section 9.02 shall relieve any party hereto from liability for any willful breach of any provision hereof prior to the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.03                             Extension; Waiver .  At any time prior to the Closing, each of the parties hereto may (a) extend the time for the performance of the obligations or acts of any other party hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracy in the representations or warranties of any other party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, or (c) waive compliance with any agreement of the other party contained herein, and each party may waive any condition to its obligations hereunder.  Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in writing signed on behalf of such party.

 

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.01                      French Business .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a binding agreement to sell or purchase the French Business, provided that :

 

(a)                                  in the event that the French Put Option Exercise occurs before Closing, this Section 10.01 (other than this clause (a) ) shall terminate and shall cease to have effect;

 

(b)                                  in the event that the French Put Option Exercise does not occur before Closing:

 

(i)                                      the following provisions of this Agreement shall not apply to the French Business:

 

(A)                                Section 2.01 (Purchased Assets);

 

(B)                                Section 2.03 (Assumed Liabilities);

 

(C)                                Section 3.01 (Closing); and

 

(D)                                Section 3.02 (Closing Deliverables),

 

( clauses (i)(A)  to (i)(D)  together being the “ Disapplied Provisions ”),

 

96



 

and in respect of the Disapplied Provisions only (A) the term “Business” shall be deemed to exclude the French Business, (B) the term “Purchased Assets” shall be deemed to exclude the French Purchased Assets, (C) the term “Assumed Liabilities” shall be deemed to exclude the French Assumed Liabilities and (D) the term “Employees” shall be deemed to exclude the French Employees; and

 

(ii)                                   prior to the French Closing, the following provisions of this Agreement shall not apply to the French Business:

 

(A)                                Section 6.05 (Employees and Employee Benefits);

 

(B)                                Section 6.06 (Transitional Benefit Plan Matters); and

 

(C)                                Section 6.08 (Non-competition; Non-solicitation);

 

clauses (ii)(A)  to (ii)(C)  together being the “ Suspended Provisions ”),

 

and, prior to the French Closing and in respect of the Suspended Provisions only (A) the term “Business” shall be deemed to exclude the French Business, (B) the term “Purchased Assets” shall be deemed to exclude the French Purchased Assets, (C) the term “Assumed Liabilities” shall be deemed to exclude the French Assumed Liabilities and (D) the term “Employees” shall be deemed to exclude the French Employees;

 

(iii)                                with effect from the French Closing, the Suspended Provisions shall apply to the French Business mutatis mutandis save that in respect of the Suspended Provisions only (A) the term “Closing” shall be deemed to refer to the French Closing and (B) the term “Closing Date” shall be deemed to refer to the date of the French Closing; and

 

(iv)                               the parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts and shall negotiate in good faith to agree any amendments to the Transaction Documents as are required in order to give effect to the principles set forth in this Section 10.01 for the purposes of complying with the information and consultation requirements in respect of the Délégation Unique du Personnel (being the relevant works council in respect of the French Business); and

 

(c)                                   for the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Section 8.01 (Survival) and Section 8.04 (Certain Limitations) in particular shall apply to the French Business as if the remaining provisions of this Section 10.01 did not have any force or effect.

 

Section 10.02                      Expenses .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors, accountants and brokers, incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not the Closing shall have occurred; provided, however , Buyer shall be responsible for all filing and other similar fees payable in connection with any filings or submissions under the HSR Act or pursuant to any other applicable premerger notification requirement set forth on Schedule 4.03 .

 

97



 

Section 10.03                      Notices .  All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when actually received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by facsimile (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient or (d) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 10.03 ):

 

If to Seller or Novartis Corporation:

 

c/o Novartis International AG

 

 

Postfach

 

 

CH-4002 Basel

 

 

Switzerland

 

 

Facsimile:

+41 613244300

 

 

Attention:

Head M&A

 

 

 

Head M&A Legal

 

 

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Allen & Overy LLP

 

 

1221 Avenue of the Americas

 

 

New York, New York 10020

 

 

Facsimile:

+1 212 610 6399

 

 

Attention:

Eric S. Shube

 

 

 

If to Buyer or Grifols:

 

Grifols, S.A.

 

 

Avinguda de la Generalitat, 152-158

 

 

Parc de Negocis Can Sant Joan

 

 

Sant Cugat del Valles 08174

 

 

Barcelona, Spain

 

 

Facsimile:

+34.93.571.0267

 

 

Attention:

Victor Grifols

 

 

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute Notice):

 

Osborne Clarke S.L.P.

 

 

Avenida Diagonal, 477

 

 

Planta 20

 

 

08036 Barcelona Spain

 

 

Facsimile:

+34.93.410.2513

 

 

Attention:

Tomás Dagá

 

 

 

Raimon Grifols

 

 

 

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Proskauer Rose LLP

 

 

Eleven Times Square

 

 

New York, New York 10036

 

 

Facsimile:

+1 (212) 969-2900

 

 

Attention:

Peter G. Samuels

 

 

 

Daniel I. Ganitsky

 

98



 

Section 10.04                      Interpretation .  For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (x) to recitals, Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits mean the recitals, Articles and Sections of and Schedules in the Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement; (y) to an agreement, instrument or other document (other than the Collaboration Agreements) means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof and (z) to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder.  The terms herein defined in the singular shall have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa.  The masculine, feminine and neuter genders used herein shall include each other gender.  This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted.  The Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.  Nothing contained in the Disclosure Schedules is intended to broaden the scope of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement.  Matters reflected in the Disclosure Schedules are not necessarily limited to matters required by the Agreement to be so reflected.  Such additional matters are set forth for informational purposes and do not necessarily include other matters of a similar nature.  No reference to or disclosure of any item or other matter in the Disclosure Schedules shall be construed as an admission or indication that such item or other matter is material or that such item or other matter is required to be referred to or disclosed in the Disclosure Schedules.  For purposes of interpreting the Disclosure Schedules, a disclosure numbered to correspond to a particular numbered representation or warranty shall be deemed to be a disclosure with respect to any other representation or warranty where it is reasonably apparent on its face that such disclosure is applicable and should qualify such representation or warranty.  The terms “dollars” and “$” all mean U.S. dollars.  All amounts in currencies that are not U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars on the basis of the exchange rate as published on the applicable date in The Wall Street Journal .

 

Section 10.05                      Headings and Schedules .  The table of contents and headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the interpretation of this Agreement.  The Schedules and the Exhibits referenced in this Agreement are a material part hereof and shall be treated as if fully incorporated into the body of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.06                      Severability .  If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.  Except as provided in Section 6.08(f) , upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree to modify or replace such provision with a provision that is legal, valid and enforceable that achieves the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest

 

99



 

extent possible.  Further, should any provision contained in this Agreement ever be reformed or rewritten by any judicial body of competent jurisdiction, such provision as so reformed or rewritten shall be binding upon all parties.

 

Section 10.07                      Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including the Annexes) and the other Transaction Documents constitute the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.

 

Section 10.08                      Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Neither party may assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided , however , that prior to the Closing Date, Buyer may, without the prior written consent of Seller, assign all or any portion of its rights (including the right to acquire all or part of the Purchased Assets) under this Agreement to one or more of its Affiliates (including direct or indirect subsidiaries) so long as the guarantee set forth in Section 6.20(b)  remains in effect after giving effect thereto After the Closing Date, Buyer or Seller may freely assign any or all of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, in whole or in part, to any Affiliate without obtaining the consent of any Person; provided that the applicable guarantee set forth in Section 6.20 remains in effect after giving effect thereof.

 

Section 10.09                      No Third-party Beneficiaries .   Except as provided in Section 6.23 and in Article VIII , this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement except that the provisions of this Section and Sections 10.10 and 10.11 shall be enforceable by each Financing Source.

 

Section 10.10                      Amendment and Modification; Waiver .  This Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by Buyer and Seller and, to the extent such amendment or modification would modify the substance of this Section or Sections 10.09 or 10.11 in a manner that would adversely affect the Financing Sources, signed by each Financing Source.  No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving.  No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver.  No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

100



 

Section 10.11                      Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal Laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of Law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of Laws of any jurisdiction other than those of the State of New York.

 

(b)                                  ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (INCLUDING ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE DEBT FINANCING COMMITMENTS OR THE PERFORMANCE THEREOF) SHALL BE INSTITUTED IN THE US DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  SERVICE OF PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR OTHER DOCUMENT BY MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S ADDRESS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT.  THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR ANY PROCEEDING IN SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

(c)                                   EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (INCLUDING ANY ACTION INVOLVING THE FINANCING SOURCES UNDER THE DEBT FINANCING COMMITMENTS).  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER IN THE EVENT OF A LEGAL ACTION, (B) SUCH PARTY HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (D) SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.11(C) .

 

Section 10.12                      Specific Performance .  The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached and that the parties would not have any adequate remedy at Law.  Accordingly, the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any and all

 

101



 

other rights and remedies at Law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) Buyer shall be entitled to an order or orders of specific performance to enforce or prevent the breach of Seller’s affirmative obligations with respect to the conduct of its business under Section 6.01 and its obligations to refrain from taking certain actions under Section 6.03 , Section 6.07 , and Section 6.08 and (ii) Seller shall be entitled to an order or orders of specific performance or other equitable relief in respect of Buyer’s obligation to cause the full funding of the Debt Financing under the Debt Commitment Letter; provided, however, that specific performance shall not be available after this Agreement is duly terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

Section 10.13                      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.  A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

102



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

NOVARTIS VACCINES AND DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marvelle Sullivan

 

 

Name:

Marvelle Sullivan

 

 

Title

As Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G-C DIAGNOSTICS CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solely for the purposes of Section 6.20(a)

 

NOVARTIS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Marvelle Sullivan

 

 

Name:

Marvelle Sullivan

 

 

Title:

As Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solely for the purposes of Section 6.20(b)

 

GRIFOLS S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement]

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Exhibit B

 

Form of Intellectual Property Assignment and Agreement

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Exhibit C

 

Form of Copyright Assignment Agreement

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Exhibit D-I

 

Statement of Net Assets Rules

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Exhibit D-II

 

Net Trade Working Capital Rules

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Exhibit E

 

Form of Domain Name Assignment Agreement

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Exhibit F

 

Form of Press Release and Announcement Protocol

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Exhibit G

 

Collaboration Agreement Consents

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Exhibit H

 

Forms of Senior Employee Agreements

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Exhibit I

 

Form of Trademark Assignment Agreement

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Annex A

 

DOJ Protocol

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Annex B

 

Interference Protocol

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Annex C

 

Real Estate Protocol — Transfer of Title

 

[Attached hereto.]

 



 

Annex D

 

Real Estate Protocol — Building Permits

 

[Attached hereto.]

 


Exhibit 4.2

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SHARE AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This First Amendment to Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2013 (this “ First Amendment ”), is entered into by and among Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), Novartis Corporation, a New York corporation, as guarantor, G-C Diagnostics Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”), and Grifols, S.A. a company ( sociedad anónima ) organized under the Laws of Spain, as guarantor.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are parties to that certain Share and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 10, 2013 (the “ Original Agreement ”), and wish to amend and modify certain terms of the Original Agreement as specified in this First Amendment; and

 

WHEREAS, Section 10.10 of the Original Agreement requires that any amendment or modification to the Original Agreement be in writing signed by Buyer and Seller;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this First Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in the Original Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II
APPLICABLE WORKING CAPITAL DATE

 

The definition of “Applicable Working Capital Date” in Article I of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

““ Applicable Working Capital Date ” means, (i) if the Closing occurs on or before January 10, 2014, December 31, 2013, and (ii) if the Closing occurs after January 10, 2014, the Closing Date.”

 

ARTICLE III
CLOSING

 

Section 3.01 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

“Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Allen & Overy LLP, 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020, effective at 3:00 pm Eastern Standard Time, on January 9, 2014; provided , however , if all of the conditions to Closing set forth in Article VII are not either satisfied or waived (other than conditions that, by their nature, are to be satisfied on the Closing Date) on or before January 9 2014, then the Closing shall occur on the last calendar day of the month during which all of the conditions to Closing set forth in Article VII are either satisfied or waived (other than conditions that, by their nature, are to be

 



 

satisfied on the Closing Date); or otherwise at such other time, date or place as Seller and Buyer may mutually agree upon in writing.  The date on which the Closing is to occur is herein referred to as the “ Closing Date .”  If the Closing is to occur on January 9, 2014, the documents to be delivered at the Closing pursuant to Section 3.02 shall be held in escrow pending receipt by Seller of the amount payable by Buyer pursuant to Section 2.07(a) .  If such amount is received by Seller on January 9, 2014, the documents to be delivered at the Closing Date shall be released from escrow and the Closing shall be deemed to have occurred on January 9, 2014.  If such amount is not received by Seller until January 10, 2014, then the documents to be delivered at the Closing shall be released from escrow on January 10, 2014, and the Closing shall be deemed to have occurred on January 10, 2014.”

 

ARTICLE IV
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENTS

 

1.                                      The definition of “Assignment and Assumption Agreement” in Article I of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

““ Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form as set forth in Exhibit A , or, alternatively, another agreement as agreed between Seller and Buyer effecting the assignment to and assumption by Buyer or one of its Affiliates of Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities (each such alternative agreement, a “ Local Transfer Agreement ”).”

 

2.                                      Article I of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definition in the appropriate alphabetic position:

 

““ Local Transfer Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Assignment and Assumption Agreement .”“

 

3.                                      Section 3.02(a)(i) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

“(i) one or more Assignment and Assumption Agreements duly executed by Seller or an Affiliate of Seller, collectively effecting the assignment to and assumption by Buyer and its Affiliates of all of the Purchased Assets and all of the Assumed Liabilities other than Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities that will be transferred to Buyer or its Affiliates pursuant to other Transaction Documents;”

 

4.                                      Section 6.25 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following to the end of that section:

 

“Each Local Transfer Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, mutatis mutandis , in all respects (including without limitation Article VIII).  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any Local Transfer Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.  For avoidance of doubt, with respect to each Local Transfer Agreement, the Consideration (as defined in such Local Transfer Agreement) for the Purchased Assets thereunder is included in and shall be payable as a part of (and not in addition to) the Purchase Price hereunder.”

 



 

ARTICLE V
FRENCH CONTRACT

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.09(e) of the Original Agreement, Schedule 6.09(e) to the Original Agreement or any other provision in the Original Agreement, Seller and Buyer hereby agree that Seller shall have no obligation to transfer, or to obtain or to use any efforts to obtain any consent in respect of, the French Contract.

 

ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER

 

1.                                      Section 7.02(a) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

“(a)                           Other than the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Section 4.01(a) , Section 4.02 , Section 4.04 , Section 4.08(a)  and Section 4.22 (collectively, the “ Seller Fundamental Representations ”) and Section 4.06(b) , the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any qualification as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect set forth herein and therein) on and as of (i) if the Closing occurs on or before January 10, 2014, December 31, 2013 (as if, for the purposes of this Section 7.02 (a) , the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby are consummated on December 31, 2013) or (ii) if the Closing occurs after January 10, 2014, the Closing Date, with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, the accuracy of which shall be determined as of that specified date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Seller Fundamental Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects and the representations and warranties of Seller contained in Section 4.06(b)  shall be true and correct in all respects, in each case, on and as of (i) if the Closing occurs on or before January 10, 2014, December 31, 2013 (as if, for the purposes of this Section 7.02 (a) , the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements are consummated on December 31, 2013) or (ii) if the Closing occurs after January 10, 2014, the Closing Date, with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, the accuracy of which shall be determined as of that specified date).”

 

2.                                      Section 7.02(c) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

“(c)                            The Collaboration Agreement Consents shall be in full force and effect as of (i) if the Closing occurs on or before January 10, 2014, December 31, 2013, or (ii) if the Closing occurs after January 10, 2014, the Closing Date; provided that an executed and delivered Collaboration Agreement Consent that has not been revoked in writing by the counterparty shall be prima facie evidence that such Collaboration Agreement Consent has been obtained and is in full force and effect.”

 

3.                                      Section 7.02(d) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

“(d)                           From the date of this Agreement until (i) if the Closing occurs on or before January 10, 2014, December 31, 2013 (as if, for the purposes of this Section 7.02 (d) , the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements are consummated on December 31, 2013) or (ii) if the Closing occurs after January 10, 2014, the Closing Date, no Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred and be continuing.”

 

4.                                      Section 8.02(a) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 



 

“(a)                           any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, as of the date hereof and as of (i) if the Closing occurs on or before January 10, 2014, December 31, 2013 (as if, for the purposes of this Section 8.02(a) , the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements are consummated on December 31, 2013) or (ii) if the Closing occurs after January 10, 2014, the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specified date, the inaccuracy in or breach of which will be determined with reference to such specified date);”

 

ARTICLE VII
NOTICES

 

1.                                      Section 10.03 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the address set forth for “Buyer or Grifols” and replacing it with the following:

 

Grifols, S.A.
c/o Proskauer Rose LLP
Eleven Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Facsimile:  +1 (212) 969-2900
Attention:
                Peter G. Samuels

Daniel I. Ganitsky

 

2.                                      Section 10.03 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the requirement that a copy of each communication sent to Buyer or Grifols be sent to the following address:

 

Proskauer Rose LLP
Eleven Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Facsimile:  +1 (212) 969-2900
Attention:
                Peter G. Samuels

Daniel I. Ganitsky

 

ARTICLE VIII
RELATIONSHIP TO ORIGINAL AGREEMENT

 

Except as hereby amended and modified, all provisions of the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and, as hereby amended and modified, are ratified and reaffirmed.  This First Amendment shall be subject to the applicable terms and conditions of, and construed with and as an integral part of, the Original Agreement.  From and after the date of this First Amendment, all references in the Original Agreement to “this Agreement” shall be deemed to be references to the Original Agreement as amended and modified hereby.

 

ARTICLE IX
COUNTERPARTS

 

This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.  A signed copy of this First Amendment delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this First Amendment.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

NOVARTIS VACCINES AND DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Emery

 

Name:

Jonathan Emery

 

Title

As Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G-C DIAGNOSTICS CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tomas Daga

 

Name:

Tomas Daga

 

Title

Board Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOVARTIS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Jonathan Emery

 

Name:

Jonathan Emery

 

Title:

As Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Tomas Daga

 

Name:

Tomas Daga

 

Title:

Board Member

 


Exhibit 4.3

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO SHARE AND ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amendment to Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2014 (this “ Second Amendment ”), is entered into by and among Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”), Novartis Corporation, a New York corporation, as guarantor, G-C Diagnostics Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”), and Grifols, S.A. a company ( sociedad anónima ) organized under the Laws of Spain, as guarantor.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are parties to that certain Share and Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 10, 2013 (as amended by the First Amendment to Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2013, the “ Original Agreement ”), and wish to amend and modify certain terms of the Original Agreement as specified in this Second Amendment; and

 

WHEREAS, Section 10.10 of the Original Agreement requires that any amendment or modification to the Original Agreement be in writing signed by Buyer and Seller;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Second Amendment shall have the meanings set forth in the Original Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II
ASSET REGISTER

 

Article VI of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Section 6.30:

 

Section 6.30    Asset Register .  Following the Closing Date, Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, produce, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Buyer on or before February 15, 2014, a register of all assets and liabilities transferred to Buyer at the Closing that are of the type reflected on the Interim Statement of Net Assets (other than any such assets or liabilities reflected or to be reflected in the Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Amount), and the book value of each such asset or liability as of December 31, 2013, in accordance with the Novartis accounting system.  Buyer shall reasonably cooperate with Seller including by granting Seller access to the relevant Books and Records of Buyer and the reasonable support and assistance of the relevant personnel of Buyer in order to facilitate the preparation of such list on or before February 15, 2014.  Such list shall be in the format and shall reflect the level of detail reasonably requested by Buyer and shall specify the country or other applicable jurisdiction of the owner of each such asset and liability; provided , however , that such format and level of detail exists and can be generated by Seller’s accounting system as currently constituted.”

 

1



 

ARTICLE III
CONTRACTS WITH THE TRANSFERRED SUBSIDIARY

 

1.               Article I of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions in the appropriate alphabetic positions:

 

““ NPKK ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.29 .”

 

““ Japanese Red Cross Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.29 .”

 

““ Japanese Supply Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.29 .”

 

2.               Article VI of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Section 6.29:

 

3.               “Buyer acknowledges that Novartis Pharma KK, an Affiliate of Seller organized under the laws of Japan (“ NPKK ”), is in discussions in relation to (i) an agreement with the Japanese Red Cross (the “ Japanese Red Cross Agreement ”) pursuant to a tender offer submitted by NPKK to the Japanese Red Cross in October 2013 and (ii) an arm’s length supply agreement with the Transferred Subsidiary related thereto that will provide for a profit margin to NPKK of [*]% of the customer price (the “ Japanese Supply Agreement ”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (a) NPKK shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into the Japanese Red Cross Agreement so long as the Transferred Subsidiary is willing to enter into the Japanese Supply Agreement, and (b) NPKK shall not be restricted from entering into the Japanese Red Cross Agreement so long as NPKK also enters into the Japanese Supply Agreement.”

 

4.               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.28(d) of the Original Agreement, Seller and Buyer hereby agree that Seller shall not be obligated to terminate, or to cause its Affiliates to terminate, the Contracts listed on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

ARTICLE IV
BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

1.               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.02(a)(viii)(D) of the Original Agreement or in any other Transaction Document, Seller and Buyer hereby agree that the obligation to deliver the statutory books of the Transferred Subsidiary, Organizational Documents and the common seal (if any) of the Transferred Subsidiary shall be satisfied by such documents being held by in Hong Kong by Tricor Services Limited on the Closing Date.

 

2.               Section 6.10(c) of the Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

ARTICLE V
CLOSING PAYMENT

 

1.               Seller and Buyer hereby acknowledge that estimated payments will be made in advance of the Closing pursuant to the Flow of Funds Memorandum exchanged between the parties with respect to:  (a) the Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount; (b) Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount; (c) estimated Real Property prorations; (d) Italian registration taxes (if any); (e) Owned Real Property Transfer Taxes, recording fees and title premium; and (f)

 

2



 

California sales tax .  In the event the actual amounts payable pursuant to the terms of the Original Agreement differ from such estimated payments made, the parties shall cause appropriate adjustments (either repayments or additional payments, as applicable) to be made.

 

2.               Article I of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions in the appropriate alphabetic positions:

 

““ Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(g)(i) .”

 

““ Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount ” means the Transferred Subsidiary Cash Amount as of the close of business on the Closing Date minus four million dollars ($4,000,000).”

 

““ Transferred Subsidiary Cash Amount ” means the amount of cash at the Transferred Subsidiary as of the close of business on the Closing Date.  If such cash is in Hong Kong dollars or any currency other than US dollars, it shall be converted to US dollars for calculation purposes based on the currency exchange rates published in The Wall Street Journal on the applicable date of determination.  If the applicable currency exchange rate is not published on such date, such cash shall be converted to US dollars for calculation purposes based on the most recent such rates previously published in The Wall Street Journal .”

 

3.               Seller and Buyer hereby agree that increasing or decreasing, as applicable, the amount payable at Closing by Buyer (or an Affiliate designated by Buyer) to Seller (or either on behalf of itself or as agent for another Seller Company) by the Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount shall satisfy the last two sentences of Section 2.07(a) of the Original Agreement (subject to subsequent adjustment pursuant to Section 2.07(g) of the Original Agreement as amended by this Second Amendment).

 

4.               Section 2.07 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Section 2.07(g):

 

“(g)                             Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment

 

(i)                                      Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount.   Prior to the Closing, Seller will deliver to Buyer a statement setting forth Seller’s good faith estimate of the Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount as of the Closing Date (the “ Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount ”).  If the Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount is a positive number, the amount payable at Closing pursuant to Section 2.07(a)  will be increased by an amount equal to such Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount.  If the Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount is a negative number, the amount payable at Closing pursuant to Section 2.07(a)  will be decreased by an amount equal to the absolute value of such Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount.

 

(ii)                                   Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount .  Within ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a statement setting forth the Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount, which shall include supporting

 

3



 

documentation and any additional information reasonably requested by Seller.  If the Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount minus the Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount is a positive number, then an amount equal to such excess shall be paid, within five Business Days, by Seller to Buyer (or its Affiliates, as applicable) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is directed by Buyer.  If the Estimated Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount minus the Transferred Subsidiary Cash Adjustment Amount is a negative number, then an amount equal to the absolute value of such deficit shall be paid, within five Business Days, by Buyer to Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is directed by Seller (or its Affiliates, as applicable).”

 

5.               Section 2.07(d) of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Estimated Aggregate Working Capital Adjustment Amount” and replacing it with a reference to “Estimated Aggregate Net Trade Working Capital Adjustment Amount”.

 

ARTICLE VI
WAIVER AND RELEASE

 

Section 6.23 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Section 6.23    Waiver and Release .  Buyer undertakes to Seller and its Affiliates to use commercially reasonable efforts to procure the release of Seller and its Affiliates from those bank guarantees, reimbursement obligations guarantees, indemnities, comfort letters or other arrangements given by Seller or by any of its Affiliates in respect of the Business (which, to the Knowledge of Seller are primarily bank guarantees and related reimbursement obligations required in connection with contract tenders under applicable procurement procedures).  Buyer shall, at its expense, use commercially reasonable efforts to procure such releases as soon as practicable after the Closing, and Seller shall give reasonable assistance to Buyer (at Buyer’s request) to obtain such releases.  Subject to the limitations and procedures set forth in Article VIII , Buyer shall indemnify Seller and each of its Affiliates from all claims, liabilities, costs and expenses arising in respect or by reason of any of them to the extent arising after Closing including if any such release cannot be obtained.  For the avoidance of doubt, all claims, liabilities, costs and expenses relating to such guarantees, indemnities, comfort letters or other arrangements arising in respect of or by reason of any conditions existing or acts or omissions occurring prior to the Closing remain the responsibility of Seller.”

 

ARTICLE VII
LOCAL TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

 

Section 6.25 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the last three sentences of that Section and replacing those sentences with the following:

 

Each Local Transfer Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, mutatis mutandis , in all respects (including with respect to Liabilities, Purchased Assets, the Transferred Subsidiary Shares, Excluded Assets, Excluded Liabilities and Article VIII).  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any Local Transfer Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.  For avoidance of doubt, with respect to each Local Transfer Agreement, the Consideration (as defined in such

 

4



 

Local Transfer Agreement) for the Purchased Assets thereunder is included in and shall be payable as a part of (and not in addition to) the Purchase Price hereunder.

 

ARTICLE VIII
RELATIONSHIP TO ORIGINAL AGREEMENT

 

Except as hereby amended and modified, all provisions of the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and, as hereby amended and modified, are ratified and reaffirmed.  This Second Amendment shall be subject to the applicable terms and conditions of, and construed with and as an integral part of, the Original Agreement.  From and after the date of this Second Amendment, all references in the Original Agreement to “this Agreement” shall be deemed to be references to the Original Agreement as amended and modified hereby.

 

ARTICLE IX
COUNTERPARTS

 

This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.  A signed copy of this Second Amendment delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Second Amendment.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

NOVARTIS VACCINES AND DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kimberly Parker

 

Name:

Kimberly Parker

 

Title:

Asst. Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G-C DIAGNOSTICS CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOVARTIS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Jonathan Emery

 

Name:

Jonathan Emery

 

Title:

As Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Share and Asset Purchase Agreement]

 


Exhibit 4.4

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

among

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED,

as Foreign Borrower,

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS USA, INC.

as U.S. Borrower,

 

GRIFOLS, S.A. AND CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF GRIFOLS, S.A.,
as Guarantors,

 

VARIOUS LENDERS,

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Issuing Bank

 

NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as Sole Global Coordinator

 

NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC., BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A., MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. and HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 

NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC., BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
as co-Syndication Agents

 

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.
as Documentation Agent

 


 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

 


 

Dated as of February 27, 2014

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

2

Section 1.01

Definitions

2

Section 1.02

Accounting Terms

55

Section 1.03

Interpretation, Etc.

55

Section 1.04

Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents

56

Section 1.05

Other Foreign Currencies

56

 

 

 

ARTICLE II. LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

58

Section 2.01

Term Loans

58

Section 2.02

Revolving Loans

59

Section 2.03

Swing Line Loans

60

Section 2.04

Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein

62

Section 2.05

Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds

67

Section 2.06

Use of Proceeds

67

Section 2.07

Evidence of Debt; Register; Notes

68

Section 2.08

Interest on Loans

69

Section 2.09

Conversion/Continuation

71

Section 2.10

Default Interest

72

Section 2.11

Fees

72

Section 2.12

Scheduled Payments/Commitment Reductions

73

Section 2.13

Voluntary Prepayments/Commitment Reductions

77

Section 2.14

Mandatory Prepayments/Commitment Reductions

80

Section 2.15

Application of Prepayments; Application of Proceeds of Collateral

82

Section 2.16

General Provisions Regarding Payments

84

Section 2.17

Ratable Sharing

85

Section 2.18

Making or Maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans

86

Section 2.19

Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy

88

Section 2.20

Taxes; Withholding, Etc.

89

Section 2.21

Obligation to Mitigate

93

Section 2.22

Defaulting Lenders

94

Section 2.23

Removal or Replacement of a Lender

97

Section 2.24

Ancillary Facilities

98

Section 2.25

Incremental Facilities

101

Section 2.26

Refinancing Amendment

104

Section 2.27

Extensions of Loans and Commitments

105

Section 2.28

Appointment of Borrower Representative

107

 

 

 

ARTICLE III. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

108

Section 3.01

Closing Date

108

Section 3.02

Conditions to Each Credit Extension

112

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

113

 

i



 

Section 4.01

Organization; Structure Chart; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification

113

Section 4.02

Equity Interests and Ownership

113

Section 4.03

Due Authorization

114

Section 4.04

No Conflict

114

Section 4.05

Governmental Consents

114

Section 4.06

Binding Obligation

114

Section 4.07

Historical Financial Statements

114

Section 4.08

Projections

115

Section 4.09

No Material Adverse Change

115

Section 4.10

Adverse Proceedings, Etc.

115

Section 4.11

Payment of Taxes

115

Section 4.12

Properties

116

Section 4.13

Environmental Matters

116

Section 4.14

Health Care Regulatory Matters

116

Section 4.15

No Defaults

119

Section 4.16

Governmental Regulation

119

Section 4.17

Margin Stock

119

Section 4.18

Employee Benefit Plans

119

Section 4.19

Solvency

120

Section 4.20

Compliance with Statutes, Etc.

120

Section 4.21

Disclosure

120

Section 4.22

PATRIOT Act; OFAC

121

Section 4.23

Intellectual Property

121

Section 4.24

Ranking; Security

122

Section 4.25

Centre of Main Interests and Establishments

122

Section 4.26

Enforcement and Relevant Jurisdiction

123

 

 

 

ARTICLE V. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

123

Section 5.01

Financial Statements and Other Reports

123

Section 5.02

Existence

127

Section 5.03

Payment of Taxes and Claims

127

Section 5.04

Maintenance of Properties

127

Section 5.05

Insurance

128

Section 5.06

Books and Records; Inspections

128

Section 5.07

Compliance with Material Contractual Obligations and Laws

128

Section 5.08

Environmental

129

Section 5.09

Health Care Regulatory Matters

130

Section 5.10

Maintenance of Ratings

130

Section 5.11

Intellectual Property

130

Section 5.12

Subsidiaries

131

Section 5.13

Additional Material Real Estate Assets

132

Section 5.14

Additional Collateral

133

Section 5.15

Further Assurances

134

Section 5.16

Guarantor Coverage Test

134

Section 5.17

“Know Your Customer” Checks

134

Section 5.18

ERISA

135

 

ii



 

Section 5.19

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

135

Section 5.20

Post-Closing Matters

135

Section 5.21

Anti-Terrorism; OFAC; Anti-Money Laundering

136

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

136

Section 6.01

Indebtedness

136

Section 6.02

Liens

139

Section 6.03

No Further Negative Pledges

141

Section 6.04

Restricted Payments

141

Section 6.05

Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions

142

Section 6.06

Investments

143

Section 6.07

Leverage Ratio

145

Section 6.08

Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets; Acquisitions

145

Section 6.09

Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates

147

Section 6.10

Conduct of Business

147

Section 6.11

Amendments or Waivers of Organizational Documents and Certain Other Documents

147

Section 6.12

Fiscal Year

147

Section 6.13

Centre of Main Interests and Establishments

147

Section 6.14

Financial Assistance

148

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII. GUARANTY

148

Section 7.01

Guaranty of the Obligations

148

Section 7.02

Contribution by Guarantors

148

Section 7.03

Payment by Guarantors

149

Section 7.04

Liability of Guarantors Absolute

149

Section 7.05

Waivers by Guarantors

151

Section 7.06

Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc.

152

Section 7.07

Subordination of Other Obligations

152

Section 7.08

Continuing Guaranty

153

Section 7.09

Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower

153

Section 7.10

Financial Condition of the Borrower

153

Section 7.11

Bankruptcy, Etc.

153

Section 7.12

Discharge of Guaranty Upon Sale of Guarantor

154

Section 7.13

Spanish Guarantor Limitations

154

Section 7.14

Irish Guarantor Limitations

154

Section 7.15

Keepwell

154

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

155

Section 8.01

Events of Default

155

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX. AGENTS

 

159

Section 9.01

Appointment of Agents

159

Section 9.02

Powers and Duties

159

Section 9.03

General Immunity

160

Section 9.04

Agents Entitled to Act as Lender

162

Section 9.05

Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment

162

 

iii



 

Section 9.06

Right to Indemnity

162

Section 9.07

Successor Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swing Line Lender

163

Section 9.08

Security Documents and Guaranty

165

Section 9.09

Withholding Taxes

167

Section 9.10

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

167

Section 9.11

Administrative Agent’s “Know Your Customer” Requirements

167

Section 9.12

Spanish Collateral Agent

168

 

 

 

ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS

168

Section 10.01

Notices

168

Section 10.02

Expenses

170

Section 10.03

Indemnity

171

Section 10.04

Set-Off

172

Section 10.05

Amendments and Waivers

172

Section 10.06

Successors and Assigns; Participations

176

Section 10.07

Independence of Covenants, Etc.

180

Section 10.08

Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements

181

Section 10.09

No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative

181

Section 10.10

Marshaling; Payments Set Aside

181

Section 10.11

Severability

181

Section 10.12

Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights

182

Section 10.13

Table of Contents and Headings

182

Section 10.14

APPLICABLE LAW

182

Section 10.15

CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

182

Section 10.16

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

183

Section 10.17

Confidentiality

184

Section 10.18

Usury Savings Clause

185

Section 10.19

Counterparts

185

Section 10.20

Executive Proceedings

186

Section 10.21

Effectiveness; Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries

186

Section 10.22

PATRIOT Act

186

Section 10.23

Electronic Execution of Assignments

186

Section 10.24

No Fiduciary Duty

186

Section 10.25

Judgment Currency

187

 

iv



 

SCHEDULES :

 

1.01(a) Tranche A Term Loan Commitments

 

 

 

 

1.01(b) Tranche B Term Loan Commitments

 

 

 

 

1.01(c) Revolving Commitments

 

 

 

 

1.01(d) Agreed Security Principles

 

 

 

 

1.01(e) Mandatory Costs

 

 

 

 

4.01

  Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification; Capital Structure

 

 

4.02

  Equity Interests and Ownership

 

 

 

 

4.12

  Real Estate Assets

 

 

 

 

5.20

  Post-Closing Matters

 

 

 

 

6.01

  Certain Indebtedness

 

 

 

 

6.02

  Certain Liens

 

 

 

 

6.06

  Certain Investments

 

 

 

 

10.01(a) Notice Addresses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS :

 

A-1

  Borrowing Notice

 

 

 

 

A-2

  Conversion/Continuation Notice

 

 

 

 

A-3

  Issuance Notice

 

 

 

 

B-1

  Tranche A Term Loan Note

 

 

 

 

B-2

  Tranche B Term Loan Note

 

 

 

 

B-3

  Revolving Loan Note

 

 

 

 

B-4

  Swing Line Note

 

 

 

 

B-5

  Incremental Term Loan Note

 

 

 

 

C-1

  Compliance Certificate

 

 

 

 

C-2

  Guarantor Coverage Certificate

 

 

 

 

D

  Assignment Agreement

 

 

 

 

E-1

  Closing Date Certificate

 

 

 

 

E-2

  Solvency Certificate

 

 

 

 

F

  Counterpart Agreement

 

 

 

 

G

  U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement

 

 

 

 

H

  Mortgage

 

 

 

v



 

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

This CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT , dated as of February 27, 2014, is entered into by and among GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED , a private company validly incorporated and existing under the laws of Ireland (the “ Foreign Borrower ”), GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS USA, INC. , a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Foreign Borrower (the “ U.S. Borrower ” and, together with the Foreign Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”),  GRIFOLS, S.A. , a sociedad anónima organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain (the “ Parent ”), as a Guarantor, and CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF THE PARENT , as Guarantors, the Lenders party hereto from time to time, and DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH (“ DBNY ”), as Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as Collateral Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

RECITALS :

 

WHEREAS , the Lenders have agreed to extend certain credit facilities to the Borrowers on the Closing Date consisting of $700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Tranche A Term Loans, $3,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of U.S. Tranche B Term Loans, €400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Foreign Tranche B Term Loans, and up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Revolving Commitments, the proceeds of which will be used, together with the Interim Loans, to (i) repay the Refinanced Indebtedness and (ii) pay Transaction Costs related to the Loan Documents and the Interim Loan Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , each Borrower has agreed to secure all of its Obligations by granting to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority Lien on (i) substantially all of the assets of such Borrower and (ii) a pledge of all of the Equity Interests in certain of its directly-owned Subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms hereof and the limitations described herein, the Guarantors have agreed to guarantee the Obligations of the Borrowers hereunder;

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms hereof and the limitations described herein, each of the U.S. Loan Parties has agreed to secure their respective Obligations by granting to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority Lien on substantially all of their respective assets, including a pledge of all of the Equity Interests of certain of their respective Subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms hereof and the limitations described herein, the Parent and each of the other Spanish Loan Parties have agreed to secure their respective Obligations by granting to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority Lien on certain of their respective assets, including a pledge of all of the Equity Interests of certain of their respective Subsidiaries (including a Lien on 100% of the Equity Interests of the Foreign Borrower).

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1



 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

Section 1.01                              Definitions .  The following terms used herein, including in the preamble, recitals, exhibits and schedules hereto, shall have the following meanings:

 

Additional Debt ” means one or more series of (A) senior unsecured notes or loans, (B) senior secured notes that will be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks pari passu in right of security with the Obligations or (C) senior secured notes or loans that will be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks junior to the Obligations; provided , that (1) such Indebtedness shall not require any scheduled payment of principal or mandatory redemption or redemption at the option of the holders thereof (except customary redemption provisions in respect of asset sales, changes in control or similar events) prior to 91 days after the latest maturity applicable to the Term Loans then outstanding, (2) the covenants and events of default and other terms of which (other than maturity, fees, discounts, interest rate, redemption terms and redemption premiums, which shall be determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) shall be on market terms at the time of issuance (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of the Additional Debt, (3) any Person that Guarantees such Indebtedness shall be a Loan Party and (4) if such Indebtedness is secured, the obligations in respect thereof shall not be secured by any Lien on any asset of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than any asset constituting Collateral, the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness shall be substantially the same as the Security Documents and such Indebtedness shall be subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate ” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the interest rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the applicable Screen Rate as of 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on the Interest Rate Determination Date.  If no such offered rate exists, such rate will be the rate of interest per annum, as determined by the Administrative Agent, at which deposits (for delivery on the first day of such period) with a term equivalent to such period in the relevant currency, determined at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such Interest Rate Determination Date to first-class banks in the London Interbank Eurodollar market for such Interest Period for the applicable principal amount on such date of determination, multiplied by an amount equal to (a) one minus (b) the Applicable Reserve Requirement.

 

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Adverse Proceeding ” means any action, suit, proceeding, hearing (in each case, whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of any Group Member) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign, whether pending or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened against or affecting any Group Member or any property of any Group Member.

 

Affected Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18(b).

 

2



 

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote 10.0% or more of the Securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting Securities or by contract or otherwise; provided , that no Agent or Lender shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Loan Party.

 

Agent ” means each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Co-Syndication Agents and the Documentation Agent.

 

Agent Affiliates ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(b)(iii).

 

Aggregate Amounts Due ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17.

 

Aggregate Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

Agreed Security Principles ” means the security principles applicable to Foreign Loan Parties as set forth on Schedule 1.01(d).

 

Agreement ” means this Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Agreement Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.25.

 

Ancillary Commencement Date ” means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility, the date on which that Ancillary Facility is first made available, which date shall be a Business Day within the Revolving Commitment Period.

 

Ancillary Commitment ” means, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility, the maximum applicable amount which that Ancillary Lender has agreed (whether or not subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent) to make available from time to time under an Ancillary Facility and which has been authorized as such under Section 2.24, to the extent that amount is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents relating to that Ancillary Facility.

 

Ancillary Document ” means each document relating to or evidencing the terms of an Ancillary Facility.

 

Ancillary Facility ” means any ancillary facility made available by any Ancillary Lender in accordance with Section 2.24.

 

Ancillary Lender ” means each Lender (or Affiliate of a Lender) that makes available an Ancillary Facility in accordance with Section 2.24.

 

3



 

Ancillary Outstandings ” means, at any time, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility then in force, the aggregate of the Dollar Equivalent or Euro Equivalent, as applicable, of the following amounts outstanding under such Ancillary Facility:  (a) the principal amount under each overdraft facility and on-demand short term loan facility (net of any credit balances on any account of the Foreign Borrower with the Ancillary Lender making available such Ancillary Facility to the extent that the credit balances are freely available to be set off by such Ancillary Lender against liabilities owed to it by that Borrower under such Ancillary Facility); (b) the face amount of each guaranty, bond and letter of credit under such Ancillary Facility and (c) the amount fairly representing the aggregate exposure (excluding interest and similar charges) of such Ancillary Lender under each other type of accommodation provided under such Ancillary Facility, in each of clauses (a) through (c), as determined by such Ancillary Lender, acting reasonably in accordance with its normal banking practice and in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Document.

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22(a).

 

Applicable Margin ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Tranche A Term Loans, (i) 1.75% per annum , in the case of Base Rate Loans and (ii) 2.75% per annum , in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (b) with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans, (i) 2.00% per annum , in the case of Base Rate Loans and (ii) 3.00% per annum in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

 

Applicable Reserve Requirement ” means, at any time, for any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the maximum rate, expressed as a decimal, at which reserves (including any basic marginal, special, supplemental, emergency or other reserves) are required to be maintained with respect thereto against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is defined in Regulation D) under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors or other applicable banking regulator.  Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Applicable Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by such member banks with respect to (a) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the applicable Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or any other interest rate of a Loan is to be determined, or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Eurodollar Rate Loans.  A Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and as such shall be deemed subject to reserve requirements without benefits of credit for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the applicable Lender.  The rate of interest on Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Applicable Reserve Requirement.

 

Applicable Sweep Percentage ” means (i) 50% if the Leverage Ratio as of the applicable date of determination is greater than or equal to 4.50:1.00, (ii) 25% if the Leverage Ratio as of the applicable date of determination is less than 4.50:1.00 but greater than or equal to 4.00:1.00, and (iii) 0.0% if the Leverage Ratio as of the applicable date of determination is less than 4.00:1.00.  The applicable date of determination for purposes of this definition shall be the most recently ended four-fiscal quarter period for which financial statements are available (determined for any such period by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(c) hereof).

 

4



 

Approved Currency ” means each of Dollars, Euro and any Other Foreign Currencies.

 

Approved Electronic Communications ” means any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Loan Party provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to Agents or to Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 10.01(b).

 

Arrangers ” means each of Nomura Securities International, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., in their respective capacities as joint lead arrangers.

 

Asset Disposition ” means a sale, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, exclusive license (as licensor or sublicensor), transfer or other disposition to, or any exchange of property with, any Person (other than any Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor), in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of any Group Member’s businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed, including the Equity Interests of any of the Parent’s Subsidiaries, other than (a) inventory (or other assets) sold, leased or licensed out in the ordinary course of business (excluding any such sales, leases or licenses out by operations or divisions discontinued or to be discontinued), (b) worn out, obsolete, scrap or surplus assets in the ordinary course of business and (c) sales, leases or licenses of other assets for consideration of less than $25,000,000 with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions but in any event not to exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate from the Closing Date.

 

Assignment Agreement ” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D, with such amendments or modifications as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Assignment Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(b).

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease (including any sale leaseback transaction resulting in a Capital Lease) of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with IFRS.

 

Authorized Officer ” means, as applied to any Person, any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), chief executive officer, president or one of its vice presidents (or the equivalent thereof), and such Person’s chief financial officer or treasurer or any director, secretary or lawfully appointed attorney of a company.

 

Available Amount ” means, as of any date,

 

(a)                                  the Net Cash Proceeds received on or prior to the date of such determination of the Available Amount from the issuance or sale of Equity Interests in the Parent after December 31, 2013; plus

 

5



 

(b)                                  so long as the Parent and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.07 on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended (determined for any such period by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(c) 50% of Cumulative CNI; less

 

(c)                                   the sum of any Available Amount or Cumulative CNI used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 6.04(c), 6.04(d) and 6.04(e).

 

Available Ancillary Commitment ” means, in relation to any Ancillary Facility, an Ancillary Lender’s Ancillary Commitment, less the Ancillary Outstandings in relation to such Ancillary Facility.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

 

Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1.00% and (c) the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate that would be payable on a Eurocurrency Rate Loan commencing on such day with a one-month Interest Period, plus 1.00% (or if no Interest Period could commence on such day, the immediately preceding day on which such an Interest Period would commence).  Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

 

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

 

Board of Directors ” means:  (a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors; (b) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; (c) with respect to a limited liability company, the board of directors of the limited liability company or any committee of the limited liability company duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors; and (d) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Board of Governors ” means the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

 

Bookrunners ” means each of Nomura Securities International, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., in their respective capacities as bookrunners.

 

Borrower Representative ” means the Foreign Borrower in its capacity as representative of the U.S. Borrower as set forth in Section 2.28.

 

Borrowers ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

6



 

Borrowing Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York City or Ireland and:

 

(a)                                  if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;

 

(b)                                  if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer which utilizes a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007 (TARGET 2) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro; provided , however , that any such day shall not be deemed to be a Business Day for purposes of this clause (b) if commercial banks are authorized to close, or are in fact closed, in London, England;

 

(c)                                   if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and

 

(d)                                  if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than Dollars or Euro in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, or any other dealings in any currency other than Dollars or Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan (other than any interest rate settings), means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.

 

Capital Lease ” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with IFRS is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

 

Cash Collateralize ” means, in respect of an Obligation, to provide and pledge (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral in Dollars, at a location and pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank (and “ Cash Collateralization ” has a corresponding meaning). “ Cash Collateral

 

7



 

shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means, as at any date of determination, any of the following:  (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States Government or (ii) issued by any agency or instrumentality of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (c) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within six months after its date of issuance or acceptance by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator), (ii) has Tier 1 capital of not less than $1,000,000,000 and (iii) has a rating of at least AA- from S&P and Aa3 from Moody’s; (d) any repurchase agreement entered into with any Lender or any commercial banking institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) herein which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in any obligation of the type described in clause (a)(i) and (ii) has a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of such commercial banking institution thereunder; (e) commercial paper and variable fixed rate notes issued by any commercial banking institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) herein or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation (other than structured investment vehicles and other than corporations used in structured financing transactions) rated A-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with average maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (f) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $5,000,000,000, and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; and (g) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above denominated in Euro or any Other Foreign Currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for short term cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, in each case which instruments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have comparable tenor and ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign ratings agencies; provided , that in the case of any Investment by the Foreign Borrower or a Foreign Subsidiary, “Cash Equivalents” shall also include:  (A) direct obligations of the sovereign nation (or any agency thereof) in which the Foreign Borrower or such Foreign Subsidiary, as applicable, is organized and is conducting business or in obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by such sovereign nation (or any agency thereof), in each case maturing within 12 months after such date, (B) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (g) above of the Foreign Borrower and any Foreign Subsidiaries, which Investments have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (C) shares of

 

8



 

money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets otherwise satisfying the requirements of this definition (including this proviso).

 

Cash Management Agreement ” means any agreement or arrangement to provide treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer (including automated clearinghouse transfer services) and other cash management services.

 

Change in Law ” means (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) the making or issuance of any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued).

 

Change of Control ” means (a) any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) (i) shall have acquired beneficial ownership or control of 35% or more on a fully diluted basis of the voting and/or economic interest in the Equity Interests of the Parent or (ii) shall have obtained the power (whether or not exercised) to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of the Parent; provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Permitted Holders may, without effecting a Change of Control hereunder, beneficially own or control up to 50% on a fully diluted basis of the voting and/or economic interests in the Equity Interests of the Parent; (b) the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of the Parent cease to be occupied by Persons who either (i) were members of the Board of Directors of the Parent on the Closing Date or (ii) were nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the Parent, a majority of whom were directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors; (c) the Parent shall own less than 100% of the Equity Interests of the Foreign Borrower; (d) the Foreign Borrower shall own less than 100% of the Equity Interests of the U.S. Borrower; or (e) any “change of control” (or similar event, however denominated) shall occur under and as defined in any indenture or any other agreement in respect of Material Indebtedness, including the Interim Loans or the Senior Notes, to which any Group Member is a party.

 

Class ” means (a) with respect to Lenders, each of the following classes of Lenders:  (i) Lenders having Tranche A Term Loan Exposure, (ii) Lenders having U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, (iii) Lenders having Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, (iv) Lenders having Revolving Exposure (including the Swing Line Lender) and (v) Lenders having Incremental Term Loan Exposure, and (b) with respect to Loans, each of the following classes of Loans:  (i) Tranche A Term Loans, (ii) U.S. Tranche B Term Loans, (iii)  Foreign Tranche B Term Loans, (iv) Revolving Loans (including Swing Line Loans), (v) each Series of

 

9



 

Incremental Term Loans, (vi) each Series of Extended Term Loans, (vii) each Series of Loans made in respect of Extended Revolving Commitments, (viii) each Series of Other Refinancing Term Loans and (ix) each Series of Other Refinancing Revolving Loans.

 

Closing Date ” means the date the conditions set forth in Section 3.01 and Section 3.02 are satisfied and the first funding occurs February 27, 2014).

 

Closing Date Certificate ” means a Closing Date Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1.

 

Collateral ” means, collectively, all of the real, personal and mixed property (including Equity Interests) in which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Security Documents as security for the Obligations.

 

Collateral Agent ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Commitment ” means any Revolving Commitment or Term Loan Commitment.

 

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq .), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1.

 

Confidential Information Memorandum ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(i)(ii)

 

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA ” means (a) Consolidated Net Income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (after any adjustment for profit and loss attributable to minority interests and capitalized interest), plus , to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries the sum, without duplication, of amounts for (i) all financial results including interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount, other deferred financing costs, other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness, (ii) any losses on ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (iii) any foreign currency translation, transaction or exchange losses (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness and any losses resulting from ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments for currency exchange risk), (iv) any loss of any equity-accounted investee in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint or minority interest, (v) expenses for taxes based on income or gain, (vi) depreciation, (vii) amortization, write-offs, write-downs, and other non-cash charges, losses and expenses, (viii) impairment of intangibles, including, without limitation, goodwill, (ix) non-recurring items (as determined in accordance with IFRS) realized other than in the ordinary course of business, without duplication, resulting in a loss, (x) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or, to the extent permitted hereunder, any Permitted Acquisition, Investment, Asset

 

10



 

Disposition, or incurrence of Indebtedness, in each case, whether or not consummated, including such fees and expenses related to any offering of Additional Debt, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, (xi) extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring charges and expenses including transition, restructuring and “carveout” expenses and (xii) legal, accounting, consulting, and other costs and expenses relating to the Parent’s potential or actual issuance of Equity Interests, including without limitation an initial public offering of common stock, minus (b) to the extent included in consolidated income from operations, (i) interest income, (ii) non-recurring gains (as determined in accordance with IFRS) realized other than in the ordinary course of business, (iii) income or gains on ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (iv)  foreign currency translation, transaction or exchange gains (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness and any gains resulting from ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments for currency exchange risk), (v) any income of any equity-accounted investee in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint or minority interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Parent or any Subsidiary by such Person during such period,  all calculated without duplication for the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

For purposes of the maximum Leverage Ratio and, solely in connection with the definition of “Incremental Amount” and Section 6.01(r), the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated pro forma for material acquisitions and disposals, such that Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA would be adjusted to (a) include net income before net interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization attributable to the acquired entity (or assets) prior to its becoming a member of the Group during the relevant period, and (b) exclude net income before net interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization attributable to the disposed of entity (or assets) prior to its being disposed of by the Group during the relevant period.  For the avoidance of doubt, such adjustment for material acquisitions and disposals shall not apply to the calculation of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow.

 

Consolidated Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures of the Group during such period determined on a consolidated basis that, in accordance with IFRS, are or should be included in “purchase of property and equipment” or similar items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Group.

 

Consolidated Current Assets ” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of a Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with IFRS, excluding cash and Cash Equivalents.

 

Consolidated Current Liabilities ” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of a Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with IFRS, excluding the current portion of long term debt.

 

Consolidated Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any fiscal period, an amount (if positive) equal to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such relevant period after, without duplication and excluding the Transaction Costs:

 

11



 

(a)                                  adding the amount of any decrease (and deducting the amount of any increase) in the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment;

 

(b)                                  adding the amount of any cash receipts during the relevant period in respect of any Tax rebates or credits and deducting the amount actually paid or due and payable in respect of Taxes during that relevant period by any Group Member;

 

(c)                                   (i) adding (to the extent not already taken into account in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA) the amount of any dividends or other profit distributions received in cash by any Group Member during the relevant period from any entity which is itself not a Group Member and (ii) deducting (to the extent not already deducted in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA) the amount of any dividends or other profit distributions paid in cash during the relevant period to any shareholder in any Group Member which is itself not a Group Member;

 

(d)                                  adding the amount of any increase in provisions, other non-cash debits and other non-cash charges (which are not already included within Consolidated Current Assets or Consolidated Current Liabilities) and deducting the amount of any non-cash credits (which are not already included within Consolidated Current Assets or Consolidated Current Liabilities) in each case to the extent taken into account in establishing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;

 

(e)                                   deducting the amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures actually made (or due to be made) during that relevant period by any Group Member, except to the extent funded from:

 

(i)                                      the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Disposition or the Net Cash Proceeds of a Casualty Event permitted to be retained for this purpose; or

 

(ii)                                   the issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent;

 

(f)                                    deducting the sum of (i) the aggregate of any cash consideration paid for, or the cash cost of, any Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) the amount of any cash Investments in a Joint Venture; and

 

(g)                                   deducting the sum, without duplication, of (i) the amounts for such period paid in cash from operating cash flow of scheduled repayments of Indebtedness for borrowed money and scheduled repayments of obligations under Capital Leases (excluding any interest expense portion thereof), and (ii) consolidated cash interest expense.  For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Excess Cash Flow shall not be reduced by amounts used to purchase (or repay) Loans pursuant to Section 2.13(c) and repayments or prepayments of revolving loans will not be treated as scheduled repayments of Indebtedness.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the total net income (or loss) attributable to the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with IFRS (before any adjustment for profit and loss attributable to minority interests and capitalized interest) minus any after tax non-cash gains (or losses) attributable to Asset Dispositions or returned surplus assets of any Pension Plan.

 

12



 

Consolidated Net Total Debt ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all funded Indebtedness (including guarantees) of the Parent and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS (exclusive of (i) any Contingent Liability in respect of any Letter of Credit and (ii) obligations in respect of derivative transactions that have not been terminated) minus the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Parent and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt ” means, as at any date of determination, Consolidated Net Total Debt minus unsecured Indebtedness.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” means as of any date of determination for any Person, the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with IFRS, as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person.

 

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, as at any date of determination, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets of the Group over Consolidated Current Liabilities of the Group.

 

Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment ” means, for any period on a consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period.  In calculating the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment there shall be excluded the effect of reclassification during such period of current assets to long term assets and current liabilities to long term liabilities and the effect of any Permitted Acquisition during such period; provided , that there shall be included with respect to any Permitted Acquisition during such period an amount (which may be a negative number) by which the Consolidated Working Capital acquired in such Permitted Acquisition as at the time of such acquisition exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital at the end of such period.

 

Contingent Liability ” means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which any Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon the Indebtedness of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection).  The amount of any Person’s obligation under any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation with respect thereto) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness guaranteed thereby.

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

 

Contributing Guarantors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

Controlled Foreign Corporation ” means any Subsidiary of a U.S. Loan Party that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code.

 

13



 

Conversion/Continuation Date ” means the effective date of a continuation or conversion, as the case may be, as set forth in the applicable Conversion/Continuation Notice.

 

Conversion/Continuation Notice ” means a Conversion/Continuation Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

 

Copyrights ” has the meaning set forth in the U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

Co-Syndication Agent ” means each of Nomura Securities International, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., each in its capacity as Co-Syndication Agent.

 

Counterpart Agreement ” means a Counterpart Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F delivered by a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.12.

 

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” means (i) Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt, (ii) Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt, (iii) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or (iv) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans or existing Revolving Loans (or unused Revolving Commitments) of any Class or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (a) such Indebtedness has a later maturity and, except in the case of Other Refinancing Revolving Commitments, a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Refinanced Debt, (b) such Indebtedness shall not have a greater principal amount than the principal amount of the Refinanced Debt (and, in the case of Refinanced Debt consisting, in whole or in part, of unused Revolving Commitments, Incremental Revolving Commitments, Extended Revolving Commitments or Other Refinancing Revolving Commitments, the amount thereof) plus accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with the refinancing ( provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not include any principal constituting interest paid in kind), (c) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged on a dollar-for-dollar basis, and all accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) in connection therewith shall be paid, substantially concurrently with the incurrence or issuance of such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and (d) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (except as otherwise provided in clause (a) above and with respect to pricing, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) are no more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Indebtedness, than those applicable to the Loans or Commitments being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the latest maturity date at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness).

 

Credit Date ” means the date of a Credit Extension (including the Closing Date).

 

Credit Extension ” means the making of a Loan or the issuing of a Letter of Credit.

 

14



 

Cumulative CNI ” means the Consolidated Net Income of the Group accrued since March 31, 2013 to the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter of the Parent for which financial statements have been delivered in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is negative, minus  100% of such deficit).

 

Currency Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract, synthetic cap or other similar agreement or arrangement whether exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the foreign currency risk associated with the operations of the Group and not for speculative purposes.

 

DBNY ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Debtor Relief Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, examinership, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other Relevant Jurisdiction from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Default ” means a condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.22, any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of its Revolving Commitment within three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, (b) has notified the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Swingline Lender or any other Lender in writing, or has otherwise indicated through a public statement, that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder and generally under agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of a written request from the Administrative Agent, to confirm in writing that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Revolving Commitments ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent), (d) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within three (3) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or (e) after the date of this Agreement, has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide

 

15



 

such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.  Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (e) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.22) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower Representative, the Issuing Bank, each Swingline Lender and each Lender.

 

Designated Gross Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.24(b)(ii).

 

Designated Net Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.24(b)(ii).

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” shall mean the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent or any other Subsidiary of the Parent in connection with an Asset Disposition that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Parent setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or cash equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

 

Discharge of Obligations ” means the payment in full in cash of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and payable and obligations under Hedge Agreements), the termination, expiration or cancellation of all Commitments and all Letters of Credit (except to the extent such Letters of Credit have been cancelled or collateralized in a manner acceptable to the Issuing Bank).

 

Disqualified Company ” means any operating company which is a direct competitor of the Group identified to the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the Closing Date, and thereafter, upon the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), such additional bona fide operating companies which are direct competitors of the Group as may be identified in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time; provided , that the names of all Disqualified Companies shall be available to any Lender that requests such names from the Administrative Agent in connection with a bona fide trade, or prospective trade, in Loans.

 

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for scheduled payments or dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date, except, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), if as a result of a change of control or asset sale, so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of such a change of control or asset sale event are subject to the prior payment in full

 

16



 

of all Obligations, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments.

 

Documentation Agent ” means HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., in its capacity as Documentation Agent.

 

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” mean the lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and with respect to an amount denominated in such Other Foreign Currencies, the equivalent in Dollars of such amount determined at the Exchange Rate on the applicable Valuation Date.  In making the determination of the Dollar Equivalent for purposes of determining the aggregate available Revolving Commitments on any Credit Date, the Administrative Agent shall use the Exchange Rate in effect at the date on which the applicable Borrower requests the extension of credit for such Credit Date pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” mean the lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) any Lender, (b) an Affiliate of any Lender, (c) a Related Fund (any two (2) or more Related Funds being treated as a single Eligible Assignee for all purposes hereof), (d) any Person (other than a natural Person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, selling, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (e) a European Credit Management Limited (ECM) programme or other financial institution that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) with a credit rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively; provided , that neither any Loan Party nor any Affiliate thereof, any Defaulting Lender, nor any Disqualified Company shall be an Eligible Assignee.

 

Embargoed Person ” means any party that (i) is publicly identified on the most current list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” published by OFAC or resides, is organized or chartered or has a place of business in a country or territory subject to OFAC sanctions or embargo programs or (ii) is publicly identified as prohibited from doing business with the United States under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Trading With the Enemy Act or any other Requirement of Law.

 

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed by, the Group or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or with respect to which the Group or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has or could reasonably be expected to have liability, contingent or otherwise, in each case, excluding any Foreign Plan.

 

Environmental Claim ” means any written notice, notice of violation, request for information, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or other order, decree or directive (conditional or otherwise) by any Governmental Authority or any other Person, arising

 

17



 

(a) pursuant to any Environmental Law, (b) in connection with any actual or alleged violation of, or liability pursuant to, any Environmental Law, (c) in connection with any Hazardous Material, including the presence or Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials and any abatement, removal, remedial, corrective or other response action related to Hazardous Materials or (d) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to health and safety (with respect to exposure to Hazardous Materials), natural resources or the environment.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all current or future foreign or domestic, federal, state or local laws (including any common law), statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments or any other binding requirements of Governmental Authorities relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct with respect to (a) pollution or protection of the environment, (b) the generation, use, storage, transportation or disposal of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials; or (c) occupational safety and health, industrial hygiene or the protection of human health (with respect to exposure to Hazardous Materials), in any manner applicable to any Group Member or any Facility.

 

Equity Interests ” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any successor thereto.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, (a) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; (b) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; and (c) solely for the purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person, any corporation described in clause (a) above or any trade or business described in clause (b) above is a member.

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (b) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Sections 412 or 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (c) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such Pension Plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal by any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with

 

18



 

two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in liability to any Group Member or any of its Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (f) the imposition of liability on any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (g) the withdrawal of any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan resulting in liability therefor to any Group Member, or the receipt by any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (h) the assertion of any material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Pension Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Pension Plan; (i) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; (j) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (k) the occurrence of a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” with respect to which any Group Member is a “disqualified person” or a “party in interest” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 406 of ERISA, respectively) or which would reasonably be expected to result in liability to any Group Member with respect to any Pension Plan or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; or (l) the occurrence of any Foreign Plan Event.

 

Euro ” or “ ” means the single currency of the European Union as constituted by the Treaty on European Union and as referred to in the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states, being in part legislative measures to implement the European and Monetary Union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

Euro Equivalent ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in Euro, such amount, and with respect to an amount denominated in Dollars or any Other Foreign Currency, the equivalent in Euro of such amount determined at the Exchange Rate on the applicable Valuation Date.  In making the determination of the Euro Equivalent for purposes of determining the aggregate available Revolving Commitments on any Credit Date, the Administrative Agent shall use the Exchange Rate in effect at the date on which a Borrower requests the extension of credit for such Credit Date pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate.

 

Event of Default ” means any of the conditions or events set forth in Section 8.01.

 

19



 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Exchange Rate ” means the rate at which any currency (the “ Original Currency ”) may be exchanged into Dollars, Euro or another currency (the “ Exchanged Currency ”), as set forth on such date on the relevant Reuters screen at or about 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such date.  In the event that such rate does not appear on the Reuters screen, the “Exchange Rate” with respect to such Original Currency into such Exchanged Currency shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative or, in the absence of such agreement, such “Exchange Rate” shall instead be the Administrative Agent’s spot rate of exchange in the interbank market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such Original Currency are then being conducted, at or about 11:00 a.m., local time, on such date for the purchase of the Exchanged Currency, with such Original Currency for delivery two (2) Business Days later; provided , that if at the time of any such determination, no such spot rate can reasonably be quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method as it deems applicable to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor at any time, any obligation (a “ Swap Obligation ”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is illegal at such time under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act at the time such guarantee or grant of a security interest becomes effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation.

 

Excluded Taxes ” means (a) any Tax imposed on the overall net income or net profits of a Person (including any branch profits or franchise tax or minimum tax imposed in lieu thereof) by the jurisdiction in which that Person is organized or in which that Person’s applicable principal office (including, in the case of a Lender, its applicable lending office) is located or with which that Person has a present or former connection (other than any connection arising from the acquisition and holding of any Loan or Commitment (including entering into or being a party to this Agreement), the receipt of payments relating thereto, and/or the exercise of rights and remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document), (b) with respect to any Lender of a Loan to the U.S. Borrower, any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in such Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date which (i) Lender acquires such interest in such Loan (other than pursuant to an assignment requested under Section 2.23) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.20, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) with respect to any Lender of a Loan to the Foreign Borrower, any Irish withholding Tax

 

20



 

imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in such Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date which (i) Lender acquires such interest in such Loan (other than pursuant to an assignment requested under Section 2.23) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.20, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (d) Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.20 and (e) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

Existing Grifols Credit Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, among Grifols, Inc., as borrower, Grifols, S.A., as parent, certain subsidiaries of Parent party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch as Administrative Agent, as amended as of March 3, 2011, as further amended May 31, 2011 and as amended and restated February 29, 2012, and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof.

 

Existing Grifols Notes ” means those certain 8.25% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by Grifols, Inc. a subsidiary of the Parent.

 

Existing Interim Loan Agreement ” means that certain Interim Loan Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2014, among Grifols, S.A., as the borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas LLC, as the administrative agent.

 

Existing Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.27(c)(ii).

 

Existing Term Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.27(c)(ii).

 

Extended Maturity Date has the meaning set forth in Section 2.27(a).

 

Extended Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.27(c)(ii).

 

Extended Revolving Loans ” means Revolving Loans made by one or more Lenders to the Foreign Borrower pursuant to Section 2.27.

 

Extended Term Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.27(c)(ii).

 

Extension has the meaning set forth in Section 2.27(a).

 

Extension Amendment has the meaning set forth in Section 2.27(e).

 

Extension Offer has the meaning set forth in Section 2.27(a).

 

21



 

Facility ” means any real property (including all buildings, fixtures or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by any Group Member or any of its predecessors or Affiliates.

 

Fair Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

Fair Share Contribution Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the Closing Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any intergovernmental agreements entered into thereunder (and any foreign legislation implemented to give effect to such intergovernmental agreements) and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

FDA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(e).

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means for any day, the rate per annum (expressed, as a decimal, rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1.00%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided , that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Fee Letter ” means the Fee Letter, dated as of February 27, 2014, by and among the Parent, the Foreign Borrower and each of the Arrangers.

 

Financial Officer Certification ” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such certification is required, the certification of the chief financial officer of the Parent that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Group at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Group ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

 

Flood Certificate ” means a “Standard Flood Hazard Determination Form” of the Federal Emergency Management Agency and any successor Governmental Authority performing a similar function.

 

22



 

Flood Program ” means the National Flood Insurance Program created by the U.S. Congress pursuant to the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 and the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004, in each case as amended from time to time, and any successor statutes.

 

Flood Zone ” means areas having special flood hazards as described in the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Foreign Currency Equivalent ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in any Other Foreign Currency, such amount, and with respect to an amount denominated in Dollars or Euro, the equivalent in such Other Foreign Currency of such amount determined at the Exchange Rate on the applicable Valuation Date.

 

Foreign Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Foreign Law Security Documents ” means each of the Spanish Security Documents and the Irish Security Documents.

 

Foreign Loan Party ” means any Loan Party other than a U.S. Loan Party.

 

Foreign Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(c)(i).

 

Foreign Offer Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(c)(i).

 

Foreign Pension Plan ” means any Foreign Plan which provides, or results in, retirement benefits in the form of contribution payments or benefit accrual, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

 

Foreign Plan ” means any material written employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

 

Foreign Plan Event ” means, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities materially in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (b) the failure in any material respect to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice from a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Plan, (d) the incurrence of liability by any Loan Party or any their respective Subsidiaries under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, or (e) the occurrence of any material transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that would reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any material liability by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or the imposition on any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any material fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law.

 

23



 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

Foreign Tranche B Term Loan ” means a Tranche B Term Loan denominated in Euro and made by a Lender to the Foreign Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b)(ii).

 

Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund a Foreign Tranche B Term Loan and “ Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.  The amount of each Lender’s Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, if any, is set forth on Schedule 1.01(b) or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof; provided that the Administrative Agent shall retain sole discretion to update such signature page to accurately reflect the amount of such Lender’s Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Commitment as of the Closing Date.  The aggregate amount of the Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is €400,000,000.

 

Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Foreign Tranche B Term Loans of such Lender; provided , that at any time prior to the making of the Foreign Tranche B Term Loans, the Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Commitment.

 

FQ1 ”, “ FQ2 ”, “ FQ3 ” and “ FQ4 ” mean, when used with a numerical year designation, the first, second, third or fourth Fiscal Quarters, respectively, of the designated Fiscal Year of the Parent (e.g., FQ4 2010 means the fourth Fiscal Quarter of the Parent’s 2010 Fiscal Year, which ends December 31, 2010).

 

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to the Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank other than such Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Funding Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

Governmental Acts ” means any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, provincial, municipal, national, supranational or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity, officer or examiner exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, a foreign entity or government, or a supranational authority, including without limitation, the European Union.

 

24



 

Governmental Authorization ” means any permit, license, authorization, certification, registration, approval, clearance, plan, directive, marking, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

 

Group ” means, collectively, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

Group Member ” means the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

 

Guarantor ” means the Parent, the U.S. Borrower (solely in respect of the Obligations of the Foreign Borrower), the Foreign Borrower (solely in respect of the Obligations of the U.S. Borrower), any Significant Subsidiary and any other Person that joins this Agreement as a guarantor pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Guarantor Coverage Certificate ” means a Guarantor Coverage Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2.

 

Guaranty ” means the guaranty of each Guarantor set forth in Article VII.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means any pollutant, contaminant, chemical, waste, material or substance, exposure to which or Release of which is prohibited, limited or regulated, by any Environmental Laws, including petroleum, petroleum products, asbestos, urea formaldehyde, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”) and toxic mold.

 

Health Care Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a).

 

Hedge Agreement ” means an Interest Rate Agreement or a Currency Agreement in each case, whether exchange traded or over the counter, entered into with a Lender Counterparty.

 

Highest Lawful Rate ” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to any Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

 

Historical Financial Statements ” means as of the Closing Date, (a) audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent consisting of balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and an income statement and statements of stockholders’ equity and cash flows for fiscal years 2010, 2011 and 2012 and an unqualified audit report relating thereto and, (b) unaudited financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent Fiscal Quarter ended after the date of the most recent audited financial statements and at least forty-five (45) days prior to the Closing Date consisting of a balance sheet and an income statement and statements of stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the three, six or nine month period, as applicable, ending on such date, and, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), certified by the chief financial officer

 

25



 

of the Parent that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Parent as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

 

IFRS ” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.02, International Financial Reporting Standards in effect as of the date of determination thereof consistency applied.

 

Increased Amount Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.25(a).

 

Increased-Cost Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

 

Incremental Amount ” means, at any time, the maximum amount of Incremental Revolving Commitments and Incremental Term Loan Commitments that could be incurred at such time such that, on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter after giving effect to such Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the Parent’s Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (determined for any such period by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(c) hereof) as of such day shall not be greater than 4.50:1.00 (assuming that (x) any such Incremental Revolving Commitments are fully drawn and (y) the proceeds of such Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments are not included as unrestricted cash in the definition of “Consolidated Net Total Debt”).

 

Incremental Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.25(a).

 

Incremental Revolving Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.25(b).

 

Incremental Revolving Loan Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.25(a).

 

Incremental Term Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.25(c).

 

Incremental Term Loan Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.25(a).

 

Incremental Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Incremental Term Loans of such Lender.

 

Incremental Term Loan Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.25(a).

 

Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date ” means the date on which Incremental Term Loans of a Series shall become due and payable in full hereunder, as specified in the applicable Joinder Agreement, including by acceleration or otherwise.

 

26



 

Incremental Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B-5, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Indebtedness ” means, as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money to the extent such indebtedness would be considered indebtedness for borrowed money in accordance with IFRS; (b) that portion of obligations with respect to Capital Leases that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with IFRS; (c) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; (d) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services, including any earn-out obligations (excluding any such obligations incurred under ERISA), which purchase price is (i) due more than twelve (12) months from the date of incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (ii) evidenced by a note or similar written instrument; (e) all indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person; provided , that any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (e) shall in each case be limited to the lower of the amount of the indebtedness secured and the fair market value of the property or asset; (f) the face amount of any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings; (g) Disqualified Equity Interests; (h) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), comaking, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of the obligation of another; (i) all net obligations of such Person in respect of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, including any Interest Rate Agreement and any Currency Agreement, in each case, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes; provided , that in no event shall obligations under any derivative transaction be deemed “Indebtedness” for any purpose under Section 6.07 unless such obligations relate to a derivatives transaction which has been terminated; (j) the full outstanding balance of trade receivables, notes or other instruments sold with full recourse (and the portion thereof subject to potential recourse, if sold with limited recourse), other than in any such case any portion thereof sold solely for purposes of collection of delinquent accounts; and (k) any Contingent Liability with respect to the foregoing.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.

 

Indemnified Liabilities ” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including natural resource damages), penalties, claims (including Environmental Claims), actions, judgments, suits, costs (including the costs of any investigation, study, sampling, testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other necessary response action related to the Release or presence of any Hazardous Materials), expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any of the foregoing in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding or hearing commenced or threatened by any Group Member, its Affiliates or any other Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether direct, indirect, special or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including

 

27



 

securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and Environmental Laws), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of (a) this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Lenders’ agreement to make Credit Extensions, the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Loan Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranty)); (b) any fee or engagement letter delivered by any Agent or any Lender to the Parent and/or any Borrower with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) any Environmental Claim relating to or arising from, directly or indirectly, any past or present activity, operation, land ownership, or practice of any Group Member; or (d) any Loan or the use of proceeds thereof.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means any Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

 

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a).

 

Installment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a).

 

Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual property (and the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating thereto), whether arising under the United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including without limitation, Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, Trade Secrets, and Trade Secret Licenses (as each such term is defined in the U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement), and the right to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, or other violation or impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom, including without limitation license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit, now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto.

 

Intellectual Property Asset ” means, at the time of determination, any interest (fee, license or otherwise) then owned by any Loan Party in any Material Intellectual Property.

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in the U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means with respect to (a) any Loan that is a Base Rate Loan (including any Swing Line Loan), each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, commencing on March 31, 2014, and the final maturity date of such Loan (or if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Businss Day); and (b) any Loan that is a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan; provided , that in the case of each Interest Period of longer than three (3) months “Interest Payment Date” shall also include each date that is three (3) months, or an integral multiple thereof, after the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

28



 

Interest Period ” means, in connection with a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, an interest period of one, two, three or six months (or, (i) if available to all of the applicable Lenders, twelve months or (ii) if agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, such other period less than one month), as selected by the applicable Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, (a) initially, commencing on the Credit Date or Conversion/Continuation Date thereof, as the case may be; and (b) thereafter, commencing on the day on which the immediately preceding Interest Period expires; provided , that (i) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day unless no further Business Day occurs in such month, in which case such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day; (ii) any Interest Period in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall, subject to clauses (iii) and (iv) of this definition, end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; (iii) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of any Class of Term Loans shall extend beyond such Class’s Term Loan Maturity Date; and (iv) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of any Revolving Loans shall extend beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement whether exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with the operations of the Group and not for speculative purposes.

 

Interest Rate Determination Date ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

 

Interim Loan Agreement ” means the Interim Loan Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014, among the Foreign Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, as the administrative agent.

 

Interim Loans ” means the loans made to the Foreign Borrower pursuant to the Interim Loan Agreement.

 

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the Closing Date and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

 

Investment ” means (a) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by any Group Member, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Securities of any other Person (other than a Guarantor); (b) any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition for value, by any Subsidiary of the Parent from any Person (other than the Parent or any Guarantor), of any Equity Interests of such Person; (c) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions by any Group Member to any other Person (other than the Parent or any Guarantor), including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did not

 

29



 

arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business and (d) all investments consisting of any exchange traded or over-the-counter derivative transaction, including any Interest Rate Agreement and Currency Agreement, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes.  The amount of any Investment of the type described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

 

Irish Security Documents ” means the Irish law governed security documents to be entered into by any Loan Party creating or expressed to create a security over all or any part of the assets or Equity Interests of the Foreign Borrower in respect of the Obligations of each Loan Party under the Loan Documents.

 

Issuance Notice ” means an Issuance Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3.

 

Issuing Bank ” means Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Issuing Bank hereunder, together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

 

Joinder Agreement ” means a joinder agreement in a form acceptable to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent pursuant to which Incremental Term Loan Commitments and Incremental Revolving Commitments may be effected pursuant to Section 2.25.

 

Joint Venture ” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided , that in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

 

Judgment Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.25.

 

Junior Intercreditor Agreement ” means a “junior lien” intercreditor agreement among the Administrative Agent and the holders of Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt (or their representative) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Lender ” means each financial institution listed on the signature pages hereto as a Lender, and any other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment Agreement.  Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, the term “Lenders” shall include the Swing Line Lender.

 

Lender Counterparty ” means each Lender, each Agent, each Arranger and each of their respective Affiliates counterparty to a Hedge Agreement (including any Person who is an Agent or a Lender (and any Affiliate thereof) as of the Closing Date but subsequently, whether before or after entering into a Hedge Agreement, ceases to be an Agent, a Lender or an Arranger, as the case may be), whether such Hedge Agreement is entered into before or after the Closing Date.

 

30



 

Letter of Credit ” means any commercial or standby letter of credit issued or to be issued by the Issuing Bank on behalf of the Foreign Borrower under the Revolving Commitment pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the aggregate unused amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

 

Letter of Credit Usage ” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the maximum aggregate amount which is, or at any time thereafter may become, available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding, and (b) the aggregate amount of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by the Issuing Bank and not theretofore reimbursed by or on behalf of the Foreign Borrower.

 

Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter of (a) Consolidated Net Total Debt as of such day to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date.

 

Lien ” means (a) any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment or transfer for security purpose, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title (or extended title) retention agreement, and any lease or license in the nature thereof) and any option, trust or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing and (b) in the case of Securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such Securities.

 

Loan ” means a Tranche A Term Loan, a Tranche B Term Loan, a Revolving Loan, a Swing Line Loan, an Incremental Term Loan and an Incremental Revolving Loan, which (a) in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars, may be a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and (b) in the case of Loans denominated in Euro or an Other Foreign Currency, shall be a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

 

Loan Document ” means any of this Agreement, the Notes, if any, the Security Documents, any Joinder Agreement, Extension Amendment or Refinancing Amendment, any intercreditor agreements or subordination agreement, and any other documents or certificates executed by the Borrowers in favor of the Issuing Bank relating to Letters of Credit, and all other documents, instruments or agreements executed and delivered by a Loan Party for the benefit of any Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection herewith on or after the Closing Date (including, without limitation, the Fee Letter).

 

Loan Party ” means each Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

Loan Party Products ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(f).

 

Mandatory Costs ” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Schedule 1.01(e) hereto.

 

Market Disruption ” means any Interest Rate Determination Date on which (a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loans,

 

31



 

that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Loans on the basis provided for in the definition of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate, or (b) before the close of business in London on such Interest Rate Determination Date, the Administrative Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose aggregate exposure in respect of any Class of Loans exceeds 50% of that Class of Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the London interbank market would be in excess of the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means the existence of events, conditions and/or contingencies that have had or are reasonably likely to have (i) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Group, taken as a whole, or (ii) a material impairment of the validity or enforceability of, or a material impairment of the material rights, remedies or benefits available to, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document.

 

Material Company ” means any Group Member that has (a) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as the defined term “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”) representing 7.5% or more of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or (b) Consolidated Total Assets representing 7.5% or more of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Group, calculated on a consolidated basis.  For this purpose:

 

(a)                                  the (i) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of a Subsidiary will be determined from its financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries) upon which the latest audited financial statements of the Group have been based;

 

(b)                                  if a Subsidiary becomes a Group Member after the date on which the latest audited financial statements of the Group have been prepared, the (i) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization or (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of that Subsidiary will be determined from its latest audited financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries);

 

(c)                                   the (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA will be determined from the Group’s latest audited financial statements, adjusted (where appropriate) to reflect the earnings before interest, tax depreciation and amortization or Consolidated Total Assets of any company or business subsequently acquired or disposed of and (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of the Group will be determined from its latest audited financial statements, adjusted (where appropriate) to reflect the earnings before interest, tax depreciation and amortization or Consolidated Total Assets of any company or business subsequently acquired or disposed of; and

 

(d)                                  if a Material Company disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to another Group Member, it will immediately cease to be a Material Company and the other Group Member (if it is not already) will immediately become a Material Company; the subsequent financial statements of those Subsidiaries and the Group will be used to determine whether those Subsidiaries are Material Companies or not.

 

Material Contract ” means any contract, license, co-existence agreement, covenant, instrument or other arrangement to which any Group Member is a party (other than the

 

32



 

Loan Documents) for which breach, non-performance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit) of any one or more of the Group Members in an individual principal amount (or Net Mark-to-Market Exposure) of $250,000,000 or more.

 

Material Intellectual Property ” means any Intellectual Property that is material to the business of any Group Member.

 

Material Real Estate Asset ” means any fee-owned Real Estate Asset located in the United States having a fair market value in excess of $50,000,000 as of the date of the acquisition thereof; provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the properties listed on Schedule 4.12 that is identified as a Material Real Estate Asset as of the Closing Date (after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions) shall be deemed to be a Material Real Estate Asset.

 

Minimum Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, (i) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 103.0% of the Fronting Exposure of the Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time and (ii) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank in their sole discretion.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Mortgage ” means one or more instruments of mortgage or deeds of trust substantially in the form of Exhibit H, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Mortgaged Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.13.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) or Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

NAIC ” means The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any successor thereto.

 

Narrative Report ” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such narrative report is required, a narrative report describing the operations of the Group in the form prepared for presentation to senior management thereof for the applicable month, Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such period to which such financial statements relate.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” means (a) with respect to any Asset Disposition, an amount equal to:  (i) cash payments (including any cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) received by any Group Member from such Asset Disposition, minus (ii) any bona fide costs incurred in connection with such Asset Disposition, including (A) income or gains taxes payable by the seller as a result of any gain recognized in connection with such Asset Disposition,

 

33



 

(B) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Disposition and (C) a reasonable reserve for any indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to seller’s indemnities and representations and warranties to purchaser in respect of such Asset Disposition undertaken by any Group Member in connection with such Asset Disposition; (b) (i) any cash payments or proceeds received by any Group Member (A) under any casualty insurance policy in respect of a covered loss thereunder or (B) as a result of the taking of any assets of any Group Member by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, minus (ii) (A) any actual and reasonable costs incurred by any Group Member in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of such Group Member in respect thereof, and (B) any bona fide direct costs incurred in connection with any sale of such assets as referred to in the preceding clause (b)(i)(B), including income taxes payable as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith; (c) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness (other than in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing) or any sale of Equity Interests, the cash proceeds thereof, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other costs and expenses associated therewith, including legal fees and expenses; and (d) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, the cash proceeds thereof, net of any related Securitization Fees and other costs and expenses associated therewith, including legal fees and expenses, received directly or indirectly from time to time in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing from Persons that are not Securitization Subsidiaries, including any such cash proceeds received in connection with an increase in the outstanding program or facility amount with respect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, but excluding any cash collections from the Securitization Assets backing such Qualified Securitization Financing that are reinvested (or deemed to be reinvested) by such Persons in additional Securitization Assets without any increase in the Indebtedness outstanding in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing.

 

Net Cash Proceeds of a Casualty Event ” means any Net Cash Proceeds of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof.

 

Net Mark-to-Market Exposure ” of a Person means, as of any date of determination, the excess (if any) of all unrealized losses over all unrealized profits of such Person arising from Hedge Agreements or other Indebtedness of the type described in clause (k) of the definition thereof.  As used in this definition, “unrealized losses” means the fair market value of the cost to such Person of replacing such Hedge Agreement or such other Indebtedness as of the date of determination (assuming the Hedge Agreement or such other Indebtedness were to be terminated as of that date), and “unrealized profits” means the fair market value of the gain to such Person of replacing such Hedge Agreement or such other Indebtedness as of the date of determination (assuming such Hedge Agreement or such other Indebtedness were to be terminated as of that date).

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

 

34



 

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

 

Non-Public Information ” means information which has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD.

 

Non-U.S. Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(c)(iii).

 

Note ” means a Tranche A Term Loan Note, a Tranche B Term Loan Note, an Incremental Term Loan Note, a Revolving Loan Note or a Swing Line Note.

 

Notice ” means a Borrowing Notice, an Issuance Notice, or a Conversion/ Continuation Notice.

 

Obligations ” means all obligations of every nature of each Loan Party, including obligations from time to time owed to Agents (including former Agents), the Arrangers, Bookrunners, Lenders or any of them and Lender Counterparties, under any Loan Document or Hedge Agreement, Cash Management Agreement or Treasury Transaction whether for principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to such Loan Party, would have accrued on any Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Loan Party for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, payments for early termination of Hedge Agreements, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, excluding, with respect to any Guarantor, Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor.

 

Obligee Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.07.

 

OFAC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22(b).

 

Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(c)(i).

 

Offer Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(c)(i).

 

Organizational Documents ” means with respect to any Person all formation, organizational and governing documents, instruments and agreements, including (a) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, its by-laws, any memorandum of incorporation or other constitutional documents, (b) with respect to any limited partnership, its certificate of limited partnership and its partnership agreement, (c) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement and (d) with respect to any limited liability company, its certificate of incorporation, certificate of incorporation or formation (and any amendments thereto) on change of name (if any), its memorandum and articles of association (if any), its articles of organization (if any), the shareholders’ list (if any) and its limited liability company agreement or operating agreement.  In the event any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Loan Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such “Organizational Document” shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

 

35



 

Other Applicable Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(b).

 

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Other Foreign Currency ” means any lawful currency (other than Euro or Dollars) approved by, in the case of any borrowing of Revolving Loans (or issuance of Letters of Credit), all of the Lenders holding Revolving Commitments; provided in each case that such currency is freely available, freely transferable and freely convertible into Dollars.

 

Other Refinancing Commitments ” means the Other Refinancing Revolving Commitments and the Other Refinancing Term Commitments.

 

Other Refinancing Loans ” means the Other Refinancing Revolving Loans and the Other Refinancing Term Loans.

 

Other Refinancing Revolving Commitments ” means one or more Classes of Revolving Commitments hereunder or Extended Revolving Commitments that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

 

Other Refinancing Revolving Loans ” means the Revolving Loans made pursuant to any Other Refinancing Revolving Commitment.

 

Other Refinancing Term Commitments ” means one or more Classes of Term Loan Commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

 

Other Refinancing Term Loans ” means one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

 

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp, notarization, registration, or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies (and interest, fines, penalties and additions related thereto) arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Parallel Debt ” means any amount that a Loan Party owes to the Collateral Agent under Section 9.15.

 

Parent ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement ” means a “pari passu” intercreditor agreement among the Administrative Agent and the holders of Permitted Pari Passu Secured

 

36



 

Refinancing Debt (or their representative) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(h)(iv).

 

Patents ” has the meaning set forth in the U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

PATRIOT Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(u).

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

Pension Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 or Section 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 or Section 303 of ERISA.

 

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate in form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that provides information with respect to the personal or mixed property of each Loan Party.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by the Parent or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger, exclusive inbound license, transfer of rights under Copyright or otherwise, of Equity Interests in, or all or substantially all of the assets of (or all or substantially all of the assets constituting a business line or unit or a division of), any Person; provided , that:

 

(a)                                  immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

 

(b)                                  all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Authorizations;

 

(c)                                   in the case of the acquisition of Equity Interests in a Person, such Person shall, upon the consummation of such acquisition, be a Restricted Subsidiary and the Parent shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent, each of the actions set forth in Sections 5.11, 5.12 and/or 5.13, as applicable;

 

(d)                                  any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be in the same business or lines of business in which the Group was engaged as of the Closing Date or any business reasonably similar, related, complementary or ancillary thereto;

 

(e)                                   the Group shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.07 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended; and

 

(f)                                    the Borrower Representative shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent at least three (3) Business Days (or such shorter time as may be agreed by the

 

37



 

Administrative Agent) prior to such proposed acquisition where the value of the consideration to be paid by the Parent or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries exceeds $400,000,000, (A) a Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(c) evidencing compliance with Section 6.07 as required under clause (e) above and (B) all other relevant financial information with respect to such acquired assets, including the aggregate consideration for such acquisition and any other information required to demonstrate compliance with Section 6.07 and (C) promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, quarterly and annual financial statements of the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are being acquired for the twelve-month period immediately prior to such proposed Permitted Acquisition, including any audited financial statements that are available.

 

Permitted Dividend ” means any dividends declared or paid to the shareholders of the Parent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Permitted Holders ” means, collectively, the members of the Grifols family, holding directly or indirectly.

 

Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt ” means secured Indebtedness incurred by the applicable Borrower in the form of one or more series of second lien (or other junior lien) secured notes or second lien (or other junior lien) secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the Liens securing the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of the Parent or any Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or scheduled payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control or asset sale, in each case, after giving effect to such offers under this Agreement) prior to 91 days after the latest maturity date of any Term Loans or any Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (iv) the security documents relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as the Security Documents, (v) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors and (vi) the holders of such Indebtedness (or their representative) and the Administrative Agent shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of a Junior Intercreditor Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is the initial Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt incurred by the Foreign Borrower, then the Foreign Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and such holders (or their representative) of such Indebtedness shall have executed and delivered a Junior Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Permitted Liens ” means each of the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02.

 

Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt ” means any secured Indebtedness incurred by the applicable Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations is not secured by any property or assets of the Parent or any Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (iii) such Indebtedness does not have scheduled amortization or scheduled payments of principal and is not subject to

 

38



 

mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control or asset sale, in each case, after giving effect to such offers under this Agreement) prior to the latest maturity date of any Term Loans or any other Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (iv) the security documents relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as the Security Documents, (v) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors and (vi) the holders of such Indebtedness (or their representative) and the Administrative Agent shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of a Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is the initial Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt incurred by the Foreign Borrower, then the Foreign Borrower, the other Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and such holders (or their representative) of such Indebtedness shall have executed and delivered a Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided , that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder; (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended (except by virtue of amortization of or prepayment of Indebtedness prior to such date of determination); (c) at the time thereof, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (d) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended; (e) the original obligors in respect of such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended remain the only obligors thereon; and (f) the terms and conditions of any such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended.

 

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” means unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the applicable Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that such Indebtedness (i) constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (ii) does not mature or have scheduled amortization or scheduled payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control or asset sale, in each case, after giving effect to such offers under this Agreement) prior to 91 days after the latest maturity date of any Term Loans or any Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt at the time such Indebtedness

 

39



 

is incurred and (iii) is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

 

Person ” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.

 

PHSA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a).

 

Platform ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(k).

 

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest publicly announced by the Administrative Agent (or one of its affiliates) as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City.  The Administrative Agent or any other Lender may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Rate.

 

Principal Office ” means, for each of the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Bank, such Person’s “Principal Office” which, in the case of the Administrative Agent, may include one or more separate offices with respect to any Approved Currency as set forth on Schedule 10.01(a), or such other office or office of a third party or sub agent, as appropriate, as such Person may from time to time designate in writing to the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

 

Pro Rata Share ” means (a) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Tranche A Term Loans of any Lender, as the context requires, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of that Lender by (ii) the aggregate Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders; (b) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to all of the Tranche B Term Loans of any Lender, as the context requires, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) (A) the U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of that Lender by (B) the aggregate U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders or (ii) (A) the Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of that Lender by (B) the aggregate Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders; (c) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loans of any Lender or any Letters of Credit issued or participations purchased therein by any Lender or any participations in any Swing Line Loans purchased by any Lender, as the context requires, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders; and (d) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to Incremental Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Term Loans of a particular Series, the percentage obtained by dividing (x) the Incremental Term Loan Exposure of that Lender with respect to that Series by (y) the aggregate Incremental Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders with respect to that Series.  For all other purposes with respect to each Lender, “Pro Rata Share” means the percentage obtained by dividing (1) an amount equal to the sum of the Tranche A Term Loan Exposure, the U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, the Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, the Revolving Exposure and the Incremental Term Loan Exposure of that Lender, by (2) an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate Tranche A

 

40



 

Term Loan Exposure, the aggregate U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, the Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, the aggregate Revolving Exposure and the aggregate Incremental Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders.

 

Process Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.15.

 

Projections ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08.

 

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time such Swap Obligation is incurred.

 

Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, sells, conveys, contributes, assigns, grants an interest in or otherwise transfers to a Securitization Subsidiary, Securitization Assets (and/or grants a security interest in such Securitization Assets transferred or purported to be transferred to such Securitization Subsidiary), and which Securitization Subsidiary funds the acquisition of such Securitization Assets (a) with cash, (b) through the issuance to the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary of Seller’s Retained Interests or an increase in such Seller’s Retained Interests, and/or (c) with proceeds from the sale, pledge or collection of Securitization Assets.

 

Qualifying Lender ” means a Lender or Participant which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender or Participant under this Agreement and is:

 

(a)                                  a company (within the meaning of Section 4 of the TCA):

 

(i)                                      which by virtue of the law of a Relevant Territory is resident for corporate income Tax purposes in that Relevant Territory, and that Relevant Territory imposes a Tax which generally applies to interest receivable in that territory from sources outside that territory; or

 

(ii)                                   where the interest paid to it under this Agreement:

 

(A)                                is exempted from the charge to Irish income tax pursuant to the terms of a double taxation treaty entered into between Ireland and another jurisdiction that is in force on the date the relevant interest is paid; or

 

(B)                                would be exempted from the charge to Irish income tax pursuant to the terms of a double taxation treaty entered into between Ireland and another jurisdiction signed on or before the date on which the relevant interest is paid but not in force on that date, if that treaty had the force of law on that date;

 

except, in the case of both clauses (i) and (ii), where such interest is paid to that company in connection with a trade or business which is carried on through a branch or agency in Ireland;

 

41



 

(b)                                  a U.S. corporation that is incorporated in the United States, and is subject to U.S. federal income tax on its worldwide income provided that such U.S. corporation does not provide its commitment in connection with a trade or business which is carried on in Ireland through a branch or agency in Ireland;

 

(c)                                   a U.S. LLC, where the ultimate recipients of the interest payable to that LLC satisfy the requirements set out in clause (a) or (b) above and the business conducted through the LLC is so structured for market reasons and not for tax avoidance purposes, provided that such LLC and the ultimate recipients of the relevant interest do not provide their commitment in connection with a trade or business which is carried on in Ireland through a branch or agency in Ireland;

 

(d)                                  a Treaty Lender;

 

(e)                                   a bank licensed pursuant to Section 9 of the Central Bank Act, 1971 to carry on banking business in Ireland and which is carrying on a bona fide banking business in Ireland (for the purposes of Section 246(3) of the TCA) and the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement is located in Ireland;

 

(f)                                    a building society (as defined for the purposes of Section 256(1) of the TCA) and which is carrying on a bona fide banking business in Ireland (for the purposes of Section 246(3) of the TCA) and the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement is located in Ireland;

 

(g)                                   an authorized credit institution under the terms of Directive 2006/48/EC and has duly established a branch in Ireland having made all necessary notifications to its home state competent authorities required thereunder in relation to its intention to carry on banking business in Ireland and such credit institution is recognized by the Revenue Commissioners in Ireland as carrying on a bona fide banking business in Ireland (for the purposes of Section 246(3) of the TCA) and the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement is located in Ireland;

 

(h)                                  if interest is paid in Ireland (as defined in the TCA), a company (within the meaning of Section 4 of the TCA);

 

(i)                                      which advances money in the ordinary course of a trade which includes the lending of money;

 

(ii)                                   in whose hands any interest payable in respect of money so advanced is taken into account in computing the trading income of that company; and

 

(iii)                                which has complied with the notification requirements set out in Section 246(5) of the TCA;

 

(i)                                      a qualifying company (within the meaning of Section 110 of the TCA) if interest is paid in Ireland (as defined in the TCA); or

 

42



 

(j)                                     an investment undertaking (within the meaning of Section 739B of the TCA) if interest is paid in Ireland (as defined in the TCA).](1)

 

Real Estate Asset ” means, at any time of determination, any interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) then owned by any Loan Party in any real property.

 

Receivables Sale ” means any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets from time to time of, in each case without recourse and in the ordinary course of business, accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business; provided , that disposition(s) related thereto shall be made for cash and for at least fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent.

 

Refinanced Indebtedness ” means (a) the Existing Grifols Credit Agreement, (b) the Existing Grifols Notes and (c) the Existing Interim Loan Agreement.

 

Refinancing Amendment ” means an amendment to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower executed by each of (a) such Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) the Issuing Bank (in the case of Other Refinancing Revolving Commitments or Other Refinancing Revolving Loans) and (d) each Refinancing Lender and Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.26.

 

Refinancing Lender ” means, at any time, any bank, other financial institution or institutional investor that, in any case, is not an existing Lender and that agrees to provide any portion of any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.26; provided that each Refinancing Lender (other than any Person that is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund of a Lender at such time) shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank (in the case of Other Refinancing Revolving Commitments or Other Refinancing Revolving Loans) (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), in each case to the extent any such consent would be required from the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank (in the case of Other Refinancing Revolving Commitments or Other Refinancing Revolving Loans) under Section 10.06(c) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments to such Refinancing Lender.

 

Refunded Swing Line Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(b)(iv).

 

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(b).

 

Regulation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.25.

 

Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors, as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulation FD ” means Regulation FD as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act and Exchange Act.

 


(1)  Matheson changes under review.

 

43



 

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors, as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulatory Permits ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(e).

 

Reimbursement Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(d).

 

Related Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

 

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material), including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to a Loan Party:  (a) its jurisdiction of organization; (b) any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Security Documents to be created by it is situated; and (c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business.

 

Relevant Territory ” means (i) a member state of the European Communities (other than Ireland) or (ii) to the extent not a member state of the European Communities, a jurisdiction with which Ireland has entered into a double taxation treaty that either has the force of law by virtue of Section 826(1) of the TCA or which will have the force of law on completion of the procedures set out in Section 826(1) of the TCA.

 

Replacement Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(c).

 

Required Lenders ” means one or more Lenders having or holding Tranche A Term Loan Exposure, U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, Incremental Term Loan Exposure and/or Revolving Exposure and representing more than 50.0% of the sum of (a) the aggregate Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (b) the aggregate U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (c) the aggregate Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, (d) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders and (e) the aggregate Incremental Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders. No Defaulting Lender shall be included in the calculation of Required Lenders.

 

Required Prepayment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(e).

 

Restricted Payment ” means (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of stock of any Group Member now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in shares of common stock; (b) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of stock of any Group Member now or hereafter outstanding; (c) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options

 

44



 

or other rights to acquire shares of any class of stock of any Group Member now or hereafter outstanding; and (d) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to the Senior Notes.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Parent that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

 

Revolving Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund any Revolving Loan and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans hereunder, as reduced by the amount of any applicable Ancillary Commitment, and “ Revolving Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.  The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment, if any, is set forth on Schedule 1.01(c)  hereto or in the applicable Assignment Agreement subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof; provided that the Administrative Agent shall retain sole discretion to update such signature page to accurately reflect the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment as of the Closing Date.  The aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments as of the Closing Date is $300,000,000.

 

Revolving Commitment Period ” means the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

Revolving Commitment Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (February 27, 2019), (b) the date the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.13(b) or 2.14 and (c) the date of the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 8.01.

 

Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (a) prior to the termination of the Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s Revolving Commitment; and (b) after the termination of the Revolving Commitments, the sum of (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender, (ii) in the case of the Issuing Bank, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank (net of any participations by Lenders in such Letters of Credit), (iii) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all participations by that Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawing under any Letter of Credit, (iv) in the case of Swing Line Lender, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans (net of any participations therein by other Lenders), (v) the aggregate amount of all participations therein by that Lender in any outstanding Swing Line Loans and (vi) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all amounts borrowed from such Lender under any Ancillary Facility pursuant to Section 2.24.

 

Revolving Loan ” means Loans made by a Lender to the Foreign Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and/or Section 2.24 and any Incremental Revolving Loans.

 

45



 

Revolving Loan Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Safety Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(h).

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Screen Rate ” means:

 

(a)  in relation to a Loan denominated in Dollars or Other Foreign Currency, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the London Interbank Offered Rate or a comparable or successor rate for the relevant currency and Interest Period displayed on page LIBOR01 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate); and

 

(b) in relation to a Loan denominated in Euro, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the Banking Federation of the European Union (or any other Person which takes over administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page EURIBOR01 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate),

 

or, in each case, on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters.  If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Administrative Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor Governmental Authority performing a similar function.

 

Secured Parties ” means the Agents, Lenders, Issuing Bank and the Lender Counterparties and shall include, without limitation, all former Agents, Lenders, Issuing Bank and Lender Counterparties to the extent that any Obligations owing to such Persons were incurred while such Persons were Agents, Lenders, Issuing Bank or Lender Counterparties and such Obligations have not been paid or satisfied in full.

 

Securities ” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

46



 

Securitization Assets ” means any accounts receivable owed to a Group Member (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the future) arising in the ordinary course of business from the sale of goods or services, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets (including contract rights) which are of the type customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitizations of accounts receivable and which are sold, conveyed, contributed, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred by such Group Member to a Securitization Subsidiary.

 

Securitization Fees ” means, with respect to any Qualified Securitization Financing, distributions or payments made, or fees paid, directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Indebtedness issued or sold in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing, to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing.

 

Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant with respect to such Securitization Assets, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set, counterclaim or other dilution of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller, but in each case, not as a result of such receivable being or becoming uncollectible for credit reasons.

 

Securitization Subsidiary ” means a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Parent (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which any Group Member makes an Investment and to which such Group Member transfers, contributes, sells, conveys or grants a security interest in Securitization Assets) that engages in no activities other than in connection with the acquisition and/or financing of Securitization Assets of the Group, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower Representative (or a duly authorized committee thereof) or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by any Group Member, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates any Group Member, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset (other than Securitization Assets) of any Group Member, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which no Group Member, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than (i) the applicable receivables purchase agreements and related agreements, in each case, having reasonably customary terms, or (ii) on terms which the Parent reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the applicable Group Member than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Group and (c) to which no Group Member, other

 

47



 

than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.  Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent (or a duly authorized committee thereof) or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by an Authorized Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

Security Documents ” means the U.S. Security Agreements, the Mortgages, if any, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, each Foreign Law Security Document, if any, and all other instruments, documents and agreements delivered by any Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in order to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Lien on any Collateral of that Loan Party as security for all or certain of the Obligations, including UCC financing statements and amendments thereto and filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office.

 

Seller’s Retained Interest ” means the debt or equity interests held by any Group Member in a Securitization Subsidiary to which Securitization Assets have been transferred, including any such debt or equity received as consideration for or as a portion of the purchase price for the Securitization Assets transferred, or any other instrument through such Group Member has rights to or receives distributions in respect of any residual or excess interest in the Securitization Assets.

 

Senior Notes ” means the senior unsecured or unsecured subordinated Indebtedness incurred by the Foreign Borrower and issued under the Senior Notes Indenture. in a registered public offering or a transaction not subject to registration under the Securities Act in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured or unsecured subordinated notes; provided that (i) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or other required payments of principal prior to the date that is one year after the latest Maturity Date (in each case, determined without regard to the provisos to the component defined terms used in the definition of Maturity Date) hereunder at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Person other than the Loan Parties, (iii) such Indebtedness and the indenture or other governing instrument applicable thereto does not contain covenants, events of default, or other terms and conditions that, when taken as a whole, are materially more restrictive to the Loan Parties than the terms of this Agreement, (iv) such Indebtedness is not secured by any Lien on any property or assets of any Group Member and (v) the Net Cash Proceeds of such Indebtedness are applied to repay the Interim Loans.

 

Senior Notes Documents ” means the Senior Notes, the Senior Notes Indenture and all other instruments, agreements and other documents evidencing or governing the Senior Notes or providing for any guarantee or other right in respect thereof.

 

Senior Notes Indenture ” means that an indenture or similar governing instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers under which the Senior Notes are issued, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or replaced in whole or in part from time to time, in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

48



 

Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of such day to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date

 

Series ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.25(a).

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent that has (a) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as the defined term “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”) representing 10.0% or more of the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or (b) Consolidated Total Assets representing 10.0% or more of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Group, calculated on a consolidated basis:

 

(a)                                  the (i) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of a Subsidiary will be determined from its financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries) upon which the latest audited financial statements of the Group have been based;

 

(b)                                  if a Subsidiary becomes a Group Member after the date on which the latest audited financial statements of the Group have been prepared, the (i) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization or (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of that Subsidiary will be determined from its latest audited financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries);

 

(c)                                   the (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of the Group will be determined from its latest audited financial statements, adjusted (where appropriate) to reflect the earnings before interest, tax depreciation and amortization or Consolidated Total Assets of any company or business subsequently acquired or disposed of; and

 

(d)                                  if a Significant Subsidiary disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to another Group Member, it will immediately cease to be a Significant Subsidiary and the other Group Member (if it is not already) will immediately become a Significant Subsidiary; the subsequent financial statements of those Subsidiaries and the Group will be used to determine whether those Subsidiaries are Significant Subsidiaries or not.

 

Software ” means computer software of whatever kind or purpose, including code, tools, developers kits, utilities, graphical user interfaces, menus, images, icons, and forms.

 

Solvency Certificate ” means a Solvency Certificate of the chief financial officer of the Parent substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2.

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, that as of the date of determination, both (a) (i) the sum of such Loan Party’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Loan Party’s present assets; (ii) such Loan Party’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Closing Date and reflected in the Projections or with respect to any transaction contemplated to be undertaken after the Closing Date; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as and when they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) such Person is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under the Bankruptcy

 

49



 

Code and applicable laws (including, without limitation, relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances).  For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

 

Spanish Loan Party ” means any Loan Party organized under the laws of Spain.

 

Spanish Public Document ” means a documento público , being either an escritura pública or a póliza or efecto intervenido por fedatario público .

 

Spanish Security ” means the Collateral that is the subject of any Security Document governed by the laws of Spain.

 

Spanish Security Documents ” means the Spanish Public Document to be granted before a notary public and subject to Spanish law to secure each Loan Party’s obligations under the Loan Documents and any additional Spanish law security documents (including, but not limited to, any additional security agreements, personal first demand guarantees, pledge agreements and/or mortgages of any kind) required from time to time to effect the perfection of Spanish security by any Loan Party.

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, Securitization Repurchase Obligations and indemnities entered into by any Group Member that are reasonably customary in accounts receivable securitization transactions.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity (x) of which any Person has the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, or the dismissal or appointment of the management, of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise and the accounts of which are required to be consolidated with those of such Person in such Person’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS or (y) of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; provided , that in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding; provided , further , that for purposes of Articles IV and V, no Securitization Subsidiary shall be considered a Subsidiary of the Parent.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Parent. Except for purposes of Sections 4.02, 4.10, 4.11, 4.18, 4.20, 5.01(a)-(d), 5.03 and 5.07, and where otherwise specifically noted, references to Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be references to Restricted Subsidiaries only.

 

50



 

Swap Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Excluded Swap Obligation”.

 

Swing Line Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund a Swing Line Loan and “ Swing Line Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.

 

Swing Line Lender ” means Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, in its capacity as the Swing Line Lender hereunder, together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

 

Swing Line Loan ” means a Loan made by the Swing Line Lender to the Foreign Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03(a).

 

Swing Line Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit B-4, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Swing Line Sublimit ” means the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the aggregate unused amount of Revolving Commitments then in effect.

 

Tax ” means all present and future taxes, assessments, filing or other fees, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, stamp taxes, foreign exchange taxes or other charges (and interest, fines, penalties and additions related thereto) of any nature and whatsoever, from time to time, or at any time, imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

TCA ” means the Taxes Consolidation Act 1997 of Ireland.

 

Term Lenders ” means the Lenders having Tranche A Term Loan Exposure, Tranche B Term Loan Exposure and Incremental Term Loan Exposure of each applicable Series.

 

Term Loan ” means a Tranche A Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan and/or an Incremental Term Loan, as applicable, and “ Term Loans ” means all such Loans.

 

Term Loan Commitment ” means the Tranche A Term Loan Commitment, the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of a Lender, and “ Term Loan Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders.

 

Term Loan Maturity Date ” means the Tranche A Term Loan Maturity Date, the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date or the Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date of any Series of Incremental Term Loans, as applicable.

 

Terminated Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23.

 

Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments ” means, as at any date of determination, the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans (other than Revolving Loans made for the purpose of repaying any Refunded Swing Line Loans or reimbursing the Issuing Bank for any amount drawn under any

 

51



 

Letter of Credit, but not yet so applied), (b) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans and (c) the Letter of Credit Usage.

 

Trademarks ” has the meaning set forth in the U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

Tranche A Term Loan ” means a Tranche A Term Loan denominated in Dollars and made by a Lender to the Foreign Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i).

 

Tranche A Term Loan Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund a Tranche A Term Loan and “ Tranche A Term Loan Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.  The amount of each Lender’s Tranche A Term Loan Commitment, if any, is set forth on Schedule 1.01(a)  hereto or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof; provided that the Administrative Agent shall retain sole discretion to update such signature page to accurately reflect the amount of such Lender’s Tranche A Term Loan Commitment as of the Closing Date.  The aggregate amount of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $700,000,000.

 

Tranche A Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Tranche A Term Loans of such Lender; provided , that at any time prior to the making of the Tranche A Term Loans, the Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s Tranche A Term Loan Commitment.

 

Tranche A Term Loan Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date (February 27, 2020) and (b)  the date on which all Tranche A Term Loans shall become due and payable in full hereunder, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

 

Tranche A Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Tranche B Term Loan ” means a U.S. Tranche B Term Loan and/or Foreign Tranche B Term Loan, as applicable.

 

Tranche B Term Loan Commitment ” means a U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and/or Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, as applicable.

 

Tranche B Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the sum of such Lender’s Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure and U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure.

 

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date (February 27, 2021) and (b) with respect to the Foreign Tranche B Term Loans or the U.S. Tranche B Term Loans, as applicable, the date on which all such

 

52



 

Tranche B Term Loans shall become due and payable in full hereunder, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

 

Tranche B Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Transaction Costs ” means the fees, costs and expenses payable by any Group Member in connection with the Transactions.

 

Transactions ” means (a) the entering into of the Loan Documents and the Interim Loan Agreement, (b) the repaying, retiring or redeeming of the Refinanced Indebtedness, and (c) any actions taken in connection with the foregoing.

 

Treasury Transaction ” means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

 

Treaty ” means a double taxation treaty.

 

Treaty Lender ” means a Lender which is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of a Treaty and does not carry on a business in Ireland through a permanent establishment (as defined in the relevant treaty) with which that Lender’s participation in this Agreement is effectively connected, which subject to the completion of procedural formalities is entitled to be paid interest without the deduction of Irish tax under that Treaty.

 

Treaty State ” means a jurisdiction which has signed a Treaty which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by Ireland on interest where that Treaty has the force of law.

 

Type of Loan ” means (a) with respect to either Term Loans or Revolving Loans, a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and (b) with respect to Swing Line Loans, a Base Rate Loan.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary (or any successor to any of them) of the Parent, other than a Borrower or its successors, that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.19.

 

U.S. Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

U.S. Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(c)(iii).

 

U.S. Loan ” means a Tranche A Term Loan, a U.S. Tranche B Term Loan and/or a Revolving Loan.

 

53



 

U.S. Loan Party ” means each Guarantor that is organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

U.S. Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(c)(i).

 

U.S. Offer Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(c)(i).

 

U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement ” means the U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement executed by the Borrowers and each Guarantor on the Closing Date substantially in the form of Exhibit G, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

U.S. Security Agreements ” means the U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement and all other mortgages, pledge and security documents governed by the laws of a state of the United States hereafter delivered to the Collateral Agent granting or perfecting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the Obligations.

 

U.S. Tranche B Term Loan ” means a Tranche B Term Loan denominated in Dollars and made by a Lender to the U.S. Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii).

 

U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund a U.S. Tranche B Term Loan and “ U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.  The amount of each Lender’s U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, if any, is set forth on Schedule 1.01(b)  hereto or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof; provided that the Administrative Agent shall retain sole discretion to update such signature page to accurately reflect the amount of such Lender’s U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Commitment as of the Closing Date. The aggregate amount of the U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $3,250,000,000.

 

U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the U.S. Tranche B Term Loans of such Lender; provided , that at any time prior to the making of the U.S. Tranche B Term Loans, the U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Commitment.

 

Valuation Date ” means (a) the date two (2) Business Days prior to the making, continuing or converting of any Revolving Loan, or the date of issuance or continuation of any Letter of Credit and (b) any other date designated by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank.

 

Waivable Mandatory Prepayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.15(e).

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:  (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date

 

54



 

and the making of such payment by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person all of the Equity Interests of which (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares and (b) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law) are owned by such Person directly and/or through other wholly-owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Guarantor that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 1.02                              Accounting Terms .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with IFRS.  Financial statements and other information required to be delivered by the Borrower Representative to Lenders pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b) shall be prepared in accordance with IFRS as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 5.01(d), if applicable).  Calculations in connection with the definitions, covenants and other provisions hereof shall utilize accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the Historical Financial Statements.

 

Section 1.03                              Interpretation, Etc. .  Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference.  References herein to any Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to an Article, a Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided.  The use herein of the word “include” or “including”, when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.  The terms lease and license shall include sub-lease and sub-license, as applicable.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or therein, any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any agreement, document or instrument shall mean such agreement, document or instrument as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, in each case, in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or such Loan Document.

 

55



 

Section 1.04                              Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents .

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall determine the Exchange Rates as of each Valuation Date to be used for calculating Euro Equivalent and Dollar Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions and amounts outstanding hereunder denominated in Other Foreign Currencies.  Such Exchange Rates shall become effective as of such Valuation Date and shall be the Exchange Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Valuation Date to occur.  Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Borrower Representative hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be the Dollar Equivalent of such currency as so determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable.

 

(b)                                  Whenever in this Agreement in connection with a borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars or Euro, but such borrowing, Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated in an Other Foreign Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Foreign Currency Equivalent of such Dollar or Euro amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Other Foreign Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.04, 6.06, 6.07 and 6.08, with respect to any amount of Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Payment, Lien or Asset Disposition in a currency other than Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Payment, Lien or Asset Disposition is incurred or made; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.04 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Payment, Lien or Asset Disposition may be incurred or made at any time under such Sections.

 

(d)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio, the Euro Equivalent of any Indebtedness denominated in any currency other than Euro will be converted into Euro based on the relevant currency exchange rate (or average exchange rates) used with respect to such currency in the Financial Statements with respect to which the applicable Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is calculated.

 

(e)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of a Loan denominated in an Other Foreign Currency, all interest and fees shall accrue and be payable thereon based on the actual amount outstanding in such Other Foreign Currency (without any translation into the Dollar Equivalent or Euro Equivalent thereof).

 

Section 1.05                              Other Foreign Currencies.

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall determine the Exchange Rates as of each Valuation Date to be used for calculating Euro Equivalent and Dollar Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions and amounts outstanding hereunder denominated in Other Foreign Currencies.  Such Exchange Rates shall become

 

56



 

effective as of such Valuation Date and shall be the Exchange Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Valuation Date to occur.  Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Borrower Representative hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be the Dollar Equivalent of such currency as so determined by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as applicable.

 

(b)                                  The Foreign Borrower may from time to time request that Eurocurrency Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than Dollars or Euro.  In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Eurocurrency Revolving Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Lenders.  In the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank.

 

(c)                                   Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), twenty (20) Business Days prior to the date of the desired borrowing of Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit (or such other time or date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Issuing Bank, in its or their sole discretion).  In the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof.  In the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Issuing Bank thereof.  Each Revolving Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to Eurocurrency Loans) or the Issuing Bank (in the case of a request pertaining to Letters of Credit) shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of such request as to whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Eurocurrency Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.

 

(d)                                  Any failure by a Revolving Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the last sentence of clause (c) above shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Revolving Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to permit Eurocurrency Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency.  If the Administrative Agent and all the Revolving Lenders consent to making Eurocurrency Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Foreign Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Other Foreign Currency hereunder for purposes of any incurrence of Eurodollar Revolving Loans.  If the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Foreign Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Other Foreign Currency hereunder for purposes of any Letter of Credit issuances.  If the Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.05, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Foreign Borrower.

 

57



 

ARTICLE II.
LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

Section 2.01                              Term Loans .

 

(a)                                  Loan Commitments .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,

 

(i)                                      each Lender severally agrees to make, on the Closing Date, a Tranche A Term Loan to the Foreign Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Tranche A Term Loan Commitment; and

 

(ii)                                   each Lender severally agrees to make, on the Closing Date, (A) a U.S. Tranche B Term Loan to the U.S. Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Commitment and (B) a Foreign Tranche B Term Loan to the Foreign Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Commitment.

 

The Borrowers may make only one borrowing under each of the Tranche A Term Loan Commitments, the U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Commitments and Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Commitments which shall be on the Closing Date.

 

Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.  Subject to Sections 2.13(a) and 2.14, all amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Tranche A Term Loans and the Tranche B Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than the Tranche A Term Loan Maturity Date and the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date, respectively.  Each Lender’s Tranche A Term Loan Commitments and Tranche B Term Loan Commitments shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Closing Date after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s Tranche A Term Loan Commitments and Tranche B Term Loan Commitments on such date.

 

(b)                                  Borrowing Mechanics for Term Loans .

 

(i)                                      The Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a fully executed Borrowing Notice no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.  Promptly upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such Borrowing Notice, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the proposed borrowing.

 

(ii)                                   Each Lender shall make its Tranche A Term Loans and/or Tranche B Term Loans, as the case may be, available to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) and, with respect to Foreign Tranche B Term Loans, not later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Closing Date, by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars or Euro, as the case may be, at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent.  Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, the Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of the Term Loans available to the applicable Borrower on the Closing Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars or Euro, as applicable, equal to the proceeds of all such Loans received by the Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of the applicable Borrower at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent or to such other account as may be designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the applicable Borrower.  All other Term Loans shall be deemed made pursuant to

 

58



 

Section 2.01(a) on the Closing Date upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein.

 

Section 2.02                              Revolving Loans.

 

(a)                                  Revolving Commitments .  During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Foreign Borrower in an aggregate amount up to but not exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided , that after giving effect to the making of any Revolving Loans in no event shall the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect.  Loans in respect of the Revolving Commitments may be drawn in any Approved Currency, as specified in the Borrowing Notice.  Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period.  Each Lender’s Revolving Commitments shall expire on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date.  Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, an Ancillary Lender may make available an Ancillary Facility to the Foreign Borrower in place of all or part of its Revolving Commitments.

 

(b)                                  Borrowing Mechanics for Revolving Loans .

 

(i)                                      Except pursuant to Section 2.04(d), (A) Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount and (B) Revolving Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 (or €1,000,000 with respect to any drawing in Euro) and integral multiples of $1,000,000 (or €1,000,000 with respect to any drawing in Euro) in excess of that amount.  In the case of Loans made in Other Foreign Currencies, such minimums shall be established by the Administrative Agent to be the applicable Foreign Currency Equivalent.

 

(ii)                                   Whenever the Foreign Borrower desires that Lenders make Revolving Loans, it shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a fully executed Borrowing Notice no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) (A) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the proposed Credit Date in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and (B) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed Credit Date in the case of a Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan.  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Borrowing Notice for a Revolving Loan that is a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and the Foreign Borrower shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith.

 

(iii)                                Notice of receipt of each Borrowing Notice in respect of Revolving Loans, together with the amount of each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, if any, together with the applicable interest rate, shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to each applicable Lender by telefacsimile with reasonable promptness, but (provided the Administrative Agent shall have received such notice by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time)) not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same day as the

 

59



 

Administrative Agent’s receipt of such Borrowing Notice from the Foreign Borrower.  Each Lender shall make the amount of its Revolving Loans available to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Credit Date by wire transfer of same day funds in the applicable requested Approved Currency, at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent.

 

(iv)                               Except as provided herein, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, the Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of Revolving Loans available to the Foreign Borrower on the applicable Credit Date by causing an amount of same day funds in the requested Approved Currency equal to the proceeds of all such Revolving Loans received by the Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of the Foreign Borrower at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent or such other account as may be designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Foreign Borrower.

 

Section 2.03                              Swing Line Loans .  (a)  Swing Line Loans Commitments .

 

(i)                                      During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender may, from time to time in its discretion, agree to make Swing Line Loans to the Foreign Borrower in Dollars in the aggregate amount up to but not exceeding the Swing Line Sublimit; provided , that after giving effect to the making of any Swing Line Loan, in no event shall the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect.  Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.03 may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period.  The Swing Line Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.  All Swing Line Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Swing Line Loans shall be paid in full on the earlier of (A) the date which is five (5) Business Days after the incurrence thereof and (B) the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

(b)                                  Borrowing Mechanics for Swing Line Loans .

 

(i)                                      Swing Line Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

 

(ii)                                   Whenever the Foreign Borrower desires that the Swing Line Lender make a Swing Line Loan, the Foreign Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Notice no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the proposed Credit Date.

 

(iii)                                The Swing Line Lender shall make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Credit Date by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars at the Administrative Agent’s Principal Office.  Except as provided herein, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, the Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swing Line Loans available to the Foreign Borrower on the applicable Credit Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the

 

60



 

proceeds of all such Swing Line Loans received by the Administrative Agent from the Swing Line Lender to be credited to the account of the Foreign Borrower at the Administrative Agent’s Principal Office, or to such other account as may be designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Foreign Borrower.

 

(iv)                               With respect to any Swing Line Loans which have not been voluntarily prepaid by the Foreign Borrower pursuant to Section 2.13(a) or repaid pursuant to clause 2.03(a) above, Swing Line Lender may at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, deliver on any Business Day, but no later than every Friday (or next succeeding Business Day), to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Foreign Borrower), no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed Credit Date, a notice (which shall be deemed to be a Borrowing Notice given by the Foreign Borrower) requesting that each Lender holding a Revolving Commitment make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans to the Foreign Borrower on such Credit Date in an amount equal to the amount of such Swing Line Loans (the “ Refunded Swing Line Loans ”) outstanding on the date such notice is given which the Swing Line Lender requests Lenders to prepay.  Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, (A) the proceeds of such Revolving Loans made by the Lenders other than the Swing Line Lender shall be immediately delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Swing Line Lender (and not to the Foreign Borrower) and applied to repay a corresponding portion of the Refunded Swing Line Loans, (B) on the day such Revolving Loans are made, the Swing Line Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Refunded Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be paid with the proceeds of a Revolving Loan made by the Swing Line Lender to the Foreign Borrower, and such portion of the Swing Line Loans deemed to be so paid shall no longer be outstanding as Swing Line Loans and shall no longer be due under the Swing Line Note of the Swing Line Lender but shall instead constitute part of the Swing Line Lender’s outstanding Revolving Loans to the Foreign Borrower and shall be due under the Revolving Loan Note issued by the Foreign Borrower to the Swing Line Lender and (C) in no event shall the amount of Revolving Loans (or participations in any Swing Line Loan in lieu thereof) required to be funded by a Lender under this Section 2.03(b)(iv) exceed such Revolving Commitments.  The Foreign Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender to charge the Foreign Borrower’s accounts with the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender (up to the amount available in each such account) in order to immediately pay the Swing Line Lender the amount of the Refunded Swing Line Loans to the extent the proceeds of such Revolving Loans made by Lenders, including the Revolving Loans deemed to be made by the Swing Line Lender are not sufficient to repay in full the Refunded Swing Line Loans.  If any portion of any such amount paid (or deemed to be paid) to the Swing Line Lender should be recovered by or on behalf of the Foreign Borrower from the Swing Line Lender in bankruptcy, by assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, the loss of the amount so recovered shall be ratably shared among all Lenders in the manner contemplated by Section 2.17.

 

(v)                                  If for any reason Revolving Loans are not made pursuant to Section 2.03(b)(iv) in an amount sufficient to repay any amounts owed to the Swing Line Lender in respect of any outstanding Swing Line Loans on or before the third Business Day after demand for payment thereof by Swing Line Lender, each Lender holding a

 

61



 

Revolving Commitment shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, have purchased a participation in such outstanding Swing Line Loans, and in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the applicable unpaid amount together with accrued interest thereon.  Upon one Business Day’s notice from the Swing Line Lender, each Lender holding a Revolving Commitment shall deliver to the Swing Line Lender an amount equal to its respective participation in the applicable unpaid amount in same day funds at the Principal Office of the Swing Line Lender.  In order to evidence such participation, each Lender holding a Revolving Commitment agrees to enter into a participation agreement at the request of the Swing Line Lender in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Swing Line Lender.  In the event any Lender holding a Revolving Commitment fails to make available to the Swing Line Lender the amount of such Lender’s participation as provided in this paragraph, the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon for three (3) Business Days at the rate customarily used by the Swing Line Lender for the correction of errors among banks and thereafter at the Base Rate.

 

(vi)                               Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (A) each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans for the purpose of repaying any Refunded Swing Line Loans pursuant to the second preceding paragraph and each Lender’s obligation to purchase a participation in any applicable unpaid Swing Line Loans pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (1) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, any Loan Party or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (2) the occurrence or continuation of a Default or Event of Default; (3) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Loan Party; (4) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any party thereto; or (5) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , that such obligations of each Lender are subject to the condition that the Swing Line Lender had not received prior notice from the Foreign Borrower or the Required Lenders that any of the conditions under Section 3.02 to the making of the applicable Refunded Swing Line Loans or other unpaid Swing Line Loans were not satisfied at the time such Refunded Swing Line Loans or unpaid Swing Line Loans were made; and (B) the Swing Line Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Loans (1) if it has elected not to do so after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default or Event of Default, (2) it does not in good faith believe that all conditions under Section 3.02 to the making of such Swing Line Loan have been satisfied or waived by the Required Lenders or (3) at a time when any Lender is a Defaulting Lender as set forth in Section 2.22.

 

Section 2.04                              Issuance of Letters of Credit and Purchase of Participations Therein .

 

(a)                                  Letters of Credit .

 

(i)                                      During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Bank agrees to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Foreign Borrower in the aggregate amount up to but not exceeding the Letter of

 

62



 

Credit Sublimit; provided , that (A) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in any Approved Currency; (B) the stated amount of each Letter of Credit shall not be less than $250,000 (or the applicable Foreign Currency Equivalent) or such lesser amount as is acceptable to the Issuing Bank; (C) after giving effect to such issuance, in no event shall the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect; (D) after giving effect to such issuance, in no event shall the Letter of Credit Usage exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect; (E) in no event shall any standby Letter of Credit have an expiration date later than the earlier of (1) the date that is five (5) days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and (2) the date which is one year from the date of issuance of such standby Letter of Credit; and (F) in no event shall any commercial Letter of Credit (1) have an expiration date later than the earlier of (x) the date that is five (5) days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and (y) the date which is 180 days from the date of issuance of such commercial Letter of Credit or (2) be issued if such commercial Letter of Credit is otherwise unacceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank in its reasonable discretion

 

Subject to the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may agree that a standby Letter of Credit shall automatically be extended for one or more successive periods not to exceed one year each, unless the Issuing Bank elects not to extend for any such additional period; provided , that the Issuing Bank may elect not to extend any such Letter of Credit if it has received written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time the Issuing Bank must elect to allow such extension; provided , further , that in the event that any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit as set forth in Section 2.22.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Issuance . Whenever the Foreign Borrower desires the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Foreign Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Issuance Notice no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least three (3) Business Days (in the case of standby letters of credit) or five (5) Business Days (in the case of commercial letters of credit), or in each case such shorter period as may be agreed to by the Issuing Bank in any particular instance, in advance of the proposed date of issuance.  Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3.02, the Issuing Bank shall issue the requested Letter of Credit only in accordance with the Issuing Bank’s standard operating procedures.  Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or amendment or modification to a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify each Lender with a Revolving Commitment of such issuance or amendment or modification to a Letter of Credit and the amount of such Lender’s respective participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.04(e).

 

(c)                                   Responsibility of the Issuing Bank With Respect to Requests for Drawings and Payments .  In determining whether to honor any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, the Issuing Bank shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering such document.  As between the Foreign Borrower and the applicable Issuing Bank, the Foreign Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by the applicable Issuing Bank by, the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank shall not be responsible for, in the absence of its gross negligence or willful

 

63



 

misconduct:  (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or (viii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank, including any Governmental Acts; none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of the Issuing Bank’s rights or powers hereunder; provided , however , that the foregoing is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Foreign Borrower from pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit at law or under any other agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing and in furtherance thereof, no action taken or omitted by the Issuing Bank under or in connection with the Letters of Credit or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall give rise to any liability on the part of the Issuing Bank to the Foreign Borrower; provided , however , the Foreign Borrower may have a claim against the Issuing Bank and the Issuing Bank may be liable to the Foreign Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct (as opposed to consequential or exemplary) damages suffered by the Foreign Borrower to the extent a final decision of a court of competent jurisdiction determines such direct damages were caused by the Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the Issuing Bank’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit.

 

(d)                                  Reimbursement by the Foreign Borrower of Amounts Drawn or Paid Under Letters of Credit .  In the event the Issuing Bank has determined to honor a drawing under a Letter of Credit, it shall immediately notify the Foreign Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and the Foreign Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Bank on or before the Business Day immediately following the date on which such notice is received by the Foreign Borrower (such Business Day, the “ Reimbursement Date ”) in an amount in the Approved Currency in which such Letter of Credit was issued and in same day funds equal to the amount of such honored drawing; provided , that anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (A) unless the Foreign Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date that the Foreign Borrower intends to reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount of such honored drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Revolving Loans, the Foreign Borrower shall be deemed to have given a timely Borrowing Notice to the Administrative Agent requesting Lenders with Revolving Commitments to make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans on the Reimbursement Date in an amount in the applicable Approved Currency, equal to the amount of such honored drawing, and (B) subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in Section 3.02, Lenders with Revolving Commitments shall, on the Reimbursement Date for any Letter of Credit, make

 

64



 

Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans in the amount of such honored drawing, the proceeds of which shall be applied directly by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount of such honored drawing; provided , further , that if for any reason proceeds of Revolving Loans are not received by the Issuing Bank on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the amount of such honored drawing, the Foreign Borrower shall reimburse the Issuing Bank, on demand, in an amount in same day funds equal to the excess of the amount of such honored drawing over the aggregate amount of such Revolving Loans, if any, which are so received. Nothing in this Section 2.04(d) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender with a Revolving Commitment from its obligation to make Revolving Loans on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and the Foreign Borrower shall retain any and all rights it may have against any such Lender resulting from the failure of such Lender to make such Revolving Loans under this Section 2.04(d).

 

(e)                                   Lenders’ Purchase of Participations in Letters of Credit .  Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender having a Revolving Commitment shall be deemed to have purchased, and hereby agrees to irrevocably purchase, from the Issuing Bank a participation in such Letter of Credit and any drawings honored thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (with respect to the Revolving Commitments) of the maximum amount which is or at any time may become available to be drawn thereunder.  In the event that the Foreign Borrower shall fail for any reason to reimburse the Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.04(d), the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify each Lender with a Revolving Commitment of the unreimbursed amount of such honored drawing and of such Lender’s respective participation therein based on such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Commitments.  Each Lender with a Revolving Commitment shall make available to the Issuing Bank an amount equal to its respective participation, in the applicable Approved Currency and in same day funds, at the office of the Issuing Bank specified in such notice, not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the first Business Day (under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such office of the Issuing Bank is located) after the date notified by the Issuing Bank.  In the event that any Lender with a Revolving Commitment fails to make available to the Issuing Bank on such Business Day the amount of such Lender’s participation in such Letter of Credit as provided in this Section 2.04(e), the Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon for three (3) Business Days at the rate customarily used by the Issuing Bank for the correction of errors among banks and thereafter, in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars, at the Base Rate, and in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in any other Approved Currency, at the Eurocurrency Rate for an Interest Period of one month.  In the event the Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by other Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.04(e) for all or any portion of any drawing honored by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall distribute to each Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under this Section 2.04(e) with respect to such honored drawing such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (with respect to the Revolving Commitments) of all payments subsequently received by the Issuing Bank from the Foreign Borrower in reimbursement of such honored drawing when such payments are received.  Any such distribution shall be made to a Lender at its primary address set forth below its name on Schedule 10.01(a)  or at such other address as such Lender may request and a copy of such distribution shall be sent to such Lender if so requested.

 

65



 

(f)                                    Obligations Absolute .  The obligation of (i) the Foreign Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Bank for drawings honored under the Letters of Credit issued by it and to repay any Revolving Loans made by Lenders pursuant to Section 2.04(d) and (ii) the Lenders under Section 2.04(e), in each case shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof under all circumstances including any of the following circumstances:  (A) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit; (B) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Foreign Borrower or any Lender may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Bank, Lender or any other Person or, in the case of a Lender, against the Foreign Borrower, whether in connection herewith, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between the Foreign Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and the beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured); (C) any draft or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (D) payment by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (E) any adverse change in the business, general affairs, assets, liabilities, operations, management, condition (financial or otherwise), stockholders’ equity, results of operations or value of any Loan Party; (F) any breach hereof or any other Loan Document by any party thereto; (G) the fact that an Event of Default or a Default shall have occurred and be continuing; or (H) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

(g)                                   Indemnification .  Without duplication of any obligation of the Foreign Borrower under Section 10.02 or 10.03, in addition to amounts payable as provided herein, the Foreign Borrower hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save harmless the Issuing Bank from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) which the Issuing Bank may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (i) the issuance of any Letter of Credit by the Issuing Bank to the Foreign Borrower or (ii) the failure of the Issuing Bank to honor a drawing under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any Governmental Act.

 

(h)                                  Resignation and Removal of Issuing Bank .  An Issuing Bank may resign as Issuing Bank upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Foreign Borrower.  An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Foreign Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank ( provided , that no consent of the replaced Issuing Bank will be required if the replaced Issuing Bank has no Letters of Credit outstanding or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto outstanding) and the successor Issuing Bank.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank.  At the time any such replacement or resignation shall become effective, the Foreign Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank.  From and after the effective date of any such replacement or resignation, (i) any successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require.  After the replacement or resignation of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced

 

66



 

Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto to the extent that Letters of Credit issued by it remain outstanding and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement or resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit or to renew existing Letters of Credit.

 

Section 2.05                              Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds .

 

(a)                                  Pro Rata Shares .  All Loans shall be made, and all participations purchased, by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares of the applicable Class of Loans, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby nor shall any Term Loan Commitments or any Revolving Commitments of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby.

 

(b)                                  Availability of Funds .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the applicable Credit Date that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender’s Loan requested on such Credit Date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such Credit Date and the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount on such Credit Date.  If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from such Credit Date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the customary rate set by the Administrative Agent for the correction of errors among banks for three (3) Business Days and thereafter, if such Loan is in Dollars, at the Base Rate and if such Loan is in any other Approved Currency, at the rate certified by the Administrative Agent to be its cost of funds (from any source which it may reasonably select).  If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative and the applicable Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, for each day from such Credit Date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent at the Base Rate if such Loan is in Dollars and at the rate certified by the Administrative Agent to be its cost of funds (from any source which it may reasonably select) if such Loan is in any other Approved Currency.  Nothing in this Section 2.05(b) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that any Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

Section 2.06                              Use of Proceeds.

 

(a)                                  Use of Proceeds The proceeds of the relevant Loans advanced to the Borrowers on the Closing Date shall be applied by the Borrowers to (i) repay, retire or redeem Refinanced Indebtedness, including through the making of certain intercompany loans by the

 

67



 

Foreign Borrower to Grifols, Inc., a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent and (ii) pay fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Loan Documents and the Interim Loan Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Post-Closing Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit, Incremental Term Loans and any utilization under any Ancillary Facility made after the Closing Date shall be applied by the applicable Borrower for working capital or general corporate purposes of the Parent and any of its Subsidiaries, including Permitted Acquisitions; provided , that in no event shall the Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans, Letters of Credit, Incremental Loans or any utilization under any Ancillary Facility be used for the payment of any Permitted Dividend.  No portion of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used in any manner that causes or might cause such Credit Extension or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Exchange Act or similar law of other Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

Section 2.07                              Evidence of Debt; Register; Notes .

 

(a)                                  Lenders’ Evidence of Debt .  Each Lender shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of each Borrower to such Lender, including the amounts of the Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof.  Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on each Borrower, absent manifest error; provided , that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitment or any Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any Loans; provided , further , that in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern.

 

(b)                                  Register .  The Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders and the Revolving Commitment and Loans of each Lender from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  The Administrative Agent shall record, or shall cause to be recorded, in the Register the Revolving Commitments and the Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on each Borrower and each Lender, absent manifest error.  Each Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent to serve as such Borrower’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.07, and each Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent the Administrative Agent serves in such capacity, the Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents, sub-agents and affiliates shall constitute “Indemnitees”.

 

(c)                                   Notes .  If so requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, or at any time thereafter, each applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.06) on the Closing Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Closing Date, promptly after the Borrower Representative’s receipt of such

 

68



 

notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Tranche A Term Loans, Tranche B Term Loans, Incremental Term Loan, Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loan, as the case may be.

 

Section 2.08                              Interest on Loans .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise set forth herein, each Class of Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made through repayment (whether by acceleration or otherwise) thereof as follows:

 

(i)

in the case of Tranche A Term Loans and Revolving Loans:

 

 

(A)

if a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; or

 

 

(B)

if a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, at the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate plus the Applicable Margin and plus Mandatory Costs, if any;

 

 

(ii)

in the case of Swing Line Loans, at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; and

 

 

(iii)

in the case of Tranche B Term Loans:

 

 

(A)

if a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; or

 

 

(B)

if a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, at the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate plus the Applicable Margin and plus Mandatory Costs, if any.

 

(b)                                  The basis for determining the rate of interest with respect to any Loan (except a Swing Line Loan, which can be made and maintained as a Base Rate Loan only), and the Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be selected by the applicable Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to the applicable Borrowing Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, as the case may be.  If on any day a Loan is outstanding with respect to which a Borrowing Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice has not been delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof specifying the applicable basis for determining the rate of interest, then for that day such Loan, if a Loan denominated in Dollars, shall be a Base Rate Loan and, if a Loan denominated in Euro or any Other Foreign Currency, shall be a Eurocurrency Rate Loan having an interest period of one month.

 

(c)                                   In connection with Eurocurrency Rate Loans with respect to each of the Foreign Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche A Term Loans and the U.S. Tranche B Term Loans, there shall be no more than eight (8) Interest Periods outstanding at any time under each such facility (or such greater number of Interest Periods as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent).  In connection with Eurocurrency Rate Loans with respect to the Revolving Loans, there shall be no more than six (6) Interest Periods outstanding at any time under such facility (or such greater number of Interest Periods as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent).  In the event the applicable Borrower fails to specify between a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate

 

69



 

Loan in the applicable Borrowing Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice for any Loan denominated in Dollars, such Loan (if outstanding as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan) shall be automatically converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then-current Interest Period for such Loan (or if outstanding as a Base Rate Loan shall remain as, or (if not then outstanding) shall be made as, a Base Rate Loan).  In the event the applicable Borrower fails to specify an Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Rate Loan in the applicable Borrowing Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month.  As soon as practicable after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time), on each Interest Rate Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the Eurocurrency Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrower Representative and each Lender.

 

(d)                                  Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.08(a) shall be computed (i) in the case of Base Rate Loans on the basis of a 365-day or 366-day year, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues.  In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Term Loan, the last Interest Payment Date with respect to such Term Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted from a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan to such Base Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded; provided , that if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

 

(e)                                   Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Loan (i) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect to interest accrued on and to each such payment date; (ii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears upon any prepayment of such Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears at maturity of such Loan, including final maturity of such Loan; provided , that with respect to any voluntary prepayment of a Base Rate Loan, accrued interest shall instead be payable on the applicable Interest Payment Date.

 

(f)                                    The Foreign Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuing Bank, with respect to drawings honored under a Letter of Credit, interest on the amount paid by each the Issuing Bank in respect of each such honored drawing from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by or on behalf of the Foreign Borrower at a rate equal to (i) for the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the applicable Reimbursement Date, the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans or, with respect to Letters of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars, Eurocurrency Rate Loans with an interest period of one month, and (ii) thereafter, a rate which is 2.00% per annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to such Revolving Loans.

 

70



 

(g)                                   Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.08(f) shall be computed on the basis of a 365/366-day year for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues, and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand is made, on the date on which the related drawing under a Letter of Credit is reimbursed in full.  Promptly upon receipt by an Issuing Bank of any payment of interest pursuant to Section 2.08(f), the Issuing Bank shall distribute to each Lender, out of the interest received by the Issuing Bank in respect of the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date on which the Issuing Bank is reimbursed for the amount of such drawing (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of any Revolving Loans), the amount that such Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the letter of credit fee that would have been payable in respect of such Letter of Credit for such period if no drawing had been honored under such Letter of Credit.  In the event an Issuing Bank shall have been reimbursed by Lenders for all or any portion of such honored drawing, the Issuing Bank shall distribute to each Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 2.04(e) with respect to such honored drawing such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any interest received by the Issuing Bank in respect of that portion of such honored drawing so reimbursed by Lenders for the period from the date on which the Issuing Bank was so reimbursed by Lenders to but excluding the date on which such portion of such honored drawing is reimbursed by the Foreign Borrower.

 

(h)                                  The rate and time of payment of interest in respect of any Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Foreign Borrower based on normal market rates and terms.

 

Section 2.09                              Conversion/Continuation .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 2.18 and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing, the Borrowers shall have the option:

 

(i)                                      to convert at any time all or any part of any Term Loan or Revolving Loan denominated in Dollars equal to $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount from one Type of Loan to another Type of Loan; provided , that a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may only be converted on the expiration of the Interest Period applicable to such Eurocurrency Rate Loan unless the Borrowers shall pay all amounts due under Section 2.18 in connection with any such conversion; or

 

(ii)                                   upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, to continue all or any portion of such Loan equal to $5,000,000 (or €5,000,000 with respect to any drawing in Euro) and integral multiples of $1,000,000 (or €1,000,000 with respect to any drawing in Euro) in excess of that amount as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan;

 

provided , that for the avoidance of doubt, no conversion or continuation of any Loan pursuant to this Section 2.09 shall affect the currency in which such Loan is denominated prior to any such conversion or continuation and each such Loan shall remain outstanding denominated in the currency originally issued.

 

71



 

(b)                                  The applicable Borrower shall deliver a Conversion/Continuation Notice to the Administrative Agent with respect to Loans, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed conversion date (in the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan) and at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the proposed conversion/continuation date (in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan).  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Conversion/Continuation Notice for conversion to, or continuation of, any Eurocurrency Rate Loans, shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and each Borrower shall be bound to effect a conversion or continuation in accordance therewith.

 

Section 2.10                              Default Interest .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) the overdue principal amount of all Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any overdue interest payments on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable on demand at a rate (the “ Default Rate ”) that is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable for Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans); provided , that in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, upon the expiration of the Interest Period in effect at the time any such increase in interest rate is effective such Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall thereupon become Base Rate Loans and shall thereafter bear interest payable upon demand at a rate which is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans.  Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.10 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Section 2.11                              Fees .  (a) The Foreign Borrower agrees to pay to Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) having Revolving Exposure:

 

(i)                                      commitment fees equal to (A) the average of the daily difference between (1) the Revolving Commitments and (2) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of (x) all outstanding Revolving Loans plus (y) the Letter of Credit Usage, times (B) 0.50%;

 

(ii)                                   letter of credit fees equal to (A) the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans, times (B) the Dollar Equivalent of the actual aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all such Letters of Credit (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination).

 

All fees referred to in this Section 2.11(a) shall be paid in Dollars to the Administrative Agent at its Principal Office and upon receipt, the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender that has Revolving Exposure its Pro Rata Share thereof.

 

72



 

(b)                                  The Foreign Borrower agrees to pay directly to the Issuing Bank, for its own account, the following fees:

 

(i)                                      a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum, times the actual aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit (determined as of the close of business on any date of determination);

 

(ii)                                   such documentary and processing charges for any issuance, amendment, transfer or payment of a Letter of Credit as are in accordance with the Issuing Bank’s standard schedule for such charges and as in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment, transfer or payment, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   All fees referred to in Sections 2.11(a) and 2.11(b)(i) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year during the Revolving Commitment Period, or if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

 

(d)                                  [reserved]

 

(e)                                   In addition to any of the foregoing fees, the Borrowers agree to pay to Agents such other fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon.

 

(f)                                    The rate and timing of fees in respect of any Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Foreign Borrower under such Ancillary Facility based on normal market rates and terms.

 

Section 2.12                              Scheduled Payments/Commitment Reductions .

 

(a)                                  The principal amounts of the Tranche A Term Loans shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments (each, an “ Installment ”) in the aggregate amounts set forth below on the last Business Day of the periods set forth below, commencing on June 30, 2014:

 

Amortization Date

 

Tranche A Term
Loan Installments

 

FQ2 2014

 

$

4,375,000

 

FQ3 2014

 

$

4,375,000

 

FQ4 2014

 

$

4,375,000

 

FQ1 2015

 

$

4,375,000

 

FQ2 2015

 

$

8,750,000

 

FQ3 2015

 

$

8,750,000

 

FQ4 2015

 

$

8,750,000

 

 

73



 

Amortization Date

 

Tranche A Term
Loan Installments

 

FQ1 2016

 

$

8,750,000

 

FQ2 2016

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ3 2016

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ4 2016

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ1 2017

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ2 2017

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ3 2017

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ4 2017

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ1 2018

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ2 2018

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ3 2018

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ4 2018

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ1 2019

 

$

13,125,000

 

FQ2 2019

 

$

122,500,000

 

FQ3 2019

 

$

122,500,000

 

FQ4 2019

 

$

122,500,000

 

Tranche A Term Loan Maturity Date

 

Remainder

 

 

All Tranche A Term Loans outstanding on the Tranche A Term Loan Maturity Date shall be due and payable on such date.

 

(b)                                  The principal amounts of the U.S. Tranche B Term Loans shall be repaid in Installments in the aggregate amounts set forth below on the last Business Day of the periods set forth below, commencing on June 30, 2014:

 

Amortization Date

 

U.S. Tranche B Term
Loan Installments

 

FQ2 2014

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ3 2014

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ4 2014

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ1 2015

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ2 2015

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ3 2015

 

$

8,125,000

 

 

74



 

Amortization Date

 

U.S. Tranche B Term
Loan Installments

 

FQ4 2015

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ1 2016

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ2 2016

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ3 2016

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ4 2016

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ1 2017

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ2 2017

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ3 2017

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ4 2017

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ1 2018

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ2 2018

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ3 2018

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ4 2018

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ1 2019

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ2 2019

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ3 2019

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ4 2019

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ1 2020

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ2 2020

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ3 2020

 

$

8,125,000

 

FQ4 2020

 

$

8,125,000

 

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date

 

Remainder

 

 

All U.S. Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date shall be due and payable on such date.

 

(c)                                   The principal amounts of the Foreign Tranche B Term Loans shall be repaid in Installments in the aggregate amounts set forth below on the last Business Day of the periods set forth below, commencing on June 30, 2014:(2)

 


(2)  NTD: To be updated based on final EURO commitment (to be equivalent of USD $550 million) .

 

75



 

Amortization Date

 

Foreign Tranche B Term
Loan Installments

 

FQ2 2014

 

1,000,000

 

FQ3 2014

 

1,000,000

 

FQ4 2014

 

1,000,000

 

FQ1 2015

 

1,000,000

 

FQ2 2015

 

1,000,000

 

FQ3 2015

 

1,000,000

 

FQ4 2015

 

1,000,000

 

FQ1 2016

 

1,000,000

 

FQ2 2016

 

1,000,000

 

FQ3 2016

 

1,000,000

 

FQ4 2016

 

1,000,000

 

FQ1 2017

 

1,000,000

 

FQ2 2017

 

1,000,000

 

FQ3 2017

 

1,000,000

 

FQ4 2017

 

1,000,000

 

FQ1 2018

 

1,000,000

 

FQ2 2018

 

1,000,000

 

FQ3 2018

 

1,000,000

 

FQ4 2018

 

1,000,000

 

FQ1 2019

 

1,000,000

 

FQ2 2019

 

1,000,000

 

FQ3 2019

 

1,000,000

 

FQ4 2019

 

1,000,000

 

FQ1 2020

 

1,000,000

 

FQ2 2020

 

1,000,000

 

FQ3 2020

 

1,000,000

 

FQ4 2020

 

1,000,000

 

Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date

 

Remainder

 

 

All Foreign Tranche B Term Loans outstanding on the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date shall be due and payable on such date.

 

76



 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) such Installments shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Tranche A Term Loans or the Tranche B Term Loans, as the case may be, in accordance with Sections 2.13, 2.14 and 2.15, as applicable; and (ii) the Tranche A Term Loans and the Tranche B Term Loans, together with all other amounts owed hereunder with respect thereto, shall, in any event, be paid in full no later than the Tranche A Term Loan Maturity Date and the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date, respectively.

 

Section 2.13                              Voluntary Prepayments/Commitment Reductions .

 

(a)                                  Voluntary Prepayments .

 

(i)                                      Any time and from time to time (A) with respect to Base Rate Loans, any Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part, in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount; (B) with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, any Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum amount of, with respect to Loans denominated in Dollars and prepayments of Revolving Loans, $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount, and, with respect to Loans denominated in Euro or any other Approved Currency, €5,000,000 and integral multiples of €1,000,000 in excess of that amount (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may agree); and (C) with respect to Swing Line Loans, the Foreign Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum amount of $250,000, and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount;

 

(ii)                                   All such prepayments shall be made (A) upon not less than one Business Day’s prior written notice in the case of Base Rate Loans; (B) upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (C) upon written notice on the date of prepayment, in the case of Swing Line Loans;

 

in each case given to the Administrative Agent or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, by 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) (or, with respect to repayments of Foreign Loans, 1:00 p.m. (London, England time)) on the date required (and the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit such original notice for Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as the case may be, by telefacsimile or telephone to each Lender) or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be.  Upon the giving of any such notice, the principal amount of the Loans specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified therein.  Any such voluntary prepayment shall be applied as specified in Section 2.15(a).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any notice of prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.13(a) may state that the effectiveness of such prepayment is conditioned upon the consummation of a refinancing, sale, change of control or other event specified therein, in which case such notice may be revoked by the applicable Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date) if such condition is not satisfied, subject to payment of any costs referred to in Section 2.18 resulting therefrom.

 

77



 

(b)                                  Voluntary Commitment Reductions .

 

(i)                                      The Borrowers may, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice confirmed in writing to the Administrative Agent (which original written notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit by telefacsimile or telephone to each applicable Lender), at any time and from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part, without premium or penalty, the Revolving Commitments, in an amount up to the amount by which the Revolving Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments, as applicable, at the time of such proposed termination or reduction; provided , that any such partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of, $5,000,000 (or €5,000,000 with respect to any drawing in Euro) and integral multiples of $1,000,000 (or €1,000,000 with respect to any drawing in Euro) in excess of that amount (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may agree).

 

(ii)                                   The applicable Borrower’s notice to the Administrative Agent shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be effective on the date specified in the applicable Borrower’s notice and shall reduce the Revolving Commitments of each Lender proportionately to its Pro Rata Share thereof.

 

(c)                                   Below-Par Purchases .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.13 or any other provision of this Agreement and without otherwise limiting the rights in respect of prepayments of the Loans of the Borrowers, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, either Borrower may repurchase outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.13(c) on the following basis:

 

(i)                                      The U.S. Borrower may make one or more offers, and the Foreign Borrower may make one or more offers, (each, a “ U.S.  Offer ”) to repurchase all or any portion of the U.S. Tranche B Term Loans or the Tranche A Term Loans, respectively (such Term Loans, the “ U.S.  Offer Loans ”), and the Foreign Borrower may make one or more offers (each, a “ Foreign Offer ” and, together with each U.S. Offer, an “ Offer ”) to repurchase all or any portion of the Foreign Tranche B Term Loans (such Term Loans, the “ Foreign Offer Loans ” and, together with the U.S. Offer Loans, the “ Offer Loans ”); provided , that (A) the applicable Borrower delivers notice of its intent to make such Offer to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the launch of any proposed Offer, (B) upon the launch of such proposed Offer, the applicable Borrower delivers an irrevocable notice of such Offer to the Administrative Agent and all applicable Term Lenders (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) indicating (1) the last date on which such Offer may be accepted, (2) the maximum dollar amount of such U.S. Offer or maximum Euro amount of such Foreign Offer, as applicable, and (3) the repurchase price per dollar of principal amount of such U.S. Offer Loans or the repurchase price per Euro of principal amount of such Foreign Offer Loans, as applicable, at which the applicable Borrower is willing to repurchase such Offer Loans (which price shall be below par); (C) the maximum dollar amount of each U.S. Offer and the maximum Euro amount of each Foreign Offer shall be an amount reasonably determined by the applicable Borrower and in consultation with the Administrative Agent prior to the making of any such Offer; (D) the applicable Borrower shall hold such Offer

 

78



 

open for a minimum period of days to be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower prior to the making of any such Offer; (E) a Term Lender who elects to participate in the Offer may choose to sell all or part of such Term Lender’s Offer Loans; (F) such Offer shall be made to all Term Lenders holding the Offer Loans of the applicable Class on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective principal amount then due and owing to the Term Lenders; provided , further that, if any Term Lender elects not to participate in the Offer, either in whole or in part, the amount of such Term Lender’s Offer Loans not being tendered shall be excluded in calculating the pro rata amount applicable to the balance of such Offer Loans and (G) such Offer shall be conducted pursuant to such procedures the Administrative Agent may establish in consultation with the applicable Borrower (which shall be consistent with this Section 2.13(c)) and that a Lender must follow in order to have its Offer Loans repurchased, which procedures may include a requirement that the applicable Borrower represent and warrant that it does not have any material non-public information with respect to any Loan Party (or its Subsidiaries) that could be material to a Lender’s decision to participate in such Offer;

 

(ii)                                   With respect to all repurchases made by the applicable Borrower such repurchases shall be deemed to be voluntary prepayments pursuant to this Section 2.13 in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Term Loans, provided , that such repurchases shall not be subject to the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.13 or Section 2.17;

 

(iii)                                Upon the purchase by the applicable Borrower of any Term Loans, (A) automatically and without the necessity of any notice or any other action, all principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loans so repurchased shall be deemed to have been paid for all purposes and shall be cancelled and no longer outstanding for all purposes of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents (and in connection with any Term Loan purchased pursuant to this Section 2.13(c), the Administrative Agent is authorized to make appropriate entries in the Register to reflect such cancellation) and (B) the applicable Borrower will promptly advise the Administrative Agent of the total amount of Offer Loans that were repurchased from each Lender who elected to participate in the Offer;

 

(iv)                               Failure by the Borrowers to make any payment to a Lender required by an agreement permitted by this Section 2.13(c) shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a);

 

(v)                                  No proceeds of any Revolving Loans may be used to effectuate a purchase of any Offer Loans;

 

(vi)                               After giving effect to each purchase of an Offer Loan, all cash and Cash Equivalents not subject to any Lien (other than Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent or Liens permitted by Section 6.02(r)) shall equal at least $50,000,000;

 

(vii)                            Such Offer shall not have been deemed to constitute a “distressed exchange” by Moody’s or S&P;

 

79



 

(viii)                         With respect to all purchases of Term Loans of any Class or Classes made by the applicable Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.13(c), the applicable Borrower shall pay on the settlement date of each such purchase all principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the purchased Term Loans of the applicable Class or Classes up to the settlement date of such purchase; and

 

(ix)                               As of the launch date of any purchase and the effective date of such purchase, the Borrowers are not in possession of any information regarding any Loan Party, its assets, its ability to perform its Obligations or any other matter that may be material to a decision by any Lender to participate in any purchase, or participate in any of the transactions contemplated thereby, that has not previously been disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

 

(d)                                  Tranche B Term Loan Call Protection .  In the event that (i) all or any portion of the Tranche B Term Loans are (A) voluntarily prepaid or mandatorily prepaid pursuant to Section 2.13 with the proceeds of other Indebtedness having a weighted average yield that is less than the weighted average yield applicable to the Tranche B Term Loans so prepaid or (B) repriced or effectively refinanced through any waiver, consent or amendment of the Tranche B Term Loans (which repricing or refinancing would have the effect of reducing the stated rate of interest with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans so repriced or refinanced) or (ii) a Term Lender is replaced as a result of the mandatory assignment of its Tranche B Term Loans in the circumstances described in Section 2.23 following the failure of such Term Lender to consent to an amendment of this Agreement that would have the effect of reducing the weighted average yield with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans of such Term Lender, in each case, for any reason prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, such prepayments, effective refinancings, refinancings or, solely with respect to such replaced Term Lender, mandatory assignments, will be made at 101.0% of the amount prepaid, effectively refinanced, refinanced or mandatorily assigned and, with respect to amounts repriced, at a premium of 1.00% on the amount so repriced.

 

Section 2.14                              Mandatory Prepayments/Commitment Reductions .

 

(a)                                  Asset Dispositions .  No later than the third Business Day following the date of receipt by any Group Member of any Net Cash Proceeds in respect of any Asset Disposition permitted pursuant to Sections 6.08(d), the Loans shall be repaid as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to 100.0% of such Net Cash Proceeds; provided , that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the delivery of the notice described below or at the proposed time of the investment of such Net Cash Proceeds as described below, each Borrower shall have the option, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, directly or through one or more of its Subsidiaries, to invest such Net Cash Proceeds within three hundred sixty-five (365) days of receipt thereof in assets used or useful in the business of any Group Member to the extent such investments are otherwise permitted under this Agreement; provided , however , that pending any such investment all such Net Cash Proceeds may be applied to prepay the Revolving Loans to the extent outstanding (without a reduction in the Revolving Commitments).

 

80



 

(b)                                  Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds .  No later than the third Business Day following the date of receipt by any Group Member, or the Administrative Agent as loss payee, of any Net Cash Proceeds of a Casualty Event, the Loans shall be repaid as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds; provided , that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the delivery of the notice described below or at the proposed time of the investment of such Net Cash Proceeds as described below, each Borrower shall have the option, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, directly or through one or more of its Subsidiaries to invest such Net Cash Proceeds within three hundred sixty-five (365) days of receipt thereof in assets used or useful in the business of any Group Member, which investment may include the repair, restoration or replacement of the applicable assets thereof; provided , however , that pending any such investment all such Net Cash Proceeds, as the case may be, may be applied to prepay the Revolving Loans to the extent outstanding (without a reduction in Revolving Commitments).

 

(c)                                   Issuance or Incurrence of Debt .  On the date of receipt by any Group Member of any Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of any Indebtedness of any Group Member (other than with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01, but including Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(m) and Section 6.01(q)), the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to 100.0% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

 

(d)                                  Consolidated Excess Cash Flow .  In the event that there shall be Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for any Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2013), the Borrowers shall, no later than one hundred and five (105) days after the end of such Fiscal Year, prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to (i) the Applicable Sweep Percentage of such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow minus (ii) voluntary repayments of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.13(a) (excluding (x) repayments of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans except to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such repayments and (y) repayments of Loans made with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness).

 

(e)                                   Change of Control .  In the event that a Change of Control shall occur, not later than the Business Day next following such Change of Control, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) and the Commitments of each Lender shall be reduced to zero.

 

(f)                                    Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans .  The Foreign Borrower shall from time to time prepay first , the Swing Line Loans, and second , the Revolving Loans (or cash collateralize or backstop any Letter of Credit to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing Bank) to the extent necessary so that the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not at any time exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, mandatory prepayments of Revolving Loans that would otherwise be required pursuant to this Section 2.14(f) solely as a result of fluctuations in Exchange Rates from time to time shall only be required to be made on the last Business Day of each month on the basis of the Exchange Rate in effect on such Business Day.

 

81



 

(g)                                   Prepayment Certificate .  Concurrently with any prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Sections 2.14(a) through 2.14(e), the Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the calculation of the amount of the applicable net proceeds or Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, as the case may be.  In the event that the Borrower Representative shall subsequently determine that the actual amount received exceeded the amount set forth in such certificate, the applicable Borrower shall promptly make an additional prepayment of the Loans in an amount equal to such excess, and the Borrower Representative shall concurrently therewith deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the derivation of such excess.

 

Section 2.15                              Application of Prepayments; Application of Proceeds of Collateral .

 

(a)                                  Application of Voluntary Prepayments by Type of Loans .  Any prepayment of any Loan pursuant to Section 2.13(a) shall be applied as specified by the applicable Borrower in the applicable notice of prepayment (including to which Class of Loan and to any amortization payments thereof); provided , that in the event the applicable Borrower fails to specify the Loans to which any such prepayment shall be applied, such prepayment shall be applied as follows:

 

first , to repay outstanding Swing Line Loans to the full extent thereof;

 

second , to repay outstanding Revolving Loans to the full extent thereof; and

 

third , to prepay the Term Loans on a pro rata basis (in accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof); and further applied on a pro rata basis to the remaining scheduled Installments of principal of each tranche of Term Loan;

 

in each case, for the avoidance of doubt, allocated on a pro rata basis among the applicable U.S. Loans and Foreign Loans.

 

(b)                                  Application of Mandatory Prepayments by Type of Loans .  Any amount required to be paid pursuant to Sections 2.14(a) through 2.14(e) shall be applied as follows:

 

first , to repay Term Loans on a pro rata basis (in accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof) and further applied first to the next eight scheduled principal payments in respect of the Term Loans on a pro rata basis in direct order of maturity and second on a pro rata basis to the remaining scheduled Installments of principal of each tranche of Term Loan, in each case, for the avoidance of doubt, allocated on a pro rata basis among the applicable U.S. Loans and Foreign Loans; provided if at the time any amount is required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.14(a) or (b), any Borrower is required to offer to repurchase Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with any Net Cash Proceeds specified therein (such Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt required to be offered to be so repurchased, “ Other Applicable Indebtedness ”), then such Borrower may apply such Net Cash Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided that the portion of such

 

82



 

Net Cash Proceeds allocated to Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to Section 2.14(a) or (b), as applicable, shall be reduced accordingly; provided further that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such Indebtedness purchased, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof; and

 

second , to repay outstanding Revolving Loans to the full extent thereof.

 

(c)                                   Application of Prepayments of Loans to Base Rate Loans and Eurocurrency Rate Loans .  Considering each Class of Loans being prepaid separately, any prepayment of U.S. Loans shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, in each case in a manner which minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.18(c).

 

(d)                                  Application of Payments After an Event of Default; Application of Proceeds of Collateral .  All payments made by any Borrower after any Event of Default and all proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, any collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied in full or in part by the Collateral Agent against, the Obligations in the following order of priority:  first , to the payment of all documented costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization, including reasonable compensation to the Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and all other expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection therewith, and all amounts for which the Collateral Agent is entitled to indemnification hereunder (in its capacity as the Collateral Agent and not as a Lender) and all advances made by the Collateral Agent hereunder for the account of the applicable Loan Party, and to the payment of all documented costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the Credit Agreement, all in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; second , to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment of all other Obligations for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Lender Counterparties; and third , to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment to or upon the order of the applicable Loan Party or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

(e)                                   Waivable Mandatory Prepayment .  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event the Borrowers are required to make any mandatory prepayment (a “ Waivable Mandatory Prepayment ”) of the Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.13 (other than Section 2.13(g)), not less than five Business Days prior to the date (the “ Required Prepayment Date ”) on which the Borrowers are required to make such Waivable Mandatory Prepayment, the Borrower Representative shall notify Administrative Agent of the amount of such prepayment, and the Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter notify each Lender holding an outstanding Tranche B Term Loan of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata

 

83



 

Share of such Waivable Mandatory Prepayment and such Lender’s option to refuse such amount.  Each such Lender may exercise such option by giving written notice to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent of its election to do so on or before the third Business Day prior to the Required Prepayment Date (it being understood that any Lender which does not notify the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent of its election to exercise such option on or before the third Business Day prior to the Required Prepayment Date shall be deemed to have elected, as of such date, not to exercise such option).  On the Required Prepayment Date, the Borrowers shall pay to Administrative Agent the amount of the Waivable Mandatory Prepayment, which amount shall be applied (i) in an amount equal to that portion of the Waivable Mandatory Prepayment payable to those Lenders that have elected not to exercise such option, to prepay the Tranche B Term Loans of such Lenders (which prepayment shall be applied to the scheduled Installments of principal of the Tranche B Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.15(b)), and (ii) in an amount equal to that portion of the Waivable Mandatory Prepayment otherwise payable to those Lenders that have elected to exercise such option, to prepay the Tranche A Term Loans (which prepayment shall be further applied to the scheduled Installments of principal of the Tranche A Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.15(b)).

 

Section 2.16                              General Provisions Regarding Payments .

 

(a)                                  All payments by the Borrowers of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made in the Approved Currency for the Loans and Commitments related thereto, in each case in same day funds, without defense, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders.  For purposes of computing interest and fees, funds received by the Administrative Agent after that time on such due date shall be deemed to have been paid by the Borrowers on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

(b)                                  All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan (other than voluntary prepayments of Revolving Loans) shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments (and, in any event, any payments in respect of any Loan on a date when interest is due and payable with respect to such Loan) shall be applied to the payment of interest then due and payable before application to principal.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall promptly distribute to each Lender at such address as such Lender shall indicate in writing, such Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Share of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due thereto, including all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions hereof, if any Conversion/ Continuation Notice is withdrawn as to any Affected Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro Rata Share of any Eurocurrency Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent shall give effect thereto in apportioning payments received thereafter.

 

84



 

(e)                                   Subject to the provisos set forth in the definition of “Interest Period” as they may apply to Revolving Loans, whenever any payment to be made hereunder with respect to any Loan shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to Revolving Loans only, such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest hereunder or of the Revolving Commitment fees hereunder.

 

(f)                                    Each Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to charge such Borrower’s accounts with the Administrative Agent in order to cause timely payment to be made to the Administrative Agent of all principal, interest, fees and expenses due hereunder (subject to sufficient funds being available in its accounts for that purpose).

 

(g)                                   The Administrative Agent shall deem any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower hereunder that is not made in same day funds prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), to be a non-conforming payment.  Any such payment shall not be deemed to have been received by the Administrative Agent until the later of (i) the time such funds become available funds, and (ii) the applicable next Business Day.  The Administrative Agent shall give prompt telephonic notice to the Borrower Representative and each applicable Lender (confirmed in writing) if any payment is non-conforming.  Any non-conforming payment may constitute or become a Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of Section 8.01(a).  Interest shall continue to accrue on any principal as to which a non-conforming payment is made until such funds become available funds (but in no event less than the period from the date of such payment to the next succeeding applicable Business Day) at the Default Rate from the date such amount was due and payable until the date such amount is paid in full.

 

(h)                                  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and not otherwise been waived, and the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8.01, all payments or proceeds received by Agents hereunder in respect of any of the Obligations, shall be applied in accordance with the application arrangements described in Section 2.15(d).

 

Section 2.17                              Ratable Sharing .  Lenders to the U.S. Borrower agree among themselves, on the one hand, and the Lenders to the Foreign Borrower agree among themselves, on the other hand, that, except as otherwise provided in the Security Documents with respect to amounts realized from the exercise of rights with respect to Liens on the Collateral, if any of them shall, whether by voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Loans made and applied in accordance with the terms hereof), through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Loan Documents or otherwise (including amounts received by any such Lender in excess of those received by other Lenders as a result of the application of article 91.7 of the Spanish Insolvency Law (Law 22/2003 of 9th July)), or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal, interest, amounts payable in respect of Letters of Credit, fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (collectively, the “ Aggregate Amounts Due ” to such Lender) which is greater than the proportion received by any other Lender in respect of the Aggregate Amounts Due to such other Lender, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent and each other Lender of the receipt of such payment and (b) apply a portion of such payment to

 

85



 

purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders so that all such recoveries of Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by all Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them; provided , that if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or examinership of any Borrower or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.  Each Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, set-off or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing by any Borrower to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.  The provisions of this Section 2.17 shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or payments made with proceeds of Collateral applied as set forth in Section 2.15(d), (ii) any payment obtained by any Lender as consideration for the assignment or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or other Obligations owed to it. For the avoidance of doubt, no Lender to the Foreign Borrower shall make payments to a Lender to the U.S. Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.17.

 

Section 2.18                              Making or Maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans .

 

(a)                                  Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate .  In the event of any Market Disruption, the Administrative Agent shall on such date give notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrowers and each Lender of such determination, whereupon (i) with respect to Loans denominated in Dollars, (A) no Loans may be made as, or converted to, Eurocurrency Rate Loans until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers and Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist and (B) any Borrowing Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice given by the Borrowers with respect to the Loans in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by the Borrowers, and (ii) with respect to Loans denominated in Euro or Other Foreign Currency, if the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers will negotiate in good faith for a period of not more than thirty (30) days in order to agree on a mutually acceptable substitute basis for calculating the interest payable on the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans and, (A) if a substitute basis is agreed within that thirty (30) day period between the Administrative Agent (with the consent of all the Lenders holding such Eurocurrency Loans) and the Borrowers, then it shall apply in accordance with its terms (and may be retrospective to the beginning of the relevant Interest Period) and (B) unless and until a substitute basis is so agreed, the interest payable to such Lenders on the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans for the relevant Interest Period will be the rate notified to the Administrative Agent by that Lender to be its cost of funds (from any source which it may reasonably select) plus the Applicable Margin and, if applicable, Mandatory Costs.

 

(b)                                  Illegality .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any law, treaty, governmental rules, regulation or guideline or order, or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain

 

86



 

Eurocurrency Rate Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (such Lender an “ Affected Lender ”), (i) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurocurrency Rate Loans, continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall forthwith be canceled until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain the affected Loan and (ii) with respect to any such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law.  If any such conversion of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the applicable Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 2.18(c).

 

(c)                                   Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods .  The applicable Borrower shall compensate each Lender, upon written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such amounts), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid by such Lender to Lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its Eurocurrency Rate Loans and any loss, expense or liability sustained by such Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds but excluding loss of anticipated profits) which such Lender may sustain:  (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender) a borrowing of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Borrowing Notice, or a conversion to or continuation of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Conversion/Continuation Notice; (ii) if any prepayment or other principal payment of, or any conversion of, any of its Eurocurrency Rate Loans occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan; or (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Eurocurrency Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by the applicable Borrower or the Borrower Representative; provided that for purposes of calculating amounts payable by the applicable Borrower to the Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.18(c), each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank Eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded; and provided further that amounts payable under this Section 2.18(c) shall be calculated without regard to the last sentence of the definition of “Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate”.

 

(d)                                  Booking of Eurocurrency Rate Loans .  Any Lender may make, carry or transfer Eurocurrency Rate Loans at, to or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office of an Affiliate of such Lender.

 

(e)                                   Assumptions Concerning Funding of Eurocurrency Rate Loans .  Calculation of all amounts payable to a Lender under this Section 2.18 and under Section 2.19 shall be made as though such Lender had actually funded each of its relevant Eurocurrency Rate Loans through the purchase of a Eurocurrency deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the first sentence of the definition of “Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate” in an amount equal to the amount of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period and through the transfer of such Eurocurrency deposit from an offshore office of such Lender to the relevant office of such Lender; provided , that each Lender may fund

 

87



 

each of its Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 2.18 and under Section 2.19.

 

Section 2.19                              Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy .

 

(a)                                  Compensation For Increased Costs and Taxes .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.20 (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any Lender (which term shall include the Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.19(a)) shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order after the Closing Date), or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the Closing Date, or compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law): (i) subjects such Lender (or its applicable lending office) to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes” and (C) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or any payments to such Lender (or its applicable lending office) of principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder; (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender (other than any such reserve or other requirements with respect to Eurocurrency Rate Loans that are reflected in the definition of Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate); or (iii) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Lender (or its applicable lending office) or its obligations hereunder or the London interbank market or the relevant off-shore interbank market for any Other Foreign Currency; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or acquiring participations in, issuing or maintaining Letters of Credit hereunder or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Lender (or its applicable lending office) with respect thereto; then, in any such case, the applicable Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon receipt of the written statement referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Lender for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder.  Such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Lender under this Section 2.19(a), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

 

(b)                                  Capital Adequacy Adjustment .  In the event that any Lender (which term shall include the Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.19(b)) shall have determined that

 

88



 

the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability after the Closing Date of any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or its applicable lending office) with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of, or with reference to, such Lender’s Loans or Revolving Commitment or Letters of Credit, or participations therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans or the Letters of Credit, to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, phase-in, applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Lender or such controlling corporation with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Borrower Representative from such Lender of the statement referred to in the next sentence, the applicable Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as shall compensate such Lender or such controlling corporation for such reduction.  Such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to Lender under this Section 2.19(b), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.20                              Taxes; Withholding, Etc.

 

(a)                                  Payments to Be Free and Clear .  All sums payable by or on behalf of any Loan Party hereunder and under any other Loan Document shall (except to the extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Tax imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority.

 

(b)                                  Withholding of Taxes .  If any Withholding Agent is required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes from any sum paid or payable by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (which term shall include the Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.20(b)) under any of the Loan Documents:  (i)  the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such withholding or deduction, (ii) the Withholding Agent shall pay any such Taxes on or before the date such payment is required by Law; (iii) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by such Loan Party shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required or made (after taking into account any additional deduction or withholding or payment of any Indemnified Taxes on such increased payment); and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the due date of payment of any Indemnified Tax which it is required by clause (ii) above to pay, the applicable Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority.

 

89



 

(c)                                   Evidence of Exemption from Withholding Tax .

 

(i)                                      Any Lender (which term shall include the Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.20(c)) that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding in respect of payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable requirements of law and thereafter when reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation and information prescribed by applicable requirements of law as will permit (as reasonably determined by the Borrowers in their sole discretion) such payments to be made without withholding (including back-up withholding) or at a reduced rate of withholding and to determine whether information reporting is required in respect of the Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.20(c)(ii), Section 2.20(c)(iii), Section 2.20(c)(iv) or Section 2.20(c)(v) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

(ii)                                   If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the U.S. Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) as may be necessary for the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (c)(ii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

(iii)                                Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Lender that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall, to the extent it is permitted by applicable law, deliver to the Administrative Agent for transmission to the Borrowers, on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof on the Closing Date) or on or prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent (each in its sole discretion acting reasonably), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1)          in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest

 

90



 

under any Loan Document, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

(2)          executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

(3)          in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

 

(4)          to the extent that a Non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by Internal Revenue Service Form W8-ECI, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner as applicable; provided that if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Non-U.S. Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Non-U.S. Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate.

 

(iv)                               Each Lender that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for United States federal income tax purposes (a “ U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement), two (2) original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender.  Each Lender required to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States withholding matters under the Internal Revenue Code pursuant to this Section 2.20(c)(iii) hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Lender of such forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, that such Lender shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers two (2) new original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI, W-8IMY, W-8EXP or W-9 (or, in each case, any successor form thereto) properly completed and duly executed by such Lender.

 

(v)                                  Each Lender that will qualify for an exemption from, or reduction in, deduction or withholding of any Taxes solely because it is a Treaty Lender shall

 

91



 

cooperate with the Borrower in completing any procedural formalities (including completing and executing any documentation) necessary for the Borrower to obtain authorization to make payments to such Lender free from any deduction or withholding of any Taxes.

 

(vi)                               With the exceptions of the obligations of a Lender under Section 2.20(h) and 10.06(f) below, each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

(d)                                  Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.20(b), each Loan Party shall timely pay all Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authorities in accordance with applicable law.  Each Loan Party or the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent official receipts or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in respect of any Other Taxes payable hereunder promptly after payment of such Other Taxes.

 

(e)                                   The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify the Administrative Agent and any Lender (which term shall include Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.20(e)) for the full amount of Indemnified Taxes for which additional amounts are required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.20(b) and Other Taxes (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Excluded Taxes), in each case arising in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including any such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to additional amounts payable under this Section 2.20) paid by the Administrative Agent or Lender or any of their respective Affiliates and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  Such Administrative Agent or Lender, as the case may be, shall, at a Borrower’s request, provide such Borrower with a written statement thereof setting forth the basis and calculation of such amounts (including any proposed indemnifiable expenses), which written statement shall be conclusive absent manifest error with respect to any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes and shall, at a Borrower’s written request and solely at such Borrower’s expense, make commercially reasonable efforts to provide other documentation or cooperation reasonably necessary for such Borrower to contest in good faith the imposition of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes.  Such payment shall be due within fifteen (15) days of such Loan Party’s receipt of such certificate.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrowers shall not be required to indemnify any Lender or Administrative Agent under this Section 2.20(e) with respect to any Taxes to the extent such indemnification would result in duplication because such Taxes have been compensated for by the payment of any additional amounts pursuant to Section 2.20(b) or Other Taxes previously paid pursuant to Section 2.20.

 

(f)                                    If any Lender or Administrative Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by the Borrowers or Guarantors pursuant to this Section 2.20, it shall (if such Lender in

 

92



 

its reasonable discretion determines that it can do so without prejudice to the retention of the amount of such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund)) remit such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) as soon as practicable after it is determined that such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) pertains to Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrowers or Guarantors under this Section 2.20 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) plus any interest included in such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund)  by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to the Borrowers or Guarantors, net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or Administrative Agent, as the case may be and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund)).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f), in no event will the Lender be required to pay any amount to the Borrowers pursuant to this paragraph (f), the payment of which would place the Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Lender would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.  This paragraph shall not be construed to require any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person. The Borrowers and such Guarantors, as applicable, upon the request of such Lender or Administrative Agent, agree to repay as soon as reasonably practicable the amount paid over to the Borrowers or Guarantors (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant taxing authority) to such Lender or Administrative Agent in the event such Lender or Administrative Agent is required to repay such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) to a taxing authority.

 

(g)                                   The obligations of the Loan Parties to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 2.20(b) and to provide indemnity pursuant to Section 2.20(e) shall be applied in a manner so as not to cause duplicative payments.

 

(h)                                  Each Lender shall, which becomes a party to this agreement, on the day on which it is entered or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments and/or Loans to the Foreign Borrower hereunder, confirm whether or not it is a Qualifying Lender in accordance with Section 10.06(f).  Each such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower if there is any change in their status as a Qualifying Lender.

 

Section 2.21                              Obligation to Mitigate .  Each Lender (which term shall include the Issuing Bank for purposes of this Section 2.21) agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender responsible for administering its Loans or Letters of Credit, as the case may be, becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20, it shall, to the extent not inconsistent with any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts to (a) make, issue, fund or maintain its Credit Extensions through another office of such Lender or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the circumstances which would cause such Lender to be an Affected Lender would cease to exist or the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20 would be materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender in its reasonable

 

93



 

discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such Revolving Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit through such other office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Revolving Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit or the interests of such Lender; provided , that such Lender shall not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.21 unless the Borrower Representative agrees to pay commercially reasonable incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above.  A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by the Borrower Representative pursuant to this Section 2.21 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.22                              Defaulting Lenders .

 

(a)                                  Defaulting Lender Adjustments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

 

(i)                                      Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.04 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender hereunder; third , to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.22(d); fourth , as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.22(d); sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Bank or the Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to a Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by such Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal

 

94



 

amount of any Loans or reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 were satisfied and waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the applicable Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iii). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.22(a)(i) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(ii)                                   Certain Fees.

 

(A)  No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 2.11(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and no Borrower shall be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender); provided such Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive fees pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to extent allocable to its Pro Rata Share of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.22(d).

 

(B)  With respect to any fees not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) above, the Foreign Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iii) below, (y) pay to the Issuing Bank the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to the Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

(iii)                                Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure .  All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower Representative shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower Representative shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate

 

95



 

Revolving Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment.  No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

 

(iv)                               Cash Collateral .  If the reallocation described in clause (iii) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Foreign Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.22(d).

 

(b)                                  Defaulting Lender Cure .  If the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Bank agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the applicable Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iii), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

(c)                                   New Swing Line Loans/Letters of Credit .  So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swing Line Loan and (ii) no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

 

(d)                                  Cash Collateral .  At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) the Foreign Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 2.22(a)(iii) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.

 

(i)                                      Grant of Security Interest .  The Foreign Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, and agrees to maintain, a first

 

96



 

priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lenders’ obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit, to be applied pursuant to clause (ii) below.  If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Foreign Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

 

(ii)                                   Application .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.22 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

(iii)                                Termination of Requirement .  Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.22 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender) or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.22, the Person providing Cash Collateral and the Issuing Bank may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations; provided further that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the Foreign Borrower, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to the Credit Documents.

 

Section 2.23                              Removal or Replacement of a Lender .  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that:  (a) (i) any Lender (an “ Increased-Cost Lender ”) shall give notice to the Borrowers that such Lender is an Affected Lender or that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under Section 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20, (ii) the circumstances which have caused such Lender to be an Affected Lender or which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within five (5) Business Days after the Borrower Representative’s request for such withdrawal; or (b) (i) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, (ii) such Defaulting Lender’s default shall remain in effect and (iii) such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default as a result of which it has become a Defaulting Lender within five (5) Business Days after the Borrowers’ request that it cure such default; or (c) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 10.05(b), the consent of Required Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) whose consent is required shall not have been obtained; then, with respect to each such Increased-Cost Lender, Defaulting Lender or Non-Consenting Lender (the “ Terminated Lender ”), the Borrowers may, by giving

 

97



 

written notice to the Administrative Agent and any Terminated Lender of its election to do so, elect to cause such Terminated Lender (and such Terminated Lender hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Loans and its Revolving Commitments, if any, in full to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, a “ Replacement Lender ”) in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06 and the applicable Borrower shall pay the fees, if any, payable thereunder in connection with any such assignment from an Increased-Cost Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender or a Defaulting Lender; provided , that (i) on the date of such assignment, the Replacement Lender shall pay to the Terminated Lender an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Loans of the Terminated Lender, (B) an amount equal to all unreimbursed drawings on Letters of Credit that have been funded by such Terminated Lender, together with all then unpaid interest with respect thereto at such time and (C) an amount equal to all accrued but theretofore unpaid fees owing to such Terminated Lender pursuant to Section 2.11, such amounts to be calculated based on the Dollar Equivalent thereof with respect to the U.S. Term Loans or Revolving Commitments and based on the Euro Equivalent thereof with respect to the Foreign Term Loans; (ii) on the date of such assignment, the applicable Borrower shall pay any amounts payable to such Terminated Lender pursuant to Section 2.13(d), to the extent applicable, 2.18(c), 2.19 or 2.20; or otherwise as if it were a prepayment and (iii) in the event such Terminated Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender; provided , that the applicable Borrower may not make such election with respect to any Terminated Lender that is also an Issuing Bank unless, prior to the effectiveness of such election, the applicable Borrower shall have caused each outstanding Letter of Credit issued thereby to be cancelled.  Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender and the termination of such Terminated Lender’s Revolving Commitments, if any, such Terminated Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided , that any rights of such Terminated Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Terminated Lender. Each Lender agrees that if a Borrower exercises its option hereunder to cause an assignment by such Lender as a Non-Consenting Lender or Terminated Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled (but not obligated) and is authorized by each Lender (which authorization is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest) to execute and deliver such documentation as may be required to give effect to an assignment in accordance with Section 10.06 on behalf of a Non-Consenting Lender or Terminated Lender and any such documentation so executed by the Administrative Agent shall be effective for purposes of documenting an assignment pursuant to Section 10.06. Any Borrower’s right to replace a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.23 is, and shall be, in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other rights and remedies available to any Borrower against such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, at law, in equity or by statute.

 

Section 2.24                              Ancillary Facilities. (a)                            Type of Facility .  An Ancillary Facility may be by way of:  (i) an overdraft facility; (ii) a guarantee, bonding, documentary or stand-by letter of credit facility; (iii) a short term loan facility; (iv) a derivatives facility; (v) a foreign exchange facility; or (vi) any other facility or accommodation required in connection with the business of the Group and which is agreed by the Foreign Borrower with an Ancillary Lender.

 

98



 

(b)                                  Availability .

 

(i)                                      If the Foreign Borrower and a Lender agree and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, such Lender may provide an Ancillary Facility on a bilateral basis in place of all or part of that Lender’s unutilized Revolving Commitment (which, except for the purposes of determining the Required Lenders and for the purpose of Section 2.23, in each case, shall be reduced by the amount of the Ancillary Commitment under that Ancillary Facility).

 

(ii)                                   An Ancillary Facility shall not be made available unless, not later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Ancillary Commencement Date for such Ancillary Facility, the Administrative Agent has been notified in writing by the Borrower Representative that such Ancillary Facility has been established and specifying (A) the proposed Ancillary Commencement Date and expiration date of the Ancillary Facility, (B) the proposed type of Ancillary Facility to be provided, (C) the proposed Ancillary Lender, (D) the proposed Ancillary Commitment, the maximum amount of the Ancillary Facility and, if the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, its maximum gross amount (that amount being the “ Designated Gross Amount ”) and its maximum net amount (that amount being the “ Designated Net Amount ”), (E) the proposed currency of the Ancillary Facility (if not denominated in Euro or U.S. Dollars) and (F) the Revolving Commitments to which such Ancillary Facility relates, and the Borrower Representative shall have provided any other information which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the Ancillary Facility.

 

(iii)                                The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Ancillary Lender and the other Lenders of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility.  Subject to compliance with clause (b)(ii) above, (A) the Lender concerned will become an Ancillary Lender and (B) the Ancillary Facility will be available, with effect from the date agreed by the Borrower Representative and the Ancillary Lender.

 

(iv)                               No amendment or waiver of a term of any Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of any Lender other than the relevant Ancillary Lender unless such amendment or waiver itself relates to or gives rise to a matter which would require an amendment of or under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this Section 2.24).  In such a case, the provisions of this Agreement with regard to amendments and waivers will apply.

 

(c)                                   Terms of Ancillary Facilities .

 

(i)                                      Except as provided below, the terms of any Ancillary Facility will be those agreed by the Ancillary Lender and the Foreign Borrower; provided that such terms (A) must be based upon normal commercial terms at that time (except as varied by this Agreement); (B) may allow only the Foreign Borrower to use the Ancillary Facility; (C) may not allow the Ancillary Outstandings to exceed the Ancillary Commitment; and (D) shall require that the Ancillary Commitment shall be reduced to zero, and that all Ancillary Outstandings shall be repaid (or cash collateralized in a manner acceptable to the applicable Ancillary Lender) not later than the Revolving Commitment Termination Date (or such earlier date as the Revolving Commitment of the relevant Ancillary Lender is reduced to zero).

 

99



 

(ii)                                   If there is any inconsistency between any term of an Ancillary Facility and any term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail except for (A) Section 2.08(d) which shall not prevail for the purposes of calculating fees, interest or commission relating to an Ancillary Facility; (B) an Ancillary Facility comprising more than one account where the terms of the Ancillary Documents shall prevail to the extent required to permit the netting of balances on those accounts; and (C) where the relevant term of this Agreement would be contrary to, or inconsistent with, the law governing the relevant Ancillary Document, in which case that term of this Agreement shall not prevail.

 

(iii)                                Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities are dealt with in Sections 2.08(h) and 2.11(f).

 

(d)                                  Repayment of Ancillary Facilities .

 

(i)                                      An Ancillary Facility shall cease to be available on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date or such earlier date on which its expiration occurs or on which it is cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   If an Ancillary Facility expires in accordance with its terms, the Ancillary Commitment of the Ancillary Lender shall be reduced to zero (and such Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall be increased accordingly).

 

(iii)                                No Ancillary Lender may demand repayment or prepayment of any amounts or demand cash collateralization for any liabilities made available or incurred by it under its Ancillary Facility (except where the Ancillary Facility is provided on a net limit basis to the extent required to bring any gross outstandings down to the net limit) unless (A) the Revolving Commitments have been cancelled in full, or all outstanding applicable Revolving Loans have become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or the Administrative Agent has declared all outstanding applicable Revolving Loans immediately due and payable, or the expiration date of the Ancillary Facility occurs; (B) it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Ancillary Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in its Ancillary Facility; or (C) the Ancillary Outstandings (if any) under that Ancillary Facility can be refinanced by an applicable Revolving Loan and the Ancillary Lender gives sufficient notice to enable an applicable Revolving Loan to be made to refinance those Ancillary Outstandings.

 

(iv)                               For the purposes of determining whether or not the Ancillary Outstandings under an Ancillary Facility mentioned in clause (d)(iii)(C) above can be refinanced by an applicable Revolving Loan, (A) the Revolving Commitment of the Ancillary Lender will be increased by the amount of its Ancillary Commitment; and (B) the applicable Revolving Loan may (so long as clause (d)(iii)(A) above does not apply) be made irrespective of whether a Default or Event of Default is outstanding or any other applicable condition precedent is not satisfied (but only to the extent that the proceeds are applied in refinancing those Ancillary Outstandings) and irrespective of whether the Foreign Borrower shall have delivered a Borrowing Notice.

 

100



 

(v)                                  On the making of a Revolving Loan to refinance Ancillary Outstandings, (A) each Lender will participate in such Revolving Loan on a pro rata basis in accordance with its respective Revolving Commitment (as determined by the Administrative Agent); and (B) the relevant Ancillary Facility shall be cancelled.

 

(vi)                               In relation to an Ancillary Facility which comprises an overdraft facility where a Designated Net Amount has been established, the Ancillary Lender providing that Ancillary Facility shall only be obliged to take into account for the purposes of calculating compliance with the Designated Net Amount those credit balances which it is permitted to take into account by the then current law and regulations in relation to its reporting of exposures to applicable regulatory authorities as netted for capital adequacy purposes.

 

(e)                                   Ancillary Outstandings .  The Foreign Borrower and each Ancillary Lender agrees with and for the benefit of each Lender that (i) the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility provided by that Ancillary Lender shall not exceed the Ancillary Commitment applicable to that Ancillary Facility and where the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, Ancillary Outstandings under that Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount in respect of that Ancillary Facility; and (ii) where all or part of the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, the Ancillary Outstandings (calculated on the basis that the words in brackets in paragraph (a) of the definition of that term were deleted) shall not exceed the Designated Gross Amount applicable to that Ancillary Facility.

 

(f)                                    Information .  The Foreign Borrower and each Ancillary Lender shall, promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, supply the Administrative Agent with any information relating to the operation of an Ancillary Facility (including the Ancillary Outstandings) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time.  The Foreign Borrower consents to all such information being released to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

 

(g)                                   Revolving Commitment Amounts .  Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, each Lender shall ensure that at all times its Revolving Commitment is not less than its Ancillary Commitment.

 

Section 2.25                              Incremental Facilities .

 

(a)                                  Either Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent at any time after the Closing Date elect to request (A) prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, an increase to the existing Revolving Commitments (any such increase, the “ Incremental Revolving Commitments ”) and/or (B) the establishment of one or more new term loan commitments (the “ Incremental Term Loan Commitments ”), by an amount not in excess of the Incremental Amount and not less than $25,000,000 individually (or such lesser amount which shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), and integral multiples of $10,000,000 in excess of that amount.  Each such notice shall specify (A) the date (each, an “ Increased Amount Date ”) on which the applicable Borrower proposes that the Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, shall be effective, which shall be a date not

 

101



 

less than 10 Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (B) the identity of each Lender or other Person that is an Eligible Assignee (each, an “ Incremental Revolving Loan Lender ” or “ Incremental Term Loan Lender ”, as applicable) to whom such Borrower proposes any portion of such Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that the Administrative Agent may elect or decline to arrange such Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments in its sole discretion and any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide an Incremental Revolving Commitment or an Incremental Term Loan Commitment.  Such Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall become effective as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that (1) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable; (2) both before and after giving effect to the making of any Series of Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loans, each of the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 shall be satisfied; (3) the Parent shall be in pro forma compliance with Section 6.07 as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter after giving effect to such Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable (assuming that (x) any such Incremental Revolving Commitments are fully drawn and (y) the proceeds of such Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments are not included as unrestricted cash in the definition of “Consolidated Total Debt”); (4) the Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the applicable Borrower, the Incremental Revolving Loan Lender or Incremental Term Loan Lender, as applicable, and the Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and each Incremental Revolving Loan Lender and Incremental Term Loan Lender shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.20(c); (5) the applicable Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.18(c) in connection with the Incremental Revolving Commitments; (6) the applicable Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents (including modifications of Mortgages and title insurance endorsements or policies) as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction; and (7) the applicable Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses owing to the Agents and the Lenders in respect of such Incremental Revolving Commitments or Incremental Term Loan Commitments.  Any Incremental Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall be designated a separate series (a “ Series ”) of Incremental Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  On any Increased Amount Date on which Incremental Revolving Commitments are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (a) each of the Lenders with Revolving Commitments of the same Class shall assign to each of the Incremental Revolving Loan Lenders, and each of the Incremental Revolving Loan Lenders shall purchase from each of such Lenders, at the principal amount thereof (together with accrued interest), such interests in the applicable Revolving Loans outstanding on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Loans will be held by existing Lenders with Revolving Commitments of the same Class and Incremental Revolving Loan Lenders ratably in accordance with their

 

102



 

Revolving Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such Incremental Revolving Commitments to the Revolving Commitments of the applicable Class, (b) each Incremental Revolving Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Commitment of the applicable Class and each Loan made thereunder (an “ Incremental Revolving Loan ”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Loan of the applicable Class and (c) each Incremental Revolving Loan Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the Incremental Revolving Commitment and all matters relating thereto.

 

(c)                                   On any Increased Amount Date on which any Incremental Term Loan Commitments of any Series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each Incremental Term Loan Lender of any Series shall make a Loan to the applicable Borrower (an “ Incremental Term Loan ”) in an amount equal to its Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Series and (ii) each Incremental Term Loan Lender of any Series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Series and the Incremental Term Loans of such Series made pursuant thereto.

 

(d)                                  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receipt of the Borrower Representative’s notice of each Increased Amount Date and in respect thereof (y) the Incremental Revolving Commitments and the Incremental Revolving Loan Lenders or the Series of Incremental Term Loan Commitments and the Incremental Term Loan Lenders of such Series, as applicable and (z) in the case of each notice to any applicable Lender with Revolving Commitments, the respective interests in such Lender’s Revolving Loans, in each case subject to the assignments contemplated by this Section.

 

(e)                                   The terms and provisions of the Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments of any Series shall be, except as otherwise set forth herein or in the Joinder Agreement, identical to the Tranche B Term Loans of the same Class.  The terms and provisions of the Incremental Revolving Loans shall be identical to the Revolving Loans of the same Class.  In the case of any Incremental Term Loans, (i) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of all Incremental Term Loans of any Series shall be no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Tranche B Terms Loans ( provided that, in calculating the Weighted Average Life to Maturity, the effect of application of prepayments to future amortization payments shall be disregarded), (ii) the applicable Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the final maturity of the Tranche B Term Loans, and (iii) the yield and all other terms applicable to the Incremental Term Loans of each Series shall be determined by the Borrower Representative and the applicable new Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Joinder Agreement; provided , however , that the yield applicable to the Incremental Term Loans (after giving effect to all rate floors and all fees or original issue discount payable with respect to such Incremental Term Loans (and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any underwriting or similar fees), as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, shall not be greater than the applicable yield (including the Applicable Margin and rate floor and any original issue discount or fees payable in connection with the initial issuance of such Tranche B Term Loans of the same currency (but excluding for the avoidance of doubt any underwriting or similar fees))) payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as amended through the date of such calculation with respect to such Tranche B Term Loans, plus 0.50% per annum unless (i) the interest rate with respect to such Tranche B Term Loans of the same currency is increased so as to cause the then applicable interest rate under this Agreement on

 

103



 

such Tranche B Term Loans to be not more than 0.50% less than the yield then applicable to the Incremental Term Loans (after giving effect to all rate floors and all fees or original issue discount payable with respect to such Incremental Term Loans) and (ii) the interest rate with respect to Tranche B Term Loans in any other currency, Tranche A Term Loans and Revolving Loans is increased by an amount equal to the amount of any increase in the interest rate for such Tranche B Term Loans pursuant to clause (i).  Any Incremental Revolving Loans will be documented solely as an increase to the Revolving Commitments of the same Class without any change in terms, other than any change that is more favorable to the Revolving Lenders and applies equally to all Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments of the same Class.  Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any Lender other than the applicable Incremental Revolving Loan Lender or Incremental Term Loan Lender, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to effect the provisions of this Section 2.25.

 

Section 2.26                              Refinancing Amendment .

 

(a)   Any Borrower may from time to time, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.26, obtain from any Lender or any Refinancing Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or a portion of the Loans and Commitments of any Class then outstanding under this Agreement in the form of Other Refinancing Loans or Other Refinancing Commitments, in each case, pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (i) will rank pari passu or junior in right of payment and of security with the other Loans and Commitments hereunder; (ii) will have such pricing, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms as may be agreed by the applicable Borrower and the Lenders thereof; and (iii) may participate on a pro rata basis or on a less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory prepayments hereunder, as specified in the applicable Refinancing Amendment.

 

(b)   The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of legal opinions, board resolutions, officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 3.01. Any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred under this Section 2.26 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25,000,000. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Other Refinancing Loans and/or Other Refinancing Commitments). Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.26. This Section 2.26 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.17 or 10.05 to the contrary.

 

104



 

Section 2.27                              Extensions of Loans and Commitments .

 

(a)   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, pursuant to one or more written offers (each an “ Extension Offer ”) made from time to time by the applicable Borrower to all Lenders holding Loans and Commitments under any Class that is proposed to be extended under this Section 2.27, in each case on a pro rata basis (based on the relative principal amounts of the outstanding Loans of each Lender in such Class) and on the same terms to each such Lender, such Borrower may from time to time offer to extend the maturity date for, and otherwise modify the terms of, such Loans and/or Commitments (each such modification, an “ Extension ”).  In connection with each Extension, the applicable Borrower will provide the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders of the applicable Class) at least 10 days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice of such Extension, including the applicable Class or Classes to be extended and the requested new maturity date for the extended Loans of each such Class (each an “ Extended Maturity Date ”) and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be reasonably established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.27.

 

(b)   After giving effect to any Extension, the Term Loans or Revolving Commitments so extended shall cease to be a part of the Class that they were a part of immediately prior to the Extension and shall be a new Class hereunder; provided that at no time shall there be more than three different Classes of Term Loans and three different classes of Revolving Commitments; provided further , that, in the case of any Extension Amendment relating to Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans, (i) all borrowings and all prepayments of Revolving Loans shall continue to be made on a ratable basis among all Revolving Lenders, based on the relative amounts of their Revolving Commitments, until the repayment of the Revolving Loans attributable to the non-extended Revolving Commitments on the relevant maturity date, (ii) the allocation of the participation exposure with respect to any then-existing or subsequently issued or made Letter of Credit or Swing Line Loan as between the Revolving Commitments of such new “Class” and the remaining Revolving Commitments shall be made on a ratable basis in accordance with the relative amounts thereof until the maturity date relating to such non-extended Revolving Commitments has occurred, (iii) no termination of Extended Revolving Commitments and no repayment of Extended Revolving Loans accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in Extended Revolving Commitments shall be permitted unless such termination or repayment (and corresponding reduction) is accompanied by at least a pro rata termination or permanent repayment (and corresponding pro rata permanent reduction), as applicable, of the Existing Revolving Loans and Existing Revolving Commitments (or all Existing Revolving Commitments of such Class and related Existing Revolving Loans shall have otherwise been terminated and repaid in full) and (iv) with respect to Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans, the maturity date with respect to the Revolving Commitments may not be extended without the prior written consent of the Issuing Bank and the Swing Line Lender.

 

(c)   The consummation and effectiveness of each Extension shall be subject to the following:

 

105



 

(i)   no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time any Extension Offer is delivered to the Lenders or at the time of such Extension;

 

(ii)   the Term Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, of any Lender extended pursuant to any Extension (as applicable, “ Extended Term Loans ” or “ Extended Revolving Commitments ”) shall have the same terms as the Class of Term Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, subject to the related Extension Amendment (as applicable, “ Existing Term Loans ” or “ Existing Revolving Commitments ”); except (A) the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments of a Class to be extended pursuant to an Extension shall be later than the maturity date of the Class of Existing Term Loans or Existing Revolving Commitments, as applicable, subject to the related Extension Amendment, and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments of a Class to be extended pursuant to an Extension shall be no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Class of Existing Term Loans or Existing Revolving Commitments, as applicable, subject to the related Extension Amendment; (B) the all-in pricing (including, without limitation, margins, fees and premiums) with respect to the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, may be higher or lower than the all-in pricing (including, without limitation, margins, fees and premiums) for the Existing Term Loans or Existing Revolving Commitments, as applicable; (C) the revolving credit commitment fee rate with respect to the Extended Revolving Commitments may be higher or lower than the revolving credit commitment fee rate for Existing Revolving Commitments, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (D) any Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not greater than pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Extension Offer; and (E) the other terms and conditions applicable to Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Commitments may be terms different than those with respect to the Existing Term Loans or Existing Revolving Commitments, as applicable, so long as such terms and conditions only apply after the latest maturity of the Class of Existing Term Loans or Existing Revolving Commitments, as applicable, subject to the Extension Amendment;

 

(iii)   all documentation in respect of such Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing;

 

(iv)   a minimum amount in respect of such Extension (to be determined in applicable Borrower’s discretion and specified in the relevant Extension Offer, but in no event less than $25,000,000, unless another amount is agreed to by Administrative Agent) shall be satisfied; and

 

(v)   no Extension shall become effective unless, on the proposed effective date of such Extension, the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 shall be satisfied (with all references in such Section to a Credit Date being deemed to be references to the Extension on the applicable date of such Extension), and the Administrative Agent shall

 

106



 

have received a certificate to that effect dated the applicable date of such Extension and executed by an Authorized Officer of the applicable Borrower.

 

(d)   For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that the provisions of Section 2.17 and Section 10.5 will not apply to Extensions of Term Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, pursuant to Extension Offers made pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.27, including to any payment of interest or fees in respect of any Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, that have been extended pursuant to an Extension at a rate or rates different from those paid or payable in respect of Loans of any other Class, in each case as is set forth in the relevant Extension Offer.

 

(e)   The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments (collectively, “ Extension Amendments ”) to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.27 , including any amendments necessary to treat the applicable Loans and/or Commitments of the extending Lenders as a new “Class” of loans and/or commitments hereunder; provided however , no Extension Amendment may provide for any Class of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments to be secured by any Collateral or other assets of any Loan Party that does not also secure the Existing Term Loans or Existing Revolving Commitments.

 

(f)   Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any Extension, (i) the appropriate Loan Parties shall (at their expense) amend (and the Administrative Agent is hereby directed to amend) any Mortgage (or any other Loan Document that Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent reasonably requests to be amended to reflect an Extension) that has a maturity date prior to the latest Extended Maturity Date so that such maturity date is extended to the then latest Extended Maturity Date (or such later date as may be advised by local counsel to the Administrative Agent), deliver title dated on or endorsements with respect to any Title Policies insuring such Mortgages and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent together with evidence of payment thereof and deliver customary opinions of counsel with respect to such Mortgage amendments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the collateral agent and (ii) the applicable Borrower shall deliver board resolutions, secretary’s certificates, officer’s certificates and other documents as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith and a legal opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 2.28                              Appointment of Borrower Representative .

 

The U.S. Borrower hereby appoints the Borrower Representative as its agent, attorney-in-fact and representative for the administrative purposes of (a) making any borrowing requests or other requests required under this Agreement, (b) the giving and receipt of notices by and to the Borrowers under this Agreement, (c) the delivery of all documents, reports, financial statements and written materials required to be delivered by either Borrower under this Agreement and (d) all other administrative purposes incidental to any of the foregoing.  The U.S. Borrower agrees that any action taken by the Borrower Representative as the agent,

 

107



 

attorney-in-fact and representative of the Borrowers shall be binding upon the U.S. Borrower to the same extent as if directly taken by the U.S. Borrower.

 

ARTICLE III.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Section 3.01                              Closing Date.   The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.05, of the following conditions on or before the Closing Date:

 

(a)                                  Loan Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received each Loan Document required to be executed on the Closing Date originally executed and delivered by each applicable Loan Party, including, the delivery of a Counterpart Agreement for each Significant Subsidiary of the Group.

 

(b)                                  Organizational Documents; Incumbency .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) copies of each Organizational Document executed and delivered by each Loan Party, as applicable, and, to the extent applicable, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental official, each dated the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto; (ii) corporate certificates incorporating, without limitation, signature and incumbency certificates of the officers and/or directors of such Person executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party; (iii) resolutions (or similar documents) approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, certified (to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice) as of the Closing Date by its secretary, its assistant secretary, director or any other duly authorized officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (iv) to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice, the Loan Party’s Organizational Documents or internal regulations, a copy of resolutions signed by all holders of the issued share capital of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary or other duly authorized officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (v) to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice, a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation and in each jurisdiction in which it is qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity to do business, each dated a recent date prior to the Closing Date; and (vi) such other similar certificates and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

(c)                                   Organizational and Capital Structure Chart .  The organizational structure and capital structure of the Group, after giving effect to the Transactions, shall be as set forth on Schedule 4.01.

 

(d)                                  Capitalization of the Group; Concurrent Transactions .  On or before the Closing Date, the Interim Loan Agreement and all other agreements and documents contemplated thereby shall have been entered into in and shall be effective and the Foreign

 

108



 

Borrower shall have received, or substantially concurrently with the initial borrowings under this Agreement shall receive the proceeds of the Interim Loans on the Closing Date in an aggregate amount of not less than $1,000,000,000.

 

(e)                                   Refinanced Indebtedness .  On the Closing Date, the Group shall have (i) repaid, repurchased, retired or redeemed in full all Refinanced Indebtedness (other than the Existing Grifols Notes) and all Existing Grifols Notes shall have been irrevocably called for early redemption and satisfied and discharged or defeased pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Existing Grifols Notes, (ii) terminated any commitments to lend or make other extensions of credit under the Refinanced Indebtedness, (iii) delivered to the Administrative Agent all documents or instruments necessary to release all Liens securing the Refinanced Indebtedness or other obligations of the Group thereunder being repaid on the Closing Date and (iv) made arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to the cancellation of any letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the issuance of Letters of Credit to support the obligations of the Group with respect thereto.

 

(f)                                    Governmental Authorizations and Consents .  Each Loan Party shall have obtained all Governmental Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary in connection with the financing contemplated by the Loan Documents, and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(g)                                   U.S. Personal Property Collateral .  In order to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid, perfected first priority security interest in the personal property Collateral of each U.S. Loan Party, each U.S. Loan Party shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent:

 

(i)                                      a fully executed U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement, together with all necessary attachments contemplated thereby;

 

(ii)                                   a completed Perfection Certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed by an Authorized Officer of each of the Borrowers, together with all attachments contemplated thereby;

 

(iii)                                fully executed and notarized Intellectual Property Security Agreements, in proper form for filing or recording in all appropriate places in all applicable jurisdictions, memorializing and recording the encumbrance of the Intellectual Property Assets listed in Schedule 5.2(II) to the U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement;

 

(iv)                               opinions of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) with respect to the creation and perfection of the security interests in favor of the Collateral Agent in such Collateral and such other matters governed by the laws of each jurisdiction in which any such Loan Party or any personal property Collateral is located as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, including

 

109



 

opinions of counsel in respect of the validity and enforceability of each foreign law share pledge agreement;

 

(v)                                  evidence that each such Loan Party shall have taken or caused to be taken any other action, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and delivered any other agreement, document and instrument (including any amendments to the articles of incorporation or other constitutional documents of agreements of each Loan Party pursuant to which any restrictions or inhibitions relating to the enforcement of any security by the Security Documents are removed) and made or caused to be made any other filing and recording (other than as set forth herein) or other security perfection required under the Security Documents or reasonably required by the Collateral Agent; and

 

(vi)                               evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that the Borrower Representative has retained, at its sole cost and expense, a service provider acceptable to the Collateral Agent for the tracking of all of UCC financing statements of the Loan Parties and that shall provide notification to the Collateral Agent of, among other things, the upcoming lapse or expiration thereof.

 

(h)                                  Foreign Law Security Documents .  The Collateral Agent shall have received each Foreign Law Security Document originally executed and delivered by each applicable Loan Party and each other document or instrument (including customary local law legal opinions) required by the Collateral Agent to be delivered in order to ensure the validity and perfection of each such Foreign Law Security Document (including in the case of the Irish Security Documents, copies of the relevant Companies Registration Office Filings (forms C1)).  The Spanish Security shall be formalized as a Spanish Public Document before a Spanish public notary.

 

(i)                                      Financial Statements; Projections; Marketing Materials .  The Arrangers shall have received from the Borrowers:

 

(i)                                      (A) the Historical Financial Statements, (B) pro forma balance sheets and consolidated statements of income of the Parent for the most recently completed fiscal year and the most recently completed four-fiscal quarter period ended at least forty-five (45) days prior to the Closing Date, in each case prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transaction had occurred as of the last day of such fiscal year or such four-fiscal quarter period (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such fiscal year or such four-fiscal quarter period (in the case of such other financial statements), which pro forma financial statements shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers and (C) the Projections.

 

(ii)                                   One or more information packages reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers (the “ Confidential Information Memorandum ”) regarding the business, operations, financial projections and prospects of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, and other marketing materials reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers to be used in connection with the syndication of the Loans and Commitments hereunder, including versions of the Confidential Information Memorandum that do not contain material non-

 

110



 

public information concerning the Parent, its Affiliates or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws and any similarly applicable European laws.

 

(j)                                     Evidence of Insurance .  The Collateral Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.05 is in full force and effect, together with endorsements naming the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, as additional insured and loss payee thereunder to the extent required under Section 5.05.

 

(k)                                  Opinions of Counsel to Loan Parties .  The Agents and the Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received originally executed copies of the favorable written opinions of (i) Proskauer Rose LLP, as New York and Delaware counsel to the Loan Parties, (ii) Osborne Clarke, as Spanish counsel to the Loan Parties, (iii) Matheson, as Irish counsel to the Loan Parties and (iv) Hunton & Williams LLP, as Virginia counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Closing Date (and each Loan Party hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to the Agents and the Lenders).

 

(l)                                      Fees .  The Borrowers shall have paid to the Agents payable on the Closing Date as set forth in the Fee Letter and all other amounts payable pursuant to any other fee letter agreed to by the Borrowers, whether for expenses or otherwise.

 

(m)                              Solvency Certificate .  On the Closing Date the Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate from the chief financial officer of the Parent in the form of Exhibit E-2 certifying that, after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are solvent.

 

(n)                                  Closing Date Certificate .  The Parent shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an originally executed Closing Date Certificate, together with all attachments thereto, and which shall include certifications to the effect that each of the conditions precedent described in this Section 3.01 (except as otherwise expressly provided) shall have been satisfied on the Closing Date (except that no opinion need be expressed as to the Administrative Agent’s or Required Lenders’ satisfaction with any document, instrument or other matter).

 

(o)                                  Ancillary Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received true and correct copies of the Interim Loan Agreement, and such Interim Loan Agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(p)                                  Credit Rating .  The Parent shall have been assigned a public corporate family rating from Moody’s and a public corporate credit rating from S&P and the Loans shall have been assigned a public credit rating from each of Moody’s and S&P.

 

(q)                                  No Litigation .  There shall not exist any injunction preventing the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date.

 

111



 

(r)                                     Completion of Proceedings .  All partnership, corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the Transactions and all documents incidental thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

(s)                                    Flow of Funds; Letter of Direction .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a funds flow memorandum and duly executed letter of direction from the Borrower Representative addressed to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, directing the disbursement on the Closing Date of the proceeds of the Loans made on such date.

 

(t)                                     Bank Regulatory Information .  At least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date (or such shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), the Lenders shall have received all documentation, including supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001), the “ PATRIOT Act ”); provided that such documentation and other information was requested not less than 12 days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(u)                                  No Material Adverse Change .  Since December 31, 2012, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(v)                                  Total Consolidated Debt .  The Parent shall be in pro forma compliance with the Leverage Ratio as set forth in Section 6.07, after giving effect to the Transactions, for the four Fiscal-Quarter period most recently ended prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are required to be delivered hereunder.

 

Section 3.02                              Conditions to Each Credit Extension .  (a)  Conditions Precedent .  The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, or the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit, on any Credit Date, including the Closing Date, are subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.05, of the following conditions precedent:

 

(i)                                      the Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed and delivered Borrowing Notice or Issuance Notice, as the case may be;

 

(ii)                                   after making the Credit Extensions requested on such Credit Date, the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect;

 

(iii)                                as of such Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of that Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided , that to the extent

 

112



 

any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects;

 

(iv)                               as of such Credit Date, no event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the applicable Credit Extension that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default; and

 

(v)                                  on or before the date of issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall have received all other information required by the applicable Issuance Notice, and such other documents or information as the Issuing Bank may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit.

 

The Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall be entitled, but not obligated to, request and receive, prior to the making of any Credit Extension, additional information reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party confirming the satisfaction of any of the foregoing if, in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders such request is warranted under the circumstances.

 

(b)                                  Notices .  Any Notice shall be executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower Representative or the applicable Borrower in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

In order to induce the Lenders and the Issuing Bank to enter into this Agreement and to make each Credit Extension to be made thereby, each Loan Party represents and warrants to each Lender and the Issuing Bank, on the Closing Date and on each other Credit Date (including the Closing Date) that the following statements are true and correct:

 

Section 4.01                              Organization; Structure Chart; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification .  Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, duly incorporated, validly existing and, if applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization as identified on Schedule 4.01 , (b) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby and (c) is qualified to do business and, if applicable, in good standing in every jurisdiction where any material portion of its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its material business and operations, except, in the case of clauses (b) and (c), where the failure to have such power and authority or to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.02                              Equity Interests and Ownership .  The Equity Interests of each Group Member have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.02 , as of the Closing Date, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which any Group Member is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Equity Interests of any Group Member outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by any Group Member of any

 

113



 

additional membership interests or other Equity Interests of any Group Member or other Securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Equity Interests of any Group Member.  Schedule 4.02 correctly sets forth the ownership interest of each Group Member in their respective Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions.

 

Section 4.03                              Due Authorization .  The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of each Loan Party that is a party thereto.

 

Section 4.04                              No Conflict .  The execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not (a) violate (i) any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to any Group Member, (ii) any of the Organizational Documents of any Group Member or (iii) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on any Group Member, except to the extent any violation of (i) or (iii) above could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Material Contract of any Group Member except to the extent such conflict, breach or default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of any Group Member (other than any Liens created under any of the Loan Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties); or (d) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member, except for such approvals or consents which have been obtained on or before the Closing Date and disclosed in writing to the Lenders and except for any such approvals or consents the failure of which to obtain will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.05                              Governmental Consents .  The execution, delivery and performance by Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority or payment of any stamp, registration, notarial or similar taxes or fees, except for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing and/or recordation or to the extent required to create valid security and except for those not material to the operations or financial condition of the Loan Parties or the rights of the Secured Parties.

 

Section 4.06                              Binding Obligation .  Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership, reorganization, appointment of a receiver moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

 

Section 4.07                              Historical Financial Statements .  The Historical Financial Statements were prepared in conformity with IFRS and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial

 

114



 

position, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.  As of the Closing Date, no Group Member has any material contingent liability or liability for Taxes, long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment that is not reflected in the Historical Financial Statements or the notes thereto and which in any such case is material in relation to the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.08                              Projections .  The projections of the Group for the period of Fiscal Year 2014 through and including Fiscal Year 2018 most recently provided to the Arrangers prior to the Closing Date (the “ Projections ”) are based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the management of the Parent to be reasonable; provided , that the Projections are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by the Projections may differ from such Projections and that the differences may be material.

 

Section 4.09                              No Material Adverse Change .  Since December 31, 2012, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.10                              Adverse Proceedings, Etc. .  There are no Adverse Proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Group Member (a) is in violation of any applicable laws (including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.11                              Payment of Taxes .  Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.03, all Tax returns and reports of the Group required to be filed by any of them have been accurately and timely filed, and all Taxes due and payable and all assessments, fees, Taxes and other governmental charges upon any Group Members and their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable, except for those Taxes which are being actively contested by such Group Member in good faith and for which the relevant Group Member has established adequate reserves, if any, in accordance with IFRS, and except to the extent that the failure to file such return or report or make such payment would not have a material effect on the operations of the Loan Parties or on the rights of the Secured Parties.  There is no proposed or threatened material Tax assessment against any Group Member which is not being actively contested by such Group Member in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided , that such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made or provided therefor.

 

115



 

Section 4.12                              Properties .

 

(a)                                  Title .  Each Group Member has (i) good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in real property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), (iii) valid licensed rights in (in the case of licensed interests in Intellectual Property) and (iv) good title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective properties and assets reflected in their respective Historical Financial Statements referred to in Section 4.07 and in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, in each case except for assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements in the ordinary course of business, or as otherwise permitted under Sections 6.08.  Except for Permitted Liens, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens.

 

(b)                                  Real Estate .  Schedule 4.12 contains, to the best knowledge of the Borrowers, a true, accurate and complete list of all Material Real Estate Assets as of the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   Flood Zone Properties .  No Mortgage encumbers “improved real property” as defined in the Flood Program that is located in a Flood Zone (except any such property as to which flood insurance has been obtained and is in full force and effect as required by Section 5.13(d) of this Agreement).

 

Section 4.13                              Environmental Matters .  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (a) each Group Member is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and, to each Borrower’s knowledge, any past noncompliance has been resolved without any pending, on-going or future obligation or cost; (b) each Group Member has obtained and maintained in full force and effect all Governmental Authorizations required pursuant to Environmental Laws for the operation of their respective business; (c) to each Borrower’s knowledge, there are, and have been, no conditions, occurrences, violations of Environmental Law, or presence or Releases of Hazardous Materials which, in each case, could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Group Member or related to any Real Estate Assets; (d) there are no pending Environmental Claims against any Group Member, and no Group Member has received any written notification of any alleged violation of, or liability pursuant to, Environmental Law or responsibility for the Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials; and (e) no Lien imposed pursuant to any Environmental Law has attached to any Collateral and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no conditions exist that would reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of such a Lien on any Collateral.

 

Section 4.14                              Health Care Regulatory Matters .

 

(a)                                  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party is, and since January 1, 2011 has been, in compliance with all Health Care Laws applicable to the Loan Party’s business or by which any property, business product or other asset of the Loan Party is bound or affected.  “ Health Care Laws ” means all laws of the United States or any Loan Party’s Relevant Jurisdiction with respect to regulatory matters primarily relating to patient healthcare, including, without limitation, such laws pertaining to:  (i) any federal health care program (as such term is defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f)), including those pertaining to providers of goods or services that are paid for by any federal health care program, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. §

 

116



 

1320a-7b(b)), the Stark Law (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), the administrative False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), exclusion from participation in federal health care programs (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7),  civil monetary penalties with respect to federal health care programs (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), and the Public Health Service Act (“PHSA”) (42 U.S.C. §§ 201 et seq.); (ii) the general federal anti-fraud statute related to healthcare benefit programs (18 U.S.C. §1347); (iii) the privacy and security of patient-identifying health care information, including, without limitation, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996; (iv) the research, testing, production, manufacturing, transfer, distribution and sale of drugs and medical devices, including, without limitation, the United States Food Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.); (v) the hiring of employees or the acquisition of services or supplies from individuals or entities that have been excluded from government health care programs; and (vi) Governmental Authorizations required to be held by individuals and entities involved in the manufacture and delivery of health care items and services; and with respect to the foregoing,  all regulations promulgated thereunder, and equivalent applicable laws of other applicable Governmental Authorities, and each of clauses (i) through (vi) as may be amended from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party is a party to any corporate integrity agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, or similar agreements with or imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

(c)                                   (i) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party meets all of the applicable requirements of participation in, and payment of, Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE, any other state, federal or foreign government health care programs, and any other public or private third party payor programs (collectively, “ Third Party Payor Programs ”) that the Loan Party, as applicable, participates in or receives payment from.  (ii) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party is or since January 1, 2011 has been excluded from participation in any Third Party Payor Programs, and there is no audit, claim review, or other action pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened which could reasonably be expected to result in the exclusion of any Loan Party from any Third Party Payor Program and no Loan Party has received notice of any such audit, claim review or other action.  (iii) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no audit, claim review, or other action pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened which could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of penalties or the exclusion of any Loan Party from any Third Party Payor Program and no Loan Party has received notice of any such audit, claim review or other action.  (iv) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) since January 1, 2011, all reports, documents, claims, and notices required to be filed, maintained or furnished to any Governmental Authority by any Loan Party under any Third Party Payor Programs have been so filed, maintained or furnished and (B) all such reports, documents, claims and notices were complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent filing).

 

117



 

(d)                                  No Loan Party, or its officers or employees, or to its knowledge, all agents acting on its behalf, has been convicted of any crime or, to the Loan Party’s knowledge, engaged in any conduct, that could result in a material debarment or exclusion under 21 U.S.C. § 335a or any similar state or foreign law, rule or regulation that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the date hereof, no claims, actions, proceedings or investigations that would reasonably be expected to result in such a material debarment or exclusion are, to the Loan Party’s knowledge, pending or threatened against any Loan Party or its officers or employees, or all agents acting on its behalf.

 

(e)                                   Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (i) each Loan Party possesses and is operating in compliance with Governmental Authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate Governmental Authorities reasonably necessary to conduct its business, including without limitation all those that may be required by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“ FDA ”) or any other Governmental Authority engaged in the regulation of pharmaceuticals, medical devices, biologics, cosmetics or biohazardous materials (“ Regulatory Permits ”); (ii) all such Regulatory Permits are valid and in full force and effect; (iii) all applications, notifications, submissions, information, claims, reports and statistics, and other data and conclusions derived therefrom, utilized as the basis for or submitted in connection with any and all requests for a Regulatory Permit, when submitted to the Governmental Authority were true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the date of submission and any necessary or required updates, changes, corrections or modification to such applications, submissions, information and data have been submitted to the Governmental Authority; and (iv) there is no Governmental Authority action pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened which could reasonably be expected to limit, revoke, suspend or materially modify any Regulatory Permit.

 

(f)                                    Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2011, no Loan Party has received from the FDA or any other Governmental Authority any inspection reports, notices of adverse findings, warning or untitled letters, or other correspondence concerning any drugs, biologics or medical devices manufactured or sold by or on behalf of a Loan Party (“ Loan Party Products ”) in which any Governmental Authority alleges or asserts a failure to comply with applicable Health Care Laws, or that such products may not be safe, effective or approvable.

 

(g)                                   Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2011, no Loan Party has had any product or manufacturing site (whether owned by the Loan Party or that of a contract manufacturer for Loan Party products) subject to a Governmental Authority (including FDA) shutdown or import or export prohibition.

 

(h)                                  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2011, no Loan Party has had (i) any recalls, field notifications, field corrections, market withdrawals or replacements, warnings, “dear doctor” letters, investigator notices, safety alerts or other notice of action relating to an alleged lack of safety, efficacy, or regulatory compliance of the Loan Parties’ Products issued by the Loan Parties (“ Safety Notices ”) or (ii) to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, any material complaints

 

118



 

with respect to the Loan Parties’ products that are currently unresolved. Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, there are no facts that would be reasonably likely to result in (A) a Safety Notice with respect to the Loan Parties’ Products; or (B) a termination or suspension of marketing or testing of any of the Loan Parties’ Products.

 

Section 4.15                              No Defaults .  No Group Member is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its Material Contracts, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or any grace period or both, could constitute such a default, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.16                              Governmental Regulation .  No Group Member is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.  No Group Member is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Section 4.17                              Margin Stock .  No portion of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used in any manner that causes or might cause such Credit Extension or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Exchange Act.

 

Section 4.18                              Employee Benefit Plans .  Each Group Member and each material Employee Benefit Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) is in material compliance with all provisions and requirements of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan.  Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service indicating that such Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified and to the knowledge of the Group Members, nothing has occurred subsequent to the issuance of such determination letter which would cause such Employee Benefit Plan to lose its qualified status.  No material liability to the PBGC (other than required premium payments), the Internal Revenue Service, any Employee Benefit Plan (other than in the ordinary course) or any trust established under Title IV of ERISA has been or, to the knowledge of the Group Members, is expected to be incurred by any Group Member or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates with respect to any Pension Plan.  No ERISA Event that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Group Member or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, has occurred or, to the knowledge of the Group Members, is reasonably expected to occur.  The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under the Pension Plans sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any Group Member or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (determined as of the end of the most recent plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in the most recent actuarial valuation for such Pension Plan) do not exceed the aggregate current fair market value of the assets of such Pension Plans by an amount greater than $50,000,000.  As

 

119



 

of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan, the potential liability of the Group and its ERISA Affiliates for a complete withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan (within the meaning of Section 4203 or Section 4205 of ERISA), when aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal from all Multiemployer Plans, is $50,000,000.  Each Group Member and each of their ERISA Affiliates have materially complied with the requirements of Section 515 of ERISA with respect to each Multiemployer Plan and, to the knowledge of the Group Members, are not in material “default” (as defined in Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with respect to material payments to a Multiemployer Plan.  Each Foreign Plan has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and with the material requirements of any applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority.  Each Foreign Plan which is required under applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority has been maintained and operated in all material respects with the applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders.

 

Section 4.19                              Solvency .  The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are and, upon the incurrence of any Obligation by any Loan Party on any date on which this representation and warranty is made, shall be, Solvent.

 

Section 4.20                              Compliance with Statutes, Etc. .  Each Group Member is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its assets and property, except such non-compliance that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.21                              Disclosure .  No representation or warranty of any Loan Party contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document or in any other documents, certificates or written statements furnished to any Agent, Arranger or Lender by any Group Member (or by its agents on its behalf) for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact (known to it, or to either Borrower in the case of any document not furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made, except to the extent such statement or omission was subsequently disclosed or corrected.  Any projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Group Member to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results and such differences may be material.  There are no facts known (or which should upon the reasonable exercise of diligence be known) to such Group Member (other than matters of a general economic nature) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect to such Group Member and that have not been disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

120



 

Section 4.22                              PATRIOT Act; OFAC.

 

(a)                                  To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) the PATRIOT Act (“ Anti-Terrorism Laws ”).  No part of the proceeds of the Loans or other extensions of credit, or the application thereof, will be in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

(b)                                  None of the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Borrower or Parent, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) and the Parent and its Subsidiaries will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

Section 4.23                              Intellectual Property.

 

(a)                                  Each of the Loan Parties is the owner of its right, title, and interest in and to all Material Intellectual Property owned by the Loan Parties and owns or, pursuant to an agreement, has the valid right to use, all Material Intellectual Property used in or reasonably necessary to conduct its business, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens, except where failure to own or have the right to use, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  All Material Intellectual Property of each Loan Party is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and each Loan Party has performed all legally required acts and has paid all renewal, maintenance, and other fees and taxes legally required to maintain the Material Intellectual Property of such Loan Party in full force and effect, except where failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Since January 1, 2011, no holding, decision, ruling, or judgment has been rendered in any action or proceeding before any court or administrative authority challenging the validity, enforceability, or scope of, or any Loan Party’s right to register, own or use, any Material Intellectual Property of any Loan Party, and no such action or proceeding is pending in writing or, to the knowledge of such Loan Party, threatened orally.  All registrations, issuances and applications for Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks of each Loan Party that constitute Material Intellectual Property are standing in the name of such Loan Party.  To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, the use of Material Intellectual Property by each Loan Party in the current conduct of the business does not infringe, dilute, misappropriate or otherwise violate the rights of any Person, except where such infringement, dilution, misappropriation or other violation, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, each Loan Party uses, in its reasonable business judgment, to the extent legally required, appropriate statutory notice of registration in connection with its use of registered Trademarks, proper marking practices in connection with its use of Patents, and appropriate notice of copyright in connection with the

 

121



 

publication of Copyrights, in each case constituting Material Intellectual Property, except where failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each Loan Party has taken commercially reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality of its Trade Secrets included in the Material Intellectual Property materially in accordance with industry standards.  Each Loan Party has taken reasonable action to ensure that all licensees of the Trademarks owned by such Loan Party and included in the Material Intellectual Property comply with such Loan Party’s standards of quality.

 

(c)                                   To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, (i) the conduct of each Loan Party’s business does not infringe, dilute, misappropriate, or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property right of any other Person, and (ii) since January 1, 2011, (x) no written claim has been made that the use of any Material Intellectual Property owned or used by any Loan Party infringes, misappropriates, dilutes or otherwise violates the asserted rights of any other Person, and (y) no written communication that any Loan Party should enter into an intellectual property license or co-existence agreement has been made, and in the case of (x) and (y), not resolved.  To each Loan Party’s knowledge, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, diluting or otherwise violating any rights in any Material Intellectual Property owned, licensed or used by such Loan Party.

 

(d)                                  Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, nor the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will alter materially, impair or otherwise affect any ownership, contractual or other right of any Loan Party in any Material Intellectual Property, except where the execution, delivery or performance, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                   Each Loan Party has taken commercially reasonable measures to maintain the secrecy and security of its and its Subsidiaries material proprietary Software, networks and databases.

 

Section 4.24                              Ranking; Security .

 

(a)                                  Each Loan Party’s obligations under the Loan Documents ranks at least pari passu with all of its other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations, other than those that are mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

(b)                                  Each Security Document creates the security interest that it purports to create and such security interests are valid and effective in all material respects.

 

Section 4.25                              Centre of Main Interests and Establishments .  Each Loan Party whose jurisdiction of incorporation is in a member state of the European Union has its “centre of main interest” (as that term is used in Article 3(l) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000 on Insolvency Proceedings, as amended from time to time (the “ Regulation ”)) in its jurisdiction of incorporation at the location of its registered office and has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

122



 

Section 4.26                              Enforcement and Relevant Jurisdiction .  Except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, dissolution, examinership, winding-up, receivership, liquidation, administration, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability, or by public policy, due process, choice of law or other similar principles, any judgment obtained in relation to a Loan Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of such Loan Document will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction.  No Lender is or will be deemed to be a resident of, domiciled in or carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Loan Document.

 

ARTICLE V.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that, on and after the Closing Date, until the Discharge of Obligations, such Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

Section 5.01                              Financial Statements and Other Reports .  In the case of the Borrower Representative, deliver to the Administrative Agent (which shall furnish to each Lender):

 

(a)                                  Quarterly Financial Statements .  As soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year (other than the last Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year) or, if earlier, five (5) days after the date required to be filed with the SEC, without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs, the consolidated balance sheets of the Group as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Group for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, commencing with the first Fiscal Quarter for which such corresponding figures are available, all in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification and a Narrative Report with respect thereto;

 

(b)                                  Annual Financial Statements .  As soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year (or, if earlier, the date required to be filed with the SEC, without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC), commencing with the Fiscal Year in which the Closing Date occurs, (i) the consolidated balance sheets of the Group as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Group for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year, commencing with the first Fiscal Year for which such corresponding figures are available, in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification and a Narrative Report with respect thereto; and (ii) with respect to such consolidated financial statements a report thereon of an independent certified public accountant of recognized national standing selected by the Parent, and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which report and/or the accompanying financial statements shall be unqualified as to going concern and scope of audit, and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at the dates indicated and the results of their

 

123



 

operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with IFRS applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) together with a written statement by such independent certified public accountants stating (A) that their audit examination has included a review of the terms of Section 6.07 of this Agreement and the related definitions, (B) whether, in connection therewith, any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default with respect to Section 6.07 has come to their attention and, if such a condition or event has come to their attention, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and (C) that nothing has come to their attention that causes them to believe that the information contained in any Compliance Certificate is not correct or that the matters set forth in such Compliance Certificate are not stated in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

(c)                                   Compliance Certificate; Guarantor Coverage Certificate .  (i) Together with each delivery of financial statements of the Group pursuant to Section 5.01(a), a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate, (ii) together with each delivery of financial statements of the Group pursuant to Section 5.01(b), a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate and a duly executed and completed Guarantor Coverage Certificate and (iii) on the date that is forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, a duly executed and completed Guarantor Coverage Certificate; provided , that if the first such applicable date set forth in clause (ii) would be prior to the date that is forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, such duly executed and completed Guarantor Coverage Certificate pursuant to clause (ii) shall only be required to be delivered upon the next scheduled delivery date thereof;

 

(d)                                  Statements of Reconciliation after Change in Accounting Principles .  If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the Historical Financial Statements related to the Parent prior to giving effect to the Transactions, the consolidated financial statements of the Group delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) shall differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(e)                                   Notice of Event of Default .  Promptly upon any officer of any Loan Party obtaining knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or that notice has been given to any Loan Party with respect thereto; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in Section 8.01(b); or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of an Authorized Officer specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, Default, event or condition, and what action the applicable Group Member has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

124



 

(f)                                    Notice of Litigation .  Promptly upon any officer of any Loan Party obtaining knowledge of (i) any Adverse Proceeding not previously disclosed in writing by the Borrower Representative to the Lenders or (ii) any development in any Adverse Proceeding that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), if adversely determined could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the exercise of rights or performance of obligations under any Loan Document written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to the Parent to enable the Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

 

(g)                                   Pension Plans; ERISA .

 

(i)                                      Copies of any actuarial reports relating to the Pension Plans that are prepared in order to comply with then current statutory or auditing requirements;

 

(ii)                                   Promptly (but in any event within thirty (30) days) upon the occurrence of or upon any officer of any Loan Party becoming aware of the forthcoming occurrence of (A) any ERISA Event, (B) the adoption of any new Pension Plan by any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or the adoption of any new Foreign Pension Plan by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (C) other than in the ordinary course of business, the adoption of an amendment to a Pension Plan or Foreign Pension Plan if such amendment results in a material increase in benefits or unfunded liabilities (D) the receipt of a notice from a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any Foreign Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (E) the existence of any fact or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien or security interest pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of Section 303(k) of ERISA, or (F) the commencement of material contributions by any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates to a Multiemployer Plan or Pension Plan or Foreign Pension Plan, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto; provided, however, Sections (B),(C), (D), (E) and (F) hereof shall not apply with respect to any such occurrence resulting from a Group Member’s performance of its obligations pursuant to the Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 10, 2013, by and among the Parent, Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc. and the other parties named therein or pursuant to the instruments and agreements entered into by any Group Member in connection with therewith;

 

(iii)                                with reasonable promptness (but in any event within ten (10) days after receipt), copies of all material notices received by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or to the extent provided to a Loan Party, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event;

 

125



 

(h)                                  Insurance Report .  Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent and within thirty (30) days of such request, a certificate from the Loan Parties’ insurance broker(s) in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent outlining all material insurance coverage maintained as of the date of such certificate by the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries;

 

(i)                                      Information Regarding Collateral .

 

(i)                                      the Borrower Representative shall furnish to the Collateral Agent prompt written notice of any change (A) in any Loan Party’s corporate name, (B) in any Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure, (C) in any Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or (D) in any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or state organizational identification number.  Each Loan Party agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the UCC and/or in the case of the Irish Security Documents, in the Irish Companies Registration Office, as applicable, or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral as contemplated in the Security Documents;

 

(ii)                                   each Loan Party also agrees promptly to notify (or to have the Borrower Representative notify on its behalf) the Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed; and

 

(j)                                     Management Letters .  Promptly after the receipt thereof by the Parent, a copy of any “management letter” received by the Parent from its certified public accountants and the management’s response thereto;

 

(k)                                  Certification of Public Information .  Each Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to any Group Member or its securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “ Platform ”), any document or notice that the Borrower Representative has indicated contains Non-Public Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders.  The Borrower Representative agrees to clearly designate all Information provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrowers which is suitable to make available to Public Lenders.  If the Borrower Representative has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 contains Non-Public Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material non-public information with respect to any Group Member and its securities; provided that the Borrower Representative acknowledges and agrees that the following documents may be distributed to such public-side Lenders: (a) the Loan Documents and (b) administrative materials prepared by the Arrangers or the Administrative Agent for prospective Lenders (including meeting invitations, allocations and closing memoranda).

 

126



 

(l)                                      Defaults Under Material Contracts .  Promptly upon any officer of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries obtaining knowledge of any condition or event that constitutes a default or an event of default under any Material Contract or that notice has been given to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with respect thereto, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of such Loan Party specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition or event and the nature of such claimed default or event of default, and what action such Loan Party has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto; and

 

(m)                              Other Information .  (i) Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (A) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or made available generally by any Group Member to their security holders acting in such capacity, (B) all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by any Group Member with any securities exchange or with the SEC or any governmental or private regulatory authority and (C) all press releases and other statements made available generally by any Group Member to the public concerning material developments in the business of any Group Member and (ii) such other information and data with respect to any Group Member as from time to time may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Section 5.02                              Existence .  Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.08, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights, privileges and franchises, licenses, permits and authorizations material to its business and all authorizations needed to enable performance with the Loan Documents and ensure the Loan Documents remain legal, valid, enforceable and admissible in evidence; provided , that no Loan Party (other than the Parent or any Borrower with respect to existence) or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise, licenses and permits if such Person’s Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of such Person and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to such Person or to Lenders.

 

Section 5.03                              Payment of Taxes and Claims .  Pay all material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises, and all material claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, other than Liens that arise prior to the due date of any such Tax; provided , that no such Tax or claim need be paid to the extent it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as (a) adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made therefor and (b) in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim.

 

Section 5.04                              Maintenance of Properties .  (a) In the case of material tangible properties used or useful in the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, maintain or cause to be maintained such tangible properties in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and from time to time shall make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof, subject to dispositions permitted hereunder; and (b) in the case of intangible material properties that are used or useful in the business of the Loan Parties

 

127



 

and their Subsidiaries, maintain or cause to be maintained such intangible properties as valid and enforceable.

 

Section 5.05                              Insurance .

 

In the case of the Parent and the Borrowers, maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as are customary for such Persons.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parent and the Borrowers shall maintain or cause to be maintained (a) flood insurance that covers each Material Real Estate Asset subject to a mortgage in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that is located in a Flood Zone, in each case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors, (b) replacement value casualty insurance on the Collateral under such policies of insurance, with such insurance companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and covering such risks as are at all times carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses.  Each such policy of insurance shall (i) name the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties as additional insured parties thereunder as their interests may appear, (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent, that names the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the loss payee thereunder and (iii) provide that the insurer affording coverage (with respect to property and liability insurance) will provide for at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Collateral Agent of any material modification or cancellation of such policy.

 

Section 5.06                              Books and Records; Inspections .  Maintain proper books of record and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in conformity in all material respects with IFRS shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit, up to one time per year so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any authorized representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of the real properties of any Loan Party and any of its respective Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial and accounting records and, as often as may reasonably be requested, to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and independent public accountants, all upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours.

 

Section 5.07                              Compliance with Material Contractual Obligations and Laws .  Comply, and cause all other Persons within its control, if any, on or occupying any Facilities to comply, with the requirements of all Contractual Obligations and all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including all applicable Environmental Laws and all Health Care Laws), noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

128



 

Section 5.08                              Environmental .

 

(a)                                  Environmental Disclosure .  In the case of the Borrower Representative, deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

(i)                                      as soon as practicable following receipt thereof, copies of all material environmental assessments, audits, investigations, analyses and reports, whether prepared by personnel of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or by any independent consultants, Governmental Authorities or other Persons, with respect to environmental matters at any Facility or with respect to any Environmental Claims, in each case that are reasonably likely to result in a liability of $100,000,000 or more to any Group Member;

 

(ii)                                   promptly upon any Borrower obtaining knowledge of the occurrence or any Borrower’s receipt of notice thereof, written notice relating to (A) any Release required to be reported by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to Governmental Authority under any applicable Environmental Laws which Release has a reasonable likelihood of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (B) any remedial action taken by any Loan Party or any other Person in response to (1) any Hazardous Materials the existence of which has a reasonable likelihood of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (2) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable likelihood of resulting in a Material Adverse Effect, (C) any Loan Party’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Facility that could reasonably be expected to cause such Facility or any part thereof to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use thereof under any Environmental Laws which has a reasonable likelihood of having a Material Adverse Effect or (D) the imposition or written threat of any imposition of any Lien on any Collateral pursuant to any Environmental Law;

 

(iii)                                as soon as practicable following the sending or receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any material written communications with respect to (A) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable likelihood of resulting in a Material Adverse Effect, (B) any Release required to be reported by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to any Governmental Authority which Release has a reasonable likelihood of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (C) any written request for information from any Governmental Authority that suggests such Governmental Authority is investigating whether any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for the Release of any Hazardous Materials which Release has a reasonable likelihood of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(iv)                               prompt written notice describing in reasonable detail any proposed acquisition of stock, assets, or other property by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to (A) expose any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries

 

129



 

to, or result in, Environmental Claims that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (B) have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to maintain in full force and effect all Governmental Authorizations required under any applicable Environmental Laws for their respective operations.

 

(b)                                  Environmental Claims, Etc. Promptly take any and all actions necessary to (i) cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by such Loan Party or its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) conduct any investigative or remedial action that is required pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws by such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries where failure to conduct such investigation or remedial action could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) make an appropriate response to any Environmental Claim against such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and discharge any obligations it has to any Person in connection with such Environmental Claim, in each case where failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   Environmental Compliance .  Use and operate all of its Facilities in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, keep all necessary Governmental Authorizations required pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws for the operation of the Group’s business, and handle all Hazardous Materials in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, in each case except where the failure to comply with the terms of this clause could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.09                              Health Care Regulatory Matters .  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, hold and operate in material compliance with, Regulatory Permits issued by the FDA or other Governmental Authority required for the conduct of its business as currently conducted.

 

Section 5.10                              Maintenance of Ratings .  In the case of the Parent, at all times use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain public corporate credit and public corporate family ratings issued by Moody’s and S&P with respect to the Parent and public credit ratings issued by Moody’s and S&P with respect to its senior secured debt.

 

Section 5.11                              Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  No Loan Party shall intentionally do any act or intentionally omit to do any act whereby any of the Material Intellectual Property may lapse, or become abandoned, canceled, dedicated to the public, forfeited, unenforceable or otherwise impaired, or which would adversely affect the validity, grant, or enforceability of the security interest granted therein; provided, however, that such Loan Party may discontinue the use and/or maintenance of any Intellectual Property, including any Material Intellectual Property, that such Loan Party determines, in its reasonable good faith business judgment, is no longer desirable in the ordinary conduct of such Loan Party’s business.  No Loan Party shall, with respect to any Trademarks constituting Material Intellectual Property, cease the use of any of such Trademarks or fail to maintain a similar level of quality of products sold and services rendered under any such

 

130



 

Trademark as the quality of such products and services as of the Closing Date, and such Loan Party shall take reasonable steps necessary to insure that licensees of such Trademarks use such consistent standards of quality; provided, however, that such Loan Party may discontinue the use and/or maintenance of any Trademarks constituting Material Intellectual Property, that such Loan Party determines, in its reasonable good faith business judgment, is no longer valuable in the ordinary conduct of such Loan Party’s business.  Each Loan Party shall take all reasonable steps in the ordinary course of business, including in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, any state registry or any foreign counterpart of the foregoing, to pursue any application and maintain any registration or issuance of each Trademark, Patent, and Copyright owned by any Loan Party and constituting Material Intellectual Property that such Loan Party determines is desirable in the ordinary course of business

 

(b)                                  Other than in the ordinary course of business, each Loan Party shall timely notify the Collateral Agent if it knows or has reason to know that any item of Material Intellectual Property may become (i) abandoned or dedicated to the public or placed in the public domain, (ii) invalid or unenforceable, (iii) subject to any adverse determination or development regarding any Loan Party’s ownership, registration or use or the validity or enforceability of such item of Material Intellectual Property (including but not limited to the institution of, or any adverse development with respect to, any action or proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, any state registry, any foreign counterpart of the foregoing, any court or any tribunal) or (iv) the subject of any reversion or termination rights.

 

(c)                                   Each Loan Party shall use reasonable efforts so as not to permit the inclusion in any contract to which it hereafter becomes a party of any provision that could or may in any way materially impair or prevent the creation of a security interest in, or the assignment of, such Loan Party’s rights and interests in any property included within the definitions of any Material Intellectual Property acquired under such contracts.

 

(d)                                  In the event that that any Material Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to any Loan Party, to a Loan Party’s knowledge, is infringed, misappropriated, diluted or otherwise violated by a third party, such Loan Party shall take commercially reasonable actions as it would otherwise in such Loan Party’s reasonable business judgment and in the ordinary course of business take, to stop such infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation and protect its rights in such Material Intellectual Property including, in such Loan Party’s reasonable business judgment, if necessary, the initiation of a suit for injunctive relief and to recover damages.  Each Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts in the ordinary course of business to use proper statutory notice in connection with its use of any of the Material Intellectual Property.

 

Section 5.12                              Subsidiaries . (a) In the event that any Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent after the Closing Date (other than a Controlled Foreign Corporation) (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or Section 6.08 hereof), if such subsidiary is or becomes a Significant Subsidiary, (i) promptly cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder, by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a Counterpart Agreement, and a party to the applicable Security Document , and (ii) take all such actions and execute and

 

131



 

deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates as are similar to those described in Sections 3.01(b), 3.01(g), 3.01(h) and 3.01(k), as applicable, and the Parent and the Borrowers shall take all of the actions referred to in Section 3.01(g) and 3.01(h), as applicable, necessary to grant and to perfect a first priority Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, under the applicable Security Documents, in the Equity Interests of any such new Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                  With respect to each new Material Company, the Borrower Representative shall promptly send to the Collateral Agent written notice setting forth with respect to such Person (i) the date on which such Person became a Group Member and (ii) all of the data required to be set forth in Schedules 4.01 and 4.02 with respect to all Subsidiaries of the Parent; and such written notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedules 4.01 and 4.02 for all purposes hereof.

 

Section 5.13                              Additional Material Real Estate Assets .  In the event that any Loan Party acquires a Material Real Estate Asset or a Real Estate Asset owned or leased on the Closing Date becomes a Material Real Estate Asset and such interest has not otherwise been made subject to the Lien of the Security Documents in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, in the case of such Loan Party, deliver to the Collateral Agent, within 90 days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), the following with respect to each such Material Real Estate Asset (each, a “ Mortgaged Property ”), in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent:

 

(a)                                  a fully executed and notarized Mortgage, in proper form for recording in all applicable jurisdictions required by law to establish and perfect the Mortgage in favor of the Collateral Agent, encumbering such Mortgaged Property;

 

(b)                                  an opinion of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) in the state in which such Mortgaged Property is located with respect to the enforceability of the form(s) of Mortgages to be recorded in such state;

 

(c)                                   ALTA mortgagee title insurance policies or unconditional commitments therefor issued by one or more title companies (individually or collectively, as the context requires, the “ Title Company ”) reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent with respect to such Mortgaged Property (each, a “ Title Policy ”), in amounts not less than the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property insuring the fee simple title to such Mortgaged Property vested in the applicable Loan Party and insuring the Collateral Agent that the relevant Mortgage creates a valid and enforceable First Priority mortgage Lien on such Mortgaged Property encumbered thereby, and each such Title Policy (A) shall include all endorsements reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent and (B) shall provide for affirmative insurance and such reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, all of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent; and evidence satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that the applicable Loan Party has (i) delivered to the Title Company all certificates and affidavits required by the Title Company in connection with the issuance of the applicable Title Policy and (ii) paid to the Title Company all expenses and premiums of the Title Company and all other sums required in connection with the issuance of the Title Policies and to the Title Company or the appropriate Governmental Authorities all recording and stamp taxes (including mortgage

 

132



 

recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with recording the Mortgages in the applicable real property records; together with copies of all recorded documents listed in part II of Schedule B to such policies or commitments as exceptions to title or otherwise referred to therein;

 

(d)                                  (A) a completed Flood Certificate with respect to such Mortgaged Property, which Flood Certificate shall (1) be addressed to the Collateral Agent, (2) be completed by a company which has guaranteed the accuracy of the information contained therein, and (3) otherwise comply with the Flood Program; (B) evidence describing whether the community in which such Mortgaged Property is located participates in the Flood Program; (C) if any Flood Certificate states that a such Mortgaged Property has buildings or structures located in a Flood Zone, the Borrower Representative’s written acknowledgement of receipt of written notification from the Collateral Agent (1) as to the existence of such Mortgaged Property, and (2) as to whether the community in which such Mortgaged Property is located is participating in the Flood Program; and (D) if such Mortgaged Property is located in a Flood Zone and is located in a community that participates in the Flood Program, evidence that the applicable Loan Party has obtained a policy of flood insurance that is in compliance with all applicable regulations of the Board of Governors; and

 

(e)                                   copies of any and all surveys of such Mortgaged Property that are in the possession of any of the Loan Parties.

 

In addition to the foregoing, in the case of the Borrowers, at the request of the Collateral Agent, deliver, from time to time, to the Collateral Agent such appraisals as are required by law or regulation of Material Real Estate Assets with respect to which the Collateral Agent has been granted a Lien.

 

Section 5.14                              Additional Collateral .  With respect to any assets or property (in each case, that are Collateral) acquired, developed or created after the Closing Date by any Group Member that is, or pursuant to Section 5.12 becomes, a Loan Party (other than (a) any assets or property described in Section 5.12 or Section 5.13 and (b) any assets or property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 6.02(n)) as to which the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected first priority Lien, promptly (i) execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such amendments to the Security Documents or such new Security Documents as the Collateral Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, a perfected first priority Lien in such Collateral and (ii) take all actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Secured Parties, a perfected first priority Lien in such Collateral, including without limitation, authorizing the Collateral Agent to file UCC financing statements and Intellectual Property Security Agreements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the U.S. Security Agreements, or by law or as may be requested by the Collateral Agent (subject, in the case of Foreign Loan Parties, to the Agreed Security Principles), the Foreign Borrower shall prepare and file all security filings (form C1) with the Irish Companies Registration Office and if applicable, any such Security Document (or amendment thereto) will be promptly elevated to the status of Spanish Public Document.

 

133



 

Section 5.15                              Further Assurances .  At any time or from time to time upon the request of the Administrative Agent, at the expense of the Loan Parties, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Loan Documents or to more fully perfect or renew the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by any Group Member which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral), subject, in the case of Foreign Loan Parties, to the Agreed Security Principles.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each Loan Party shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are guaranteed by the Guarantors and are secured by substantially all of the assets of each Group Member (subject to the Agreed Security Principles).  Upon the exercise by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents which required any consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority, the applicable Borrower or the applicable Loan Party will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may be required to obtain from such Loan Party for such consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.

 

Section 5.16                              Guarantor Coverage Test .  As of each date of delivery of the Guarantor Coverage Certificate as required by Section 5.01(c), the Borrowers shall ensure that:

 

(a)                                  the aggregate (without duplication) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated in accordance with the defined term “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”) attributable to the Loan Parties as a group (taking each entity on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intercompany items) shall be no less than 80.0% of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization of the Group;

 

(b)                                  the aggregate (without duplication) total Consolidated Total Assets of the Loan Parties as a group (taking each entity on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intercompany items) shall be no less than 80.0% of the total Consolidated Total Assets of the Group; and

 

(c)                                   each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent is a Loan Party.

 

For purposes of this Section 5.16, only the Borrowers and each other Loan Party which has provided a guarantee for all of the Obligations shall be included as Loan Parties.

 

Section 5.17                              “Know Your Customer” Checks .  If in connection with (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Closing Date, (b) any change in the status of a Loan Party after the Closing Date, (c) the addition of any Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.12 or (d) any proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that was not previously a Lender hereunder, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of clause (d) above, any prospective Lender) requires additional information in order to

 

134



 

comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures, each Loan Party shall, promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, provide such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or such Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in clause (d) above, on behalf of any prospective Lender) in order for the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such prospective Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents.

 

Section 5.18                              ERISA .  Ensure that all Pension Plans operated or maintained for the benefit of the Group Members or any of its ERISA Affiliates and/or any of their respective employees are (a) funded to the extent required by law and the terms of such plans based on reasonable actuarial assumptions, and (b) operated or maintained as required by law and the terms of such plans, where, in any such case, failure to do so could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.19                              Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries . The Board of Directors of the Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Group shall be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.07 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such designation as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended and (iii) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it was previously designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to this Section 5.19. The designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment equal to the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary as of the time of the designation, as determined by the Parent. Such designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the applicable Loan Party in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of such Loan Party’s Investment in such Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing (i) no Borrower may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) no Person may be designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” if such Person is not an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” or is a “Guarantor” under the Interim Loan Agreement, any Senior Notes or under any agreement, document or instrument evidencing any Material Indebtedness.

 

Section 5.20                              Post-Closing Matters . Cause to be delivered or performed the documents and other agreements and actions set forth on Schedule 5.20 within the time frames specified on such Schedule 5.20 .(3)

 


(3)                                  To include delivery of mortgage.

 

135



 

Section 5.21                              Anti-Terrorism; OFAC; Anti-Money Laundering.

 

(a)                                  Not directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly conduct any business or engage in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Embargoed Person or cause or permit any Embargoed Person to have any direct or indirect interest of any nature whatsoever in any Group Member, (ii) use any proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Person for the purpose of financing the activities of or with any Person or in any country or territory that is an Embargoed Person or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the applicable prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

(b)                                  Maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Loan Parties and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with the Foreign Corrupt Practice Act of 1977, as amended.

 

ARTICLE VI.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that, on and after the Closing Date, until the Discharge of Obligations, such Loan Party shall not, nor shall it cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

Section 6.01                              Indebtedness .  Directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guaranty or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)                                  the Obligations;

 

(b)                                  (i) Indebtedness of the Foreign Borrower incurred on the Closing Date pursuant to the Interim Loan Agreement and/or one or more issuances of Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount under this clause (i) not to exceed $1,000,000,000, (ii) guaranty obligations of any Guarantor in respect of such Indebtedness ( provided , that in the case of any guaranty of the Interim Loans or the Senior Notes by a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor under this Agreement at or prior to the time of such guaranty), and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing;

 

(c)                                   Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Parent owed to the Parent or any Borrower or to any other Subsidiary of Parent, or of the Parent or any Borrower owed to any Subsidiary of the Parent, not to exceed (i) $200,000,000 outstanding at any time plus (ii) an additional amount so long as with respect to this clause (ii), (x) all such Indebtedness if owed to a Loan Party, shall be subject to a first priority lien pursuant to the Security Documents, (y) all such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and, if owed by a Loan Party to a non-Loan Party, subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to customary intercompany subordination terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and (z) any payment by any such Guarantor under any guaranty of the Obligations shall result in a pro tanto reduction of the amount of any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to such Borrower or to any of its Subsidiaries for whose benefit such payment is made; provided , further ,

 

136



 

that all such Indebtedness under this paragraph (c) is permitted as an Investment under Section 6.06(d);

 

(d)                                  Indebtedness incurred by any Group Member arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations (including, Indebtedness consisting of the deferred purchase price of assets or property acquired in an acquisition), in connection with acquisitions or dispositions of any business, assets or Subsidiary of any Group Member;

 

(e)                                   Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guaranties, performance, insurance, surety bonds, statutory, appeal bonds or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                    Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

 

(g)                                   guaranties in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of any Group Member;

 

(h)                                  guaranties by any Borrower of Indebtedness of a Guarantor or guaranties by a Guarantor of Indebtedness of any Borrower or another Guarantor with respect, in each case, to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by such Guarantor pursuant to this Section 6.01 (other than clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 6.01); provided , that if the Indebtedness that is being guarantied is unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations, the guaranty shall also be unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations;

 

(i)                                      Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date which is described in Schedule 6.01 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

(j)                                     Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed at any time $400,000,000, which is incurred with respect to Capital Leases or constitutes purchase money Indebtedness; provided , that any such purchase money Indebtedness shall (i) be secured only by the asset acquired in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, (ii) be incurred within 180 days of the acquisition of the relevant equipment or other asset and (iii) constitute not less than 75.0% of the aggregate consideration paid with respect to such asset;

 

(k)                                  (i) Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Subsidiary or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by any Group Member, in each case after the Closing Date as the result of a Permitted Acquisition; provided , that (A) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in anticipation thereof and (B) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect by any Group Member (other than by any such person that so becomes a Subsidiary) and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided , that (A) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (B) such Indebtedness shall not be secured by any assets other than the assets securing the Indebtedness being renewed, extended or refinanced;

 

137



 

(l)                                      Indebtedness related to Hedge Agreements; provided , that in each case such Indebtedness shall not have been entered into for speculative purposes;

 

(m)                              (i) Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to any of the Borrowers or the Guarantors and (ii) Indebtedness of a Group Member consisting of Standard Securitization Undertakings, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time $400,000,000; provided , that in each case, the Net Cash Proceeds with respect to such Indebtedness are used to repay Term Loans and will be applied as set forth in Section 2.15(b);

 

(n)                                  to the extent constituting Indebtedness, (i) obligations under Employee Benefit Plans, including in respect of compensation and benefits to employees of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and premiums and contributions in respect thereof in the ordinary course of business, (ii) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the extent that such obligations and liabilities are not required to be funded under applicable law, (iii) contingent liabilities arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, and (iv) reserves established by a Group Member for litigation or tax contingencies;

 

(o)                                  Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $40,000,000 issued in lieu of cash payments of Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.04(f);

 

(p)                                  Indebtedness incurred by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers compensation claims and other obligations of a similar nature, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q)                                  Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(r)                                     Indebtedness of any Loan Party (x) constituting Additional Debt and (y) in an amount not to exceed $75,000,000 individually and $300,000,000 in the aggregate, so long as such Indebtedness is not incurred pursuant to a customary syndication in the international or domestic capital or bank markets; provided , in respect of this clause (r), that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness under this clause (r), (ii) both before and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Parent shall be in pro forma compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 6.07 as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter and (iii) solely in the case of any such Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral that ranks pari passu or junior in right of security with the Loans, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio (determined for any such period by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(c) hereof) shall not be greater than 4.50:1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such incurrence (assuming for purposes of this clause (r) at the time of incurrence that (x) all Incremental Facilities and all Additional Debt incurred under this Section 6.01(r) in each case consisting of revolver debt are fully drawn and (y) the proceeds of such

 

138



 

Indebtedness are not included as unrestricted cash in the definition of “Consolidated Total Debt”); and

 

(s)                                    all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (r) above.

 

Section 6.02                              Liens .  Directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property, revenue or asset of any kind of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

 

(a)                                  Liens granted pursuant to any Loan Document (or otherwise securing Obligations) in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties;

 

(b)                                  Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges not at the time delinquent or to the extent obligations with respect to such Taxes, assessments or governmental charges are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and so long as adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions as shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made therefor and Liens for Taxes assessed on Real Estate Assets that are not delinquent;

 

(c)                                   statutory Liens of landlords, banks (and rights of set-off), of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other Liens imposed by law (other than any such Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the International Revenue Code), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (i) for amounts not yet overdue or (ii) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of ten (10) days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by IFRS shall have been made for any such contested amounts;

 

(d)                                  Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations including obligations to secure health, safety and environmental obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or other Indebtedness);

 

(e)                                   easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, and other minor defects or irregularities in title, in each case which do not and will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Group Member;

 

(f)                                    any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate permitted hereunder and covering only the assets so leased and any Liens encumbering such lessor’s or sublessor’s interest or title;

 

139



 

(g)                                   Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by any Group Member in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

 

(h)                                  purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(j)                                     any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;

 

(k)                                  licenses of Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks and other Intellectual Property rights granted by any Group Member in the ordinary course of business and, individually or in the aggregate, materially detracting from the value of the business of such Group Member taken as a whole;

 

(l)                                      Liens in favor of vendors of goods arising as a matter of law securing the payment of the purchase price therefor so long as such Liens attach only to the purchased goods;

 

(m)                              Liens existing on the Closing Date which are described in Schedule 6.02 and any extension, renewal, or replacement of a Lien described in said schedule securing the Indebtedness secured by such scheduled Lien on the Closing Date or any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided , that such extension, renewal or replacement Lien is limited to the assets that are secured by such scheduled Lien;

 

(n)                                  Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(j); provided , that any such Lien shall encumber only the asset acquired with the proceeds of such Indebtedness;

 

(o)                                  Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(k); provided that any such Lien shall encumber only those specific tangible assets which secured such Indebtedness at the time such assets were acquired by the Group;

 

(p)                                  Liens arising from judgments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

 

(q)                                  Liens on Securitization Assets or a Securitization Subsidiary’s other assets arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(r)                                     Liens arising by virtue of any statutory, contractual or common law provision relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations in the ordinary course of business with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness and (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of any Group Member to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Group;

 

140



 

(s)                                    Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in Cash Equivalents of the type described in clause (d) of the definition thereof;

 

(t)                                     Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.06 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment and (ii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in an Asset Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 6.08, in each case solely to the extent such Investment or Asset Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

(u)                                  pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(v)                                  Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution in each case arising as a matter of law or under customary general terms and conditions encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry or arising pursuant to such banking institutions general terms and conditions;

 

(w)                                Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(r); and

 

(x)                                  Liens on the Collateral securing (i) Permitted Pari Passu Secured Refinancing Debt and subject to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) Permitted Junior Secured Refinancing Debt and subject to the Junior Intercreditor Agreement and (iii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

 

Section 6.03                              No Further Negative Pledges .  Enter into any agreement prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Obligations except with respect to (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) specific assets or property encumbered to secure payment of particular Indebtedness or to be sold pursuant to an executed agreement with respect to a permitted Asset Disposition, (c) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (provided that such restrictions are limited to the assets or property subject to such leases, licenses or similar agreements, as the case may be), (d) agreements evidencing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(b), (d), (i), (j), (k), (m) and (r) that impose restrictions on the property so acquired, (e) restrictions in any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and (f) customary provisions in any joint venture agreement or similar agreement prohibiting the pledge of Equity Interests of such joint venture.

 

Section 6.04                              Restricted Payments .  Directly or indirectly through any manner or means nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly through any manner or means, declare, order, pay, make or set apart, or agree to declare, order, pay, make or set apart, any sum for any Restricted Payment except that:

 

141



 

(a)                                  any Subsidiary of the Parent may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions; provided , that if such Subsidiary is a Loan Party, it shall only declare and pay dividends or make other distributions ratably to another Loan Party;

 

(b)                                  the Foreign Borrower may make regularly scheduled payments of interest in respect of the Senior Notes in accordance with the terms of, and only to the extent required by the Interim Loan Agreement and the Senior Notes Documents, as applicable;

 

(c)                                   the Foreign Borrower may make repurchases of the Senior Notes; provided , that unless the Leverage Ratio (determined for any such period by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(c) hereof) would not be greater than 3.50:1.00 after giving effect to such repurchase, the aggregate amount of payments under this paragraph shall not exceed the Available Amount;

 

(d)                                  the Parent may purchase its common stock or common stock options from present or former officers, directors or employees of the Group upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such officer or employee, provided , that unless the Leverage Ratio (determined for any such period by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(c) hereof) would not be greater than 3.50:1.00 after giving effect to such purchase, the aggregate amount of payments under this paragraph (net of any proceeds received by the Parent subsequent to the Closing Date in connection with resales of any common stock or common stock options so purchased) shall not exceed the Available Amount;

 

(e)                                   so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall be caused thereby, the Parent may declare and pay cash dividends with respect to its common stock (so long as such declared dividend is actually paid within ninety (90) days of such declaration) (i) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices in an amount not to exceed the lesser of (x) the Available Amount and (y) 40% of Cumulative CNI or (ii) whether or not in the ordinary course so long as after giving effect thereto, the Leverage Ratio (determined for any such period by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(c) hereof) shall not be greater than 3.50:1.00;

 

(f)                                    the Parent may make repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options, warrants, restricted stock units or similar rights if such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or are deemed to occur in connection with the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligation incurred relating to the vesting or exercise of such options, warrants, restricted stock units or similar rights;

 

(g)                                   any Restricted Payment pursuant to or in connection with the Transactions.

 

Section 6.05                              Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions .

 

Except as provided herein, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary of any Borrower to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests owned by such Borrower or any other Subsidiary of any Borrower, (b) repay or

 

142



 

prepay any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to any Borrower or any other Subsidiary of any Borrower, (c) make loans or advances to any Borrower or any other Subsidiary of any Borrower, or (d) transfer, lease or license any of its property or assets to any Borrower or any other Subsidiary of any Borrower other than restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) this Agreement, the Interim Loan Agreement and any other agreement as in effect on the Closing Date; (ii) the Senior Notes; (iii) applicable law, rules, regulations and orders; (iv) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person acquired by the Parent or any Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition, which restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted under Section 6.01(k); (v) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, licenses and leases entered into in the ordinary course of business; (v) agreements governing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(j) that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased; (vi) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Subsidiary or all or substantially all of its assets that restricts distributions of assets by, or Equity Interests of, that Subsidiary pending its sale or other distribution; (vii) any Permitted Refinancing; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; (viii) Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 6.02 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; (ix) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers (including governmental entities) under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; (x) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets of property in joint venture agreements, sale and leaseback transactions, stock sale agreements and agreements governing Asset Disposition, and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or with the approval of the Parent’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; (xi) any encumbrance or restriction on any Group Member’s ability to transfer its interest in any Investment not prohibited by Section 6.06 hereof; (xii) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of, or in licenses related to, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property and contained in agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xiii) any other agreement governing Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests entered into after the Closing Date and permitted under this Agreement that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Loan Documents; (xiv) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Parent, are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Financing; and (xv) agreements pursuant to any tax sharing arrangement between the Parent and any one or more of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries.

 

Section 6.06                              Investments .  Directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture, except:

 

(a)                                  Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents and Investments that were Cash Equivalents when made;

 

(b)                                  equity Investments owned as of the Closing Date in any Subsidiary and Investments made after the Closing Date in any Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor, including any entity that becomes a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor prior to the

 

143



 

making of such Investment; provided , that this clause (b) shall not apply to Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions;

 

(c)                                   deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practices of the Group;

 

(d)                                  (i) Investments made by the Parent, any Borrower or a Subsidiary in the Parent, any Borrower or any other Subsidiary (including through intercompany loans); provided that with respect to any such Investment, the Borrowers shall have complied with the requirements of clauses (a), (b), (d), (e) and (f)(A) set forth in the definition of “Permitted Acquisitions” (treating any reference therein to an “acquisition” (or similar term) as a reference to such Investment) and (ii) Investments in Joint Ventures; provided , that (x) after giving effect to any such Investment under this clause (ii), (I) the Leverage Ratio  (determined for any such period by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(c) hereof) shall not be greater than 3.50:1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Investment and (II) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (y) such Joint Venture is in the same line of business as the Group;

 

(e)                                   Consolidated Capital Expenditures with respect to the Loan Parties;

 

(f)                                    loans and advances to employees, consultants or directors of the Group made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

 

(g)                                   Permitted Acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 6.08;

 

(h)                                  Investments in existence on, or pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on, the Closing Date as described in Schedule 6.06 and, in each case, any extensions or renewals thereof so long as the amount of any Investment made pursuant to this clause (h) is not increased at any time above the amount of such investment set forth on Schedule 6.06 ;

 

(i)                                      Hedge Agreements entered into for purposes other than speculative purposes;

 

(j)                                     accounts, chattel paper and notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or the performance of services in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)                                  Investments received in the ordinary course of business by any Group Member in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, suppliers and customers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)                                      promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Asset Dispositions permitted by Section 6.08;

 

144



 

(m)                              Investments representing amounts held for employees of the Parent and the Subsidiaries under Employee Benefit Plans or related trusts;

 

(n)                                  Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

 

(o)                                  Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a corporation merged or amalgamated or consolidated into a Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.08 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation; and

 

(p)                                  other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000,000 during the term of this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Loan Party make any Investment which results in or facilitates in any manner any Restricted Payment not otherwise permitted under the terms of Section 6.04.

 

Section 6.07                              Leverage Ratio .  Permit the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 2014, to exceed 5.00:1.00.

 

Section 6.08                              Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets; Acquisitions .  (i) Enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), (ii) convey, sell, lease or license, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions (including any sale leaseback transaction and any sale or issuance of Equity Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary), all or any part of its business, assets or property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed, (iii) acquire by purchase or otherwise (other than purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, materials and equipment and Consolidated Capital Expenditures in the ordinary course of business) the business, property or fixed assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or any division or line of business or other business unit of any Person or (iv) directly or indirectly sell, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any of their respective Subsidiaries, provided , that :

 

(a)                                  any Subsidiary of any Borrower may be merged with or into such Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor, or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or any part of its business, assets or property may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to any Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor; provided further , that in the case of such a merger, such Borrower or such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

 

(b)                                  any Subsidiary of any Borrower may dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to such Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

145



 

(c)                                   sales or other dispositions of assets that do not constitute Asset Dispositions shall be permitted;

 

(d)                                  Asset Dispositions, the proceeds of which (valued at the principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt Securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) when aggregated with the proceeds of all other Asset Dispositions made pursuant to this clause (d), are less than 15% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Group shall be permitted; provided , that (i) the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent), (ii) no less than 75.0% thereof shall be paid in cash or Cash Equivalents; provided , that (A) any liabilities of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Asset Disposition and for which the Parent and its Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Parent or its Subsidiaries from such transferee shall be converted by Parent or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Asset Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such Asset Disposition having an aggregate fair market value as determined by the Parent in good faith, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to the clause (C) that is then outstanding, shall not exceed $200,000,000, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed for purposes of this clause (d) to be cash, (iii) the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied as required by Section 2.14(a) and (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall be caused thereby, (iii) the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied as required by Section 2.14(a) and (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall be caused thereby;

 

(e)                                   If no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall be caused thereby, (i) Receivables Sales and (ii) sales or discounts of accounts receivable, in each case with respect to this clause (ii) without recourse and in the ordinary course of business which are overdue or which a Group Member may reasonably determine are difficult to collect, but in each case only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof consistent with prudent business practice (and not as part of any bulk sale or financing of receivables);

 

(f)                                    any Group Member may enter into licenses or sublicenses of Intellectual Property, including but not limited to Software, Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights and other Intellectual Property and general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(g)                                   any sale or disposition of Securitization Assets to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing shall be permitted;

 

(h)                                  without limiting the application of any other provision of Article II or this Article VI, dispositions of cash and Cash Equivalents shall be permitted;

 

(i)                                      Permitted Acquisitions shall be permitted; and

 

146



 

(j)                                     Investments made in accordance with Section 6.06 shall be permitted.

 

Section 6.09                              Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates .  Directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees) with any Affiliate of any Group Member on terms that are less favorable to such Group Member than those that might be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction at the time from a Person who is not such a holder or Affiliate; provided , that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (a) any transaction between the Parent and any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor; (b) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of any Group Member; (c) compensation arrangements for officers and other employees of any Group Member entered into in the ordinary course of business; (d) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.04 and (e) loans and advances to employees and directors permitted under Section 6.06(f).

 

Section 6.10                              Conduct of Business .  From and after the Closing Date, engage in any business (either directly or through a Subsidiary) other than the businesses engaged in by such Loan Party on the Closing Date and any business reasonably similar, related, complementary or ancillary thereto.

 

Section 6.11                              Amendments or Waivers of Organizational Documents and Certain Other Documents .  Agree to (a) any material amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to or waiver of any of its Organizational Documents which would be adverse as to any Secured Party or (b) any amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification changing the terms of the Interim Loan Agreement or any Senior Notes, or make any payment consistent with an amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification thereto, if the effect of such amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification is to increase the interest rate on the Interim Loans or the Senior Notes, change (to earlier dates) any dates upon which payments of principal or interest are due thereon, change any event of default or condition to an event of default with respect thereto (other than to eliminate any such event of default or increase any grace period related thereto) or change the redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions of the Interim Loan Agreement or such Senior Notes, or if the effect of such amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification, together with all other amendments, restatements, supplements, waivers and other modifications made, is to increase materially the obligations of the obligor thereunder or to confer any additional rights on the lenders under the Interim Loan Agreement or the holders of such Senior Notes (or a trustee or other representative on their behalf) which would be adverse to any Loan Party or Lenders.

 

Section 6.12                              Fiscal Year .  Change its Fiscal Year-end from December 31 of each calendar year or change its method of determining Fiscal Quarters.

 

Section 6.13                              Centre of Main Interests and Establishments .  If such Loan Party’s jurisdiction is in a member state of the European Union, deliberately change its “centre of main interest” (as that term is used in the Regulation) in a manner that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

147



 

Section 6.14                              Financial Assistance .  Fail to comply, where applicable, in all respects with any financial assistance legislation in any Relevant Jurisdiction (including without limitation under Section 60 of the Companies Acts of Ireland, 1963 (as amended)), including as related to execution of the Security Documents and payment of amounts due under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VII.
GUARANTY

 

Section 7.01                              Guaranty of the Obligations .  Each Guarantor jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranties to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations of the Borrowers (other than, in the case of the U.S. Borrower, any Guarantor that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation) when the same shall become due and payable, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)) (the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).

 

Section 7.02                              Contribution by Guarantors .  The Guarantors (respectively, the “ Contributing Guarantors ”) desire to allocate among themselves, in a fair and equitable manner, the Guaranteed Obligations, respectively, arising under this Guaranty.  Accordingly, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by a Guarantor (a “ Funding Guarantor ”) under this Guaranty such that its Aggregate Payments exceed its Fair Share as of such date, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from each of the other Contributing Guarantors in an amount sufficient to cause each Contributing Guarantor’s Aggregate Payments to equal its Fair Share as of such date.  “ Fair Share ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the ratio of (i) the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to such Contributing Guarantor to (ii) the aggregate of the Fair Share Contribution Amounts with respect to all Contributing Guarantors multiplied by (b) the aggregate amount paid or distributed on or before such date by all Funding Guarantors under this Guaranty in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.  “ Fair Share Contribution Amount ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations of such Contributing Guarantor under this Guaranty that would not render its obligations hereunder or thereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any comparable applicable provisions of any Debtor Relief Law; provided , that solely for purposes of calculating the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to any Contributing Guarantor for purposes of this Section 7.02, any assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor arising by virtue of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification or any rights to or obligations of contribution hereunder shall not be considered as assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor.  “ Aggregate Payments ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (A) the aggregate amount of all payments and distributions made on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor in respect of this Guaranty (including in respect of this Section 7.02), minus (B) the aggregate amount of all payments received on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor from the other Contributing Guarantors as contributions under this Section 7.02.  The amounts payable as

 

148



 

contributions hereunder shall be determined as of the date on which the related payment or distribution is made by the applicable Funding Guarantor.  The allocation among the Contributing Guarantors of their obligations as set forth in this Section 7.02 shall not be construed in any way to limit the liability of any Contributing Guarantor hereunder.  Each Guarantor is a third party beneficiary to the contribution agreement set forth in this Section 7.02.

 

Section 7.03                              Payment by Guarantors .  The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Secured Party may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of any Borrower to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a) or any comparable provision of any other Debtor Relief Law), the Guarantors shall upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for any Borrower’s becoming the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Debtor Relief Law, would have accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy case or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then owed to the Secured Parties as aforesaid.

 

Section 7.04                              Liability of Guarantors Absolute .  Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a Guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations.  In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

 

(a)                                  this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability.  This Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

 

(b)                                  the Administrative Agent may enforce this Guaranty upon the occurrence of an Event of Default notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between any Borrower and any Secured Party with respect to the existence of such Event of Default;

 

(c)                                   the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of each Borrower and the obligations of any other Guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the obligations of each Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against such Borrower or any of such other Guarantors and whether or not such Borrower is joined in any such action or actions;

 

(d)                                  payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in

 

149



 

any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations;

 

(e)                                   any Secured Party, upon such terms as it deems appropriate, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of such Secured Party in respect hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that such Secured Party may have against any such security, in each case as such Secured Party in its discretion may determine consistent herewith, the applicable Hedge Agreement, Cash Management Agreement or Treasury Transaction and any applicable security agreement, including foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales and even though such action operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Guarantor against any Borrower or any security for the Guaranteed Obligations; and (vi) exercise any other rights available to it under the Loan Documents or any Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Agreements or Treasury Transactions; and

 

(f)                                    this Guaranty and the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them:  (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Loan Documents, any Hedge Agreements, any Cash Management Agreements or any Treasury Transactions, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Loan Documents, any of the Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Agreements or Treasury Transactions or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty

 

150



 

or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the terms hereof or such Loan Document, such Hedge Agreement, such Cash Management Agreement, such Treasury Transaction or any agreement relating to such other guaranty or security; (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Loan Documents, any of the Hedge Agreements, any of the Cash Management Agreements, any Treasury Transaction or from the proceeds of any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, except to the extent such security also serves as collateral for indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Secured Party might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) any Secured Party’s consent to the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Group Member and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vi) any failure to perfect or continue perfection of a security interest in any collateral which secures any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vii) any defenses, set-offs or counterclaims which any Borrower may allege or assert against any Secured Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury; (viii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; and (ix) any action that the Lenders may take in relation to the approval of a composition of creditors ( convenio ) in an insolvency proceeding of any Spanish Loan Party, including any vote in favor of such composition of creditors.

 

Section 7.05                              Waivers by Guarantors .  Each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of the Secured Parties:  (a) any right to require any Secured Party, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (i) proceed against any Borrower, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from any Borrower, any such other Guarantor or any other Person, (iii) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Secured Party in favor of any Borrower or any other Person, or (iv) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Secured Party whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of any Borrower or any other Guarantor including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of any Borrower or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Secured Party’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Secured Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or Lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices,

 

151



 

demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder, the Hedge Agreements or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to any Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 7.04 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (g) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof.

 

Section 7.06                              Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc. .  Until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all applicable Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled, each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against any applicable Borrower or any other Guarantor or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including (a) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against any applicable Borrower with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, (b) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Secured Party now has or may hereafter have against any applicable Borrower, and (c) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Secured Party.  In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all applicable Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled, each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations (including any such right of contribution as contemplated by Section 7.02).  Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against any applicable Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Secured Party may have against any applicable Borrower, to all right, title and interest any Secured Party may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right any Secured Party may have against such other guarantor.  If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all applicable Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been finally and indefeasibly paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Section 7.07                              Subordination of Other Obligations .  Any Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor (the “ Obligee Guarantor ”) is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such Indebtedness collected or received by the Obligee Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is

 

152



 

continuing shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of the Obligee Guarantor under any other provision hereof.

 

Section 7.08                              Continuing Guaranty .  This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all applicable Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled.  Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 7.09                              Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower s.  It is not necessary for any Secured Party to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or any Borrower or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

 

Section 7.10                              Financial Condition of the Borrower s.  Any Credit Extension may be made to any Borrower or continued from time to time, and any Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Agreements and Treasury Transactions may be entered into from time to time, in each case without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of such Borrower at the time of any such grant or continuation or at the time such Hedge Agreement is entered into, as the case may be.  No Secured Party shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of any Borrower.  Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from any Borrower on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of such Borrower and its ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, any Hedge Agreements, any Cash Management Agreements or any Treasury Transactions, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of each Borrower and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations.  Each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of any Borrower now or hereafter known by any Secured Party.

 

Section 7.11                              Bankruptcy, Etc. .

 

(a)                                  So long as any Guaranteed Obligations remain outstanding, no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent acting pursuant to the instructions of Required Lenders, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, examinership or insolvency case (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) or proceeding of or against any Borrower or any other Guarantor.  The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, examinership, liquidation or arrangement of any Borrower or any other Guarantor or by any defense which any Borrower or any other Guarantor may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

 

153



 

(b)                                  Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in clause (a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and Secured Parties that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve any Borrower of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations.  Guarantors shall permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person under any Debtor Relief Law to pay the Administrative Agent, or allow the claim of the Administrative Agent in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

 

(c)                                   In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by any Borrower, the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) is rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Secured Party as a preference, fraudulent preference, fraudulent disposition, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder.

 

Section 7.12                              Discharge of Guaranty Upon Sale of Guarantor .  If all of the Equity Interests of any Guarantor or any of its successors in interest hereunder shall be sold or otherwise disposed of (including by merger or consolidation) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, the Guaranty of such Guarantor or such successor in interest, as the case may be, hereunder shall automatically be discharged and released without any further action by any Secured Party or any other Person effective as of the time of such Asset Disposition.

 

Section 7.13                              Spanish Guarantor Limitations .  In respect of a Spanish Loan Party, the guarantee under this Article VII does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Sections 143.2 and 150 of the Spanish Companies Act ( Ley de Sociedades de Capital ).

 

Section 7.14                              Irish Guarantor Limitations .  In respect of an Irish Loan Party, the guarantee under this Article VII does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Section 60 of the Irish Companies Act (1963).

 

Section 7.15                              Keepwell .  Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by any other Loan Party hereunder to honor all of such Loan Party’s obligations under this Guaranty in respect of Swap Obligations ( provided , however , that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 7.15 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 7.15, or otherwise under this Guaranty, as it relates to such Loan Party, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater

 

154



 

amount).  The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled.  Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 7.15 constitute, and this Section 7.15 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

ARTICLE VIII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 8.01                              Events of Default .  If any one or more of the following conditions or events occur on or after the Closing Date:

 

(a)                                  Failure to Make Payments When Due .  Failure by any Borrower to pay (i) when due any installment of principal of any Loan, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; (ii) when due any amount payable to the Issuing Bank in reimbursement of any drawing under a Letter of Credit; or (iii) any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount due hereunder within five (5) Business Days after the date due; or

 

(b)                                  Default Under Other Agreements .  (i) Failure of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount, including any payment in settlement, payable in respect of one or more items of Material Indebtedness (other than Material Indebtedness referred to in Section 8.01(a)) in an individual principal amount (or Net Mark-to-Market Exposure), in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor; or (ii) breach or default by any Loan Party with respect to any other material term of (A) one or more items of Material Indebtedness in the individual or aggregate principal amounts (or Net Mark-to-Market Exposure) referred to in clause (i) above or (B) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Material Indebtedness, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor, if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Material Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders), to cause, that Material Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or redeemable) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be; or

 

(c)                                   Breach of Certain Covenants .  Failure of any Loan Party to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 2.06, Sections 5.01(a), 5.01(b), 5.01(c), and 5.01(e), Section 5.02 (solely as to the existence of any Borrower), Section 5.16, 5.20 or Article VI (and solely in respect of Section 5.20, such default shall continue unremedied for a period of two Business Days); or

 

(d)                                  Breach of Representations, Etc. (i)  any representation or warranty in Article IV shall be inaccurate in any material respect (provided that such inaccuracy will not be an Event of Default hereunder if within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date reasonable steps are

 

155



 

being taken to remedy such inaccuracy and such inaccuracy is actually remedied within such period) or (ii) any representation, warranty, certification or other statement made or deemed made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be false in any material respect as of the date made or deemed made or, to the extent that any such representation, warranty, certification or other statement is already qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, such representation, warranty, certification or other statement shall be false in any respect as of the date made or deemed made; or

 

(e)                                   Other Defaults Under Loan Documents .  Any Loan Party shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Loan Documents, other than any such term referred to in any other paragraph of this Section 8.01, and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) an officer of such Loan Party becoming aware of such default or (ii) receipt by the Borrower Representative of notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

 

(f)                                    Involuntary Bankruptcy, Appointment of Receiver, Creditor’s Process, Etc. (i) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree, judgment or order for relief in respect of the Parent, any Borrower or any Material Company in an involuntary case (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect, which decree, judgment or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law; or (ii) an involuntary case (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) shall be commenced against any the Parent, Borrower or any Material Company under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect; or a decree, judgment or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, examiner, liquidator, conservator, custodian or other officer having similar powers over the Parent, any Borrower or any Material Company, or over all or a substantial part of its property, shall have been entered; or (iii) there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee, examiner, liquidator, conservator or other custodian of the Parent, any Borrower or any Material Company for all or a substantial part of its property; or a warrant of or order for attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of the Parent, any Borrower or any Material Company and any such event described in this clause (iii) shall continue for sixty (60) days without having been dismissed, bonded or discharged; or (iv) any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of a Material Company exceeding an aggregate value of $250,000,000 (or its equivalent) unless such process is either being contested in good faith and/or proven to be frivolous or vexatious and is discharged within twenty (20) Business Days after commencement; provided , in each case, that notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (i)-(iv), if such Loan Party is a Guarantor whose guaranty is not required for the Borrowers to be in compliance with Section 5.16, no Event of Default shall arise under this clause (f) as a result of the involuntary bankruptcy (or other analogous events described in this clause (f)) of such Loan Party; or

 

(g)                                   Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) The Parent, any Borrower or any Material Company shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or

 

156



 

shall commence a voluntary case (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other Debtor Relief Law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee, examiner, liquidator, conservator or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or the Parent, any Borrower or any Material Company shall make any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) the Parent, any Borrower or any Material Company shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as such debts become due; or the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) or shareholders of the Parent, any Borrower or any Material Company, or any committee thereof shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to herein or in Section 8.01(f); provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Loan Party is a Guarantor whose guaranty is not required for the Borrowers to be in compliance with Section 5.16, no Event of Default shall arise under this clause (g) as a result of the filing of bankruptcy (or other analogous events described in this clause (g)) of such Loan Party; or

 

(h)                                  Judgments and Attachments .  Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process involving an amount in excess of $250,000,000 individually or in the aggregate at any time (to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days (or in any event later than five (5) days prior to the date of any proposed sale thereunder); or

 

(i)                                      Unlawfulness and Invalidity .  (i) It is or becomes unlawful for any Loan Party to perform any of its material obligations under the Loan Documents or any Security Document, or any Security Document ceases to be effective, (ii) any material obligation or obligations of any Loan Party under any of the Loan Documents are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, or (iii) any material Loan Document ceases to be in full force and effect or any Security Document ceases to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable or effective or is alleged by a party to it to be ineffective; or

 

(j)                                     Dissolution .  Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against any Borrower or any Material Company ordering or decreeing the dissolution or split up of such Borrower or Material Company, as the case may be, and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of sixty (60) days; provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Loan Party is a Guarantor whose guaranty is not required for the Borrowers to be in compliance with Section 5.16, no Event of Default shall arise under this clause (k) as a result of the dissolution or split up of such Person; or

 

(k)                                  Employee Benefit Plans .  There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

157



 

(l)                                      Guaranties, Security Documents and other Loan Documents .  At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) the Guaranty for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations, shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void or any Guarantor shall repudiate its obligations thereunder, (ii) this Agreement or any Security Document ceases to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or the satisfaction in full of the Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void, or the Collateral Agent shall not have or shall cease to have a valid and perfected Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Security Documents with the priority required by the relevant Security Document, in each case for any reason other than the failure of the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to take any action within its control, or (iii) any Loan Party shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by Lenders, under any Loan Document to which it is a party or shall contest the validity or perfection of any Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Security Documents; or

 

(m)                              Cessation of Business .  Any Borrower or any Material Company suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business (other than as a result of a disposal of assets or merger permitted under this Agreement); or

 

(n)                                  Material Adverse Effect .  There occurs any event, circumstance or change that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Group,

 

THEN , (a) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.01(f) or 8.01(g) with respect to any Group Member organized under the laws of a state of the United States, automatically, and (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, at the request of (or with the consent of) Required Lenders, (i) the Revolving Commitments, if any, of each Lender having such Revolving Commitments, the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit, the obligation of the Swing Line Lender to make any Swing Line Loan and the obligation to make loans under any Ancillary Facility shall immediately terminate; (ii) each of the following shall immediately become due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Loan Party:  (A) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Loans, (B) an amount equal to the maximum amount that may at any time be drawn under all Letters of Credit then outstanding (regardless of whether any beneficiary under any such Letter of Credit shall have presented, or shall be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents or certificates required to draw under such Letters of Credit), (C) all amounts due under any Ancillary Facility and (D) all other Obligations; provided , that the foregoing shall not affect in any way the obligations of Lenders under Section 2.03(b)(v) or Section 2.04(e); (iii) the Administrative Agent may cause the Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to Security Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent shall direct the Borrower Representative to pay (and the Borrower Representative hereby agrees upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Sections 8.01(f) and (g) to pay) to the Administrative Agent such additional

 

158



 

amounts of cash as reasonably requested by the Issuing Bank, to be held as security for the Foreign Borrower’s reimbursement Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit then outstanding; and (v) the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may exercise on behalf of themselves, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the other Secured Parties all rights and remedies available to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank under the Loan Documents or under applicable law or in equity.

 

ARTICLE IX.
AGENTS

 

Section 9.01                              Appointment of Agents .  DBNY is hereby appointed the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes DBNY to act as the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents.  The Administrative Agent hereby agrees to act in its capacity as such upon the express conditions contained herein and the other Loan Documents, as applicable.  The provisions of this Article IX (other than as expressly provided herein) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and no Loan Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Article IX (other than as expressly provided herein).  In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for any Group Member.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document, each of the Arrangers and the Bookrunners are named as such for recognition purposes only, and in their respective capacities as such shall have no duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; it being understood and agreed that each of the Arrangers and the Bookrunners shall be entitled to all indemnification and reimbursement rights in favor of the Administrative Agent provided herein and in the other Loan Documents and all of the other benefits of this Article IX.

 

Section 9.02                              Powers and Duties .  Each Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto.  In the event that any obligations (other than the Obligations) are permitted to be incurred hereunder and secured by Liens permitted to be incurred hereunder on all or a portion of the Collateral, each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements and amendments to the Security Documents to reflect such arrangements on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent.  Each Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are expressly specified herein and the other Loan Documents.  Each Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its agents or employees.  No Agent shall have, by reason hereof or any of the other Loan Documents, a fiduciary relationship or other implied duties in respect of any Lender, any Loan Party or any other Person; and nothing herein or any of the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon any Agent any obligations in respect hereof or any of the other Loan Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not

 

159



 

intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under the agency doctrine of any applicable law.  Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.  Anything herein to the contrary not withstanding, none of the Arrangers, Bookrunners, Agents or any other person listed on the cover page hereof, shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents except in its capacity as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or a Lender hereunder.

 

Section 9.03                              General Immunity .

 

(a)                                  No Responsibility for Certain Matters .  No Agent shall be responsible to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency hereof or any other Loan Document, or for the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien, or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by any Agent to the Lenders or by or on behalf of any Loan Party or to any Agent or Lender in connection with the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or business affairs of any Loan Party or any other Person liable for the payment of any Obligations, nor shall any Agent be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Loan Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or as to the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or as to the value or sufficiency of any Collateral or as to the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III or elsewhere herein (other than confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent) or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Group Member or to make any disclosures with respect to the foregoing.  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Loans or the Letter of Credit Usage or the component amounts thereof.

 

(b)                                  Exculpatory Provisions .  No Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders (i) for any action taken or omitted by any Agent (A) under or in connection with any of the Loan Documents or (B) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement) except to the extent caused by such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) for any failure of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  No Agent shall, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose or be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  Each Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Loan Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until such Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 10.05) and, upon receipt of

 

160



 

such instructions from Required Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), such Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions and shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (i) each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for a Group Member), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (ii) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 10.05).

 

(c)                                   Delegation of Duties .  Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it and to grant an exemption from any restrictions to any sub-delegate.  Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates.  The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of this Section 9.03 and of Section 9.06 shall apply to any of the Affiliates of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable.  All of the rights, benefits, and privileges (including the exculpatory and indemnification provisions) of this Section 9.03 and of Section 9.06 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities as sub-agent as if such sub-agent and Affiliates were named herein.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, (i) such sub-agent shall be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly, without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all of Loan Parties and the Lenders, (ii) such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) shall not be modified or amended without the consent of such sub-agent, and (iii) such sub-agent shall only have obligations to the Administrative Agent and not to any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person and no Loan Party, Lender or any other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, against such sub-agent.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Default or Event of Default .  No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice describing such

 

161



 

Default or Event of Default is given to such Agent by a Loan Party or a Lender.  In the event that the Administrative Agent shall receive such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders, provided that failure to give such notice shall not result in any liability on the part of the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 9.04                              Agents Entitled to Act as Lender .  The agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder.  With respect to its participation in the Loans and the Letters of Credit, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it hereunder, and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include each Agent in its individual capacity.  Any Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with any Borrower or any of its Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from any Borrower for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.  The Lenders acknowledge that pursuant to such activities, the Agents or their Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Agents and their Affiliates shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them.

 

Section 9.05                              Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Group in connection with Credit Extensions hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Group.  No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement, an Assignment Agreement and funding its Tranche A Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan and/or Revolving Loans on the Closing Date, the Closing Date or by funding any Incremental Term Loans or Incremental Revolving Loans, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Required Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Closing Date or as of the date of funding of such Loans.

 

Section 9.06                              Right to Indemnity .  Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to indemnify each Agent to the extent that such Agent shall not have been reimbursed by any Loan Party (and without limiting its obligation to do so), for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature

 

162



 

whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or otherwise in its capacity as Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided , that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided , that in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided , further , that this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

Section 9.07                              Successor Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swing Line Lender .

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have the right to resign at any time by giving prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrowers.  The Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a financial institution to act as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent hereunder, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Borrowers and the Required Lenders and so long as such successor Administrative Agent shall be either one of the Lenders or a commercial banking institution organized under the laws of the United States (or any State thereof) or a United States branch or agency of a commercial banking institution, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, and the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective on the earlier of (a) the acceptance of such successor Administrative Agent by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders or (b) the thirtieth day after such notice of resignation.  Upon any such notice of resignation, if a successor Administrative Agent has not already been appointed by the retiring Administrative Agent, Required Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Borrowers, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent.  If neither Required Lenders nor the Administrative Agent have appointed a successor Administrative Agent, then the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have succeeded to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring the Administrative Agent; provided , that until a successor Administrative Agent is so appointed by Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent, by notice to the Borrowers and Required Lenders, may retain its role as the Collateral Agent under any Security Document.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any resignation of DBNY or its successor as the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute the resignation of DBNY or its successor as the Collateral Agent.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 9.07 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent hereunder.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall promptly (a) transfer to

 

163



 

such successor Administrative Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held under the Security Documents, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, and (b) execute and deliver to such successor Administrative Agent such amendments to financing statements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Administrative Agent of the security interests created under the Security Documents, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  If the Administrative Agent is retaining its role as Collateral Agent, the actions enumerated in the preceding sentence will be modified to account for such retained role.  Any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to this Section 9.07 shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Collateral Agent for all purposes hereunder.  If DBNY or its successor as the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.07 has resigned as the Administrative Agent but retained its role as the Collateral Agent and no successor the Collateral Agent has become the Collateral Agent pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, DBNY or its successor may resign as the Collateral Agent upon notice to the Borrowers and Required Lenders at any time.

 

(b)                                  In addition to the foregoing, the Collateral Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to Lenders and the Loan Parties.  The Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a financial institution as the Collateral Agent hereunder, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Borrowers and the Required Lenders and the Collateral Agent’s resignation shall become effective on the earlier of (i) the acceptance of such successor Collateral Agent by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders or (ii) the thirtieth day after such notice of resignation.  Upon any such notice of resignation, Required Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to appoint a successor Collateral Agent.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor Collateral Agent, the successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the Security Documents, and the retiring Collateral Agent under this Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held hereunder or under the Security Documents, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the Security Documents, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent or otherwise authorize the filing of such amendments to financing statements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the security interests created under the Security Documents, whereupon such retiring Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the Security Documents.  After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement or the Security Documents while it was the Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

(c)                                   Any resignation of DBNY or its successor as the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.07 shall also constitute the resignation of DBNY or its successor as the Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed

 

164



 

pursuant to this Section 9.07 shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank (in accordance with Section 2.04(h)) for all purposes hereunder.  In such event (i) the Foreign Borrower shall prepay any outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the retiring Administrative Agent in its capacity as Swing Line Lender, (ii) upon such prepayment, the retiring Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender shall surrender any Swing Line Note held by it to the Foreign Borrower for cancellation and (iii) the Foreign Borrower shall issue, if so requested by the successor Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender, a new Swing Line Note to the successor Administrative Agent and the successor Swing Line Lender, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Sublimit then in effect and with other appropriate insertions.

 

Section 9.08                              Security Documents and Guaranty .

 

(a)                                  Agents under Security Documents and Guaranty .  Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, on behalf of and for the benefit of Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of Secured Parties with respect to the Guaranty, the Collateral and the Security Documents; provided , that except as expressly set forth herein, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall owe any fiduciary duty, duty of loyalty, duty of care, duty of disclosure or any other obligation whatsoever to any holder of Obligations.  Subject to Section 10.05, without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable may execute any documents or instruments necessary (i) in connection with a sale or disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement, to release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of such sale or other disposition of assets or to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 10.05) have otherwise consented or (ii) to release any Guarantor from the Guaranty pursuant to Section 7.12 or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 10.05) have otherwise consented.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Secured Party appoints the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to act as its agent in connection with the ratification and incorporation of any Spanish Security Document into a Spanish Public Document, and hereby authorizes each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to enter into, enforce their rights under and generally represent them in respect of the granting of Spanish Public Document. Each Secured Party appoints the Collateral Agent to act as its agent in connection with the execution of any and all documents required to perfect the security created under the Irish Security Documents.

 

(b)                                  Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guaranty .  Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Security Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral

 

165



 

at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.

 

(c)                                   Rights under Hedge Agreements .  No Hedge Agreement shall create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Lender Counterparty that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Loan Documents except as expressly provided in Sections 2.15(d) and 10.05(c)(v) of this Agreement and Section 10 of the U.S. Security Agreements.  By accepting the benefits of the Collateral, such Lender Counterparty shall be deemed to have appointed the Collateral Agent as its agent and agreed to be bound by the Loan Documents as a Secured Party, subject to the limitations set forth in this clause (c).

 

(d)                                  Release of Collateral and Guaranties, Termination of Loan Documents .

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, upon the Discharge of Obligations and upon request of the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender or any Lender Counterparty) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all guarantee obligations provided for in any Loan Document.  Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, examinership, receivership or reorganization of any Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor, liquidator, examiner or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, any Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

(ii)                                   Upon any disposition of property permitted by this Agreement, any security interest in such property provided for in any Security Document shall be deemed to be automatically released and such property shall automatically revert to the applicable Loan Party with no further action on the part of any Person.  The Collateral Agent shall, at the applicable Loan Party’s expense, execute and deliver or otherwise authorize the filing of such documents as such Loan Party shall reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, including financing statement amendments to evidence such release.

 

(e)                                   Powers of Attorney .  At the request of the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent, which request may be made from time to time, each of the Lenders party hereto agrees to execute and grant a power of attorney in favor of (and in form and substance satisfactory to) the Collateral Agent and/or the Administrative Agent to the extent necessary

 

166



 

under local law in order to give effect to the provisions of this Section 9.08.  To the extent a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that it is prohibited by its governing documents or by requirements of law from providing such power of attorney, and the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent determines that documentation executed by such Lender is reasonably necessary to effectuate the provisions of this Section 9.08, each such Lender undertakes for so long as it is Lender to join the Administrative Agent and or Collateral Agent (as requested by such agent) in any action to give effect to the provisions of this Section 9.08 and for the avoidance of doubt, such Lender shall abide by and act, or refrain from acting, in accordance with, any decision of the Lenders made in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Section 9.09                              Withholding Taxes .  To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax.  If any payment has been made to any Lender by the Administrative Agent without the applicable withholding Tax being withheld from such payment and the Administrative Agent has paid over the applicable withholding Tax to the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority, or the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

 

Section 9.10                              Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .  In case of the pendency of any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Borrower, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the other Secured Parties (including fees, disbursements and other expenses of counsel) allowed in such judicial proceeding and (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same.  Any custodian, receiver, examiner, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and other Secured Party to make such payments to the Administrative Agent.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or other Secured Party any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or other Secured Party to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of such Person or in any such proceeding.

 

Section 9.11                              Administrative Agent’s “Know Your Customer” Requirements .  Each Lender shall promptly, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, provide such

 

167



 

documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for itself) in order for the Administrative Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents.

 

Section 9.12                              Spanish Collateral Agent .  Notwithstanding the generality of this Article IX, each of the Secured Parties party hereto on the Closing Date shall grant a power of attorney in favor of (and in form and substance satisfactory to) the Collateral Agent to administer and enforce remedies with respect to the Spanish Security, which shall be granted in favor of each and all of the Secured Parties, that is subject to any Spanish Security Document for and on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.  At the request of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, which request may be made from time to time, each Lender party hereto from time to time will sign such powers of attorney as requested by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent which are necessary to cause any Spanish Security Document to be elevated to the status of a Spanish Public Document.

 

ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.01                       Notices .

 

(a)                                  Notices Generally .  Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given to a Loan Party, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be sent to such Person’s address as set forth on Schedule 10.01(d)  or in the other relevant Loan Document, and in the case of any Lender, the address as indicated on Schedule 10.01(d)  or otherwise indicated to the Administrative Agent in writing.  Except as otherwise set forth in paragraph (b) below, each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail or courier service or by ordinary or registered post and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile, ordinary or registered post, or three (3) Business Days after depositing it in the ordinary or prepaid post or United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided , that no notice to any Agent shall be effective until received by such Agent; provided , further , that any such notice or other communication shall at the request of the Administrative Agent be provided to any sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 9.03(c) hereto as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Electronic Communications .

 

(i)                                      Notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.  The Administrative Agent or the

 

168



 

Borrower Representative may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided , further , that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.  Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (A) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided , that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient and (B) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (A) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

(ii)                                   Each Loan Party understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Administrative Agent, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(iii)                                The Platform and any Approved Electronic Communications are provided “as is” and “as available”.  None of the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives (the “ Agent Affiliates ”) warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of the Approved Electronic Communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and the Approved Electronic Communications.  No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Agent Affiliates in connection with the Platform or the Approved Electronic Communications.  Each party hereto agrees that no Agent has any responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services or any testing required in connection with any Approved Electronic Communication or otherwise required for the Platform.  In no event shall any Agent nor any of the Agent Affiliates have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender or any other Person for damages of any kind, whether or not based on strict liability and including (A) direct damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Loan Party’s or any Agent’s transmission of communications through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any such Person if found in a final ruling by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or (B) indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages.

 

(iv)                               Each Loan Party, each Lender, the Issuing Bank and each Agent agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

 

169



 

(v)                                  All uses of the Platform shall be governed by and subject to, in addition to this Section 10.01, separate terms and conditions posted or referenced in such Platform and related agreements executed by the Lenders and their Affiliates in connection with the use of such Platform.

 

(vi)                               Any notice of Default or Event of Default may be provided by telephonic notice if confirmed promptly thereafter by delivery of written notice thereof.

 

(c)                                   Change of Address .  Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

(d)                                  Tax Forms .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 10.01, forms required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.20(c) shall be delivered in the manner required by law.

 

Section 10.02                       Expenses .  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Borrower agrees to pay promptly (a) all the actual and reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Loan Documents (including all costs incurred in connection with the Platform) and any consents, amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications thereto; (b) all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for any Borrower or the other Loan Parties; (c) the reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Agents in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications thereto and any other documents or matters requested by any Borrower; provided , that reasonable attorney’s fees shall be limited to one primary counsel and, if reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, local or specialist counsel, provided further that no such limitation shall apply if counsel for the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that there is a conflict of interest that requires separate representation for any Agent or Lender; (d) all the actual costs and reasonable expenses of creating, perfecting, recording, maintaining and preserving Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, including filing and recording fees, expenses and Taxes, stamp or documentary Taxes, search fees, title insurance premiums and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to each Agent and of counsel providing any opinions that any Agent or Required Lenders may request in respect of the Collateral or the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents; (e) all the actual costs and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers; (f) all the actual costs and reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any appraisers, consultants, advisors and agents employed or retained by the Collateral Agent and its counsel) in connection with the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral; (g) all other actual and reasonable documented costs and expenses incurred by each Agent in connection with the syndication of the Loans and Commitments and the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications thereto; and (h) all documented costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, incurred by any Agent or Lender in enforcing any Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from any Loan Party hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (including in connection with the sale, lease or license of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the

 

170



 

Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranty) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work-out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy cases or proceedings.  All amounts due under this Section 10.02 shall be due and payable within fifteen (15) Business Days after demand therefor.

 

Section 10.03                       Indemnity .

 

(a)                                  In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 10.02, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Loan Party agrees to defend (subject to Indemnitees’ rights to selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold harmless, each Agent, Arranger, Bookrunner, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender and Lender and the officers, partners, members, directors, trustees, shareholders, advisors, employees, representatives, attorneys, controlling persons, agents, sub-agents and Affiliates of each Agent, Arranger, Bookrunner, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender and Lender, as well as the respective heirs, successors and assigns of the foregoing (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided , that no Loan Party shall have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of that Indemnitee, in each case, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.03 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any law or public policy, the applicable Loan Party shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against each Agent, Arranger, Bookrunner, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender and Lender and their respective Affiliates, officers, partners, members, directors, trustees, shareholders, advisors, employees, representatives, attorneys, controlling persons, agents and sub-agents on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, as a result of or in any way related to this Agreement or any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the transmission of information through the Internet, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and each Loan Party hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.  No Indemnitee referred to above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(c)                                   All amounts due under this Section 10.03 shall be due and payable within fifteen (15) days after demand therefor.

 

171



 

Section 10.04                       Set-Off .  In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default each Lender is hereby authorized by each Loan Party at any time or from time to time subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), without notice to any Loan Party or to any other Person (other than the Administrative Agent), any such notice being hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (time or demand, provisional or final, general or special, including Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not including trust accounts) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party to such Lender hereunder, the Letters of Credit and participations therein and under the other Loan Documents, including all claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected hereto, the Letters of Credit and participations therein or with any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not (a) such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or (b) the principal of or the interest on the Loans or any amounts in respect of the Letters of Credit or any other amounts due hereunder shall have become due and payable pursuant to Article II and although such obligations and liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.22 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent, and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.

 

Section 10.05                       Amendments and Waivers .

 

(a)                                  Required Lenders’ Consent .  Subject to the additional requirements of Sections 10.05(b) and 10.05(c), and except as provided in Section 2.25 with respect to a Joinder Agreement, Section 2.26 with respect to a Refinancing Amendment and Section 2.27 with respect to an Extension Amendment, no amendment, supplement, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of the Required Lenders (delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to the applicable amendment, supplement, modification, termination or waiver by facsimile or other electronic transmission will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof); provided , that any Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” for purposes of calculating the Required Lenders (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Loan Documents.

 

(b)                                  Affected Lenders’ Consent .  Without the written consent of each Lender that would be directly and adversely affected thereby, no amendment, supplement, modification, termination, or consent shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

 

(i)                                      extend the scheduled final maturity of any Loan or Note;

 

172



 

(ii)                                   waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment (but not prepayment) of principal;

 

(iii)                                extend the stated expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date;

 

(iv)                               reduce the rate of interest on any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any Loan pursuant to Section 2.10) or any fee or any premium payable hereunder (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the Default Rate in Section 2.10 or to waive any obligation of any Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate);

 

(v)                                  waive or extend the time for payment of any such interest, fees or premiums;

 

(vi)                               reduce or forgive the principal amount of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit;

 

(vii)                            amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 2.13(b)(ii), Section 2.15 (except to the extent provided for in Section 10.05(c)(iii)), Section 2.16(c), Section 2.17, this Section 10.05(b), Section 10.05(c) or any other provision of this Agreement that expressly provides that the consent of all Lenders is required;

 

(viii)                         consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document except as expressly provided in any Loan Document;

 

(ix)                               amend the definition of “Required Lenders” or amend Section 10.5(a) in a manner that has the same effect as an amendment to such definition or the definition of “Pro Rata Share”; provided , that with the consent of Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant hereto may be included in the determination of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments, the Term Loans, the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans are included on the Closing Date;

 

(x)                                  release all or substantially all of the Collateral or all or substantially all of the Guarantors from the Guaranty except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents;

 

(xi)                               amend or modify any provision of any Loan Document relating to priority or subordination of the Loans and Commitments;

 

(xii)                            permit any change to the Borrowers or the Guarantors other than as expressly provided in this Agreement;

 

(xiii)                         amend or modify any provision of Section 10.06 in a manner that further restricts assignments thereunder; or

 

173



 

(xiv)                        change the stated currency in which any Borrower is required to make payments of principal, interest, fees or other amounts hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

 

provided , that for the avoidance of doubt, all Lenders shall be deemed directly and adversely affected thereby with respect to any amendment described in clause (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi) or (xiv).

 

(c)                                   Other Consents .  No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall:

 

(i)                                      increase any Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect or extend the outside date for such Commitment without the consent of such Lender; provided , that no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, covenant, Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to constitute an increase in any Commitment of any Lender;

 

(ii)                                   amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision hereof relating to the Swing Line Sublimit or the Swing Line Loans without the consent of Swing Line Lender;

 

(iii)                                alter the required application of any repayments or prepayments (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any scheduled amortization payment) as between Classes pursuant to Section 2.15 without the consent of Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate Tranche A Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, Foreign Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, U.S. Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders or Revolving Exposure of all Lenders or Incremental Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, as applicable, of each Class which is being allocated a lesser repayment or prepayment as a result thereof; provided , that Required Lenders may waive, in whole or in part, any prepayment so long as the application, as between Classes, of any portion of such prepayment which is still required to be made is not altered;

 

(iv)                               amend, modify, terminate or waive any obligation of Lenders relating to the purchase of participations in Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.04(e) without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and of the Issuing Bank;

 

(v)                                  amend, modify or waive this Agreement or any Security Document so as to alter the ratable treatment of Obligations arising under the Loan Documents and Obligations arising under Hedge Agreements or the definition of “Lender Counterparty,” “Hedge Agreement,” “Obligations,” or “Secured Obligations” (as defined in any applicable Security Document) in each case in a manner adverse to any Lender Counterparty with Obligations then outstanding without the written consent of any such Lender Counterparty;

 

174



 

(vi)                               amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Article IX as the same applies to any Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent, in each case without the consent of such Agent;

 

(vii)                            amend any condition for Credit Extensions set forth in Section 3.02 without the consent of Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders;

 

(viii)                         amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision hereof that would materially, disproportionately and adversely affect the Lenders holding Revolving Commitments or the obligation of the Foreign Borrower to make any payment of Revolving Loans without the consent of Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders (or if such amendment, modification or waiver affects only the Revolving Loans, 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposure); or

 

(ix)                               except to the extent expressly addressed in another clause of this Section 10.05, amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision hereof that would materially, disproportionately and adversely affect the obligation of any Borrower to make payment of Term Loans without the consent of Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate Term Loans of all Lenders.

 

(d)                                  Other Amendments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.05:

 

(i)                                      if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative shall have jointly identified an obvious or manifest error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof;

 

(ii)                                   the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may (or shall, to the extent required by any Loan Document) amend or restate any Security Document or enter into any new agreement or instrument (with the consent of the Borrower Representative, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to (A) make any change that would provide any additional rights, protections or benefits to the Secured Parties or that does not adversely affect the legal rights of any Secured Party hereunder or under such Security Document, (B) make, complete, enhance, confirm or reconfirm any grant of Collateral permitted or required herein or any of the Security Documents, (C) grant any Lien for the benefit of the Secured Parties otherwise permitted to be granted under any Loan Document or (D) add additional Lenders as Secured Parties, in each case, to the extent local law requires such amendments or restatements to effectuate the agreements of the parties hereunder, and any such amendments or restatements shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other

 

175



 

party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof; and

 

(iii)                                if, at any time, the Borrower Representative requests that the schedules to this Agreement be amended (or new schedules added) to reflect immaterial changes or changes of a clean-up nature, such schedules may be amended or added with the consent of the Administrative Agent (and without the consent of any other party to any Loan Document).

 

(e)                                   Execution of Amendments, Etc.  The Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, supplements, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender; provided that, with respect to amendments, supplements, modifications, waivers or consents requiring the approval of a Lender which has notified the Administrative Agent in writing at the time of such amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or consent that it is unable to permit the Administrative Agent to execute on its behalf, the Administrative Agent shall not execute such amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or consent on behalf of such Lender; provided , further , that any such limitation with respect to such Lender shall not affect the ability of the Administrative Agent to so execute on behalf of any other Lenders or, for the avoidance of doubt, the effectiveness of any amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or consent with respect to which the applicable consents have been received.  Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.  No notice to or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.  Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 10.05 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by the Borrowers, on the Loan Parties.

 

Section 10.06                       Successors and Assigns; Participations .

 

(a)                                  Generally .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders.  No Loan Party’s rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any Loan Party without the prior written consent of all Lenders (and any purported assignment or delegation without such consent shall be null and void).

 

(b)                                  Register .  Each Borrower, each Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding Commitments and Loans listed therein for all purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Commitment or Loan shall be effective, in each case, unless and until recorded in the Register following receipt of a fully executed Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer thereof, together with the required forms and certificates regarding Tax matters and any fees payable in connection with such assignment, in each case, as provided in Section 10.06(d).  Each assignment shall be recorded in the Register promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of the fully executed Assignment Agreement and all other necessary documents and approvals, prompt notice thereof shall be provided to the Borrower Representative and a copy of such Assignment Agreement shall be

 

176



 

maintained, as applicable.  The date of such recordation of a transfer shall be referred to herein as the “ Assignment Effective Date .”  Any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the corresponding Commitments or Loans.

 

(c)                                   Right to Assign .  Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell, assign or transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including all or a portion of its Commitment or Loans owing to it or other Obligations ( provided , that pro rata assignments shall not be required and each assignment shall be of a uniform, and not varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of any applicable Loan and any related Commitments):

 

(i)                                      to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” upon consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

 

(ii)                                   to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (d) or (e) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” upon consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and the giving of notice to the Borrowers and, in the case of assignments of Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments to any such Person, consented to by the Borrower Representative, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Bank ( provided that the Borrower Representative shall be deemed to have consented to assignments (A) made during the initial syndication of the Revolving Commitments to Lenders and the Administrative Agent and (B) after five (5) Business Days following notice thereof if such consent has not been giving within such time) (each such consent not to be (x) unreasonably withheld or delayed or (y) in the case of the Borrower Representative, required at any time a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing); provided , further , that each such assignment pursuant to this Section 10.06(c)(ii) shall be subject to the written confirmation from the Administrative Agent that such potential Lender is not a Disqualified Company and shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than (A) $1,000,000 (or €1,000,000 with respect to Loans denominated in Euro) (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans and (B) $1,000,000 (or €1,000,000 with respect to Loans denominated in Euro)  (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Tranche A Term Loan, Tranche B Term Loan or Incremental Term Loans of a Series of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of Term Loans; provided , that the Related Funds of any individual Lender may aggregate their Loans for purposes of determining compliance with such minimum assignment amounts.

 

(d)                                  Mechanics .  Assignments and assumptions of Loans and Commitments by Lenders shall be effected by manual execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of an Assignment Agreement.  Assignments made pursuant to the foregoing provision shall be

 

177



 

effective as of the Assignment Effective Date.  In connection with all assignments there shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent such forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to Tax withholding matters as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver pursuant to Section 2.20(c), together with payment to the Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $3,500 (except that no such registration and processing fee shall be payable (i) in connection with an assignment elected or caused by the Borrower Representative pursuant to Section 2.23, (ii) in connection with an assignment by or to DBNY or any Affiliate thereof or (iii) in the case of an Assignee which is already a Lender or is an Affiliate or Related Fund of a Lender or a Person under common management with a Lender).

 

(e)                                   Representations and Warranties of Assignee .  Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments and Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date, the Closing Date or as of the Assignment Effective Date, as applicable, that:  (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments or loans such as the applicable Commitments or Loans, as the case may be; and (iii) it shall make or invest in, as the case may be, its Commitments or Loans for its own account in the ordinary course and without a view to distribution of such Commitments or Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.06, the disposition of such Commitments or Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

 

(f)                                    Lender Status Confirmation .  Each Lender upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments and/or Loans to the Foreign Borrower, as the case may be, shall indicate, in the Assignment Agreement which it executes on becoming a party, and for the benefit of the Foreign Borrower, which of the following categories it falls into: (i) not a Qualifying Lender; (ii) a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender); or (iii) a Treaty Lender.  Each such Lender shall promptly notify the Foreign Borrower if there is any change in their position as a Qualifying Lender.

 

(g)                                   Effect of Assignment .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 10.06, as of the “Assignment Effective Date” (i) the assignee thereunder shall have the rights and obligations of a “Lender” hereunder to the extent of its interest in the Loans and Commitments as reflected in the Register and shall thereafter be a party hereto and a “Lender” for all purposes hereof; (ii) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to the assignee, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the termination hereof, including under Section 10.08) and be released from its obligations hereunder (and, in the case of an assignment covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto on the Assignment Effective Date; provided , that anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, (A) the Issuing Bank shall continue to have all rights and obligations thereof with respect to such Letters of Credit until the cancellation or expiration of such Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder and (B) such assigning Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of all indemnities hereunder as specified herein with respect to matters arising out of the prior involvement of such assigning Lender as a Lender hereunder); (iii) the Commitments shall be modified to reflect any Commitment of such assignee and any Revolving Commitment of such assigning Lender, if any;

 

178



 

and (iv) if any such assignment occurs after the issuance of any Note hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its applicable Notes to the Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon the applicable Borrower shall issue and deliver new Notes, if so requested by the assignee and/or assigning Lender, to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new Revolving Commitments and/or outstanding Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply the requirements of this Section 10.06 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.06(h).  Any assignment by a Lender pursuant to this Section 10.06 shall not in any way constitute or be deemed to constitute a novation, discharge, rescission, extinguishment or substitution of the Indebtedness hereunder, and any Indebtedness so assigned shall continue to be the same obligation and not a new obligation.

 

(h)                                  Participations .

 

(i)                                      Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell one or more participations to any Person (other than any Group Member or any of their respective Affiliates) in all or any part of its Commitments, Loans or in any other Obligation.

 

(ii)                                   The holder of any such participation, other than an Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except with respect to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (A) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan, Note or Letter of Credit (unless such Letter of Credit is not extended beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date) in which such participant is participating or the amortization schedule therefor, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Commitment shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that an increase in any Commitment or Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof), (B) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (C) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors or the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents) supporting the Loans hereunder in which such participant is participating.

 

(iii)                                Each Borrower agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18(c), 2.19 and 2.20 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section; provided , that such participant agrees, for the benefit of the applicable Borrower, to comply with Section 2.20 as though it were a Lender (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.20 shall be delivered to the participating Lender); provided further , that a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.19 or 2.20 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled

 

179



 

to receive with respect to the participation sold to such participant without the Borrower Representative’s prior written consent; provided , further , that except as specifically set forth herein, nothing herein shall require any notice to the Borrower Representative or any other Person in connection with the sale of any participation.  To the extent permitted by law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.04 as though it were a Lender; provided , that such participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17 as though it were a Lender.

 

(iv)                               Each Lender that sells a participation shall maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts of each participant’s interest in the Commitments, Loans and other Obligations held by it (the “ Participant Register ”).  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such Commitments, Loans and other Obligations as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  Any such Participant Register shall be available for inspection by the Administrative Agent at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice, solely to the extent such inspection is necessary to establish that such Commitments, Loans or other obligations are in registered form for purposes of Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

 

(v)                                  Each Lender which grants a participation to a participant in the Commitments and/or Loans to the Foreign Borrower shall confirm to the Foreign Borrower on the date it grants such participation whether or not the Participant is a Qualifying Lender.  Each such Lender shall promptly notify the Foreign Borrower if there is any change in the Participant’s status as a Qualifying Lender.

 

(i)                                      Certain Other Assignments and Participations .  In addition to any other assignment or participation permitted pursuant to this Section 10.06 any Lender may pledge (without the consent of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent) all or any portion of its Loans, the other Obligations owed by or to such Lender, and its Notes, if any, to secure obligations of such Lender including, without limitation, any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank, any other obligations to a federal or central bank and, in the case of any Lender which is a fund, to secure obligations owed or securities issued by, such Lender as security for those obligations or security; provided , that no Lender, as between any Borrower and such Lender, shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment and pledge; provided , further , that in no event shall the applicable Federal Reserve Bank, pledgee or trustee, be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

 

Section 10.07                       Independence of Covenants, Etc. .  All covenants, conditions and other terms hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, conditions or other terms, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant, condition or other term shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

 

180



 

Section 10.08                       Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements .  All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the making of any Credit Extension.  Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of each Loan Party set forth in Sections 2.18(c), 2.19, 2.20(e), 10.02, 10.03 and 10.04 and the agreements of Lenders set forth in Sections 2.17, 9.03(b), 9.06 and 9.09 shall survive the payment of the Loans, the cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder, and the termination hereof.

 

Section 10.09                       No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative .  No failure or delay or course of dealing on the part of any Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege.  The rights, powers and remedies given to each Agent and each Lender hereby are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies existing by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other Loan Documents or any of the Hedge Agreements.  Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of any Credit Extension shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether any Agent, Issuing Bank or Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time of the making of any such Credit Extension.

 

Section 10.10                       Marshaling; Payments Set Aside .  Neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Loan Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that any Loan Party makes a payment or payments to the Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders), or any Agent or Lenders enforce any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

 

Section 10.11                       Severability .  In case any provision in or obligation hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction).  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid, legal and enforceable provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as reasonably possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

181



 

Section 10.12                       Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights .  The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other Lender hereunder.  Nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity.  The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and independent debt, and each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out hereof and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

Section 10.13                       Table of Contents and Headings .  The Table of Contents hereof and Article and Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose, modify or amend the terms or conditions hereof, be used in connection with the interpretation of any term or condition hereof or be given any substantive effect.

 

Section 10.14                       APPLICABLE LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 10.15                       CONSENT TO JURISDICTION SUBJECT TO CLAUSE (E) OF THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE, ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK.  BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY (A) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS (OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO ACTIONS BY ANY AGENT IN RESPECT OF RIGHTS UNDER ANY SECURITY AGREEMENT GOVERNED BY A LAWS OTHER THAN THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY COLLATERAL SUBJECT THERETO); (B) WAIVES (I) JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF COURTS IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT MAY BE ENTITLED TO BRING SUIT BY REASON OF ITS PRESENT OR FUTURE DOMICILE OR OTHERWISE AND (II) ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS; (C) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE APPLICABLE LOAN PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10.01; (D) AGREES THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (C) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER THE APPLICABLE LOAN PARTY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING

 

182



 

SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (E) AGREES THAT THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS UNDER ANY SECURITY DOCUMENT OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT.  In connection with any action, suit, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, each of Parent, the Borrowers and the Loan Parties irrevocably designates and appoints Grifols, Inc., with the address 2410 Lillyvale Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90032-3514 (the “ Process Agent ”) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any action, suit, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby that may be instituted by Agent, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender, Arranger, Bookrunner or Lender or any other Indemnitee in any such New York State or Federal court or brought by any Agent, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender, Arranger, Bookrunner or Lender or any other Indemnitee under United States Federal or state laws.  Each of Parent, the Borrowers and the Loan Parties hereby agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail addressed to the Process Agent, with written notice of said service to each of Parent, the Borrowers and the Loan Parties at the address provided in accordance with Section 10.01, shall be effective service of process for any action, suit, proceeding or claim brought in any such New York State or Federal court.  Each of Parent, the Borrowers and the Loan Parties further agrees to take any and all action, including without limitation execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments as may be necessary to continue the designation and appointment of the Process Agent for a period of six years from the Closing Date to the sixth anniversary of the termination of this Agreement and all Loan Documents in accordance with their terms.

 

Section 10.16                       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED.  THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT (INCLUDING ANY APPELLATE COURT THEREOF) AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS.  EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS.  EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE

 

183



 

MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 10.16 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT (INCLUDING ANY APPELLATE COURT THEREOF).

 

Section 10.17                       Confidentiality .  Each Agent (which term shall for the purposes of this Section 10.17 include the Arrangers) and each Lender (which term shall for the purposes of this Section 10.17 include the Issuing Bank) shall hold all non-public information regarding the Group and their businesses identified as such by the Borrower Representative and obtained by such Agent or such Lender pursuant to the requirements hereof in accordance with such Agent’s and such Lender’s customary procedures for handling confidential information of such nature, it being understood and agreed by the Borrower Representative that, in any event, the Administrative Agent may disclose such information to the Lenders and each Agent and each Lender may make (a) disclosures of such information to Affiliates or Related Funds of such Lender or Agent and to their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents and advisors (and to other Persons authorized by a Lender or Agent to organize, present or disseminate such information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 10.17); provided , that such Persons are advised of and agree to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 10.17 or other provisions at least as restrictive as this Section 10.17, (b) disclosures of such information reasonably required by (i) any pledgee referred to in Section 10.6(h), (ii) any bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation of any Loans or any participations therein, (iii) any bona fide or potential direct or indirect contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Borrower and its obligations or (iv) any direct or indirect investor or prospective investor in a Related Fund; provided , that such pledgees, assignees, transferees, participants, counterparties, advisors and investors are advised of and agree to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 10.17 or other provisions at least as restrictive as this Section 10.17, (c) disclosure to (i) any rating agency or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers, in each case when required by it; provided , that prior to any disclosure, such rating agency or CUSIP Service Bureau shall be instructed to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from any Agent or any Lender, (d) disclosures in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (e) disclosures required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process; provided , that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender and each Agent shall make reasonable efforts to notify the Borrower Representative of any request by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information so that the Borrower Representative may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive the provisions of this Section 10.17, (f) disclosures

 

184



 

with the consent of the Borrower Representative and (g) to the extent information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.17 or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties.  If the Borrower Representative elects not to seek, or is unsuccessful in obtaining, any such protective order or other remedy or, in the absence of the receipt of a waiver hereunder, any Lender or Agent, as applicable, is compelled to disclose any non-public information to any tribunal or else stand liable for contempt, such Lender or Agent, as applicable, may disclose the non-public information to the tribunal to the extent legally required (as determined by it); provided , that such Lender or Agent, as applicable to the extent permitted by applicable law, will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, at the request of the Borrower Representative and at the Borrower Representative’s expense, an order or assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the non-public information required to be disclosed.  In addition, each Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall permit disclosure of non-public information to any Disqualified Company.

 

Section 10.18                       Usury Savings Clause .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged with respect to any of the Obligations, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law, shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.  If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect.  In addition, if when the Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, such Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and each Borrower to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws.  Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder or be refunded to the applicable Borrower.

 

Section 10.19                       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

 

185



 

Section 10.20                       Executive Proceedings .  Each Spanish Security Document shall be formalized in a Spanish Public Document so that it may have the status of an executive title for all purposes contemplated in Article 517, number 4 of the Spanish Civil Procedure Law (law 1/2000 of 7 January).

 

Section 10.21                       Effectiveness; Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent of written notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.  This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any fee letter entered into in connection herewith represent the entire agreement of the Group, the Agents, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender, the Arrangers, the Bookrunners and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Agent, Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender, Arranger, Bookrunner or Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.  Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, express or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, Affiliates of each of the Agents and Lenders, holders of participations in all or any part of a Lender’s Commitments, Loans or in any other Obligations, and the Indemnitees) any rights, remedies, obligations, claims or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided , that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of any Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement.

 

Section 10.22                       PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that shall allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 10.23                       Electronic Execution of Assignments .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

Section 10.24                       No Fiduciary Duty .  Each Agent, each Lender, each Arranger, each Bookrunner, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender and their respective Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “ Lenders ”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of each Borrower, its stockholders and/or its Affiliates.  Each Borrower agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory,

 

186



 

fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and such Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates, on the other.  The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that (x) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrowers, on the other, and (y) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (i) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Borrower except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (ii) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of any Borrower, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person.  Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that such Borrower has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto.  Each Borrower agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Borrower, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

Section 10.25                       Judgment Currency .  If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment in given.  The obligation of any Borrower in respect of such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from the applicable Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable Law).

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

187



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS THERAPEUTICS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

GRIFOLS BIOLOGICALS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

INSTITUTO GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

BIOMAT USA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS-CHIRON DIAGNOSTICS CORP.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS USA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Director

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Bank and Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Winters

 

 

Name:

Michael Winters

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Name:

Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
as Joint Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Frauen

 

 

Name:

William Frauen

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Blum

 

 

Name:

Christopher Blum

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
as Sole Global Coordinator and Joint Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carl Mayer

 

 

Name:

Carl Mayer

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,
as Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carl Mayer

 

 

Name:

Carl Mayer

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC,
as Lender

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.,
as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Iñigo de Basterrechea

 

 

Name:

Iñigo de Basterrechea / Pablo Arsuaga

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatories

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.,
as Joint Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Iñigo de Basterrechea

 

 

Name:

Iñigo de Basterrechea / Pablo Arsuaga

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatories

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christy Silvester

 

 

Name:

Christy Silvester

 

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,
as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christy Silvester

 

 

Name:

Christy Silvester

 

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Joint Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christy Silvester

 

 

Name:

Christy Silvester

 

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

HSBC BANK USA, N.A.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Jackson

 

 

Name:

Richard Jackson

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

HSBC BANK PLC, SUCURSAL EN ESPAÑA

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Narcis Francai

 

 

Name:

Narcis Francai

 

 

Title:

Director, HSBC Bank Plc, Suc. en Esp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arturo Deus

 

 

Name:

Arturo Deus

 

 

Title:

Director

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 



 

 

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.,

 

as Joint Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Jackson

 

 

Name:

Richard Jackson

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Grifols — Credit and Guaranty Agreement]

 


Exhibit 4.5

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

U.S. PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

dated as of February 27, 2014

 

between

 

EACH OF THE GRANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

and

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,

 

as Collateral Agent

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.

DEFINITIONS; GRANT OF SECURITY

1

1.1

General Definitions

 

1

1.2

Definitions; Interpretation

 

6

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

GRANT OF SECURITY

7

2.1

Pledge and Grant of Security

 

7

2.2

Certain Limited Exclusions

 

8

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS; GRANTORS REMAIN LIABLE

9

3.1

Security for Obligations

 

9

3.2

Continuing Liability Under Collateral

 

9

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

CERTAIN PERFECTION REQUIREMENTS

9

4.1

Delivery Requirements

 

9

4.2

Control Requirements

 

10

4.3

Intellectual Property Recording Requirements

 

10

4.4

Other Actions

 

11

4.5

Timing and Notice

 

11

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12

5.1

Grantor Information & Status

 

12

5.2

Collateral Identification, Special Collateral

 

12

5.3

Ownership of Collateral and Absence of Other Liens

 

13

5.4

Status of Security Interest

 

14

5.5

Goods & Receivables

 

14

5.6

Pledged Equity Interests, Investment Related Property

 

15

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

15

6.1

Grantor Information & Status

 

16

6.2

Collateral Identification; Special Collateral; Defense of Collateral

16

6.3

Ownership of Collateral and Absence of Other Liens

 

16

6.4

Status of Security Interest

 

17

6.5

Goods & Receivables

 

17

6.6

Pledged Equity Interests, Investment Related Property

 

18

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

ACCESS; RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND FURTHER ASSURANCES; ADDITIONAL GRANTORS

19

7.1

Further Assurances

 

19

7.2

Additional Grantors

 

21

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

COLLATERAL AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

21

8.1

Power of Attorney

 

21

8.2

No Duty on the Part of Collateral Agent or Secured Parties

 

22

8.3

Appointment Pursuant to Credit Agreement

 

22

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

REMEDIES

22

9.1

Generally

 

22

 

i



 

9.2

Application of Proceeds

 

24

9.3

Sales on Credit

 

24

9.4

Investment Related Property

 

24

9.5

Grant of Intellectual Property License

 

24

9.6

Intellectual Property

 

25

9.7

Cash Proceeds; Deposit Accounts

 

26

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

COLLATERAL AGENT

27

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.

CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; TRANSFER OF LOANS

27

 

 

 

 

SECTION 12.

STANDARD OF CARE; COLLATERAL AGENT MAY PERFORM

28

 

 

 

 

SECTION 13.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

28

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5.1 — GENERAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5.2 — COLLATERAL IDENTIFICATION

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5.4 — FINANCING STATEMENTS

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A — PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B — UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C — TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D — PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E — COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 

ii



 

This U.S. PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of February 27, 2014  (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement” ), between each of the subsidiaries of the Parent (as herein defined) that are U.S. Loan Parties and Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, a private limited company validly incorporated and existing under the laws of Ireland (the “ Irish Grantor ”), whether as an original signatory hereto or as an Additional Grantor (as herein defined) (other than the Collateral Agent, each, a “Grantor” ), and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as herein defined) (in such capacity as collateral agent, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Collateral Agent” ).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS , reference is made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement” ), by and among the Irish Grantor, as the Foreign Borrower, Grifols Worldwide Operations USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the U.S. Borrower, Grifols, S.A., a sociedad anónima organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain (the “ Parent ”), and certain Subsidiaries of the Parent, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, certain Grantors may enter into one or more Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Agreements and the Treasury Transactions with one or more Lender Counterparties;

 

WHEREAS , in consideration of the extensions of credit and other accommodations of Lenders and Lender Counterparties as set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Hedge Agreements, the Cash Management Agreements and the Treasury Transactions, respectively, each Grantor has agreed to secure such Grantor’s obligations under the Loan Documents, the Hedge Agreements, the Cash Management Agreements and the Treasury Transactions as set forth herein; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each Grantor and the Collateral Agent agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                          DEFINITIONS; GRANT OF SECURITY.

 

1.1                                General Definitions .  In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Additional Grantor” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 7.2.

 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Cash Proceeds” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 9.7.

 

“Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.1.

 

“Collateral Account” shall mean any account established by the Collateral Agent.

 



 

“Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Collateral Records” shall mean books, records, ledger cards, files, correspondence, customer lists, supplier lists, blueprints, technical specifications, manuals, computer software and related documentation, computer printouts, tapes, disks and other electronic storage media and related data processing software and similar items that at any time evidence or contain information relating to any of the Collateral or are otherwise necessary or helpful in the collection thereof or realization thereupon.

 

“Collateral Support” shall mean all property (real or personal) assigned, hypothecated or otherwise securing any Collateral and shall include any security agreement or other agreement granting a lien or security interest in such real or personal property.

 

“Control” shall mean:  (i) with respect to any Uncertificated Securities, control within the meaning of Section 8-106(c) of the UCC, (ii) with respect to any Certificated Security, control within the meaning of Section 8-106(a) or (b) of the UCC, (iii) with respect to any Electronic Chattel Paper, control within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the UCC, (iv) with respect to Letter of Credit Rights, control within the meaning of Section 9-107 of the UCC and (v) with respect to any “transferable record”(as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction), control within the meaning of Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in the jurisdiction relevant to such transferable record.

 

“Controlled Foreign Corporation” means any Subsidiary of a U.S. Loan Party that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code.

 

“Copyright Licenses” shall mean any and all agreements, licenses and covenants providing for the granting of any right in or to any Copyright or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue for infringement or other violation of any Copyright (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement required to be listed in Schedule 5.2(II) under the heading “Copyright Licenses” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

 

“Copyrights” shall mean all United States, and foreign copyrights (whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published), including but not limited to copyrights in software and all rights in and to databases, all designs (including but not limited to industrial designs, Protected Designs within the meaning of 17 U.S.C. 1301 et. Seq. and Community designs), and all Mask Works (as defined under 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act), whether registered or unregistered, as well as all moral rights, reversionary interests, and termination rights, and, with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all registrations and applications therefor including, without limitation, the registrations and applications required to be listed in Schedule 5.2(II) under the heading “Copyrights” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), (ii) all extensions and renewals thereof, (iii) all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement or other violation thereof, (iv) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, and (v) all other rights of any kind accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto throughout the world.

 

2



 

“Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

“Excluded Asset” shall mean any asset of any Grantor excluded from the security interest hereunder by virtue of Section 2.2 hereof but only to the extent, and for as long as, so excluded thereunder.

 

“Grantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Immaterial Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary other than any Borrower and any Material Company.

 

“Insurance” shall mean (i) all insurance policies covering any or all of the Collateral (regardless of whether the Collateral Agent is the loss payee thereof) and (ii) any key man life insurance policies.

 

“Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

“Intellectual Property Security Agreement” shall mean each intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered by the applicable Grantors, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C, Exhibit D and Exhibit E, as applicable.

 

“Investment Accounts” shall mean the Collateral Account, Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts and Deposit Accounts.

 

“Investment Related Property” shall mean (i) all “investment property” (as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC) and (ii) all of the following (regardless of whether classified as investment property under the UCC): all Pledged Equity Interests, Pledged Debt, the Investment Accounts and certificates of deposit.

 

“Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

“Majority Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.

 

“Material Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

“Patent Licenses” shall mean all agreements, licenses and covenants providing for the granting of any right in or to any Patent or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue for infringement or other violation of any Patent (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement required to be listed in Schedule 5.2(II) under the heading “Patent Licenses” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

 

“Patents” shall mean all United States and foreign patents and certificates of invention, or similar industrial property rights, and applications for any of the foregoing, including, without limitation: (i) each patent and patent application required to be listed in Schedule 5.2(II) under the heading “Patents” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions,

 

3



 

renewals, and reexaminations thereof, (iii) all patentable inventions and improvements thereto, (iv) all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement or other violation thereof, (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, and (vi) all other rights of any kind accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto throughout the world.

 

“Pledge Supplement” shall mean any supplement to this Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A.

 

“Pledged Debt” shall mean all indebtedness for borrowed money owed to such Grantor, whether or not evidenced by any Instrument, including, without limitation, all indebtedness described on Schedule 5.2(I) under the heading “Pledged Debt” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), issued by the obligors named therein, the instruments, if any, evidencing such any of the foregoing, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the foregoing.

 

“Pledged Equity Interests” shall mean all Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests and any other participation or interests in any equity or profits of any business entity including, without limitation, any trust and all management rights relating to any entity whose equity interests are included as Pledged Equity Interests.

 

“Pledged LLC Interests” shall mean all interests in any limited liability company that is a Material Subsidiary of a Grantor and each series thereof including, without limitation, all limited liability company interests listed on Schedule 5.2(I) under the heading “Pledged LLC Interests” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and the certificates, if any, representing such limited liability company interests and any interest of such Grantor on the books and records of such limited liability company or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such limited liability company interests and all rights as a member of the related limited liability company.

 

“Pledged Partnership Interests” shall mean all interests in any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership or other partnership that is a Material Subsidiary of a Grantor including, without limitation, all partnership interests listed on Schedule 5.2(I) under the heading “Pledged Partnership Interests” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and the certificates, if any, representing such partnership interests and any interest of such Grantor on the books and records of such partnership or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such partnership interests and all rights as a partner of the related partnership.

 

“Pledged Stock” shall mean all shares of capital stock of any Material Subsidiary owned by such Grantor, including, without limitation, all shares of capital stock described on Schedule 5.2(I) under the heading “Pledged Stock” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), and the certificates, if any, representing such shares

 

4



 

and any interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of the issuer of such shares or on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such shares, and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares.

 

“Receivables” shall mean all rights to payment, whether or not earned by performance, for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or services rendered or to be rendered, including, without limitation all such rights constituting or evidenced by any Account, Chattel Paper, Instrument, General Intangible or Investment Related Property, together with all of Grantor’s rights, if any, in any goods or other property giving rise to such right to payment and all Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations related thereto and all Receivables Records.

 

“Receivables Records” shall mean (i) all original copies of all documents, instruments or other writings or electronic records or other Records evidencing the Receivables, (ii) all books, correspondence, credit or other files, Records, ledger sheets or cards, invoices, and other papers relating to Receivables, including, without limitation, all tapes, cards, computer tapes, computer discs, computer runs, record keeping systems and other papers and documents relating to the Receivables, whether in the possession or under the control of Grantor or any computer bureau or agent from time to time acting for Grantor or otherwise, (iii) all evidences of the filing of financing statements and the registration of other instruments in connection therewith, and amendments, supplements or other modifications thereto, notices to other creditors, secured parties or agents thereof, and certificates, acknowledgments, or other writings, including, without limitation, lien search reports, from filing or other registration officers, (iv) all credit information, reports and memoranda relating thereto and (v) all other written or non-written forms of information related in any way to the foregoing or any Receivable.

 

“Secured Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 3.1.

 

“Securities” shall mean any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

 

“Trademark Licenses” shall mean any and all agreements, licenses and covenants providing for the granting of any right in or to any Trademark or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue for infringement, dilution or other violation of any Trademark or permitting co-existence with respect to a Trademark (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement required to be listed in Schedule 5.2(II) under the heading “Trademark Licenses” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

 

“Trademarks” shall mean all United States, and foreign trademarks, trade names, trade dress, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, Internet domain names, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of a like nature, whether or not registered, and with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all registrations and applications therefor

 

5



 

including, without limitation, the registrations and applications required to be listed in Schedule 5.2(II) under the heading “Trademarks”(as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), (ii) all extensions or renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized by any of the foregoing, (iv) all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution or other violation of any of the foregoing or for any injury to the related goodwill, (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, and (vi) all other rights of any kind accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto throughout the world.

 

“Trade Secret Licenses” shall mean any and all agreements providing for the granting of any right in or to Trade Secrets (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement required to be listed in Schedule 5.2(II) under the heading “Trade Secret Licenses” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

 

“Trade Secrets” shall mean all trade secrets and all other confidential or proprietary information and know-how whether or not the foregoing has been reduced to a writing or other tangible form, including all documents and things embodying, incorporating, or referring in any way to the foregoing, and with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future misappropriation or other violation thereof, (ii) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto; and (iii) all other rights of any kind accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto throughout the world.

 

“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, priority or remedies.

 

“United States” shall mean the United States of America.

 

“Updating Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b).

 

1.2                                Definitions; Interpretation.

 

(a)                                  In this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the meaning given to them in the UCC (and, if defined in more than one Article of the UCC, shall have the meaning given in Article 9 thereof): Account, Account Debtor, As-Extracted Collateral, Bank, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Consignee, Consignment, Consignor, Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Account, Commodity Contract, Commodity Intermediary, Deposit Account, Document, Entitlement Order, Equipment, Electronic Chattel Paper, Farm Products, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Health-Care-Insurance Receivable, Instrument, Inventory, Letter of Credit Right, Manufactured Home, Money, Payment Intangible, Proceeds, Record, Securities Account, Securities Intermediary, Security Certificate, Security Entitlement, Supporting Obligations, Tangible Chattel Paper and Uncertificated Security.

 

6



 

(b)                                  All other capitalized terms used herein (including the preamble and recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.  The incorporation by reference of terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall survive any termination of the Credit Agreement until this Agreement is terminated as provided in Section 11 hereof.  Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference.  References herein to any Section, Appendix, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to a Section, an Appendix, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided.  The use herein of the word “include” or “including”, when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.  The terms lease and license shall include sub-lease and sub-license, as applicable.  If any conflict or inconsistency exists between this Agreement and the Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement shall govern.  All references herein to provisions of the UCC shall include all successor provisions under any subsequent version or amendment to any Article of the UCC.

 

SECTION 2.                          GRANT OF SECURITY.

 

2.1                                Pledge and Grant of Security.

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor (other than the Irish Grantor) hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and continuing lien on all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all personal property of such Grantor including, but not limited to the following, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which any Grantor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located:

 

(i)                                      Accounts;

 

(ii)                                   Chattel Paper;

 

(iii)                                Documents;

 

(iv)                               General Intangibles;

 

(v)                                  Goods (including, without limitation, Inventory and Equipment);

 

(vi)                               Instruments;

 

(vii)                            Insurance;

 

(viii)                         Intellectual Property;

 

(ix)                               Investment Related Property (including, without limitation, Deposit Accounts);

 

(x)                                  Letter of Credit Rights;

 

7



 

(xi)                               Money;

 

(xii)                            Receivables and Receivable Records;

 

(xiii)                         Commercial Tort Claims now or hereafter described on Schedule 5.2;

 

(xiv)                        to the extent not otherwise included above, all other personal property of any kind and all Collateral Records, Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations relating to any of the foregoing; and

 

(xv)                           to the extent not otherwise included above, all Proceeds, products, accessions, rents and profits of or in respect of any of the foregoing; and

 

(b)                                  The Irish Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and continuing lien on all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following, whether now or hereafter existing or in which the Irish Grantor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located:

 

(i)                                      all Inventory and Goods consisting of blood and blood plasma (whether finished goods, works-in-progress or raw materials for such finished goods) and located in the United States, and all books and records pertaining thereto; and

 

(ii)                                   all Proceeds, products, accessions, rents and profits of or in respect of any of the foregoing;

 

(all of which property described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), subject to Section 2.2, being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Collateral” ).

 

2.2                                Certain Limited Exclusions .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Collateral include or the security interest granted under Section 2.1 hereof attach to (i) any lease, license, contract or agreement to which any Grantor is a party, and any of its rights or interest thereunder, if and to the extent that a security interest is prohibited by or in violation of (x) any law, rule or regulation applicable to such Grantor, or (y) a term, provision or condition of any such lease, license, contract or agreement (unless such law, rule, regulation, term, provision or condition would be rendered ineffective with respect to the creation of the security interest hereunder pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity); provided however that the Collateral shall include (and such security interest shall attach) immediately at such time as the contractual or legal prohibition shall no longer be applicable and to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of such lease, license, contract or agreement not subject to the prohibitions specified in (x) or (y) above; provided further that the exclusions referred to in clause (a) of this Section 2.2 shall not include any Proceeds of any such lease, license, contract or agreement; (ii) (x) any of the outstanding capital stock of a Controlled Foreign Corporation, other than in the case of a Controlled Foreign Corporation that is directly owned by a U.S. Loan Party or (y) in the case of a Controlled Corporation that is directly owned by a U.S. Loan Party, capital stock in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such Controlled Foreign Corporation entitled to vote; provided that immediately upon the amendment of the Internal Revenue Code to allow the pledge of a greater percentage of the voting power of capital stock in a Controlled Foreign Corporation without adverse tax consequences, the Collateral shall

 

8



 

include, and the security interest granted by each Grantor shall attach to, such greater percentage of capital stock of each Controlled Foreign Corporation; (iii) any of the outstanding capital stock of an Immaterial Subsidiary; (iv) any “intent-to-use” application for registration of a Trademark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law; (v) any Deposit Account or Securities Account of a Grantor to the extent exclusively used for payroll, taxes, employee benefits or other similar fiduciary purposes or (vi) any specifically identified asset with respect to which the Collateral Agent has determined in consultation with the Borrower Representative that the burden or cost of providing a Lien in such asset is excessive in view of the benefit to be obtained by the Collateral Agent and Lenders.

 

SECTION 3.                          SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS; GRANTORS REMAIN LIABLE.

 

3.1                        Security for Obligations .  This Agreement secures, and the Collateral is collateral security for, the prompt and complete payment or performance in full when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §362(a) (and any successor provision thereof)), of all Obligations (the “ Secured Obligations ”).

 

3.2                        Continuing Liability Under Collateral.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) each Grantor shall remain liable for all obligations under the Collateral and nothing contained herein is intended or shall be a delegation of duties to the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (ii) each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the agreements included in the Collateral, including, without limitation, any agreements relating to Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests, to perform all of the obligations undertaken by it thereunder all in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof and neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any of such agreements by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or any other document related thereto nor shall the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party have any obligation to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or have any obligation to take any action to collect or enforce any rights under any agreement included in the Collateral (including, without limitation, any agreements relating to Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests), and (iii) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral.

 

SECTION 4.                          CERTAIN PERFECTION REQUIREMENTS

 

4.1                                Delivery Requirements .

 

(a)           With respect to any Certificated Securities included in the Collateral, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent the Security Certificates evidencing such Certificated Securities duly indorsed by an effective indorsement (within the meaning of Section 8-107 of the UCC), or accompanied by share transfer powers or other instruments of transfer duly endorsed by such an effective endorsement, in each case, to the Collateral Agent or in blank.  In addition, each Grantor shall cause any certificates evidencing any Pledged Equity Interests, including, without limitation, any Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests, to be

 

9



 

similarly delivered to the Collateral Agent regardless of whether such Pledged Equity Interests constitute Certificated Securities.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any Instruments or Tangible Chattel Paper included in the Collateral, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent all such Instruments or Tangible Chattel Paper to the Collateral Agent duly indorsed in blank; provided , however , that such delivery requirement shall not apply to any Instruments or Tangible Chattel Paper having a face value amount of less than $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate.

 

4.2                                Control Requirements .

 

(a)                                  With respect to any Uncertificated Security included in the Collateral (other than any Uncertificated Securities credited to a Securities Account), each Grantor shall cause the issuer of such Uncertificated Security to either (i) register the Collateral Agent as the registered owner thereof on the books and records of the issuer or (ii) execute an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (or such other agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), pursuant to which such issuer agrees to comply with the Collateral Agent’s instructions with respect to such Uncertificated Security without further consent by such Grantor.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any Letter of Credit Rights included in the Collateral (other than any Letter of Credit Rights constituting a Supporting Obligation for a Receivable in which the Collateral Agent has a valid and perfected security interest) with a value exceeding $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate, Grantor shall promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the written consent of each issuer of each related letter of credit to the assignment of the proceeds of such letter of credit to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                                   With respect to any Electronic Chattel Paper or “transferable record” (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction) included in the Collateral, Grantor shall ensure that the Collateral Agent has Control thereof; provided, however, that such Control requirement shall not apply to any Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record having a face amount of less than $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate.

 

4.3                                Intellectual Property Recording Requirements .

 

(a)                                  In the case of any Collateral (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) consisting of issued U.S. Patents and applications therefor, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Patent Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto (or a supplement thereto) covering all such Patents in appropriate form for recordation with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office with respect to the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

 

(b)                                  In the case of any Collateral (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) consisting of registered U.S. Trademarks and applications therefor, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Trademark Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto (or a supplement thereto) covering all such Trademarks in appropriate form for recordation with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office with respect to the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

 

10



 

(c)                                   In the case of any Collateral (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) consisting of registered U.S. Copyrights and exclusive Copyright Licenses in respect of registered U.S. Copyrights for which any Grantor is the licensee, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Copyright Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto (or a supplement thereto) covering all such Copyrights and Copyright Licenses in appropriate form for recordation with the U.S. Copyright Office with respect to the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

 

4.4                                Other Actions .

 

(a)                                  If any issuer of any Pledged Equity Interest is organized under a jurisdiction outside of the United States, each Grantor shall take such additional actions that are reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, including, without limitation, causing the issuer to register the pledge on its books and records or making such filings or recordings, in each case as may be necessary or advisable, under the laws of such issuer’s jurisdiction to insure the validity, perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged LLC Interests included in the Collateral, if the Grantors own less than 100% of the equity interests in any issuer of such Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests, Grantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of each other holder of partnership interest or limited liability company interests in such issuer to the security interest of the Collateral Agent hereunder and following an Event of Default, the transfer of such Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged LLC Interests to the Collateral Agent of its designee, and to the substitution of the Collateral Agent or its designee as a partner or member with all the rights and powers related thereto.  Each Grantor consents to the grant by each other Grantor of a Lien in all Investment Related Property to the Collateral Agent and without limiting the generality of the foregoing consents to the transfer of any Pledged Partnership Interest and any Pledged LLC Interest to the Collateral Agent or its designee following an Event of Default and to the substitution of the Collateral Agent or its designee as a partner in any partnership or as a member in any limited liability company with all the rights and powers related thereto.

 

4.5                                Timing and Notice .

 

(a)                                  With respect to any Collateral in existence on the Closing Date, each Grantor shall comply with the requirements of Section 4 on the date hereof subject to Section 3.01(g) of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any Collateral hereafter owned or acquired, or any Collateral that was previously an Excluded Asset, such Grantor shall comply with such requirements within 30 (thirty) days following the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended (x) during which such Grantor acquired such rights therein or (y) after determination by the Borrower Representative and the Collateral Agent that such Collateral no longer constitutes an Excluded Asset (each such date, an “ Updating Date ”).

 

(c)                                   With respect to any Collateral of any Loan Party that becomes a Grantor after the date hereof, promptly upon such Loan Party becoming a Grantor (or such later time as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent).

 

(d)                                  Each Grantor shall promptly inform the Collateral Agent of its acquisition of any Collateral for which any action is required by Section 4 hereof (including, for

 

11



 

the avoidance of doubt, the filing of any applications for, or the issuance or registration of, any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks) within thirty (30) days following the end of the Fiscal Quarter during which such acquisition occurred.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the requirement that the Grantors take actions necessary to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral shall be subject to Section 3.01(g) of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants (but in the case of the Irish Grantor, solely with respect to Sections 5.1, 5.2(c), 5.3 and 5.4), on the Closing Date and on each Credit Date, that:

 

5.1                                Grantor Information & Status .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 5.1(A) & (B) (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time with written notice to the Collateral Agent) sets forth under the appropriate headings: (1) the full legal name of such Grantor, (2) all trade names or other names under which such Grantor currently conducts business, (3) the type of organization of such Grantor, (4) the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor, (5) its organizational identification number, if any, and (6) the jurisdiction where the chief executive office or its sole place of business (or the principal residence if such Grantor is a natural person) is located.

 

(b)                                  except as provided on Schedule 5.1(C), (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time with written notice to the Collateral Agent) it has not changed its name, jurisdiction of organization, chief executive office or sole place of business (or principal residence if such Grantor is a natural person) or its corporate structure in any way (e.g., by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise) and has not done business under any other name, in each case, within the five (5) years preceding the Closings Date or if such Grantor becomes a Grantor on a date after the Closing Date, five (5) years preceding such date;

 

(c)                                   it has not within the last five (5) years become bound (whether as a result of merger or otherwise) as debtor under a security agreement entered into by another Person, which has not heretofore been terminated other than the agreements identified on Schedule 5.1(D) hereof (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time);

 

(d)                                  such Grantor has been duly organized and is validly existing as an entity of the type as set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule 5.1(A) (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time with written notice to the Collateral Agent) solely under the laws of the jurisdiction as set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule 5.1(A) (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and remains duly existing as such.  Such Grantor has not filed any certificates of dissolution or liquidation, any certificates of domestication, transfer or continuance in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)                                   no Grantor is a “transmitting utility” (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(80) of the UCC).

 

5.2                                Collateral Identification, Special Collateral.

 

(a)                                  Schedule 5.2, as of the Closing Date, sets forth under the appropriate headings all of such Grantor’s: (1) Pledged Equity Interests, (2) Pledged Debt, (3) Securities

 

12



 

Accounts other than any Securities Accounts holding assets with a market value of less than $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate, (4) Deposit Accounts other than any Deposit Accounts holding less than $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate, (5) Commodity Contracts and Commodity Accounts other than any Commodity Contracts and Commodity Accounts, in each case, holding assets with a market value of less than $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate, (6) United States and foreign registrations and issuances of and applications for Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights owned by each Grantor, (7) Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses, Trade Secret Licenses and Copyright Licenses constituting Material Intellectual Property, (8) Commercial Tort Claims other than any Commercial Tort Claims having a value of less than $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate, (9) Letter of Credit Rights for letters of credit other than any Letter of Credit Rights worth less than $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate, (10) the name and address of any warehouseman, bailee or other third party in possession of any Inventory, Equipment and other tangible personal property other than any Inventory, Equipment or other tangible person property having a value less than $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate and (11) Material Contracts; and

 

(b)                                  As of the Closing Date (A) no material portion of the Collateral constitutes or is the Proceeds of, (1) Farm Products, (2) As-Extracted Collateral, (3) Manufactured Homes, (4) Health-Care-Insurance Receivables; (5) timber to be cut, or (6) aircraft, aircraft engines, satellites, ships or railroad rolling stock and (B) no material portion of the Collateral consists of motor vehicles or other goods subject to a certificate of title statute of any jurisdiction.

 

(c)                                   Solely in the case of the Irish Grantor, Schedule 5.2, as of the Closing Date, sets forth the name and address of any warehouseman, bailee or other third party in possession of any Inventory, Equipment and other tangible personal property other than any Inventory, Equipment or other tangible person property of the Irish Grantor having a value less than $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000

 

5.3                                Ownership of Collateral and Absence of Other Liens .

 

(a)                                  it owns the Collateral purported to be owned by it or otherwise has the rights it purports to have in each item of Collateral and, as to all Collateral whether now existing or hereafter acquired, developed or created (including by way of lease or license), will continue to own or have such rights in each item of the Collateral (except as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement), in each case free and clear of any and all Liens, rights or claims of all other Persons, including, without limitation, liens arising as a result of such Grantor becoming bound (as a result of merger or otherwise) as debtor under a security agreement entered into by another Person other than any Permitted Liens; and

 

(b)                                  other than any financing statements filed in favor of the Collateral Agent, no effective financing statement, fixture filing or other instrument similar in effect under any applicable law covering all or any material part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office except for (x) financing statements for which duly authorized proper termination statements have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing and (y) financing statements filed in connection with Permitted Liens.  Other than any automatic control in favor of a Bank, Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary maintaining a Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Contract, no Person is in Control of any Collateral other than in connection with Permitted Liens.

 

13



 

5.4                                Status of Security Interest.

 

(a)                                  upon the filing of financing statements naming each Grantor as “debtor” and the Collateral Agent as “secured party” and describing the Collateral in the filing offices set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule 5.4 hereof (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), the security interest of the Collateral Agent in all Collateral that can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction will constitute a valid, perfected, first priority Liens subject in the case of priority only, to any Permitted Liens with respect to Collateral.  Each agreement, if any, purporting to give the Collateral Agent Control over any Collateral is effective to establish the Collateral Agent’s Control of the Collateral subject thereto;

 

(b)                                  to the extent perfection or priority of the security interest therein is not subject to Article 9 of the UCC, upon recordation of the security interests granted hereunder in Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and exclusive Copyright Licenses in the applicable intellectual property registries, including but not limited to the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder shall constitute valid, perfected, first priority Liens (subject, in the case of priority only, to Permitted Liens);

 

(c)                                   except as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, no authorization, consent, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body or any other Person is required for either (i) the pledge or grant by any Grantor of the Liens in material Collateral purported to be created in favor of the Collateral Agent hereunder or (ii) the exercise by Collateral Agent of any rights or remedies in respect of any material Collateral (whether specifically granted or created hereunder or created or provided for by applicable law), except (A) for the filings contemplated by clause (a) above and (B) as may be required, in connection with the disposition of any Investment Related Property, by laws generally affecting the offering and sale of Securities; and

 

(d)                                  each Grantor is in compliance with its obligations under Section 4 hereof.

 

5.5                                Goods & Receivables .

 

(a)                                  To the knowledge of the relevant Grantor, each Receivable which is material to the Grantors, taken as a whole, (i) is and will be the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Account Debtor in respect thereof, representing an unsatisfied obligation of such Account Debtor, (ii) is and will be enforceable in accordance with its terms, (iii) is not and will not be subject to any credits, rights of recoupment, setoffs, defenses, taxes, counterclaims (except with respect to refunds, returns and allowances in the ordinary course of business with respect to damaged merchandise) and (iv) is and will be in compliance with all applicable laws, whether federal, state, local or foreign;

 

(b)                                  None of the Account Debtors in respect of any Receivable in excess of $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate is the government of the United States, any agency or instrumentality thereof, any state or municipality or any foreign sovereign except with respect to which the relevant Grantor has complied with Section 6.5(b).  No Receivable in excess of $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate requires the consent of the Account Debtor in respect thereof in connection with the security interest hereunder, except any

 

14



 

consent with respect to which the relevant Grantor has used commercially reasonable efforts to obtain; and

 

(c)                                   no Goods which are a material portion of the Collateral now or hereafter produced by any Grantor have been or will be produced in violation of the requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

5.6                                Pledged Equity Interests, Investment Related Property .

 

(a)                                  it is the record and beneficial owner of the Pledged Equity Interests free of all Liens, rights or claims of other Persons and there are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase, or shareholder, voting trust or similar agreements outstanding with respect to, or property that is convertible into, or that requires the issuance or sale of, any Pledged Equity Interests;

 

(b)                                  except as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, no consent of any Person including any other general or limited partner, any other member of a limited liability company, any other shareholder or any other trust beneficiary is necessary or desirable in connection with the creation, perfection or first priority status of the security interest of the Collateral Agent in any Pledged Equity Interests or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the exercise of remedies in respect thereof except such as have been obtained; and

 

(c)                                   except as set forth on Schedule 5.2 (I) (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time and in any event as of the most recent Updating Date), the Pledged LLC Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests do not represent interests (i) that by their terms provide that they are securities governed by the uniform commercial code of an applicable jurisdiction, (ii) that are dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or markets or (iii) in issuers that are registered as investment companies.

 

5.7                                Intellectual Property .

 

As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.2(II) sets forth a true and complete list of (A) all issued patents and pending patent applications owned by each Grantor that constitute Material Intellectual Property; (B) all registered trademarks and trademark applications owned by each Grantor that constitute Material Intellectual Property; (C) all registered copyrights and copyright applications owned by each Grantor that constitute Material Intellectual Property; and (D) all licenses which if expired or terminated would result in a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 5.2(II), a Grantor is the exclusive owner of each item of such scheduled Intellectual Property. In the case of any Intellectual Property licensed to a Grantor pursuant to the Licenses listed on Schedule 5.2(II), to such Grantor’s knowledge, such Grantor has the right to use, in connection with its business, such Intellectual Property, in accordance with the terms of such Licenses.

 

SECTION 6.                          COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS.

 

Each Grantor (in the case of the Irish Grantor, in the case of Sections 6.1, 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5(a) only) covenants and agrees that:

 

15



 

6.1                                Grantor Information & Status .

 

Without limiting any prohibitions or restrictions on mergers or other transactions set forth in the Credit Agreement, it shall not change such Grantor’s name, corporate structure (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise), chief executive office, type of organization or jurisdiction of organization or establish any trade names unless it shall have (a) notified the Collateral Agent in writing at least ten (10) days (or such lesser time as the Collateral Agent may agree) prior to any such change or establishment, identifying such new proposed name, corporate structure, chief executive office, jurisdiction of organization or trade name and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (b) taken all actions necessary or advisable to maintain the continuous validity, perfection and the same or better priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral granted or intended to be granted and agreed to hereby, which in the case of any merger or other change in corporate structure shall include, without limitation, executing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement together with all Supplements to Schedules thereto, upon completion of such merger or other change in corporate structure confirming the grant of the security interest hereunder.

 

6.2                                Collateral Identification; Special Collateral; Defense of Collateral .

 

(a)                                  in the event that it hereafter acquires any Collateral of a type described in Section 5.2(b) hereof, it shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof in writing and take such actions and execute such documents and make such filings all at Grantor’s expense as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to ensure that the Collateral Agent has a valid, perfected, first priority security interest in such Collateral, subject in the case of priority only, to any Permitted Liens.

 

(b)                                  in the event that it hereafter acquires or has any Commercial Tort Claim in excess of $10,000,000 individually or $30,000,000 in the aggregate it shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement together with all Supplements to Schedules thereto, identifying such new Commercial Tort Claims.

 

6.3                                Ownership of Collateral and Absence of Other Liens .

 

(a)                                  except for the security interest created by this Agreement, it shall not create or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral, other than Permitted Liens, and such Grantor shall defend the Collateral against all Persons at any time claiming any interest therein;

 

(b)                                  upon such Grantor or any officer of such Grantor obtaining knowledge thereof, it shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any event that may have a Material Adverse Effect on (i) the value of the Collateral or any portion thereof, (ii) the ability of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent to dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof, or (iii) the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent in relation thereto, including, without limitation, the levy of any legal process against the Collateral or any portion thereof;  and

 

(c)                                   it shall not sell, transfer or assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or exclusively license to another Person any Collateral except as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

16



 

6.4                                Status of Security Interest .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the limitations set forth in subsection (b) of this Section 6.4, each Grantor shall maintain the security interest of the Collateral Agent hereunder in all Collateral as valid, perfected, first priority Liens (subject, in the case of priority only, to Permitted Liens).

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Grantor shall be required to take any action to perfect any Collateral that can only be perfected by (i) Control or possession, except as and to the extent specified in Section 4 hereof, (ii) foreign filings with respect to Intellectual Property, except as and to the extent specified in Section 4 hereof or (iii) filings with registrars of motor vehicles or similar governmental authorities with respect to goods covered by a certificate of title, in each case except as and to the extent specified in Section 4 hereof.

 

6.5                                Goods & Receivables .

 

(a)                                  other than in connection with a disposition permitted by the Credit Agreement, it shall not deliver any Document evidencing any Equipment and Inventory to any Person other than the issuer of such Document to claim the Goods evidenced therefor or the Collateral Agent;

 

(b)                                  in the case of each Grantor, such Grantor shall, on each Updating Date, provide the Collateral Agent with written notice of any Receivable of the type described in Section 5.5(b) with respect to which compliance with this Section 6.5 is required, entered into since the last Updating Date and within thirty (30) days of such notice, unless otherwise agreed by the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent such documentation reasonably necessary to comply with the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 or any applicable similar state statute or regulation with respect to the assignment of the right of payment in respect of such Receivable;

 

(c)                                   [Reserved];

 

(d)                                  it shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense satisfactory and complete records of the Receivables, including, but not limited to, the originals of all documentation with respect to all Receivables and records of all payments received and all credits granted on the Receivables, all merchandise returned and all other dealings therewith;

 

(e)                                   following and during the continuation of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall not, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, (w) grant any extension or renewal of the time of payment of any Receivable, (x) compromise or settle any dispute, claim or legal proceeding with respect to any Receivable for less than the total unpaid balance thereof, (y) release, wholly or partially, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or (z) allow any credit or discount thereon; and

 

(f)                                    the Collateral Agent shall have the right at any time following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default to notify, or require any Grantor to notify, any Account Debtor of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Receivables and any Supporting Obligation and, in addition, at any time following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may:  (i) direct the Account Debtors under any Receivables to make payment of all amounts due or to become due to such Grantor thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent; (ii) notify, or require any Grantor to notify, each Person maintaining a lockbox or similar arrangement to which Account Debtors under any Receivables have been directed to make payment to remit all amounts representing collections on checks and other payment items from time to time sent to or deposited in such lockbox or other

 

17



 

arrangement directly to the Collateral Agent; and (iii) enforce, at the expense of such Grantor, collection of any such Receivables and to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as such Grantor might have done.  If the Collateral Agent notifies any Grantor that it has elected to collect the Receivables in accordance with the preceding sentence, any payments of Receivables received by such Grantor shall be forthwith (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in the Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Collateral Agent, and until so turned over, all amounts and proceeds (including checks and other instruments) received by such Grantor in respect of the Receivables, any Supporting Obligation or Collateral Support shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent hereunder and shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and such Grantor shall not adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any Receivable, or release wholly or partly any Account Debtor or obligor thereof, or allow any credit or discount thereon.

 

6.6                                Pledged Equity Interests, Investment Related Property .

 

(a)                                  Dividends .  Except as provided in the next sentence, in the event such Grantor receives any dividends, interest or distributions on any Pledged Equity Interest or other Investment Related Property, upon the merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of any issuer of any Pledged Equity Interest or Investment Related Property, then (a) such dividends, interest or distributions and securities or other property shall be included in the definition of Collateral without further action and (b) such Grantor shall comply with the requirements of Section 4 to the extent applicable to such property.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent authorizes each Grantor to retain all cash dividends and distributions and all payments of interest.

 

(b)                                  Voting .

 

(i)                                      So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, except as otherwise provided under the covenants and agreements relating to Investment Related Property in this Agreement or elsewhere herein or in the Credit Agreement, each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise or refrain from exercising any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Investment Related Property or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement; provided , that upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, no Grantor shall exercise or refrain from exercising any such right if the Collateral Agent shall have notified such Grantor that, in the Collateral Agent’s reasonable judgment, such action would have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of the Investment Related Property or any part thereof; and provided further , upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall give the Collateral Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior written notice of the manner in which it intends to exercise, or the reasons for refraining from exercising, any such right referred to in the first proviso above; it being understood, however, that neither the voting by such Grantor of any Pledged Stock for, or such Grantor’s consent to, the election of directors (or similar governing body) at a regularly scheduled annual or other meeting of stockholders or with respect to incidental matters at any such meeting, nor such Grantor’s consent to or approval of any action otherwise permitted under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement, shall be deemed inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement within the meaning of this Section 6.6(b)(i) and no notice of any such voting or consent need be given to the Collateral Agent; and

 

18



 

(ii)                                   Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default:

 

(1)                                  subject to clause (b)(i) above, all rights of each Grantor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; and

 

(2)                                  in order to permit the Collateral Agent to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto and to receive all dividends and other distributions which it may be entitled to receive hereunder: (1) each Grantor shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Collateral Agent all proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request and (2) each Grantor acknowledges that the Collateral Agent may utilize the power of attorney set forth in Section 8.1; and

 

(c)                                   if any issuer of any Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests which are not securities (for purposes of the UCC), on the date hereof elects to or otherwise takes any action to cause such Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests to be treated as securities for purposes of the UCC; such Grantor owning such Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any such election or action and, in such event, shall take all steps necessary or advisable to establish the Collateral Agent’s “control” thereof; and

 

(d)                                  except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, it shall not permit any issuer of any Pledged Equity Interest to merge or consolidate unless (i) such issuer creates a security interest that is perfected by a filed financing statement (that is not effective solely under section 9-508 of the UCC) in collateral in which such new debtor has or acquires rights, (ii) all the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of the surviving or resulting corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity is, upon such merger or consolidation, pledged hereunder; provided , that if the surviving or resulting Grantors upon any such merger or consolidation involving an issuer which is a Controlled Foreign Corporation, then such Grantor shall only be required to pledge equity interests in accordance with Section 2.2 and (iii) Grantor promptly complies with the delivery and control requirements of Section 4 hereof.

 

SECTION 7.                          ACCESS; RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND FURTHER ASSURANCES; ADDITIONAL GRANTORS.

 

7.1                                Further Assurances .

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, that it shall promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to create and/or maintain the validity, perfection or priority of and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby subject to the limitations expressly set forth herein or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor shall:

 

19



 

(i)                                      subject to the limitations expressly set forth herein, file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, record security interests in Intellectual Property and execute and deliver such other agreements, instruments, endorsements, powers of attorney or notices, as may be necessary, or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to effect, reflect, perfect and preserve the security interests granted or purported to be granted hereby;

 

(ii)                                   subject to the limitations expressly set forth herein, take all actions necessary to ensure the recordation of appropriate evidence of the liens and security interest granted hereunder in any Intellectual Property with any intellectual property registry in which said Intellectual Property is registered or issued or in which an application for registration or issuance is pending, including, without limitation, the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, the various Secretaries of State, and the foreign counterparts on any of the foregoing;

 

(iii)                                if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon request by the Collateral Agent, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make such Collateral available to the Collateral Agent, at a place to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties and allow inspection of the Collateral by the Collateral Agent, or persons designated by the Collateral Agent;

 

(iv)                               if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the Collateral Agent’s request, appear in and defend any action or proceeding that may affect such Grantor’s title to or the Collateral Agent’s security interest in all or any material part of the Collateral; and

 

(v)                                  furnish the Collateral Agent with such information regarding the Collateral, including, without limitation, the location thereof, as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file a Record or Records, including, without limitation, financing or continuation statements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary to perfect or otherwise protect the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein.  Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent herein, including, without limitation, describing such property as “all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, developed or created” or words of similar effect.  Each Grantor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

(c)                                   Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to modify this Agreement after obtaining such Grantor’s signature to such modification by amending Schedule 5.2 (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) to include reference to any right, title or interest in any existing Intellectual Property or any Intellectual Property acquired or developed by any Grantor after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any

 

20



 

right, title or interest in any Intellectual Property in which any Grantor no longer has or claims any right, title or interest.

 

7.2                                Additional Grantors .  From time to time subsequent to the date hereof, additional Persons may become parties hereto as additional Grantors (each, an “ Additional Grantor ”), by executing a Pledge Supplement.  Upon delivery of any such Pledge Supplement to the Collateral Agent, notice of which is hereby waived by Grantors, each Additional Grantor shall be a Grantor and shall be as fully a party hereto as if Additional Grantor were an original signatory hereto.  Each Grantor expressly agrees that its obligations arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Grantor hereunder, nor by any election of Collateral Agent not to cause any Subsidiary of the Parent to become an Additional Grantor hereunder.  This Agreement shall be fully effective as to any Grantor that is or becomes a party hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Grantor hereunder.

 

SECTION 8.                          COLLATERAL AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.

 

8.1                                Power of Attorney .  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Grantor’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor, the Collateral Agent or otherwise, from time to time during the continuance of an Event of Default, in the Collateral Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the following:

 

(a)                                  to obtain and adjust insurance required to be maintained by such Grantor or paid to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement;

 

(b)                                  to ask for, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral;

 

(c)                                   to receive, endorse and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper in connection with clause (b) above;

 

(d)                                  to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of the Collateral Agent with respect to any of the Collateral;

 

(e)                                   to prepare, sign, and file for recordation in any intellectual property registry, appropriate evidence of the lien and security interest granted herein in any Intellectual Property in the name of such Grantor as debtor;

 

(f)                                    to take or cause to be taken all actions necessary to perform or comply or cause performance or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, access to pay or discharge taxes or Liens (other than Permitted Liens) levied or placed upon or threatened against the Collateral, the legality or validity thereof and the amounts necessary to discharge the same to be determined by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, any such payments made by the Collateral Agent to become obligations of such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, due and payable immediately without demand; and

 

21



 

(g)                                   to sell, transfer, lease, license, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein in order to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

 

8.2                                No Duty on the Part of Collateral Agent or Secured Parties .   The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the interests of the Secured Parties in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty (other than a reasonable standard of care pursuant to Section 12) upon the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise any such powers.  The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

8.3                                Appointment Pursuant to Credit Agreement .  The Collateral Agent has been appointed as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement.  The rights, duties, privileges, immunities and indemnities of the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.                          REMEDIES.

 

9.1                                Generally .

 

(a)                                  If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it at law or in equity, all the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent on default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) to collect, enforce or satisfy any Secured Obligations then owing, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and also may pursue any of the following separately, successively or simultaneously:

 

(i)                                      require any Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it shall at its expense and promptly upon request of the Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties;

 

(ii)                                   enter onto the property where any Collateral is located and take possession thereof with or without judicial process;

 

(iii)                                prior to the disposition of the Collateral, store, process, repair or recondition the Collateral or otherwise prepare the Collateral for disposition in any manner to the extent the Collateral Agent deems appropriate; and

 

(iv)                               without notice except as specified below or under the UCC, sell, assign, lease, license (on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, to the extent the Grantor has the lawful right to do so) or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof in one

 

22



 

or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as may be commercially reasonable.

 

(b)                                  The Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any public or private (to the extent to the portion of the Collateral being privately sold is of a kind that is customarily sold on a recognized market or the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations) sale in accordance with the UCC and the Collateral Agent, as collateral agent for and representative of the Secured Parties, shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale made in accordance with the UCC, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale.  Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.  Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification.  The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.  Each Grantor agrees that it would not be commercially unreasonable for the Collateral Agent to dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof by using Internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets.  Each Grantor hereby waives any claims against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.  If the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay all the Secured Obligations, Grantors shall be liable for the deficiency and the fees of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent to collect such deficiency.  Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent, that the Collateral Agent has no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no default has occurred giving rise to the Secured Obligations becoming due and payable prior to their stated maturities.  Nothing in this Section shall in any way limit the rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

(c)                                   The Collateral Agent may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral.  The Collateral Agent may specifically disclaim or modify any warranties of title or the like.  This procedure will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

 

(d)                                  The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral.

 

23



 

9.2                                Application of Proceeds .  Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, all proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, any collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied in full or in part by the Collateral Agent against, the Secured Obligations in the following order of priority:  first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization, including reasonable compensation to the Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and all other expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection therewith, and all amounts for which the Collateral Agent is entitled to indemnification hereunder (in its capacity as the Collateral Agent and not as a Lender) and all advances made by the Collateral Agent hereunder for the account of the applicable Grantor, and to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the Credit Agreement, all in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; second , to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment of all other Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 2.15(d) of the Credit Agreement; and third , to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment to or upon the order of the applicable Grantor or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

9.3                                Sales on Credit .  If the Collateral Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Grantor will be credited only with payments actually made by purchaser and received by Collateral Agent and applied to indebtedness of the purchaser.  In the event the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Collateral Agent may resell the Collateral and Grantor shall be credited with proceeds of the sale.

 

9.4                                Investment Related Property .  Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Investment Related Property conducted without prior registration or qualification of such Investment Related Property under the Securities Act and/or such state securities laws, to limit purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire the Investment Related Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  Each Grantor acknowledges that any such private sale may be at prices and on terms less favorable than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act) and, notwithstanding such circumstances, each Grantor agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Investment Related Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would, or should, agree to so register it.  If the Collateral Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Investment Related Property, upon written request, each Grantor shall and shall cause each issuer of any Pledged Stock to be sold hereunder, each partnership and each limited liability company from time to time to furnish to the Collateral Agent all such information as the Collateral Agent may request in order to determine the number and nature of interest, shares or other instruments included in the Investment Related Property which may be sold by the Collateral Agent in exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

 

9.5                                Grant of Intellectual Property License.  For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies

 

24



 

under Section 9 hereof at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor), subject, in the case of Trademarks, to sufficient rights to quality control and inspection in favor of such Grantor to avoid the risk of invalidation of such Trademarks, to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired, developed or created by such Grantor, wherever the same may be located.  Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof.

 

9.6                                Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided herein, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default:

 

(i)                                      the Collateral Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) to bring suit or otherwise commence any action or proceeding in the name of any Grantor, the Collateral Agent or otherwise, in the Collateral Agent’s sole discretion, to enforce any Intellectual Property rights of such Grantor, in which event such Grantor shall, at the request of the Collateral Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents required by the Collateral Agent in aid of such enforcement, and such Grantor shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 12 hereof in connection with the exercise of its rights under this Section 9.6, and, to the extent that the Collateral Agent shall elect not to bring suit to enforce any Intellectual Property rights as provided in this Section 9.6, each Grantor agrees to use all reasonable measures, whether by action, suit, proceeding or otherwise, to prevent the infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation of any of such Grantor’s rights in the Intellectual Property by others and for that purpose agrees to diligently maintain any action, suit or proceeding against any Person so infringing, misappropriating, diluting or otherwise violating as shall be necessary to prevent such infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation;

 

(ii)                                   upon written demand from the Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall grant, assign, convey or otherwise transfer to the Collateral Agent or such Collateral Agent’s designee all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral and shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                each Grantor agrees that such an assignment and/or recording shall be applied to reduce the Secured Obligations outstanding only to the extent that the Collateral Agent (or any other Secured Party) receives cash proceeds in respect of the sale of, or other realization upon, any such Intellectual Property; and

 

(iv)                               the Collateral Agent shall have the right to notify, or require each Grantor to notify, any obligors with respect to amounts due or to become due to such Grantor in respect of any Intellectual Property of such Grantor, of the existence of the security interest created herein, to direct such obligors to make payment of all such amounts directly to the Collateral Agent, and, upon such notification and at the expense

 

25



 

of such Grantor, to enforce collection of any such amounts and to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as such Grantor might have done;

 

(1)                                  all amounts and proceeds (including checks and other instruments) received by Grantor in respect of amounts due to such Grantor in respect of the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent hereunder, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith paid over or delivered to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) to be held as cash Collateral and applied as provided by Section 9.7 hereof; and

 

(2)                                  without the consent of the Collateral Agent, a Grantor shall not, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any such amount or release wholly or partly any obligor with respect thereto or allow any credit or discount thereon.

 

(b)                                  If (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and, by reason of cure, waiver, modification, amendment or otherwise, no longer be continuing, (ii) no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) an assignment or other transfer to the Collateral Agent of any rights, title and interests in and to any Intellectual Property of such Grantor shall have been previously made and shall have become absolute and effective, and (iv) the Secured Obligations shall not have become immediately due and payable, upon the written request of any Grantor, the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor, at such Grantor’s sole cost and expense, such assignments or other transfer as may be necessary to reassign to such Grantor any such rights, title and interests as may have been assigned to the Collateral Agent as aforesaid, subject to any disposition thereof that may have been made by the Collateral Agent; provided, after giving effect to such reassignment, the Collateral Agent’s security interest granted pursuant hereto, as well as all other rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent granted hereunder, shall continue to be in full force and effect; and provided further, the rights, title and interests so reassigned shall be free and clear of any other Liens granted by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties.

 

9.7                                Cash Proceeds; Deposit Accounts .   (a)  If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in addition to the rights of the Collateral Agent specified in Section 6.5 with respect to payments of Receivables, all proceeds of any Collateral received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near-cash items (collectively, “ Cash Proceeds ”) shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required) and held by the Collateral Agent in the Collateral Account.  Any Cash Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent (whether from a Grantor or otherwise) may during the occurrence of an Event of Default, in the sole discretion of the Collateral Agent, (A) be held by the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Secured Obligations (whether matured or unmatured) and/or (B) then or at any time thereafter may be applied by the Collateral Agent against the Secured Obligations then due and owing.

 

(b)  If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may apply the balance from any Deposit Account or instruct the bank at which any Deposit Account is maintained to pay the balance of any Deposit Account to or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent.

 

26



 

SECTION 10.                   COLLATERAL AGENT.

 

The Collateral Agent has been appointed to act as Collateral Agent hereunder by Lenders and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the other Secured Parties. The Collateral Agent shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including, without limitation, the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Agreement and the Credit Agreement; provided, the Collateral Agent shall, after payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, exercise, or refrain from exercising, any remedies provided for herein in accordance with the instructions of the holders (the “ Majority Holders ”) of a majority of the aggregate “settlement amount” as defined in the Hedge Agreements (or, with respect to any Hedge Agreement that has been terminated in accordance with its terms, the amount then due and payable (exclusive of expenses and similar payments but including any early termination payments then due) under such Hedge Agreement) under all Hedge Agreements.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, settlement amount for any Hedge that has not been terminated shall be the settlement amount as of the last Business Day of the month preceding any date of determination and shall be calculated by the appropriate swap counterparties and reported to the Collateral Agent upon request; provided any Hedge Agreement with a settlement amount that is a negative number shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the Majority Holders.  In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Secured Party, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, agrees that it shall have no right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral hereunder, it being understood and agreed by such Secured Party that all rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of this Section.  The provisions of the Credit Agreement relating to the Collateral Agent including, without limitation, the provisions relating to resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent and the powers and duties and immunities of the Collateral Agent are incorporated herein by this reference and shall survive any termination of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.                   CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; TRANSFER OF LOANS.

 

This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of Obligations, be binding upon each Grantor, its successors and assigns, and inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and its successors, transferees and assigns.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any Loans held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to Lenders herein or otherwise.  Upon the Discharge of Obligations, the security interest granted hereby shall automatically terminate hereunder and of record and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Grantors.  Upon any such termination the Collateral Agent shall, at the Grantors’ expense, execute and deliver to the Grantors or otherwise authorize the filing of such documents as the Grantors shall reasonably request, including financing statement amendments to evidence such termination.  Upon any disposition of property permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Liens granted herein shall be deemed to be automatically released and such property shall automatically revert to the applicable Grantor with no further action on the part of any Person.  The Collateral Agent shall, at the applicable Grantor’s expense, execute and deliver or otherwise authorize the filing of such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, including financing statement amendments to evidence such release.

 

27



 

SECTION 12.                   STANDARD OF CARE; COLLATERAL AGENT MAY PERFORM.

 

The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers.  Except for the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral.  The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any material part of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or otherwise.  If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the Collateral Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable and documented expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by each Grantor under Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 13.                   MISCELLANEOUS.

 

Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be given in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement.  No failure or delay on the part of the Collateral Agent in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege.  All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.  In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Grantors and their respective successors and assigns.  No Grantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent given in accordance with the Credit Agreement, assign any right, duty or obligation hereunder.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the Grantors and the Collateral Agent and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between such parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.  Accordingly, the Loan Documents may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties.  There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE

 

28



 

CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF THE UCC RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

 

THE PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT UNDER THE HEADINGS “CONSENT TO JURISDICTION” AND “WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL” ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE AND SUCH INCORPORATION SHALL SURVIVE ANY TERMINATION OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

(signature pages follow)

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor and the Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

Name: Victor Grifols Roura

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS INC. ,

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

Name: David Bell

 

Title: Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS THERAPEUTICS INC.,

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

Name: David Bell

 

Title: Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS BIOLOGICALS INC.,

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

Name: David Bell

 

Title: Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

BIOMAT USA INC.,

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

Name: David Bell

 

Title: Chairman

 

30



 

 

GRIFOLS-CHIRON DIAGNOSTIC CORP.

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

Name: David Bell

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS USA, INC.

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

Name: David Bell

 

Title: Director

 

31



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Winters

 

Name: Michael Winters

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk L. Tashjian

 

Name: Kirk Tashjian

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

32



 

EXHIBIT A
TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT

 

This PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT , dated [mm/dd/yy], is delivered by [NAME OF GRANTOR] a [NAME OF STATE OF INCORPORATION] [ corporation ] (the “ Grantor ”) pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of [ · ] , 2014 (as it may be from time to time amended, restated, modified or supplemented, the “ Security Agreement ”), among the Grantors named therein, and [ · ] , as the Collateral Agent.  Capitalized terms used herein not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Security Agreement.

 

Grantor hereby confirms the grant to the Collateral Agent set forth in the Security Agreement of, and does hereby grant to the Collateral Agent, a security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all Collateral to secure the Secured Obligations, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which Grantor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located.  Grantor represents and warrants that the attached Supplements to Schedules accurately and completely set forth all additional information required to be provided pursuant to the Security Agreement and hereby agrees that such Supplements to Schedules shall constitute part of the Schedules to the Security Agreement.

 

THIS PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW  OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF THE UCC RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Grantor has caused this Pledge Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of [ mm/dd/yy ].

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

EXHIBIT A-1



 


 

EXHIBIT B

TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

This Uncertificated Securities Control Agreement dated as of [                  ], 20[    ] among [                                ] (the “ Pledgor ”), [ · ] as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, (the “ Collateral Agent ”) and [                        ], a [                ] [corporation] (the “ Issuer ”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned in the Pledge and Security Agreement dated [as of the date hereof], among the Pledgor, the other Grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent (the “ Security Agreement ”).  All references herein to the “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

 

Section 1.  Registered Ownership of Shares .  The Issuer hereby confirms and agrees that as of the date hereof the Pledgor is the registered owner of [                    ] shares of the Issuer’s [common] stock (the “ Pledged Shares ”) and the Issuer shall not change the registered owner of the Pledged Shares without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

 

Section 2.  Instructions .  If at any time the Issuer shall receive instructions originated by the Collateral Agent relating to the Pledged Shares, the Issuer shall comply with such instructions without further consent by the Pledgor or any other person.

 

Section 3.  Additional Representations and Warranties of the Issuer .  The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent:

 

(a)  It has not entered into, and until the termination of this agreement will not enter into, any agreement with any other person relating to the Pledged Shares pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with instructions issued by such other person;

 

(b)  It has not entered into, and until the termination of this agreement will not enter into, any agreement with the Pledgor or the Collateral Agent purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Issuer to comply with Instructions as set forth in Section 2 hereof;

 

(c)  Except for the claims and interest of the Collateral Agent and of the Pledgor in the Pledged Shares, the Issuer does not know of any claim to, or interest in, the Pledged Shares.  If any person asserts any lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against the Pledged Shares, the Issuer will promptly notify the Collateral Agent and the Pledgor thereof; and

 

(d)  This Uncertificated Securities Control Agreement is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Issuer.

 

Section 4.  Choice of Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 5.  Conflict with Other Agreements .  In the event of any conflict between this Agreement (or any portion thereof) and any other agreement now existing or hereafter entered into, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement or waiver of any right hereunder shall be binding on any party hereto unless it is in writing and is signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

EXHIBIT B-1



 

Section 6.  Voting Rights .  Until such time as the Collateral Agent shall otherwise instruct the Issuer in writing, the Pledgor shall have the right to vote the Pledged Shares.

 

Section 7.  Successors; Assignment .  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective corporate successors or heirs and personal representatives who obtain such rights solely by operation of law.  The Collateral Agent may assign its rights hereunder only with the express written consent of the Issuer and by sending written notice of such assignment to the Pledgor.

 

Section 8.  Indemnification of Issuer .  The Pledgor and the Collateral Agent hereby agree that (a) the Issuer is released from any and all liabilities to the Pledgor and the Collateral Agent arising from the terms of this Agreement and the compliance of the Issuer with the terms hereof, except to the extent that such liabilities arise from the Issuer’s negligence and (b) the Pledgor, its successors and assigns shall at all times indemnify and save harmless the Issuer from and against any and all claims, actions and suits of others arising out of the terms of this Agreement or the compliance of the Issuer with the terms hereof, except to the extent that such arises from the Issuer’s negligence, and from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees and other reasonable and documented expenses of every nature and character arising by reason of the same, until the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.  Notices .  Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and deemed to have been properly given when delivered in person, or when sent by telecopy or other electronic means and electronic confirmation of error free receipt is received or two (2) days after being sent by certified or registered United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the party at the address set forth below.

 

Pledgor:

 

[Name and Address of Pledgor]

 

 

Attention: [                                ]

 

 

Telecopier: [                                ]

 

 

 

Collateral Agent:

 

[ · ]

 

 

Attention: [                                ]

 

 

Telecopier: [                                ]

 

 

 

Issuer:

 

[Insert Name and Address of Issuer]

 

 

Attention: [                                ]

 

 

Telecopier: [                                ]

 

 

 

Any party may change its address for notices in the manner set forth above.

 

Section 10.  Termination .  The obligations of the Issuer to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Control Agreement shall continue in effect until the security interests of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Shares have been terminated pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement and the Collateral Agent has notified the Issuer of such termination in writing.  The Collateral Agent agrees to provide Notice of Termination in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto to the Issuer upon the request of the Pledgor on or after the termination of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Shares pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.  The termination of this Control Agreement shall not terminate the Pledged Shares or alter the obligations of the Issuer to the Pledgor pursuant to any other agreement with respect to the Pledged Shares.

 

EXHIBIT B-2



 

Section 11.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

 

 

[NAME OF PLEDGOR] ,

 

as Pledgor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ · ] ,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF ISSUER] ,

 

as Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

EXHIBIT B-3



 

Exhibit A

 

[Letterhead of Collateral Agent]

 

[Date]

 

[Name and Address of Issuer]
Attention: [                                 ]

 

Re:  Termination of Control Agreement

 

You are hereby notified that the Uncertificated Securities Control Agreement between you, [Name of Pledgor] (the “ Pledgor ”) and the undersigned (a copy of which is attached) is terminated and you have no further obligations to the undersigned pursuant to such Agreement.  Notwithstanding any previous instructions to you, you are hereby instructed to accept all future directions with respect to Pledged Shares (as defined in the Uncertificated Control Agreement) from the Pledgor.  This notice terminates any obligations you may have to the undersigned with respect to the Pledged Shares, however nothing contained in this notice shall alter any obligations which you may otherwise owe to the Pledgor pursuant to any other agreement.

 

You are instructed to deliver a copy of this notice by facsimile transmission to the Pledgor.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

[ · ],

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

EXHIBIT B-4



 

EXHIBIT C

TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of [                    ], 20[    ] (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), is made by the entities identified as grantors on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of [ · ], as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of [ · ], 2014 (the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”) between each of the Grantors and the other grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Grantors granted a security interest to the Collateral Agent in the Trademark Collateral (as defined below) and are required to execute and deliver this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                          Defined Terms

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.                          Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral

 

SECTION 2.1                   Grant of Security.  Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and continuing lien on all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired, developed, created or arising and wherever located (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):

 

all United States, and foreign trademarks, trade names, trade dress, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, Internet domain names, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of a like nature, whether or not registered, and with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all registrations and applications therefor including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed or required to be listed in Schedule A attached hereto, (ii) all extensions or renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized by any of the foregoing, (iv) all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution or other violation of any of the foregoing or for any injury to the related goodwill, (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, and (vi) all other rights of any kind accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto throughout the world.

 

SECTION 2.2                   Certain Limited Exclusions Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Trademark Collateral include or the security interest granted under

 

EXHIBIT E-1



 

Section 2.1 hereof attach to any “intent-to-use” application for registration of a Trademark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law.

 

SECTION 3.                          Security Agreement

 

The security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Pledge and Security Agreement, the provisions of the Pledge and Security Agreement shall control.

 

SECTION 4.                          Governing Law

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

 

SECTION 5.                          Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

EXHIBIT E-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[ADD SIGNATURE BLOCKS FOR ANY OTHER GRANTORS]

 

EXHIBIT E-3



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

[ · ],

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

EXHIBIT E-4



 

EXHIBIT D

TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of [                    ], 20[    ] (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), is made by the entities identified as grantors on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the Grantors ) in favor of [ · ], as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of [ · ], 2014 (the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”) between each of the Grantors and the other grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Grantors granted a security interest to the Collateral Agent in the Patent Collateral (as defined below) and are required to execute and deliver this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

 

SECTION. 1.  Defined Terms

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.  Grant of Security Interest

 

Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and continuing lien on all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired, developed, created or arising and wherever located (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):

 

all United States and foreign patents and certificates of invention, or similar industrial property rights, and applications for any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to: (i) each patent and patent application listed or required to be listed in Schedule A attached hereto, (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals, and reexaminations thereof, (iii) all patentable inventions and improvements thereto, (iv) all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement or other violation thereof, (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, and (vi) all other rights of any kind accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto throughout the world.

 

SECTION 3.                          Security Agreement

 

The security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral made

 

EXHIBIT D-1



 

and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Pledge and Security Agreement, the provisions of the Pledge and Security Agreement shall control.

 

SECTION 4.                          Governing Law

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

 

SECTION 5.                          Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

EXHIBIT D-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[ADD SIGNATURE BLOCKS FOR ANY OTHER GRANTORS]

 

EXHIBIT D-3



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

[ · ],

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

EXHIBIT D-4



 

EXHIBIT E

TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of [                    ], 20[    ] (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), is made by the entities identified as grantors on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of [ · ], as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of [ · ], 2014 (the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”) between each of the Grantors and the other grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Grantors granted a security interest to the Collateral Agent in the Copyright Collateral (as defined below) and are required to execute and deliver this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                          Defined Terms

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.                          Grant of Security Interest

 

Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and continuing lien on all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired, developed, created or arising and wherever located (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):

 

(a)           all United States, and foreign copyrights (whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published), including but not limited to copyrights in software and all rights in and to databases, all designs (including but not limited to industrial designs, Protected Designs and Community designs), and all Mask Works (as defined under 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act), whether registered or unregistered, as well as all moral rights, reversionary interests, and termination rights, and, with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all registrations and applications therefor including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed or required to be listed in Schedule A attached hereto, (ii) all extensions and renewals thereof, (iii) all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement or other violation thereof, (iv) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, and (v) all other rights of any kind accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto throughout the world; and

 

(b)           any and all agreements, licenses and covenants providing for the granting of any exclusive right to such Grantor in or to any registered Copyright including, without limitation, each agreement required to be listed in Schedule A attached hereto, and all rights to sue or otherwise recover for past, present and future infringement or other violation or

 

EXHIBIT E-1



 

impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom, including without limitation license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit, now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 3.                          Security Agreement

 

The security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyright Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Pledge and Security Agreement, the provisions of the Pledge and Security Agreement shall control.

 

SECTION 4.                          Governing Law

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW  OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

 

SECTION 5.                          Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

EXHIBIT E-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[ADD SIGNATURE BLOCKS FOR ANY OTHER GRANTORS]

 

EXHIBIT E-3



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

[•],

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

EXHIBIT E-4


Exhibit 4.6

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of March 17, 2014 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS USA, INC. (the “ U.S. Borrower ”), GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED (the “ Foreign Borrower ”), GRIFOLS, S.A. (the “ Parent ”), each of the other Loan Parties named on the signature pages hereto, the Lenders named on the signature pages hereto and DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH (“ DBNY ”), as administrative agent (in such capacity and including any successors, the “ Administrative Agent ”), and as collateral agent.  All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings provided to such terms in the Credit Agreement (as defined below) as the context may require.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the U.S. Borrower, the Foreign Borrower, the Parent, certain subsidiaries of the Parent, the Lenders party thereto from time to time and the Administrative Agent are parties to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014 (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the U.S. Borrower, the Foreign Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent, and DBNY, in its capacity as the Collateral Agent, are parties to that certain U.S. Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014 (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have extended and agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers;

 

WHEREAS, the Loan Parties and the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement as of the Effective Date have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules thereto) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Amended Credit Agreement ”) and to amend the Security Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Amended Security Agreement ” and together with the Amended Credit Agreement, the “ Amended Loan Documents ”), in each case, in accordance with the terms of Section 10.05 of the Credit Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

 

Section 1.                                            Amendment of Credit Agreement and Security Agreement . The Loan Parties, the Required Lenders under the Credit Agreement and the other parties hereto each agree that, in reliance on the representations and warranties set forth herein and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 hereof, (a) the Credit Agreement (together with the exhibits and schedules thereto) is, effective as of the Effective Date, hereby amended as reflected in the Amended Credit Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto and (b) the Security Agreement is, effective as of the Effective Date, hereby amended as reflected in the Amended Security Agreement attached as Exhibit B hereto.

 



 

Section 2.                                            Representations and Warranties .  To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, each of the Loan Parties represents and warrants to each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank that, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)                                  the representations and warranties set forth in Article IV of the Amended Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as if made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that to the extent any such representation and warranty is already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects.

 

(b)                                  each Loan Party has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under this Amendment and each of the Amended Loan Documents.  The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by each Loan Party of this Amendment and each of the Amended Loan Documents have been duly approved by all necessary organizational action of each such Loan Party;

 

(c)                                   this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party hereto and thereto and this Amendment is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; and

 

(d)                                  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Section 3.                                            Reaffirmation .

 

(a)                                  Each Loan Party reaffirms its guaranty of the Obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.  Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of this Amendment and consents to the amendment of the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this Amendment.  Each Loan Party hereby confirms that each Loan Document to which it is a party or is otherwise bound will continue to be in full force and effect as amended by this Amendment and all of its obligations thereunder shall not be impaired or limited by the execution or effectiveness of this Amendment.

 

(b)                                  It is the intention of each of the parties hereto that the Credit Agreement and Security Agreement be amended so as to preserve the perfection and priority of all Liens securing Indebtedness and Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that all Indebtedness and Obligations of the Loan Parties thereunder shall be secured by the Liens evidenced under the Security Documents and that neither this Amendment nor the transactions contemplated thereby constitute a novation or termination of the Indebtedness and Obligations existing under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (or serve to terminate Sections 9.06, 10.02 or 10.03 of the Credit Agreement or any of the Borrowers’ obligations thereunder).  The parties hereto further acknowledge and agree that

 

2



 

this Amendment constitutes an amendment of the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement made under and in accordance with the terms of Section 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 4.                                            Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness .  The effectiveness of this Amendment shall be subject to the following conditions precedent (the date on which such conditions have been satisfied (or waived) is referred to herein as the “ Effective Date ”).

 

(a)                                  the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this Amendment that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent; and

 

(b)                                  the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Required Lenders duly executed counterparts of this Amendment.

 

Section 5.                                            Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

(a)                                  The Parent and the Borrower Representative acknowledge and agree that each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party or otherwise bound (except as expressly amended hereby) shall continue in full force and effect and that all of its obligations thereunder and the obligations of the other Loan Parties party thereto shall continue, shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or limited by the execution or effectiveness of this Amendment.

 

(b)                                  This Amendment is limited as specified and shall not constitute a modification, acceptance or waiver of any other provisions of the Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

(c)                                   This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which counterparts when executed and delivered (including by facsimile or electronic transmission) shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.  A complete set of counterparts shall be lodged with the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)                                  Each Lender (as defined in the Credit Agreement) that delivers an executed counterpart of this Amendment on or prior to the Effective Date hereby consents to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(e)                                   THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(f)                                    From and after the Effective Date, all references in the Credit Agreement, Security Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to the Credit Agreement, shall be deemed to be references to the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement, respectively, as

 

3



 

modified hereby.  This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents.

 

(g)                                   This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrowers and the Guarantors and each of their respective successors and assigns, and upon the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(h)                                  Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

4



 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK
BRANCH,

 

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing
Bank and Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Winters

 

 

Name:

Michael Winters

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Name:

Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Amendment to Grifols Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING
AMERICAS, LLC,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carl Mayer

 

 

Name:

Carl Mayer

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ L uca T assan

 

 

Name:

L uca T assan

 

 

Title:

M anaging D irector

 

[Amendment to Grifols Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA,

 

S.A.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Iñigo de Basterrechea

 

 

Name:

Iñigo de Basterrechea / Pablo Arsuaga

 

 

Title:

A uthorized S ignatories

 

[Amendment to Grifols Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

HSBC BANK USA, N.A.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Jackson

 

 

Name:

Richard Jackson

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC BANK PLC, Sucursal en espaÑa

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Narcis Francai

 

 

Name:

Narcis Francai

 

 

Title:

HSBC Bank Plc, Suc. en Esp.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arturo Deus

 

 

Name:

Arturo Deus

 

 

Title:

D irector

 

[Amendment to Grifols Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING,
INC.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pramod Raju

 

 

Name:

Pramod Raju

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pramod Raju

 

 

Name:

Pramod Raju

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Amendment to Grifols Credit Agreement]

 



 

Accepted and agreed to as
of the date first above written:

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tomás Dagá Gelabert

 

 

Name:

Tomás Dagá Gelabert

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS THERAPEUTICS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

 

[Amendment to Grifols Credit Agreement]

 



 

GRIFOLS BIOLOGICALS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

INSTITUTO GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

BIOMAT USA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS DIAGNOSTIC SOLUTIONS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

[Amendment to Grifols Credit Agreement]

 



 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS USA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

[Amendment to Grifols Credit Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

(See Attached)

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

U.S. SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

(See Attached)

 

2


Exhibit 4.7

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

dated as of February 27, 2014

 

between

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

and

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,

 

as Collateral Agent

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.

DEFINITIONS; GRANT OF SECURITY

1

1.1

General Definitions

1

1.2

Definitions; Interpretation

2

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

GRANT OF SECURITY

3

2.1

Pledge and Grant of Security

3

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS; PLEDGOR REMAIN LIABLE

3

3.1

Security for Obligations

3

3.2

Continuing Liability Under Collateral

3

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3

4.1

Pledgor Information & Status

4

4.2

Ownership of Collateral and Absence of Other Liens

4

4.3

Status of Security Interest

4

4.4

Pledged Equity Interests

5

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

5

5.1

Generally

5

5.2

Pledged Equity Interests

6

5.3

Delivery and Control

7

5.4

Voting

7

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

FURTHER ASSURANCES

8

6.1

Further Assurances

8

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

COLLATERAL AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

9

7.1

Power of Attorney

9

7.2

No Duty on the Part of Collateral Agent or Secured Parties

10

7.3

Appointment Pursuant to Credit Agreement

10

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

REMEDIES

10

8.1

Generally

10

8.2

Application of Proceeds

11

8.3

Sales on Credit

12

8.4

Investment Property

12

8.5

Cash Proceeds

12

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

COLLATERAL AGENT

12

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; TRANSFER OF LOANS

13

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11.

STANDARD OF CARE; COLLATERAL AGENT MAY PERFORM

13

 

 

 

 

SECTION 12.

MISCELLANEOUS

14

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5.1 — GENERAL INFORMATION

 

 

i



 

SCHEDULE 4.4 — PLEDGED EQUITY INTERESTS

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A — PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT

 

 

ii



 

This PLEDGE AGREEMENT , dated as of February 27, 2014 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this Agreement” ), between GRIFOLS, S.A. (the Pledgor” ), a sociedad anónima organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain and DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH , as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as herein defined) (in such capacity as collateral agent, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the Collateral Agent” ).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS , reference is made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement” ), by and among Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, a private limited company validly incorporated and existing under the laws of Ireland, as the Foreign Borrower, Grifols Worldwide Operations USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the U.S. Borrower, the Pledgor, as the Parent, and certain Subsidiaries of the Parent, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Loan Parties may enter into one or more Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Agreements and the Treasury Transactions with one or more Lender Counterparties;

 

WHEREAS , in consideration of the extensions of credit and other accommodations of Lenders and Lender Counterparties as set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Hedge Agreements, the Cash Management Agreements and the Treasury Transactions, respectively, the Pledgor has agreed to secure its obligations under the Loan Documents, the Hedge Agreements, the Cash Management Agreements and the Treasury Transactions as set forth herein; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Pledgor and the Collateral Agent agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.                          DEFINITIONS; GRANT OF SECURITY.

 

1.1                                General Definitions .  In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Cash Proceeds” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 8.5.

 

“Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 2.1.

 

“Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Company ” means Grifols, Inc., a Virginia corporation.

 

“Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 



 

“Majority Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9 .

 

“Pledge Supplement” shall mean any supplement to this Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A.

 

“Pledged Equity Interests” shall mean all shares of capital stock and all other equity interests in the Company owned by the Pledgor, including, without limitation, all equity interests listed on Schedule 4.4 (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), and the certificates, if any, representing such shares and any equity interest of the Pledgor in the entries on the books of the Company and all dividends, distributions, cash, warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such equity interests.

 

“Pledgor” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

“Secured Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 3.1.

 

“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, priority or remedies.

 

“United States” shall mean the United States of America.

 

“Updating Date” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 5.3(b).

 

1.2                                Definitions; Interpretation.

 

(a)                                  In this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the meaning given to them in the UCC (and, if defined in more than one Article of the UCC, shall have the meaning given in Article 9 thereof): Certificated Security, Document, Proceeds, Record, Securities Account, Securities Intermediary, Security Certificate, and Uncertificated Security.

 

(b)                                  All other capitalized terms used herein (including the preamble and recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.  The incorporation by reference of terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall survive any termination of the Credit Agreement until this Agreement is terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.   Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference.  References herein to any Section, Appendix, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to a Section, an Appendix, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided.  The use herein of the word “include” or “including”, when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.  The terms lease and

 



 

license shall include sub-lease and sub-license, as applicable.  If any conflict or inconsistency exists between this Agreement and the Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement shall govern.  All references herein to provisions of the UCC shall include all successor provisions under any subsequent version or amendment to any Article of the UCC.

 

SECTION 2.                          GRANT OF SECURITY.

 

2.1                                Pledge and Grant of Security .  The Pledgor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and continuing lien on all of the Pledgor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following, whether now or hereafter existing or in which the Pledgor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located (all of which being hereinafter collectively referred to as the Collateral ):

 

(i)                                      all Pledged Equity Interests;

 

(ii)                                   all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; and

 

(iii)                                to the extent not otherwise included above, all Proceeds, products, accessions, rents and profits of or in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

SECTION 3.                          SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS; PLEDGOR REMAINS LIABLE.

 

3.1                                Security for Obligations.

 

This Agreement secures, and the Collateral is collateral security for, the prompt and complete payment or performance in full when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §362(a) (and any successor provision thereof)), of all Obligations (the “ Secured Obligations ”).

 

3.2                                Continuing Liability Under Collateral.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Pledgor shall remain liable for all obligations under the Collateral and nothing contained herein is intended or shall be a delegation of duties to the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (ii) the Pledgor shall remain liable under each of the agreements relating to Pledged Equity Interests, to perform all of the obligations undertaken by it thereunder all in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof and neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any of such agreements by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or any other document related thereto nor shall the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party have any obligation to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or have any obligation to take any action to collect or enforce any rights under any agreements relating to Pledged Equity Interests, and (iii) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release the Pledgor from any of its duties or obligations under any such contracts and agreements.

 

SECTION 4.                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

The Pledgor hereby represents and warrants, on the Closing Date and on each Credit Date, that:

 



 

4.1                                Pledgor Information & Status.

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4.1(A) & (B) (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time with written notice to the Collateral Agent) sets forth under the appropriate headings: (1) the full legal name of the Pledgor, (2) all trade names or other names under which the Pledgor currently conducts business, (3) the type of organization of the Pledgor, (4) the jurisdiction of organization of the Pledgor, (5) its organizational identification number, if any, and (6) the jurisdiction where the chief executive office or its sole place of business (or the principal residence if the Pledgor is a natural person) is located.

 

(b)                                  except as provided on Schedule 4.1(C), (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time with written notice to the Collateral Agent) it has not changed its name, jurisdiction of organization, chief executive office or sole place of business (or principal residence if the Pledgor is a natural person) or its corporate structure in any way (e.g., by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise) and has not done business under any other name, in each case, within the five (5) years preceding the Closings Date or if the Pledgor becomes a Pledgor on a date after the Closing Date, five (5) years preceding such date;

 

(c)                                   it has not within the last five (5) years become bound (whether as a result of merger or otherwise) as debtor under a security agreement entered into by another Person, which has not heretofore been terminated other than the agreements identified on Schedule 4.1(D) hereof (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

 

4.2                                Ownership of Collateral and Absence of Other Liens.

 

(a)                                  it owns the Collateral purported to be owned by it or otherwise has the rights it purports to have in each item of Collateral and, as to all Collateral whether now existing or hereafter acquired, developed or created (including by way of lease or license), will continue to own or have such rights in each item of the Collateral (except as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement), in each case free and clear of any and all Liens, rights or claims of all other Persons, including, without limitation, liens arising as a result of the Pledgor becoming bound (as a result of merger or otherwise) as debtor under a security agreement entered into by another Person other than any Permitted Liens; and

 

(b)                                  other than any financing statements filed in favor of the Collateral Agent, no effective financing statement, fixture filing or other instrument similar in effect under any applicable law covering all or any material part of the Collateral is on file in any filing or recording office except for (x) financing statements for which duly authorized proper termination statements have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing and (y) financing statements filed in connection with Permitted Liens.  Other than the Collateral Agent and any automatic control in favor of a Bank, Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary maintaining a Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Contract, no Person is in Control of any Collateral other than in connection with Permitted Liens.

 

4.3                                Status of Security Interest.

 

(a)                                  upon (i) the filing of financing statements naming the Pledgor as “debtor” and the Collateral Agent as “secured party” and describing the Collateral in the filing office set forth opposite the Pledgor’s name on Schedule 4.1 hereof (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and (B) delivery of all certificated Pledged Equity Interests, the security interest of the Collateral Agent granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder

 



 

will constitute a valid, perfected, first priority Lien subject in the case of priority only, to any Permitted Liens with respect to Collateral.

 

(b)                                  except as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, no authorization, consent, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body or any other Person is required for either (i) the pledge or grant by the Pledgor of the Liens purported to be created in favor of the Collateral Agent hereunder or (ii) the exercise by Collateral Agent of any rights or remedies in respect of any Collateral (whether specifically granted or created hereunder or created or provided for by applicable law), except (A) for the filings contemplated by clause (a) above and (B) as may be required, in connection with the disposition of any Pledged Equity Interests, by laws generally affecting the offering and sale of Securities; and

 

(c)                                   the Pledgor is in compliance with its obligations under Section 5 hereof.

 

4.4                                Pledged Equity Interests.

 

(a)                                  Schedule 4.4 sets forth all of the Pledged Equity Interests owned by the Pledgor and such Pledged Equity Interests constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Company;

 

(b)                                  it is the record and beneficial owner of the Pledged Equity Interests free of all Liens, rights or claims of other Persons and there are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase, or shareholder, voting trust or similar agreements outstanding with respect to, or property that is convertible into, or that requires the issuance or sale of, any Pledged Equity Interests;

 

(c)                                   except as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, no consent of any Person including any other general or limited partner, any other member of a limited liability company, any other shareholder or any other trust beneficiary is necessary or desirable in connection with the creation, perfection or first priority status of the security interest of the Collateral Agent in any Pledged Equity Interests or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the exercise of remedies in respect thereof except such as have been obtained; and

 

(d)                                  the Pledged Equity Interests do not represent interests (i) that by their terms provide that they are securities governed by the uniform commercial code of an applicable jurisdiction, (ii) that are dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or markets or (iii) in issuers that are registered as investment companies.

 

SECTION 5.                         COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS.

 

The Pledgor hereby covenants and agrees that:

 

5.1                                Generally.

 

(a)                                  Without limiting any prohibitions or restrictions on mergers or other transactions set forth in the Credit Agreement, it shall not change its name, corporate structure (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise), chief executive office, type of organization or jurisdiction of organization or establish any trade names unless it shall have (a) notified the Collateral Agent in writing at least ten (10) days (or such lesser time as the

 



 

Collateral Agent may agree) prior to any such change or establishment by executing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement, together with all Supplements to applicable Schedules showing such change thereto, identifying such new proposed name, corporate structure, chief executive office, jurisdiction of organization or trade name and providing such other information in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (b) taken all actions necessary or advisable to maintain the continuous validity, perfection and the same or better priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral granted or intended to be granted and agreed to hereby.;

 

(b)                                  upon the Pledgor or any officer of the Pledgor obtaining knowledge thereof, it shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any event that may have a Material Adverse Effect on (i) the value of the Collateral or any portion thereof, (ii) the ability of the Pledgor or the Collateral Agent to dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof, or (iii) the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent in relation thereto, including, without limitation, the levy of any legal process against the Collateral or any portion thereof;

 

(c)                                   except for the security interest created by this Agreement, it shall not create or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral, other than Permitted Liens, and the Pledgor shall defend the Collateral against all Persons at any time claiming any interest therein;

 

(d)                                  it shall not sell, transfer or assign (by operation of law or otherwise) to another Person any Collateral except as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement; and

 

(e)                                   the Pledgor shall maintain the security interest of the Collateral Agent hereunder in all Collateral as valid, perfected, first priority Liens (subject, in the case of priority only, to Permitted Liens).

 

5.2                                Pledged Equity Interests.

 

(a)                                  In the event the Pledgor acquires rights in any Pledged Equity Interests after the date hereof, it shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement, together with all Supplements to Schedules thereto, reflecting such new Pledged Equity Interests.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that the security interest of the Collateral Agent shall attach to all Pledged Equity Interests immediately upon the Pledgor’s acquisition of rights therein and shall not be affected by the failure of the Pledgor to deliver a pledge supplement required hereby.

 

(b)                                  Except as provided in the next sentence, in the event the Pledgor receives any dividends, interest or distributions on any Pledged Equity Interests or any securities or other property upon the merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, then (a) such dividends, interest or distributions and securities or other property shall be included in the definition of Collateral without further action and (b) the Pledgor shall immediately take any steps necessary to ensure the validity, perfection, priority and, if applicable, control of the Collateral Agent over such Pledged Equity Interests (including, without limitation, delivery thereof to the Collateral Agent) and pending any such action the Pledgor shall be deemed to hold such dividends, interest, distributions, securities or other property in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and shall segregate such dividends, distributions, securities or other property from all other property of the Pledgor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent authorizes the Pledgor to retain all cash dividends and distributions and all payments of interest.

 



 

(c)                                   except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, it shall not permit the Company to merge or consolidate unless (i) the surviving entity creates a security interest that is perfected by a filed financing statement (that is not effective solely under section 9-508 of the UCC) in Collateral in which such new debtor has or acquires rights, (ii) all the outstanding capital stock or other Equity Interests of the surviving or resulting corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity which is a Subsidiary of the Pledgor, and which is owned by the Pledgor, is, upon such merger or consolidation, pledged hereunder and (iii) Pledgor promptly complies with the delivery and control requirements of Section 5.3 hereof.

 

5.3                                Delivery and Control

 

(a)                                  With respect to any Pledged Equity Interests that constitute Certificated Securities, the Pledgor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent the Security Certificates evidencing such Certificated Securities duly endorsed by an effective endorsement (within the meaning of Section 8-107 of the UCC), or accompanied by share transfer powers or other instruments of transfer duly endorsed by such an effective endorsement, in each case, to the Collateral Agent or in blank.  In addition, the Pledgor shall cause any certificates evidencing any Pledged Equity Interests to be similarly delivered to the Collateral Agent regardless of whether such Pledged Equity Interests constitute Certificated Securities.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any Pledged Equity Interests that constitute Uncertificated Securities included in the Collateral (other than any Uncertificated Securities credited to a Securities Account), the Pledgor shall cause the Company to either (i) register the Collateral Agent as the registered owner thereof on the books and records of the Company or (ii) execute an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (or such other agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), pursuant to which the Company agrees to comply with the Collateral Agent’s instructions with respect to such Uncertificated Security without further consent by the Pledgor.

 

(c)                                   With respect to any Collateral in existence on the Closing Date, the Pledgor shall comply with the requirements of this Section 5.3 on the date hereof subject.

 

(d)                                  With respect to any Collateral hereafter owned or acquired, the Pledgor shall comply with the requirements of this Section 5.3 within 30 (thirty) days following the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended during which the Pledgor acquired such rights therein (each such date, an “ Updating Date ”).

 

(e)                                   The Pledgor shall promptly inform the Collateral Agent of its acquisition of any Collateral for which any action is required by Section 5.3 hereof within thirty (30) days following the end of the Fiscal Quarter during which such acquisition occurred.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the requirement that the Pledgor take actions necessary to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral shall be subject to Section 3.01(g) of the Credit Agreement

 

5.4                                Voting.

 

(a)                                  So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, except as otherwise provided under the covenants and agreements relating to the Pledged Equity Interests in this Agreement or elsewhere herein or in the Credit Agreement, the Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise or refrain from exercising any and all voting and other consensual rights

 



 

pertaining to the Pledged Equity Interests or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement; provided , that upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Pledgor shall not exercise or refrain from exercising any such right if the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Pledgor that, in the Collateral Agent’s reasonable judgment, such action would have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of the Pledged Equity Interests or any part thereof; and provided further , upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Pledgor shall give the Collateral Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior written notice of the manner in which it intends to exercise, or the reasons for refraining from exercising, any such right referred to in the first proviso above; it being understood, however, that neither the voting by the Pledgor of any Pledged Equity Interests for, or the Pledgor’s consent to, the election of directors (or similar governing body) at a regularly scheduled annual or other meeting of stockholders or with respect to incidental matters at any such meeting, nor the Pledgor’s consent to or approval of any action otherwise permitted under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement, shall be deemed inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement within the meaning of this Section 5.4(a) and no notice of any such voting or consent need be given to the Collateral Agent; and

 

(b)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default:

 

(i)                                      subject to clause (b)(i) above, all rights of the Pledgor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; and

 

(ii)                                   in order to permit the Collateral Agent to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant hereto and to receive all dividends and other distributions which it may be entitled to receive hereunder: (1) the Pledgor shall promptly execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Collateral Agent all proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request and (2) the Pledgor acknowledges that the Collateral Agent may utilize the power of attorney set forth in Section 7.1.

 

SECTION 6.                          FURTHER ASSURANCES.

 

6.1                                Further Assurances.

 

. The Pledgor agrees that from time to time, at the expense of the Pledgor, that it shall promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to create and/or maintain the validity, perfection or priority of and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby subject to the limitations expressly set forth herein or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Pledgor shall:

 

(i)                                      subject to the limitations expressly set forth herein, file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and execute and deliver such other agreements, instruments, endorsements, powers of attorney or notices, as may be necessary, or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to effect,

 



 

reflect, perfect and preserve the security interests granted or purported to be granted hereby;

 

(ii)                                   furnish the Collateral Agent with such information regarding the Collateral as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time.

 

(b)                                  The Pledgor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file a Record or Records, including, without limitation, financing or continuation statements, and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, are necessary to perfect or otherwise protect the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein.  Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein.  The Pledgor shall furnish to the Collateral Agent from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

SECTION 7.                          COLLATERAL AGENT APPOINTED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.

 

7.1                                Power of Attorney.

 

The Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as the Pledgor’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of the Pledgor and in the name of the Pledgor, the Collateral Agent or otherwise, from time to time during the continuance of an Event of Default, in the Collateral Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the following:

 

(a)                                  to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of the Collateral Agent with respect to any of the Collateral;

 

(b)                                  to prepare, sign, and file any UCC financing statements against the Pledgor as debtor;

 

(c)                                   to take or cause to be taken all actions necessary to perform or comply or cause performance or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, access to pay or discharge taxes or Liens (other than Permitted Liens) levied or placed upon or threatened against the Collateral, the legality or validity thereof and the amounts necessary to discharge the same to be determined by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, any such payments made by the Collateral Agent to become obligations of the Pledgor to the Collateral Agent, due and payable immediately without demand; and

 

(d)                                  to sell, transfer, lease, license, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and the Pledgor’s expense, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein in order to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as the Pledgor might do.

 



 

7.2                                No Duty on the Part of Collateral Agent or Secured Parties.

 

The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the interests of the Secured Parties in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty (other than a reasonable standard of care pursuant to Section 11) upon the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise any such powers.  The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to the Pledgor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

7.3                                Appointment Pursuant to Credit Agreement.

 

The Collateral Agent has been appointed as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement.  The rights, duties, privileges, immunities and indemnities of the Collateral Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.                          REMEDIES.

 

8.1                                Generally.

 

(a)                                  If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it at law or in equity, all the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent on default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) to collect, enforce or satisfy any Secured Obligations then owing, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and also may pursue any of the following separately, successively or simultaneously:

 

(i)                                      require the Pledgor to, and the Pledgor hereby agrees that it shall at its expense and promptly upon request of the Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties;

 

(ii)                                   without notice except as specified below or under the UCC, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as may be commercially reasonable.

 

(b)                                  The Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any public or private (to the extent to the portion of the Collateral being privately sold is of a kind that is customarily sold on a recognized market or the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations) sale in accordance with the UCC and the Collateral Agent, as collateral agent for and representative of the Secured Parties, shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale made in accordance with the UCC, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale.  Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of the Pledgor, and the Pledgor hereby waives

 



 

(to the extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.  The Pledgor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notice to the Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification.  The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.  The Pledgor hereby waives any claims against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.  If the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay all the Secured Obligations, the Pledgor shall be liable for the deficiency and the fees of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent to collect such deficiency.  The Pledgor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent, that the Collateral Agent has no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section shall be specifically enforceable against the Pledgor, and the Pledgor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no default has occurred giving rise to the Secured Obligations becoming due and payable prior to their stated maturities.  Nothing in this Section shall in any way limit the rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

(c)                                   The Collateral Agent may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral.  The Collateral Agent may specifically disclaim or modify any warranties of title or the like.  This procedure will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

 

(d)                                  The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral.

 

8.2                                Application of Proceeds.

 

Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, all proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale of, any collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied in full or in part by the Collateral Agent against, the Secured Obligations in the following order of priority:  first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization, including reasonable compensation to the Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and all other expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection therewith, and all amounts for which the Collateral Agent is entitled to indemnification hereunder (in its capacity as the Collateral Agent and not as a Lender) and all advances made by the Collateral Agent hereunder for the account of the applicable Pledgor, and to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the Credit Agreement, all in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; second , to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment of all other Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 2.15(d) of the Credit Agreement; and third , to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment to or upon the order of the applicable Pledgor or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 



 

8.3                                Sales on Credit.

 

If the Collateral Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Pledgor will be credited only with payments actually made by purchaser and received by Collateral Agent and applied to indebtedness of the purchaser.  In the event the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Collateral Agent may resell the Collateral and Pledgor shall be credited with proceeds of the sale.

 

8.4                                Investment Property.

 

The Pledgor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Pledged Equity Interests conducted without prior registration or qualification of such Pledged Equity Interests under the Securities Act and/or such state securities laws, to limit purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire the Pledged Equity Interests for its own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  The Pledgor acknowledges that any such private sale may be at prices and on terms less favorable than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act) and, notwithstanding such circumstances, the Pledgor agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Pledged Equity Interests for the period of time necessary to permit the Company to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws, even if the Company would, or should, agree to so register it.  If the Collateral Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Pledged Equity Interests, upon written request, the Pledgor shall and shall cause the Company from time to time to furnish to the Collateral Agent all such information as the Collateral Agent may request in order to determine the number and nature of interest, shares or other instruments included in the Pledged Equity Interests which may be sold by the Collateral Agent in exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

 

8.5                                Cash Proceeds.

 

If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all proceeds of any Collateral received by the Pledgor consisting of cash, checks and other non-cash items (collectively, “ Cash Proceeds ”) shall be held by the Pledgor in trust for the Collateral Agent, segregated from other funds of the Pledgor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Pledgor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by the Pledgor (duly indorsed by the Pledgor to the Collateral Agent, if required) and held by the Collateral Agent in the Collateral Account.  Any Cash Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent (whether from a Pledgor or otherwise) may during the occurrence of an Event of Default, in the sole discretion of the Collateral Agent, (A) be held by the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Secured Obligations (whether matured or unmatured) and/or (B) then or at any time thereafter may be applied by the Collateral Agent against the Secured Obligations then due and owing.

 

SECTION 9.                          COLLATERAL AGENT.

 

The Collateral Agent has been appointed to act as Collateral Agent hereunder by Lenders and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the other Secured Parties. The Collateral Agent

 



 

shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including, without limitation, the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Agreement and the Credit Agreement; provided, the Collateral Agent shall, after payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, exercise, or refrain from exercising, any remedies provided for herein in accordance with the instructions of the holders (the “ Majority Holders ”) of a majority of the aggregate “settlement amount” as defined in the Hedge Agreements (or, with respect to any Hedge Agreement that has been terminated in accordance with its terms, the amount then due and payable (exclusive of expenses and similar payments but including any early termination payments then due) under such Hedge Agreement) under all Hedge Agreements.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, settlement amount for any Hedge that has not been terminated shall be the settlement amount as of the last Business Day of the month preceding any date of determination and shall be calculated by the appropriate swap counterparties and reported to the Collateral Agent upon request; provided any Hedge Agreement with a settlement amount that is a negative number shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the Majority Holders.  In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Secured Party, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, agrees that it shall have no right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral hereunder, it being understood and agreed by such Secured Party that all rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of this Section.   The provisions of the Credit Agreement relating to the Collateral Agent including, without limitation, the provisions relating to resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent and the powers and duties and immunities of the Collateral Agent are incorporated herein by this reference and shall survive any termination of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 10.                   CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; TRANSFER OF LOANS.

 

This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall remain in full force and effect until the Discharge of Obligations, be binding upon the Pledgor, its successors and assigns, and inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and its successors, transferees and assigns.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any Loans held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to Lenders herein or otherwise.  Upon the Discharge of Obligations, the security interest granted hereby shall automatically terminate hereunder and of record and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Pledgor.  Upon any such termination the Collateral Agent shall, at the Pledgor’s expense, execute and deliver to the Pledgor such documents as the Pledgor shall reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 11.                  STANDARD OF CARE; COLLATERAL AGENT MAY PERFORM.

 

The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers.  Except for the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral.  The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its directors, officers,

 



 

employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any material part of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of the Pledgor or otherwise.  If the Pledgor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, the Collateral Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable and documented expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Pledgor under Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.                   MISCELLANEOUS.

 

Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be given in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement.  No failure or delay on the part of the Collateral Agent in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege.  All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available.  In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Pledgor and its successors and assigns.  The Pledgor shall not, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent given in accordance with the Credit Agreement, assign any right, duty or obligation hereunder.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the Pledgor and the Collateral Agent and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between such parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.  Accordingly, the Loan Documents may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties.  There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF THE UCC RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

 

THE PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT UNDER THE HEADINGS “CONSENT TO JURISDICTION” AND “WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL” ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE AND SUCH INCORPORATION SHALL SURVIVE ANY TERMINATION OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 



 

(signature pages follow)

 



 

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name: Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Grifols–Pledge Agreement of Equity in Grifols Inc.]

 



 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Winters

 

 

Name: Michael Winters

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Name: Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A
TO PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT

 

This PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT , dated [mm/dd/yy], is delivered by GRIFOLS, S.A. a sociedad anónima organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain (the “ Pledgor ”) pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014 (as it may be from time to time amended, restated, modified or supplemented, the “ Pledge Agreement ”), among the Pledgor, and DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH , as the Collateral Agent.  Capitalized terms used herein not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Pledge Agreement.

 

Pledgor hereby confirms the grant to the Collateral Agent set forth in the Pledge Agreement of, and does hereby grant to the Collateral Agent, a security interest in all of Pledgor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all Collateral to secure the Secured Obligations, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which Pledgor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located.  Pledgor represents and warrants that the attached Supplements to Schedules accurately and completely set forth all additional information required to be provided pursuant to the Security Agreement and hereby agrees that such Supplements to Schedules shall constitute part of the Schedules to the Security Agreement.

 

THIS PLEDGE SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF THE UCC RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Pledgor has caused this Pledge Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of [ mm/dd/yy ].

 

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 



 

EXHIBIT B
TO PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

This Uncertificated Securities Control Agreement dated as of [                  ], 20[    ] among [                                ] (the “ Pledgor ”), [ · ] as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, (the “ Collateral Agent ”) and [                        ], a [                ] [corporation] (the “ Issuer ”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned in the Pledge Security Agreement dated [as of the date hereof], among the Pledgor and the Collateral Agent (the “ Security Agreement ”).  All references herein to the “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York.

 

Section 1.  Registered Ownership of Shares .  The Issuer hereby confirms and agrees that as of the date hereof the Pledgor is the registered owner of [                    ] shares of the Issuer’s [common] stock (the “ Pledged Shares ”) and the Issuer shall not change the registered owner of the Pledged Shares without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

 

Section 2.  Instructions .  If at any time the Issuer shall receive instructions originated by the Collateral Agent relating to the Pledged Shares, the Issuer shall comply with such instructions without further consent by the Pledgor or any other person.

 

Section 3.  Additional Representations and Warranties of the Issuer .  The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent:

 

(a)  It has not entered into, and until the termination of this agreement will not enter into, any agreement with any other person relating to the Pledged Shares pursuant to which it has agreed to comply with instructions issued by such other person;

 

(b)  It has not entered into, and until the termination of this agreement will not enter into, any agreement with the Pledgor or the Collateral Agent purporting to limit or condition the obligation of the Issuer to comply with Instructions as set forth in Section 2 hereof;

 

(c)  Except for the claims and interest of the Collateral Agent and of the Pledgor in the Pledged Shares, the Issuer does not know of any claim to, or interest in, the Pledged Shares.  If any person asserts any lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against the Pledged Shares, the Issuer will promptly notify the Collateral Agent and the Pledgor thereof; and

 

(d)  This Uncertificated Securities Control Agreement is the valid and legally binding obligation of the Issuer.

 

Section 4.  Choice of Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 5.   Conflict with Other Agreements .  In the event of any conflict between this Agreement (or any portion thereof) and any other agreement now existing or hereafter entered into, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.  No amendment or modification of this Agreement or waiver of any right hereunder shall be binding on any party hereto unless it is in writing and is signed by all of the parties hereto.

 

EXHIBIT B-1



 

Section 6.  Voting Rights .  Until such time as the Collateral Agent shall otherwise instruct the Issuer in writing, the Pledgor shall have the right to vote the Pledged Shares.

 

Section 7.  Successors; Assignment .  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective corporate successors or heirs and personal representatives who obtain such rights solely by operation of law.  The Collateral Agent may assign its rights hereunder only with the express written consent of the Issuer and by sending written notice of such assignment to the Pledgor.

 

Section 8.  Indemnification of Issuer .  The Pledgor and the Collateral Agent hereby agree that (a) the Issuer is released from any and all liabilities to the Pledgor and the Collateral Agent arising from the terms of this Agreement and the compliance of the Issuer with the terms hereof, except to the extent that such liabilities arise from the Issuer’s negligence and (b) the Pledgor, its successors and assigns shall at all times indemnify and save harmless the Issuer from and against any and all claims, actions and suits of others arising out of the terms of this Agreement or the compliance of the Issuer with the terms hereof, except to the extent that such arises from the Issuer’s negligence, and from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees and other reasonable and documented expenses of every nature and character arising by reason of the same, until the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.  Notices .  Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and deemed to have been properly given when delivered in person, or when sent by telecopy or other electronic means and electronic confirmation of error free receipt is received or two (2) days after being sent by certified or registered United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the party at the address set forth below.

 

Pledgor:

 

[Name and Address of Pledgor]

 

 

Attention: [                                ]

 

 

Telecopier: [                                ]

 

 

 

Collateral Agent:

 

[ · ]

 

 

Attention: [                                ]

 

 

Telecopier: [                                ]

 

 

 

Issuer:

 

[Insert Name and Address of Issuer]

 

 

Attention: [                                ]

 

 

Telecopier: [                                ]

 

Any party may change its address for notices in the manner set forth above.

 

Section 10.  Termination .  The obligations of the Issuer to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Control Agreement shall continue in effect until the security interests of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Shares have been terminated pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement and the Collateral Agent has notified the Issuer of such termination in writing.  The Collateral Agent agrees to provide Notice of Termination in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto to the Issuer upon the request of the Pledgor on or after the termination of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Shares pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.  The termination of this Control Agreement shall not terminate the Pledged Shares or alter the obligations of the Issuer to the Pledgor pursuant to any other agreement with respect to the Pledged Shares.

 

EXHIBIT B-2



 

Section 11.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

 

 

[NAME OF PLEDGOR] ,

 

as Pledgor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ · ] ,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME OF ISSUER] ,

 

as Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

EXHIBIT B-3



 

Exhibit A

 

[Letterhead of Collateral Agent]

 

[Date]

 

[Name and Address of Issuer]
Attention: [                                   ]

 

Re:  Termination of Control Agreement

 

You are hereby notified that the Uncertificated Securities Control Agreement between you, [Name of Pledgor] (the “ Pledgor ”) and the undersigned (a copy of which is attached) is terminated and you have no further obligations to the undersigned pursuant to such Agreement.  Notwithstanding any previous instructions to you, you are hereby instructed to accept all future directions with respect to Pledged Shares (as defined in the Uncertificated Control Agreement) from the Pledgor.  This notice terminates any obligations you may have to the undersigned with respect to the Pledged Shares, however nothing contained in this notice shall alter any obligations which you may otherwise owe to the Pledgor pursuant to any other agreement.

 

You are instructed to deliver a copy of this notice by facsimile transmission to the Pledgor.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

[ · ],

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

EXHIBIT B-4


Exhibit 4.8

 

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of February 27, 2014 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), is made by the entities identified as grantors on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH , as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of February 27, 2014 (the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”) between each of the Grantors and the other grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Grantors granted a security interest to the Collateral Agent in the Patent Collateral (as defined below) and are required to execute and deliver this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

 

SECTION. 1.  Defined Terms

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.  Grant of Security Interest

 

Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and continuing lien on all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired, developed, created or arising and wherever located (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):

 

all United States and foreign patents and certificates of invention, or similar industrial property rights, and applications for any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to: (i) each patent and patent application listed or required to be listed in Schedule A attached hereto, (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals, and reexaminations thereof, (iii) all patentable inventions and improvements thereto, (iv) all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement or other violation thereof, (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, and (vi) all other rights of any kind accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto throughout the world.

 

SECTION 3.                          Security Agreement

 

The security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Pledge and Security Agreement, the provisions of the Pledge and Security Agreement shall control.

 

1



 

SECTION 4.                          Governing Law

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

 

SECTION 5.                          Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor and the Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

 

GRIFOLS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS THERAPEUTICS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS-CHIRON DIAGNOSTICS CORP.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Grifols – Patent Security Agreement]

 



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Winters

 

 

Name:

Michael Winters

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Name:

Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

[Grifols – Patent Security Agreement]

 


Exhibit 4.9

 

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of February 27, 2014 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), is made by the entities identified as grantors on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH , as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Collateral Agent ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of February 27, 2014 (the “ Pledge and Security Agreement ”) between each of the Grantors and the other grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent pursuant to which the Grantors granted a security interest to the Collateral Agent in the Trademark Collateral (as defined below) and are required to execute and deliver this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows:

 

SECTION 1.        Defined Terms

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.        Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral

 

SECTION 2.1      Grant of Security.  Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and continuing lien on all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, in each case whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired, developed, created or arising and wherever located (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):

 

all United States, and foreign trademarks, trade names, trade dress, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, Internet domain names, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of a like nature, whether or not registered, and with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all registrations and applications therefor including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed or required to be listed in Schedule A attached hereto, (ii) all extensions or renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized by any of the foregoing, (iv) all rights to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution or other violation of any of the foregoing or for any injury to the related goodwill, (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, and (vi) all other rights of any kind accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto throughout the world.

 

SECTION 2.2      Certain Limited Exclusions.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Trademark Collateral include or the security interest granted under Section 2.1 hereof attach to any “intent-to-use” application for registration of a Trademark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto, solely to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the

 

1



 

grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of any registration that issues from such intent-to-use application under applicable federal law.

 

SECTION 3.        Security Agreement

 

The security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, and the Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Pledge and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Pledge and Security Agreement, the provisions of the Pledge and Security Agreement shall control.

 

SECTION 4.        Governing Law

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW  OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF LAW RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

 

SECTION 5.        Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor and the Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name: Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name: David Bell

 

 

Title: Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS THERAPEUTICS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name: David Bell

 

 

Title: Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS-CHIPON DIAGNOSTICS CORP.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name: David Bell

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Grifols – Trademark Security Agreement]

 



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,

 

as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Winters

 

 

Name:

Michael Winters

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Name:

Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

[Grifols – Trademark Security Agreement]

 


Exhibit 4.10

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

among

 

GRIFOLS, S.A., as Borrower,

 

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF GRIFOLS, S.A.,
as Guarantors,

 

VARIOUS LENDERS,

 

NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC,
as Administrative Agent,

 

NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as Sole Global Coordinator

 

and

 

NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC., BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA
ARGENTARIA, S.A. and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 


 

Interim Loan Facility

 


 

Dated as of January 3, 2014

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Definitions

1

 

Section 1.02

Accounting Terms

48

 

Section 1.03

Interpretation, Etc.

48

 

Section 1.04

Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents

49

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II. LOANS

49

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Loans

49

 

Section 2.02

Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds

50

 

Section 2.03

Use of Proceeds

51

 

Section 2.04

Evidence of Debt; Register; Notes

51

 

Section 2.05

Interest on Loans

52

 

Section 2.06

Continuation

53

 

Section 2.07

Default Interest

53

 

Section 2.08

Fees

53

 

Section 2.09

Voluntary Prepayments

54

 

Section 2.10

Scheduled Payments; Mandatory Prepayments

54

 

Section 2.11

Application of Prepayments

55

 

Section 2.12

General Provisions Regarding Payments

55

 

Section 2.13

Ratable Sharing

56

 

Section 2.14

Making or Maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans

57

 

Section 2.15

Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy

59

 

Section 2.16

Taxes; Withholding, Etc.

60

 

Section 2.17

Obligation to Mitigate

63

 

Section 2.18

Removal or Replacement of a Lender

63

 

Section 2.19

Escrow Account

64

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

65

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Closing Date

65

 

Section 3.02

Conditions to Release

68

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

70

 

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Organization; Structure Chart; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification

70

 

Section 4.02

Equity Interests and Ownership

70

 

Section 4.03

Due Authorization

71

 

Section 4.04

No Conflict

71

 

Section 4.05

Governmental Consents

71

 

Section 4.06

Binding Obligation

71

 

Section 4.07

Historical Financial Statements; Statement of Net Assets

71

 

Section 4.08

No Material Adverse Change

72

 

Section 4.09

Adverse Proceedings, Etc.

72

 

Section 4.10

Payment of Taxes

72

 

i



 

 

Section 4.11

Properties

72

 

Section 4.12

Environmental Matters

73

 

Section 4.13

Health Care Regulatory Matters

73

 

Section 4.14

No Defaults

76

 

Section 4.15

Governmental Regulation

76

 

Section 4.16

Margin Stock

76

 

Section 4.17

Employee Benefit Plans

76

 

Section 4.18

Solvency

77

 

Section 4.19

Compliance with Statutes, Etc.

77

 

Section 4.20

Disclosure

77

 

Section 4.21

PATRIOT Act

78

 

Section 4.22

Intellectual Property

78

 

Section 4.23

Acquisition Documents

78

 

Section 4.24

Ranking

78

 

Section 4.25

Centre of Main Interests and Establishments

78

 

Section 4.26

Enforcement and Relevant Jurisdiction

78

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

79

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Financial Statements and Other Reports

79

 

Section 5.02

Existence

82

 

Section 5.03

Payment of Taxes and Claims

83

 

Section 5.04

Maintenance of Properties

83

 

Section 5.05

Insurance

83

 

Section 5.06

Books and Records; Inspections

83

 

Section 5.07

Lenders’ Calls

83

 

Section 5.08

Compliance with Material Contractual Obligations and Laws

84

 

Section 5.09

Environmental

84

 

Section 5.10

Health Care Regulatory Matters

85

 

Section 5.11

Maintenance of Ratings

85

 

Section 5.12

Compliance with other Obligations

85

 

Section 5.13

Subsidiaries

86

 

Section 5.14

Interest Rate Protection

87

 

Section 5.15

Further Assurances

87

 

Section 5.16

Foreign Bank Accounts and Cash Held by Foreign Group Member

87

 

Section 5.17

Cash Management Systems

87

 

Section 5.18

Guarantor Coverage Test

87

 

Section 5.19

“Know Your Customer” Checks

88

 

Section 5.20

ERISA

88

 

Section 5.21

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

88

 

Section 5.22

Post-Closing Delivery of Financial Statements

89

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

89

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Indebtedness; Disqualified and Preferred Stock

89

 

Section 6.02

Restricted Payments

93

 

Section 6.03

Liens

97

 

Section 6.04

Asset Sales

97

 

Section 6.05

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

99

 

ii



 

 

Section 6.06

Transactions with Affiliates

101

 

Section 6.07

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

103

 

Section 6.08

Successor Borrower Substituted

104

 

Section 6.09

Centre of Main Interests and Establishments

104

 

Section 6.10

[Reserved]

104

 

Section 6.11

Financial Assistance

104

 

Section 6.12

Amendments to Existing Credit Agreement

104

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII. GUARANTY

104

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Guaranty of the Obligations

104

 

Section 7.02

Contribution by Guarantors

105

 

Section 7.03

Payment by Guarantors

105

 

Section 7.04

Liability of Guarantors Absolute

106

 

Section 7.05

Waivers by Guarantors

107

 

Section 7.06

Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc.

108

 

Section 7.07

Subordination of Other Obligations

108

 

Section 7.08

Continuing Guaranty

109

 

Section 7.09

Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower

109

 

Section 7.10

Financial Condition of the Borrower

109

 

Section 7.11

Bankruptcy, Etc.

109

 

Section 7.12

Discharge of Guaranty Upon Sale of Guarantor

110

 

Section 7.13

Spanish Guarantor Limitations

110

 

Section 7.14

Italian Guarantor Limitations

110

 

Section 7.15

German Guarantor Limitations

110

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

112

 

 

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Events of Default

112

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX. AGENTS

115

 

 

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Appointment of Administrative Agent

115

 

Section 9.02

Powers and Duties

115

 

Section 9.03

General Immunity

115

 

Section 9.04

Administrative Agent Entitled to Act as Lender

117

 

Section 9.05

Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment

118

 

Section 9.06

Right to Indemnity

118

 

Section 9.07

Successor Administrative Agent

119

 

Section 9.08

Release of Guarantees, Termination of Loan Documents

119

 

Section 9.09

Withholding Taxes

120

 

Section 9.10

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

120

 

Section 9.11

Administrative Agent’s “Know Your Customer” Requirements

120

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS

121

 

 

 

 

 

Section 10.01

Notices

121

 

Section 10.02

Expenses

123

 

Section 10.03

Indemnity

123

 

Section 10.04

Set-Off

124

 

Section 10.05

Amendments and Waivers

124

 

iii



 

 

Section 10.06

Successors and Assigns; Participations

127

 

Section 10.07

Independence of Covenants, Etc.

131

 

Section 10.08

Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements

131

 

Section 10.09

No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative

131

 

Section 10.10

Marshaling; Payments Set Aside

131

 

Section 10.11

Severability

132

 

Section 10.12

Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights

132

 

Section 10.13

Table of Contents and Headings

132

 

Section 10.14

APPLICABLE LAW

132

 

Section 10.15

CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

132

 

Section 10.16

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

133

 

Section 10.17

Confidentiality

134

 

Section 10.18

Usury Savings Clause

135

 

Section 10.19

Counterparts

136

 

Section 10.20

Effectiveness; Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries

136

 

Section 10.21

PATRIOT Act

136

 

Section 10.22

Electronic Execution of Assignments

136

 

Section 10.23

No Fiduciary Duty

137

 

Section 10.24

Judgment Currency

137

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI. EXCHANGE NOTES

138

 

 

 

 

 

Section 11.01

Exchange Notes Indenture

138

 

Section 11.02

Exchange Notes

139

 

Section 11.03

Manner of Exchange of Term Loan

140

 

Section 11.04

Not a Registered Security

141

 

iv



 

SCHEDULES:

1.01

Commitments

 

4.01

Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification; Capital Structure

 

4.02

Equity Interests and Ownership

 

6.01

Certain Indebtedness

 

6.03

Certain Liens

 

10.01(a) 

Notice Addresses

 

 

 

EXHIBITS :

A-1

Borrowing Notice

 

A-2

Continuation Notice

 

B-1

Interim Loan Note

 

B-2

Term Loan Note

 

C-1

Compliance Certificate

 

C-2

Guarantor Coverage Certificate

 

D

Assignment Agreement

 

E-1

Closing Date Certificate

 

E-2

Solvency Certificate

 

F

Counterpart Agreement

 

G

Exchange Notes Indenture

 

H

Form of Spanish Tax Compliance Certificates

 

v



 

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

This CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT , dated as of January 3, 2014, is entered into by and among, GRIFOLS, S.A. , a sociedad anónima organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain (the “ Borrower ”), CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER , as Guarantors, the Lenders party hereto from time to time, and NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC (“ Nomura ”), as Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS , capitalized terms used in these Recitals have the respective meanings set forth for such terms in Section 1.01 hereof;

 

WHEREAS , the Borrower, or one or more of its subsidiaries, intends to acquire (the “ Acquisition ”) all or substantially all of the assets comprising the diagnostics business of Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc. and its Affiliates (the “ Seller ”), including all of the issued and outstanding shares of Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics (HK) Limited (the “ Acquired Business ”);

 

WHEREAS , in connection with the Acquisition and pursuant to this Agreement, the Lenders have agreed to extend Interim Loans to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000,000, the proceeds of which will be used to finance in part the Acquisition (including paying Transaction Costs); and

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms hereof and the limitations described herein, the Guarantors have agreed to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower hereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

Section 1.01          Definitions .  The following terms used herein, including in the preamble, recitals, exhibits and schedules hereto, shall have the following meanings:

 

Acceptable Bank ” means (a) any bank or financial institution that has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A or higher by S&P or Fitch Ratings Limited or A2 or higher by Moody’s or a comparable rating from an internationally recognized credit rating agency or (b) any bank that is credit insured by a US, UK, Swiss, Danish or Canadian or member state of the European Union government agency (including the Federal Deposit Insurance Company in the United States).

 

Acquired Business ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

 

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

1



 

(a)           Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 

(b)           Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

 

Acquisition Agreement ” means the Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 10, 2013, by and among the Borrower, the Seller and the other parties named therein, including all exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto.

 

Acquisition Documents ” means the Acquisition Agreement together with all other instruments and agreements entered into by any Group Member in connection therewith.

 

Adjusted Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the interest rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the applicable Screen Rate as of 11:00 A.M (London, England time) on the Interest Rate Determination Date.  If no such offered rate exists, such rate will be the rate of interest per annum, as determined by the Administrative Agent, at which deposits (for delivery on the first day of such period) with a term equivalent to such period in Dollars, determined at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) on such Interest Rate Determination Date to first-class banks in the London Interbank Eurodollar market for such Interest Period for the applicable principal amount on such date of determination, multiplied by an amount equal to (a) one minus (b) the Applicable Reserve Requirement; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall at no time be less than 1.25% per annum; provided further that, if, prior to the commencement of an Interest Period, the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means for determining the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period do not exist, then the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Base Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time), on the Interest Rate Determination Date for such Interest Period minus  1.00%.

 

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Adverse Proceeding ” means any action, suit, proceeding, hearing (in each case, whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of any Group Member) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign, whether pending or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened against or affecting any Group Member or any property of any Group Member.

 

Affected German Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.15(a).

 

Affected Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b).

 

2



 

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote 10.0% or more of the Securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting Securities or by contract or otherwise; provided , that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Loan Party.

 

Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.06.

 

Agent Affiliates ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(b)(iii).

 

Aggregate Amounts Due ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

Aggregate Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

Agreement ” means this Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2014, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Agreement Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.24.

 

Alternative Loans ” means loans that the Lenders shall have the right to elect, in lieu of (whether in whole or in part) the Permanent Securities to be issued pursuant to any Securities Demand.

 

Applicable Margin ” means 3.50% per annum; provided that the Applicable Margin will increase by 1.00% per annum upon the 180-day anniversary of the Closing Date and thereafter by an additional 0.50% per annum on each 90-day anniversary of the Closing Date, provided , further, that the Applicable Margin shall not in any case exceed the Cap Rate as set forth in Section 2.05(a).

 

Applicable Premium ” means:

 

(a)           with respect to any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.09(a) occurring on or after the earlier of (i) a Demand Failure Event and (ii) the Conversion Date, but before the second anniversary of the Closing Date, 3.0% of the principal amount prepaid pursuant to such prepayment; and

 

(b)           with respect to any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.09(a) occurring on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date, but before the third anniversary of the Closing Date, 2.0% of the principal amount prepaid pursuant to such prepayment;

 

(c)           with respect to any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.09(a) occurring on or after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, but before the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, 1.0% of the principal amount prepaid pursuant to such prepayment; and

 

3



 

(d)           with respect to any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.09(a) occurring on or after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, there shall be no Applicable Premium.

 

Applicable Reserve Requirement ” means, at any time, for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the maximum rate, expressed as a decimal, at which reserves (including any basic marginal, special, supplemental, emergency or other reserves) are required to be maintained with respect thereto against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is defined in Regulation D) under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors or other applicable banking regulator.  Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Applicable Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by such member banks with respect to (a) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the applicable Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or any other interest rate of a Loan is to be determined, or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Eurodollar Rate Loans.  A Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and as such shall be deemed subject to reserve requirements without benefits of credit for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the applicable Lender.  The rate of interest on Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Applicable Reserve Requirement.

 

Approved Electronic Communications ” means any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Loan Party provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent or to Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 10.01(b).

 

Arrangers ” means each of Nomura Securities International, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in their respective capacities as joint lead arrangers.

 

Asset Sale ” means the sale, lease (as lessor), conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 2.10(d) and/or Section 6.07 and not by Section 6.04.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 

(a)           any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets or rights having a fair market value of less than $10,000,000;

 

(b)           a transfer of assets or rights between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or between or among the Subsidiaries;

 

(c)           the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory (including, but not limited to, raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods), or other assets or rights in the ordinary course of business, or if excess, obsolete, damaged, worn-out, scrap or surplus or no longer used or useful in the conduct of business as then being conducted;

 

4



 

(d)           a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 6.02 or a Permitted Investment;

 

(e)           the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of property or assets acquired within the twelve month period prior to such sale, lease, conveyance or disposition in preparation for a sale and leaseback transaction relating to such property or assets;

 

(f)            an issuance of Equity Interests by a Subsidiary to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary;

 

(g)           the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(h)           the license or sub-license of patents, trademarks, copyrights, know how, process technology or other intellectual property to third Persons by the Borrower or a Subsidiary, so long as the Borrower or such Subsidiary retain the right to use such licensed property;

 

(i)            the granting or assumption of a Lien permitted by Section 6.03, including a Permitted Lien;

 

(j)            any sale or disposition of Securitization Assets to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(k)           the sale or disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(l)            a Project Disposition.

 

Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(d).

 

Assignment Agreement ” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D , with such amendments or modifications as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Assignment Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(b).

 

Attributable Debt ” means, in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable).

 

Authorized Officer ” means, as applied to any Person, any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), chief executive officer, president or one of its vice presidents (or the equivalent thereof), and such Person’s chief financial officer or treasurer or any director of a company.

 

5



 

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

 

Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1.00% and (c) the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate that would be payable on a Eurodollar Rate Loan commencing on such day with a one-month Interest Period, plus 1.00% (or if no Interest Period could commence on such day, the immediately preceding day on which such an Interest Period would commence).  Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

 

Board of Directors ” means:  (a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors; (b) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; (c) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members of any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and (d) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Board of Governors ” means the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

 

Bookrunners ” means each means each of Nomura Securities International, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in their respective capacities as joint bookrunners.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Borrowing Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York City or the Kingdom of Spain; provided that dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market on such day.

 

Cap Rate ” means (x) if the Ratings Threshold is met, 8.00% per annum and (y) otherwise, 8.5% per annum. It is understood that total interest on the Loans may exceed the Cap Rate to the extent provided in Section 2.07.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, as applied to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable), and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof required to be set forth on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable).

 

6



 

Cash Equivalents ” means, as at any date of determination, any of the following:  (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States Government or (ii) issued by any agency or instrumentality of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (c) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within six months after its date of issuance or acceptance by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator), and (ii) has Tier 1 capital of not less than $1,000,000,000; (d) has a rating of at least AA- from S&P and Aa3 from Moody’s; (e) any repurchase agreement entered into with any Lender or any commercial banking institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) herein, which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in any obligation of the type described in clause (a)(i) and (ii) has a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of such commercial banking institution thereunder; (f) commercial paper and variable fixed rate notes issued by any commercial banking institution satisfying the criteria of clause (c) herein or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation (other than structured investment vehicles and other than corporations used in structured financing transactions) rated A-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with average maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (g) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $5,000,000,000, and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; and (h) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for short term cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, in each case which instruments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have comparable tenor and ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign ratings agencies; provided , that in the case of any Investment by the Borrower or a Foreign Subsidiary, “Cash Equivalents” shall also include:  (A) direct obligations of the sovereign nation (or any agency thereof) in which the Borrower or such Foreign Subsidiary, as applicable, is organized and is conducting business or in obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by such sovereign nation (or any agency thereof), in each case maturing within 12 months after such date, (B) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (h) above of the Borrower and any Foreign Subsidiaries, which Investments have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (C) shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets otherwise satisfying the requirements of this definition (including this proviso).

 

7



 

Change in Law ” means (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) the making or issuance of any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the date of this Agreement by any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued).

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)            any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “ Group ”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture), other than to one or more Guarantors;

 

(b)            the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Borrower (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture);

 

(c)            (i) any Person or Group (other than a Permitted Holder Group) shall be or become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower or (ii) the Permitted Holder Group becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Borrower’s issued and outstanding Equity Interests;

 

(d)            the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower over a two-year period from the directors who constituted the Board of Directors of the Borrower at the beginning of such period, and such replacement shall not have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors then still in office who either were members of such Board of Directors at the beginning of such period or whose election as a member of such Board of Directors was previously so approved; or

 

(e)            any “change of control” (or similar event, however denominated) shall occur under and as defined in any indenture or any other agreement in respect of Material Indebtedness, including the Senior Notes and Indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement, to which any Group Member is a party.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a Change of Control be deemed to occur as a result of the Acquisition or the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(d).

 

8



 

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.

 

Closing Date Certificate ” means a Closing Date Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 .

 

Closing Date Loan Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund an Interim Loan on the Closing Date and “ Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.  The amount of each Lender’s Commitment, if any, is set forth on Schedule 1.01(a) .  The aggregate amount of the Commitments as of the Closing Date is $1,500,000,000.

 

Commitment Letter ” means the Amended and Restated Commitment Letter, dated November 12, 2013, between the Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Borrower and Grifols World Wide Operations Ltd.

 

Company Representations ” means the representations made by or with respect to the Acquired Business in the Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders as reasonably determined by the Arrangers (but only to the extent that the Borrower or its Affiliates have the right not to consummate the Acquisition or to terminate their obligations under the Acquisition Agreement as a result of a failure of such representations in the Acquisition Agreement to be true and correct).

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 .

 

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA ” means, for any period, an amount determined for the Group on a consolidated basis equal to Consolidated Net Income, plus, (a) to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income, the sum, without duplication, of amounts for (i) consolidated interest expense (net of interest earned) and any upfront fees payable to the Arrangers in connection with this Agreement, (ii) provisions for taxes based on income or gain, (iii) total depreciation expense, (iv) total amortization expense (including, without duplication, any upfront fees payable to the Arrangers in connection with this Agreement being amortized), (v) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, either related to:  (A) stock-based compensations, or (B) purchase accounting adjustments (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash charge in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge that was paid in a prior period), and (vi) Exceptional Items, without duplication, resulting in a loss, minus (b) to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income, the sum, without duplication, of amounts for (i) other non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential cash gain in any prior period) and (ii) Exceptional Items, without duplication, resulting in a gain.

 

9



 

Consolidated Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus (without duplication):

 

(a)            an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(b)            provision or expenses for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision or expenses for taxes were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)            the amount of any franchise or similar taxes paid or accrued, to the extent that such provision or expenses for taxes were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)            the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(e)            depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill, financing costs and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(f)             any expenses (including fees) or charges relating to any public or private sale of Equity Interests of such Person, Investment, acquisition (including integration charges and expenses identified at the time of closing of any acquisition as resulting from such acquisition), recapitalization, disposition, listing or discharge of securities registration obligations, the Acquisition Agreement (including ratings agencies fees paid and other transaction costs arising in connection with the Transactions) or Indebtedness (including the discharge, extinguishment or repayment thereof) permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (in each case whether or not consummated) or to the Transactions and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(g)            the amount of any minority interest expense deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(h)            any non-cash compensation charge in such period arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based award; plus

 

(i)             gains (or losses) in respect of returned surplus assets of any employee benefit plan (in the case of gains) or increased funding obligations in excess of actual cash expenditures for such period (in the case of losses), it being understood that the actual cash expenditure in respect of any such increased funding obligations shall be given effect for the purpose of calculating Consolidated Cash Flow in each future period during which such an actual cash expenditure is made); plus

 

10



 

(j)             any non-cash pension and other post-employment benefit expense deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(k)            any non-cash decrease in consolidated GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) revenue resulting from purchase accounting in connection with any acquisitions permitted hereunder less any non-cash increase in consolidated GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) revenue resulting from purchase accounting in connection with acquisitions permitted hereunder; plus

 

(l)             any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring losses, charges and expenses deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(m)           any other non-cash charges, including any write off or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated Cash Flow to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period and the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated charges in any period where such accrual or reserve is no longer required); plus

 

(n)            any Exceptional Items, without duplication, resulting in a loss in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable); minus

 

(o)            any non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis (without duplication) and determined in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable); minus

 

(p)            any Exceptional Items, without duplication, resulting in a gain in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable); minus

 

(q)            any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring gains increasing Consolidated Net Income during such period.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable); provided that:

 

(a)            the Net Income (but not loss, except to the extent of any cash capital contribution) of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Subsidiary of the Person;

 

(b)            the Net Income of any Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary to that specified Person or another Subsidiary of such Person of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,

 

11



 

judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders; and

 

(c)            the following non-cash items will be excluded:

 

(i)             the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

 

(ii)            the write-off of any debt issuance costs;

 

(iii)           any non-cash impairment charges relating to goodwill;

 

(iv)           any non-cash income (or loss) related to non-speculative hedging activities;

 

(v)            any income (or loss) from discontinued operations;

 

(vi)           any extraordinary gain, loss or charge (including in connection with any Asset Sale);

 

(vii)          all deferred financing costs written off, premiums paid and other net gains or losses in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;

 

(viii)         any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets and the amortization of intangibles arising in connection with business combinations;

 

(ix)           accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date, provided that any such accruals or reserves paid in cash shall be deducted from Consolidated Net Income for the period in which paid unless excluded pursuant to another clause of this definition;

 

(x)            any non-cash expense or gain related to recording of the fair market value of interest rate or currency agreements and commodity agreements entered into, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(xi)           unrealized gains and losses relating to non-speculative hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies;

 

(xii)          the amount of non-cash charges relating to the exercise of options or the grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards; and

 

(xiii)         any non-cash expense related to the establishment of allowances or reserves attributable to the non-recognition of deferred tax assets.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” means as of any date of determination for any Person, the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable), as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person.

 

12



 

Contingent Liability ” means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which any Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon the Indebtedness of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection).  The amount of any Person’s obligation under any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation with respect thereto) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness guaranteed thereby.

 

Continuation Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 .

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

 

Contributing Guarantors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

Conversion Date ” means the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

Conversion Fee ” means a fee in an amount equal to 1.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Interim Loans outstanding and converted into Term Loans, on the date such fee is required to be paid under this Agreement.

 

Counterpart Agreement ” means a Counterpart Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F delivered by a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.13.

 

Credit Extension ” means the making of an Interim Loan.

 

Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities or agreements (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Existing Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for, or acting as initial purchasers of, revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, debentures, securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether after or upon termination or otherwise), restructured, or refinanced (including any agreement to extend the maturity thereof and adding additional borrowers or guarantors and including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time and including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder; provided that such increase and any such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, replacement, restructuring or refinancing is permitted by Section 6.01 and Section 6.12, as applicable.

 

Currency Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract, synthetic cap or other similar agreement or arrangement whether exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the foreign currency risk associated with the operations of the Group and not for speculative purposes.

 

13



 

Cut-off Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(c)(iii).

 

Debtor Relief Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, examinership, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other Relevant Jurisdiction from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Default ” means a condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that has (a) failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three (3) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or (b) after the date of this Agreement, become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, custodian, administrator, examiner, liquidator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, custodian, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment, provided , that a Lender shall not qualify as a Defaulting Lender solely as a result of the acquisition or maintenance of an ownership interest in such Lender or its parent company, or of the exercise of control over such Lender or any Person controlling such Lender, by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof; provided further , that if the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided further , that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

Demand Failure Event ” means a breach by the Borrower of its obligations pursuant to a Securities Demand.

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash

 

14



 

Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

 

Disqualified Company ” means any operating company which is a direct competitor of the Group identified to the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the Closing Date, and thereafter, upon the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), such additional bona fide operating companies which are direct competitors of the Group as may be identified to the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time; provided , that the names of all Disqualified Companies shall be available to any Lender that requests such names from the Administrative Agent in connection with a bona fide trade, or prospective trade, in Loans.

 

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Equity Interest), or upon the happening of any event matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because the holders of the Equity Interests have the right to require the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if the terms of such Equity Interests provide that the Borrower or such Subsidiary may not repurchase or redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 6.02.  The amount of Disqualified Equity Interests deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Equity Interests, exclusive of accrued dividends.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and with respect to an amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent in Dollars of such amount determined at the Exchange Rate on the applicable valuation date.

 

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” mean the lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) any Lender, (b) an Affiliate of any Lender, (c) a Related Fund (any two (2) or more Related Funds being treated as a single Eligible Assignee for all purposes hereof), (d) any Person (other than a natural Person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, selling, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (e) a European Credit Management Limited (ECM) programme or other financial institution that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) with a credit rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P,

 

15



 

respectively; provided , that neither any Loan Party nor any Affiliate thereof, any Defaulting Lender, nor any Disqualified Company shall be an Eligible Assignee.

 

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed by, the Group or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or with respect to which the Group or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has or could reasonably be expected to have liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Enforcement Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(e).

 

Environmental Claim ” means any written notice, notice of violation, request for information, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or other order, decree or directive (conditional or otherwise) by any Governmental Authority or any other Person, arising (a) pursuant to any Environmental Law, (b) in connection with any actual or alleged violation of, or liability pursuant to, any Environmental Law, (c) in connection with any Hazardous Material, including the presence or Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials and any abatement, removal, remedial, corrective or other response action related to Hazardous Materials or (d) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to health, safety, natural resources or the environment.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all current or future foreign or domestic, federal, state or local laws (including any common law), statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments or any other binding requirements of Governmental Authorities relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct with respect to (a) pollution or protection of the environment, (b) the generation, use, storage, transportation or disposal of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials or (c) occupational safety and health, industrial hygiene or the protection of human health, in any manner applicable to any Group Member or any Facility.

 

Equity Interests ” means:

 

(a)           in the case of a corporation, any and all shares, including common stock and preferred stock;

 

(b)           in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(c)           in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(d)           any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Equity Interest, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Equity Interests.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any successor thereto.

 

16



 

ERISA Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, (a) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; (b) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; and (c) solely for the purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person, any corporation described in clause (a) above or any trade or business described in clause (b) above is a member.  Any former ERISA Affiliate of any Group Member shall continue to be considered an ERISA Affiliate of such Group Member within the meaning of this definition with respect to the five (5) full calendar years immediately following the last date on which such former ERISA Affiliate was an ERISA Affiliate of such Group Member, pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (b) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Sections 412 or 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Sections 302 or 303 of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (c) a determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 303 of ERISA); (d) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (e) a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, in “critical” or “endangered” status under Section 432 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 305 of ERISA; (f) the withdrawal by any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in liability to any Group Member or any of its Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (g) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (h) the imposition of liability on any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (i) the withdrawal of any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (j) the occurrence of an act or omission which could reasonably be expected to give rise to the imposition on any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates of fines, penalties, taxes or related charges under Chapter 43 of the Internal Revenue Code or under Section 409, Section 502(c), (i) or (l), or Section 4071 of ERISA in respect of any Employee Benefit Plan; (k) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any

 

17



 

Employee Benefit Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan; (l) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; (m) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (n) the occurrence of a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” with respect to which any Group Member is a “disqualified person” or a “party in interest” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 406 of ERISA, respectively) or which could reasonably be expected to result in liability to any Group Member; or (o) the occurrence of any Foreign Plan Event.

 

Escrow Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Property ” has the meaning set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Account Release Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02.

 

Escrow Account Termination Date ” means 5:00 pm, New York City time on January 14, 2014.

 

Escrow Account Termination Event ” means the failure of the Escrow Account Release Date to occur prior to Escrow Account Termination Date.

 

Escrow Agent ” means Compass Bank, in its capacity as Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement.

 

Escrow Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

Euro ” or “ ” means the single currency of the European Union as constituted by the Treaty on European Union and as referred to in the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states, being in part legislative measures to implement the European and Monetary Union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

Euro Equivalent ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in Euros, such amount, and with respect to an amount denominated in Dollars or any currency other than Dollars or Euros, the equivalent in Euros of such amount determined at the Exchange Rate on the applicable valuation date

 

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.

 

Event of Default ” means any of the conditions or events set forth in Section 8.01.

 

18



 

Exceptional Items ” means one-off cash gains or losses incurred by the Group during the relevant period and to include one-off restructuring costs related to the Transactions, in each case consistent with the financial model provided to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date.

 

Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(d).

 

Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Exchange Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.03(a).

 

Exchange Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

Exchange Note Administrative Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(c).

 

Exchange Notes Indenture ” means the indenture substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G hereto (with such changes as the trustee thereunder or the Administrative Agent may request to effect the purposes of this Agreement and to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or trustee procedures or policies, including such changes as are reasonably necessary to cause the Exchange Notes to become eligible for deposit at the DTC, provided that no such changes shall be adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Borrower or the Lenders or would be adverse in any material respect to a holder of Exchange Notes upon issuance) to be entered into in connection with the initial issuance of the Exchange Notes.

 

Exchange Notes Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(b).

 

Exchange Rate ” means the rate at which any currency (the “ Original Currency ”) may be exchanged into Dollars, Euros or another currency (the “ Exchanged Currency ”), as set forth on such date on the relevant Reuters screen at or about 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such date.  In the event that such rate does not appear on the Reuters screen, the “Exchange Rate” with respect to such Original Currency into such Exchanged Currency shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower or, in the absence of such agreement, such “Exchange Rate” shall instead be the Administrative Agent’s spot rate of exchange in the interbank market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such Original Currency are then being conducted, at or about 11:00 a.m., local time, on such date for the purchase of the Exchanged Currency, with such Original Currency for delivery two (2) Business Days later; provided , that if at the time of any such determination, no such spot rate can reasonably be quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method as it deems applicable to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Exchange Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

19



 

Excluded Taxes ” means (a) any Tax imposed on the overall net income or net profits of a Person (including any branch profits or franchise tax or minimum tax imposed in lieu thereof) by the jurisdiction in which that Person is organized or in which that Person’s applicable principal office (including, in the case of a Lender, its applicable lending office) is located or with which that Person has a present or former connection (other than any connection arising from the acquisition and holding of any Loan or Commitment (including entering into or being a party to this Agreement), the receipt of payments relating thereto, and/or the exercise of rights and remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document), (b) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, (c) with respect to any Lender to a Loan, any withholding Tax imposed on such Loan by the Kingdom of Spain on the date (i) such Lender becomes a Lender, or in the case of a Lender receiving its interest in a Loan by assignment or transfer, on the date of such assignment or transfer or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that such Lender’s assignor or such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office was entitled to additional amounts with respect to such Taxes under Section 2.16 and (d) Taxes attributable to failure to provide certification under Section 2.16(c) (including pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.16(c)(i)).

 

Existing Credit Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, among Grifols, Inc., as borrower, the Borrower, as parent, certain subsidiaries of the Borrower party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch as Administrative Agent, as amended as of March 3, 2011, as further amended May 31, 2011 and as amended and restated February 29, 2012, and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof.

 

Existing Indenture ” means the Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of January 21, 2011, by and among Grifols Funding Corp., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as trustee, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof.

 

Facility ” means any real property (including all buildings, fixtures or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by any Group Member or any of its predecessors or Affiliates.

 

Fair Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

Fair Share Contribution Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the Closing Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any intergovernmental agreements entered into thereunder (and any foreign legislation implemented to give effect to such intergovernmental agreements) and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

FDA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(e).

 

FDCA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).

 

20



 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means for any day, the rate per annum (expressed as a decimal, rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1.00%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided , that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Fee Letter ” means the Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated November 12, 2013, between the Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Borrower and Grifols World Wide Operations Ltd.

 

Financial Advisor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.23.

 

Financial Officer Certification ” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such certification is required, the certification of the chief financial officer of the Borrower that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Group at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

 

Financial Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(h).

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Group ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom (including use on the Calculation Date) as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period; provided , however , that the Fixed Charges of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis will be computed based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the four-quarter

 

21



 

reference period and using the interest rate in effect at the end of such period (taking into account any interest rate option, swap, cap or similar agreement applicable to such Indebtedness).

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 

(a)           acquisitions that have been made or are, on the Calculation Date, being made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquired by (including acquisitions on the Calculation Date) the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including any increase in ownership of Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period will be calculated without giving effect to clause (c) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

 

(b)           the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable), and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; and

 

(c)           the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable), and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

 

provided that whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or a disposition, the amount of income or earnings related thereto (including the incurrence of any Indebtedness and any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur, regardless of whether those expense and cost reductions could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto) shall be reasonably determined in good faith by one of the Borrower’s responsible senior financial or accounting officers so long as such cost savings are actually expected to be achieved within 12 months of such acquisition or disposition.

 

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(a)           the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates); plus

 

22



 

(b)           the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

 

(c)           any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

 

(d)           the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or to such Person or one of its Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable).

 

Foreign Loan Party ” means any Loan Party that is not organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia

 

Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

 

Foreign Plan Event ” means, with respect to any Foreign Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice from a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Plan, (d) the incurrence of any liability by any Loan Party or any their respective Subsidiaries under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or the imposition on any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

Funding Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

GAAP ” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.02, United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect as of the date of determination thereof consistently applied.

 

23



 

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, provincial, municipal, national, supranational or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity, officer or examiner exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, a foreign entity or government, or a supranational authority, including without limitation, the European Union.

 

Governmental Authorization ” means any permit, license, authorization, certification, registration, approval, clearance, plan, directive, marking, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

 

Group ” means, collectively, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

Group Member ” means the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

Guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

 

Guarantor ” means any guarantor under the Existing Indenture or as otherwise necessary to satisfy Section 5.18.

 

Guarantor Coverage Certificate ” means a Guarantor Coverage Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 .

 

Guaranty ” means the guaranty of each Guarantor set forth in Article VII.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means any pollutant, contaminant, chemical, waste, material or substance, exposure to which or Release of which is prohibited, limited or regulated, by any Environmental Laws, including petroleum, petroleum products, asbestos, urea formaldehyde, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”) and toxic mold.

 

Health Care Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).

 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and (iii) foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

24



 

Highest Lawful Rate ” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to any Lender and/or any Italian Loan Party which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

 

Historical Financial Statements ” means as of the Closing Date, (a) audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower consisting of balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and an income statement and statements of stockholders’ equity and cash flows for fiscal years 2010, 2011 and 2012 and an unqualified audit report relating thereto and (b) unaudited financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent Fiscal Quarter ended after the date of the most recent audited financial statements and at least forty-five (45) days prior to the Closing Date consisting of a balance sheet and an income statement and statements of stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the three, six or nine month period, as applicable, ending on such date, and, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Borrower, as applicable, as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

 

IFRS ” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.02, International Financial Reporting Standards in effect as of the date of determination thereof consistency applied.

 

Increased-Cost Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18.

 

Indebtedness ” means, as applied to any Person, any indebtedness (excluding accrued expenses or trade payables) of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money; (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); (c) in respect of bankers’ acceptances;  (d) representing Capital Lease Obligations; (e) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property due more than six months after such property is acquired, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or (f) representing the net amount of any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable).  In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be (without duplication):

 

(a)           the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

25



 

(b)                                  the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 

(c)                                   in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 

(i)                                      the fair market value of such assets that are subject to such Lien at the date of determination; and

 

(ii)                                   the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person secured by such assets.

 

Indemnified Liabilities ” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including natural resource damages), penalties, claims (including Environmental Claims), actions, judgments, suits, costs (including the costs of any investigation, study, sampling, testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other necessary response action related to the Release or presence of any Hazardous Materials), expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any of the foregoing in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding or hearing commenced or threatened by any Group Member, its Affiliates or any other Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether direct, indirect, special or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and Environmental Laws), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of (a) this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Lenders’ agreement to make Credit Extensions, the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Loan Documents (including the enforcement of the Guaranty)); (b) the Commitment Letter (and any related fee or engagement letter) delivered by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrower with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) any Environmental Claim relating to or arising from, directly or indirectly, any past or present activity, operation, land ownership, or practice of any Group Member; or (d) any Loan or the use of proceeds thereof.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means any Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

 

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a).

 

Indemnitees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b).

 

Interest Payment Date ” means (i) the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan; provided that in the case of each Interest Period of longer than three (3) months, “Interest Payment Date” shall also include each date that is three (3) months or any integral multiple thereof, after the commencement of such Interest Period, (ii) in the event the Escrow

 

26



 

Account Termination Event occurs, on the Escrow Account Termination Date, (iii) the Conversion Date, (iv) the date of a Demand Failure Event and (v) the Maturity Date.

 

Interest Period ” means, in connection with a Eurodollar Rate Loan, an interest period of one, two, three or six months (or, if available to all of the applicable Lenders, twelve months or less than one month), as selected by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Notice or Continuation Notice, (a) initially, commencing on the Closing Date or continuation date thereof, as the case may be; and (b) thereafter, commencing on the day on which the immediately preceding Interest Period expires; provided , that (i) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day unless no further Business Day occurs in such month, in which case such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day; (ii) any Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and (iii) any Interest Period that would end after the Conversion Date, the Maturity Date or a Demand Failure Event shall instead end on the Conversion Date, the Maturity Date or such Demand Failure Event (as applicable).

 

Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement whether exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with the operations of the Group and not for speculative purposes.

 

Interest Rate Determination Date ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

 

Interim Loan ” means a term loan made by a Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a).

 

Interim Loan Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 , as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the Closing Date and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

 

Investment ” means (a) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by any Group Member, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Securities of any other Person (other than a Guarantor); (b) any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition for value, by any Subsidiary of the Borrower from any Person (other than the Borrower or any Guarantor), of any Equity Interests of such Person; (c) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions by any Group Member to any other Person (other than the Borrower or any Guarantor), including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did not

 

27



 

arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business; and (d) all investments consisting of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, including any Interest Rate Agreement and Currency Agreement, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes.  The amount of any Investment of the type described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or writeups, writedowns or writeoffs with respect to such Investment.

 

Investment Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

Italian Civil Code ” means the Italian civil code, enacted by Italian Royal Decree No. 262 of 16 March 1942, as subsequently amended and supplemented.

 

Italian Loan Party ” means any Loan Party incorporated or organized in Italy.

 

Joint Venture ” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided , that in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

 

Judgment Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.24.

 

Lender ” means each financial institution listed on the signature pages hereto as a Lender, and any other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment Agreement.

 

Lien ” means (a) any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment or transfer for security purpose, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title (or extended title) retention agreement, and any lease or license in the nature thereof) and any option, trust or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing and (b) in the case of Securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such Securities.

 

Loan ” means an Interim Loan or a Term Loan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, loans made by the Lenders and held in or credited to the Escrow Account).

 

Loan Document ” means any of this Agreement, the Notes, if any, the Escrow Agreement and all other documents, instruments or agreements executed and delivered by a Loan Party for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection herewith on or after the Closing Date.

 

Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans of such Lender.

 

Loan Party ” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

Market Disruption ” means any Interest Rate Determination Date on which (a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, that

 

28



 

by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Loans on the basis provided for in the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, or (b) before the close of business in London on such Interest Rate Determination Date, the Administrative Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose aggregate exposure exceeds 50% of the total Loans) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the London interbank market would be in excess of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means

 

(a)                                  at all times other than on the Closing Date, the existence of events, conditions and/or contingencies that have had or are reasonably likely to have (i) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Group, taken as a whole, or (ii) a material impairment of the validity or enforceability of, or a material impairment of the material rights, remedies or benefits available to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document; and

 

(b)                                  solely for purposes of determining whether or not there has been a Material Adverse Effect on the Closing Date, any event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect that is, or would reasonably be expected to become, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to (x) the business, financial condition, assets or results of operations of the Acquired Business taken as a whole, or (y) the ability of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement on a timely basis; provided , however , that “Material Adverse Effect” shall not include any event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect, directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to: (i) general political or economic conditions, general financial and capital market conditions (including interest rates) or general conditions in any of the industries in which the Acquired Business is engaged, or, in each case, any changes in them (including as a result of (A) an outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving Switzerland, the United States or any other country or the declaration by Switzerland, the United States or any other country of a national emergency or war, or (B) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis (including any act of terrorism) or natural disaster or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in Switzerland, the United States or elsewhere); (ii) changes in Law (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement), GAAP, IFRS or any authoritative interpretations thereof; (iii) any action required by the Acquisition Agreement or any action taken (or omitted to be taken) with the written consent of or at the written request of the Borrower; (iv) any failure to meet Seller’s or any of its Affiliates’ internal forecasts for the Acquired Business ( provided that this clause (iv) shall not be construed as providing that the circumstances or events giving rise to any such failure do not constitute or contribute to a Material Adverse Effect and, provided , further , that this clause (iv) shall not be construed as implying that Seller or any of its Affiliates is making any representation or warranty under the Acquisition Agreement with regard to any internal forecasts for the Acquired Business); or (v) the announcement, disclosure or pendency of the sale of the Acquired Business, the execution of the Acquisition Agreement or any other Acquisition Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or by any other Loan Documents, provided , further , however , that any event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect referred to in clause (i) or (ii) immediately above shall be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred to the extent that such event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect has a disproportionate effect on the Acquired

 

29



 

Business compared to other participants in the industries in which the Acquired Business operates.

 

Material Company ” means any Group Member that has (a) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as the defined term “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”) representing 5.0% or more of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or (b) Consolidated Total Assets representing 5.0% or more of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Group, calculated on a consolidated basis.  For this purpose:

 

(a)                                  the (i) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of a Subsidiary will be determined from its financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries) upon which the latest audited financial statements of the Group have been based;

 

(b)                                  if a Subsidiary becomes a Group Member after the date on which the latest audited financial statements of the Group have been prepared, the (i) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization or (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of that Subsidiary will be determined from its latest audited financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries);

 

(c)                                   the (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA will be determined from the Group’s latest audited financial statements, adjusted (where appropriate) to reflect the earnings before interest, tax depreciation and amortization or Consolidated Total Assets of any company or business subsequently acquired or disposed of and (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of the Group will be determined from its latest audited financial statements, adjusted (where appropriate) to reflect the earnings before interest, tax depreciation and amortization or Consolidated Total Assets of any company or business subsequently acquired or disposed of; and

 

(d)                                  if a Material Company disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to another Group Member, it will immediately cease to be a Material Company and the other Group Member (if it is not already) will immediately become a Material Company; the subsequent financial statements of those Subsidiaries and the Group will be used to determine whether those Subsidiaries are Material Companies or not.

 

Material Contract ” means any contract, license, co-existence agreement, covenant, instrument or other arrangement to which any Group Member is a party (other than the Loan Documents) for which breach, non-performance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans) of any one or more of the Group Members in an individual principal amount of $100,000,000 or more.

 

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date and (b) the date on which all Loans shall become due and payable in full hereunder, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.

 

30



 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) or Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

NAIC ” means The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any successor thereto.

 

Narrative Report ” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such narrative report is required, a narrative report describing the operations of the Group in the form prepared for presentation to senior management thereof for the applicable month, Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such period to which such financial statements relate.

 

Net Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.15(f).

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” means (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (i) the direct costs directly attributable to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, (ii) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (iii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, (iv) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) (unless such reserve is not used) against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations (whether fixed or contingent) associated with such Asset Sale; (b) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness (other than in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing) or any sale of Equity Interests, the cash proceeds thereof, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other costs and expenses associated therewith, including legal fees and expenses; (c) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, the cash proceeds thereof, net of any related Securitization Fees and other costs and expenses associated therewith, including legal fees and expenses, received directly or indirectly from time to time in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing from Persons that are not Securitization Subsidiaries, including any such cash proceeds received in connection with an increase in the outstanding program or facility amount with respect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, but excluding any cash collections from the Securitization Assets backing such Qualified Securitization Financing that are reinvested (or deemed to be reinvested) by such Persons in additional Securitization Assets without any increase in the Indebtedness outstanding in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing; and (d) with respect to any issuance or sale of Equity Interests, the net cash proceeds thereof, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other costs and expenses associated therewith, including legal fees and expenses.

 

31



 

Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

 

(a)                                  any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with:  (i) any Asset Sale or (ii) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss); and

 

(c)                                   any merger termination fee received by the Borrower or a Subsidiary.

 

Nomura ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18.

 

Non-Public Information ” means information which has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD.

 

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

 

(a)                                  as to which neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a Guarantor or otherwise;

 

(b)                                  no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

 

(c)                                   as to which the Lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

Note ” means an Interim Loan Note or a Term Loan Note.

 

Obligations ” means all obligations of every nature of each Loan Party, including obligations from time to time owed to the Administrative Agent (including former Administrative Agents), the Arrangers, Bookrunners, Lenders or any of them, under any Loan Document whether for principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to such Loan Party, would have accrued on any Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Loan Party for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

 

Obligee Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.07.

 

32



 

Organizational Documents ” means with respect to any Person all formation, organizational and governing documents, instruments and agreements, including (a) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, its by-laws, any memorandum of incorporation or other constitutional documents, (b) with respect to any limited partnership, its certificate of limited partnership and its partnership agreement, (c) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement and (d) with respect to any limited liability company, its certificate of incorporation, certificate of incorporation or formation (and any amendments thereto) on change of name (if any), its memorandum and articles of association (if any), its articles of organization (if any), the shareholders’ list (if any) and its limited liability company agreement or operating agreement.  In the event any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Loan Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such “Organizational Document” shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

 

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp, notarization, registration, or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies (and interest, fines, penalties and additions related thereto) arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(d).

 

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(g)(iv).

 

PATRIOT Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(c).

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

Pension Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 or Section 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 or Section 303 of ERISA.

 

Permanent Securities ” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

Permitted Business ” means healthcare products and services (including the lines of business conducted by the Borrower, Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics (HK) Limited and

 

33



 

the Subsidiaries on the date hereof) and any businesses ancillary, complementary or reasonably related thereto.

 

Permitted Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(b).

 

Permitted Holder Group ” means (i) any group comprised solely of the Grifols family, holding directly or indirectly (individually or together, the “ Existing Holders ”), or (ii) a person or group of related persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act that includes the Existing Holders where the Existing Holders control (whether through exercise of voting rights, by contract or otherwise) the Borrower.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(a)                                  any Investment in the Borrower or in a Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                  any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents and Investments that were Cash Equivalents when made;

 

(c)                                   loans and advances to employees, officers, consultants and directors of the Borrower or a Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(d)                                  any Investment by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(i)                                      such Person becomes a Subsidiary; or

 

(ii)                                   such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Borrower or a Subsidiary;

 

(e)                                   any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 6.04;

 

(f)                                    any acquisition of assets or Equity Interests solely in exchange for the issuance of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower;

 

(g)                                   any Investments received (A) in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency or other reorganization of any trade creditor or customer or (B) in resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes or (C) as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien;

 

(h)                                  Hedging Obligations;

 

(i)                                      Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (i) in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not

 

34



 

to exceed $75,000,000 (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(j)                                     payroll, travel, moving and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)                                  [reserved]

 

(l)                                      notes, chattel paper and accounts receivable owing to the Borrower or the Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business (including concessionary trade terms the Borrower deems reasonable under the circumstances);

 

(m)                              Investments in existence or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the Closing Date, and any extension, modification, replacement, refunding, refinancing or renewal thereof in whole or in part;

 

(n)                                  Guarantees of Indebtedness issued in accordance with Section 6.01, and performance or completion Guarantees in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)                                  Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date, or of an entity acquired by, merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with a Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 6.07 of this Agreement after the Closing Date, to the extent that such investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

(p)                                  Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment, including pre-payments therefore;

 

(q)                                  deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(r)                                     Investments representing amounts held for employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries under deferred compensation plans; provided that the amount of such Investments (excluding income earned thereon) shall not exceed the amount otherwise payable to such employees the payment of which was deferred under such plan and any amounts matched by the Borrower or the Subsidiaries under such plan;

 

(s)                                    Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to development, marketing or manufacturing agreements or arrangements or similar agreements or arrangements with other Persons in the ordinary course of business;

 

(t)                                     any Investment in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower;

 

35



 

provided that the amount of any Net Cash Proceeds that are utilized for such Investment will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the second part of the first paragraph of Section 6.02;

 

(u)                                  Investments consisting of advances or loans to Persons building, developing or overseeing the construction of plasma collection centers expected to supply principally the Borrower or the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

 

(v)                                  Investments relating to any Securitization Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Subsidiary organized in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(w)                                Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices; and

 

(x)                                  Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (x) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $200,000,000.

 

Permitted Joint Venture ” means any Joint Venture that the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party to that is engaged in a Permitted Business.

 

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

(a)                                  Liens to secure obligations in respect of (i) any Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.01(b)(i) (including the Obligations) and (ii) Indebtedness in excess of the maximum amount of Indebtedness permitted to be secured by Liens pursuant to the foregoing sub-clause (i), so long as, in the case of this subclause (ii), immediately after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness on the date such Indebtedness is incurred (or, in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to revolving commitments under any Credit Facility, on the date such revolving commitments are provided) on a pro forma basis the Secured Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.0 to 1.0;

 

(b)                                  Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(c)                                   Liens and deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, letters of credit or trade guarantees, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                  Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (iv) of Section 6.01(b) covering only the assets acquired or financed with such Indebtedness;

 

36



 

(e)                                   Liens existing on the date of this Agreement and listed on Schedule 6.03 and any extensions, renewals or replacements thereof;

 

(f)                                    Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded ( provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) has been made therefor) and Liens for taxes assessed on real estate assets that are not delinquent;

 

(g)                                   Liens, pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure workers’ compensation claims, self-retention or self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance, performance, bid, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds and related reimbursement obligations and completion guarantees provided or incurred by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, lease obligations or non-delinquent obligations under social security laws and obligations in connection with participation in government insurance, benefits, reimbursement or other programs or other similar requirements, return of money bonds and other similar obligations, including obligations to secure health and safety and environmental obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or Indebtedness);

 

(h)                                  Liens imposed by law, such as carrier’s, supplier’s, workmen’s, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanic’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business or are being contested in good faith;

 

(i)                                      easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ business or assets taken as a whole;

 

(j)                                     Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Agreement, secured by the same property securing the Hedging Obligations;

 

(k)                                  Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets other than the property or assets that secure the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(l)                                      Liens created for the benefit of or securing the Obligations;

 

(m)                              Liens arising from judgments under circumstances not constituting an Event of Default as described in Article VIII hereof;

 

(n)                                  Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)                                  Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

37



 

(p)                                  bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts;

 

(q)                                  Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(r)                                     Liens on insurance policies and proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings in the ordinary course of business;

 

(s)                                    Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of a Securitization Subsidiary incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(t)                                     Liens on property (including Equity Interests) of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower or such merger or consolidation, were not incurred in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(u)                                  filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements under U.S. state law (or similar filings under applicable jurisdiction) in connection with operating leases in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)                                  operating leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(w)                                Liens (including put and call arrangements) on Equity Interests or other securities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(x)                                  limited recourse Liens in respect of the ownership interests in, or assets owned by, any joint ventures which are not Subsidiaries securing obligations of such joint ventures;

 

(y)                                  Liens incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to obligations that do not exceed $250,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(z)                                   Liens on the assets of any Subsidiary (other than the Borrower or any Guarantor) to secure Indebtedness of such Subsidiary;

 

(aa)                           Liens solely on cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter-of-intent or purchase agreement entered into in connection with any Investment permitted under this Agreement;

 

38



 

(bb)                           any interest of a lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate permitted hereunder and covering only the assets so leased and any Liens encumbering such lessor’s or sublessor’s interest or title; and

 

(cc)                             any zoning or similar law or right reserved in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the Net Cash Proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease, refund or discharge other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

(a)                                  the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged, plus (B) all accrued interest on the Indebtedness, plus (C) the amount of all fees, expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith;

 

(b)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged;

 

(c)                                   if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged; and

 

(d)                                  such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Borrower, by a Guarantor or by the Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged.

 

Person ” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.

 

PHSA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).

 

Platform ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(k).

 

Primary Lien ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(a).

 

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest publicly announced by the Administrative Agent (or one of its affiliates) as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City.

 

39



 

The Administrative Agent or any other Lender may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Rate.

 

Principal Office ” means, the Administrative Agent’s “Principal Office”, which may include such other office or office of a third party or sub-agent, as appropriate, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate in writing to the Borrower and each Lender.

 

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Loans of any Lender, as the context requires, the percentage obtained by dividing (A) the Loan Exposure of that Lender by (B) the aggregate Loan Exposure of all Lenders.

 

Process Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.15.

 

Project Disposition ” means any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of facilities under construction and identified to the Arrangers as of the Closing Date (including the real estate related thereto) and which are intended upon completion of construction to be repurchased or leased by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and used in any business in which any Group Member was engaged on the Closing Date or any business related, ancillary or complementary thereto; provided , that the consideration received for such assets shall be cash in an amount at least equal to the book value thereof, the proceeds from such dispositions shall be used in a manner consistent with the financial model provided to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date and the other terms and conditions with respect thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

 

Projections ” means a business plan for Fiscal Year 2013 through Fiscal Year 2020 and a written analysis of the business and prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the Acquired Business for such period, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers.

 

Public Lenders ” means Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower, the Seller, the Acquired Business or their respective affiliates or any of its or their respective securities.

 

Qualified Equity Offering ” means any public or any private offering of Equity Interests (excluding Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower.

 

Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, sells, conveys, contributes, assigns, grants an interest in or otherwise transfers to a Securitization Subsidiary, Securitization Assets (and/or grants a security interest in such Securitization Assets transferred or purported to be transferred to such Securitization Subsidiary), and which Securitization Subsidiary funds the acquisition of such Securitization Assets (a) with cash, (b) through the issuance to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of Seller’s Retained Interests or an increase in such Seller’s Retained Interests, and/or (c) with proceeds from the sale, pledge or collection of Securitization Assets.

 

40



 

Qualifying Debt ” means the Permanent Securities and the Alternative Loans.

 

Qualifying Lender ” means a Lender which is:  (a) a Lender that funds or books the Loan in a lending office located in a member state of the European Union; or (b) a Treaty Lender.

 

Ratings Threshold ” means that (x) the Borrower’s corporate family rating is Ba2 (with a stable or positive outlook) or better by Moody’s and corporate credit rating is BB (with a stable or positive outlook) or better by S&P and (y) the rating on the Permanent Securities or Alternative Loans, as applicable, is B1 or better by Moody’s and B+ or better by S&P.

 

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b).

 

Regulation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.25.

 

Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors, as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulation FD ” means Regulation FD as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act and Exchange Act.

 

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors, as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulatory Permits ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(e).

 

Related Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

 

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material), including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to a Loan Party:  (a) its jurisdiction of organization; (b) any jurisdiction where any material assets owned by such Loan Party are situated; and (c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business.

 

Replacement Assets ” means any properties or assets used or useful in a Permitted Business.

 

Replacement Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18.

 

Required Lenders ” means one or more Lenders representing more than 50.0% of the aggregate Loan Exposure of all Lenders.

 

41



 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

 

Safety Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(h).

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

 

Screen Rate ” means the London interbank offered rate administered by the British Bankers’ Association (or any other person which takes over administration of that rate) with a term equivalent to the relevant Interest Periods in Dollars, displayed on page LIBOR01 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information services which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters.  If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Administrative Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor Governmental Authority performing a similar function.

 

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries secured by a Lien on any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Secured Leverage Ratio ” as of any date of determination, means the ratio of:

 

(a)                                  the outstanding principal amount of Secured Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) (provided, that for purposes of this definition, any undrawn revolving commitments under a secured credit facility shall be deemed to be Secured Indebtedness in the full amount of such undrawn revolving commitments for so long as such commitments are outstanding); to

 

(b)                                  Consolidated Cash Flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to such date for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) are available; provided , however , that Consolidated Cash Flow shall be determined for purposes of this definition with such pro forma adjustment consistent with the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

Securities ” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness,

 

42



 

secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Securities Demand ” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

Securitization Assets ” means any accounts receivable owed to a Group Member (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the future) arising in the ordinary course of business from the sale of goods or services, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets (including contract rights) which are of the type customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitizations of accounts receivable and which are sold, conveyed, contributed, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred by such Group Member to a Securitization Subsidiary.

 

Securitization Fees ” means, with respect to any Qualified Securitization Financing, distributions or payments made, or fees paid, directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Indebtedness issued or sold in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing, to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing.

 

Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant with respect to such Securitization Assets, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set, counterclaim or other dilution of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller, but in each case, not as a result of such receivable being or becoming uncollectible for credit reasons.

 

Securitization Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower that engages in no activities other than in connection with the acquisition and/or financing of Securitization Assets, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower (or a duly authorized committee thereof) or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset (other than Securitization Assets) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than another

 

43



 

Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than (i) the applicable receivables purchase agreements and related agreements, in each case, having reasonably customary terms, or (ii) on terms which the Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (c) to which neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.  Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Borrower (or a duly authorized committee thereof) or such other Person shall be evidenced to the trustee by delivery to the trustee of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Borrower or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by an authorized officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

Seller ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

 

Seller’s Retained Interest ” means the debt or equity interests held by any Group Member in a Securitization Subsidiary to which Securitization Assets have been transferred, including any such debt or equity received as consideration for or as a portion of the purchase price for the Securitization Assets transferred, or any other instrument through such Group Member has rights to or receives distributions in respect of any residual or excess interest in the Securitization Assets.

 

Senior Notes ” means the 8.25% Senior Notes due 2018 of Grifols Funding Corp., a subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

Senior Deb t” means:

 

(a)                                  all Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor outstanding under Credit Facilities (including the Obligations) and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto;

 

(b)                                  any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Agreement, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations; and

 

(c)                                   all obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (a) and (b).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding, Senior Debt will not include:

 

(i)                                      any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Borrower;

 

44



 

(ii)                                   any Indebtedness of the Borrower to any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries or other Affiliates (other than Credit Facilities under which an Affiliate is a lender);

 

(iii)                                any trade payables; or

 

(iv)                               the portion of any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Agreement.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

Software ” means computer software of whatever kind or purpose, including code, tools, developers kits, utilities, graphical user interfaces, menus, images, icons, and forms, and all software stored or contained therein or transmitted thereby, and related documentation.

 

Solvency Certificate ” means a Solvency Certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 .

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, that as of the date of determination, both (a) (i) the sum of such Loan Party’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Loan Party’s present assets; (ii) such Loan Party’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Closing Date and reflected in the Projections or with respect to any transaction contemplated to be undertaken after the Closing Date; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) such Person is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under the Bankruptcy Code and applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances.  For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

 

Spanish Loan Party ” means any Loan Party organized under the laws of Spain.

 

Specified Representations ” means the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.01, 4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.07, 4.15, 4.16, 4.18, 4.21 and 4.24.

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, Securitization Repurchase Obligations and indemnities entered into by any Group Member that are reasonably customary in accounts receivable securitization transactions.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Closing Date,

 

45



 

and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Statement of Net Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(p).

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; provided , that in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding; provided , further , that for purposes of Articles IV and V, no Securitization Subsidiary shall be considered a Subsidiary of the Borrower.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower. Except for purposes of Sections 4.02, 4.09, 4.10, 4.17, 4.19, 5.01(a)-(d), 5.03 and 5.08, and where otherwise specifically noted, references to Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be references to Restricted Subsidiaries only.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means all Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Obligations pursuant to a written agreement, executed by the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed, to that effect.

 

Tax ” means all present and future taxes, assessments, filing or other fees, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, stamp taxes, foreign exchange taxes or other charges (and interest, fines, penalties and additions related thereto) of any nature and whatsoever, from time to time, or at any time, imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 , as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Term Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(b).

 

Terminated Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18.

 

Third Party Payor Program ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(c).

 

Total Assets ” means the total consolidated assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent internal balance sheet of the Borrower prepared on a consolidated basis (excluding Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable).

 

Transaction Costs ” means the fees, costs and expenses payable by any Group Member in connection with the Transactions.

 

46



 

Transactions ” means (a) the entering into of the Loan Documents, (b) the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date, (c) the Acquisition and (d) any actions taken in connection with the foregoing.

 

Treasury Transaction ” means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

 

Treaty Lender ” means a Lender which:

 

(a) is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of the applicable Treaty;

 

(b) does not carry on business in the Kingdom of Spain through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in any Loan is effectively connected;  and

 

(c) meets all other conditions in the Treaty and pursuant to the Tax laws of the Kingdom of Spain for a reduced rate of withholding on account of Tax imposed by the Kingdom of Spain on “interest”.

 

Treaty State ” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “ Treaty ”) with the Kingdom of Spain which makes provision for a reduced rate of withholding on account of Tax imposed by the Kingdom of Spain on “interest” paid to a resident of the other jurisdiction.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary (or any successor to any of them) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

 

(a)                                  has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(b)                                  except as permitted pursuant to Section 6.06, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Borrower and/or the Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   is a Person with respect to which neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

 

(d)                                  has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

 

47



 

(e)                                   has at least one director on the Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

Any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by filing with the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Borrower giving effect to such designation and a certificate of an Authorized Officer and an opinion of counsel certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 6.02 hereof.  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 6.01, the Borrower will be in Default of Section 6.01.  The Board of Directors of the Borrower may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will be permitted only if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 6.01 and calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation; and (3) such Subsidiary executes and delivers to the Administrative Agent a Counterpart Agreement.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:  (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 1.02                              Accounting Terms .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable).  Financial statements and other information required to be delivered by the Borrower to Lenders pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 5.01(d), if applicable).  Calculations in connection with the definitions, covenants and other provisions hereof shall utilize accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the Historical Financial Statements.

 

Section 1.03                              Interpretation, Etc .  Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference.

 

48



 

References herein to any Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to an Article, a Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided.  The use herein of the word “include” or “including”, when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.  The terms “lease” and “license” shall include sub-lease and sub-license, as applicable.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or therein, any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any agreement, document or instrument shall mean such agreement, document or instrument as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, in each case in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or such Loan Document.

 

Section 1.04                              Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents .  (a) Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Borrower hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be the Dollar Equivalent of such currency as so determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.04 and 6.07, with respect to any amount of Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Payment, Lien or Asset Sale in a currency other than Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Payment, Lien or Asset Sale is incurred or made; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.04 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Payment, Lien or Asset Sale may be incurred or made at any time under such Sections.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of determining compliance with the Secured Leverage Ratio, the Euro Equivalent of any Indebtedness denominated in any currency other than Euros will be converted into Euros based on the relevant currency exchange rate (or average exchange rates) used with respect to such currency in the financial statements with respect to which the applicable Indebtedness is calculated.

 

ARTICLE II.

LOANS

 

Section 2.01                              Loans .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make, on the Closing Date, an Interim Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s

 

49



 

Commitment.  The Borrower may make only one borrowing under the Commitments which shall be on the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  Upon the earlier to occur of the Conversion Date and a Demand Failure Event, the then outstanding principal amount of each Interim Loan shall be automatically converted into a term loan to Borrower (each, a “ Term Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Term Loans ”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the then outstanding principal amount of such Interim Loan.  The Term Loans are “Loans” for all purposes under the Loan Documents.

 

Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.01 and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.  Subject to Sections 2.09(a) and 2.10, all amounts owed hereunder shall be paid in full no later than the Maturity Date.  Each Lender’s Commitments shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Closing Date after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s Commitments on such date.  To the extent that all amounts required to be paid under Sections 2.19(b)(ii) and (c) have been indefeasibly paid in Dollars in same day funds by the Borrower and received and retained by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders,  the Interim Loans made on the Closing Date shall no longer be outstanding and shall be deemed to have not been made and no Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder.

 

(c)                                   Borrowing Mechanics for Interim Loans .

 

(i)                                      The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a fully executed Borrowing Notice no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.  Promptly upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such Borrowing Notice, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the proposed borrowing.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent required under clause (a) of this Section 2.01, each Lender shall make its Interim Loans (which may be net of fees and expenses due and payable to such Lender on the Closing Date) available to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date, by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent.  Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, the Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of the Interim Loans available on the Closing Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Interim Loans to the extent received by the Administrative Agent from Lenders to be deposited into the Escrow Account and held as provided in Section 2.19.  All other Interim Loans shall be deemed made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) on the Closing Date upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein.

 

(d)                                  On and after the Conversion Date, the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans may, at each Lender’s option, be exchanged for Exchange Notes in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 11.02.

 

Section 2.02                              Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds .  (a) Pro Rata Shares .  All Interim Loans shall be made, and all participations purchased, by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares of Interim Loans, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation

 

50



 

to make an Interim Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby nor shall any Commitments of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make an Interim Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby.

 

(b)                                  Availability of Funds .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the Closing Date that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender’s Interim Loan, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date and the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount on the Closing Date.  If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the Closing Date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the customary rate set by the Administrative Agent for the correction of errors among banks for three (3) Business Days and thereafter, the applicable rate payable hereunder for the Loan at such time.  If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, for each day from the Closing Date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent the applicable rate payable hereunder for the Loan at such time.  Nothing in this Section 2.02(b) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

Section 2.03                              Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Interim Loans advanced to the Borrower on the Closing Date shall be applied by the Borrower solely in accordance with Section 2.19.

 

Section 2.04                              Evidence of Debt; Register; Notes .

 

(a)                                  Lenders’ Evidence of Debt .  Each Lender shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of the Borrower to such Lender, including the amounts of the Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof.  Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower, absent manifest error; provided , that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect the Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any Loans; provided , further , that in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern.

 

(b)                                  Register .  The Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders and the Loans of each Lender from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  The Administrative Agent shall record, or shall cause to be recorded, in the Register the Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06, and each

 

51



 

repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and each Lender, absent manifest error.  The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent to serve as the Borrower’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.04, and the Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent the Administrative Agent serves in such capacity, the Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents, sub-agents and affiliates shall constitute “ Indemnitees ”.

 

(c)                                   Notes .  If so requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, or at any time thereafter, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.06) on the Closing Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Closing Date, promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) an Interim Loan Note or Interim Loan Notes to evidence such Lender’s Interim Loans.  Unless converted to an Exchange Note, if so requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.06) promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice, a Term Loan Note or Term Loan Notes to evidence such Lender’s Term Loans.

 

Section 2.05                              Interest on Loans .  (a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, (x) the Interim Loans shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made through repayment (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin; provided , that the per annum interest rate on the Interim Loans shall not exceed the Cap Rate and (y) the Term Loans shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the earlier to occur of the Conversion Date and a Demand Failure Event through repayment (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at the Cap Rate.

 

(b)                                  The Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be selected by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to the applicable Borrowing Notice or Continuation Notice, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   In connection with Eurodollar Rate Loans there shall be no more than eight (8) Interest Periods outstanding at any time under the facility (or such greater number of Interest Periods as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent).  In the event the Borrower fails to specify an Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Borrowing Notice or Continuation Notice, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month.  As soon as practicable after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time), on each Interest Rate Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the Eurodollar Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and each Lender.

 

(d)                                  Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.05(a) shall be computed in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of

 

52



 

days elapsed in the period during which it accrues.  In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or the last Interest Payment Date with respect to such Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan shall be excluded; provided , that if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

 

(e)                                   Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Loan (i) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect to interest accrued on and to each such payment date; (ii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears upon any prepayment of such Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears at maturity of such Loan, including final maturity of such Loan.

 

Section 2.06                              Continuation .  (a) Subject to Section 2.14, the Borrower shall have the option, upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, to continue all or any portion of such Loan equal to $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount as a Eurodollar Rate Loan with an Interest Period specified by the Borrower.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall deliver a Continuation Notice to the Administrative Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the proposed continuation date.  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Continuation Notice shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and the Borrower shall be bound to effect a continuation in accordance therewith.  If the Borrower does not deliver a Continuation Notice in accordance with this clause (b), such Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be continued with an Interest Period of one (1) month.

 

Section 2.07                              Default Interest .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) the overdue principal amount of all Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any overdue interest payments on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable on demand at a rate (the “ Default Rate ”) that is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable for Loans).  Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.07 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Section 2.08                              Fees .  (a) Upon the earlier to occur of the Conversion Date and a Demand Failure Event, the Borrower agrees to pay (or cause to be paid) the Conversion Fee to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

 

53



 

(b)                                  In addition to any of the foregoing fees, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such other fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon.

 

Section 2.09                              Voluntary Prepayments .  (a) Any time and from time to time, the Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum amount of, $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may agree).

 

(b)                                  All such prepayments shall be made upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans; in each case given to the Administrative Agent by 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date required and the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit such original notice for Loans by telefacsimile or telephone to each Lender.  Upon the giving of any such notice, the principal amount of the Loans specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified therein.  Any such voluntary prepayment shall be applied as specified in Section 2.11.

 

(c)                                   From and after the earlier to occur of the Conversion Date and a Demand Failure Event, any prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(a) shall be accompanied by the Applicable Premium.

 

Section 2.10                              Scheduled Payments; Mandatory Prepayments .  (a)         Scheduled Payments .  All Loans outstanding on the Maturity Date shall be due and payable on such date.

 

(b)                                  Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(i)                                      Asset Sales .  The Borrower shall make prepayments as set forth in Section 6.04(d).

 

(ii)                                   Issuance or Incurrence of Qualifying Debt .  Until the Conversion Date, if any Group Member receives any Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of any Qualifying Debt of any Group Member, on the date of such receipt, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.11 in an aggregate amount equal to 100.0% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

 

(iii)                                Issuance of Equity Securities .  Until the Conversion Date, if any Group Member receives any Net Cash Proceeds from a capital contribution to, or the issuance of any Equity Interests of, any Group Member (other than pursuant to any employee stock or stock option compensation plan, no later than the third Business Day following such receipt, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.11 in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith, including reasonable legal fees and expenses (subject to the prior prepayment of any obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement with such Net Cash Proceeds as required under the terms of the Existing Credit Agreement).

 

(c)                                   Prepayment Certificate .  Concurrently with any prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(b), the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the calculation of the amount of the applicable net

 

54



 

proceeds.  In the event that the Borrower shall subsequently determine that the actual amount received exceeded the amount set forth in such certificate, the Borrower shall promptly make an additional prepayment of the Loans in an amount equal to such excess, and the Borrower shall concurrently therewith deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the derivation of such excess.

 

(d)                                  Change of Control .

 

(i)                                      Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (who shall notify the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) (a “ Change of Control Offer ”):

 

(A)                                that a Change of Control has occurred and that each Lender has the right to require the Borrower to prepay such Lender’s Loans at a prepayment price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment;

 

(B)                                the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control; and

 

(C)                                the prepayment date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed).

 

(ii)                                   The Borrower will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Agreement applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Borrower and prepays all Loans validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer and the Borrower shall instruct the Administrative Agent to accept payments made by such third parties.

 

Each prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 2.10(d) shall be paid to the Lenders that elect to accept such offer in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

 

Section 2.11                              Application of Prepayments .  Any prepayment of any Loan pursuant to Section 2.09(a), 2.10(b) or 2.19(b)(ii) shall be applied to prepay the Loans on a pro rata basis (in accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof).

 

Section 2.12                              General Provisions Regarding Payments .  (a) All payments by the Borrower of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made in Dollars in same day funds, without defense, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders.  For purposes of computing interest and fees, funds received by the Administrative Agent after that time on such due date shall be deemed to have been paid by the Borrower on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

55



 

(b)                                  All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments (and, in any event, any payments in respect of any Loan on a date when interest is due and payable with respect to such Loan) shall be applied to the payment of interest then due and payable before application to principal.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall promptly distribute to each Lender at such address as such Lender shall indicate in writing, such Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Share of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due thereto, including all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)                                  Upon any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a schedule of the payments made, and the amount of Taxes withheld, with respect to each Lender (or participant, if applicable).

 

(e)                                   Whenever any payment to be made hereunder with respect to any Loan shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

(f)                                    The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to charge the Borrower’s accounts with the Administrative Agent in order to cause timely payment to be made to the Administrative Agent of all principal, interest, fees and expenses due hereunder (subject to sufficient funds being available in its accounts for that purpose).

 

(g)                                   The Administrative Agent shall deem any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder that is not made in same day funds prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) to be a non-conforming payment.  Any such payment shall not be deemed to have been received by the Administrative Agent until the later of (i) the time such funds become available funds, and (ii) the applicable next Business Day.  The Administrative Agent shall give prompt telephonic notice to the Borrower and each applicable Lender (confirmed in writing) if any payment is non-conforming.  Any non-conforming payment may constitute or become a Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of Section 8.01(a).  Interest shall continue to accrue on any principal as to which a non-conforming payment is made until such funds become available funds (but in no event less than the period from the date of such payment to the next succeeding applicable Business Day) at the Default Rate from the date such amount was due and payable until the date such amount is paid in full.

 

(h)                                  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and not otherwise been waived, and the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8.01, all payments or proceeds received by the Administrative Agent hereunder in respect of any of the Obligations, shall be applied on a pro rata basis.

 

Section 2.13                              Ratable Sharing .  The Lenders agree among themselves that, if any of them shall, whether by voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Loans made and applied in accordance with the terms hereof), through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Loan

 

56



 

Documents or otherwise (including amounts received by any such Lender in excess of those received by other Lenders as a result of the application of article 91.7 of the Spanish Insolvency Law -Law 22/2003 of 9th July), or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal, interest and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (collectively, the “ Aggregate Amounts Due ” to such Lender) which is greater than the proportion received by any other Lender in respect of the Aggregate Amounts Due to such other Lender, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent and each other Lender of the receipt of such payment and (b) apply a portion of such payment to purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders so that all such recoveries of Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by all Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them; provided , that if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.  The Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, set-off or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing by the Borrower to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.  The provisions of this Section 2.13 shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or payments made as set forth in Section 2.11, (ii) any payment obtained by any Lender as consideration for the assignment or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or other Obligations owed to it or (iii) to those amounts that, whether as principal and/or interest, are not received by the Lenders whose credits are considered subordinated as a result of the application of articles 92.5 and 93 of the Spanish Insolvency Law (Law 22/2003 of 9th July).

 

Section 2.14                              Making or Maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans .

 

(a)                                  [Reserved]

 

(b)                                  Illegality .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any law, treaty, governmental rules, regulation or guideline or order, or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (such Lender an “ Affected   Lender ”), (i) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make and continue Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be canceled until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain the affected Loan and (ii) to the extent the Borrower and the applicable Lenders agree, convert such Loans to Loans bearing interest at the Base Rate or an alternative rate mutually acceptable to the Borrower and all of the applicable Lenders, in each case, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loans Rate; provided , however , that if the Borrower and the applicable Lender cannot agree within a reasonable time on an alternative rate for such Loans, the Borrower

 

57



 

may, at its discretion, either (i) prepay such Loans or (ii) maintain such Loans outstanding, in which case, the interest rate payable to the applicable Lender on such Loans will be the rate determined by such Lender as its cost of funds to fund a borrowing of such Loans with maturities comparable to the Interest Period applicable thereto plus the Applicable Margin unless the maintenance of such Loans outstanding on such basis would not stop the conditions described in this Section 2.14(b) from existing (in which case the Borrower shall be required to prepay such Loans).

 

(c)                                   Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods .  The Borrower shall compensate each Lender, upon written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such amounts), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid by such Lender to Lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its Eurodollar Rate Loans and any loss, expense or liability sustained by such Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds but excluding loss of anticipated profits) which such Lender may sustain:  (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender) a borrowing of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Borrowing Notice, or continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur with the Interest Period specified therefor in a Continuation Notice; (ii) if any prepayment or other principal payment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan; or (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower; provided , that for purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.14(c), each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank Eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded and; provided , further , that amounts payable under this Section 2.14(c) shall be calculated without regard to the last proviso to the definition of “Adjusted Eurodollar Rate”.

 

(d)                                  Booking of Eurodollar Rate Loans .  Any Lender may make, carry or transfer Eurodollar Rate Loans at, to or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office of an Affiliate of such Lender.

 

(e)                                   Assumptions Concerning Funding of Eurodollar Rate Loans .  Calculation of all amounts payable to a Lender under this Section 2.14 and under Section 2.15 shall be made as though such Lender had actually funded each of its relevant Eurodollar Rate Loans through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such Eurodollar Rate Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period and through the transfer of such Eurodollar deposit from an offshore office of such Lender to the relevant office of such Lender; provided , that each Lender may fund each of its Eurodollar Rate Loans in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 2.14 and under Section 2.15.

 

58



 

Section 2.15                              Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy .

 

(a)                                  Compensation For Increased Costs and Taxes .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.16 (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any Lender shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the Closing Date, or compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law):  (i) subjects such Lender (or its applicable lending office) to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or any payments to such Lender (or its applicable lending office) of principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder; (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender (other than any such reserve or other requirements with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans that are reflected in the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate); or (iii) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Lender (or its applicable lending office) or its obligations hereunder or the London interbank market; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Lender (or its applicable lending office) with respect thereto; then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Lender for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder.  Such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Lender under this Section 2.15(a), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

 

(b)                                  Capital Adequacy Adjustment .  In the event that any Lender shall have determined that the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability after the Closing Date of any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or its applicable lending office) with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of, or with reference to, such Lender’s Loans, or participations therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans, to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness,

 

59



 

phase-in, applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Lender or such controlling corporation with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Borrower from such Lender of the statement referred to in the next sentence, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as shall compensate such Lender or such controlling corporation for such reduction.  Such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to Lender under this Section 2.15(b), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.16                              Taxes; Withholding, Etc .

 

(a)                                  Payments to Be Free and Clear .  All sums payable by or on behalf of any Loan Party hereunder and under any other Loan Document shall (except to the extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Tax imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority.

 

(b)                                  Withholding of Taxes .  If any Withholding Agent is required by law to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes from any sum paid or payable by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents:  (i) the applicable Loan Party shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any such requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as the applicable Loan Party becomes aware of it; provided , that for purposes of this Section 2.16 the applicable Loan Party shall be presumed not to be aware of any Change in Law prior to the date on which such Change in Law is published by the applicable Governmental Authority promulgating such Change in Law (or, in the case of a Change in Law that occurs as a result of legislative action, the relevant statute’s date of enactment); (ii) the Withholding Agent shall pay any such Taxes on or before the date such payment is required by Law; (iii) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by such Loan Party shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required or made (after taking into account any additional deduction or withholding or payment of any Indemnified Taxes on such increased payment); and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the due date of payment of any Indemnified Tax which it is required by clause (ii) above to pay, the applicable Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority.

 

(c)                                   Evidence of Exemption from Withholding Tax .

 

(i)                                      Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding in respect of any Tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable requirements of law and thereafter when reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and

 

60



 

executed documentation and information prescribed by applicable requirements of law as will permit (as reasonably determined by the Borrower in its sole discretion) such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.16(c)(ii) or Section 2.16(c)(iii) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

(ii)                                   If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (c)(ii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

(iii)                                If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to Spanish withholding, such Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) no later than the 17 th  calendar day of the month following the month in which the first interest payment is made (the “ Cut-off Date ”) to such Lender hereunder after the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) such documentation as would permit the Borrower to determine that the applicable Lender is a Qualifying Lender; provided that (1) any Lender shall be deemed to have satisfied the provisions of this clause 2.16(c)(iii) upon delivery of the following documentation: (A) a certificate (or such other form of documentation or confirmation available in the relevant jurisdiction) issued by the competent authority of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is resident for tax purposes attesting to the fact that such Lender is resident for tax purposes in a member state of the European Union or in a Treaty State and (B) the applicable Exhibit H and (2) if the certificates or other documentation described in clause (A) are provided after the time when the first interest payment is made but prior to the Cut-off Date, the Borrower shall deduct and hold back an amount on account of Taxes at the full statutory rate under applicable law from such interest payment to such Lender but shall subsequently release to such Lender such held back amount (or portion thereof, as applicable, to reflect the proper rate of withholding) after the receipt of such certificates or documentation.  Each Lender shall, prior to the Cut-off Date, certify that it is the sole beneficial tax owner for Spanish law purposes; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if a Lender sells a participation to another

 

61



 

Person who would, in turn, be properly treated as the beneficial tax owner under Spanish law, the requirements set forth in Section 10.06(g)(iii) with respect to such participant shall govern.

 

(d)                                  Each Loan Party shall timely pay all Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authorities in accordance with applicable law.  Each Loan Party or the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent official receipts or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in respect of any Other Taxes payable hereunder promptly after payment of such Other Taxes.

 

(e)                                   The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify the Administrative Agent and any Lender for the full amount of Indemnified Taxes for which additional amounts are required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.16(b) and Other Taxes (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Excluded Taxes), in each case arising in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including any such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to additional amounts payable under this Section 2.16) paid by the Administrative Agent or Lender or any of their respective Affiliates and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  Such Administrative Agent or Lender, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a written statement thereof setting forth the basis and calculation of such amounts (including any proposed indemnifiable expenses), which written statement shall be conclusive absent manifest error with respect to any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes and shall, at the Borrower’s written request and solely at the Borrower’s expense, make commercially reasonable efforts to provide other documentation or cooperation reasonably necessary for the Borrower to contest in good faith the imposition of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes.  Such payment shall be due within fifteen (15) days of such Loan Party’s receipt of such certificate.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Lender or Administrative Agent under this Section 2.16(e) with respect to any Taxes to the extent such indemnification would result in duplication because such Taxes have been compensated for by the payment of any additional amounts pursuant to Section 2.16(b) or Other Taxes previously paid pursuant to this Section 2.16.

 

(f)                                    If any Lender or Administrative Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by the Borrower or Guarantors pursuant to this Section 2.16, it shall (if such Lender in its reasonable discretion determines that it can do so without prejudice to the retention of the amount of such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund)) remit such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) as soon as practicable after it is determined that such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) pertains to Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower or Guarantors under this Section 2.16 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) plus any interest included in such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to the Borrower or Guarantors, net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund (or

 

62



 

credit in lieu of a refund)).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f), in no event will the Lender be required to pay any amount to the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph (f), the payment of which would place the Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Lender would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.  This paragraph shall not be construed to require any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person. The Borrower or such Guarantors, upon the request of such Lender or Administrative Agent, agree to repay as soon as reasonably practicable the amount paid over to Borrower or Guarantors (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant taxing authority) to such Lender or Administrative Agent in the event such Lender or Administrative Agent is required to repay such refund to a taxing authority.

 

(g)                                   The obligations of the Loan Parties to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 2.16(b) and to provide indemnity pursuant to Section 2.16(e) shall be applied in a manner so as not to cause duplicative payments.

 

Section 2.17                              Obligation to Mitigate .  Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender responsible for administering its Loans, becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, it shall, to the extent not inconsistent with any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts to (a) make, fund or maintain its Credit Extensions through another office of such Lender or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the circumstances which would cause such Lender to be an Affected Lender would cease to exist or the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16 would be materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender in its reasonable discretion, the making or maintaining of such Loans through such other office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Loans or the interests of such Lender; provided , that such Lender shall not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.17 unless the Borrower agrees to pay commercially reasonable incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above.  A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.17 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.18                              Removal or Replacement of a Lender .  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that:  (a) (i) any Lender (an “ Increased-Cost Lender ”) shall give notice to the Borrower that such Lender is an Affected Lender or that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, (ii) the circumstances which have caused such Lender to be an Affected Lender or which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within five (5) Business Days after the Borrower’s request for such withdrawal; or (b) (i) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, (ii) such Defaulting Lender’s default shall remain in effect

 

63



 

and (iii) such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default as a result of which it has become a Defaulting Lender within five (5) Business Days after the Borrower’s request that it cure such default; or (c) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 10.05(b), the consent of Required Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) whose consent is required shall not have been obtained; then, with respect to each such Increased-Cost Lender, Defaulting Lender or Non-Consenting Lender (the “ Terminated Lender ”), the Borrower may, by giving written notice to the Administrative Agent and any Terminated Lender of its election to do so, elect to cause such Terminated Lender (and such Terminated Lender hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Loans in full to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, a “ Replacement Lender ”) in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06 and the Borrower shall pay the fees, if any, payable thereunder in connection with any such assignment from an Increased-Cost Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender or a Defaulting Lender; provided , that (i) on the date of such assignment, the Replacement Lender shall pay to the Terminated Lender an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Loans of the Terminated Lender; (ii) on the date of such assignment, the Borrower shall pay any amounts payable to such Terminated Lender pursuant to Section 2.14(c), 2.15 or 2.16 or otherwise as if it were a prepayment and (iii) in the event such Terminated Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender.  Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender, such Terminated Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided , that any rights of such Terminated Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Terminated Lender.  Each Lender agrees that if the Borrower exercises its option hereunder to cause an assignment by such Lender as a Non-Consenting Lender or Terminated Lender, such Lender shall, promptly after receipt of written notice of such election, execute and deliver all documentation necessary to effectuate such assignment in accordance with Section 10.06.  In the event that a Lender does not comply with the requirements of the immediately preceding sentence within one Business Day after receipt of such notice, each Lender hereby authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver such documentation as may be required to give effect to an assignment in accordance with Section 10.06 on behalf of a Non-Consenting Lender or Terminated Lender and any such documentation so executed by the Administrative Agent shall be effective for purposes of documenting an assignment pursuant to Section 10.06.  The Borrower’s right to replace a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.18 is, and shall be, in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other rights and remedies available to the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, at law, in equity or by statute.

 

Section 2.19                              Escrow Account .

 

(a)                                  The Escrow Property shall be held by the Escrow Agent, and shall not be held, paid or released to, or withdrawn by or for the benefit of or the account of, the Borrower except, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Escrow Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Escrow Property shall be released from the Escrow Account as follows:

 

64



 

(i)                                      Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 on or prior to the Escrow Account Termination Date, the Escrow Agent shall release the Escrow Property received by it for the benefit of the Borrower in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and such funds shall be used solely to finance the Acquisition and to pay the Transaction Costs.

 

(ii)                                   Upon the occurrence of the Escrow Account Termination Event, the Escrow Agent shall release the Escrow Property received by it to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and the Administrative Agent shall promptly return to each Lender at such address as such Lender shall indicate in writing its pro rata share of the Escrow Property, together with all other amounts due thereto, including all fees and interest payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)                                   In consideration of the funding arrangements contemplated hereby and by the Escrow Agreement, in the event that the Escrow Account Termination Event occurs, the Borrower shall pay on the Escrow Account Termination Date the fees and expenses payable pursuant to the Fee Letter (as if the “Closing Date” as defined therein had occurred) and all accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts payable hereunder.

 

ARTICLE III.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Section 3.01                              Closing Date .  The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.05, of the following conditions (the date such conditions are satisfied and the first funding occurs, the “ Closing Date ”):

 

(a)                                  Loan Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) each Loan Document required to be executed on or prior to the Closing Date originally executed and delivered by each applicable Loan Party (the “ Closing Date Loan Parties ”), including the delivery of a Counterpart Agreement for each Significant Subsidiary of the Group as of the Closing Date and (ii) an escrow agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Escrow Agent (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Escrow Agreement ”“), duly executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Escrow Agent.

 

(b)                                  Organizational Documents; Incumbency .  With respect to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) copies of each Organizational Document executed and delivered by such Loan Party and, to the extent applicable, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental official, each dated the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto; (ii) corporate certificates incorporating, without limitation, signature and incumbency certificates of the officers and/or directors of such Person executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party; (iii)  resolutions (or similar documents) approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Acquisition Agreement, this Agreement and the other

 

65



 

Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, certified (to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice) as of the Closing Date by its secretary, its assistant secretary, director or any other competent officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (iv) to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice, the Loan Party’s Organizational Documents or internal regulations, a copy of resolutions signed by all holders of the issued share capital of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Acquisition Agreement, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (v) to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice, a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation and in each jurisdiction in which it is qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity to do business, each dated a recent date prior to the Closing Date; and (vi) such other similar certificates and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

(c)                                   [reserved]

 

(d)                                  Indebtedness . On the Closing Date, neither the Borrower, the Acquired Business nor any of their respective subsidiaries shall have any material indebtedness for borrowed money other than (i) intercompany debt, (ii) Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement, (iii) indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement (it being acknowledged that the revolving commitments thereunder may be utilized in full) and Existing Indenture, (iv) indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries outstanding as of November 12, 2013 and identified on Schedule 6.01 , and (v) short-term credit facilities of the Borrower and its subsidiaries entered into after the date hereof in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000,000.

 

(e)                                   Governmental Authorizations and Consents .  Each Loan Party shall have obtained all Governmental Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary in connection with the financing contemplated by the Loan Documents, and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(f)                                    Opinions of Counsel to Loan Parties .  The Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received originally executed copies of the favorable written opinions of (i) Proskauer Rose LLP, as New York and Delaware counsel to the Loan Parties and (ii) Osborne Clarke, as Spanish counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Closing Date (and each Loan Party hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders).

 

(g)                                   Compliance with Commitment Letter; Fees .  The Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the fees payable on the Closing Date as set forth in the Fee Letter and all other amounts payable pursuant to the Fee Letter (in each case, as if the “Closing

 

66



 

Date” as defined therein had occurred), the Commitment Letter and any other fee letter agreed to by the Borrower, whether for expenses or otherwise.

 

(h)                                  Solvency Certificate .  On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit E-2 certifying that the Borrower and the Guarantors, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

 

(i)                                      Closing Date Certificate .  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an originally executed Closing Date Certificate, together with all attachments thereto, and which shall include certifications to the effect that each of the conditions precedent described in this Section 3.01 (except as otherwise expressly provided) shall have been satisfied on the Closing Date (except that no opinion need be expressed as to the Administrative Agent’s or Required Lenders’ satisfaction with any document, instrument or other matter).

 

(j)                                     [Reserved]

 

(k)                                  No Litigation .  There shall not exist any injunction preventing the funding of the Interim Loans on the Closing Date.

 

(l)                                      Company Representations and Specified Representations . The Company Representations and Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any Company Representation or Specified Representation that is already qualified by materiality.

 

(m)                              Flow of Funds; Letter of Direction .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a funds flow memorandum and duly executed letter of direction from the Borrower addressed to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, directing the disbursement on the Closing Date of the proceeds of the Interim Loans made on such date.

 

(n)                                  No Default . After giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any default or event of default under the Existing Credit Agreement or the Senior Notes.

 

(o)                                  No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2012, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(p)                                  Financial Statements .  The Arrangers shall have received from the Borrower (i) the Historical Financial Statements and (ii) the unaudited carve-out statements of income and net assets of the Acquired Business covering the two-fiscal quarter period ending as of 30 June 2013 (the “ Statement of Net Assets ”).

 

(q)                                  Bank Regulatory Information .  At least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date (or such shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), the Lenders shall have received all documentation (including with respect to the Acquired Business), including supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and other

 

67



 

information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001) the “ PATRIOT Act ”); provided that such documentation and other information was requested not less than 12 days prior to the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.02                              Conditions to Release .  In addition to the conditions set forth in Section 3.01, the release of the Escrow Property from the Escrow Account for the benefit of the Borrower (other than in accordance with Section 2.19(b)(ii)) are subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.05, of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the Escrow Account Termination Date (the date such conditions are satisfied and the Escrow Property is released from the Escrow Account for the benefit of the Borrower, the “ Escrow Account Release Date ”):

 

(a)                                  Loan Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received this Agreement executed and delivered by each applicable Loan Party, including the delivery of a Counterpart Agreement for each Significant Subsidiary of the Group as of the Escrow Account Release Date, including the Acquired Business (other than the Closing Date Loan Parties).

 

(b)                                  Organizational Documents; Incumbency .  The Administrative Agent shall have received, in respect of each Loan Party party to the Loan Documents as of the Escrow Account Release Date, including the Acquired Business (but other than the Closing Date Loan Parties), as applicable (i) copies of each Organizational Document executed and delivered by each such Loan Party, and, to the extent applicable, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental official, each dated the Escrow Account Release Date or a recent date prior thereto; (ii) corporate certificates incorporating, without limitation, signature and incumbency certificates of the officers and/or directors of such Loan Party executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party; (iii)  resolutions (or similar documents) approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Acquisition Agreement, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Escrow Account Release Date, certified (to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice) as of the Escrow Account Release Date by its secretary, its assistant secretary, director or any other competent officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (iv) to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice, such Loan Party’s Organizational Documents or internal regulations, a copy of resolutions signed by all holders of the issued share capital of each such Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Acquisition Agreement, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Escrow Account Release Date, certified as of the Escrow Account Release Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (v) to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice, a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each such Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation and in each jurisdiction in which it is

 

68



 

qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity to do business, each dated a recent date prior to the Escrow Account Release Date; and (vi) such other similar certificates and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

(c)                                   Concurrent Transactions .  On or before the Escrow Account Release Date (i) the Acquisition shall have been consummated, or shall be consummated concurrently with the release of the Escrow Property from the Escrow Account (and such proceeds shall be used solely to satisfy in part the payment of the purchase price), and the purchase price shall be paid simultaneously therewith in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Documents and (ii) all conditions to the Acquisition set forth in the Acquisition Agreement shall have been satisfied or duly waived; provided , that unless consented to by the Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Acquisition shall be consummated without (1) any waiver or amendment thereof or any consent thereunder, in any case which could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the Lenders and (2) any change in the structure of the Acquisition, which in the case of this clause (2) only is material and adverse to the Lenders, as reasonably determined by the Arrangers. The terms of the Acquisition Agreement (including all schedules and exhibits thereto) and all related documents, in each case, as of the date of execution thereof, are reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers.

 

(d)                                  Officer’s Certificate .  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an originally executed certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of the Closing Date Officer’s Certificate, together with all attachments thereto, and which shall include certifications to the effect that:

 

(i)                                      each of the conditions precedent described in this Section 3.02 (except as otherwise expressly provided) shall have been satisfied on the Escrow Account Release Date (except that no opinion need be expressed as to the Administrative Agent’s or Required Lenders’ satisfaction with any document, instrument or other matter);

 

(ii)                                   no terms or conditions of the Acquisition Agreement have been amended, waived or terminated without the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except to the extent that it is not materially adverse to the Lenders.

 

(e)                                   Ancillary Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received true and correct copies of the Acquisition Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(f)                                    Company Representations and Specified Representations . The Company Representations and Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any Company Representation or Specified Representation that is already qualified by materiality.

 

(g)                                   Opinions . If reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in respect of matters or Loan Parties not covered by the opinions delivered pursuant to section 3.01(f), the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received originally executed copies of the favorable written opinions of Proskauer Rose LLP, as New York and

 

69



 

Delaware counsel to the Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Escrow Account Release Date (and each Loan Party hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders).

 

(h)                                  No Default .  Immediately prior to and after giving effect to the Acquisition on the Escrow Account Release Date, there shall not have occurred any Default or Event of Default.

 

(i)                                      Indebtedness . On the Escrow Account Release Date, neither the Acquired Business nor any of its subsidiaries shall have any material indebtedness for borrowed money

other than Indebtedness to the extent expressly permitted under the Acquisition Agreement to be incurred and remain outstanding on the closing of the Acquisition.

 

ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make each Credit Extension to be made thereby, each Loan Party represents and warrants to each Lender as of the Closing Date and as of the Escrow Account Release Date that the following statements are true and correct:

 

Section 4.01                              Organization; Structure Chart; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification .  Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, duly incorporated, validly existing and, if applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization as identified on Schedule 4.01 , (b) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby and (c) is qualified to do business and, if applicable, in good standing in every jurisdiction where any material portion of its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its material business and operations, except, in the case of clauses (b) and (c), where the failure to have such power and authority or to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.02                              Equity Interests and Ownership .  The Equity Interests of each Group Member have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.02 , as of the Closing Date, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which any Group Member is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Equity Interests of any Group Member outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by any Group Member of any additional membership interests or other Equity Interests of any Group Member or other Securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Equity Interests of any Group Member.  Schedule 4.02 correctly sets forth the ownership interest of each Group Member in their respective Subsidiaries as of the

 

70



 

Closing Date and as of the Escrow Account Release Date after giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition.

 

Section 4.03                              Due Authorization .  The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Loan Party that is a party thereto.

 

Section 4.04                              No Conflict .  The execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not (a) violate (i) any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to any Group Member, (ii) any of the Organizational Documents of any Group Member or (iii) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on any Group Member, except to the extent any violation of (i) or (iii) above could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Material Contract of any Group Member except to the extent such conflict, breach or default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of any Group Member; or (d) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member, except for such approvals or consents which have been obtained on or before the Closing Date and disclosed in writing to the Lenders and except for any such approvals or consents the failure of which to obtain will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.05                              Governmental Consents .  The execution, delivery and performance by Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority or payment of any stamp, registration, notarial or similar taxes or fees, except for those not material to the operations or financial condition of the Loan Parties or the rights of the Secured Parties.

 

Section 4.06                              Binding Obligation .  Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

 

Section 4.07                              Historical Financial Statements; Statement of Net Assets .  The Historical Financial Statements were prepared in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.  The Statement of Net Assets has been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Statement of Net Asset Rules (as

 

71



 

defined in the Acquisition Agreement).  As of the Closing Date and the Escrow Account Release Date, no Group Member has any material contingent liability or liability for Taxes, long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment that is not reflected in the Historical Financial Statements, the Statement of Net Assets or the notes thereto and which in any such case is material in relation to the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.08                              No Material Adverse Change .  Since December 31, 2012, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.09                              Adverse Proceedings, Etc .  There are no Adverse Proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Group Member (a) is in violation of any applicable laws (including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.10                              Payment of Taxes .  Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.03, all Tax returns and reports of the Group required to be filed by any of them have been accurately and timely filed, and all Taxes due and payable and all assessments, fees, Taxes and other governmental charges upon any Group Members and their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable, except for those Taxes which are being actively contested by such Group Member in good faith and for which the relevant Group Member has established adequate reserves, if any, in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable), and except to the extent that the failure to file such return or report or make such payment would not have a material effect on the operations of the Loan Parties or on the rights of the Secured Parties.  There is no proposed or threatened material Tax assessment against any Group Member which is not being actively contested by such Group Member in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided , that such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) shall have been made or provided therefor.

 

Section 4.11                              Properties .  Each Group Member has (i) good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in real property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), (iii) valid licensed rights in (in the case of licensed interests in intellectual property) and (iv) good title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective material properties and assets reflected in their respective Historical Financial Statements referred to in Section 4.07, in the financial statements referred to in Section 3.01(p)(ii) and in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, which, in the case of fee interests in real property and leasehold interests in real property, constitute material real estate assets, in each case except where the failure to have such title or interest could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except for Permitted Liens, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens.

 

72



 

Section 4.12                              Environmental Matters .  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (a) each Group Member is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and, to Borrower’s knowledge, any past noncompliance has been resolved without any pending, on-going or future obligation or cost; (b) each Group Member has obtained and maintained in full force and effect all Governmental Authorizations required pursuant to Environmental Laws for the operation of their respective business; (c) to the Borrower’s knowledge, there are, and have been, no conditions, occurrences, violations of Environmental Law, or presence or Releases of Hazardous Materials which, in each case, could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Group Member or related to any real estate assets; and (d) there are no pending Environmental Claims against any Group Member, and no Group Member has received any written notification of any alleged violation of, or liability pursuant to, Environmental Law or responsibility for the Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials.

 

Section 4.13                              Health Care Regulatory Matters .(a) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party and its respective directors, officers, and employees, and to its knowledge, all agents acting on its behalf, are and at all times have been, in compliance with all Health Care Laws applicable to the Loan Party’s business or by which any property, business product or other asset of the Loan Party is bound or affected.  “ Health Care Laws ” means all laws of the United States or any Loan Party’s Relevant Jurisdiction with respect to regulatory matters primarily relating to patient healthcare, including, without limitation, such laws pertaining to:  (i) any federal health care program (as such term is defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f)), including those pertaining to providers of goods or services that are paid for by any federal health care program, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the Stark Law (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), the administrative False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), Sections 1320a-7 and 1320a-7a of Title 42 of the United States Code and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes, Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the Public Health Service Act (“ PHSA ”) (42 U.S.C. §§ 201 et seq.) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and equivalent state and foreign laws; (ii) the privacy and security of patient-identifying health care information, including, without limitation, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. §§ 1320d et seq.), the regulations promulgated thereunder and equivalent state and foreign laws; (iii) the research, testing, production, manufacturing, transfer, distribution and sale of drugs and devices, including, without limitation, the United States Food Drug and Cosmetic Act (“ FDCA ”) (21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.), and equivalent state and foreign laws; (iv) the hiring of employees or the acquisition of services or supplies from individuals or entities that have been excluded from government health care programs; and (v) Government Authorizations required to be held by individuals and entities involved in the manufacture and delivery of health care items and services, and each of (i) through (v) as may be amended from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party is a party to any corporate integrity agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, or similar agreements with or imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

73



 

(c)                                   (i) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party meets all of the applicable requirements of participation and payment of Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE, any other state, federal or foreign government health care programs, and any other public or private third party payor programs (collectively, “ Third Party Payor Programs ”) that the Loan Party, as applicable, participates in or receives payment from.  (ii) No Loan Party is or has been excluded from participation in any Third Party Payor Programs, and there is no audit, claim review, or other action pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened which could reasonably be expected to result in the exclusion of any Loan Party from any Third Party Payor Program and no Loan Party has received notice of any such audit, claim review or other action.  (iii) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no audit, claim review, or other action pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened which could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of penalties or the exclusion of any Loan Party from any Third Party Payor Program and no Loan Party has received notice of any such audit, claim review or other action.  (iv) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, all reports, documents, claims, and notices required to be filed, maintained or furnished to any Governmental Authority by any Loan Party under any Third Party Payor Programs have been so filed, maintained or furnished and all such reports, documents, claims and notices were complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent filing).

 

(d)                                  No Loan Party, or its managers, officers or employees, or to its knowledge, all agents acting on its behalf, has been convicted of any crime or, to the Loan Party’s knowledge, engaged in any conduct, that could result in a material debarment or exclusion under 21 U.S.C. § 335a or any similar state or foreign law, rule or regulation that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the date hereof, no claims, actions, proceedings or investigations that would reasonably be expected to result in such a material debarment or exclusion are, to the Loan Party’s knowledge, pending or threatened against any Loan Party or its managers, officers or employees, or all agents acting on its behalf.

 

(e)                                   Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (i) each Loan Party possesses and is operating in compliance with Governmental Authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate Governmental Authorities reasonably necessary to conduct its business, including without limitation all those that may be required by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“ FDA ”) or any other Governmental Authority engaged in the regulation of pharmaceuticals, medical devices, biologics, cosmetics or biohazardous materials (“ Regulatory Permits ”); (ii) all such Regulatory Permits are valid and in full force and effect; (iii) all applications, notifications, submissions, information, claims, reports and statistics, and other data and conclusions derived therefrom, utilized as the basis for or submitted in connection with any and all requests for a Regulatory Permit, when submitted to the Governmental Authority were true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the date of submission and any necessary or required updates, changes, corrections or modification to such applications, submissions, information and data have been submitted to the Governmental Authority; (iv) the claims allowed by the Governmental Authorities for the Loan Party’s business products are valid and supported by proper research, design, testing, analysis and disclosure; and (v) each Loan

 

74



 

Party and to its knowledge all entities and individuals acting on its behalf, have not received formal notice (or, to each Loan Party’s knowledge, informal notice) that any Governmental Authority will undertake enforcement action, including, any claim, notice, charge, complaint, action, investigation, enforcement, proceeding, hearing or other similar action (each an “ Enforcement Action ”), to limit, revoke, suspend or materially modify any Regulatory Permit nor do they have any knowledge of any reasonable basis for such Enforcement Action.

 

(f)                                    Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (i) each Loan Party is and at all times has been in full compliance with all federal, state, local, provincial, or foreign statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, decrees, policies, directives and guidances applicable to the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging, processing, recordkeeping, reporting, use, distribution, marketing, labeling, promotion, sale, offer for sale, storage, import, export or disposal of any business product or product candidate, including, without limitation, the FDCA and implementing regulations; (ii) all analyses, studies, tests and preclinical and clinical trials conducted by or on behalf of each Loan Party are being and were, if completed, conducted in compliance with experimental protocols, procedures and controls pursuant to accepted professional scientific standards and applicable local, state, provincial and federal laws, rules, regulations, policies, directives and guidances, including as applicable, but not limited to, the FDCA and its implementing regulations at 21 C.F.R. Parts 11, 50, 54, 56, 58, 312 and 314, 812 and 814; and (iii) no Loan Party has received any notices, correspondence or other communication from the FDA or other Governmental Authority requiring the termination, suspension or material modification of any study, test or clinical or preclinical trial currently being conducted by, or on behalf of, any Loan Party.

 

(g)                                   Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2007, no Loan Party has had any product or manufacturing site (whether owned by the Loan Party or that of a contract manufacturer for Loan Party products) subject to a Governmental Authority (including FDA) shutdown or import or export prohibition, nor received any FDA Form 483 or other Governmental Authority notice of inspectional observations, “warning letters,” “untitled letters” or requests or requirements to make changes to the Loan Party products or similar correspondence or notice from the FDA or other Governmental Authority with respect to the Loan Party’s business and alleging or asserting noncompliance with any applicable Health Care Law, Regulatory Permit or such a request or requirement of a Governmental Authority; and to the knowledge of the Loan Party, neither the FDA nor any other Governmental Authority is considering any such action.

 

(h)                                  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2007, no Loan Party has had (i) any recalls, field notifications, field corrections, market withdrawals or replacements, warnings, “dear doctor” letters, investigator notices, safety alerts or other notice of action relating to an alleged lack of safety, efficacy, or regulatory compliance of the Loan Parties’ products issued by the Loan Parties (“ Safety Notices ”), (ii) to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, has had any material complaints with respect to the Loan Parties’ products that are currently unresolved, and (iii) to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, there are no facts that would be reasonably likely to result in (A) a Safety Notice with respect to the Loan Parties’ products, (B) a change in labeling of any of the

 

75



 

Loan Parties’ products or (C) a termination or suspension of marketing or testing of any of the Loan Parties’ products.

 

Section 4.14                              No Defaults .  No Group Member is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its Material Contracts, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or any grace period or both, could constitute such a default, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.15                              Governmental Regulation .  No Group Member is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.  No Group Member is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Section 4.16                              Margin Stock .  No portion of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used in any manner that causes or might cause such Credit Extension or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Exchange Act.

 

Section 4.17                              Employee Benefit Plans .  Each Group Member and each Employee Benefit Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) is in material compliance with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, and has performed all of its obligations under each Employee Benefit Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan).  Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service indicating that such Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified and to the knowledge of the Group Members, nothing has occurred subsequent to the issuance of such determination letter which would cause such Employee Benefit Plan to lose its qualified status. No material liability to the PBGC (other than required premium payments), the Internal Revenue Service, any Employee Benefit Plan (other than in the ordinary course) or any trust established under Title IV of ERISA has been or is expected to be incurred by any Group Member or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan.  No ERISA Event that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Group Member or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.  Except to the extent required under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code or similar state laws, no Employee Benefit Plan provides material health or welfare benefits (through the purchase of insurance or otherwise) for any retired or former employee of any Group Member.  The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under the Pension Plans sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any Group Member or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (determined as of the end of the most recent plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in the most recent actuarial valuation for such Pension Plan) do not exceed the aggregate current fair market value of the assets of such Pension Plans by an amount greater than

 

76



 

$25,000,000.  As of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan, the potential liability of the Group and its ERISA Affiliates for a complete withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan (within the meaning of Section 4203 or Section 4205 of ERISA), when aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal from all Multiemployer Plans, is $25,000,000.  Each Group Member and each of their ERISA Affiliates have materially complied with the requirements of Section 515 of ERISA with respect to each Multiemployer Plan and are not in material “default” (as defined in Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with respect to payments to a Multiemployer Plan.  Each Foreign Plan has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities.  Each Foreign Plan which is required under all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority to be funded satisfies in all material respects any applicable funding standard under all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority.  For each Foreign Plan which is not funded or which is not required to be fully funded under all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority, the unfunded obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued and/or reflected on the books and records of the applicable Group Member in all material respects.

 

Section 4.18                              Solvency .  The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent, both before and after giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date and on the Escrow Account Release Date.

 

Section 4.19                              Compliance with Statutes, Etc .  Each Group Member is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its assets and property, except such non-compliance that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.20                              Disclosure .  No representation or warranty of any Loan Party contained in any other Loan Document or in any other documents, certificates or written statements furnished to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by any Group Member (or by its agents on its behalf) for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact (known to it, or to the Borrower in the case of any document not furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made, except to the extent such statement or omission was subsequently disclosed or corrected.  Any projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Group Member to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results and such differences may be material.  There are no facts known (or which should upon the reasonable exercise of diligence be known) to such Group Member (other than matters of a general economic nature) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect to such Group Member and that have not been disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

77



 

Section 4.21                              PATRIOT Act .  To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) the PATRIOT Act.  No part of the proceeds of the Loans shall be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

Section 4.22                              Intellectual Property .  (a) Each of the Loan Parties owns or, pursuant to an agreement, has the valid right to use and, where such Loan Party does so, sublicense others to use, all material trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents and other property used in or reasonably necessary to conduct its business (including granting of outbound licenses of such rights).

 

(b)                                  Each Loan Party has taken commercially reasonable measures to maintain the secrecy and security of its and its Subsidiaries material proprietary Software, networks and databases.

 

Section 4.23                              Acquisition Documents .  The Acquisition Documents contain all relevant and material terms of the Acquisition and are in full force and effect.

 

Section 4.24                              Ranking .  Each Loan Party’s obligations under the Loan Documents ranks at least pari passu with all of its other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations, other than those that are mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

Section 4.25                              Centre of Main Interests and Establishments .  Each Loan Party whose jurisdiction of incorporation is in a member state of the European Union has its “centre of main interest” (as that term is used in Article 3(l) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “ Regulation ”)) in its jurisdiction of incorporation and has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 4.26                              Enforcement and Relevant Jurisdiction .  Except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, dissolution, winding-up, receivership, liquidation, administration, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability, or by public policy, due process, choice of law or other similar principles, any judgment obtained in relation to a Loan Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of such Loan Document will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction.  No Lender is or will be deemed to be a resident of, domiciled in or carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Loan Document.

 

78



 

ARTICLE V.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that, on and after the Closing Date, so long as any Commitment is in effect and until payment in full of all Obligations, such Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

Section 5.01                              Financial Statements and Other Reports .  In the case of the Borrower, deliver to the Administrative Agent (which shall furnish to each Lender):

 

(a)                                  Quarterly Financial Statements .  As soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year (other than the last Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year) or, if earlier, five (5) days after the date required to be filed with the SEC, without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs, the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Group as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated (and with respect to statements of income, consolidating) statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Group for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, commencing with the first Fiscal Quarter for which such corresponding figures are available, all in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification and a Narrative Report with respect thereto;

 

(b)                                  Annual Financial Statements .  As soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year (or, if earlier, the date required to be filed with the SEC, without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC), commencing with the Fiscal Year in which the Closing Date occurs, (i) the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Group as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated (and with respect to statements of income, consolidating) statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Group for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year, commencing with the first Fiscal Year for which such corresponding figures are available, in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification and a Narrative Report with respect thereto; and (ii) with respect to such consolidated financial statements a report thereon of an independent certified public accountant of recognized national standing selected by the Borrower, and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which report and/or the accompanying financial statements shall be unqualified as to going concern and scope of audit, and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) together with a written statement by such independent certified public accountants stating (A)  whether, in connection therewith, any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default has come to their attention and, if such a condition or event has come to their attention, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and (B) that nothing has come to their attention that causes them to believe that the information contained in any Compliance

 

79



 

Certificate is not correct or that the matters set forth in such Compliance Certificate are not stated in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

(c)                                   Compliance Certificate; Guarantor Coverage Certificate .  (i) Together with each delivery of financial statements of the Group pursuant to Section 5.01(a), a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate, (ii) together with each delivery of financial statements of the Group pursuant to Section 5.01(b), a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate and a duly executed and completed Guarantor Coverage Certificate and (iii) on the date that is forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, a duly executed and completed Guarantor Coverage Certificate; provided , that if the first such applicable date set forth in clause (ii) would be prior to the date that is forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, such duly executed and completed Guarantor Coverage Certificate pursuant to clause (ii) shall only be required to be delivered upon the next scheduled delivery date thereof;

 

(d)                                  Statements of Reconciliation after Change in Accounting Principles .  If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the Historical Financial Statements related to the Borrower prior to giving effect to the Transactions, the consolidated financial statements of the Group delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) shall differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(e)                                   Notice of Event of Default .  Promptly upon any officer of any Loan Party obtaining knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or that notice has been given to any Loan Party with respect thereto; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in Section 8.01(b); or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of an Authorized Officer specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, Default, event or condition, and what action the applicable Group Member has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(f)                                    Notice of Litigation .  Promptly upon any officer of any Loan Party obtaining knowledge of (i) any Adverse Proceeding not previously disclosed in writing by the Borrower to the Lenders or (ii) any development in any Adverse Proceeding that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), if adversely determined could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the exercise of rights or performance of obligations under any Loan Document written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to the Borrower to enable the Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

 

80



 

(g)                                   Pension Plans; ERISA .

 

(i)                                      Copies of any actuarial reports relating to the Pension Plans that are prepared in order to comply with then current statutory or auditing requirements;

 

(ii)                                   Promptly (but in any event within ten (10) days) upon the occurrence of or upon any officer of any Loan Party becoming aware of the forthcoming occurrence of (A) any ERISA Event, (B) the adoption of any new Pension Plan by any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or the adoption of any new Foreign Plan that provides pension benefits by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (C) the adoption of an amendment to a Pension Plan or Foreign Plan that provides pension benefits if such amendment results in a material increase in benefits or unfunded liabilities, (D) the receipt of a notice from a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any Foreign Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Plan, (E) the existence of any fact or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien or security interest pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of Section 303(k) of ERISA, or (F) the commencement of contributions by any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates to a Multiemployer Plan or Pension Plan or Foreign Plan that provides pension benefits, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto; and

 

(iii)                                with reasonable promptness (but in any event within three (3) days after filing), copies of (A) each Schedule SB (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by any Group Member with respect to each Pension Plan, (B) all material notices received by any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event and (C) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Pension Plan as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request;

 

(h)                                  Financial Plan .  As soon as practicable and in any event no later than the earlier of (i) fifteen (15) days following approval of the Financial Plan by the board of directors of the Borrower and (ii) ninety (90) days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated plan and financial forecast for such Fiscal Year and each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) through the final maturity date of the Loans (a “ Financial Plan ”), including (A) a forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Group for each such Fiscal Year, and an explanation of the assumptions on which such forecasts are based and (B) forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Group for each fiscal quarter of each other Fiscal Year (it being understood and agreed that any such Financial Plan shall be available only in hard copy and only to Lenders who wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Group Members and their Subsidiaries and shall be provided to the Administrative Agent in single hard copy only);

 

(i)                                      [Reserved ]

 

81



 

(j)                                     Management Letters .  Promptly after the receipt thereof by the Borrower, a copy of any “management letter” received by the Borrower from its certified public accountants and the management’s response thereto;

 

(k)                                  Certification of Public Information .  The Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to any Group Member or its securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “ Platform ”), any document or notice that the Borrower has indicated contains Non-Public Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders.  The Borrower agrees to clearly designate all Information provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower which is suitable to make available to Public Lenders.  If the Borrower has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 contains Non-Public Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material non-public information with respect to any Group Member and its securities;

 

(l)                                      Defaults Under Material Contracts .  Promptly upon any officer of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries obtaining knowledge of any condition or event that constitutes a default or an event of default under any Material Contract or that notice has been given to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with respect thereto, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of such Loan Party specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition or event and the nature of such claimed default or event of default, and what action such Loan Party has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto; and

 

(m)                              Other Information .  (i) Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (A) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or made available generally by any Group Member to their security holders acting in such capacity, (B) all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by any Group Member with any securities exchange or with the SEC or any governmental or private regulatory authority and (C) all press releases and other statements made available generally by any Group Member to the public concerning material developments in the business of any Group Member and (ii) such other information and data with respect to any Group Member as from time to time may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Section 5.02                              Existence .  Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.07, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights, privileges and franchises, licenses, permits and authorizations material to its business and all authorizations needed to enable performance with the Loan Documents and ensure the Loan Documents remain legal, valid, enforceable and admissible in evidence; provided , that no Loan Party (other than the Borrower with respect to existence) or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise, licenses and permits if such Person’s board of directors (or similar governing body) shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of such Person and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to such Person or to Lenders.

 

82



 

Section 5.03                              Payment of Taxes and Claims .  Pay all material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises, and all material claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, other than Liens that arise prior to the due date of any such Tax; provided , that no such Tax or claim need be paid to the extent it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) shall have been made therefor and in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim.

 

Section 5.04                              Maintenance of Properties .  (a) In the case of material tangible properties used or useful in the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, maintain or cause to be maintained such tangible properties in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and from time to time shall make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof, subject to dispositions permitted hereunder; and (b) in the case of intangible material properties that are used or useful in the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, maintain or cause to be maintained such intangible properties as valid and enforceable.

 

Section 5.05                              Insurance .  Maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as are customary for such Persons.

 

Section 5.06                              Books and Records; Inspections .  Maintain proper books of record and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in conformity in all material respects with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit, up to one time per year so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any authorized representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of the real properties of any Loan Party and any of its respective Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial and accounting records and, as often as may reasonably be requested, to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and independent public accountants, all upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours.

 

Section 5.07                              Lenders’ Calls .  Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, participate in an English language conference call with the Administrative Agent and the Lenders once during each Fiscal Year at such time as may be agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

83



 

Section 5.08                              Compliance with Material Contractual Obligations and Laws .  Comply, and cause all other Persons within its control, if any, on or occupying any Facilities to comply, with the requirements of all Contractual Obligations (including the Acquisition Documents) and all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including all applicable Environmental Laws and all Health Care Laws), noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.09                              Environmental .

 

(a)                                  Environmental Disclosure .  In the case of the Borrower, deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

(i)                                      as soon as practicable following receipt thereof, copies of all material, environmental assessments, audits, investigations, analyses and reports, whether prepared by personnel of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or by any independent consultants, Governmental Authorities or other Persons, with respect to environmental matters at any Facility or with respect to any Environmental Claims, in each case that are reasonably likely to result in a liability of $10,000,000 or more to any Group Member;

 

(ii)                                   promptly upon the occurrence or receipt thereof, written notice relating to (A) any Release required to be reported by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to Governmental Authority under any applicable Environmental Laws, (B) any remedial action taken by any Loan Party or any other Person in response to (1) any Hazardous Materials the existence of which has a reasonable likelihood of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (2) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable likelihood of resulting in a Material Adverse Effect or (C) any Loan Party’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Facility that could reasonably be expected to cause such Facility or any part thereof to be subject to any material restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use thereof under any Environmental Laws;

 

(iii)                                as soon as practicable following the sending or receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any material written communications with respect to (A) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable likelihood of resulting in a Material Adverse Effect, (B) any Release required to be reported by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to any Governmental Authority and (C) any written request for information from any Governmental Authority that suggests such Governmental Authority is investigating whether any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for the Release of any Hazardous Materials; and

 

(iv)                               prompt written notice describing in reasonable detail any proposed acquisition of stock, assets, or other property by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to (A) expose any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to, or result in, Environmental Claims that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (B) have a Material

 

84



 

Adverse Effect on the ability of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to maintain in full force and effect all Governmental Authorizations required under any applicable Environmental Laws for their respective operations.

 

(b)                                  Environmental Claims, Etc . Promptly take any and all actions necessary to (i) cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by such Loan Party or its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) conduct any investigative or remedial action that is required pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws by such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries where failure to conduct such investigation or remedial action could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) make an appropriate response to any Environmental Claim against such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and discharge any obligations it has to any Person in connection with such Environmental Claim, in each case where failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   Environmental Compliance .  Use and operate all of its Facilities in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, keep all necessary Governmental Authorizations required pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws for the operation of the Borrower’s business, and handle all Hazardous Materials in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, in each case except where the failure to comply with the terms of this clause could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.10                              Health Care Regulatory Matters .  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, hold and operate in material compliance with, Regulatory Permits issued by the FDA or other Governmental Authority required for the conduct of its business as currently conducted.

 

Section 5.11                              Maintenance of Ratings .  In the case of the Borrower, at all times use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain public corporate credit and public corporate family ratings issued by Moody’s and S&P with respect to its senior secured debt.

 

Section 5.12                              Compliance with other Obligations .  (a) The Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all of their respective obligations under the Fee Letter.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any issuance or sale of Permanent Securities, the Borrower agrees to cooperate with the Investment Banks, and to provide information reasonably required by the Investment Banks in connection with placing or selling or obtaining commitments for the purchase or acquisition of the Permanent Securities in accordance with the Fee Letter.  Such cooperation will include, without limitation, at the request of the Investment Banks: (i) the preparation of, as soon as practicable upon request by any Investment Bank, an offering memorandum, offering circular, prospectus or private placement memorandum with respect to the Permanent Securities; (ii) the execution of underwriting agreements, purchase agreements or placement agency agreements containing such terms, covenants, conditions, representations, warranties and indemnities in light of then prevailing market conditions (including, but not limited to, delivery of legal opinion (including standard 10b-5 disclosure letters), SAS 72 standard comfort letters (to be provided on the pricing and closing dates of any issuances) and

 

85



 

officers’ certificates, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investment Banks); (iii) the delivery to the Investment Banks of unqualified audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower covering the three-year period ending as of the most recent fiscal year preceding the date of any issuance of securities and such unaudited consolidated interim financial statements, in each case, as may be reasonably requested by the Investment Banks and/or as required by Regulation S-X; (iv) the delivery to the Investment Banks of unqualified audited carve-out combined financial statements of the Acquired Business covering any periods preceding any issuance of securities, as well as such unaudited consolidated interim financial statements, in each case, as may be reasonably requested by the Investment Banks and/or as required by Regulation S-X; (v) the delivery to the Investment Banks of pro forma financial statements presented in accordance with, and for such periods as required by,  Regulation S-X; (vi) the delivery to the Investment Banks of projections as to future operations or such other financial information related to the Borrower and the Acquired Business as may be reasonably requested by the Investment Banks; (vii) the engagement with the relevant auditors to ensure such auditors are able to provide SAS72 standard comfort letters and perform any relevant financial review; (viii) providing all information to the Investment Banks and their advisors as shall reasonably be requested in connection with legal and business due diligence; (ix) the hosting, with any Investment Bank electing to participate, of one or more meetings with prospective purchasers of the Permanent Securities and, in connection with any such meeting, consulting with such Investment Bank with respect to the presentations to be made and making available appropriate senior management, representatives and advisors of the Borrower and the Acquired Business to rehearse such presentations prior to any such meeting, as reasonably requested by such Investment Bank; and (x) obtaining (to the extent not already existing) (A) a public corporate family rating from Moody’s, (B) a public corporate credit rating from S&P and (C) a public credit rating for any Permanent Securities from each of Moody’s and S&P prior to the launch of general syndication.  The Borrower shall advise the Investment Banks promptly of the occurrence of any event or any other change known to it that results in any offering circular, private placement memorandum or prospectus relating to the Permanent Securities containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(c)                                   With respect to any Alternative Loans, the Borrower agrees to cooperate with the Investment Banks or their designated affiliates and agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain contractual undertakings from the Acquired Business to cooperate with the Investment Banks or their designated affiliates to provide information reasonably required by the Investment Banks or such affiliates in connection with the syndication of such Alternative Loans and to take all other actions typically required of borrowers or reasonably requested by arrangers in connection with the syndication of bank facilities, including without limitation obtaining corporate and applicable facilities ratings from each of Moody’s and S&P.

 

Section 5.13                              Subsidiaries .  (a) In the event that the Borrower permits or causes any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to directly or indirectly guarantee obligations under the Senior Notes, (i) promptly cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Counterpart Agreement, and (ii) take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates as are similar to those described in Sections 3.01(f) and 3.02(b).

 

86



 

(b)                                  [reserved.]

 

(c)                                   With respect to each new Subsidiary, the Borrower shall promptly send to the Administrative Agent written notice setting forth with respect to such Person (i) the date on which such Person became a Group Member and (ii) all of the data required to be set forth in Schedules 4.01 and  4.02 with respect to all Subsidiaries of the Borrower; and such written notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedules 4.01 and  4.02 for all purposes hereof.

 

Section 5.14                              Interest Rate Protection .  No later than ninety (90) days following the Closing Date and at all times thereafter until the third anniversary of the Closing Date, obtain and cause to be maintained protection against fluctuations in interest rates pursuant to one or more Interest Rate Agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in order to ensure that no less than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the total long term Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Group then outstanding is either (a) subject to such Interest Rate Agreements or (b) Indebtedness that bears interest at a fixed rate.

 

Section 5.15                              Further Assurances .  The Borrower will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such further documents and statements, do and cause to be done, and pay the cost of such further acts or things as the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, may require to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to vest or confirm any right or remedy granted in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the matters covered by Section 5.13.

 

Section 5.16                              Foreign Bank Accounts and Cash Held by Foreign Group Member .  (a) Subject to clause (b) below, no Foreign Loan Party will or will permit any of its Subsidiaries to maintain, at any time, any cash in excess of €25,000,000 in the aggregate on deposit with a bank other than an Acceptable Bank.

 

(b)                                  No Foreign Loan Party shall be required to cause any Subsidiary to transfer any cash under clause (a) above if doing so would cause such Foreign Loan Party or such Subsidiary to (i) incur a material U.S. federal income Tax liability (except to the extent such liability is avoidable through use of commercially reasonable efforts) or other material cost or expense or (ii) breach any applicable law or Contractual Obligation or result in personal liability for such Foreign Loan Party or such Subsidiary or any of their respective directors or management (except to the extent such breach or liability is avoidable through use of commercially reasonable efforts).

 

Section 5.17                              Cash Management Systems .  Each Group Member shall establish and maintain cash management systems reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 5.18                              Guarantor Coverage Test .  As of each date of delivery of the Guarantor Coverage Certificate as required by Section 5.01(c), the Borrower shall ensure that:

 

(a)                                  the aggregate (without duplication) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated in accordance with the defined term “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”) attributable to (i) the Loan Parties as a group (taking each entity on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intercompany items) shall be no less than 85% of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization of the Group and (ii) each Subsidiary

 

87



 

of the Borrower (other than a Loan Party) on an individual basis is no more than 5.0% of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization of the Group;

 

(b)                                  the aggregate (without duplication) total Consolidated Total Assets of (i) the Loan Parties as a group (taking each entity on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intercompany items) shall be no less than 85% of the total Consolidated Total Assets of the Group and (ii) each Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Loan Party) on an individual basis is no more than 5.0% of the total Consolidated Total Assets of the Group; and

 

(c)                                   the aggregate (without duplication) turnover attributable to (i) the Loan Parties as a group (taking each entity on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intercompany items) shall be no less 85% of the aggregate turnover of the Group and (ii) each Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Loan Party) on an individual basis is no more than 5.0% of the aggregate turnover of the Group.

 

For purposes of this Section 5.18, only the Borrower and each other Loan Party which has provided a guarantee for all of the Obligations shall be included as Loan Parties.

 

Section 5.19                              “Know Your Customer” Checks .  If in connection with (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Closing Date, (b) any change in the status of a Loan Party after the Closing Date, (c) the addition of any Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.13 or (d) any proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that was not previously a Lender hereunder, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of clause (d) above, any prospective Lender) requires additional information in order to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures, each Loan Party shall, promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, provide such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or such Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in clause (d) above, on behalf of any prospective Lender) in order for the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such prospective Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents.

 

Section 5.20                              ERISA .  Ensure that all Pension Plans operated or maintained for the benefit of the Group Members or any of its ERISA Affiliates and/or any of their respective employees are (a) funded to the extent required by law and the terms of such plans based on reasonable actuarial assumptions, and (b) operated or maintained as required by law and the terms of such plans, where, in any such case, failure to do so could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.21                              Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .  The Board of Directors of the Borrower may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the

 

88



 

designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 6.02 or Permitted Investments, as determined by the Borrower.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors of the Borrower may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the redesignation would not cause a Default.

 

Section 5.22                              Post-Closing Delivery of Financial Statements .  Deliver to the Arrangers (a) on or before January 31, 2014, unaudited carve-out statements of income and net assets of the Acquired Business covering the one-year period ending as of December 31, 2013 and (b) on or before February 28, 2014, audited carve-out statements of income and net assets of the Acquired Business covering the one-year period ending as of December 31, 2013, and an unqualified audit report relating thereto.

 

ARTICLE VI.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that, on and after the Closing Date, so long as any Commitment is in effect and until payment in full of all Obligations, such Loan Party shall not, nor shall it cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

Section 6.01                              Indebtedness; Disqualified and Preferred Stock .

 

(a)                                  Directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Borrower shall not issue any Disqualified Equity Interests and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided , however , that following the Conversion Date the Borrower may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Equity Interests, and any of the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Borrower’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Equity Interests or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom including to refinance other Indebtedness), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the preferred stock or Disqualified Equity Interests had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 

(b)                                  Section 6.01(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

(i)                                      (A) the Obligations and (B) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Credit Facilities (including Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement) and any Qualified Securitization Financing in an amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the sum of (x) $2,750,000,000 plus (y) €478,000,000 minus (z) the aggregate principal amount of Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to

 

89



 

clause (i) of Section 6.04(c) hereof, including, in each case under this clause (B), any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred after the Conversion Date in respect thereof;

 

(ii)                                   Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date which is described in Schedule 6.01 ;

 

(iii)                                (x) Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,100,000,000 and guaranty obligations of any Guarantor in respect of such Indebtedness ( provided , that in the case of any guaranty of the Senior Notes by a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor under this Agreement at or prior to the time of such guaranty), and (y) after the Conversion Date, any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the foregoing;

 

(iv)                               the incurrence by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations, industrial development or similar bonds, or tax-advantaged governmental or quasi-governmental financing, including, without limitation, the sale and leaseback arrangements described under clause (e) under the exclusions set forth under the definition of “Asset Sale” in each case incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, development, construction, installation or improvement (including at any point subsequent to the purchase) of real or personal property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Borrower or the business of such Subsidiary (whether through the direct acquisition or otherwise of such assets or the acquisition of Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets), in an aggregate principal amount, including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed the greater of (x) $200,000,000 and (y) 3.0% of Total Assets, at any time outstanding;

 

(v)                                  the incurrence by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness that was incurred under clause (a) of this Section 6.01 or clause (ii), (v) or (xvi) of this Section 6.01(b);

 

(vi)                               the incurrence by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of intercompany Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that:

 

(A)                                if the Borrower is the obligor on any such Indebtedness owed to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations;

 

(B)                                if a Guarantor is the obligor on any such Indebtedness owed to any Subsidiary that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations; and

 

(C)                                (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such

 

90



 

Indebtedness (other than the creation of a Permitted Lien upon such intercompany Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Borrower or a Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (v);

 

(vii)                            the incurrence by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations or entry into derivative transactions, in each case, in the normal course of business and so long as such obligations and transactions are not entered into for speculative purposes;

 

(viii)                         the incurrence of Guarantees by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors of the Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 6.01;

 

(ix)                               the incurrence of Guarantees by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 6.01;

 

(x)                                  the incurrence by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-retention or self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance, performance, bid, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds and related reimbursement obligations and completion guarantees provided or incurred by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, guarantees for the account of suppliers in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, and obligations in connection with participation in government reimbursement or other programs or other similar requirements;

 

(xi)                               the incurrence by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the Borrower and the Subsidiaries’ agreements providing for indemnification, contribution, earn out, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the sale of goods or acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Equity Interests of a Subsidiary; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in connection with such acquisition or disposition;

 

(xii)                            the incurrence by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

 

(xiii)                         [reserved];

 

(xiv)                        the incurrence by Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower (other than any Guarantor) of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $200,000,000;

 

91



 

(xv)                           the incurrence of Indebtedness consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xvi)                        the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Acquired Debt; provided that (1) such Indebtedness existed prior to the consummation of the related acquisition and was not created in contemplation thereof and (2) to the extent the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (xvi) following the Closing Date exceeds $50,000,000, then on a pro forma basis, either (A) the Borrower would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 6.01(a) hereof (as if the date of such incurrence occurred after the Conversion Date) or (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than immediately prior to such transactions;

 

(xvii)                     Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or trade Guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business to the extent that such letters of credit or trade Guarantees are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 30 days following receipt by the Borrower or such Subsidiary of a demand for reimbursement;

 

(xviii)                  Guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(xix)                        to the extent constituting Indebtedness, (1) deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (2) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the extent that they are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable law, (3) contingent liabilities arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, and (4) reserves established by a Group Member for litigation or tax contingencies;

 

(xx)                           Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 issued in lieu of cash payments of Restricted Payments permitted by clause (5) of the second paragraph of Section 6.02 hereof;

 

(xxi)                        Indebtedness incurred prior to the Conversion Date; provided such Indebtedness is permitted under the Existing Credit Agreement as of the date of such incurrence; and

 

(xxii)                     the incurrence by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of additional Indebtedness or the issuance by the Borrower of Disqualified Equity Interests or preferred stock in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xxii), not to exceed $350,000,000.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories

 

92



 

of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xxii) of Section 6.01(b) as of the date of incurrence thereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 6.01, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, (x) following the Conversion Date, at the time the proposed Indebtedness is incurred, classify all or a portion of that item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence under either clause (a) of this Section 6.01 or under such category of Permitted Debt, as the case may be, (y) following the Conversion Date, reclassify at a later date all or a portion of that or any other item of Indebtedness as being or having been incurred in any manner that complies with this Section 6.01 (so long as the Indebtedness being reclassified could have been incurred under Section 6.01(a) or under such category of Permitted Debt, in each case on the date of its incurrence) and (z) elect to comply with this Section 6.01 and the applicable definitions in any order.  The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Equity Interests in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Equity Interests will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests for purposes of this Section 6.01; provided , in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in the Borrower’s Fixed Charges as accrued.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.01, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Borrower or the Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall not incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Borrower and subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Obligations; provided , however , that no Indebtedness of the Borrower will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior Lien or by virtue of being structurally subordinated.  No Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor and subordinate or junior in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee; provided , however , that no Indebtedness of a Guarantor will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior Lien.

 

(e)                                   The Borrower shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to incur any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; provided , however , that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by the obligors of such Indebtedness.

 

Section 6.02                              Restricted Payments .  Directly or indirectly:

 

(a)                                  declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Borrower’s or any Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower or any Subsidiary) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Borrower’s or any Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (in each case other than dividends or distributions payable in the Borrower’s Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or to the Borrower or any Subsidiary);

 

93



 

(b)                                  purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries) any of the Borrower’s or the Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (in each case other than any of the Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests owned by the Borrower or another Subsidiary or for consideration consisting solely of the Borrower’s Equity Interests other than Disqualified Equity Interests);

 

(c)                                   make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any of the Borrower’s or the Subsidiaries’ Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries), except (i) a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof, (ii) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any such Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase or other acquisition, or (iii) for consideration consisting solely of Equity Interests of the Borrower other than Disqualified Equity Interests; or

 

(d)                                  make any Restricted Investment;

 

all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(a)                                  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

(b)                                  the Borrower would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 6.01(a) (as if the date of such incurrence occurred after the Conversion Date); and

 

(c)                                   such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (3)(i), (5), (6), (10), (11) and (12) of the next paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)                                      50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first full fiscal quarter of the Borrower commencing immediately prior to the Closing Date to the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus

 

(ii)                                   100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds or the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) of property or assets received by the Borrower or a Subsidiary since the date following the Closing Date as a contribution to the common equity capital of the Borrower or from the issue or sale of

 

94



 

Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Equity Interests or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Borrower that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests or Disqualified Equity Interests or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Borrower), together with the aggregate net cash and Cash Equivalents received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary at the time of such conversion or exchange, plus

 

(iii)                                to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Closing Date is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the proceeds realized from the sale of such Restricted Investment and proceeds representing the return of the capital with respect to such Restricted Investment, in each case to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, less the cost of the disposition of such Restricted Investment, plus

 

(iv)                               to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the portion (proportionate to the Borrower’s interest in such Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of the Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Subsidiary; plus

 

(v)                                  50% of any dividends received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was a Restricted Investment, and to the extent such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such period.

 

So long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby (except with respect to clauses (1), (4), (5) and (7), (9) and (10) below), the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

 

(1)                                  the payment of any dividend (or other distribution) or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 90 days after the date of declaration of the dividend (or other distribution) or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice the dividend (or other distribution) payment or redemption would have complied with the provisions hereof;

 

(2)                                  the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to any Subsidiary) of, the Borrower’s Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Borrower; provided that the amount of any such Net Cash Proceeds that are utilized to make any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph;

 

(3)                                  the purchase, defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary with (i) the Net Cash Proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or (ii) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent Qualified Equity Offering;

 

95



 

(4)                                  in the case of a Subsidiary, the payment of dividends (or in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

 

(5)                                  repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price thereof and repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the withholding of a portion of the Equity Interests granted or awarded to an employee to pay for the taxes payable by such employee upon such grant or award, or the vesting thereof, in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000;

 

(6)                                  cash payments, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Borrower or a Subsidiary;

 

(7)                                  the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness following a Change of Control or Asset Sale, as applicable, after the Borrower shall have complied with Section 2.10(d) and Section 6.04, as applicable, including the payment of the applicable purchase price;

 

(8)                                  the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or any preferred stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower issued on or after the Closing Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 6.01(a) hereof;

 

(9)                                  [reserved];

 

(10)                           [reserved];

 

(11)                           the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary from Persons who are, or were formerly, employees, officers and directors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their Affiliates, heirs and executors; provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases pursuant to this clause (11) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in any twelve month period; and

 

(12)                           other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the Closing Date not to exceed $75,000,000 during the term of this Agreement.

 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s), property or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.  The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 6.02 will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, whose resolutions with respect thereto will be delivered to the Administrative Agent.  The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the fair market value exceeds $25,000,000.

 

96



 

Section 6.03                              Liens .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt or trade payables on any property, asset, or any proceeds therefrom (“ Primary Lien ”), now owned or hereafter acquired except Permitted Liens, unless:

 

(i)                                      in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Obligations are secured by a Lien on such property (including Equity Interests of a Subsidiary) or assets that are senior in priority to such Liens; and

 

(ii)                                   in the case of Liens securing Senior Debt, the Obligations are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on such property (including Equity Interests of a Subsidiary) or assets.

 

(b)                                  Any Lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall automatically and unconditionally be released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Primary Lien, without any further action on the part of any Person.

 

Section 6.04                              Asset Sales .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(i)                                      the Borrower (or the Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold, leased, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(ii)                                   at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Borrower or such Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets, or a combination thereof.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Section 6.04, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(i)                                      any liabilities of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, as shown on the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and with respect to which the Borrower or such Subsidiary is released from further liability;

 

(ii)                                   any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or any such Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Subsidiary into cash within 365 days of the consummation of such Asset Sale (subject to ordinary settlement periods), to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

 

(iii)                                any Voting Stock or assets referred to in clauses (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of this Section 6.04; and

 

97



 

(iv)                               any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower’s Board of Directors), taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iv) that is at such time outstanding, not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $80,000,000 and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

(c)                                   Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Borrower or such Subsidiary may apply those Net Cash Proceeds at its option:

 

(i)                                      to repay the loans under the Existing Credit Agreement or the Loans in accordance with Section 2.11;

 

(ii)                                   to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business;

 

(iii)                                to make any capital expenditures or to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; or

 

(iv)                               any combination of the foregoing.

 

In the case of each of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, the entry into a definitive agreement to acquire such assets within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Cash Proceeds from the date of such agreement so long as the Borrower or such Subsidiary enters into such agreement with the good faith expectation that such Net Cash Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of the date of such agreement and such Net Cash Proceeds are actually so applied within such period.

 

Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings under the Existing Credit Agreement or otherwise invest the Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Subject to prior prepayment of any loans under the Existing Credit Agreement and subject to Section 4.12 of the Existing Indenture, any Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 6.04(c) will constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”.  Subject to the Existing Indenture, when the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50,000,000, the Borrower shall make an offer to all Lenders and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that is pari passu with the Obligations (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”) to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to prepay or purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Loans and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is in an amount equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds.  The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash.  The

 

98



 

Borrower will commence an Asset Sale Offer within 10 Business Days after the date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50,000,000 by delivering the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, with a copy to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)                                   If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Borrower may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.  If the aggregate principal amount of Loans and Pari Passu Indebtedness accepted for prepayment or validly and properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Administrative Agent shall select the Loans and the Borrower shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be prepaid or purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Loans or such Pari Passu Indebtedness accepted for prepayment or tendered.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

Section 6.05                              Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .  Directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to:

 

(a)                                  pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Equity Interests to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                  make any loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

 

(c)                                   transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; or

 

(d)                                  guarantee the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Indebtedness.

 

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)                                      this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   the Existing Credit Agreement or the Existing Indenture and any other agreements in effect on the Closing Date or subsequent agreements relating to such Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Closing Date unless in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such restrictions are not likely to result in the Borrower being unable to make scheduled payments of principal and interest hereunder as they come due;

 

(iii)                                applicable law, rules, regulations and orders;

 

99



 

(iv)                               any instrument governing Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Equity Interests was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be incurred;

 

(v)                                  customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, licenses and leases entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi)                               purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (c) of this Section 6.05;

 

(vii)                            any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Subsidiary or all or substantially all of its assets that restricts distributions of assets by, or Equity Interests of, that Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

(viii)                         Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(ix)                               Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 6.03 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(x)                                  restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers (including governmental entities) under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi)                               provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, Asset Sale agreements, sale and leaseback transactions, stock sale agreements;

 

(xii)                            and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or with the approval of the Borrower’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

 

(xiii)                         any encumbrance or restriction on the Borrower’s ability or the ability of any Subsidiary to transfer its interest in any Investment not prohibited by Section 6.02 hereof;

 

(xiv)                        customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of, or in licenses related to, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property and contained in agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

100



 

(xv)                           any other agreement governing Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests entered into after the Closing Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not more restrictive than would be permitted by clause (ii) of this paragraph;

 

(xvi)                        restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Financing; and

 

(xvii)                     agreements pursuant to any tax sharing arrangement between the Borrower and any one or more of direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 

Section 6.06                              Transactions with Affiliates .  Make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Borrower’s or the Subsidiaries’ respective properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate involving aggregate payments of consideration in excess of $10,000,000 (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:

 

(a)                                  the Affiliate Transaction is on terms taken as a whole that are no less favorable to the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Borrower or such Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

(b)                                  the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent:

 

(i)                                      with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20,000,000, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Borrower set forth in a certificate of an Authorized Officer certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 6.06 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the Borrower’s Board of Directors (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Borrower’s Board of Directors with respect to such transaction); and

 

(ii)                                   with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, an opinion as to the fairness to the Lenders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

 

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

 

(A)                                any customary consulting or employment agreement or arrangement, benefit arrangement or plan, incentive compensation plan, stock option or stock ownership plan, employee benefit plan, severance or termination arrangements, expense reimbursement arrangements, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Borrower’s or such

 

101



 

Subsidiary’s directors, officers, employees and consultants and payments and transactions pursuant thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(B)                                transactions between or among the Borrower and/or the Subsidiaries;

 

(C)                                payment of reasonable directors compensation and indemnification costs permitted by the Borrower’s and the Subsidiaries’ organizational documents for the benefit of directors, officers and employees, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(D)                                Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 6.02;

 

(E)                                 any agreement (including any certificate of designations relating to Equity Interests) as in effect as of the Closing Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

 

(F)                                  the granting or performance of customary registration rights in respect of restricted Equity Interests held or acquired by Affiliates;

 

(G)                                loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate amount at any one time outstanding;

 

(H)                               the consummation of the Transactions and the payment of all fees, expenses and other amounts, and the performance of all obligations of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, in connection therewith;

 

(I)                                    transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, determined in good faith by the Borrower, that those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower;

 

(J)                                    the issuance or repurchase of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower to any Affiliate of the Borrower; and

 

(K)                               licenses of, or other grants of rights to use, intellectual property granted by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business.

 

102



 

Section 6.07                              Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets .

 

(a)                                  Solely with respect to the Borrower, directly or indirectly:  (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey (not including any conveyance, if any, resulting solely from the creation of any Lien, unless remedies are exercised in connection therewith) or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person or Persons, unless:

 

(i)                                      either:  (x) the Borrower is the surviving entity; or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

(ii)                                   the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents pursuant to an agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(iii)                                immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(iv)                               the Borrower or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (1) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 6.01(a) or (2) the Borrower’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not be less than the Borrower’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions.

 

In addition, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

Clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 6.07(a) will not apply to:

 

(A)                                a merger of the Borrower with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another jurisdiction; or

 

(B)                                any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

103



 

(b)                                  [reserved]

 

(c)                                   In addition, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the Borrower’s and the Subsidiaries’ properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

Clause (c) of this Section 6.07 will not apply to:

 

(i)                                      a merger of the Borrower with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another jurisdiction; or

 

(ii)                                   any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Borrower and the Subsidiaries.

 

Section 6.08                              Successor Borrower Substituted .  The Person formed by or surviving any consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Borrower under this Agreement; provided that, the Borrower shall not be released in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the Borrower’s assets.

 

Section 6.09                              Centre of Main Interests and Establishments .  If such Loan Party’s jurisdiction is in a member state of the European Union, deliberately change its “centre of main interest” (as that term is used in the Regulation) in a manner that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.10                              [Reserved] .

 

Section 6.11                              Financial Assistance .  Fail to comply, where applicable, in all respects with any financial assistance legislation in any Relevant Jurisdiction, including as related to payment of amounts due under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.12                              Amendments to Existing Credit Agreement .  Agree to any amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification to the Existing Credit Agreement that would be materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders.

 

ARTICLE VII.
GUARANTY

 

Section 7.01                              Guaranty of the Obligations .  Each Guarantor jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranties to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations of the Borrower when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)) (the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).

 

104



 

Section 7.02                              Contribution by Guarantors .  The Guarantors (respectively, the “ Contributing Guarantors ”) desire to allocate among themselves, in a fair and equitable manner, the Guaranteed Obligations, respectively, arising under this Guaranty.  Accordingly, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by a Guarantor (a “ Funding Guarantor ”) under this Guaranty such that its Aggregate Payments exceed its Fair Share as of such date, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from each of the other Contributing Guarantors in an amount sufficient to cause each Contributing Guarantor’s Aggregate Payments to equal its Fair Share as of such date.  “ Fair Share ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the ratio of (i) the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to such Contributing Guarantor to (ii) the aggregate of the Fair Share Contribution Amounts with respect to all Contributing Guarantors multiplied by (b) the aggregate amount paid or distributed on or before such date by all Funding Guarantors under this Guaranty in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.  “ Fair Share Contribution Amount ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations of such Contributing Guarantor under this Guaranty that would not render its obligations hereunder or thereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any comparable applicable provisions of any Debtor Relief Law; provided , that solely for purposes of calculating the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to any Contributing Guarantor for purposes of this Section 7.02, any assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor arising by virtue of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification or any rights to or obligations of contribution hereunder shall not be considered as assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor.  “ Aggregate Payments ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (A) the aggregate amount of all payments and distributions made on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor in respect of this Guaranty (including in respect of this Section 7.02), minus (B) the aggregate amount of all payments received on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor from the other Contributing Guarantors as contributions under this Section 7.02.  The amounts payable as contributions hereunder shall be determined as of the date on which the related payment or distribution is made by the applicable Funding Guarantor.  The allocation among the Contributing Guarantors of their obligations as set forth in this Section 7.02 shall not be construed in any way to limit the liability of any Contributing Guarantor hereunder.  Each Guarantor is a third party beneficiary to the contribution agreement set forth in this Section 7.02.

 

Section 7.03                              Payment by Guarantors .  The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Lender may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of the Borrower to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a) or any comparable provision of any other Debtor Relief Law), the Guarantors shall upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for the Borrower’s becoming the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Debtor Relief Law, would have accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is

 

105



 

allowed against the Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy case or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then owed to the Lenders, as aforesaid.

 

Section 7.04          Liability of Guarantors Absolute .  Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a Guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations.  In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

 

(a)           this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability.  This Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

 

(b)           the Administrative Agent may enforce this Guaranty upon the occurrence of an Event of Default notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between the Borrower and any Lender with respect to the existence of such Event of Default;

 

(c)           the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Borrower and the obligations of any other Guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the obligations of the Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against the Borrower or any of such other Guarantors and whether or not the Borrower is joined in any such action or actions;

 

(d)           payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations;

 

(e)           any Lender, upon such terms as it deems appropriate, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed

 

106



 

Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; and (v) exercise any other rights available to it under the Loan Documents; and

 

(f)            this Guaranty and the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them:  (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Loan Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the terms hereof or such Loan Document or any agreement relating to such other guaranty; (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Loan Documents) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Lender might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) any Lender’s consent to the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Group Member and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vi) any defenses, set-offs or counterclaims which the Borrower may allege or assert against the Administrative Agent or any Lender in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury; (vii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; and (viii) any action that the Lenders may take in relation to the approval of a composition of creditors ( convenio ) in an insolvency proceeding of the Borrower, including any vote in favor of such composition of creditors.

 

Section 7.05          Waivers by Guarantors .  Each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of the Lenders:  (a) any right to require any Lender, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (i) proceed against the Borrower, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Lender in favor of the Borrower or any other Person, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Lender whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other Guarantor including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Borrower or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides

 

107



 

that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Lender’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or Lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to the Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 7.04 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (g) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof.

 

Section 7.06          Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc .  Until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full, each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including (a) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations and (b) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Lender now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower.  In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full, each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations (including any such right of contribution as contemplated by Section 7.02).  Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against the Borrower, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Lender may have against the Borrower and to any right any Lender may have against such other guarantor.  If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all applicable Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been finally and indefeasibly paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Section 7.07          Subordination of Other Obligations .  Any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor (the “ Obligee Guarantor ”) is hereby

 

108



 

subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such Indebtedness collected or received by the Obligee Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of the Obligee Guarantor under any other provision hereof.

 

Section 7.08          Continuing Guaranty .  This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full.  Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 7.09          Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower .  It is not necessary for the Administrative Agent or any Lender to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or the Borrower or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

 

Section 7.10          Financial Condition of the Borrower .  Any Credit Extension may be made to the Borrower or continued from time to time without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of the Borrower at the time of any such grant or continuation, as the case may be.  No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of the Borrower.  Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from the Borrower on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Borrower and its ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations.  Each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Lender to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of the Borrower now known or hereafter known by any Lender.

 

Section 7.11          Bankruptcy, Etc .

 

(a)           So long as any Guaranteed Obligations remain outstanding, no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent acting pursuant to the instructions of Required Lenders, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization or insolvency case (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) or proceeding of or against the Borrower or any other Guarantor.  The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of the Borrower or any other Guarantor or by any defense which the Borrower or any other Guarantor may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

 

109



 

(b)           Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in clause (a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and Lenders that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve the Borrower of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations.  Guarantors shall permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person under any Debtor Relief Law to pay the Administrative Agent, or allow the claim of the Administrative Agent in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

 

(c)           In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by the Borrower, the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) is rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Lender as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder.

 

Section 7.12          Discharge of Guaranty Upon Sale of Guarantor .  If all of the Equity Interests of any Guarantor or any of its successors in interest hereunder shall be sold or otherwise disposed of (including by merger or consolidation) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, the Guaranty of such Guarantor or such successor in interest, as the case may be, hereunder shall automatically be discharged and released without any further action by any Lender or any other Person effective as of the time of such Asset Sale.

 

Section 7.13          Spanish Guarantor Limitations .  In respect of a Spanish Loan Party, the guarantee under this Article VII does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Sections 143.2 and 150 of the Spanish Companies Act ( Ley de Sociedades de Capital ).

 

Section 7.14          Italian Guarantor Limitations .  For the purposes of Article 1938 of the Italian Civil Code, the obligations guaranteed by an Italian Loan Party pursuant to this Article VII shall not in any event exceed an amount equal to 150% of the aggregate of the Commitment.

 

Section 7.15          German Guarantor Limitations .

 

(a)           To the extent a Guarantor which is a German limited liability company ( Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung — GmbH) or a limited partnership ( Kommandit-gesellschaft ) with a GmbH as its sole general partner ( Komplementär ) ( GmbH & Co. KG ) (the “ Affected German Guarantor ”) guarantees Obligations under the Agreement, the parties hereto agree that enforcement of that guaranty shall be limited to the extent that such payment under this guaranty has the effect of (i) reducing the Affected German Guarantor’s Net Assets ( Nettovermögen ) to an amount less than its share capital ( Stammkapital ) ( Begründung

 

110



 

einer Unterbilanz ), and, as a result, cause a violation of Section 30 of the German Limited Liability Companies Act ( GmbH-Gesetz ) or (ii) if its Net Assets are already an amount less than its share capital ( Stammkapital ), causing such Net Assets to be further reduced ( Vertiefung einer Unterbilanz ), and, as a result, cause a violation of Section 30 of the German Limited Liability Companies Act ( GmbH-Gesetz ) or (iii) violating other applicable German law which may cause the managing directors of the Affected German Guarantor to be personally liable.

 

(b)           No reduction of the amount enforceable under this guarantee in accordance with this Section 7.15 will prejudice the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to claim to continue enforcing this guaranty until full satisfaction of the guaranteed claims (subject always to the operation of the limitation set out above at the time of such enforcement).

 

(c)           For the purposes of the calculation of the amount to be paid under Section 7.15(a) the following balance sheet items shall be adjusted as follows:

 

(i)            the amount of any increase of the Affected German Guarantor’s share capital ( Stammkapital ) effected in violation of the Agreement shall be deducted from the share capital ( Stammkapital ); and

 

(ii)           loans and other contractual liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of the Agreement shall be disregarded.

 

(d)           The Affected German Guarantor shall realize, to the extent legally permitted and commercially reasonable, in a situation where it does not have sufficient Net Assets to maintain its stated share capital, any and all of its assets that are shown in its balance sheet with a book value ( Buchwert ) that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets if the relevant asset is not necessary for its business ( betriebsnotwendig ).

 

(e)           Notwithstanding the above, Section 7.15(a)(i) and (ii) shall not apply to any amounts due and payable relating to funds made available and still outstanding under the Agreement which have been made available by the Borrower or another member of the Group to the Affected German Guarantor or its Subsidiaries in any form (including, without limitation, by way of on-lending under an intercompany-loan ( weitergeleitetes Gesellschafterdarlehen ), a capital infusion or otherwise, if the Affected German Guarantor has entered into a domination or profit and loss sharing agreement or to the extent the Guarantor’s recourse claim ( Ausgleichsanspruch ) for granting the guarantee or security is of value ( werthaltig ), in accordance with section 30 (1) of the German Limited Liability Companies Act ( GmbH-Gesetz ).

 

(f)            For purposes of this Section 7.15, “ Net Assets ” shall mean the assets, pursuant to Section 266 (2) (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) of the German Commercial Code ( Handelsgesetzbuch ) less the sum of the non-subordinated liabilities pursuant to Section 266 (3) (B), (C), (D) and (E) of the German Commercial Code ( Handelsgesetzbuch ).  The value of the Net Assets shall be determined in accordance with general accepted accounting principles ( Grundsätze ordnungsgemäßer Buchführung ) under the German Commercial Code ( HGB ) consistently applied by the Affected German Guarantor in preparing its unconsolidated

 

111



 

balance sheets ( Jahresabschluss ) according to Section 42 German Limited Liability Companies Act ( GmbHG ), Sections 242 and 264 German Commercial Code ( HGB ) in the previous years.

 

ARTICLE VIII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 8.01          Events of Default .  If any one or more of the following conditions or events occur on or after the Closing Date:

 

(a)           Failure to Make Payments When Due .  Failure by the Borrower to pay (i) when due any installment of principal of any Loan, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; or (ii) any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount due hereunder within 30 days after the date due; or

 

(b)           Default Under Other Agreements .  (i) Failure of the Borrower or any Subsidiaries to pay when due any scheduled installment of principal payable in respect of one or more items of Material Indebtedness (other than Material Indebtedness referred to in Section 8.01(a)) beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor; or (ii) breach or default by the Borrower or any Subsidiaries with respect to any other material term of (A) one or more items of Material Indebtedness in the individual or aggregate principal amounts referred to in clause (i) above or (B) any agreement, bond, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to such item(s) of Material Indebtedness, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor, if the result of such breach or default is the acceleration of such Material Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; provided , however , where (i) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has general liability with respect to such Indebtedness, and (ii) the creditor has agreed in writing that such creditor’s recourse is solely to specified assets or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be the lesser of (x) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, and (y) the fair market value of such specified assets to which the creditor has recourse; or

 

(c)           Breach of Certain Covenants .  Failure of any Loan Party to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 2.19, Section 6.07, Section 6.04(c) or Article XI; or

 

(d)           Breach of Representations, Etc . (i) Any Specified Representation or any Company Representation shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect, (ii) any representation or warranty in Article IV (other than those included in the foregoing clause (i)) had such been made by any Loan Party on the Closing Date, would have been inaccurate in any material respect (provided that such inaccuracy will not be an Event of Default hereunder if within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date reasonable steps are being taken to remedy such inaccuracy and such inaccuracy is actually remedied within such period) or (iii) any representation, warranty, certification or other statement made or deemed made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall be false in any material respect as of the date made or deemed made or, to the extent that any such representation, warranty, certification or other statement is already qualified

 

112



 

by materiality or material adverse effect, such representation, warranty, certification or other statement shall be false in any respect as of the date made or deemed made; or

 

(e)           Other Defaults Under Loan Documents .  Any Loan Party shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Loan Documents, other than any such term referred to in any other paragraph of this Section 8.01, and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Borrower of notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

 

(f)            Involuntary Bankruptcy, Appointment of Receiver, Creditor’s Process, Etc . A court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Debtor Relief Law that:

 

(A)          is for relief against the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

 

(B)          appoints a custodian of the Borrower or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for all or substantially all of the property of the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(C)          orders the liquidation of the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and

 

the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

(g)           Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc . The Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of Debtor Relief Law:

 

(A)          commences a voluntary case,

 

(B)          consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(C)          makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;  or

 

(D)          generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

 

(h)           [Reserved] .

 

113



 

(i)            Judgments and Attachments .  Failure by the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, to pay final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction an amount in excess of $100,000,000 individually or in the aggregate at any time (to the extent not covered by insurance), which judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or

 

(j)            German Proceedings .  Without limitation of clauses (f) and (g) of this Article VIII, with respect to any Material Company organized under the laws of Germany:  (i) an involuntary petition for insolvency proceedings in respect of its assets ( Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens ) is filed and not dismissed within sixty (60) days; (ii) any event occurs which constitutes a cause for the initiation of insolvency proceedings ( Eröffnungsgrund ) as set forth in Section 17 ( Zahlungsunfähigkeit ) or 19 ( Überschuldung ) of the German Insolvency Act ( Insolvenzordnung ) (iii) an insolvency court taking steps as set out in Section 21 of the German Insolvency Act ( Insolvenzordnung ); or (iv) a court order for commencement of insolvency proceedings ( Insolvenzeröffnungsbeschluss ) or for rejection of insolvency proceedings due to lack of funds ( Abweisungsbeschluss mangels Masse ) is made; or

 

(k)           [Reserved] . or

 

(l)            Guaranties and other Loan Documents .  At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) except as permitted by this Agreement, any Guaranty of a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall deny or disaffirm in writing its obligations under its Guarantee, (ii) this Agreement ceases to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of the satisfaction in full of the Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void or (iii) the Escrow Agreement ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms thereof) or shall be declared null and void;

 

THEN , (a) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.01(f) or 8.01(g) with respect to any Group Member organized under the laws of a state of the United States, automatically, and (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, at the request of (or with the consent of) Required Lenders, (i) each of the following shall immediately become due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Loan Party:  (A) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Loans and (B) all other Obligations and (ii)  the Administrative Agent may exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or under applicable law or in equity.

 

114



 

ARTICLE IX.
AGENTS

 

Section 9.01          Appointment of Administrative Agent .  Nomura is hereby appointed the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes Nomura to act as the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents.  The Administrative Agent hereby agrees to act in its capacity as such upon the express conditions contained herein and the other Loan Documents, as applicable.  The provisions of this Article IX (other than as expressly provided herein) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and no Loan Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Article IX (other than as expressly provided herein).  In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for any Group Member.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document, each of the Arrangers and the Bookrunners are named as such for recognition purposes only, and in their respective capacities as such shall have no duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; it being understood and agreed that each of the Arrangers and the Bookrunners shall be entitled to all indemnification and reimbursement rights in favor of the Administrative Agent provided herein and in the other Loan Documents and all of the other benefits of this Article IX.

 

Section 9.02          Powers and Duties .  Each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto.  In the event that any obligations (other than the Obligations) are permitted to be incurred hereunder, each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements and amendments to the Loan Documents to reflect such arrangements on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are expressly specified herein and the other Loan Documents.  The Administrative Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its agents or employees.  The Administrative Agent shall not have, by reason hereof or any of the other Loan Documents, a fiduciary relationship or other implied duties in respect of any Lender, any Loan Party or any other Person; and nothing herein or any of the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon the Administrative Agent any obligations in respect hereof or any of the other Loan Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under the agency doctrine of any applicable law.  Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

 

Section 9.03          General Immunity .

 

(a)           No Responsibility for Certain Matters .  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency hereof or any other Loan Document, or for any

 

115



 

representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders or by or on behalf of any Loan Party or to any Lender in connection with the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or business affairs of any Loan Party or any other Person liable for the payment of any Obligations, nor shall the Administrative Agent be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Loan Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or as to the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or as to the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III or elsewhere herein (other than confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent) or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Group Member or to make any disclosures with respect to the foregoing.  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Loans or the component amounts thereof.

 

(b)           Exculpatory Provisions .  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders (i) for any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent (A) under or in connection with any of the Loan Documents or (B) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement) except to the extent caused by the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) for any failure of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  The Administrative Agent shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose or be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Loan Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 10.05) and, upon receipt of such instructions from Required Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions and shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (x) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for a Group Member), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (y) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of

 

116



 

the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 10.05).

 

(c)           Delegation of Duties .  The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it and to grant an exemption from any restrictions to any sub-delegate.  Each of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates.  The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of this Section 9.03 and of Section 9.06 shall apply to any of the Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent.  All of the rights, benefits, and privileges (including the exculpatory and indemnification provisions) of this Section 9.03 and of Section 9.06 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities as sub-agent as if such sub-agent and Affiliates were named herein.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent, (i) such sub-agent shall be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly, without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all of Loan Parties and the Lenders, (ii) such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) shall not be modified or amended without the consent of such sub-agent, and (iii) such sub-agent shall only have obligations to the Administrative Agent and not to any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person and no Loan Party, Lender or any other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, against such sub-agent.

 

(d)           Notice of Default or Event of Default .  The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by a Loan Party or a Lender.  In the event that the Administrative Agent shall receive such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders, provided that failure to give such notice shall not result in any liability on the part of the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 9.04          Administrative Agent Entitled to Act as Lender .  The agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder.  With respect to its participation in the Loans, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it hereunder, and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.  The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with the Borrower or any of its Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to

 

117



 

Lenders.  The Lenders acknowledge that pursuant to such activities, the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them.

 

Section 9.05          Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment .  (a) Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Group in connection with Credit Extensions hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Group.  The Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

 

(b)           Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement or an Assignment Agreement and funding its Loan on the Closing Date shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by the Administrative Agent, Required Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Closing Date.

 

Section 9.06          Right to Indemnity .  Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent to the extent that the Administrative Agent shall not have been reimbursed by any Loan Party (and without limiting its obligation to do so), for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or otherwise in its capacity as Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided , that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  If any indemnity furnished to the Administrative Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, the Administrative Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided , that in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify the Administrative Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided , further , that this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify the Administrative Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

118



 

Section 9.07          Successor Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall have the right to resign at any time by giving prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower.  The Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a financial institution to act as the Administrative Agent hereunder, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Borrower and the Required Lenders and so long as such successor Administrative Agent shall be either one of the Lenders or a commercial banking institution organized under the laws of the United States (or any State thereof) or a United States branch or agency of a commercial banking institution, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, and the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective on the earlier of (a) the acceptance of such successor Administrative Agent by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or (b) the thirtieth day after such notice of resignation.  Upon any such notice of resignation, if a successor Administrative Agent has not already been appointed by the retiring Administrative Agent, Required Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Borrower, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent.  If neither Required Lenders nor the Administrative Agent have appointed a successor Administrative Agent, then the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have succeeded to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring the Administrative Agent.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 9.07 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent hereunder.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall promptly transfer to such successor Administrative Agent all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.

 

Section 9.08          Release of Guarantees, Termination of Loan Documents .

 

(a)           Release of Guarantees, Termination of Loan Documents .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and payable) have been paid in full, upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender) take such actions as shall be required to release all guarantee obligations provided for in any Loan Document.  Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, examinership, receivership or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor, liquidator, examiner or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

(b)           Powers of Attorney .  At the request of the Administrative Agent, which request may be made from time to time, each of the Lenders party hereto agrees to execute and grant a power of attorney in favor of (and in form and substance satisfactory to) the

 

119



 

Administrative Agent to the extent necessary under local law in order to give effect to the provisions of this Section 9.08.  To the extent a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that it is prohibited by its governing documents or by requirements of law from providing such power of attorney, and the Administrative Agent determines that documentation executed by such Lender is reasonably necessary to effectuate the provisions of this Section 9.08, each such Lender undertakes for so long as it is Lender to join the Administrative Agent (as requested by the Administrative Agent) in any action to give effect to the provisions of this Section 9.08 and for the avoidance of doubt, such Lender shall abide by and act, or refrain from acting, in accordance with, any decision of the Lenders made in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Section 9.09          Withholding Taxes .  To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax.  If any payment has been made to any Lender by the Administrative Agent without the applicable withholding Tax being withheld from such payment and the Administrative Agent has paid over the applicable withholding Tax to the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority, or the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

 

Section 9.10          Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .  In case of the pendency of any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law or any other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders (including fees, disbursements and other expenses of counsel) allowed in such judicial proceeding and (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same.  Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of such Person or in any such proceeding.

 

Section 9.11          Administrative Agent’s “Know Your Customer” Requirements .  Each Lender shall promptly, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, provide such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for

 

120



 

itself) in order for the Administrative Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents.

 

ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.01       Notices .

 

(a)           Notices Generally .  Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given to a Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, shall be sent to such Person’s address as set forth on Schedule 10.01(a)  or in the other relevant Loan Document, and in the case of any Lender, the address as indicated on Schedule 10.01(a)  or otherwise indicated to the Administrative Agent in writing.  Except as otherwise set forth in paragraph (b) below, each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile, ordinary or registered post, or three (3) Business Days after depositing it in the ordinary or prepaid post or United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided , that no notice to the Administrative Agent shall be effective until received by the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that any such notice or other communication shall at the request of the Administrative Agent be provided to any sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 9.03(c) hereto as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time.

 

(b)           Electronic Communications .

 

(i)            Notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided , further , that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.  Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (A) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment); provided , that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient and (B) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (A) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

121



 

(ii)           Each Loan Party understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Administrative Agent, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(iii)          The Platform and any Approved Electronic Communications are provided “as is” and “as available”.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives (the “ Agent Affiliates ”) warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of the Approved Electronic Communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and the Approved Electronic Communications.  No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Agent Affiliates in connection with the Platform or the Approved Electronic Communications.  Each party hereto agrees that the Administrative Agent has no responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services or any testing required in connection with any Approved Electronic Communication or otherwise required for the Platform.  In no event shall the Administrative Agent nor any of the Agent Affiliates have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender or any other Person for damages of any kind, whether or not based on strict liability and including (A) direct damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any such Person if found in a final ruling by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or (B) indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages.

 

(iv)          Each Loan Party, each Lender and the Administrative Agent agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

 

(v)           All uses of the Platform shall be governed by and subject to, in addition to this Section 10.01, separate terms and conditions posted or referenced in such Platform and related agreements executed by the Lenders and their Affiliates in connection with the use of such Platform.

 

(vi)          Any notice of Default or Event of Default may be provided by telephonic notice if confirmed promptly thereafter by delivery of written notice thereof.

 

(c)           Change of Address .  Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

122



 

(d)           Tax Forms .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 10.01, forms required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.16(c) shall be delivered in the manner required by law.

 

Section 10.02       Expenses .  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower agrees to pay promptly (a) all the actual and reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Loan Documents (including all costs incurred in connection with the Platform) and any consents, amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications thereto; (b) all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for the Borrower or the other Loan Parties; (c) the reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications thereto and any other documents or matters requested by the Borrower; provided , that reasonable attorney’s fees shall be limited to one primary counsel and, if reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, local or specialist counsel, provided further that no such limitation shall apply if counsel for the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that there is a conflict of interest that requires separate representation for any Lender; (d) all the actual costs and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers; (e) all other actual and reasonable documented costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the syndication of the Loans and Commitments and the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications thereto; and (f) all documented costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in enforcing any Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from any Loan Party hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (including in connection with the enforcement of the Guaranty) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work-out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy cases or proceedings.  All amounts due under this Section 10.02 shall be due and payable within fifteen (15) Business Days after demand therefor.

 

Section 10.03       Indemnity .  (a) In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 10.02, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Loan Party agrees to defend (subject to Indemnitees’ rights to selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold harmless, the Administrative Agent and each Arranger, Bookrunner and Lender and the officers, partners, members, directors, trustees, shareholders, advisors, employees, representatives, attorneys, controlling persons, agents, sub-agents and Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and each Arranger, Bookrunner and Lender, as well as the respective heirs, successors and assigns of the foregoing (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided , that no Loan Party shall have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of that Indemnitee, in each case, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.03 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any law or public policy, the applicable Loan Party shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted

 

123



 

to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

 

(b)           To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against the Administrative Agent and each Arranger, Bookrunner and Lender and their respective Affiliates, officers, partners, members, directors, trustees, shareholders, advisors, employees, representatives, attorneys, controlling persons, agents and sub-agents on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, as a result of or in any way related to this Agreement or any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the transmission of information through the Internet, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and each Loan Party hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.  No Indemnitee referred to above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(c)           All amounts due under this Section 10.03 shall be due and payable within fifteen (15) days after demand therefor.

 

Section 10.04       Set-Off .  In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default each Lender is hereby authorized by each Loan Party at any time or from time to time subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), without notice to any Loan Party or to any other Person (other than the Administrative Agent), any such notice being hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (time or demand, provisional or final, general or special, including Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not including trust accounts) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party to such Lender hereunder, including all claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected hereto or with any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not (a) such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or (b) the principal of or the interest on the Loans or any other amounts due hereunder shall have become due and payable pursuant to Article II and although such obligations and liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured.

 

Section 10.05       Amendments and Waivers .

 

(a)           Required Lenders’ Consent .  Subject to the additional requirements of Sections 10.05(b) and 10.05(c), no amendment, supplement, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by any Loan Party

 

124



 

therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of the Required Lenders (delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to the applicable amendment, supplement, modification, termination or waiver by facsimile or other electronic transmission will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof); provided , that any Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” for purposes of calculating the Required Lenders (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Loan Documents.

 

(b)           Affected Lenders’ Consent .  Without the written consent of each Lender that would be directly and adversely affected thereby, no amendment, supplement, modification, termination, or consent shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

 

(i)            extend the scheduled final maturity of any Loan or Note;

 

(ii)           waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment (but not prepayment) of principal;

 

(iii)          reduce the rate of interest on any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any Loan pursuant to Section 2.07) or any fee or any premium payable hereunder (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the Default Rate in Section 2.07 or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate);

 

(iv)          change the definition of Conversion Date or add restrictions on the right to exchange Loans for Senior Exchange Notes pursuant to Section 11.02;

 

(v)           waive or extend the time for payment of any such interest, fees or premiums;

 

(vi)          reduce or forgive the principal amount of any Loan;

 

(vii)         amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 2.10(a), 2.10(b), Section 2.11, Section 2.13, this Section 10.05(b), Section 10.05(c) or any other provision of this Agreement that expressly provides that the consent of all Lenders is required;

 

(viii)        consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document except as expressly provided in any Loan Document;

 

(ix)          amend the definition of “Required Lenders” or amend Section 10.5(a) in a manner that has the same effect as an amendment to such definition or the definition of “Pro Rata Share”;

 

(x)           release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from the Guaranty except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents;

 

125


 


 

(xi)          amend or modify any provision of any Loan Document relating to priority or subordination of the Commitments;

 

(xii)         permit any change to the Borrower or the Guarantors other than as expressly provided in this Agreement;

 

(xiii)        amend or modify any provision of Section 10.06 in a manner that further restricts assignments thereunder; or

 

(xiv)        change the stated currency in which the Borrower is required to make payments of principal, interest, fees or other amounts hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

 

provided , that for the avoidance of doubt, all Lenders shall be deemed directly and adversely affected thereby with respect to any amendment described in clause (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi) or (xiv).

 

(c)           Other Consents .  No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall:

 

(i)            increase any Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect or extend the outside date for such Commitment without the consent of such Lender; provided , that no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, covenant, Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to constitute an increase in any Commitment of any Lender;

 

(ii)           amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Article IX as the same applies to the Administrative Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of the Administrative Agent, in each case without the consent of the Administrative Agent; or

 

(iii)          except to the extent expressly addressed in another clause of this Section 10.05, amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision hereof that would materially, disproportionately and adversely affect the obligation of the Borrower to make payment of Loans without the consent of Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate Loans of all Lenders.

 

(d)           Other Amendments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.05:

 

(i)            if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an obvious or manifest error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof; and

 

126



 

(ii)           if, at any time, the Borrower requests that the schedules to this Agreement be amended (or new schedules added) to reflect immaterial changes or changes of a clean-up nature, such schedules may be amended or added with the consent of the Administrative Agent (and without the consent of any other party to any Loan Document).

 

(e)           Execution of Amendments, Etc . The Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, supplements, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender; provided that, with respect to amendments, supplements, modifications, waivers or consents requiring the approval of a Lender which has notified the Administrative Agent in writing at the time of such amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or consent that it is unable to permit the Administrative Agent to execute on its behalf, the Administrative Agent shall not execute such amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or consent on behalf of such Lender and provided further that any such limitation with respect to such Lender shall not affect the ability of the Administrative Agent to so execute on behalf of any other Lenders or, for the avoidance of doubt, the effectiveness of any amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or consent with respect to which the applicable consents have been received.  Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.  No notice to or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.  Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 10.05 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by the Borrower, on the Loan Parties.

 

Section 10.06       Successors and Assigns; Participations .

 

(a)           Generally .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders.  No Loan Party’s rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any Loan Party without the prior written consent of all Lenders (and any purported assignment or delegation without such consent shall be null and void).

 

(b)           Register .  The Borrower, each Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding Commitments and Loans listed therein for all purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Commitment or Loan shall be effective, in each case, unless and until recorded in the Register following receipt of a fully executed Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer thereof, together with the required forms and certificates regarding Tax matters and any fees payable in connection with such assignment, in each case, as provided in Section 10.06(d).  Each assignment shall be recorded in the Register promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of the fully executed Assignment Agreement and all other necessary documents and approvals, prompt notice thereof shall be provided to the Borrower and a copy of such Assignment Agreement shall be maintained, as applicable.  The date of such recordation of a transfer shall be referred to herein as the “ Assignment Effective Date .”  Any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender

 

127



 

shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the corresponding Commitments or Loans.

 

(c)           Right to Assign .  Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell, assign or transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including all or a portion of its Commitment or Loans owing to it or other Obligations ( provided , that pro rata assignments shall not be required and each assignment shall be of a uniform, and not varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of any applicable Loan and any related Commitments):

 

(i)            to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” upon consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

 

(ii)           to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (d) or (e) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” upon consent of the Administrative Agent and the giving of notice to the Borrower; provided , further that each such assignment pursuant to this Section 10.06(c)(ii) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Loans of the assigning Lender); provided , that the Related Funds of any individual Lender may aggregate their Loans for purposes of determining compliance with such minimum assignment amounts.

 

(d)           Mechanics .  Assignments and assumptions of Loans and Commitments by Lenders shall be effected by manual execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of an Assignment Agreement.  Assignments made pursuant to the foregoing provision shall be effective as of the Assignment Effective Date.  In connection with all assignments there shall be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to Tax withholding matters as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver pursuant to Section 2.16(c), together with payment to the Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $3,500 (except that no such registration and processing fee shall be payable (i) in connection with an assignment elected or caused by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.17, (ii) in connection with an assignment by or to Nomura or any Affiliate thereof or (iii) in the case of an Assignee which is already a Lender or is an Affiliate or Related Fund of a Lender or a Person under common management with a Lender).

 

(e)           Representations and Warranties of Assignee .  Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments and Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date or as of the Assignment Effective Date, as applicable, that:  (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments or loans such as the applicable Commitments or Loans, as the case may be; and (iii) it shall make or invest in, as the case may be, its Commitments or Loans for its own account in the ordinary course and without a view to distribution of such Commitments or Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions

 

128



 

of this Section 10.06, the disposition of such Commitments or Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

 

(f)            Effect of Assignment .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 10.06, as of the “Assignment Effective Date” (i) the assignee thereunder shall have the rights and obligations of a “Lender” hereunder to the extent of its interest in the Loans and Commitments as reflected in the Register and shall thereafter be a party hereto and a “Lender” for all purposes hereof; (ii) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to the assignee, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the termination hereof, including under Section 10.08) and be released from its obligations hereunder (and, in the case of an assignment covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto on the Assignment Effective Date; provided , that anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, such assigning Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of all indemnities hereunder as specified herein with respect to matters arising out of the prior involvement of such assigning Lender as a Lender hereunder); (iii) the Commitments shall be modified to reflect any Commitment of such assignee, if any; and (iv) if any such assignment occurs after the issuance of any Note hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its applicable Notes to the Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon the Borrower shall issue and deliver new Notes, if so requested by the assignee and/or assigning Lender, to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new outstanding Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply the requirements of this Section 10.06 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.06(g).  Any assignment by a Lender pursuant to this Section 10.06 shall not in any way constitute or be deemed to constitute a novation, discharge, rescission, extinguishment or substitution of the Indebtedness hereunder, and any Indebtedness so assigned shall continue to be the same obligation and not a new obligation.

 

(g)           Participations .

 

(i)            Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell one or more participations to any Person (other than any Group Member or any of their respective Affiliates) in all or any part of its Commitments, Loans or in any other Obligation.

 

(ii)           The holder of any such participation, other than an Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except with respect to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (A) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note in which such participant is participating or the amortization schedule therefor, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that

 

129



 

an increase in any Commitment or Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof), (B) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (C) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents) supporting the Loans hereunder in which such participant is participating.

 

(iii)          The Borrower agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14(c), 2.15 and 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section; provided , that (A) a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such participant, unless (1) the participant provides documentation to the Borrower that if it were a Lender, it would qualify as a Qualifying Lender and the Borrower is only required to pay a greater amount that is equivalent to any reduction of withholding Tax (as established pursuant to such documentation provided to the Borrower under Section 2.16(c)(iii)) or (2) the sale of the participation to such participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent and (B) a participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless such participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.16 as though it were a Lender; provided , further , that except as specifically set forth in clauses (A) and (B) of this sentence, nothing herein shall require any notice to the Borrower or any other Person in connection with the sale of any participation.  To the extent permitted by law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.04 as though it were a Lender; provided , that such participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

 

(iv)          Each Lender that sells a participation shall maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts of each participant’s interest in the Commitments, Loans and other Obligations held by it (the “ Participant Register ”).  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such Commitments, Loans and other Obligations as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  Any such Participant Register shall be available for inspection by the Administrative Agent at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice, solely to the extent such inspection is necessary to establish that such Commitments, Loans or other obligations are in registered form for purposes of Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

 

(h)           Certain Other Assignments and Participations .  In addition to any other assignment or participation permitted pursuant to this Section 10.06 any Lender may pledge (without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) all or any portion of its Loans, the other Obligations owed by or to such Lender, and its Notes, if any, to secure obligations of such Lender including, without limitation, any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank, any other obligations to a federal or central bank and, in the case

 

130



 

of any Lender which is a fund, to secure obligations owed or securities issued by, such Lender as security for those obligations or security; provided , that no Lender, as between the Borrower and such Lender, shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment and pledge; provided , further , that in no event shall the applicable Federal Reserve Bank, pledgee or trustee, be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

 

Section 10.07       Independence of Covenants, Etc .  All covenants, conditions and other terms hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, conditions or other terms, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant, condition or other term shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

 

Section 10.08       Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements .  All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the making of any Credit Extension.  Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of each Loan Party set forth in Sections 2.14(c), 2.15, 2.16(e), 10.02, 10.03 and 10.04 and the agreements of Lenders set forth in Sections 2.14, 9.03(b), 9.06 and 9.09 shall survive the payment of the Loans and the termination hereof.

 

Section 10.09       No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative .  No failure or delay or course of dealing on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege.  The rights, powers and remedies given to the Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies existing by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other Loan Documents.  Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of any Credit Extension shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time of the making of any such Credit Extension.

 

Section 10.10       Marshaling; Payments Set Aside .  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Loan Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that any Loan Party makes a payment or payments to the Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders), or the Administrative Agent or any Lenders exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause,

 

131



 

then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

 

Section 10.11       Severability .  In case any provision in or obligation hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction).  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid, legal and enforceable provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as reasonably possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

Section 10.12       Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights .  The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other Lender hereunder.  Nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity.  The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and independent debt, and each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out hereof and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

Section 10.13       Table of Contents and Headings .  The Table of Contents hereof and Article and Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose, modify or amend the terms or conditions hereof, be used in connection with the interpretation of any term or condition hereof or be given any substantive effect.

 

Section 10.14       APPLICABLE LAW THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK .

 

Section 10.15       CONSENT TO JURISDICTION SUBJECT TO CLAUSE (E) OF T H E FOLLOWING SENTENCE, ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK.  BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND

 

132



 

IRREVOCABLY (A) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS; (B) WAIVES (I) JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF COURTS IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT MAY BE ENTITLED TO BRING SUIT BY REASON OF ITS PRESENT OR FUTURE DOMICILE OR OTHERWISE AND (II) ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS; (C) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE APPLICABLE LOAN PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10.01; (D) AGREES THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (C) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER THE APPLICABLE LOAN PARTY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (E) AGREES THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT .  In connection with any action, suit, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, each of the Borrower and the Loan Parties irrevocably designates and appoints Grifols, Inc., with the address 2410 Lillyvale Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90032-3514 (the “ Process Agent ”) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any action, suit, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby that may be instituted against the Administrative Agent or any Arranger, Bookrunner or Lender or any other Indemnitee in any such New York State or Federal court or brought by the Administrative Agent or any Arranger, Bookrunner or Lender or any other Indemnitee under United States Federal or state laws.  Each of the Borrower and the Loan Parties hereby agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail addressed to the Process Agent, with written notice of said service to each of the Borrower and the Loan Parties at the address provided in accordance with Section 10.01, shall be effective service of process for any action, suit, proceeding or claim brought in any such New York State or Federal court.  Each of the Borrower and the Loan Parties further agrees to take any and all action, including without limitation execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments as may be necessary to continue the designation and appointment of the Process Agent for a period of six years from the Closing Date to the sixth anniversary of the termination of this Agreement and all Loan Documents in accordance with their terms.

 

Section 10.16       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED.  THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY

 

133



 

AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT (INCLUDING ANY APPELLATE COURT THEREOF) AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS.  EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS.  EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 10.16 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT (INCLUDING ANY APPELLATE COURT THEREOF) .

 

Section 10.17       Confidentiality .  Each “ Agent ” (which term shall for the purposes of this Section 10.17 include the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers) and each Lender shall hold all non-public information regarding the Group and their businesses identified as such by the Borrower and obtained by such Agent or such Lender pursuant to the requirements hereof in accordance with such Agent’s and such Lender’s customary procedures for handling confidential information of such nature, it being understood and agreed by the Borrower that, in any event, the Administrative Agent may disclose such information to the Lenders and each Agent and each Lender may make (a) disclosures of such information to Affiliates or Related Funds of such Lender or Agent and to their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents and advisors (and to other Persons authorized by a Lender or Agent to organize, present or disseminate such information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 10.17), provided , that such Persons are advised of and agree to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 10.17 or other provisions at least as restrictive as this Section 10.17, (b) disclosures of such information reasonably required by (i) any pledgee referred to in Section 10.6(h), (ii) any bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation of any Loans or any participations therein, (iii) any bona fide or potential direct or indirect contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations or (iv) any direct or indirect investor or prospective investor in a Related Fund; provided , that such pledgees, assignees, transferees, participants, counterparties, advisors and investors are advised of and agree to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 10.17 or other provisions at least as restrictive as this Section 10.17, (c) disclosure to (i) any rating agency or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers, in each case when required by it; provided , that

 

134



 

prior to any disclosure, such rating agency or CUSIP Service Bureau shall be instructed to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from any Agent or any Lender, (d) disclosures in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (e) disclosures required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process; provided , that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender and each Agent shall make reasonable efforts to notify the Borrower of any request by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information so that the Borrower may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive the provisions of this Section 10.17, (f) disclosures with the consent of the Borrower and (g) to the extent information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.17 or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties.  If the Borrower elects not to seek, or is unsuccessful in obtaining, any such protective order or other remedy or, in the absence of the receipt of a waiver hereunder, any Lender or Agent, as applicable, is compelled to disclose any non-public information to any tribunal or else stand liable for contempt, such Lender or Agent, as applicable, may disclose the non-public information to the tribunal to the extent legally required (as determined by it); provided , that such Lender or Agent, as applicable to the extent permitted by applicable law, will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, at the request of the Borrower and at the Borrower’s expense, an order or assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the non-public information required to be disclosed.  In addition, each Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall permit disclosure of non-public information to any Disqualified Company.

 

Section 10.18       Usury Savings Clause .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged with respect to any of the Obligations, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law, shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.  If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect.  In addition, if when the Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and the Borrower to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws.  Accordingly, if any Lender

 

135



 

contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder or be refunded to the Borrower.

 

Section 10.19       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

 

Section 10.20       Effectiveness; Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of written notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.  This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any fee letter entered into in connection herewith represent the entire agreement of the Group, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Bookrunners and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any, Arranger, Bookrunner or Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.  Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, express or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, holders of participations in all or any part of a Lender’s Commitments, Loans or in any other Obligations, and the Indemnitees) any rights, remedies, obligations, claims or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement.

 

Section 10.21       PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that shall allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 10.22       Electronic Execution of Assignments .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce

 

136



 

Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

Section 10.23       No Fiduciary Duty .  The Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Arranger, each Bookrunner and their respective Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “ Lenders ”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Borrower, its stockholders and/or its Affiliates.  The Borrower agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and the Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates, on the other; provided , that each Loan Party acknowledges one or more affiliates of Nomura (the “ Financial Advisor ”) have been retained by the Borrower as financial advisors in connection with the Acquisition.  The Borrower, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, agree not to assert any claim that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates might allege based on any actual or potential conflict of interest that might be asserted to arise or result from, on the one hand, the engagement of the respective Financial Advisors and, on the other hand, Nomura or its affiliates’ respective relationships as Administrative Agent, Lender, Arranger or Bookrunner, as applicable, described herein.  The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that (x) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other, and (y) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (i) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise the Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to the Borrower except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (ii) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of the Borrower, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person.  The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Borrower has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto.  The Borrower agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Borrower, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

Section 10.24       Judgment Currency .  If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment in given.  The obligation of the Borrower in respect of such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the

 

137



 

Judgment Currency.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from the Borrower in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable Law).

 

ARTICLE XI.
EXCHANGE NOTES

 

Section 11.01       Exchange Notes Indenture .

 

(a)           Not later than 10 days following receipt by the Borrower of the first Exchange Request pursuant to Section 11.02, the Exchange Notes Indenture shall be fully executed and delivered and the Exchange Notes will be fully executed and deposited into escrow.

 

(b)           In connection with the execution of the Exchange Notes Indenture, the Exchange Notes Issuer shall furnish:

 

(i)            an opinion from counsels to the Exchange Notes Issuer in form and substance satisfactory to the Exchange Note Administrative Agent (acting reasonably), stating that, upon issuance of Exchange Notes in consideration for an equal principal amount of the Term Loan, the Exchange Notes Indenture constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Exchange Notes Issuer and Guarantors, enforceable against each of the Exchange Notes Issuer and Guarantors in accordance with its terms, and

 

(ii)           opinions from legal counsels in form and substance satisfactory to the Exchange Note Administrative Agent (acting reasonably), stating that the Exchange Notes Issuer and Guarantors have due authorization to enter into such Exchange Notes Indenture.

 

(c)           The Exchange Notes Issuer shall select a bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Arrangers to act as Exchange Note Administrative Agent (the “ Exchange Note Administrative Agent ”).  The Exchange Note Administrative Agent shall at all times be a bank or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any State or the District of Columbia and having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 which is authorized under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation to exercise corporate trust powers and is subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State or District of Columbia authority and which has an office or agency in New York, New York.

 

(d)           The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Exchange Notes Issuer to, if requested by one or more of the Arrangers following an Exchange Request delivered pursuant to Section 11.03, (i) promptly prepare an offering memorandum with respect to the Exchange Notes in a form customary for offerings under Rule 144A (including all financial statements and other information that would be required in a registration statement on Form 20-F for an offering

 

138



 

registered under the Securities Act for a foreign private issuer, which, for the avoidance of doubt, need not include financial statements or information required by Rule 3-05, 3-09, 3-10 or 3-16 of Regulation S-X, Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Regulation S-K Item 402(b) or other information or financial data customarily excluded from a Rule 144A offering memorandum) and update such offering memorandum from time to time prior to the Exchange to reflect material changes or developments with respect to the Borrower, the Exchange Notes Issuer and their respective Subsidiaries, (ii) cause counsel to the Exchange Notes Issuer to deliver to the Arrangers executed legal opinions in form and substance customary for a transaction of that type to be mutually agreed upon by the Exchange Notes Issuer and Arrangers (including, without limitation, with respect to due authorization, execution and delivery; validity; and enforceability of the Exchange Notes Indenture) and a customary 10b-5 letter with respect to any offering memorandum pursuant to clause (i) above and cause the independent registered public accountants of the Exchange Notes Issuer and the Acquired Business to deliver drafts of “comfort letters” that include customary “negative assurances” (which drafts such accountants are prepared to issue in final form upon completion of customary procedures) and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such accountants to render such “comfort letters” in each case with respect to the financial information in such offering memorandum, (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain public ratings for the Exchange Notes from each of Moody’s and S&P and (iv) take all such other actions and prepare and/or execute all such other documentations as one or more of Arrangers shall reasonably request.

 

Section 11.02       Exchange Notes .

 

(a)           Subject to satisfaction of the provisions of this Article XI, from time to time on and after the Conversion Date, each Lender will have the option to notify the Administrative Agent in writing of its request for exchange notes (an “ Exchange Request ”) given in accordance with Section 11.03 below, to exchange all or any portion of its share in the Term Loan then outstanding for one or more notes (each, an “ Exchange Note ”, and collectively, the “ Exchange Notes ”, and each such exchange being referred to herein as an “ Exchange ”).

 

(b)           The Exchange Notes shall:

 

(i)            be issued by the Borrower or a subsidiary of the Borrower reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers (the “ Exchange Notes Issuer ”)

 

(ii)           rank pari passu with the Term Loans to the extent that the Term Loans remains outstanding;

 

(iii)          be issued pursuant to and shall be governed by and construed solely in accordance with the Exchange Notes Indenture;

 

(iv)          to the extent legally possible, be guaranteed by the Borrower (unless the Borrower is the Exchange Notes Issuer) and the same entities that guarantee the Term Loans on the same basis and will be unsecured; and

 

(v)           require that the Exchange Notes Issuer and each Guarantor submit to the jurisdiction and venue of the U.S. Federal and state courts of the State of New York and waive any right to trial by jury.

 

139



 

(c)           The principal amount of the Exchange Notes in any Exchange will equal 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loan for which they are exchanged and shall be issued at an issue price equal to such principal amount of the Loan for which they are exchanged.

 

(d)           Each Exchange Note in an Exchange shall:

 

(i)            be denominated in United States dollars; and

 

(ii)           bear interest from and including the Exchange Date to and including the final maturity date at a fixed rate per annum (calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 days) that is equal to the Cap Rate (excluding default interest (described in the next sentence), if any) (it being understood that each Exchange shall be made with the concurrent payment, in cash, of all accrued and unpaid interest, and all fees and other expenses, then owing (whether or not same would otherwise be then payable under this Agreement) with respect to the Loans being Exchanged at such time).  In addition, interest on overdue principal and interest, including “Additional Amounts” as defined in the Exchange Notes Indenture, if any, will accrue at a rate that is 2.0% higher than the interest rate on the Exchange Notes, as specified in the Exchange Notes Indenture.  Such interest will be payable semi-annually.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, holders of Exchange Notes will have the absolute and unconditional right to transfer such Exchange Notes in compliance with applicable law to any third parties subject to customary representations.

 

(f)            If required by law or requested by the Administrative Agent or any Arranger, the Borrower shall promptly procure that each relevant Loan Party enters into all documentation necessary to ensure that each of the guarantees under the Loan Documents guarantees the liabilities and obligations of the Loan Parties under the Exchange Notes including, without limitation, any necessary security confirmations, amendments to security or re-taking of security, all necessary filings and delivery of updated share registers (as applicable).

 

Section 11.03       Manner of Exchange of Term Loan .

 

(a)           Subject to Sections 11.01 and 11.02, in order to effect an Exchange, a Lender shall provide the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Exchange Notes Issuer with a duly completed Exchange Request at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date specified for such Exchange in the Exchange Request (each an “ Exchange Date ”) (which shall also be a Business Day) selected by such Lender for an Exchange in compliance with Section 11.02 above.  Each Exchange Request under this Section 11.03 shall specify the following:

 

(i)            the Lender’s legal name;

 

(ii)           the Exchange Date selected by such Lender;

 

(iii)          the name of the proposed registered holder of the Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to the Exchange Request, and the address for delivery of the

 

140



 

Exchange Notes to be delivered thereto, provided that at the Lender’s option, the Exchange Notes may be issued directly to any third party designated by it, upon surrender by such Lender to the Borrower of an equal principal amount of the Term Loan;

 

(iv)          the principal amount of that Lender’s Loan to be repaid and the corresponding principal amount of Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to the Exchange Request, provided that the minimum denominations in which a Lender’s share in the Loan may be exchanged shall be at least $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(v)           the amount of each Exchange Note requested (which shall be at least $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000);

 

(vi)          that the Exchange Request is delivered pursuant to this Section 11.03;

 

(vii)         an acknowledgment in form and substance substantially similar to the acknowledgment set forth in Section 11.04(i) hereof; and

 

(viii)        such Lender shall provide such other information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Arranger.

 

(b)           Upon receipt of an Exchange Request under this Section 11.03, the Administrative Agent shall send written or telecopy notice of such proposed Exchange to the Exchange Note Administrative Agent, with a copy to the Borrower, that shall specify the information contained in such Exchange Request, and shall deliver the Exchange Note(s) to the Exchange Note Administrative Agent for authentication and thereafter use all reasonable endeavors to deliver them to the registered holder or holders thereof on the date specified in the Exchange Request.

 

(c)           Upon delivery of the Exchange Notes pursuant to this Section 11.03, the Administrative Agent shall cancel each relevant Lender’s Loans so exchanged.

 

Section 11.04       Not a Registered Security .  Each Lender acknowledges that no issuance of the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and represents and agrees that it may only acquire Exchange Notes for its own account and that it will not, directly or indirectly, transfer, sell, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of the Exchange Notes (or any interest therein) unless such transfer, sale, assignment, pledge or other disposition is made (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (ii) pursuant to an available exemption from registration under, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities Act.  Each of the Lenders acknowledges that the Exchange Notes will bear a legend restricting the transfer thereof in accordance with the Securities Act.

 

Subject to the provisions of the previous paragraph, each of the Borrower and the Guarantors agrees that each Lender will be able to sell or transfer all or any part of the Exchange Notes to any third party in compliance with applicable laws.

 

141



 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

142



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

TALECRIS PLASMA RESROUCES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS THERAPEUTICS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

BIOMAT USA,  INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS BIOLOGICALS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name:

David Bell

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement – Grifols, S.A.

 



 

 

INSTITUTO GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS MOVACO, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

Joint and Several Director

 

 

 

 

 

LABORATORIOS GRIFOLS S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

Joint and Several Director

 

 

 

 

 

DIAGNOSTIC GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name:

Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title:

Joint and Several Director

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS ITALIA S.P.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

Name:

Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

Title:

Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

Name:

Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement – Grifols, S.A.

 



 

 

NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING

 

AMERICAS, LLC, as Administrative Agent and a

 

Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carl Mayer

 

 

Name:

Carl Mayer

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Luca Tassan

 

 

Name:

Luca Tassan

 

 

Title:

MD

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement – Grifols, S.A.

 



 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA,

 

S.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ri Luz Campo / /s/ Pablo Arsuaga

 

 

Name:

Ri Luz Campo / Pablo Arsuaga

 

 

Title:

HEAD OF CORPORATE LENDING IBERIA / CORPORATE LENDING IBERIA

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement – Grifols, S.A.

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING,

 

INC., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christy Silvester

 

 

Name:

Christy Silvester

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement – Grifols, S.A.

 


 

Exhibit 4.11

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

among

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED,

as Borrower,

 

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF GRIFOLS, S.A.,
as Guarantors,

 

VARIOUS LENDERS,

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent,

 

NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

as Sole Global Coordinator

 

and

 

NOMURA SECURITIES INTERNATIONAL, INC., BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A., MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. and HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 


 

Interim Loan Facility

 


 

Dated as of February 27, 2014

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

 

1

Section 1.02

 

Accounting Terms

 

45

Section 1.03

 

Interpretation, Etc.

 

45

Section 1.04

 

Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II. LOANS

 

46

Section 2.01

 

Loans

 

46

Section 2.02

 

Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds

 

47

Section 2.03

 

Use of Proceeds

 

48

Section 2.04

 

Evidence of Debt; Register; Notes

 

48

Section 2.05

 

Interest on Loans

 

49

Section 2.06

 

Default Interest

 

49

Section 2.07

 

Fees

 

50

Section 2.08

 

Voluntary Prepayments

 

50

Section 2.09

 

Scheduled Payments; Mandatory Prepayments

 

50

Section 2.10

 

Application of Prepayments

 

52

Section 2.11

 

General Provisions Regarding Payments

 

52

Section 2.12

 

Ratable Sharing

 

53

Section 2.13

 

Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy

 

54

Section 2.14

 

Taxes; Withholding, Etc.

 

55

Section 2.15

 

Obligation to Mitigate

 

59

Section 2.16

 

Removal or Replacement of a Lender

 

60

Section 2.17

 

Defaulting Lender

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

61

Section 3.01

 

Closing Date

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

65

Section 4.01

 

Organization; Structure Chart; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification

 

65

Section 4.02

 

Equity Interests and Ownership

 

66

Section 4.03

 

Due Authorization

 

66

Section 4.04

 

No Conflict

 

66

Section 4.05

 

Governmental Consents

 

66

Section 4.06

 

Binding Obligation

 

67

Section 4.07

 

Historical Financial Statements

 

67

Section 4.08

 

No Material Adverse Change

 

67

Section 4.09

 

Adverse Proceedings, Etc.

 

67

Section 4.10

 

Payment of Taxes

 

67

Section 4.11

 

Properties

 

68

Section 4.12

 

Environmental Matters

 

68

Section 4.13

 

Health Care Regulatory Matters

 

68

 

i



 

Section 4.14

 

No Defaults

 

70

Section 4.15

 

Governmental Regulation

 

71

Section 4.16

 

Margin Stock

 

71

Section 4.17

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

71

Section 4.18

 

Solvency

 

72

Section 4.19

 

Compliance with Statutes, Etc.

 

72

Section 4.20

 

Disclosure

 

72

Section 4.21

 

PATRIOT Act; OFAC

 

72

Section 4.22

 

Intellectual Property

 

73

Section 4.23

 

Ranking

 

73

Section 4.24

 

Centre of Main Interests and Establishments

 

73

Section 4.25

 

Enforcement and Relevant Jurisdiction

 

73

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

74

Section 5.01

 

Financial Statements and Other Reports

 

74

Section 5.02

 

Existence

 

77

Section 5.03

 

Payment of Taxes and Claims

 

77

Section 5.04

 

Maintenance of Properties

 

78

Section 5.05

 

Insurance

 

78

Section 5.06

 

Books and Records; Inspections

 

78

Section 5.07

 

Compliance with Material Contractual Obligations and Laws

 

78

Section 5.08

 

Environmental

 

79

Section 5.09

 

Health Care Regulatory Matters

 

80

Section 5.10

 

Maintenance of Ratings

 

80

Section 5.11

 

Compliance with other Obligations

 

80

Section 5.12

 

Subsidiaries

 

82

Section 5.13

 

Further Assurances

 

82

Section 5.14

 

Guarantor Coverage Test

 

82

Section 5.15

 

“Know Your Customer” Checks

 

83

Section 5.16

 

ERISA

 

83

Section 5.17

 

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

84

Section 6.01

 

Indebtedness; Disqualified and Preferred Stock

 

84

Section 6.02

 

Restricted Payments

 

88

Section 6.03

 

Liens

 

92

Section 6.04

 

Asset Sales

 

92

Section 6.05

 

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

 

94

Section 6.06

 

Transactions with Affiliates

 

96

Section 6.07

 

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

 

97

Section 6.08

 

Centre of Main Interests and Establishments

 

99

Section 6.09

 

Financial Assistance

 

99

Section 6.10

 

Amendments to Senior Secured Credit Agreement

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII. GUARANTY

 

100

Section 7.01

 

Guaranty of the Obligations

 

100

Section 7.02

 

Contribution by Guarantors

 

101

 

ii



 

Section 7.03

 

Payment by Guarantors

 

101

Section 7.04

 

Liability of Guarantors Absolute

 

102

Section 7.05

 

Waivers by Guarantors

 

103

Section 7.06

 

Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc.

 

104

Section 7.07

 

Subordination of Other Obligations

 

105

Section 7.08

 

Continuing Guaranty

 

105

Section 7.09

 

Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower

 

105

Section 7.10

 

Financial Condition of the Borrower

 

105

Section 7.11

 

Bankruptcy, Etc.

 

105

Section 7.12

 

Discharge of Guaranty Upon Sale of Guarantor

 

106

Section 7.13

 

Spanish Guarantor Limitations

 

106

Section 7.14

 

Keepwell

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

107

Section 8.01

 

Events of Default

 

107

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX. AGENTS

 

109

Section 9.01

 

Appointment of Administrative Agent

 

109

Section 9.02

 

Powers and Duties

 

110

Section 9.03

 

General Immunity

 

110

Section 9.04

 

Administrative Agent Entitled to Act as Lender

 

112

Section 9.05

 

Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment

 

112

Section 9.06

 

Right to Indemnity

 

113

Section 9.07

 

Successor Administrative Agent

 

113

Section 9.08

 

Release of Guarantees, Termination of Loan Documents

 

114

Section 9.09

 

Withholding Taxes

 

114

Section 9.10

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

 

115

Section 9.11

 

Administrative Agent’s “Know Your Customer” Requirements

 

115

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS

 

115

Section 10.01

 

Notices

 

115

Section 10.02

 

Expenses

 

117

Section 10.03

 

Indemnity

 

118

Section 10.04

 

Set-Off

 

119

Section 10.05

 

Amendments and Waivers

 

119

Section 10.06

 

Successors and Assigns; Participations

 

122

Section 10.07

 

Independence of Covenants, Etc.

 

126

Section 10.08

 

Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements

 

126

Section 10.09

 

No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative

 

126

Section 10.10

 

Marshaling; Payments Set Aside

 

126

Section 10.11

 

Severability

 

127

Section 10.12

 

Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights

 

127

Section 10.13

 

Table of Contents and Headings

 

127

Section 10.14

 

APPLICABLE LAW

 

127

Section 10.15

 

CONSENT TO JURISDICTION

 

127

Section 10.16

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

 

128

Section 10.17

 

Confidentiality

 

129

 

iii



 

Section 10.18

 

Usury Savings Clause

 

130

Section 10.19

 

Counterparts

 

131

Section 10.20

 

Effectiveness; Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries

 

131

Section 10.21

 

PATRIOT Act

 

131

Section 10.22

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments

 

131

Section 10.23

 

No Fiduciary Duty

 

132

Section 10.24

 

Judgment Currency

 

132

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI. EXCHANGE NOTES

 

133

Section 11.01

 

Exchange Notes Indenture

 

133

Section 11.02

 

Exchange Notes

 

134

Section 11.03

 

Manner of Exchange of Term Loan

 

135

Section 11.04

 

Not a Registered Security

 

136

 

iv



 

SCHEDULES :

 

1.01

Commitments

 

 

4.01

Jurisdictions of Organization and Qualification; Capital Structure

 

 

4.02

Equity Interests and Ownership

 

 

6.01

Certain Indebtedness

 

 

6.03

Certain Liens

 

 

10.01(a)  Notice Addresses

 

 

 

EXHIBITS :

 

A

Borrowing Notice

 

 

B-1

Interim Loan Note

 

 

B-2

Term Loan Note

 

 

C-1

Compliance Certificate

 

 

C-2

Guarantor Coverage Certificate

 

 

D

Assignment Agreement

 

 

E-1

Closing Date Certificate

 

 

E-2

Solvency Certificate

 

 

F

Counterpart Agreement

 

 

G

Exchange Notes Indenture

 

v



 

CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT

 

This CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT , dated as of February 27, 2014, is entered into by and among, GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED , a private company validly incorporated and existing under the laws of Ireland (the “ Borrower ”), GRIFOLS, S.A. , a sociedad anónima organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Spain (the “ Parent ”), as a Guarantor, CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF THE PARENT , as Guarantors, the Lenders party hereto from time to time, and DEUTSCHE BANK AG CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH (“ DBCI ”), as Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS , capitalized terms used in these Recitals have the respective meanings set forth for such terms in Section 1.01 hereof; and

 

WHEREAS , the Lenders have agreed to extend Interim Loans to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000, the proceeds of which will be used, together with the proceeds of the loans and other extensions of credit under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, to (i) repay the Refinanced Indebtedness and (ii) pay Transaction Costs related to the Loan Documents and the Senior Secured Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , subject to the terms hereof and the limitations described herein, the Guarantors have agreed to guarantee the Obligations of the Borrower hereunder;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

Section 1.01                              Definitions .  The following terms used herein, including in the preamble, recitals, exhibits and schedules hereto, shall have the following meanings:

 

Accepting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(d).

 

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(a)                                  Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisition Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g)(ii).

 

1



 

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Adjusted Rate ” means (i) on and after the Initial Repayment Date but prior to the Conversion Date, a fixed rate per annum (calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 days) equal to the Initial Rate and (ii) on and after the Conversion Date, a fixed rate per annum (calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 days) of 8.00%.

 

Adverse Proceeding ” means any action, suit, proceeding, hearing (in each case, whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of any Group Member) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign, whether pending or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened against or affecting any Group Member or any property of any Group Member.

 

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person.  For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (a) to vote 10.0% or more of the Securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting Securities or by contract or otherwise; provided , that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Loan Party.

 

Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.06.

 

Agent Affiliates ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(b)(iii).

 

Aggregate Amounts Due ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

Aggregate Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

Agreement ” means this Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Agreement Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.24.

 

Alternative Loans ” means loans that the Lenders shall have the right to elect, in lieu of (whether in whole or in part) the Permanent Securities to be issued pursuant to any Securities Demand.

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22(a).

 

Applicable Premium ” means:

 

2



 

(a)                                  with respect to any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.08(a) occurring on or after the earlier of (i) a Demand Failure Event and (ii) the Conversion Date, but before the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the Make-Whole Premium; and

 

(b)                                  with respect to any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.08(a) occurring on or after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, but before the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, the product of (x) 75% of the Adjusted Rate times (y) the principal amount prepaid pursuant to such prepayment the principal amount prepaid pursuant to such prepayment;

 

(c)                                   with respect to any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.08(a) occurring on or after the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, but before the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, the product of  (x) 50% of the Adjusted Rate times (y) of the principal amount prepaid pursuant to such prepayment;

 

(d)                                  with respect to any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.08(a) occurring on or after the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, but before the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date, the product of (x) 25% of the Adjusted Rate times (y) of the principal amount prepaid pursuant to such prepayment;

 

(e)                                   with respect to any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.08(a) occurring on or after the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date, there shall be no Applicable Premium.

 

Approved Electronic Communications ” means any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Loan Party provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent or to Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 10.01(b).

 

Arrangers ” means each of Nomura Securities International, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. in their respective capacities as joint lead arrangers.

 

Asset Sale ” means the sale, lease (as lessor), conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 2.10(d) and/or Section 6.07 and not by Section 6.04.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 

(a)                                  any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets or rights having a fair market value of less than $50,000,000;

 

(b)                                  a transfer of assets or rights between or among the Parent and its Subsidiaries or between or among the Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory (including, but not limited to, raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods), or other

 

3



 

assets or rights in the ordinary course of business, or if excess, obsolete, damaged, worn-out, scrap or surplus or no longer used or useful in the conduct of business as then being conducted;

 

(d)                                  a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 6.02 or a Permitted Investment;

 

(e)                                   the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of property or assets acquired within the twelve month period prior to such sale, lease, conveyance or disposition in preparation for a sale and leaseback transaction relating to such property or assets;

 

(f)                                    an issuance of Equity Interests by a Subsidiary to the Parent or to another Subsidiary;

 

(g)                                   the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(h)                                  the license or sub-license of patents, trademarks, copyrights, know how, process technology or other intellectual property to third Persons by the Parent or a Subsidiary, so long as the Parent or such Subsidiary retain the right to use such licensed property;

 

(i)                                      the granting or assumption of a Lien permitted by Section 6.03, including a Permitted Lien;

 

(j)                                     any sale or disposition of Securitization Assets to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(k)                                  the sale or disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)                                      a Project Disposition;

 

(m)                              the sale or disposition of real property and related assets in the ordinary course of business in connection with relocation activities for directors, officers, members of management, employees or consultants of the Parent or any Subsidiary;

 

(n)                                  the unwinding of Hedging Obligations;

 

(o)                                  the disposition of Investments in Joint Ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, buy/sell arrangements between Joint Venture parties set forth in joint venture agreements or similar binding agreements; provided that such disposition is at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Parent’s Board of Directors) and any cash or Cash Equivalents received in such disposition is applied in accordance with Section 6.04(d); and

 

(p)                                  any disposition of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Parent or a Subsidiary) from whom such Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition.

 

4



 

Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(d).

 

Assignment Agreement ” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D , with such amendments or modifications as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Assignment Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(b).

 

Attributable Debt ” means, in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.  Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable).

 

Authorized Officer ” means, as applied to any Person, any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), chief executive officer, president or one of its vice presidents (or the equivalent thereof), and such Person’s chief financial officer or treasurer or any director, secretary or lawfully appointed attorney of a company.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

 

Board of Directors ” means:  (a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors; (b) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; (c) with respect to a limited liability company, the board of directors of the limited liability company or any committee of the limited liability company duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors; and (d) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Board of Governors ” means the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

 

Bookrunners ” means each means each of Nomura Securities International, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. in their respective capacities as joint bookrunners.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Borrowing Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York City or Ireland.

 

5



 

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, as applied to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable), and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof required to be set forth on a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable).

 

Cash Equivalents ” means, as at any date of determination, any of the following:  (a) direct obligations (or certificates representing an interest in such obligations) issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the government of a member state of the European Union, the United States of America, Switzerland or Canada (including, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof), as the case may be, the payment of which is backed by the full faith and credit of the relevant member state of the European Union or the United States of America, Switzerland or Canada, as the case may be, and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) overnight bank deposits, time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and money market deposits with maturities (and similar instruments) of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under, or authorized to operate as a bank or trust company under, the laws of a member state of the European Union or of the United States of America or any state thereof, Switzerland or Canada; provided that such bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $400,000,000 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof as of the date of such investment) and whose long-term debt is rated “A-1” or higher by Moody’s or A+ or higher by S&P or the equivalent rating category of another internationally recognized rating agency; (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (a) and (b) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above; (d) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and (e) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (d) of this definition.

 

Change in Law ” means (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) the making or issuance of any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the date of this Agreement by any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued).

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

6



 

(a)                                  any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Parent and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “ Group ”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement), other than to the Borrower or one or more Guarantors;

 

(b)                                  the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent or the Borrower (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement);

 

(c)                                   (i) any Person or Group (other than a Permitted Holder Group) shall be or become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Parent or (ii) the Permitted Holder Group becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Parent’s issued and outstanding Equity Interests; or

 

(d)                                  the Borrower shall cease to be a Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(d).

 

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.

 

Closing Date Certificate ” means a Closing Date Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1 .

 

Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund an Interim Loan on the Closing Date and “ Commitments ” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate.  The amount of each Lender’s Commitment, if any, is set forth on Schedule 1.01(a) .  The aggregate amount of the Commitments as of the Closing Date is $1,000,000,000.

 

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq .), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 .

 

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA ” means (a) Consolidated Net Income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (after any adjustment for profit and loss attributable to minority interests and capitalized interest), plus , to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries the sum, without duplication, of amounts for  (i) all financial results including interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount, other deferred financing costs, other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness, (ii) any losses on

 

7



 

ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (iii) any foreign currency translation, transaction or exchange losses (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness  and any losses resulting from ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments for currency exchange risk), (iv) any loss of any equity-accounted investee in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint or minority interest, (v) expenses for taxes based on income or gain, (vi) depreciation, (vii) amortization, write-offs, write-downs, and other non-cash charges, losses and expenses, (viii) impairment of intangibles, including, without limitation, goodwill, (ix) non-recurring items (as determined in accordance with  IFRS) realized other than in the ordinary course of business, without duplication, resulting in a loss, (x)  fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or, to the extent permitted hereunder, any Permitted Acquisition, Investment, Asset Disposition, or incurrence of Indebtedness, in each case, whether or not consummated, including such fees and expenses related to any offering of Additional Debt, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, (xi) extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring charges and expenses including transition, restructuring and “carveout” expenses and (xii)  legal, accounting, consulting, and other costs and expenses relating to the Parent’s potential or actual issuance of Equity Interests, including without limitation an initial public offering of common stock, minus (b) to the extent included in consolidated income from operations, (i) interest income, (ii) non-recurring gains (as determined in accordance with IFRS) realized other than in the ordinary course of business, (iii) income or gains on ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (iv)  foreign currency translation, transaction or exchange gains (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness  and any gains resulting from ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments for currency exchange risk),  (v) any income of any equity-accounted investee in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint or minority interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Parent or any Subsidiary by such Person during such period,  all calculated without duplication for the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Consolidated Cash Flow ” means (a) Consolidated Net Income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income of the Parent and its Subsidiaries the sum, without duplication, of amounts for  (i) all financial results including interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount, other deferred financing costs, other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness, (ii) any losses on ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (iii) any foreign currency translation, transaction or exchange losses (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness  and any losses resulting from ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments for currency exchange risk), (iv) any loss of any equity-accounted investee in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint or minority interest,   (v) expenses for taxes based on income or gain, (vi) depreciation, (vii) amortization, write-offs, write-downs, and other non-cash charges, losses and expenses, (viii) impairment of intangibles, including, without limitation, goodwill, (ix) non-recurring items (as determined in accordance with  IFRS) realized other than in the ordinary course of business, without duplication, resulting in a loss, (x)  fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or, to the extent permitted hereunder, any Investment, Asset Sale, or incurrence of Indebtedness, in each case, whether or not consummated, including such fees and expenses related to any offering of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, (xi) extraordinary, unusual, or

 

8



 

non-recurring charges and expenses including transition, restructuring and “carveout” expenses and (xii)  legal, accounting, consulting, and other costs and expenses relating to the Parent’s potential or actual issuance of Equity Interests, including without limitation an initial public offering of common stock, minus (b) to the extent included in consolidated income from operations, (i) interest income, (ii) non-recurring gains (as determined in accordance with IFRS) realized other than in the ordinary course of business, (iii) income or gains on ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (iv)  foreign currency translation, transaction or exchange gains (including currency remeasurements of Indebtedness  and any gains resulting from ordinary course hedging obligations or other derivative instruments for currency exchange risk),  (v) any income of any equity-accounted investee in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has a joint or minority interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Parent or any Subsidiary by such Person during such period,  all calculated without duplication for the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

For purposes of the maximum Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Cash Flow shall be calculated pro forma for material acquisitions and disposals, such that Consolidated Cash Flow would be adjusted to (a) include net income before net interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization attributable to the acquired entity (or assets) prior to its becoming a Subsidiary of Parent during the relevant period, and (b) exclude net income before net interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization attributable to the disposed of entity (or assets) prior to its being disposed of by the Group during the relevant period.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the total net income (or loss) attributable to the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period taken as a single accounting period determined in conformity with IFRS (before any adjustment for profit and loss attributable to minority interests and capitalized interest) minus any after tax non-cash gains (or losses) attributable to Asset Sales or returned surplus assets of any Pension Plan.

 

Consolidated Net Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all funded Indebtedness (including Guarantees) of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS (exclusive of (i) any Contingent Liability in respect of any letter of credit and (ii) obligations in respect of derivative transactions that have not been terminated) minus the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Net Total Debt minus unsecured Indebtedness of the Parent and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” means as of any date of determination for any Person, the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable), as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person.

 

Contingent Liability ” means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which any Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon the

 

9



 

Indebtedness of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection).  The amount of any Person’s obligation under any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation with respect thereto) be deemed to be the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness guaranteed thereby.

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

 

Contributing Guarantors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

Controlled Foreign Corporation ” means any Subsidiary of a U.S. Loan Party that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code.

 

Conversion Date ” means the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

Counterpart Agreement ” means a Counterpart Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F delivered by a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.12.

 

Covenant Suspension Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.

 

Credit Extension ” means the making of an Interim Loan.

 

Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities or agreements (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for, or acting as initial purchasers of, revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, debentures, securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether after or upon termination or otherwise), restructured, or refinanced (including any agreement to extend the maturity thereof and adding additional borrowers or guarantors and including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time and including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder; provided that such increase and any such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, replacement, restructuring or refinancing is permitted by Section 6.01 and Section 6.10, as applicable.

 

Currency Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract, synthetic cap or other similar agreement or arrangement whether exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the foreign currency risk associated with the operations of the Group and not for speculative purposes.

 

DBCI ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

10



 

Debtor Relief Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, examinership, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other Relevant Jurisdiction from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Default ” means a condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.17, any Lender that (a)  has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three (3) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or (b) after the date of this Agreement, has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.  Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) or (b) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.17) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower and each Lender.

 

Demand Failure Event ” means a breach by the Parent or the Borrower of its obligations pursuant to a Securities Demand.

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent or any Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

 

Discharge of Obligations ” means the payment in full in cash of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and payable).

 

Disqualified Company ” means any operating company which is a direct competitor of the Group identified to the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the Closing Date, and thereafter, upon the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be

 

11



 

unreasonably withheld or delayed), such additional bona fide operating companies which are direct competitors of the Group as may be identified to the Administrative Agent in writing from time to time; provided , that the names of all Disqualified Companies shall be available to any Lender that requests such names from the Administrative Agent in connection with a bona fide trade, or prospective trade, in Loans.

 

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Equity Interest), or upon the happening of any event matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because the holders of the Equity Interests have the right to require the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if the terms of such Equity Interests provide that the Parent or such Subsidiary may not repurchase or redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 6.02.  The amount of Disqualified Equity Interests deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that the Parent and the Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Equity Interests, exclusive of accrued dividends.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and with respect to an amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent in Dollars of such amount determined at the Exchange Rate on the applicable valuation date.

 

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” mean the lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) any Lender, (b) an Affiliate of any Lender, (c) a Related Fund (any two (2) or more Related Funds being treated as a single Eligible Assignee for all purposes hereof), (d) any Person (other than a natural Person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, selling, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (e) a European Credit Management Limited (ECM) programme or other financial institution that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) with a credit rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively; provided , that neither any Loan Party nor any Affiliate thereof, any Defaulting Lender, nor any Disqualified Company shall be an Eligible Assignee.

 

Embargoed Person ” means any party that (i) is publicly identified on the most current list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” published by OFAC or resides, is organized or chartered or has a place of business in a country or territory subject to OFAC sanctions or embargo programs or (ii) is publicly identified as prohibited from doing

 

12



 

business with the United States under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the Trading With the Enemy Act or any other Requirement of Law.

 

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed by, the Group or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or with respect to which the Group or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has or could reasonably be expected to have liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Enforcement Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(e).

 

Environmental Claim ” means any written notice, notice of violation, request for information, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or other order, decree or directive (conditional or otherwise) by any Governmental Authority or any other Person, arising (a) pursuant to any Environmental Law, (b) in connection with any actual or alleged violation of, or liability pursuant to, any Environmental Law, (c) in connection with any Hazardous Material, including the presence or Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials and any abatement, removal, remedial, corrective or other response action related to Hazardous Materials or (d) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to health and safety (with respect to exposure to Hazardous Materials), natural resources or the environment.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all current or future foreign or domestic, federal, state or local laws (including any common law), statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments or any other binding requirements of Governmental Authorities relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct with respect to (a) pollution or protection of the environment, (b) the generation, use, storage, transportation or disposal of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials; or (c) occupational safety and health, industrial hygiene or the protection of human health (with respect to exposure to Hazardous Materials), in any manner applicable to any Group Member or any Facility.

 

Equity Interests ” means:

 

(a)                                  in the case of a corporation, any and all shares, including common stock and preferred stock;

 

(b)                                  in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(c)                                   in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(d)                                  any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Equity Interest, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Equity Interests.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any successor thereto.

 

13



 

ERISA Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, (a) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; (b) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; and (c) solely for the purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person, any corporation described in clause (a) above or any trade or business described in clause (b) above is a member.

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (b) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Sections 412 or 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (c) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such Pension Plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal by any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in liability to any Group Member or any of its Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (f) the imposition of liability on any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (g) the withdrawal of any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan resulting in liability therefor to any Group Member, or the receipt by any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (h) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Pension Plan or the assets thereof, or against any Group Member or any of its ERISA Affiliates in connection with any Pension Plan; (i) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; (j) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (k) the occurrence of a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” with respect to which any Group Member is a “disqualified person” or a “party in interest” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 406 of ERISA, respectively) or which would reasonably be expected to

 

14



 

result in liability to any Group Member with respect to any Pension Plan or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; or (l) the occurrence of any Foreign Plan Event.

 

Euro ” or “ ” means the single currency of the European Union as constituted by the Treaty on European Union and as referred to in the legislative measures of the European Union for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of the Euro in one or more member states, being in part legislative measures to implement the European and Monetary Union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

Euro Equivalent ” means, with respect to an amount denominated in Euros, such amount, and with respect to an amount denominated in Dollars or any currency other than Dollars or Euros, the equivalent in Euros of such amount determined at the Exchange Rate on the applicable valuation date

 

Event of Default ” means any of the conditions or events set forth in Section 8.01.

 

Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(d).

 

Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Exchange Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.03(a).

 

Exchange Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

Exchange Note Administrative Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(c).

 

Exchange Notes Indenture ” means the indenture substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G hereto (with such changes as the trustee thereunder or the Administrative Agent may request to effect the purposes of this Agreement and to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or trustee procedures or policies, including such changes as are reasonably necessary to cause the Exchange Notes to become eligible for deposit at the DTC, provided that no such changes shall be adverse in any material respect to the interests of the Borrower or the Lenders or would be adverse in any material respect to a holder of Exchange Notes upon issuance) to be entered into in connection with the initial issuance of the Exchange Notes.

 

Exchange Notes Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(b).

 

Exchange Rate ” means the rate at which any currency (the “ Original Currency ”) may be exchanged into Dollars, Euros or another currency (the “ Exchanged Currency ”), as set forth on such date on the relevant Reuters screen at or about 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such date.  In the event that such rate does not appear on the Reuters screen, the “Exchange Rate” with respect to such Original Currency into such Exchanged Currency shall be determined

 

15



 

by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower or, in the absence of such agreement, such “Exchange Rate” shall instead be the Administrative Agent’s spot rate of exchange in the interbank market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such Original Currency are then being conducted, at or about 11:00 a.m., local time, on such date for the purchase of the Exchanged Currency, with such Original Currency for delivery two (2) Business Days later; provided , that if at the time of any such determination, no such spot rate can reasonably be quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method as it deems applicable to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Exchange Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds or property or assets received by the Parent from (i) capital contributions to the equity of the Parent (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests), and (ii) sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Parent or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Parent) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Parent, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate of the Parent.

 

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor at any time, any obligation (a “ Swap Obligation ”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is illegal at such time under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act at the time such guarantee or grant of a security interest becomes effective with respect to such related Swap Obligation.

 

Excluded Taxes ” means (a) any Tax imposed on the overall net income or net profits of a Person (including any branch profits or franchise tax or minimum tax imposed in lieu thereof) by the jurisdiction in which that Person is organized or in which that Person’s applicable principal office (including, in the case of a Lender, its applicable lending office) is located or with which that Person has a present or former connection (other than any connection arising from the acquisition and holding of any Loan or Commitment (including entering into or being a party to this Agreement), the receipt of payments relating thereto, and/or the exercise of rights and remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document), (b) with respect to any Lender of a Loan to the Borrower, any Irish withholding Tax imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in such Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date which (i) Lender acquires such interest in such Loan (other than pursuant to an assignment requested under Section 2.16) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.14, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender

 

16



 

became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.14 and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

Existing Grifols Credit Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, among Grifols, Inc., as borrower, Grifols, S.A., as parent, certain subsidiaries of Parent party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch as Administrative Agent, as amended as of March 3, 2011, as further amended May 31, 2011 and as amended and restated February 29, 2012, and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof.

 

Existing Grifols Notes ” means those certain 8.25% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by Grifols, Inc. a subsidiary of the Parent.

 

Existing Interim Loan Agreement ” means that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2014, among Grifols, S.A., as the borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Parent party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Nomura Corporate Funding Americas LLC, as the administrative agent.

 

Facility ” means any real property (including all buildings, fixtures or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by any Group Member or any of its predecessors or Affiliates.

 

Fair Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

Fair Share Contribution Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the Closing Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any intergovernmental agreements entered into thereunder (and any foreign legislation implemented to give effect to such intergovernmental agreements) and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

FDA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(e).

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means for any day, the rate per annum (expressed as a decimal, rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1.00%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided , that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

17



 

Fee Letter ” means the Fee Letter, dated February 27, 2014, between the Arrangers, the Parent and the Borrower.

 

Financial Officer Certification ” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such certification is required, the certification of the chief financial officer of the Parent that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Group at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means a fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Group ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.  In the event that the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom (including use on the Calculation Date) as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period; provided , however , that the Fixed Charges of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis will be computed based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the four-quarter reference period and using the interest rate in effect at the end of such period (taking into account any interest rate option, swap, cap or similar agreement applicable to such Indebtedness).

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

 

(a)                                  acquisitions that have been made or are, on the Calculation Date, being made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquired by (including acquisitions on the Calculation Date) the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including any increase in ownership of Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period will be calculated without giving effect to clause (c) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income;

 

18



 

(b)                                  the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; and

 

(c)                                   the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with IFRS, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

 

provided that whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or a disposition, the amount of income or earnings related thereto (including the incurrence of any Indebtedness and any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur, regardless of whether those expense and cost reductions could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto) shall be reasonably determined in good faith by one of the Borrower’s responsible senior financial or accounting officers so long as such cost savings are actually expected to be achieved within 12 months of such acquisition or disposition.

 

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(a)                                  the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates); plus

 

(b)                                  the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

 

(c)                                   any interest actually paid on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

 

(d)                                  the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than (i) dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or to such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) dividends on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries where such dividends are also payable pro rata on common stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with IFRS.

 

19



 

Foreign Loan Party ” means any Loan Party that is not organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia

 

Foreign Pension Plan ” means any Foreign Plan which provides, or results in, retirement benefits in the form of contribution payments or benefit accrual, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

 

Foreign Plan ” means any material written employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

 

Foreign Plan Event ” means, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities materially in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (b) the failure in any material respect to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice from a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Plan, (d) the incurrence of liability by any Loan Party or any their respective Subsidiaries under applicable law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, or (e) the occurrence of any material transaction that is prohibited under any applicable law and that would reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any material liability by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or the imposition on any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any material fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable law.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

Funding Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02.

 

GAAP ” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.02, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or Spain, as applicable, in effect as of the date of determination thereof consistently applied.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, provincial, municipal, national, supranational or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity, officer or examiner exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, a foreign entity or government, or a supranational authority, including without limitation, the European Union.

 

Governmental Authorization ” means any permit, license, authorization, certification, registration, approval, clearance, plan, directive, marking, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

 

20



 

Grifols Worldwide USA ” means Grifols Worldwide Operations USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Group ” means, collectively, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

Group Member ” means the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

Guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01.

 

Guarantor ” means the Parent, any Significant Subsidiary and any other Person that joins this Agreement as a guarantor pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Guarantor Coverage Certificate ” means a Guarantor Coverage Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 .

 

Guaranty ” means the guaranty of each Guarantor set forth in Article VII.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means any pollutant, contaminant, chemical, waste, material or substance, exposure to which or Release of which is prohibited, limited or regulated, by any Environmental Laws, including petroleum, petroleum products, asbestos, urea formaldehyde, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”) and toxic mold.

 

Health Care Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).

 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and (iii) foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

Highest Lawful Rate ” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to any Lender and/or any Italian Loan Party which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

 

Historical Financial Statements ” means as of the Closing Date, (a) audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent consisting of balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and an income statement and statements of stockholders’ equity and cash flows for fiscal

 

21



 

years 2010, 2011 and 2012 and an unqualified audit report relating thereto and, (b) unaudited financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent Fiscal Quarter ended after the date of the most recent audited financial statements and at least forty-five (45) days prior to the Closing Date consisting of a balance sheet and an income statement and statements of stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the three, six or nine month period, as applicable, ending on such date, and, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), certified by the chief financial officer of the Parent that they fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Parent as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

 

IFRS ” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.02, International Financial Reporting Standards in effect as of the date of determination thereof consistency applied.

 

Increased-Cost Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

Indebtedness ” means, as applied to any Person, any indebtedness (excluding accrued expenses or trade payables) of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money; (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); (c) in respect of bankers’ acceptances;  (d) representing Capital Lease Obligations; (e) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property due more than six months after such property is acquired, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or (f) representing the net amount of any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable).  In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be (without duplication):

 

(a)                                  the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

(b)                                  the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 

(c)                                   in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 

(i)                                      the fair market value of such assets that are subject to such Lien at the date of determination; and

 

(ii)                                   the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person secured by such assets.

 

22



 

Indemnified Liabilities ” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including natural resource damages), penalties, claims (including Environmental Claims), actions, judgments, suits, costs (including the costs of any investigation, study, sampling, testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other necessary response action related to the Release or presence of any Hazardous Materials), expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any of the foregoing in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding or hearing commenced or threatened by any Group Member, its Affiliates or any other Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity), whether direct, indirect, special or consequential and whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and Environmental Laws), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of (a) this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Lenders’ agreement to make Credit Extensions, the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Loan Documents (including the enforcement of the Guaranty)); (b) the Fee Letter and any other fee or engagement letter delivered by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Borrower with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) any Environmental Claim relating to or arising from, directly or indirectly, any past or present activity, operation, land ownership, or practice of any Group Member; or (c) any Loan or the use of proceeds thereof.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means any Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

 

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a).

 

Initial Rate ” means (i) a fixed rate per annum (calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 days) that is equal to the interest rate applicable to Permanent Securities issued by the Borrower on or prior to the Initial Repayment Date in an amount sufficient to repay the Loans in full, as specified in writing by the Majority Arrangers (as defined in the Fee Letter) to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Initial Repayment Date; or (ii) if Permanent Securities in an amount sufficient to repay the Loans in full are not issued prior to the Initial Repayment Date, a fixed rate per annum (calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 days) that is specified in writing by the Majority Arrangers (in their discretion) to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Initial Repayment Date; provided that prior to notice to the Administrative Agent from the Majority Arrangers of the applicable Initial Rate, the Initial Rate shall be deemed to be 4.75% (and shall be immediately and retroactively set as specified in any such notice).

 

Initial Repayment Date ” means March 31, 2014.

 

23



 

Interest Payment Date ” means  (i) the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan, (ii) the Initial Repayment Date, (iii) the Conversion Date and (iv) the Maturity Date.

 

Interest Period ” means (i) initially, the period commencing on the Closing Date and end ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is three months thereafter and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is three months thereafter, provided that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day, (ii) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period and (iii) any Interest Period that would end after the Conversion Date, the Maturity Date or a Demand Failure Event (as applicable) shall instead end on the Conversion Date, the Maturity Date or such Demand Failure Event (as applicable).

 

Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement whether exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with the operations of the Group and not for speculative purposes.

 

Interim Loan ” means a term loan made by a Lender to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a).

 

Interim Loan Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 , as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the Closing Date and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

 

Investment ” means (a) any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition by any Group Member, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Securities of any other Person (other than a Guarantor); (b) any direct or indirect redemption, retirement, purchase or other acquisition for value, by any Subsidiary of the Parent from any Person (other than the Borrower or any Guarantor), of any Equity Interests of such Person; (c) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contributions by any Group Member to any other Person (other than the Borrower or any Guarantor), including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business; and (d) all investments consisting of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, including any Interest Rate Agreement and Currency Agreement, whether entered into for hedging or

 

24



 

speculative purposes.  The amount of any Investment of the type described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or writeups, writedowns or writeoffs with respect to such Investment.

 

Investment Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Joint Venture ” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided , that in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

 

Judgment Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.24.

 

Lender ” means each financial institution listed on the signature pages hereto as a Lender, and any other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment Agreement.

 

Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of (a) Consolidated Net Total Debt as of such day to (b) Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four-fiscal quarter period ending on such date.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof), any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

 

Loan ” means an Interim Loan or a Term Loan.

 

Loan Document ” means any of this Agreement, the Notes, if any, and all other documents, instruments or agreements executed and delivered by a Loan Party for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection herewith on or after the Closing Date (including, without limitation, the Fee Letter).

 

Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans of such Lender.

 

Loan Party ” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

Loan Party’s Products ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(f).

 

Make-Whole Premium ” means, with respect to any principal amount of Loans prepaid pursuant to Section 2.08(a) the greater of:

 

25



 

(a)                                  1.0% of such principal amount; and

 

(b)                                  the excess of:

 

(i)                                      the present value on such date of prepayment of (x) the prepayment price of such principal amount at February 27, 2017 (i.e., the product of (x) 75% of the Adjusted Rate times (y) such principal amount) plus (y) all required interest payments that would otherwise be due to be paid on such principal amount during the period between such date of prepayment and February 27, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to such date of prepayment), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such date of prepayment plus 50 basis points; over

 

(ii)                                   100% of such principal amount.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means the existence of events, conditions and/or contingencies that have had or are reasonably likely to have (i) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Group, taken as a whole, or (ii) a material impairment of the validity or enforceability of, or a material impairment of the material rights, remedies or benefits available to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document.

 

Material Company ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as in effect on the Closing Date.

 

Material Contract ” means any contract, license, co-existence agreement, covenant, instrument or other arrangement to which any Group Member is a party (other than the Loan Documents) for which breach, non-performance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans) of any one or more of the Group Members in an individual principal amount of $250,000,000 or more.

 

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) the eighth anniversary of the Closing Date  and (b) the date on which all Loans shall become due and payable in full hereunder, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan which is a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) or Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

NAIC ” means The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any successor thereto.

 

26



 

Narrative Report ” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such narrative report is required, a narrative report describing the operations of the Group in the form prepared for presentation to senior management thereof for the applicable month, Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such period to which such financial statements relate.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” means (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Parent or any Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (i) the direct costs directly attributable to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, (ii) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (iii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, (iv) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) (unless such reserve is not used) against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Parent or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations (whether fixed or contingent) associated with such Asset Sale; (b) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness (other than in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing) or any sale of Equity Interests, the cash proceeds thereof, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other costs and expenses associated therewith, including legal fees and expenses; (c) with respect to any issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, the cash proceeds thereof, net of any related Securitization Fees and other costs and expenses associated therewith, including legal fees and expenses, received directly or indirectly from time to time in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing from Persons that are not Securitization Subsidiaries, including any such cash proceeds received in connection with an increase in the outstanding program or facility amount with respect to such Qualified Securitization Financing, but excluding any cash collections from the Securitization Assets backing such Qualified Securitization Financing that are reinvested (or deemed to be reinvested) by such Persons in additional Securitization Assets without any increase in the Indebtedness outstanding in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing; and (d) with respect to any issuance or sale of Equity Interests, the net cash proceeds thereof, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other costs and expenses associated therewith, including legal fees and expenses.

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

Non-Public Information ” means information which has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD.

 

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

 

27



 

(a)                                  as to which neither the Parent nor any of the Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a Guarantor or otherwise;

 

(b)                                  no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

 

(c)                                   as to which the Lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

Non-U.S. Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c)(iii).

 

Note ” means an Interim Loan Note or a Term Loan Note.

 

Obligations ” means all obligations of every nature of each Loan Party, including obligations from time to time owed to the Administrative Agent (including former Administrative Agents), the Arrangers, Bookrunners, Lenders or any of them, under any Loan Document whether for principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to such Loan Party, would have accrued on any Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Loan Party for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

 

Obligee Guarantor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.07.

 

OFAC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.21(b).

 

Offering Documents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20(b).

 

Offering Memorandum ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(s)(ii).

 

Organizational Documents ” means with respect to any Person all formation, organizational and governing documents, instruments and agreements, including (a) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, its by-laws, any memorandum of incorporation or other constitutional documents, (b) with respect to any limited partnership, its certificate of limited partnership and its partnership agreement, (c) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement and (d) with respect to any limited liability company, its certificate of incorporation, certificate of incorporation or formation (and any amendments thereto) on change of name (if any), its memorandum and articles of association (if any), its articles of organization (if any), the shareholders’ list (if any) and its limited liability company agreement or operating agreement.  In the event any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Loan Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such “Organizational Document” shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

 

28



 

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp, notarization, registration, or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies (and interest, fines, penalties and additions related thereto) arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(d).

 

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06(h)(iv).

 

PATRIOT Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(t).

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

Pension Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 or Section 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 or Section 303 of ERISA.

 

Permanent Securities ” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

Permitted Business ” means healthcare products and services (including the lines of business conducted by the Parent, Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics (HK) Limited and the Subsidiaries on the date hereof) and any businesses ancillary, complementary or reasonably related thereto.

 

Permitted Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(b).

 

Permitted Holder Group ” means (i) any group comprised solely of the Grifols family, holding directly or indirectly (the “ Existing Holders ”), or (ii) a person or group of related persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act that includes the Existing Holders where the Existing Holders control (whether through exercise of voting rights, by contract or otherwise) the Parent.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(a)                                  any Investment in the Parent or in a Subsidiary;

 

29



 

(b)                                  any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents and Investments that were Cash Equivalents when made;

 

(c)                                   loans and advances to employees, officers, consultants and directors of the Parent or a Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes not in excess of $20,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(d)                                  any Investment by the Parent or a Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(i)                                      such Person becomes a Subsidiary; or

 

(ii)                                   such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Parent or a Subsidiary;

 

(e)                                   any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 6.04;

 

(f)                                    any acquisition of assets or Equity Interests solely in exchange for the issuance of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Parent;

 

(g)                                   any Investments received (A) in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent or the Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency or other reorganization of any trade creditor or customer or (B) in resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes or (C) as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien;

 

(h)                                  Hedging Obligations;

 

(i)                                      any Investments in one or more Permitted Joint Ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in each case so long as the Leverage Ratio, at the time of each such Investment, after giving pro forma effect to such Investment, would not be greater than 3.50 to 1.00; provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (i) is made in any Person that is not a Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (a) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (i) for so long as such Person continues to be a Subsidiary;

 

(j)                                     payroll, travel, moving and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)                                  notes, chattel paper and accounts receivable owing to the Parent or the Subsidiaries created or acquired in the ordinary course of business (including concessionary trade terms the Borrower deems reasonable under the circumstances);

 

30



 

(l)                                      Investments in existence or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the Closing Date, and any extension, modification, replacement, refunding, refinancing or renewal thereof in whole or in part;

 

(m)                              Guarantees of Indebtedness issued in accordance with Section 6.01, and performance or completion Guarantees in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)                                  Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date, or of an entity acquired by, merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with a Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 6.07 of this Agreement after the Closing Date, to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

(o)                                  Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment, including pre-payments therefore;

 

(p)                                  deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(q)                                  Investments representing amounts held for employees of the Parent and the Subsidiaries under deferred compensation plans; provided that the amount of such Investments (excluding income earned thereon) shall not exceed the amount otherwise payable to such employees the payment of which was deferred under such plan and any amounts matched by the Parent or the Subsidiaries under such plan;

 

(r)                                     Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to development, marketing or manufacturing agreements or arrangements or similar agreements or arrangements with other Persons in the ordinary course of business;

 

(s)                                    any Investment in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Parent;

 

provided that the amount of any Net Cash Proceeds that are utilized for such Investment will be excluded from clause (III)(ii) of the second part of the first paragraph of Section 6.02;

 

(t)                                     Investments consisting of advances or loans to Persons building, developing or overseeing the construction of plasma collection centers expected to supply principally the Parent or the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

 

(u)                                  Investments relating to any Securitization Subsidiary of the Parent or any Subsidiary organized in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Parent, are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

31



 

(v)                                  Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices; and

 

(w)                                Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (w) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $250,000,000 and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets.

 

Permitted Joint Venture ” means any Joint Venture that the Parent or any Subsidiary is a party to that is engaged in a Permitted Business.

 

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

(a)                                  Liens to secure obligations in respect of (i) any Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.01(b)(i) (including the Obligations) and (ii) Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.01(a); provided that at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness under this clause (ii) and the application of the proceeds therefrom on such date, the Secured Leverage Ratio would not exceed 4.50 to 1.00;

 

(b)                                  Liens in favor of the Parent or any Subsidiary;

 

(c)                                   Liens and deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, letters of credit or trade guarantees, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                  Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (iv) of Section 6.01(b) covering only the assets acquired or financed with such Indebtedness;

 

(e)                                   Liens existing on the date of this Agreement and listed on Schedule 6.03 and any extensions, renewals or replacements thereof;

 

(f)                                    Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded ( provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) has been made therefor) and Liens for taxes assessed on real estate assets that are not delinquent;

 

(g)                                   Liens, pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business to secure workers’ compensation claims, self-retention or self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance, performance, bid, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds and related reimbursement obligations and completion guarantees provided or incurred by the Parent and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, lease obligations or non-delinquent obligations under social security laws and obligations in connection with participation in government insurance, benefits, reimbursement or other programs or other similar requirements, return of money bonds and other

 

32



 

similar obligations, including obligations to secure health and safety and environmental obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or Indebtedness);

 

(h)                                  Liens imposed by law, such as carrier’s, supplier’s, workmen’s, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanic’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business or are being contested in good faith;

 

(i)                                      easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ business or assets taken as a whole;

 

(j)                                     Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Agreement, secured by the same property securing the Hedging Obligations;

 

(k)                                  Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets other than the property or assets that secure the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(l)                                      Liens created for the benefit of or securing the Obligations;

 

(m)                              Liens arising from judgments under circumstances not constituting an Event of Default as described in Article VIII hereof;

 

(n)                                  Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)                                  Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(p)                                  bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts;

 

(q)                                  Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(r)                                     Liens on insurance policies and proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings in the ordinary course of business;

 

(s)                                    Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of a Securitization Subsidiary incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 

(t)                                     Liens on property (including Equity Interests) of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the

 

33



 

contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Parent or such merger or consolidation, were not incurred in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(u)                                  filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements under U.S. state law (or similar filings under applicable jurisdiction) in connection with operating leases in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)                                  operating leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(w)                                Liens (including put and call arrangements) on Equity Interests or other securities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(x)                                  limited recourse Liens in respect of the ownership interests in, or assets owned by, any joint ventures which are not Subsidiaries securing obligations of such joint ventures;

 

(y)                                  Liens incurred by the Parent or any Subsidiary with respect to obligations that do not exceed the greater of (i) $500,000,000 and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding;

 

(z)                                   Liens on the assets of any Subsidiary (other than the Borrower or any Guarantor) to secure Indebtedness of such Subsidiary;

 

(aa)                           Liens solely on cash earnest money deposits made by the Parent or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter-of-intent or purchase agreement entered into in connection with any Investment permitted under this Agreement;

 

(bb)                           any interest of a lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate permitted hereunder and covering only the assets so leased and any Liens encumbering such lessor’s or sublessor’s interest or title; and

 

(cc)                             any zoning or similar law or right reserved in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the Net Cash Proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease, refund or discharge other Indebtedness of the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

(a)                                  the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or

 

34



 

discharged, plus (B) all accrued interest on the Indebtedness, plus (C) the amount of all fees, expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith;

 

(b)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged;

 

(c)                                   if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged; and

 

(d)                                  such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Borrower, by a Guarantor or by the Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, refunded or discharged.

 

Person ” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.

 

PHSA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(a).

 

Platform ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(i).

 

Primary Lien ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(a).

 

Principal Office ” means, the Administrative Agent’s “Principal Office”, which may include such other office or office of a third party or sub-agent, as appropriate, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate in writing to the Borrower and each Lender.

 

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Loans of any Lender, as the context requires, the percentage obtained by dividing (A) the Loan Exposure of that Lender by (B) the aggregate Loan Exposure of all Lenders.

 

Process Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.15.

 

Project Disposition ” means any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of facilities under construction of Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date (including the real estate related thereto) and which are intended upon completion of construction to be repurchased or leased by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and used in any business in which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries was engaged on the Closing Date or any

 

35



 

business related, ancillary or complementary thereto; provided , that the consideration received for such assets shall be cash in an amount at least equal to the book value thereof.

 

Projections ” means projections for Fiscal Year 2014 through Fiscal Year 2018 and a written analysis of the business and prospects of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers.

 

Public Lenders ” means Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Parent or its affiliates or any of its or their respective securities.

 

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time such Swap Obligation is incurred.

 

Qualified Equity Offering ” means any public or any private offering of Equity Interests (excluding Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Parent.

 

Qualified Securitization Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Parent or such Subsidiary, sells, conveys, contributes, assigns, grants an interest in or otherwise transfers to a Securitization Subsidiary, Securitization Assets (and/or grants a security interest in such Securitization Assets transferred or purported to be transferred to such Securitization Subsidiary), and which Securitization Subsidiary funds the acquisition of such Securitization Assets (a) with cash, (b) through the issuance to the Parent or such Subsidiary of Seller’s Retained Interests or an increase in such Seller’s Retained Interests, and/or (c) with proceeds from the sale, pledge or collection of Securitization Assets.

 

Qualifying Debt ” means the Permanent Securities and the Alternative Loans.

 

Qualifying Lender ” means a Lender or Participant which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender or Participant under this Agreement and is:

 

(a)                                  a company (within the meaning of Section 4 of the TCA):

 

(i)                                      which by virtue of the law of a Relevant Territory is resident for corporate income Tax purposes in that Relevant Territory, and that Relevant Territory imposes a Tax which generally applies to interest receivable in that territory from sources outside that territory; or

 

(ii)                                   where the interest paid to it under this Agreement:

 

(A)                                is exempted from the charge to Irish income tax pursuant to the terms of a double taxation treaty entered into between Ireland and another jurisdiction that is in force on the date the relevant interest is paid; or

 

(B)                                would be exempted from the charge to Irish income tax pursuant to the terms of a double taxation treaty entered into between Ireland and another jurisdiction signed on or before the date on which the relevant interest is paid but not in force on that date, if that treaty had the force of law on that date;

 

36



 

except, in the case of both clauses (i) and (ii), where such interest is paid to that company in connection with a trade or business which is carried on through a branch or agency in Ireland;

 

(b)                                  a U.S. corporation that is incorporated in the United States, and is subject to U.S. federal income tax on its worldwide income provided that such U.S. corporation does not provide its commitment in connection with a trade or business which is carried on in Ireland through a branch or agency in Ireland;

 

(c)                                   a U.S. LLC, where the ultimate recipients of the interest payable to that LLC satisfy the requirements set out in clause (a) or (b) above and the business conducted through the LLC is so structured for market reasons and not for tax avoidance purposes, provided that such LLC and the ultimate recipients of the relevant interest do not provide their commitment in connection with a trade or business which is carried on in Ireland through a branch or agency in Ireland;

 

(d)                                  a Treaty Lender;

 

(e)                                   a bank licensed pursuant to Section 9 of the Central Bank Act, 1971 to carry on banking business in Ireland and which is carrying on a bona fide banking business in Ireland (for the purposes of Section 246(3) of the TCA) and the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement is located in Ireland;

 

(f)                                    a building society (as defined for the purposes of Section 256(1) of the TCA) and which is carrying on a bona fide banking business in Ireland (for the purposes of Section 246(3) of the TCA) and the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement is located in Ireland;

 

(g)                                   an authorized credit institution under the terms of Directive 2006/48/EC and has duly established a branch in Ireland having made all necessary notifications to its home state competent authorities required thereunder in relation to its intention to carry on banking business in Ireland and such credit institution is recognized by the Revenue Commissioners in Ireland as carrying on a bona fide banking business in Ireland (for the purposes of Section 246(3) of the TCA) and the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement is located in Ireland;

 

(h)                                  if interest is paid in Ireland (as defined in the TCA), a company (within the meaning of Section 4 of the TCA);

 

(i)                                      which advances money in the ordinary course of a trade which includes the lending of money;

 

(ii)                                   in whose hands any interest payable in respect of money so advanced is taken into account in computing the trading income of that company; and

 

(iii)                                which has complied with the notification requirements set out in Section 246(5) of the TCA;

 

37



 

(i)                                      a qualifying company (within the meaning of Section 110 of the TCA) if interest is paid in Ireland (as defined in the TCA); or

 

(j)                                     an investment undertaking (within the meaning of Section 739B of the TCA) if interest is paid in Ireland (as defined in the TCA).

 

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Loans publicly available, an internationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Borrower which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

 

Refinanced Indebtedness ” means (a) the Existing Grifols Credit Agreement, (b) the Existing Grifols Notes and (c) the Existing Interim Loan Agreement.

 

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b).

 

Regulation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.24.

 

Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors, as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulation FD ” means Regulation FD as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act and Exchange Act.

 

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors, as in effect from time to time.

 

Regulatory Permits ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(e).

 

Related Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

 

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material), including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to a Loan Party:  (a) its jurisdiction of organization; (b) any jurisdiction where any material assets owned by such Loan Party are situated; and (c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business.

 

Relevant Territory ” means (i) a member state of the European Communities (other than Ireland) or (ii) to the extent not a member state of the European Communities, a jurisdiction with which Ireland has entered into a double taxation treaty that either has the force

 

38



 

of law by virtue of Section 826(1) of the TCA or which will have the force of law on completion of the procedures set out in Section 826(1) of the TCA.

 

Replacement Assets ” means any properties or assets used or useful in a Permitted Business.

 

Replacement Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

Required Lenders ” means one or more Lenders representing more than 50.0% of the aggregate Loan Exposure of all Lenders.

 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Parent (including, without limitation, the Borrower) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

 

Reversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.

 

Safety Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(h).

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor Governmental Authority performing a similar function.

 

Secured Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of such day to (b) Consolidated Cash Flow of the Parent and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four-fiscal quarter period ending on such date.

 

Securities ” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Securities Demand ” has the meaning set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

39



 

Securitization Assets ” means any accounts receivable owed to a Group Member (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the future) arising in the ordinary course of business from the sale of goods or services, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, all proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets (including contract rights) which are of the type customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitizations of accounts receivable and which are sold, conveyed, contributed, assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred by such Group Member to a Securitization Subsidiary.

 

Securitization Fees ” means, with respect to any Qualified Securitization Financing, distributions or payments made, or fees paid, directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Indebtedness issued or sold in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing, to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with such Qualified Securitization Financing.

 

Securitization Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant with respect to such Securitization Assets, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off set, counterclaim or other dilution of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller, but in each case, not as a result of such receivable being or becoming uncollectible for credit reasons.

 

Securitization Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Parent that engages in no activities other than in connection with the acquisition and/or financing of Securitization Assets, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contingent and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent (or a duly authorized committee thereof) or such other Person (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset (other than Securitization Assets) of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which none of the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries, other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than (i) the applicable receivables purchase agreements and related agreements, in each case, having reasonably customary terms, or (ii) on terms which the Parent reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Parent or the applicable Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and (c) to which neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries other than another Securitization Subsidiary, has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

 

40



 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Parent (or a duly authorized committee thereof) or such other Person shall be evidenced to the trustee by delivery to the trustee of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by an authorized officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

Seller ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

 

Seller’s Retained Interest ” means the debt or equity interests held by any Group Member in a Securitization Subsidiary to which Securitization Assets have been transferred, including any such debt or equity received as consideration for or as a portion of the purchase price for the Securitization Assets transferred, or any other instrument through such Group Member has rights to or receives distributions in respect of any residual or excess interest in the Securitization Assets.

 

Senior Secured Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2014, among Grifols Worldwide Operations Limited, as the Foreign Borrower, Grifols Worldwide USA, as the U.S. Borrower, Grifols, S.A., as Parent and Guarantor, certain subsidiaries of the Parent party thereto, as Guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Administrative Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent that has (a) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated on the same basis as the defined term “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”) representing 10.0% or more of the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or (b) Consolidated Total Assets representing 10.0% or more of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Group, calculated on a consolidated basis:

 

(a)                                  the (i) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of a Subsidiary will be determined from its financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries) upon which the latest audited financial statements of the Group have been based;

 

(b)                                  if a Subsidiary becomes a Group Member after the date on which the latest audited financial statements of the Group have been prepared, the (i) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization or (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of that Subsidiary will be determined from its latest audited financial statements (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries);

 

(c)                                   the (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or (ii) Consolidated Total Assets of the Group will be determined from its latest audited financial statements, adjusted (where appropriate) to reflect the earnings before interest, tax depreciation and amortization or Consolidated Total Assets of any company or business subsequently acquired or disposed of; and

 

(d)                                  if a Significant Subsidiary disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to another Group Member, it will immediately cease to be a Significant Subsidiary and the other Group Member (if it is not already) will immediately become a Significant Subsidiary; the subsequent financial statements of those Subsidiaries and the Group will be used to determine whether those Subsidiaries are Significant Subsidiaries or not.

 

41



 

Software ” means computer software of whatever kind or purpose, including code, tools, developers kits, utilities, graphical user interfaces, menus, images, icons, and forms.

 

Solvency Certificate ” means a Solvency Certificate of the chief financial officer of the Parent substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 .

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, that as of the date of determination, both (a) (i) the sum of such Loan Party’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Loan Party’s present assets; (ii) such Loan Party’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Closing Date and reflected in the Projections or with respect to any transaction contemplated to be undertaken after the Closing Date; and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as and when they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (b) such Person is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under the Bankruptcy Code and applicable laws (including, without limitation, relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances).  For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

 

Swap Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Excluded Swap Obligation”.

 

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, Securitization Repurchase Obligations and indemnities entered into by any Group Member that are reasonably customary in accounts receivable securitization transactions.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Closing Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means all Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Obligations pursuant to a written agreement, executed by the Person to whom such Indebtedness is owed, to that effect.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which (x) any Person has the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, or the dismissal or appointment of the management, of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise and the accounts of which are required to be consolidated with those of such Person in such Person’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS or (y) more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership

 

42



 

interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. Unless otherwise specified herein, all references to any “Subsidiary” shall refer to a Subsidiary of Parent. Except for purposes of Sections 4.02, 4.09, 4.10, 4.17, 4.19, 5.01(a)-(d), 5.03 and 5.07, and where otherwise specifically noted, references to Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be references to Restricted Subsidiaries only.

 

Suspended Covenants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.

 

Suspension Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.

 

Tax ” means all present and future taxes, assessments, filing or other fees, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, stamp taxes, foreign exchange taxes or other charges (and interest, fines, penalties and additions related thereto) of any nature and whatsoever, from time to time, or at any time, imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

TCA ” means the Taxes Consolidation Act 1997 of Ireland.

 

Term Loan Note ” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 , as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Term Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(b).

 

Terminated Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

Third Party Payor Program ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(c).

 

Total Assets ” means the total consolidated assets of the Parent and the Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent internal balance sheet of the Parent prepared on a consolidated basis (excluding Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in accordance with IFRS.

 

Transaction Costs ” means the fees, costs and expenses payable by any Group Member in connection with the Transactions.

 

Transactions ” means (a)  the entering into of the Loan Documents, and the incurrence of the Loans, on the Closing Date, (b) the repayment of the Refinanced Indebtedness on the Closing Date, (c) the entry into the Senior Secured Credit Agreement and the extensions of credit thereunder on the Closing Date, and (d) any actions taken in connection with the foregoing.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any prepayment date, the yield to maturity as of such prepayment date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two (2) Business Days prior to such prepayment date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market

 

43



 

data)) most nearly equal to the period from such prepayment date to February 27, 2017, provided , that if the period from such prepayment date to February 27, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Treasury Transaction ” means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

 

Treaty ” means a double taxation treaty.

 

Treaty Lender ” means a Lender which is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of a Treaty and does not carry on a business in Ireland through a permanent establishment (as defined in the relevant treaty) with which that Lender’s participation in this Agreement is effectively connected, which subject to the completion of procedural formalities is entitled to be paid interest without the deduction of Irish tax under that Treaty.

 

Treaty State ” means a jurisdiction which has signed a Treaty which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by Ireland on interest where that Treaty has the force of law.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary (or any successor to any of them) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

 

(a)                                  has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

(b)                                  except as permitted pursuant to Section 6.06, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Parent or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Parent and/or the Subsidiaries;

 

(c)                                   is a Person with respect to which neither the Parent nor any Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

 

(d)                                  has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Parent or any Subsidiary; and

 

(e)                                   has at least one director on the Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Parent or any Subsidiary and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Parent or any Subsidiary.

 

44



 

Any designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by filing with the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent giving effect to such designation and a certificate of an Authorized Officer and an opinion of counsel certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 6.02 hereof.  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 6.01, the Borrower will be in Default of Section 6.01.  The Board of Directors of the Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will be permitted only if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 6.01 and calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation; and (3) such Subsidiary executes and delivers to the Administrative Agent a Counterpart Agreement.

 

U.S. Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c)(iii).

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:  (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 1.02                              Accounting Terms .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable).  Financial statements and other information required to be delivered by the Borrower to Lenders pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 5.01(d), if applicable).  Calculations in connection with the definitions, covenants and other provisions hereof shall utilize accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the Historical Financial Statements.

 

Section 1.03                              Interpretation, Etc .  Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference.  References herein to any Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to an Article, a Section, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided.  The

 

45



 

use herein of the word “include” or “including”, when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; and the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed as having the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.  The terms “lease” and “license” shall include sub-lease and sub-license, as applicable.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or therein, any reference in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any agreement, document or instrument shall mean such agreement, document or instrument as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, in each case in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or such Loan Document.

 

Section 1.04                              Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents .  (a) Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Borrower hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be the Dollar Equivalent of such currency as so determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with Sections 6.01, 6.02, 6.03, 6.04 and 6.07, with respect to any amount of Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Payment, Lien or Asset Sale in a currency other than Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Payment, Lien or Asset Sale is incurred or made; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.04 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness, Investment, Restricted Payment, Lien or Asset Sale may be incurred or made at any time under such Sections.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of determining compliance with the Secured Leverage Ratio, the Euro Equivalent of any Indebtedness denominated in any currency other than Euros will be converted into Euros based on the relevant currency exchange rate (or average exchange rates) used with respect to such currency in the financial statements with respect to which the applicable Indebtedness is calculated.

 

ARTICLE II.
LOANS

 

Section 2.01                              Loans .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make, on the Closing Date, an Interim Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment.  The Borrower may make only one borrowing under the Commitments which shall be on the Closing Date.

 

46



 

(b)                                  Upon the earlier to occur of the Conversion Date and a Demand Failure Event, the then outstanding principal amount of each Interim Loan shall be automatically converted into a term loan to Borrower (each, a “ Term Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Term Loans ”) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the then outstanding principal amount of such Interim Loan.  The Term Loans are “Loans” for all purposes under the Loan Documents.

 

Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.01 and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.  Subject to Sections 2.08(a) and 2.09, all amounts owed hereunder shall be paid in full no later than the Maturity Date.  Each Lender’s Commitments shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Closing Date after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s Commitments on such date.

 

(c)                                   Borrowing Mechanics for Interim Loans .

 

(i)                                      The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a fully executed Borrowing Notice no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.  Promptly upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such Borrowing Notice, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the proposed borrowing.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent required under clause (a) of this Section 2.01, each Lender shall make its Interim Loans (which may be net of fees and expenses due and payable to such Lender on the Closing Date) available to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date, by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent.  Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, the Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of the Interim Loans available to the Borrower on the Closing Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Interim Loans received by the Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of the Borrower at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent or to such other account as may be designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

 

(d)                                  On and after the Conversion Date, the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans may, at each Lender’s option, be exchanged for Exchange Notes in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 11.02.

 

Section 2.02                              Pro Rata Shares; Availability of Funds .  (a)  Pro Rata Shares .  All Interim Loans shall be made, and all participations purchased, by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares of Interim Loans, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make an Interim Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby nor shall any Commitments of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make an Interim Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby.

 

(b)                                  Availability of Funds .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the Closing Date that such Lender does not intend to make

 

47



 

available to the Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender’s Interim Loan, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date and the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount on the Closing Date.  If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the Closing Date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, at the customary rate set by the Administrative Agent for the correction of errors among banks for three (3) Business Days and thereafter, the applicable rate payable hereunder for the Loan at such time.  If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, for each day from the Closing Date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent the applicable rate payable hereunder for the Loan at such time.  Nothing in this Section 2.02(b) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

Section 2.03                              Use of Proceeds .The proceeds of the Interim Loans advanced to the Borrower on the Closing Date shall be applied by the Borrower to (i) repay, retire or redeem Refinanced Indebtedness, including through the making of certain intercompany loans by the Borrower to Grifols, Inc., a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent, and (ii) pay fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Loan Documents and the Senior Secured Credit Agreement.

 

Section 2.04                              Evidence of Debt; Register; Notes.  Lenders’ Evidence of Debt .  Each Lender shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of the Borrower to such Lender, including the amounts of the Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof.  Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower, absent manifest error; provided , that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect the Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any Loans; provided , further , that in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern.

 

(b)                                  Register .  The Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders and the Loans of each Lender from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  The Administrative Agent shall record, or shall cause to be recorded, in the Register the Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and each Lender, absent manifest error.  The Borrower hereby designates the Administrative Agent to serve as the Borrower’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.04, and the Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent the Administrative Agent serves in such capacity, the

 

48



 

Administrative Agent and its officers, directors, employees, agents, sub-agents and affiliates shall constitute “ Indemnitees ”.

 

(c)                                   Notes .  If so requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, or at any time thereafter, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.06) on the Closing Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Closing Date, promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice) an Interim Loan Note or Interim Loan Notes to evidence such Lender’s Interim Loans.  Unless converted to an Exchange Note, if so requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.06) promptly after the Borrower’s receipt of such notice, a Term Loan Note or Term Loan Notes to evidence such Lender’s Term Loans.

 

Section 2.05                              Interest on Loans .  (a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Interim Loans and the Term Loans shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made through repayment (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at (i) prior to the Initial Repayment Date, the Initial Rate and (ii) on and after the Initial Repayment Date, the Adjusted Rate.

 

(b)                                  Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.05(a) shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues.  In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or the last Interest Payment Date with respect to such Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan shall be excluded; provided , that if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

 

(c)                                   Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Loan (i) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect to interest accrued on and to each such payment date; (ii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears upon any prepayment of such Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears at maturity of such Loan, including final maturity of such Loan.

 

Section 2.06                              Default Interest .

 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) the overdue principal amount of all Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any overdue interest payments on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable on demand at a rate (the “ Default Rate ”) that is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2.00% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable for

 

49



 

Loans).  Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.06 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Section 2.07                              Fees.  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such fees and other amounts in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon.

 

Section 2.08                              Voluntary Prepayments .  (a) Any time and from time to time, the Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum amount of, $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may agree).

 

(b)                                  All such prepayments shall be made upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans; in each case given to the Administrative Agent by 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date required and the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit such original notice for Loans by telefacsimile or telephone to each Lender.  Upon the giving of any such notice, the principal amount of the Loans specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified therein.  Any such voluntary prepayment shall be applied as specified in Section 2.11.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any notice of prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.13(a) may state that the effectiveness of such prepayment is conditioned upon the consummation of a refinancing, sale, change of control or other event specified therein, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date) if such condition is not satisfied, subject to payment of any costs referred to in Section 2.18 resulting therefrom.

 

(c)                                   From and after the earlier to occur of the Conversion Date and a Demand Failure Event, any prepayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.08(a) shall be accompanied by the Applicable Premium.

 

Section 2.09                              Scheduled Payments; Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  Scheduled Payments .

 

(i)                                      All Loans outstanding on the Initial Repayment Date shall be repayable on such date at the option of the Borrower; provided that in the event the Borrower elects to leave Loans outstanding on the Initial Repayment Date, the Loans shall thereafter bear interest at the Adjusted Rate.

 

(ii)                                   All Loans outstanding on the Maturity Date shall be due and payable on such date.

 

(b)                                  Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(i)                                      Asset Sales .  The Borrower shall make prepayments as set forth in Section 6.04(d).

 

50



 

(ii)                                   Issuance or Incurrence of Qualifying Debt .  Until the Conversion Date, if any Group Member receives any Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance or incurrence of any Qualifying Debt of any Group Member, on the date of such receipt, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.11 in an aggregate amount equal to 100.0% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

 

(iii)                                Issuance of Equity Securities .  Until the Conversion Date, if any Group Member receives any Net Cash Proceeds from a capital contribution to, or the issuance of any Equity Interests of, any Group Member (other than pursuant to any employee stock or stock option compensation plan, no later than the third Business Day following such receipt, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.11 in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith, including reasonable legal fees and expenses.

 

(c)                                   Prepayment Certificate .  Concurrently with any prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(b), the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the calculation of the amount of the applicable net proceeds.  In the event that the Borrower shall subsequently determine that the actual amount received exceeded the amount set forth in such certificate, the Borrower shall promptly make an additional prepayment of the Loans in an amount equal to such excess, and the Borrower shall concurrently therewith deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the derivation of such excess.

 

(d)                                  Change of Control .

 

(i)                                      Within 30 days following any Change of Control, at the Borrower’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (who shall notify the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) (a “ Change of Control Offer ”):

 

(A)                                that a Change of Control has occurred and that each Lender has the right to require the Borrower to prepay such Lender’s Loans at a prepayment price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment;

 

(B)                                the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control; and

 

(C)                                the prepayment date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed).

 

(ii)                                   The notice will, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control occurring on or prior to the applicable Change of Control payment date specified in the notice.

 

51



 

(iii)                                The Borrower will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Agreement applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Borrower and prepays all Loans validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer and the Borrower shall instruct the Administrative Agent to accept payments made by such third parties.  If Lenders representing not less than 90% of the aggregate Loan Exposure of all Lenders elect to accept such Change of Control Offer and do not withdraw such acceptance (the “ Accepting Lenders ”) and the Borrower, or any third party making the Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Borrower as described above, repays all of the Loans of such Accepting Lenders, the Borrower or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 and no more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to repay all Loans that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued but unpaid interest to but not including the date of redemption set forth in such notice.

 

Each prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 2.10(d) shall be paid to the Lenders that elect to accept such offer in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

 

Section 2.10                              Application of Prepayments .  Any prepayment of any Loan pursuant to Section 2.08(a) or 2.09(b) shall be applied to prepay the Loans on a pro rata basis (in accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof).

 

Section 2.11                              General Provisions Regarding Payments .  (a) All payments by the Borrower of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made in Dollars in same day funds, without defense, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due at the Principal Office designated by the Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders.  For purposes of computing interest and fees, funds received by the Administrative Agent after that time on such due date shall be deemed to have been paid by the Borrower on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

(b)                                  All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan shall be accompanied by payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments (and, in any event, any payments in respect of any Loan on a date when interest is due and payable with respect to such Loan) shall be applied to the payment of interest then due and payable before application to principal.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall promptly distribute to each Lender at such address as such Lender shall indicate in writing, such Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Share of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due thereto, including all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by the Administrative Agent.

 

52



 

(d)                                  Upon any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a schedule of the payments made, and the amount of Taxes withheld, with respect to each Lender (or participant, if applicable).

 

(e)                                   Whenever any payment to be made hereunder with respect to any Loan shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

(f)                                    The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to charge the Borrower’s accounts with the Administrative Agent in order to cause timely payment to be made to the Administrative Agent of all principal, interest, fees and expenses due hereunder (subject to sufficient funds being available in its accounts for that purpose).

 

(g)                                   The Administrative Agent shall deem any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder that is not made in same day funds prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) to be a non-conforming payment.  Any such payment shall not be deemed to have been received by the Administrative Agent until the later of (i) the time such funds become available funds, and (ii) the applicable next Business Day.  The Administrative Agent shall give prompt telephonic notice to the Borrower and each applicable Lender (confirmed in writing) if any payment is non-conforming.  Any non-conforming payment may constitute or become a Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of Section 8.01(a).  Interest shall continue to accrue on any principal as to which a non-conforming payment is made until such funds become available funds (but in no event less than the period from the date of such payment to the next succeeding applicable Business Day) at the Default Rate from the date such amount was due and payable until the date such amount is paid in full.

 

(h)                                  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and not otherwise been waived, and the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8.01, all payments or proceeds received by the Administrative Agent hereunder in respect of any of the Obligations, shall be applied on a pro rata basis.

 

Section 2.12                              Ratable Sharing .  The Lenders agree among themselves that, if any of them shall, whether by voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Loans made and applied in accordance with the terms hereof), through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Loan Documents or otherwise (including amounts received by any such Lender in excess of those received by other Lenders as a result of the application of article 91.7 of the Spanish Insolvency Law -Law 22/2003 of 9th July), or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal, interest and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (collectively, the “ Aggregate Amounts Due ” to such Lender) which is greater than the proportion received by any other Lender in respect of the Aggregate Amounts Due to such other Lender, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent and each other Lender of the receipt of such payment and (b) apply a portion of such payment to purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders

 

53



 

so that all such recoveries of Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by all Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them; provided , that if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or examinership of the Borrower or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.  The Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, set-off or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing by the Borrower to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder.  The provisions of this Section 2.13 shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or payments made as set forth in Section 2.11, (ii) any payment obtained by any Lender as consideration for the assignment or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or other Obligations owed to it or (iii) to those amounts that, whether as principal and/or interest, are not received by the Lenders whose credits are considered subordinated as a result of the application of articles 92.5 and 93 of the Spanish Insolvency Law (Law 22/2003 of 9th July).

 

Section 2.13                              Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy .

 

(a)                                  Compensation For Increased Costs and Taxes .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.14 (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any Lender shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order after the Closing Date), or any determination of a court or Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the Closing Date, or compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law):  (i) subjects such Lender (or its applicable lending office) to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or any payments to such Lender (or its applicable lending office) of principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder; (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender; or (iii) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Lender (or its applicable lending office) or its obligations hereunder or the London interbank market; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Lender (or its applicable lending office) with respect thereto; then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon receipt of the written statement referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or

 

54



 

amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Lender for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder.  Such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Lender under this Section 2.13(a), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

 

(b)                                  Capital Adequacy Adjustment .  In the event that any Lender shall have determined that the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability after the Closing Date of any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or its applicable lending office) with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of, or with reference to, such Lender’s Loans, or participations therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans, to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, phase-in, applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Lender or such controlling corporation with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Borrower from such Lender of the statement referred to in the next sentence, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as shall compensate such Lender or such controlling corporation for such reduction.  Such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to Lender under this Section 2.13(b), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.14                              Taxes; Withholding, Etc Payments to Be Free and Clear .  All sums payable by or on behalf of any Loan Party hereunder and under any other Loan Document shall (except to the extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Tax imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority.

 

(b)                                  Withholding of Taxes .  If any Withholding Agent is required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes from any sum paid or payable by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents:  (i)  the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such withholding or deduction, (ii) the Withholding Agent shall pay any such Taxes on or before the date such payment is required by Law; (iii) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by such Loan Party shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required or made (after taking into account any additional deduction or

 

55



 

withholding or payment of any Indemnified Taxes on such increased payment); and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the due date of payment of any Indemnified Tax which it is required by clause (ii) above to pay, the applicable Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority.

 

(c)                                   Evidence of Exemption from Withholding Tax .

 

(i)                                      Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding in respect of payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable requirements of law and thereafter when reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation and information prescribed by applicable requirements of law as will permit (as reasonably determined by the Borrower in its sole discretion) such payments to be made without withholding (including backup withholding) or at a reduced rate of withholding and to determine whether information reporting is required with respect to the Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.14(c)(ii),  Section 2.14(c)(iii), Section 2.14)(c)(iv) or Section 2.14(c)(v) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

(ii)                                   If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (c)(ii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

(iii)                                Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Lender that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall, to the extent it is permitted by applicable law, deliver to the Administrative Agent for transmission to the Borrower, on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof on the Closing Date) or on or prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the

 

56



 

Borrower or the Administrative Agent (each in its sole discretion acting reasonably), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1)          in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

(2)          executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

(3)          in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or

 

(4)          to the extent that a Non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by Internal Revenue Service Form W8-ECI, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner as applicable; provided that if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Non-U.S. Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Non-U.S. Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate.

 

(iv)                               Each Lender that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for United States federal income tax purposes (a “ U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement), two (2) original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender.  Each Lender required to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States withholding matters under the Internal Revenue Code pursuant to this Section 2.14(c)(iii) hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Lender of such forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, that such Lender shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower two (2) new original copies of Internal Revenue

 

57



 

Service Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI, W-8IMY, W-8EXP or W-9 (or, in each case, any successor form thereto) properly completed and duly executed by such Lender.

 

(v)                                  Each Lender that will qualify for an exemption from, or reduction in, deduction or withholding of any Taxes solely because it is a Treaty Lender shall cooperate with the Borrower in completing any procedural formalities (including completing and executing any documentation) necessary for the Borrower to obtain authorization to make payments to such Lender free from any deduction or withholding of any Taxes.

 

(vi)                               With the exceptions of the obligations of a Lender under Section 2.14(h) and 10.06(f) below, each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

(d)                                  Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.14(b), each Loan Party shall timely pay all Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authorities in accordance with applicable law.  Each Loan Party or the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent official receipts or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in respect of any Other Taxes payable hereunder promptly after payment of such Other Taxes.

 

(e)                                   The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify the Administrative Agent and any Lender for the full amount of Indemnified Taxes for which additional amounts are required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.14(b) and Other Taxes (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Excluded Taxes), in each case arising in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including any such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to additional amounts payable under this Section 2.14) paid by the Administrative Agent or Lender or any of their respective Affiliates and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  Such Administrative Agent or Lender, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a written statement thereof setting forth the basis and calculation of such amounts (including any proposed indemnifiable expenses), which written statement shall be conclusive absent manifest error with respect to any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes and shall, at the Borrower’s written request and solely at the Borrower’s expense, make commercially reasonable efforts to provide other documentation or cooperation reasonably necessary for the Borrower to contest in good faith the imposition of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes.  Such payment shall be due within fifteen (15) days of such Loan Party’s receipt of such certificate.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Lender or Administrative Agent under this Section 2.14(e) with respect to any Taxes to the extent such indemnification would result in duplication because such Taxes have been compensated for by the payment of any additional amounts pursuant to Section 2.14(b) or Other Taxes previously paid pursuant to Section 2.14.

 

58



 

(f)                                    If any Lender or Administrative Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by the Borrower or Guarantors pursuant to this Section 2.14, it shall (if such Lender in its reasonable discretion determines that it can do so without prejudice to the retention of the amount of such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund)) remit such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) as soon as practicable after it is determined that such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) pertains to Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower or Guarantors under this Section 2.14 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) plus any interest included in such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund)  by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to the Borrower or Guarantors, net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or Administrative Agent, as the case may be and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund)).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f), in no event will the Lender be required to pay any amount to the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph (f), the payment of which would place the Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Lender would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.  This paragraph shall not be construed to require any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person. The Borrower or such Guarantors, upon the request of such Lender or Administrative Agent, agree to repay as soon as reasonably practicable the amount paid over to Borrower or Guarantors (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant taxing authority) to such Lender or Administrative Agent in the event such Lender or Administrative Agent is required to repay such refund (or credit in lieu of a refund) to a taxing authority.

 

(g)                                   The obligations of the Loan Parties to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 2.14(b) and to provide indemnity pursuant to Section 2.14(e) shall be applied in a manner so as not to cause duplicative payments.

 

(h)                                  Each Lender shall,  which becomes a party to this Agreement, on the day on which it is entered or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments and/or Loans hereunder, confirm whether or not it is a Qualifying Lender in accordance with Section 10.06(f).  Each such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower if there is any change in their status as a Qualifying Lender.

 

Section 2.15                              Obligation to Mitigate .  Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender responsible for administering its Loans, becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.13 or 2.14, it shall, to the extent not inconsistent with any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts to (a) make, fund or maintain its Credit Extensions through another office of such Lender or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the circumstances which would cause such Lender to be an

 

59



 

Affected Lender would cease to exist or the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.13 or 2.14 would be materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender in its reasonable discretion, the making or maintaining of such Loans through such other office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Loans or the interests of such Lender; provided , that such Lender shall not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.15 unless the Borrower agrees to pay commercially reasonable incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above.  A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.15 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.16                              Removal or Replacement of a Lender .  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that:  (a) (i) any Lender (an “ Increased-Cost Lender ”) shall give notice to the Borrower that such Lender is an Affected Lender or that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under Section 2.13 or 2.14, (ii) the circumstances which have caused such Lender to be an Affected Lender or which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within five (5) Business Days after the Borrower’s request for such withdrawal; or (b) (i) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, (ii) such Defaulting Lender’s default shall remain in effect and (iii) such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default as a result of which it has become a Defaulting Lender within five (5) Business Days after the Borrower’s request that it cure such default; or (c) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 10.05(b), the consent of Required Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) whose consent is required shall not have been obtained; then, with respect to each such Increased-Cost Lender, Defaulting Lender or Non-Consenting Lender (the “ Terminated Lender ”), the Borrower may, by giving written notice to the Administrative Agent and any Terminated Lender of its election to do so, elect to cause such Terminated Lender (and such Terminated Lender hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Loans in full to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, a “ Replacement Lender ”) in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06 and the Borrower shall pay the fees, if any, payable thereunder in connection with any such assignment from an Increased-Cost Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender or a Defaulting Lender; provided , that (i) on the date of such assignment, the Replacement Lender shall pay to the Terminated Lender an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Loans of the Terminated Lender; (ii) on the date of such assignment, the Borrower shall pay any amounts payable to such Terminated Lender pursuant to Section 2.13 or 2.14 or otherwise as if it were a prepayment and (iii) in the event such Terminated Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender.  Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender, such Terminated Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided , that any rights of such Terminated Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Terminated Lender.  Each Lender agrees that if the Borrower exercises its option hereunder to cause an assignment by such Lender as a Non-Consenting Lender or Terminated Lender, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled (but not obligated) and is authorized by each Lender (which authorization is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest) to

 

60



 

execute and deliver such documentation as may be required to give effect to an assignment in accordance with Section 10.06 on behalf of a Non-Consenting Lender or Terminated Lender and any such documentation so executed by the Administrative Agent shall be effective for purposes of documenting an assignment pursuant to Section 10.06. The Borrower’s right to replace a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.16 is, and shall be, in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other rights and remedies available to the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, at law, in equity or by statute.

 

Section 2.17           Defaulting Lender .

 

(a)            Defaulting Lender Adjustments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

 

(i)             Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 8 or otherwise) or received by Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.04 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by Administrative Agent as to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent or any Indemnitee hereunder.  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(ii)            Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders and in Section 10.05.

 

(b)            Defaulting Lender Cure .  If the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, that Lender will, to the extent applicable, take such actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender, provided that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

ARTICLE III.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Section 3.01           Closing Date .  The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.05, of

 

61



 

the following conditions (the date such conditions are satisfied and the first funding occurs, the “ Closing Date ”):

 

(a)            Loan Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received each Loan Document required to be executed on or prior to the Closing Date originally executed and delivered by each applicable Loan Party, including the delivery of a Counterpart Agreement for each Significant Subsidiary of the Group as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)            Organizational Documents; Incumbency .  With respect to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) copies of each Organizational Document executed and delivered by such Loan Party and, to the extent applicable, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental official, each dated the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto; (ii) corporate certificates incorporating, without limitation, signature and incumbency certificates of the officers and/or directors of such Person executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party; (iii)  resolutions (or similar documents) approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, certified (to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice) as of the Closing Date by its secretary, its assistant secretary, director or any other duly authorized officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (iv) to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice, the Loan Party’s Organizational Documents or internal regulations, a copy of resolutions signed by all holders of the issued share capital of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Closing Date, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary or other duly authorized officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; (v) to the extent required under applicable law or customary in accordance with local law or practice, a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation and in each jurisdiction in which it is qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity to do business, each dated a recent date prior to the Closing Date; and (vi) such other similar certificates and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

(c)            Organizational and Capital Structure Chart .  The organizational structure and capital structure of the Group, after giving effect to the Transactions, shall be as set forth on Schedule 4.01.

 

(d)            Capitalization of the Group; Concurrent Transactions .  On or before the Closing Date, the Senior Secured Agreement and all other agreements and documents contemplated thereby shall have been entered into in and shall be effective and the Borrower or Grifols Worldwide USA, as the U.S. Borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, shall have received, or substantially concurrently with the initial borrowings under this Agreement shall receive the proceeds of the loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement on the Closing Date in an aggregate amount of not less than $[4,800,000,000].

 

(e)            Refinanced Indebtedness .  On the Closing Date, the Group shall have (i) repaid, repurchased, retired or redeemed in full all Refinanced Indebtedness and all Existing

 

62



 

Grifols Notes shall be irrevocably called for early redemption and satisfied and discharged or defeased pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Existing Grifols Notes, (ii) terminated any commitments to lend or make other extensions of credit under the Refinanced Indebtedness, (iii) delivered to the Administrative Agent all documents or instruments necessary to release all Liens securing the Refinanced Indebtedness or other obligations of the Group thereunder being repaid on the Closing Date and (iv) made arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to the cancellation of any letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the issuance of letters of credit to support the obligations of the Group with respect thereto.

 

(f)             Governmental Authorizations and Consents .  Each Loan Party shall have obtained all Governmental Authorizations and all consents of other Persons, in each case that are necessary in connection with the financing contemplated by the Loan Documents, and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(g)            Opinions of Counsel to Loan Parties .  The Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received originally executed copies of the favorable written opinions of (i) Proskauer Rose LLP, as New York and Delaware counsel to the Loan Parties, (ii) Osborne Clarke, as Spanish counsel to the Loan Parties, (iii) Matheson, as Irish counsel to the Loan Parties, and (iv) Hunton & Williams LLP, as Virginia counsel to the Loan Parties in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Closing Date (and each Loan Party hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders).

 

(h)            Fees .  The Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the fees payable on the Closing Date as set forth in the Fee Letter and all other amounts payable pursuant to the Fee Letter and any other fee letter agreed to by the Borrower, whether for expenses or otherwise.

 

(i)             Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided , that to the extent any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects.

 

(j)             Solvency Certificate .  On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate from the chief financial officer of the Parent in the form of Exhibit E-2 certifying that the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

 

(k)            Closing Date Certificate .  The Parent shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an originally executed Closing Date Certificate, together with all attachments thereto, and which shall include certifications to the effect that each of the conditions precedent described in this Section 3.01 (except as otherwise expressly provided) shall have been satisfied on the Closing Date (except that no opinion need be expressed as to the

 

63



 

Administrative Agent’s or Required Lenders’ satisfaction with any document, instrument or other matter).

 

(l)             Ancillary Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received true and correct copies of the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, and such Senior Secured Credit Agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(m)           Credit Rating .  The Parent shall have been assigned a public corporate family rating from Moody’s and a public corporate credit rating from S&P and the Loans shall have been assigned a public credit rating from each of Moody’s and S&P.

 

(n)            No Litigation .  There shall not exist any injunction preventing the funding of the Interim Loans on the Closing Date.

 

(o)            Completion of Proceedings .  All partnership, corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the Transactions and all documents incidental thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

(p)            Flow of Funds; Letter of Direction .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a funds flow memorandum and duly executed letter of direction from the Borrower addressed to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, directing the disbursement on the Closing Date of the proceeds of the Interim Loans made on such date.

 

(q)            No Default . After giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any Default or Event of Default.

 

(r)             No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2012, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(s)             Financial Statements; Marketing Materials .  The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Borrower has delivered to the Investment Banks:

 

(i)             the Historical Financial Statements, the Projections and such pro forma financial statements, projections as to future operations and other financial information relating to the Parent and its Affiliates as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Investment Banks;

 

(ii)            a draft preliminary offering circular, prospectus or private placement memorandum containing such information and in a form customary for offerings underwritten in the European or U.S. high yield markets suitable to use on a road show (the “ Offering Memorandum ”), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investment Banks;

 

64



 

(iii)           a draft form of underwriting agreement, purchase agreement or placement agency agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Investment Banks and containing such terms, covenants, conditions, termination rights, representations, warranties and indemnities as are customary in similar transactions which provides for the delivery of legal opinions (including standard negative assurance letters), standard comfort letters (to be provided on the pricing and closing dates of any issuance), and officers’ certificates, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Investment Banks and their counsel;

 

(iv)           draft form legal opinions (including standard negative assurance letters), comfort letters (to be provided on the pricing and closing dates of any issuance) and officers’ certificates reasonably satisfactory to the Investment Banks;

 

(v)            assurances from officers of the Parent and its affiliates with appropriate seniority and expertise (including the CEO and CFO) that they will:

 

(A)           participate in meetings and customary roadshow presentations (such participation limited to two Business Days) with prospective purchasers of the Permanent Securities or Alternative Loans and other customary marketing efforts as reasonably requested by the Investment Banks; and

 

(B)           participate in presentations as reasonably requested by the Investment Banks to the appropriate rating agencies to obtain (or confirm) ratings for the Permanent Securities and the corporate rating for the Parent; and

 

(vi)           all other information that the Investment Banks shall have reasonably requested in connection with legal and business due diligence.

 

(t)             Bank Regulatory Information .  At least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date (or such shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent), the Lenders shall have received all documentation, including supporting documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001) the “ PATRIOT Act ”); provided that such documentation and other information was requested not less than 12 days prior to the Closing Date.

 

ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make each Credit Extension to be made thereby, each Loan Party represents and warrants to each Lender as of the Closing Date that the following statements are true and correct:

 

Section 4.01           Organization; Structure Chart; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification .  Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, duly incorporated, validly existing

 

65



 

and, if applicable, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization as identified on Schedule 4.01 , (b) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby and (c) is qualified to do business and, if applicable, in good standing in every jurisdiction where any material portion of its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its material business and operations, except, in the case of clauses (b) and (c), where the failure to have such power and authority or to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.02           Equity Interests and Ownership .  The Equity Interests of each Group Member have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.02 , as of the Closing Date, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which any Group Member is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Equity Interests of any Group Member outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by any Group Member of any additional membership interests or other Equity Interests of any Group Member or other Securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Equity Interests of any Group Member.  Schedule 4.02 correctly sets forth the ownership interest of each Group Member in their respective Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions.

 

Section 4.03           Due Authorization .  The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of each Loan Party that is a party thereto.

 

Section 4.04           No Conflict .  The execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not (a) violate (i) any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to any Group Member, (ii) any of the Organizational Documents of any Group Member or (iii) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on any Group Member, except to the extent any violation of (i) or (iii) above could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Material Contract of any Group Member except to the extent such conflict, breach or default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of any Group Member; or (d) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member, except for such approvals or consents which have been obtained on or before the Closing Date and disclosed in writing to the Lenders and except for any such approvals or consents the failure of which to obtain will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.05           Governmental Consents .  The execution, delivery and performance by Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental

 

66



 

Authority or payment of any stamp, registration, notarial or similar taxes or fees, except for those not material to the operations or financial condition of the Loan Parties or the rights of the Secured Parties.

 

Section 4.06           Binding Obligation .  Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership, reorganization, appointment of a receiver, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

 

Section 4.07           Historical Financial Statements .  The Historical Financial Statements were prepared in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.  As of the Closing Date, no Group Member has any material contingent liability or liability for Taxes, long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment that is not reflected in the Historical Financial Statements or the notes thereto and which in any such case is material in relation to the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.08           No Material Adverse Change .  Since December 31, 2012, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.09           Adverse Proceedings, Etc .  There are no Adverse Proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Group Member (a) is in violation of any applicable laws (including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.10           Payment of Taxes .  Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.03, all Tax returns and reports of the Group required to be filed by any of them have been accurately and timely filed, and all Taxes due and payable and all assessments, fees, Taxes and other governmental charges upon any Group Members and their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable, except for those Taxes which are being actively contested by such Group Member in good faith and for which the relevant Group Member has established adequate reserves, if any, in accordance with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable), and except to the extent that the failure to file such return or report or make such payment would not have a material effect on the operations of the Loan Parties or on the rights of the Secured Parties.  There is no proposed or threatened

 

67



 

material Tax assessment against any Group Member which is not being actively contested by such Group Member in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided , that such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) shall have been made or provided therefor.

 

Section 4.11           Properties .  Each Group Member has (i) good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in real property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), (iii) valid licensed rights in (in the case of licensed interests in intellectual property) and (iv) good title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective material properties and assets reflected in their respective Historical Financial Statements referred to in Section 4.07 and in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01, in each case except where the failure to have such title or interest could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except for Permitted Liens, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens.

 

Section 4.12           Environmental Matters .  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (a) each Group Member is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and, to Borrower’s knowledge, any past noncompliance has been resolved without any pending, on-going or future obligation or cost; (b) each Group Member has obtained and maintained in full force and effect all Governmental Authorizations required pursuant to Environmental Laws for the operation of their respective business; (c) to the Borrower’s knowledge, there are, and have been, no conditions, occurrences, violations of Environmental Law, or presence or Releases of Hazardous Materials which, in each case, could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against any Group Member or related to any real estate assets; and (d) there are no pending Environmental Claims against any Group Member, and no Group Member has received any written notification of any alleged violation of, or liability pursuant to, Environmental Law or responsibility for the Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials.

 

Section 4.13           Health Care Regulatory Matters

 

(a)            Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party is, and since January 1, 2011 has been, in compliance with all Health Care Laws applicable to the Loan Party’s business or by which any property, business product or other asset of the Loan Party is bound or affected.  “ Health Care Laws ” means all laws of the United States or any Loan Party’s Relevant Jurisdiction with respect to regulatory matters primarily relating to patient healthcare, including, without limitation, such laws pertaining to:  (i) any federal health care program (as such term is defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f)), including those pertaining to providers of goods or services that are paid for by any federal health care program, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the Stark Law (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), the administrative False Claims Law (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(a)), exclusion from participation in federal health care programs (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7),  civil monetary penalties with respect to federal health care programs (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a), Medicare (Title XVIII of the Social Security Act), Medicaid (Title XIX of the Social Security Act), and the Public Health Service Act (“PHSA”) (42 U.S.C. §§ 201 et seq.); (ii) the general federal anti-fraud statute related to healthcare benefit programs (18 U.S.C. §1347); (iii) the

 

68



 

privacy and security of patient-identifying health care information, including, without limitation, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996; (iv) the research, testing, production, manufacturing, transfer, distribution and sale of drugs and medical devices, including, without limitation, the United States Food Drug and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.); (v) the hiring of employees or the acquisition of services or supplies from individuals or entities that have been excluded from government health care programs; and (vi) Governmental Authorizations required to be held by individuals and entities involved in the manufacture and delivery of health care items and services; and with respect to the foregoing,  all regulations promulgated thereunder, and equivalent applicable laws of other applicable Governmental Authorities, and each of clauses (i) through (vi) as may be amended from time to time.

 

(b)            Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party is a party to any corporate integrity agreements, monitoring agreements, consent decrees, settlement orders, or similar agreements with or imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

(c)            (i) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party meets all of the applicable requirements of participation in, and payment of, Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE, any other state, federal or foreign government health care programs, and any other public or private third party payor programs (collectively, “ Third Party Payor Programs ”) that the Loan Party, as applicable, participates in or receives payment from.  (ii) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party is or since January 1, 2011 has been excluded from participation in any Third Party Payor Programs, and there is no audit, claim review, or other action pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened which could reasonably be expected to result in the exclusion of any Loan Party from any Third Party Payor Program and no Loan Party has received notice of any such audit, claim review or other action.  (iii) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no audit, claim review, or other action pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened which could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of penalties or the exclusion of any Loan Party from any Third Party Payor Program and no Loan Party has received notice of any such audit, claim review or other action.  (iv) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) since January 1, 2011, all reports, documents, claims, and notices required to be filed, maintained or furnished to any Governmental Authority by any Loan Party under any Third Party Payor Programs have been so filed, maintained or furnished and (B) all such reports, documents, claims and notices were complete and correct on the date filed (or were corrected or supplemented by a subsequent filing).

 

(d)            No Loan Party, or its officers or employees, or to its knowledge, all agents acting on its behalf, has been convicted of any crime or, to the Loan Party’s knowledge, engaged in any conduct, that could result in a material debarment or exclusion under 21 U.S.C. § 335a or any similar state or foreign law, rule or regulation that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the date hereof, no claims, actions, proceedings or investigations that would reasonably be expected to result in such a material debarment or exclusion are, to the Loan Party’s knowledge, pending or threatened against any Loan Party or its officers or employees, or all agents acting on its behalf.

 

69



 

(e)            Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (i) each Loan Party possesses and is operating in compliance with Governmental Authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate Governmental Authorities reasonably necessary to conduct its business, including without limitation all those that may be required by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“ FDA ”) or any other Governmental Authority engaged in the regulation of pharmaceuticals, medical devices, biologics, cosmetics or biohazardous materials (“ Regulatory Permits ”); (ii) all such Regulatory Permits are valid and in full force and effect; (iii) all applications, notifications, submissions, information, claims, reports and statistics, and other data and conclusions derived therefrom, utilized as the basis for or submitted in connection with any and all requests for a Regulatory Permit, when submitted to the Governmental Authority were true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the date of submission and any necessary or required updates, changes, corrections or modification to such applications, submissions, information and data have been submitted to the Governmental Authority; and (iv) there is no Governmental Authority action pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened which could reasonably be expected to limit, revoke, suspend or materially modify any Regulatory Permit.

 

(f)             Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2011, no Loan Party has received from the FDA or any other Governmental Authority any inspection reports, notices of adverse findings, warning or untitled letters, or other correspondence concerning any drugs, biologics or medical devices manufactured or sold by or on behalf of a Loan Party (“ Loan Party Products ”) in which any Governmental Authority alleges or asserts a failure to comply with applicable Health Care Laws, or that such products may not be safe, effective or approvable.

 

(g)            Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2011, no Loan Party has had any product or manufacturing site (whether owned by the Loan Party or that of a contract manufacturer for Loan Party products) subject to a Governmental Authority (including FDA) shutdown or import or export prohibition.

 

(h)            Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since January 1, 2011, no Loan Party has had (i) any recalls, field notifications, field corrections, market withdrawals or replacements, warnings, “dear doctor” letters, investigator notices, safety alerts or other notice of action relating to an alleged lack of safety, efficacy, or regulatory compliance of the Loan Parties’ Products issued by the Loan Parties (“ Safety Notices ”) or (ii) to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, any material complaints with respect to the Loan Parties’ products that are currently unresolved. Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, to the Loan Parties’ knowledge, there are no facts that would be reasonably likely to result in (A) a Safety Notice with respect to the Loan Parties’ Products; or (B) a termination or suspension of marketing or testing of any of the Loan Parties’ Products.

 

Section 4.14           No Defaults .  No Group Member is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its Material Contracts, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of

 

70



 

time or any grace period or both, could constitute such a default, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.15           Governmental Regulation .  No Group Member is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable.  No Group Member is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Section 4.16           Margin Stock .  No portion of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used in any manner that causes or might cause such Credit Extension or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Exchange Act.

 

Section 4.17           Employee Benefit Plans .  Each Group Member and each material Employee Benefit Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) is in material compliance with all provisions and requirements of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan.  Each Employee Benefit Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service indicating that such Employee Benefit Plan is so qualified and to the knowledge of the Group Members, nothing has occurred subsequent to the issuance of such determination letter which would cause such Employee Benefit Plan to lose its qualified status.  No material liability to the PBGC (other than required premium payments), the Internal Revenue Service, any Employee Benefit Plan (other than in the ordinary course) or any trust established under Title IV of ERISA has been or, to the knowledge of the Group Members, is expected to be incurred by any Group Member or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates with respect to any Pension Plan.  No ERISA Event that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Group Member or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates, has occurred or, to the knowledge of the Group Members, is reasonably expected to occur.  The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under the Pension Plans sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any Group Member or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (determined as of the end of the most recent plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in the most recent actuarial valuation for such Pension Plan) do not exceed the aggregate current fair market value of the assets of such Pension Plans by an amount greater than $50,000,000.  As of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan, the potential liability of the Group and its ERISA Affiliates for a complete withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan (within the meaning of Section 4203 or Section 4205 of ERISA), when aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal from all Multiemployer Plans, is $50,000,000.  Each Group Member and each of their ERISA Affiliates have materially complied with the requirements of Section 515 of ERISA with respect to each Multiemployer Plan and, to the knowledge of the Group Members, are not in material “default” (as defined in Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with respect to material payments to a Multiemployer Plan.  Each Foreign Plan has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and with the material requirements of any

 

71



 

applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority.  Each Foreign Plan which is required under applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority has been maintained and operated in all material respects with the applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders.

 

Section 4.18           Solvency .  The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent, both before and after giving effect to the Transactions on the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.19           Compliance with Statutes, Etc .  Each Group Member is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its assets and property, except such non-compliance that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.20           Disclosure .

 

(a)            No representation or warranty of any Loan Party contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document or in any other documents, certificates or written statements furnished to the Administrative Agent, Arranger or any Lender by any Group Member (or by its agents on its behalf) for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Offering Memorandum in the form delivered to the Investment Banks on the Closing Date) contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact (known to it, or to the Borrower in the case of any document not furnished by it) necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made, except to the extent such statement or omission was subsequently disclosed or corrected.  Any projections and pro forma financial information contained in such materials are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Group Member to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results and such differences may be material.  There are no facts known (or which should upon the reasonable exercise of diligence be known) to such Group Member (other than matters of a general economic nature) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect to such Group Member and that have not been disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)            The Offering Memorandum and other documentation relating thereto and delivered to the Investment Banks on the Closing Date pursuant to Sections 3.01(s)(iii) and (iv) (the “ Offering Documents ”) are in a form agreed in all material respects with the Investment Banks.

 

Section 4.21           PATRIOT Act; OFAC.  To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating

 

72



 

thereto, and (b) the PATRIOT Act (“ Anti-Terrorism Laws ”).  No part of the proceeds of the Loans shall be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

(b)            None of the Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Borrower or Parent, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) and the Parent and its Subsidiaries will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

Section 4.22           Intellectual Property .  (a) Each of the Loan Parties owns or, pursuant to an agreement, has the valid right to use and, where such Loan Party does so, sublicense others to use, all material trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents and other property used in or reasonably necessary to conduct its business (including granting of outbound licenses of such rights).

 

(b)            Each Loan Party has taken commercially reasonable measures to maintain the secrecy and security of its and its Subsidiaries material proprietary Software, networks and databases.

 

Section 4.23           Ranking .  Each Loan Party’s obligations under the Loan Documents ranks at least pari passu with all of its other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations, other than those that are mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

Section 4.24           Centre of Main Interests and Establishments .  Each Loan Party whose jurisdiction of incorporation is in a member state of the European Union has its “centre of main interest” (as that term is used in Article 3(l) of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000 on Insolvency Proceedings, as amended from time to time (the “ Regulation ”)) in its jurisdiction of incorporation at the location of its registered office and has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 4.25           Enforcement and Relevant Jurisdiction .  Except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, dissolution, examinership, winding-up, receivership, liquidation, administration, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability, or by public policy, due process, choice of law or other similar principles, any judgment obtained in relation to a Loan Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of such Loan Document will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdiction.  No Lender is or will be deemed to be a resident of, domiciled in or

 

73



 

carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Loan Document.

 

ARTICLE V.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that, on and after the Closing Date, until the Discharge of Obligations, such Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

Section 5.01           Financial Statements and Other Reports .  In the case of the Borrower, deliver to the Administrative Agent (which shall furnish to each Lender):

 

(a)            Quarterly Financial Statements .  As soon as available, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year (other than the last Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year) or, if earlier, five (5) days after the date required to be filed with the SEC, without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs, the consolidated balance sheets of the Group as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Group for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year, commencing with the first Fiscal Quarter for which such corresponding figures are available, all in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification and a Narrative Report with respect thereto;

 

(b)            Annual Financial Statements .  As soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year (or, if earlier, the date required to be filed with the SEC, without giving effect to any extension permitted by the SEC), commencing with the Fiscal Year in which the Closing Date occurs, (i) the consolidated balance sheets of the Group as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Group for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year, commencing with the first Fiscal Year for which such corresponding figures are available, in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification and a Narrative Report with respect thereto; and (ii) with respect to such consolidated financial statements a report thereon of an independent certified public accountant of recognized national standing selected by the Parent, and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which report and/or the accompanying financial statements shall be unqualified as to going concern and scope of audit, and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) together with a written statement by such independent certified public accountants stating (A)  whether, in connection therewith, any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default has come to their attention and, if such a condition or event has come to their

 

74



 

attention, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and (B) that nothing has come to their attention that causes them to believe that the information contained in any Compliance Certificate is not correct or that the matters set forth in such Compliance Certificate are not stated in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

(c)            Compliance Certificate; Guarantor Coverage Certificate .  (i) Together with each delivery of financial statements of the Group pursuant to Section 5.01(a), a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate, (ii) together with each delivery of financial statements of the Group pursuant to Section 5.01(b), a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate and a duly executed and completed Guarantor Coverage Certificate and (iii) on the date that is forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, a duly executed and completed Guarantor Coverage Certificate; provided , that if the first such applicable date set forth in clause (ii) would be prior to the date that is forty-five (45) days after the Closing Date, such duly executed and completed Guarantor Coverage Certificate pursuant to clause (ii) shall only be required to be delivered upon the next scheduled delivery date thereof;

 

(d)            Statements of Reconciliation after Change in Accounting Principles .  If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the Historical Financial Statements related to the Parent prior to giving effect to the Transactions, the consolidated financial statements of the Group delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) shall differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(e)            Notice of Event of Default .  Promptly upon any officer of any Loan Party obtaining knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or that notice has been given to any Loan Party with respect thereto; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in Section 8.01(b); or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of an Authorized Officer specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, Default, event or condition, and what action the applicable Group Member has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(f)             Notice of Litigation .  Promptly upon any officer of any Loan Party obtaining knowledge of (i) any Adverse Proceeding not previously disclosed in writing by the Borrower to the Lenders or (ii) any development in any Adverse Proceeding that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), if adversely determined could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the exercise of rights or performance of obligations under any Loan Document written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to the Parent to enable the Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

 

75



 

(g)            Pension Plans; ERISA .

 

(i)             Copies of any actuarial reports relating to the Pension Plans that are prepared in order to comply with then current statutory or auditing requirements;

 

(ii)            Promptly (but in any event within thirty (30) days) upon the occurrence of or upon any officer of any Loan Party becoming aware of the forthcoming occurrence of (A) any ERISA Event, (B) the adoption of any new Pension Plan by any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or the adoption of any new Foreign Pension Plan by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (C) other than in the ordinary course of business, the adoption of an amendment to a Pension Plan or Foreign Pension Plan if such amendment results in a material increase in benefits or unfunded liabilities (D) the receipt of a notice from a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any Foreign Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (E) the existence of any fact or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien or security interest pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of Section 303(k) of ERISA, or (F) the commencement of material contributions by any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates to a Multiemployer Plan or Pension Plan or Foreign Pension Plan, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto; provided, however, Sections (B),(C), (D), (E) and (F) hereof shall not apply with respect to any such occurrence resulting from a Group Member’s performance of its obligations pursuant to the Share and Asset Purchase Agreement (the “ Acquisition Agreement ”), dated November 10, 2013, by and among the Borrower, Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc. and the other parties named therein or pursuant to the instruments and agreements entered into by any Group Member in connection with therewith;

 

(iii)           with reasonable promptness (but in any event within ten (10) days after receipt), copies of all material notices received by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or to the extent provided to a Loan Party, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event;

 

(h)            Management Letters .  Promptly after the receipt thereof by the Borrower, a copy of any “management letter” received by the Borrower from its certified public accountants and the management’s response thereto;

 

(i)             Certification of Public Information .  The Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to any Group Member or its securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “ Platform ”), any document or notice that the Borrower has indicated contains Non-Public Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform

 

76



 

designated for such public-side Lenders.  The Borrower agrees to clearly designate all Information provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower which is suitable to make available to Public Lenders.  If the Borrower has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 contains Non-Public Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material non-public information with respect to any Group Member and its securities; provided that the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the following documents may be distributed to such public-side Lenders: (a) the Loan Documents and (b) administrative materials prepared by the Arrangers or the Administrative Agent for prospective Lenders (including meeting invitations, allocations and closing memoranda).

 

(j)             Defaults Under Material Contracts .  Promptly upon any officer of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries obtaining knowledge of any condition or event that constitutes a default or an event of default under any Material Contract or that notice has been given to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with respect thereto, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of such Loan Party specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition or event and the nature of such claimed default or event of default, and what action such Loan Party has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto; and

 

(k)            Other Information .  (i) Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (A) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or made available generally by any Group Member to their security holders acting in such capacity, (B) all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by any Group Member with any securities exchange or with the SEC or any governmental or private regulatory authority and (C) all press releases and other statements made available generally by any Group Member to the public concerning material developments in the business of any Group Member and (ii) such other information and data with respect to any Group Member as from time to time may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Section 5.02           Existence.

 

Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.07, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights, privileges and franchises, licenses, permits and authorizations material to its business and all authorizations needed to enable performance with the Loan Documents and ensure the Loan Documents remain legal, valid, enforceable and admissible in evidence; provided, that no Loan Party (other than the Borrower with respect to existence) or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise, licenses and permits if such Person’s Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of such Person and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to such Person or to Lenders.

 

Section 5.03           Payment of Taxes and Claims.

 

Pay all material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises, and all material claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law

 

77



 

have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, other than Liens that arise prior to the due date of any such Tax; provided , that no such Tax or claim need be paid to the extent it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) shall have been made therefor and in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings operate to stay the sale of any portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim.

 

Section 5.04           Maintenance of Properties.

 

In the case of material tangible properties used or useful in the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, maintain or cause to be maintained such tangible properties in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and from time to time shall make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof, subject to dispositions permitted hereunder; and (b) in the case of intangible material properties that are used or useful in the business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, maintain or cause to be maintained such intangible properties as valid and enforceable.

 

Section 5.05           Insurance.

 

Maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as are customary for such Persons.

 

Section 5.06           Books and Records; Inspections.

 

Maintain proper books of record and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in conformity in all material respects with GAAP (or IFRS, as applicable) shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit, up to one time per year so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any authorized representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of the real properties of any Loan Party and any of its respective Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial and accounting records and, as often as may reasonably be requested, to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and independent public accountants, all upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours.

 

Section 5.07           Compliance with Material Contractual Obligations and Laws.

 

Comply, and cause all other Persons within its control, if any, on or occupying any Facilities to comply, with the requirements of all Contractual Obligations and all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including all applicable

 

78



 

Environmental Laws and all Health Care Laws), noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.08           Environmental.

 

(a)            Environmental Disclosure .  In the case of the Borrower, deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

(i)             as soon as practicable following receipt thereof, copies of all material environmental assessments, audits, investigations, analyses and reports, whether prepared by personnel of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or by any independent consultants, Governmental Authorities or other Persons, with respect to environmental matters at any Facility or with respect to any Environmental Claims, in each case that are reasonably likely to result in a liability of $100,000,000 or more to any Group Member;

 

(ii)            promptly upon the Borrower obtaining knowledge of the occurrence or the Borrower’s receipt of notice thereof, written notice relating to (A) any Release required to be reported by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to Governmental Authority under any applicable Environmental Laws which Release has a reasonable likelihood of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (B) any remedial action taken by any Loan Party or any other Person in response to (1) any Hazardous Materials the existence of which has a reasonable likelihood of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (2) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable likelihood of resulting in a Material Adverse Effect, (C) any Loan Party’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Facility that could reasonably be expected to cause such Facility or any part thereof to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use thereof under any Environmental Laws which has a reasonable likelihood of having a Material Adverse Effect or (D) the imposition or written threat of any imposition of any Lien on any Collateral pursuant to any Environmental Law;

 

(iii)           as soon as practicable following the sending or receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any material written communications with respect to (A) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable likelihood of resulting in a Material Adverse Effect, (B) any Release required to be reported by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to any Governmental Authority which Release has a reasonable likelihood of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (C) any written request for information from any Governmental Authority that suggests such Governmental Authority is investigating whether any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for the Release of any Hazardous Materials which Release has a reasonable likelihood of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

79



 

(iv)           prompt written notice describing in reasonable detail any proposed acquisition of stock, assets, or other property by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to (A) expose any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to, or result in, Environmental Claims that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (B) have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to maintain in full force and effect all Governmental Authorizations required under any applicable Environmental Laws for their respective operations.

 

(b)            Environmental Claims, Etc. Promptly take any and all actions necessary to (i) cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by such Loan Party or its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) conduct any investigative or remedial action that is required pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws by such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries where failure to conduct such investigation or remedial action could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) make an appropriate response to any Environmental Claim against such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and discharge any obligations it has to any Person in connection with such Environmental Claim, in each case where failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)            Environmental Compliance .  Use and operate all of its Facilities in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, keep all necessary Governmental Authorizations required pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws for the operation of the Parent’s business, and handle all Hazardous Materials in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, in each case except where the failure to comply with the terms of this clause could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.09           Health Care Regulatory Matters.

 

Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, hold and operate in material compliance with, Regulatory Permits issued by the FDA or other Governmental Authority required for the conduct of its business as currently conducted.

 

Section 5.10           Maintenance of Ratings.

 

In the case of the Parent, at all times use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain public corporate credit and public corporate family ratings issued by Moody’s and S&P with respect to the Parent and public credit ratings issued by Moody’s and S&P with respect to its senior secured debt.

 

Section 5.11           Compliance with other Obligations.

 

(a) The Parent and the Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all of their respective obligations under the Fee Letter and shall undertake an issuance or sale of the Permanent Securities with the Offering Memorandum and the other Offering Documents

 

80



 

promptly after the Closing Date or otherwise as requested by the Arrangers in accordance with the Fee Letter.

 

(b)            With respect to any issuance or sale of Permanent Securities, the Borrower agrees to cooperate with the Investment Banks, and to provide information reasonably required by the Investment Banks in connection with placing or selling or obtaining commitments for the purchase or acquisition of the Permanent Securities in accordance with the Fee Letter.  Such cooperation will include, without limitation, at the request of the Investment Banks: (i) the preparation of, as soon as practicable upon request by any Investment Bank, an offering memorandum, offering circular, prospectus or private placement memorandum with respect to the Permanent Securities; (ii) the execution of underwriting agreements, purchase agreements or placement agency agreements containing such terms, covenants, conditions, representations, warranties and indemnities in light of then prevailing market conditions (including, but not limited to, delivery of legal opinion (including standard 10b-5 disclosure letters), SAS 72 standard comfort letters (to be provided on the pricing and closing dates of any issuances) and officers’ certificates, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investment Banks); (iii) the delivery to the Investment Banks of unqualified audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower covering the three-year period ending as of the most recent fiscal year preceding the date of any issuance of securities and such unaudited consolidated interim financial statements, in each case, as may be reasonably requested by the Investment Banks and/or as required by Regulation S-X; (iv) the delivery to the Investment Banks of pro forma financial statements presented in accordance with, and for such periods as required by,  Regulation S-X; (v) the delivery to the Investment Banks of projections as to future operations or such other financial information related to the Borrower as may be reasonably requested by the Investment Banks; (vi) the engagement with the relevant auditors to ensure such auditors are able to provide SAS72 standard comfort letters and perform any relevant financial review; (vii) providing all information to the Investment Banks and their advisors as shall reasonably be requested in connection with legal and business due diligence; (viii) the hosting, with any Investment Bank electing to participate, of one or more meetings with prospective purchasers of the Permanent Securities and, in connection with any such meeting, consulting with such Investment Bank with respect to the presentations to be made and making available appropriate senior management, representatives and advisors of the Borrower to rehearse such presentations prior to any such meeting, as reasonably requested by such Investment Bank; and (ix) obtaining (to the extent not already existing) (A) a public corporate family rating from Moody’s, (B) a public corporate credit rating from S&P and (C) a public credit rating for any Permanent Securities from each of Moody’s and S&P prior to the launch of general syndication.  The Borrower shall advise the Investment Banks promptly of the occurrence of any event or any information or other change known to it that results in the Offering Memorandum or any other offering circular, private placement memorandum or prospectus relating to the Permanent Securities (in each case, as then amended or supplemented) containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if for any other reason it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum or such other offering circular, private placement memorandum or prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Borrower will promptly notify the Investment Banks thereof and will prepare, at the expense of the Borrower, an amendment or supplement thereto that corrects such statement or omission or effects such compliance.

 

81



 

(c)            With respect to any Alternative Loans, the Borrower agrees to cooperate with the Investment Banks or their designated affiliates to cooperate with the Investment Banks or their designated affiliates to provide information reasonably required by the Investment Banks or such affiliates in connection with the syndication of such Alternative Loans and to take all other actions typically required of borrowers or reasonably requested by arrangers in connection with the syndication of bank facilities, including without limitation obtaining corporate and applicable facilities ratings from each of Moody’s and S&P.

 

Section 5.12           Subsidiaries

 

(a)            In the event that any Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent after the Closing Date (other than a Controlled Foreign Corporation), if such subsidiary is or becomes a Significant Subsidiary,  (i) promptly cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Counterpart Agreement, and (ii) take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates as are similar to those described in Sections 3.01(b) and 3.01(g).

 

(b)            With respect to each new Material Company, the Borrower shall promptly send to the Administrative Agent written notice setting forth with respect to such Person (i) the date on which such Person became a Group Member and (ii) all of the data required to be set forth in Schedules 4.01 and  4.02 with respect to all Subsidiaries of the Borrower; and such written notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedules 4.01 and  4.02 for all purposes hereof.

 

Section 5.13           Further Assurances.

 

The Parent will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such further documents and statements, do and cause to be done, and pay the cost of such further acts or things as the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable discretion, may require to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to vest or confirm any right or remedy granted in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the matters covered by Section 5.12.

 

Section 5.14           Guarantor Coverage Test.

 

As of each date of delivery of the Guarantor Coverage Certificate as required by Section 5.01(c), the Borrower shall ensure that:

 

(a)            the aggregate (without duplication) earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (calculated in accordance with the defined term “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA”) attributable to the Loan Parties as a group (taking each entity on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intercompany items) shall be no less than 80.0% of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization of the Group;

 

(b)            the aggregate (without duplication) total Consolidated Total Assets of the Loan Parties as a group (taking each entity on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intercompany items) shall be no less than 80.0% of the total Consolidated Total Assets of the Group; and

 

82



 

(c)            each Significant Subsidiary of the Parent is a Loan Party.

 

For purposes of this Section 5.14, only the Borrower and each other Loan Party which has provided a guarantee for all of the Obligations shall be included as Loan Parties.

 

Section 5.15           “Know Your Customer” Checks.

 

If in connection with (a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Closing Date, (b) any change in the status of a Loan Party after the Closing Date, (c) the addition of any Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.12 or (d) any proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that was not previously a Lender hereunder, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of clause (d) above, any prospective Lender) requires additional information in order to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures, each Loan Party shall, promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, provide such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or such Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in clause (d) above, on behalf of any prospective Lender) in order for the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such prospective Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents.

 

Section 5.16           ERISA.

 

Ensure that all Pension Plans operated or maintained for the benefit of the Group Members or any of its ERISA Affiliates and/or any of their respective employees are (a) funded to the extent required by law and the terms of such plans based on reasonable actuarial assumptions, and (b) operated or maintained as required by law and the terms of such plans, where, in any such case, failure to do so could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.17           Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

The Board of Directors of the Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default.  If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 6.02 or Permitted Investments, as determined by the Borrower.  That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors of the Parent may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the redesignation would not cause a Default.

 

Section 5.18           Anti-Terrorism; OFAC; Anti-Money Laundering.  Not directly or indirectly, (i) knowingly conduct any business or engage in making or receiving any contribution

 

83



 

of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Embargoed Person or cause or permit any Embargoed Person to have any direct or indirect interest of any nature whatsoever in any Group Member, (ii) use any proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Person for the purpose of financing the activities of or with any Person or in any country or territory that is an Embargoed Person or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the applicable prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

(b)            Maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Loan Parties and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with the Foreign Corrupt Practice Act of 1977, as amended.

 

ARTICLE VI.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party covenants and agrees that, on and after the Closing Date, until the Discharge of Obligations, such Loan Party shall not, nor shall it cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

Section 6.01           Indebtedness; Disqualified and Preferred Stock .

 

(a)            Directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Parent shall not issue any Disqualified Equity Interests and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided , however , that Parent may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Equity Interests, and the Borrower and any of the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Equity Interests or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom including to refinance other Indebtedness), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the preferred stock or Disqualified Equity Interests had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 

(b)            Section 6.01(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

(i)             (A) the Obligations and (B) Indebtedness incurred by the Parent and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Credit Facilities (including Indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) and any Qualified Securitization Financing in an amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the sum of (x) $4,500,000,000 plus (y) €430,000,000, including, in each case under this clause (B), any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

84



 

(ii)            Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date which is described in Schedule 6.01 ;

 

(iii)           [reserved];

 

(iv)           the incurrence by the Parent or any Subsidiary of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations, industrial development or similar bonds, or tax-advantaged governmental or quasi-governmental financing, including, without limitation, the sale and leaseback arrangements described under clause (e) under the exclusions set forth under the definition of “Asset Sale” in each case incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, development, construction, installation or improvement (including at any point subsequent to the purchase) of real or personal property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Parent or the business of such Subsidiary (whether through the direct acquisition or otherwise of such assets or the acquisition of Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets), in an aggregate principal amount, including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed the greater of (x) $400,000,000 and (y) 3.0% of Total Assets, at any time outstanding;

 

(v)            the incurrence by the Parent or any Subsidiary of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness that was incurred under clause (a) of this Section 6.01 or clause (ii), (v) or (xiv) of this Section 6.01(b);

 

(vi)           the incurrence by the Parent or any Subsidiary of intercompany Indebtedness owed to the Parent or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that to the extent the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (vi) following the Closing Date exceeds $200,000,000:

 

(A)           if the Borrower is the obligor on any such Indebtedness owed to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations;

 

(B)           if a Guarantor is the obligor on any such Indebtedness owed to any Subsidiary that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations; and

 

(C)           (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Parent or a Subsidiary and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness (other than the creation of a Permitted Lien upon such intercompany Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Parent or a Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Parent or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi);

 

85



 

(vii)          the incurrence by the Parent or any Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations or entry into derivative transactions, in each case, so long as such obligations and transactions are not entered into for speculative purposes;

 

(viii)         the incurrence of Guarantees by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors of the Indebtedness of the Parent or any Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 6.01;

 

(ix)           the incurrence of Guarantees by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 6.01;

 

(x)            the incurrence by the Parent and the Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-retention or self-insurance obligations, unemployment insurance, performance, bid, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds and related reimbursement obligations and completion guarantees and letters of credit supporting the foregoing, in each case, provided or incurred by the Parent and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, guarantees and letters of credit supporting the foregoing, in each case, for the account of suppliers in the ordinary course of business and obligations in connection with participation in government reimbursement or other programs or other similar requirements;

 

(xi)           the incurrence by the Parent and the Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the Parent and the Subsidiaries’ agreements providing for indemnification, contribution, earn out, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the sale of goods or acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Equity Interests of a Subsidiary; provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Parent and the Subsidiaries in connection with such acquisition or disposition;

 

(xii)          the incurrence by the Parent and the Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

 

(xiii)         the incurrence of Indebtedness consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiv)         the incurrence by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of (i) Acquired Debt outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged into, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or (ii) Indebtedness to finance all or a portion of such transaction; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred in reliance on this clause (xiv) following the Closing Date exceeds $300,000,000, then on a pro forma basis, either (A) the Borrower would be

 

86



 

permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 6.01(a) hereof or (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be not less than immediately prior to such transactions;

 

(xv)          Indebtedness of the Parent or any Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or trade Guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business to the extent that such letters of credit or trade Guarantees are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 30 days following receipt by the Parent or such Subsidiary of a demand for reimbursement;

 

(xvi)         Guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of the Parent or any Subsidiary;

 

(xvii)        to the extent constituting Indebtedness, (1) deferred compensation to employees of the Parent and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (2) unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the extent that they are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable law, (3) contingent liabilities arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, and (4) reserves established by the Parent or a Subsidiary for litigation or tax contingencies;

 

(xviii)       Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $50,000,000 issued in lieu of cash payments of Restricted Payments permitted by clause (5) of the second paragraph of Section 6.02 hereof;

 

(xix)         the incurrence by the Parent or any Subsidiary of additional Indebtedness or the issuance by the Parent of Disqualified Equity Interests or preferred stock in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xix), not to exceed the greater of (x) $500,000,000 and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets.

 

(c)            For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.01, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xix) of Section 6.01(b) as of the date of incurrence thereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 6.01, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, (x) at the time the proposed Indebtedness is incurred, classify all or a portion of that item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence under either clause (a) of this Section 6.01 or under such category of Permitted Debt, as the case may be, (y)  reclassify at a later date all or a portion of that or any other item of Indebtedness as being or having been incurred in any manner that complies with this Section 6.01 (so long as the Indebtedness being reclassified could have been incurred under Section 6.01(a) or under such category of Permitted Debt, in each case on the date of its incurrence) and (z) elect to comply with this Section 6.01 and the applicable definitions in any order.  The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock

 

87



 

as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Equity Interests in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Equity Interests will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests for purposes of this Section 6.01; provided , in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or payment is included in the Parent’s Fixed Charges as accrued.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.01, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Parent or the Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values.

 

(d)            The Borrower shall not incur any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Borrower unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on substantially identical terms; provided , however , that no Indebtedness of the Borrower will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior Lien or by virtue of being structurally subordinated.  No Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Indebtedness of such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on substantially identical terms; provided , however , that no Indebtedness of a Guarantor will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior Lien.

 

(e)            The Parent shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to incur any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; provided , however , that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by the obligors of such Indebtedness.

 

Section 6.02           Restricted Payments .  Directly or indirectly:

 

(a)            declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Parent’s or any Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests or to the direct or indirect holders of the Parent’s or any Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (in each case other than dividends or distributions payable in the Parent’s Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or to the Parent or any Subsidiary);

 

(b)            purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries) any of the Parent’s or the Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (in each case other than any of the Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests owned by the Parent or another Subsidiary or for consideration consisting solely of the Parent’s Equity Interests other than Disqualified Equity Interests);

 

(c)            make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any of the Parent’s or the Subsidiaries’ Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness owed to the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries), except (i) a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof, (ii) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any such Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due

 

88



 

within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase or other acquisition, or (iii) for consideration consisting solely of Equity Interests of the Parent other than Disqualified Equity Interests; or

 

(d)            make any Restricted Investment;

 

all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (a) through (d) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(I)             no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment;

 

(II)           the Parent would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 6.01(a); and

 

(III)         such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Parent and the Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to the next paragraph other than clauses (1), (7), (8), (11) and (12) of the next paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)             50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first full fiscal quarter of the Parent commencing immediately prior to January 21, 2011 to the end of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus

 

(ii)            100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds or the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Parent ) of property or assets received by the Parent or a Subsidiary after January 21, 2011 as a contribution to the common equity capital of the Parent or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Equity Interests or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Parent that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests or Disqualified Equity Interests or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Parent), together with the aggregate net cash and Cash Equivalents received by the Parent or any Subsidiary at the time of such conversion or exchange, plus

 

(iii)           to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after January 21, 2011 is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the proceeds realized from the sale of such Restricted Investment and proceeds representing the return

 

89



 

of the capital with respect to such Restricted Investment, in each case to the Parent or any Subsidiary, less the cost of the disposition of such Restricted Investment, plus

 

(iv)           to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Subsidiary after January 21, 2011, the portion (proportionate to the Parent’s interest in such Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of the Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Subsidiary; plus

 

(v)            50% of any dividends received by the Parent or any Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Parent’s or such Subsidiary’s Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was a Restricted Investment, and to the extent such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent for such period.

 

The preceding provisions will not prohibit:

 

(1)            the payment of any dividend (or other distribution) or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 90 days after the date of declaration of the dividend (or other distribution) or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice the dividend (or other distribution) payment or redemption would have complied with the provisions hereof;

 

(2)            the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to any Subsidiary) of, the Parent’s Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Parent; provided that the amount of any such Net Cash Proceeds that are utilized to make any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph and shall not constitute Excluded Contributions;

 

(3)            the purchase, defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Parent or any Subsidiary with (i) the Net Cash Proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or (ii) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent Qualified Equity Offering;

 

(4)            in the case of a Subsidiary, the payment of dividends (or in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

 

(5)            repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price thereof and repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the withholding of a portion of the Equity Interests granted or awarded to an employee to pay for the taxes payable by such employee upon such grant or award, or the vesting thereof;

 

90



 

(6)                                  cash payments, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Parent or a Subsidiary;

 

(7)                                  the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness following a Change of Control or Asset Sale, as applicable, after the Borrower shall have complied with Section 2.10(d) and Section 6.04, as applicable, including the payment of the applicable purchase price;

 

(8)                                  the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Equity Interests of the Parent or any preferred stock of any Subsidiary of the Parent issued on or after the Closing Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 6.01(a) hereof;

 

(9)                                  the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of the Equity Interests of the Parent or any Subsidiary from Persons who are, or were formerly, employees, officers and directors of the Parent and its Subsidiaries and their Affiliates, heirs and executors; provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases pursuant to this clause (9) shall not exceed $25,000,000 in any twelve month period;

 

(10)                           Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

(11)                           any Restricted Payments so long as the Leverage Ratio, at the time of each such Restricted Payment, after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment, is no greater than 3.50 to 1.00; provided, however , that at the time of each such Restricted Payment, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom); and

 

(12)                           so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount since the Closing Date not to exceed $250,000,000.

 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s), property or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Parent or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.  The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 6.02 will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Parent, whose resolutions with respect thereto will be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.02, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (1) through (12) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 6.02, the Borrower will be entitled to classify or re-classify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or a portion thereof in any manner that complies with this Section 6.02 and such Restricted Payment will be treated as having been made pursuant to only such clause or clauses or the first paragraph of this Section 6.02.

 

91



 

Section 6.03                              Liens .  The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt or trade payables on any property, asset, or any proceeds therefrom (“ Primary Lien ”), now owned or hereafter acquired except Permitted Liens, unless:

 

(i)                                      in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Obligations are secured by a Lien on such property (including Equity Interests of a Subsidiary) or assets that are senior in priority to such Liens; and

 

(ii)                                   in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness, the Obligations are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on such property (including Equity Interests of a Subsidiary) or assets.

 

(b)                                  Any Lien created for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall automatically and unconditionally be released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Primary Lien, without any further action on the part of any Person.

 

Section 6.04                              Asset Sales .  The Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

(i)                                      the Parent (or the Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold, leased, transferred, conveyed or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(ii)                                   at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Parent or such Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets, or a combination thereof.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of this Section 6.04, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

(i)                                      any liabilities of the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries, as shown on the Parent’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and with respect to which the Parent or such Subsidiary is released from further liability;

 

(ii)                                   any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Parent or any such Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Parent or such Subsidiary into cash within 365 days of the consummation of such Asset Sale (subject to ordinary settlement periods), to the extent of the cash received in that conversion;

 

(iii)                                any Voting Stock or assets referred to in clauses (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of this Section 6.04; and

 

(iv)                               any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Parent or such Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Parent’s Board of Directors), taken together with all other Designated

 

92



 

Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iv) that is at such time outstanding, not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $250,000,000 and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

(c)                                   Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Parent or such Subsidiary may apply those Net Cash Proceeds at its option:

 

(i)                                      to repay the loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or the Loans in accordance with Section 2.11;

 

(ii)                                   to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business;

 

(iii)                                to make any capital expenditures or to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; or

 

(iv)                               any combination of the foregoing.

 

In the case of each of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, the entry into a definitive agreement to acquire such assets within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Cash Proceeds from the date of such agreement so long as the Parent or such Subsidiary enters into such agreement with the good faith expectation that such Net Cash Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of the date of such agreement and such Net Cash Proceeds are actually so applied within such period.

 

Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement or otherwise invest the Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Subject to prior prepayment of any loans under the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, any Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 6.04(c) will constitute “ Excess Proceeds ”.  When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $200,000,000, the Borrower shall make an offer to all Lenders and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries that is pari passu with the Obligations (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”) to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to prepay or purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Loans and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is in an amount equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds.  The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash.  The Borrower will commence an Asset Sale Offer within 10 Business Days after the date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $200,000,000 by delivering the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, with a copy to the Administrative Agent.

 

93



 

(e)                                   If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Borrower may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement.  If the aggregate principal amount of Loans and Pari Passu Indebtedness accepted for prepayment or validly and properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Administrative Agent shall select the Loans and the Borrower shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be prepaid or purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Loans or such Pari Passu Indebtedness accepted for prepayment or tendered.  Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.

 

Section 6.05                              Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .  Directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to:

 

(a)                                  pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Equity Interests to the Parent or any Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Parent or any other Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                  make any loans or advances to the Parent or any other Subsidiary;

 

(c)                                   transfer any of its properties or assets to the Parent or any other Subsidiary; or

 

(d)                                  guarantee the Parent’s or any Subsidiary’s Indebtedness.

 

However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)                                      this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   any Credit Facility (including the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) and any other agreements in effect on the Closing Date or subsequent agreements relating to such Indebtedness of the Parent or any Subsidiary and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Closing Date unless in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, such restrictions are not likely to result in the Borrower being unable to make scheduled payments of principal and interest hereunder as they come due;

 

(iii)                                applicable law, rules, regulations and orders;

 

(iv)                               any instrument governing Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person acquired by the Parent or any Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the

 

94



 

Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be incurred;

 

(v)                                  customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, licenses and leases entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi)                               purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (c) of this Section 6.05;

 

(vii)                            any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Subsidiary or all or substantially all of its assets that restricts distributions of assets by, or Equity Interests of, that Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

(viii)                         Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(ix)                               Liens permitted to be incurred under Section 6.03 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(x)                                  restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers (including governmental entities) under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi)                               provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, Asset Sale agreements, sale and leaseback transactions, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or with the approval of the Parent’s or Borrower’s Board of Directors (as applicable), which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements;

 

(xii)                            any encumbrance or restriction on the Parent’s ability or the ability of any Subsidiary to transfer its interest in any Investment not prohibited by Section 6.02 hereof;

 

(xiii)                         customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of, or in licenses related to, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property and contained in agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiv)                        any other agreement governing Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests entered into after the Closing Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not more restrictive than would be permitted by clause (ii) of this paragraph;

 

(xv)                           restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Parent or

 

95



 

the Borrower (as applicable), are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Financing; and

 

(xvi)                        agreements pursuant to any tax sharing arrangement between the Parent and any one or more of direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Parent.

 

Section 6.06                              Transactions with Affiliates .  Make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Parent’s or the Subsidiaries’ respective properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate involving aggregate payments of consideration in excess of $25,000,000 (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:

 

(a)                                  the Affiliate Transaction is on terms taken as a whole that are no less favorable to the Parent or the relevant Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Parent or such Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

(b)                                  with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Parent set forth in a certificate of an Authorized Officer certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 6.06 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the Parent’s Board of Directors (and, if any, a majority of the disinterested members of the Parent’s Board of Directors with respect to such transaction).

 

The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

 

(A)                                any customary consulting or employment agreement or arrangement, benefit arrangement or plan, incentive compensation plan, stock option or stock ownership plan, employee benefit plan, severance or termination arrangements, expense reimbursement arrangements, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries for the benefit of the Parent’s or such Subsidiary’s directors, officers, employees and consultants and payments and transactions pursuant thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(B)                                transactions between or among the Parent and/or the Subsidiaries;

 

(C)                                payment of reasonable directors compensation and indemnification costs permitted by the Parent’s and the Subsidiaries’ organizational documents for the benefit of directors, officers and employees, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(D)                                Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 6.02;

 

96



 

(E)                                 any agreement (including any certificate of designations relating to Equity Interests) as in effect as of the Closing Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date;

 

(F)                                  the granting or performance of customary registration rights in respect of restricted Equity Interests held or acquired by Affiliates;

 

(G)                                loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $40,000,000 in the aggregate amount at any one time outstanding;

 

(H)                               the consummation of the Transactions and the payment of all fees, expenses and other amounts, and the performance of all obligations of the Parent and the Subsidiaries, in connection therewith;

 

(I)                                    transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Parent or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, determined in good faith by the Parent, that those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Parent;

 

(J)                                    the issuance or repurchase of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Parent to any Affiliate of the Parent; and

 

(K)                               licenses of, or other grants of rights to use, intellectual property granted by the Parent or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 6.07                              Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets .

 

(a)                                  Solely with respect to the Borrower, directly or indirectly:  (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Borrower is the surviving entity) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey (not including any conveyance, if any, resulting solely from the creation of any Lien, unless remedies are exercised in connection therewith) or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person or Persons, unless:

 

(i)                                      either:  (x) the Borrower is the surviving entity; or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of any member of the European Union as in effect on December 31, 2003, Switzerland, Canada, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

97



 

(ii)                                   the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents pursuant to an agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(iii)                                immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(iv)                               the Borrower or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (1) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 6.01(a) or (2) the Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not be less than the Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions.

 

In addition, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

The Person formed by or surviving any consolidation or merger (if other than the Borrower) will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Borrower under this Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall not be released in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its assets.

 

Clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 6.07(a) will not apply to:

 

(A)                                a merger of the Borrower with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Borrower in another jurisdiction; or

 

(B)                                any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Solely with respect to the Parent, directly or indirectly:  (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Parent is the surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey (not including any conveyance, if any, resulting solely from the creation of any Lien, unless remedies are exercised in connection therewith) or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Parent or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person or Persons, unless:

 

(i)                                      the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all of the obligations of the

 

98



 

Parent under the Loan Documents pursuant to an agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(ii)                                   immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(iii)                                the Parent or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Parent), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (1) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 6.01(a) or (2) the Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not be less than the Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions.

 

In addition, the Parent and its Subsidiaries may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

Clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section 6.07(b) will not apply to:

 

(A)                                a merger of the Parent with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Parent in another jurisdiction; or

 

(B)                                any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 6.08                              Centre of Main Interests and Establishments .  If such Loan Party’s jurisdiction is in a member state of the European Union, deliberately change its “centre of main interest” (as that term is used in the Regulation) in a manner that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.09                              Financial Assistance .  Fail to comply, where applicable, in all respects with any financial assistance legislation in any Relevant Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, under Section 60 of the Companies Act of Ireland, 1963 or Section 31 of the Companies Acts of Ireland, 1990 (each, as amended)), including as related to payment of amounts due under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.10                              Amendments to Senior Secured Credit Agreement .  Agree to  any amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement that would be materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders.

 

Section 6.11                              Suspension of Certain Covenants .  If on any date following the Closing Date (i) the Loans have an Investment Grade Rating from either Rating Agency, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant

 

99



 

Suspension Event ”), then the Borrower, Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following covenants (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”):

 

(a)                                  clause (d) of Section 6.04 (Asset Sales);

 

(b)                                  Section 6.02 (Restricted Payments);

 

(c)                                   Section 6.01 (Indebtedness; Disqualified and Preferred Stock);

 

(d)                                  clause (d) of the first paragraph of Section 6.07 (Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets);

 

(e)                                   Section 6.06 (Transactions with Affiliates);

 

(f)                                    Section 6.05 (Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries); and

 

(g)                                   Section 5.17 (Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

 

In the event that the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events, including, without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (b) above.

 

The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “ Suspension Period ”. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero. In the event of any such reinstatement of the Suspended Covenants, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Parent or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 6.02 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period (provided that no Subsidiaries may be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period) and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Equity Interests or preferred stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(ii).

 

ARTICLE VII.
GUARANTY

 

Section 7.01                              Guaranty of the Obligations .  Each Guarantor jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranties to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations of the Borrower when the same shall become due and payable, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment,

 

100



 

declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)) (the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).

 

Section 7.02                              Contribution by Guarantors .  The Guarantors (respectively, the “ Contributing Guarantors ”) desire to allocate among themselves, in a fair and equitable manner, the Guaranteed Obligations, respectively, arising under this Guaranty.  Accordingly, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by a Guarantor (a “ Funding Guarantor ”) under this Guaranty such that its Aggregate Payments exceed its Fair Share as of such date, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from each of the other Contributing Guarantors in an amount sufficient to cause each Contributing Guarantor’s Aggregate Payments to equal its Fair Share as of such date.  “ Fair Share ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the ratio of (i) the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to such Contributing Guarantor to (ii) the aggregate of the Fair Share Contribution Amounts with respect to all Contributing Guarantors multiplied by (b) the aggregate amount paid or distributed on or before such date by all Funding Guarantors under this Guaranty in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.  “ Fair Share Contribution Amount ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations of such Contributing Guarantor under this Guaranty that would not render its obligations hereunder or thereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any comparable applicable provisions of any Debtor Relief Law; provided , that solely for purposes of calculating the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to any Contributing Guarantor for purposes of this Section 7.02, any assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor arising by virtue of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification or any rights to or obligations of contribution hereunder shall not be considered as assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor.  “ Aggregate Payments ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (A) the aggregate amount of all payments and distributions made on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor in respect of this Guaranty (including in respect of this Section 7.02), minus (B) the aggregate amount of all payments received on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor from the other Contributing Guarantors as contributions under this Section 7.02.  The amounts payable as contributions hereunder shall be determined as of the date on which the related payment or distribution is made by the applicable Funding Guarantor.  The allocation among the Contributing Guarantors of their obligations as set forth in this Section 7.02 shall not be construed in any way to limit the liability of any Contributing Guarantor hereunder.  Each Guarantor is a third party beneficiary to the contribution agreement set forth in this Section 7.02.

 

Section 7.03                              Payment by Guarantors .  The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Lender may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of the Borrower to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a) or any comparable provision of any other Debtor Relief Law), the Guarantors shall upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, an amount equal to the

 

101



 

sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for the Borrower’s becoming the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Debtor Relief Law, would have accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against the Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy case or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then owed to the Lenders, as aforesaid.

 

Section 7.04                              Liability of Guarantors Absolute .  Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a Guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations.  In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees as follows:

 

(a)                                  this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability.  This Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

 

(b)                                  the Administrative Agent may enforce this Guaranty upon the occurrence of an Event of Default notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between the Borrower and any Lender with respect to the existence of such Event of Default;

 

(c)                                   the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Borrower and the obligations of any other Guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the obligations of the Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against the Borrower or any of such other Guarantors and whether or not the Borrower is joined in any such action or actions;

 

(d)                                  payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations;

 

(e)                                   any Lender, upon such terms as it deems appropriate, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request

 

102



 

and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; and (v) exercise any other rights available to it under the Loan Documents; and

 

(f)                                    this Guaranty and the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them:  (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Loan Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the terms hereof or such Loan Document or any agreement relating to such other guaranty; (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Loan Documents) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Lender might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) any Lender’s consent to the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Group Member and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vi) any defenses, set-offs or counterclaims which the Borrower may allege or assert against the Administrative Agent or any Lender in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury; (vii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; and (viii) any action that the Lenders may take in relation to the approval of a composition of creditors ( convenio ) in an insolvency proceeding of the Borrower, including any vote in favor of such composition of creditors.

 

Section 7.05                              Waivers by Guarantors .  Each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of the Lenders:  (a) any right to require any Lender, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (i) proceed against the Borrower, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Lender in favor of the Borrower or any other Person, or (iii) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Lender whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other Guarantor including any defense based

 

103



 

on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Borrower or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full of the applicable Guaranteed Obligations; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Lender’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or Lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to the Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 7.04 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (g) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof.

 

Section 7.06                              Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc .  Until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full, each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including (a) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations and (b) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Lender now has or may hereafter have against the Borrower.  In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full, each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations (including any such right of contribution as contemplated by Section 7.02).  Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against the Borrower, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Lender may have against the Borrower and to any right any Lender may have against such other guarantor.  If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all applicable Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been finally and indefeasibly paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders to be credited and applied

 

104



 

against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Section 7.07                              Subordination of Other Obligations .  Any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor (the “ Obligee Guarantor ”) is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such Indebtedness collected or received by the Obligee Guarantor after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be held in trust for the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid over to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of the Obligee Guarantor under any other provision hereof.

 

Section 7.08                              Continuing Guaranty .  This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full.  Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 7.09                              Authority of Guarantors or the Borrower .  It is not necessary for the Administrative Agent or any Lender to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or the Borrower or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

 

Section 7.10                              Financial Condition of the Borrower .  Any Credit Extension may be made to the Borrower or continued from time to time without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of the Borrower at the time of any such grant or continuation, as the case may be.  No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of the Borrower.  Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from the Borrower on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of the Borrower and its ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations.  Each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Lender to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of the Borrower now known or hereafter known by any Lender.

 

Section 7.11                              Bankruptcy, Etc .

 

(a)                                  So long as any Guaranteed Obligations remain outstanding, no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent acting pursuant to the instructions of Required Lenders, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, examinership or insolvency case (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law) or proceeding of or against the Borrower or any other Guarantor.  The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding (or analogous proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, examinership, liquidation or arrangement of the

 

105



 

Borrower or any other Guarantor or by any defense which the Borrower or any other Guarantor may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

 

(b)                                  Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in clause (a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and Lenders that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve the Borrower of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations.  Guarantors shall permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person under any Debtor Relief Law to pay the Administrative Agent, or allow the claim of the Administrative Agent in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

 

(c)                                   In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by the Borrower, the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) is rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Lender as a preference, fraudulent preference, fraudulent disposition, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder.

 

Section 7.12                              Discharge of Guaranty Upon Sale of Guarantor .  If all of the Equity Interests of any Guarantor or any of its successors in interest hereunder shall be sold or otherwise disposed of (including by merger or consolidation) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, the Guaranty of such Guarantor or such successor in interest, as the case may be, hereunder shall automatically be discharged and released without any further action by any Lender or any other Person effective as of the time of such Asset Sale.

 

Section 7.13                              Spanish Guarantor Limitations .  In respect of a Spanish Loan Party, the guarantee under this Article VII does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Sections 143.2 and 150 of the Spanish Companies Act ( Ley de Sociedades de Capital ).

 

Section 7.14                              Keepwell .  Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by any other Loan Party hereunder to honor all of such Loan Party’s obligations under this Guaranty in respect of Swap Obligations ( provided , however , that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 7.14 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 7.14, or otherwise under this Guaranty, as it relates to such Loan Party, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount).  The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in

 

106



 

full force and effect until the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled.  Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 7.14 constitute, and this Section 7.14 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

ARTICLE VIII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 8.01                              Events of Default .  If any one or more of the following conditions or events occur on or after the Closing Date:

 

(a)                                  Failure to Make Payments When Due .  Failure by the Borrower to pay (i) when due any installment of principal of any Loan, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; or (ii) any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount due hereunder within five (5) Business Days after the date due; or

 

(b)                                  Default Under Other Agreements .  (i) Failure of the Parent or any Subsidiaries to pay when due any scheduled installment of principal payable in respect of one or more items of Material Indebtedness (other than Material Indebtedness referred to in Section 8.01(a)) beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor; or (ii) breach or default by the Parent or any Subsidiaries with respect to any other material term of (A) one or more items of Material Indebtedness in the individual or aggregate principal amounts referred to in clause (i) above or (B) any agreement, bond, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to such item(s) of Material Indebtedness, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor, if the result of such breach or default is the acceleration of such Material Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; provided , however , where (i) neither the Parent nor any Subsidiary has general liability with respect to such Indebtedness, and (ii) the creditor has agreed in writing that such creditor’s recourse is solely to specified assets or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be the lesser of (x) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, and (y) the fair market value of such specified assets to which the creditor has recourse; or

 

(c)                                   Breach of Certain Covenants .  Failure of any Loan Party to perform or comply with any term or condition contained in Section 6.07, Section 6.04(d) or Article XI; or

 

(d)                                  Breach of Representations, Etc . (i) Any representation or warranty in Article IV had such been made by any Loan Party on the Closing Date, would have been inaccurate in any material respect (provided that such inaccuracy will not be an Event of Default hereunder if within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date reasonable steps are being taken to remedy such inaccuracy and such inaccuracy is actually remedied within such period) or (ii) any representation, warranty, certification or other statement made or deemed made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document or in any statement or certificate at any time given by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in writing pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or

 

107



 

therewith shall be false in any material respect as of the date made or deemed made or, to the extent that any such representation, warranty, certification or other statement is already qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, such representation, warranty, certification or other statement shall be false in any respect as of the date made or deemed made; or

 

(e)                                   Other Defaults Under Loan Documents .  Any Loan Party shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Loan Documents, other than any such term referred to in any other paragraph of this Section 8.01, and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Borrower of notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

 

(f)                                    Involuntary Bankruptcy, Appointment of Receiver, Creditor’s Process, Etc . A court of competent jurisdiction enters an order, decree or judgment under any Debtor Relief Law that:

 

(A)                                is for relief against the Parent or any Material Company or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material Company, in an involuntary case;

 

(B)                                appoints a custodian of the Parent or any of its Material Companies or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material Company, for all or substantially all of the property of the Parent or any Material Company or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material Company; or

 

(C)                                orders the liquidation of the Parent or any Material Company or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material Company; and

 

the order, decree or judgment remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

(g)                                   Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc . The Parent or any Subsidiary that is a Material Company or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material Company, pursuant to or within the meaning of Debtor Relief Law:

 

(A)                                commences a voluntary case,

 

(B)                                consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(C)                                makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;  or

 

(D)                                generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

 

(h)                                  Judgments and Attachments .  Failure by the Parent or any Material Company, or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material

 

108



 

Company to pay final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction an amount in excess of $250,000,000 individually or in the aggregate at any time (to the extent not covered by insurance), which judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or

 

(i)                                      Guaranties and other Loan Documents .  At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) except as permitted by this Agreement, any Guaranty of a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall deny or disaffirm in writing its obligations under its Guarantee or (ii) this Agreement ceases to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of the satisfaction in full of the Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void;

 

THEN , (a) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.01(f) or 8.01(g) with respect to any Group Member organized under the laws of a state of the United States, automatically, and (b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, at the request of (or with the consent of) Required Lenders, (i) each of the following shall immediately become due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Loan Party:  (A) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Loans and (B) all other Obligations and (ii)  the Administrative Agent may exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or under applicable law or in equity.

 

ARTICLE IX.
AGENTS

 

Section 9.01                              Appointment of Administrative Agent .  DBCI is hereby appointed the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes DBCI to act as the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents.  The Administrative Agent hereby agrees to act in its capacity as such upon the express conditions contained herein and the other Loan Documents, as applicable.  The provisions of this Article IX (other than as expressly provided herein) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and no Loan Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Article IX (other than as expressly provided herein).  In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for any Group Member.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document, each of the Arrangers and the Bookrunners are named as such for recognition purposes only, and in their respective capacities as such shall have no duties, responsibilities or liabilities with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; it being understood and agreed that each of the Arrangers and the Bookrunners shall be entitled to all indemnification

 

109



 

and reimbursement rights in favor of the Administrative Agent provided herein and in the other Loan Documents and all of the other benefits of this Article IX.

 

Section 9.02                              Powers and Duties .  Each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto.  In the event that any obligations (other than the Obligations) are permitted to be incurred hereunder, each Lender authorizes the Administrative Agent to enter into intercreditor agreements, subordination agreements and amendments to the Loan Documents to reflect such arrangements on terms acceptable to the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are expressly specified herein and the other Loan Documents.  The Administrative Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its agents or employees.  The Administrative Agent shall not have, by reason hereof or any of the other Loan Documents, a fiduciary relationship or other implied duties in respect of any Lender, any Loan Party or any other Person; and nothing herein or any of the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon the Administrative Agent any obligations in respect hereof or any of the other Loan Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under the agency doctrine of any applicable law.  Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

 

Section 9.03                              General Immunity .

 

(a)                                  No Responsibility for Certain Matters .  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency hereof or any other Loan Document, or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders or by or on behalf of any Loan Party or to any Lender in connection with the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or business affairs of any Loan Party or any other Person liable for the payment of any Obligations, nor shall the Administrative Agent be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Loan Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or as to the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or as to the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III or elsewhere herein (other than confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent) or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Group Member or to make any disclosures with respect to the foregoing.  Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Loans or the component amounts thereof.

 

110



 

(b)                                  Exculpatory Provisions .  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders (i) for any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent (A) under or in connection with any of the Loan Documents or (B) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement) except to the extent caused by the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) for any failure of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  The Administrative Agent shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose or be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Parent or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Loan Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 10.05) and, upon receipt of such instructions from Required Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions and shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law.  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (x) the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for a Group Member), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (y) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 10.05).

 

(c)                                   Delegation of Duties .  The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by it and to grant an exemption from any restrictions to any sub-delegate.  Each of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates.  The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of this Section 9.03 and of Section 9.06 shall apply to any of the Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent.  All of the rights, benefits, and privileges (including the exculpatory and indemnification provisions) of this Section 9.03 and of Section 9.06 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of any

 

111



 

such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities as sub-agent as if such sub-agent and Affiliates were named herein.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent, (i) such sub-agent shall be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly, without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all of Loan Parties and the Lenders, (ii) such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) shall not be modified or amended without the consent of such sub-agent, and (iii) such sub-agent shall only have obligations to the Administrative Agent and not to any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person and no Loan Party, Lender or any other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, against such sub-agent.

 

(d)                                  Notice of Default or Event of Default .  The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written notice describing such Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent by a Loan Party or a Lender.  In the event that the Administrative Agent shall receive such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders, provided that failure to give such notice shall not result in any liability on the part of the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 9.04                              Administrative Agent Entitled to Act as Lender .  The agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder.  With respect to its participation in the Loans, the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it hereunder, and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity.  The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with the Parent or any of its Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.  The Lenders acknowledge that pursuant to such activities, the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them.

 

Section 9.05                              Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment .  (a) Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Group in connection with Credit Extensions hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Group.  The Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and the

 

112



 

Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement or an Assignment Agreement and funding its Loan on the Closing Date shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by the Administrative Agent, Required Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Closing Date.

 

Section 9.06                              Right to Indemnity .  Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent to the extent that the Administrative Agent shall not have been reimbursed by any Loan Party (and without limiting its obligation to do so), for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or otherwise in its capacity as Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided , that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  If any indemnity furnished to the Administrative Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, the Administrative Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided , that in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify the Administrative Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided , further , that this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify the Administrative Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

Section 9.07                              Successor Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall have the right to resign at any time by giving prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower.  The Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a financial institution to act as the Administrative Agent hereunder, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Borrower and the Required Lenders and so long as such successor Administrative Agent shall be either one of the Lenders or a commercial banking institution organized under the laws of the United States (or any State thereof) or a United States branch or agency of a commercial banking institution, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, and the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective on the earlier of (a) the acceptance of such successor Administrative Agent by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or (b) the thirtieth day after such notice of resignation.  Upon any such notice of resignation, if a successor Administrative Agent has not already been appointed by the retiring Administrative Agent, Required Lenders shall have the right, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Borrower, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent.  If neither Required Lenders nor the Administrative Agent have appointed

 

113



 

a successor Administrative Agent, then the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have succeeded to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring the Administrative Agent.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 9.07 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent hereunder.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall promptly transfer to such successor Administrative Agent all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.

 

Section 9.08                              Release of Guarantees, Termination of Loan Documents. Release of Guarantees, Termination of Loan Documents .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, upon the Discharge of Obligations and upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender) take such actions as shall be required to release all guarantee obligations provided for in any Loan Document.  Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, examinership, receivership or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor, liquidator, examiner or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

(b)                                  Powers of Attorney .  At the request of the Administrative Agent, which request may be made from time to time, each of the Lenders party hereto agrees to execute and grant a power of attorney in favor of (and in form and substance satisfactory to) the Administrative Agent to the extent necessary under local law in order to give effect to the provisions of this Section 9.08.  To the extent a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that it is prohibited by its governing documents or by requirements of law from providing such power of attorney, and the Administrative Agent determines that documentation executed by such Lender is reasonably necessary to effectuate the provisions of this Section 9.08, each such Lender undertakes for so long as it is Lender to join the Administrative Agent (as requested by the Administrative Agent) in any action to give effect to the provisions of this Section 9.08 and for the avoidance of doubt, such Lender shall abide by and act, or refrain from acting, in accordance with, any decision of the Lenders made in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Section 9.09                              Withholding Taxes .To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax.  If any payment has been made to any Lender by the Administrative Agent without the applicable withholding Tax being withheld from such payment and the Administrative Agent has paid over the applicable withholding Tax to the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority, or the Internal Revenue Service or any

 

114



 

other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

 

Section 9.10                              Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .In case of the pendency of any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law or any other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders (including fees, disbursements and other expenses of counsel) allowed in such judicial proceeding and (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same.  Any custodian, receiver, examiner, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of such Person or in any such proceeding.

 

Section 9.11                              Administrative Agent’s “Know Your Customer” Requirements .Each Lender shall promptly, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, provide such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (for itself) in order for the Administrative Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents.

 

ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.01                       Notices .

 

(a)                                  Notices Generally .  Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given to a Loan Party or the Administrative Agent, shall be sent to such Person’s address as set forth on Schedule 10.01(a)  or in the other relevant Loan Document, and in the case of any Lender, the address as indicated on Schedule 10.01(a)  or otherwise indicated to the Administrative Agent in writing.  Except as otherwise set forth in paragraph (b) below, each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served or sent by telefacsimile or United States mail or courier service or by ordinary or registered post and shall be deemed to

 

115



 

have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile, ordinary or registered post, or three (3) Business Days after depositing it in the ordinary or prepaid post or United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided , that no notice to the Administrative Agent shall be effective until received by the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that any such notice or other communication shall at the request of the Administrative Agent be provided to any sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 9.03(c) hereto as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Electronic Communications .

 

(i)                                      Notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided , further , that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.  Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (A) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment); provided , that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient and (B) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (A) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

(ii)                                   Each Loan Party understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Administrative Agent, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(iii)                                The Platform and any Approved Electronic Communications are provided “as is” and “as available”.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives (the “ Agent Affiliates ”) warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of the Approved Electronic Communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and the Approved Electronic Communications.  No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness

 

116



 

for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Agent Affiliates in connection with the Platform or the Approved Electronic Communications.  Each party hereto agrees that the Administrative Agent has no responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services or any testing required in connection with any Approved Electronic Communication or otherwise required for the Platform.  In no event shall the Administrative Agent nor any of the Agent Affiliates have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender or any other Person for damages of any kind, whether or not based on strict liability and including (A) direct damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any such Person if found in a final ruling by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or (B) indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages.

 

(iv)                               Each Loan Party, each Lender and the Administrative Agent agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

 

(v)                                  All uses of the Platform shall be governed by and subject to, in addition to this Section 10.01, separate terms and conditions posted or referenced in such Platform and related agreements executed by the Lenders and their Affiliates in connection with the use of such Platform.

 

(vi)                               Any notice of Default or Event of Default may be provided by telephonic notice if confirmed promptly thereafter by delivery of written notice thereof.

 

(c)                                   Change of Address .  Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

(d)                                  Tax Forms .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 10.01, forms required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.14(c) shall be delivered in the manner required by law.

 

Section 10.02                       Expenses .  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower agrees to pay promptly (a) all the actual and reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Loan Documents (including all costs incurred in connection with the Platform) and any consents, amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications thereto; (b) all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for the Borrower or the other Loan Parties; (c) the reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications thereto and any other documents or matters requested by the Borrower; provided , that reasonable attorney’s fees shall be limited to one primary counsel and, if reasonably required by the

 

117



 

Administrative Agent, local or specialist counsel, provided further that no such limitation shall apply if counsel for the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that there is a conflict of interest that requires separate representation for any Lender; (d) all the actual costs and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers; (e) all other actual and reasonable documented costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the syndication of the Loans and Commitments and the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and any consents, amendments, supplements, waivers or other modifications thereto; and (f) all documented costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in enforcing any Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from any Loan Party hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (including in connection with the enforcement of the Guaranty) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work-out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy cases or proceedings.  All amounts due under this Section 10.02 shall be due and payable within fifteen (15) Business Days after demand therefor.

 

Section 10.03                       Indemnity .  (a) In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 10.02, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Loan Party agrees to defend (subject to Indemnitees’ rights to selection of counsel), indemnify, pay and hold harmless, the Administrative Agent and each Arranger, Bookrunner and Lender and the officers, partners, members, directors, trustees, shareholders, advisors, employees, representatives, attorneys, controlling persons, agents, sub-agents and Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and each Arranger, Bookrunner and Lender, as well as the respective heirs, successors and assigns of the foregoing (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided , that no Loan Party shall have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of that Indemnitee, in each case, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.03 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any law or public policy, the applicable Loan Party shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against the Administrative Agent and each Arranger, Bookrunner and Lender and their respective Affiliates, officers, partners, members, directors, trustees, shareholders, advisors, employees, representatives, attorneys, controlling persons, agents and sub-agents on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contract, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, as a result of or in any way related to this Agreement or any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the transmission of information through the Internet, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and each Loan Party hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or

 

118



 

suspected to exist in its favor.  No Indemnitee referred to above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(c)                                   All amounts due under this Section 10.03 shall be due and payable within fifteen (15) days after demand therefor.

 

Section 10.04                       Set-Off .  In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default each Lender is hereby authorized by each Loan Party at any time or from time to time subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), without notice to any Loan Party or to any other Person (other than the Administrative Agent), any such notice being hereby expressly waived to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (time or demand, provisional or final, general or special, including Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not including trust accounts) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party to such Lender hereunder, including all claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected hereto or with any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not (a) such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or (b) the principal of or the interest on the Loans or any other amounts due hereunder shall have become due and payable pursuant to Article II and although such obligations and liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent, and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.

 

Section 10.05                       Amendments and Waivers .

 

(a)                                  Required Lenders’ Consent .  Subject to the additional requirements of Sections 10.05(b) and 10.05(c), no amendment, supplement, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of the Required Lenders (delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to the applicable amendment, supplement, modification, termination or waiver by facsimile or other electronic transmission will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof); provided , that any Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” for purposes of calculating the Required Lenders (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Loan Documents.

 

119



 

(b)                                  Affected Lenders’ Consent .  Without the written consent of each Lender that would be directly and adversely affected thereby, no amendment, supplement, modification, termination, or consent shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

 

(i)                                      extend the scheduled final maturity of any Loan or Note;

 

(ii)                                   waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment (but not prepayment) of principal;

 

(iii)                                reduce the rate of interest on any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any Loan pursuant to Section 2.06) or any fee or any premium payable hereunder (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the Default Rate in Section 2.06 or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate);

 

(iv)                               change the definition of Conversion Date or add restrictions on the right to exchange Loans for Senior Exchange Notes pursuant to Section 11.02;

 

(v)                                  waive or extend the time for payment of any such interest, fees or premiums;

 

(vi)                               reduce or forgive the principal amount of any Loan;

 

(vii)                            amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 2.10(a), 2.10(b), Section 2.11, Section 2.13, this Section 10.05(b), Section 10.05(c) or any other provision of this Agreement that expressly provides that the consent of all Lenders is required;

 

(viii)                         consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document except as expressly provided in any Loan Document;

 

(ix)                               amend the definition of “Required Lenders” or amend Section 10.5(a) in a manner that has the same effect as an amendment to such definition or the definition of “Pro Rata Share”;

 

(x)                                  release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from the Guaranty except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents;

 

(xi)                               amend or modify any provision of any Loan Document relating to priority or subordination of the Commitments;

 

(xii)                            permit any change to the Borrower or the Guarantors other than as expressly provided in this Agreement;

 

(xiii)                         amend or modify any provision of Section 10.06 in a manner that further restricts assignments thereunder; or

 

120


 


 

(xiv)        change the stated currency in which the Borrower is required to make payments of principal, interest, fees or other amounts hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

 

provided , that for the avoidance of doubt, all Lenders shall be deemed directly and adversely affected thereby with respect to any amendment described in clause (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi) or (xiv).

 

(c)           Other Consents .  No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall:

 

(i)            increase any Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect or extend the outside date for such Commitment without the consent of such Lender; provided , that no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, covenant, Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to constitute an increase in any Commitment of any Lender;

 

(ii)           amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Article IX as the same applies to the Administrative Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of the Administrative Agent, in each case without the consent of the Administrative Agent; or

 

(iii)          except to the extent expressly addressed in another clause of this Section 10.05, amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision hereof that would materially, disproportionately and adversely affect the obligation of the Borrower to make payment of Loans without the consent of Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate Loans of all Lenders.

 

(d)           Other Amendments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.05:

 

(i)            if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an obvious or manifest error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof; and

 

(ii)           if, at any time, the Borrower requests that the schedules to this Agreement be amended (or new schedules added) to reflect immaterial changes or changes of a clean-up nature, such schedules may be amended or added with the consent of the Administrative Agent (and without the consent of any other party to any Loan Document).

 

(e)           Execution of Amendments, Etc . The Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, supplements,

 

121



 

modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender; provided that, with respect to amendments, supplements, modifications, waivers or consents requiring the approval of a Lender which has notified the Administrative Agent in writing at the time of such amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or consent that it is unable to permit the Administrative Agent to execute on its behalf, the Administrative Agent shall not execute such amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or consent on behalf of such Lender and provided further that any such limitation with respect to such Lender shall not affect the ability of the Administrative Agent to so execute on behalf of any other Lenders or, for the avoidance of doubt, the effectiveness of any amendment, supplement, modification, waiver or consent with respect to which the applicable consents have been received.  Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.  No notice to or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.  Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 10.05 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by the Borrower, on the Loan Parties.

 

Section 10.06       Successors and Assigns; Participations .

 

(a)           Generally .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders.  No Loan Party’s rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any Loan Party without the prior written consent of all Lenders (and any purported assignment or delegation without such consent shall be null and void).

 

(b)           Register .  The Borrower, each Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding Commitments and Loans listed therein for all purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Commitment or Loan shall be effective, in each case, unless and until recorded in the Register following receipt of a fully executed Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer thereof, together with the required forms and certificates regarding Tax matters and any fees payable in connection with such assignment, in each case, as provided in Section 10.06(d).  Each assignment shall be recorded in the Register promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of the fully executed Assignment Agreement and all other necessary documents and approvals, prompt notice thereof shall be provided to the Borrower and a copy of such Assignment Agreement shall be maintained, as applicable.  The date of such recordation of a transfer shall be referred to herein as the “ Assignment Effective Date .”  Any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the corresponding Commitments or Loans.

 

(c)           Right to Assign .  Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell, assign or transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including all or a portion of its Commitment or Loans owing to it or other Obligations ( provided , that pro rata assignments shall not be required and each assignment shall be of a uniform, and not varying,

 

122



 

percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of any applicable Loan and any related Commitments):

 

(i)            to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” upon consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

 

(ii)           to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (d) or (e) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” upon consent of the Administrative Agent and the giving of notice to the Borrower; provided , further that each such assignment pursuant to this Section 10.06(c)(ii) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Loans of the assigning Lender); provided , that the Related Funds of any individual Lender may aggregate their Loans for purposes of determining compliance with such minimum assignment amounts.

 

(d)           Mechanics .  Assignments and assumptions of Loans and Commitments by Lenders shall be effected by manual execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of an Assignment Agreement.  Assignments made pursuant to the foregoing provision shall be effective as of the Assignment Effective Date.  In connection with all assignments there shall be delivered to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to Tax withholding matters as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver pursuant to Section 2.14(c), together with payment to the Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $3,500 (except that no such registration and processing fee shall be payable (i) in connection with an assignment elected or caused by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.15, (ii) in connection with an assignment by or to DBCI or any Affiliate thereof or (iii) in the case of an Assignee which is already a Lender or is an Affiliate or Related Fund of a Lender or a Person under common management with a Lender).

 

(e)           Representations and Warranties of Assignee .  Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments and Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date or as of the Assignment Effective Date, as applicable, that:  (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments or loans such as the applicable Commitments or Loans, as the case may be; and (iii) it shall make or invest in, as the case may be, its Commitments or Loans for its own account in the ordinary course and without a view to distribution of such Commitments or Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.06, the disposition of such Commitments or Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

 

(f)            Lender Status Confirmation .  Each Lender upon succeeding to an interest in the Loans shall indicate, in the Assignment Agreement which it executes on becoming a party, and for the benefit of the Borrower, which of the following categories it falls into: (i) not a Qualifying Lender; (ii) a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender); or (iii) a Treaty

 

123



 

Lender.  Each such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower if there is any change in their position as a Qualifying Lender.

 

(g)           Effect of Assignment .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 10.06, as of the “Assignment Effective Date” (i) the assignee thereunder shall have the rights and obligations of a “Lender” hereunder to the extent of its interest in the Loans and Commitments as reflected in the Register and shall thereafter be a party hereto and a “Lender” for all purposes hereof; (ii) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to the assignee, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the termination hereof, including under Section 10.08) and be released from its obligations hereunder (and, in the case of an assignment covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto on the Assignment Effective Date; provided , that anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, such assigning Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of all indemnities hereunder as specified herein with respect to matters arising out of the prior involvement of such assigning Lender as a Lender hereunder); (iii) the Commitments shall be modified to reflect any Commitment of such assignee, if any; and (iv) if any such assignment occurs after the issuance of any Note hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its applicable Notes to the Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon the Borrower shall issue and deliver new Notes, if so requested by the assignee and/or assigning Lender, to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new outstanding Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply the requirements of this Section 10.06 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.06(h).  Any assignment by a Lender pursuant to this Section 10.06 shall not in any way constitute or be deemed to constitute a novation, discharge, rescission, extinguishment or substitution of the Indebtedness hereunder, and any Indebtedness so assigned shall continue to be the same obligation and not a new obligation.

 

(h)           Participations .

 

(i)            Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell one or more participations to any Person (other than any Group Member or any of their respective Affiliates) in all or any part of its Commitments, Loans or in any other Obligation.

 

(ii)           The holder of any such participation, other than an Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except with respect to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (A) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan or Note in which such participant is participating or the amortization schedule therefor, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the participant’s participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that

 

124



 

an increase in any Commitment or Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof), (B) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (C) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents) supporting the Loans hereunder in which such participant is participating.

 

(iii)          The Borrower agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.13 and 2.14 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section; provided , that such participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.14 as though it were a Lender (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.14 shall be delivered to the participating Lender); provided further , that (A) a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.13 or 2.14 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such participant without the Borrower’s prior written consent; provided , further , that except as specifically set forth herein, nothing herein shall require any notice to the Borrower or any other Person in connection with the sale of any participation.  To the extent permitted by law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.04 as though it were a Lender; provided , that such participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

 

(iv)          Each Lender that sells a participation shall maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts of each participant’s interest in the Commitments, Loans and other Obligations held by it (the “ Participant Register ”).  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such Commitments, Loans and other Obligations as the owner thereof for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  Any such Participant Register shall be available for inspection by the Administrative Agent at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice, solely to the extent such inspection is necessary to establish that such Commitments, Loans or other obligations are in registered form for purposes of Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

 

(v)           Each Lender which grants a participation to a participant in the Commitments and/or Loans shall confirm to the Borrower on the date it grants such participation whether or not the Participant is a Qualifying Lender.  Each such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower if there is any change in the Participant’s status as a Qualifying Lender.

 

(i)            Certain Other Assignments and Participations .  In addition to any other assignment or participation permitted pursuant to this Section 10.06 any Lender may pledge (without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) all or any portion of its Loans, the other Obligations owed by or to such Lender, and its Notes, if any, to secure obligations of such Lender including, without limitation, any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral

 

125



 

security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank, any other obligations to a federal or central bank and, in the case of any Lender which is a fund, to secure obligations owed or securities issued by, such Lender as security for those obligations or security; provided , that no Lender, as between the Borrower and such Lender, shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment and pledge; provided , further , that in no event shall the applicable Federal Reserve Bank, pledgee or trustee, be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

 

Section 10.07       Independence of Covenants, Etc .  All covenants, conditions and other terms hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, conditions or other terms, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant, condition or other term shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

 

Section 10.08       Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements .  All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the making of any Credit Extension.  Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of each Loan Party set forth in Sections 2.13, 2.14(e), 10.02, 10.03 and 10.04 and the agreements of Lenders set forth in Sections 9.03(b), 9.06 and 9.09 shall survive the payment of the Loans and the termination hereof.

 

Section 10.09       No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative .  No failure or delay or course of dealing on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege.  The rights, powers and remedies given to the Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies existing by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other Loan Documents.  Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of any Credit Extension shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time of the making of any such Credit Extension.

 

Section 10.10       Marshaling; Payments Set Aside .  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Loan Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.  To the extent that any Loan Party makes a payment or payments to the Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders), or the Administrative Agent or any Lenders exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent

 

126



 

or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

 

Section 10.11       Severability .  In case any provision in or obligation hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction).  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid, legal and enforceable provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as reasonably possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

Section 10.12       Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights .  The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other Lender hereunder.  Nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity.  The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and independent debt, and each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out hereof and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

Section 10.13       Table of Contents and Headings .  The Table of Contents hereof and Article and Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose, modify or amend the terms or conditions hereof, be used in connection with the interpretation of any term or condition hereof or be given any substantive effect.

 

Section 10.14       APPLICABLE LAW THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK .

 

Section 10.15       CONSENT TO JURISDICTION SUBJECT TO CLAUSE (E) OF T H E FOLLOWING SENTENCE, ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK.  BY EXECUTING AND

 

127



 

DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY HERETO, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY (A) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS; (B) WAIVES (I) JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF COURTS IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT MAY BE ENTITLED TO BRING SUIT BY REASON OF ITS PRESENT OR FUTURE DOMICILE OR OTHERWISE AND (II) ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS; (C) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE APPLICABLE LOAN PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10.01; (D) AGREES THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (C) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER THE APPLICABLE LOAN PARTY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (E) AGREES THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT .  In connection with any action, suit, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, each of the Borrower and the Loan Parties irrevocably designates and appoints Grifols, Inc., with the address 2410 Lillyvale Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90032-3514 (the “ Process Agent ”) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any action, suit, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby that may be instituted against the Administrative Agent or any Arranger, Bookrunner or Lender or any other Indemnitee in any such New York State or Federal court or brought by the Administrative Agent or any Arranger, Bookrunner or Lender or any other Indemnitee under United States Federal or state laws.  Each of the Borrower and the Loan Parties hereby agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail addressed to the Process Agent, with written notice of said service to each of the Borrower and the Loan Parties at the address provided in accordance with Section 10.01, shall be effective service of process for any action, suit, proceeding or claim brought in any such New York State or Federal court.  Each of the Borrower and the Loan Parties further agrees to take any and all action, including without limitation execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments as may be necessary to continue the designation and appointment of the Process Agent for a period of six years from the Closing Date to the sixth anniversary of the termination of this Agreement and all Loan Documents in accordance with their terms.

 

Section 10.16       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE

 

128



 

LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED.  THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT (INCLUDING ANY APPELLATE COURT THEREOF) AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS.  EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS.  EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 10.16 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT (INCLUDING ANY APPELLATE COURT THEREOF) .

 

Section 10.17       Confidentiality .  Each “ Agent ” (which term shall for the purposes of this Section 10.17 include the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers) and each Lender shall hold all non-public information regarding the Group and their businesses identified as such by the Borrower and obtained by such Agent or such Lender pursuant to the requirements hereof in accordance with such Agent’s and such Lender’s customary procedures for handling confidential information of such nature, it being understood and agreed by the Borrower that, in any event, the Administrative Agent may disclose such information to the Lenders and each Agent and each Lender may make (a) disclosures of such information to Affiliates or Related Funds of such Lender or Agent and to their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents and advisors (and to other Persons authorized by a Lender or Agent to organize, present or disseminate such information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 10.17), provided , that such Persons are advised of and agree to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 10.17 or other provisions at least as restrictive as this Section 10.17, (b) disclosures of such information reasonably required by (i) any pledgee referred to in Section 10.6(h), (ii) any bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation of any Loans or any participations therein, (iii) any bona fide or potential direct or indirect contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations or (iv) any direct or indirect investor or prospective investor in a Related Fund; provided , that such pledgees, assignees, transferees, participants, counterparties, advisors and investors are advised of and agree to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 10.17 or other provisions at least as restrictive as this Section 10.17, (c) disclosure to

 

129



 

(i) any rating agency or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers, in each case when required by it; provided , that prior to any disclosure, such rating agency or CUSIP Service Bureau shall be instructed to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from any Agent or any Lender, (d) disclosures in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (e) disclosures required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process; provided , that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender and each Agent shall make reasonable efforts to notify the Borrower of any request by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information so that the Borrower may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive the provisions of this Section 10.17, (f) disclosures with the consent of the Borrower and (g) to the extent information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.17 or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties.  If the Borrower elects not to seek, or is unsuccessful in obtaining, any such protective order or other remedy or, in the absence of the receipt of a waiver hereunder, any Lender or Agent, as applicable, is compelled to disclose any non-public information to any tribunal or else stand liable for contempt, such Lender or Agent, as applicable, may disclose the non-public information to the tribunal to the extent legally required (as determined by it); provided , that such Lender or Agent, as applicable to the extent permitted by applicable law, will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, at the request of the Borrower and at the Borrower’s expense, an order or assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the non-public information required to be disclosed.  In addition, each Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall permit disclosure of non-public information to any Disqualified Company.

 

Section 10.18       Usury Savings Clause .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged with respect to any of the Obligations, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law, shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.  If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect.  In addition, if when the Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Highest Lawful Rate

 

130



 

had at all times been in effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and the Borrower to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws.  Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder or be refunded to the Borrower.

 

Section 10.19       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission will be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

 

Section 10.20       Effectiveness; Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of written notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof.  This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any fee letter entered into in connection herewith represent the entire agreement of the Group, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the Bookrunners and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any, Arranger, Bookrunner or Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.  Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, express or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto and thereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereunder and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, holders of participations in all or any part of a Lender’s Commitments, Loans or in any other Obligations, and the Indemnitees) any rights, remedies, obligations, claims or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement.

 

Section 10.21       PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that shall allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 10.22       Electronic Execution of Assignments .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any

 

131



 

applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

Section 10.23       No Fiduciary Duty .  The Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Arranger, each Bookrunner and their respective Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “ Lenders ”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Borrower, its stockholders and/or its Affiliates.  The Borrower agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and the Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates, on the other. The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that (x) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other, and (y) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (i) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise the Borrower, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to the Borrower except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (ii) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of the Borrower, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person.  The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Borrower has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto.  The Borrower agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Borrower, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

Section 10.24       Judgment Currency .  If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment in given.  The obligation of the Borrower in respect of such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from the Borrower in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of

 

132



 

any excess to the Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable Law).

 

ARTICLE XI.
EXCHANGE NOTES

 

Section 11.01       Exchange Notes Indenture .

 

(a)           Not later than 10 days following receipt by the Borrower of the first Exchange Request pursuant to Section 11.02, the Exchange Notes Indenture shall be fully executed and delivered and the Exchange Notes will be fully executed and deposited into escrow.

 

(b)           In connection with the execution of the Exchange Notes Indenture, the Exchange Notes Issuer shall furnish:

 

(i)            an opinion from counsels to the Exchange Notes Issuer in form and substance satisfactory to the Exchange Note Administrative Agent (acting reasonably), stating that, upon issuance of Exchange Notes in consideration for an equal principal amount of the Term Loan, the Exchange Notes Indenture constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Exchange Notes Issuer and Guarantors, enforceable against each of the Exchange Notes Issuer and Guarantors in accordance with its terms, and

 

(ii)           opinions from legal counsels in form and substance satisfactory to the Exchange Note Administrative Agent (acting reasonably), stating that the Exchange Notes Issuer and Guarantors have due authorization to enter into such Exchange Notes Indenture.

 

(c)           The Exchange Notes Issuer shall select a bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Arrangers to act as Exchange Note Administrative Agent (the “ Exchange Note Administrative Agent ”).  The Exchange Note Administrative Agent shall at all times be a bank or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any State or the District of Columbia and having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 which is authorized under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation to exercise corporate trust powers and is subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State or District of Columbia authority and which has an office or agency in New York, New York.

 

(d)           The Borrower shall, and shall cause the Exchange Notes Issuer to, if requested by one or more of the Arrangers following an Exchange Request delivered pursuant to Section 11.03, (i) promptly prepare an offering memorandum with respect to the Exchange Notes in a form customary for offerings under Rule 144A (including all financial statements and other information that would be required in a registration statement on Form 20-F for an offering registered under the Securities Act for a foreign private issuer, which, for the avoidance of doubt, need not include financial statements or information required by Rule 3-05, 3-09, 3-10 or 3-16 of Regulation S-X, Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Regulation S-K Item 402(b) or other information or financial data customarily excluded from a Rule 144A offering memorandum) and update such offering memorandum from time to time prior to the Exchange to reflect material changes or developments with respect to the Borrower, the Exchange Notes

 

133



 

Issuer and their respective Subsidiaries, (ii) cause counsel to the Exchange Notes Issuer to deliver to the Arrangers executed legal opinions in form and substance customary for a transaction of that type to be mutually agreed upon by the Exchange Notes Issuer and Arrangers (including, without limitation, with respect to due authorization, execution and delivery; validity; and enforceability of the Exchange Notes Indenture) and a customary 10b-5 letter with respect to any offering memorandum pursuant to clause (i) above and cause the independent registered public accountants of the Exchange Notes Issuer to deliver drafts of “comfort letters” that include customary “negative assurances” (which drafts such accountants are prepared to issue in final form upon completion of customary procedures) and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such accountants to render such “comfort letters” in each case with respect to the financial information in such offering memorandum, (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain public ratings for the Exchange Notes from each of Moody’s and S&P and (iv) take all such other actions and prepare and/or execute all such other documentations as one or more of Arrangers shall reasonably request.

 

Section 11.02       Exchange Notes .

 

(a)           Subject to satisfaction of the provisions of this Article XI, from time to time on and after the Conversion Date, each Lender will have the option to notify the Administrative Agent in writing of its request for exchange notes (an “ Exchange Request ”) given in accordance with Section 11.03 below, to exchange all or any portion of its share in the Term Loan then outstanding for one or more notes (each, an “ Exchange Note ”, and collectively, the “ Exchange Notes ”, and each such exchange being referred to herein as an “ Exchange ”).

 

(b)           The Exchange Notes shall:

 

(i)            be issued by the Parent, the Borrower or a subsidiary of the Parent reasonably satisfactory to the Arrangers (the “ Exchange Notes Issuer ”)

 

(ii)           rank pari passu with the Term Loans to the extent that the Term Loans remains outstanding;

 

(iii)          be issued pursuant to and shall be governed by and construed solely in accordance with the Exchange Notes Indenture;

 

(iv)          to the extent legally possible, be guaranteed by the Parent (unless the Parent is the Exchange Notes Issuer) and the same entities that guarantee the Term Loans on the same basis and will be unsecured; and

 

(v)           require that the Exchange Notes Issuer and each Guarantor submit to the jurisdiction and venue of the U.S. Federal and state courts of the State of New York and waive any right to trial by jury.

 

(c)           The principal amount of the Exchange Notes in any Exchange will equal 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loan for which they are exchanged and shall be issued at an issue price equal to such principal amount of the Loan for which they are exchanged.

 

134



 

(d)           Each Exchange Note in an Exchange shall:

 

(i)            be denominated in United States dollars; and

 

(ii)           bear interest from and including the Exchange Date to and including the final maturity date at a fixed rate per annum (calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 days) that is equal to the Adjusted Rate (excluding default interest (described in the next sentence), if any) (it being understood that each Exchange shall be made with the concurrent payment, in cash, of all accrued and unpaid interest, and all fees and other expenses, then owing (whether or not same would otherwise be then payable under this Agreement) with respect to the Loans being Exchanged at such time).  In addition, interest on overdue principal and interest, including “Additional Amounts” as defined in the Exchange Notes Indenture, if any, will accrue at a rate that is 2.0% higher than the interest rate on the Exchange Notes, as specified in the Exchange Notes Indenture.  Such interest will be payable semi-annually.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, holders of Exchange Notes will have the absolute and unconditional right to transfer such Exchange Notes in compliance with applicable law to any third parties subject to customary representations.

 

(f)            If required by law or requested by the Administrative Agent or any Arranger, the Borrower shall promptly procure that each relevant Loan Party enters into all documentation necessary to ensure that each of the guarantees under the Loan Documents guarantees the liabilities and obligations of the Loan Parties under the Exchange Notes including, without limitation, any necessary security confirmations, amendments to security or re-taking of security, all necessary filings and delivery of updated share registers (as applicable).

 

Section 11.03       Manner of Exchange of Term Loan .

 

(a)           Subject to Sections 11.01 and 11.02, in order to effect an Exchange, a Lender shall provide the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Exchange Notes Issuer with a duly completed Exchange Request at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date specified for such Exchange in the Exchange Request (each an “ Exchange Date ”) (which shall also be a Business Day) selected by such Lender for an Exchange in compliance with Section 11.02 above.  Each Exchange Request under this Section 11.03 shall specify the following:

 

(i)            the Lender’s legal name;

 

(ii)           the Exchange Date selected by such Lender;

 

(iii)          the name of the proposed registered holder of the Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to the Exchange Request, and the address for delivery of the Exchange Notes to be delivered thereto, provided that at the Lender’s option, the Exchange Notes may be issued directly to any third party designated by it, upon surrender by such Lender to the Borrower of an equal principal amount of the Term Loan;

 

135



 

(iv)          the principal amount of that Lender’s Loan to be repaid and the corresponding principal amount of Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to the Exchange Request, provided that the minimum denominations in which a Lender’s share in the Loan may be exchanged shall be at least $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(v)           the amount of each Exchange Note requested (which shall be at least $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000);

 

(vi)          that the Exchange Request is delivered pursuant to this Section 11.03;

 

(vii)         an acknowledgment in form and substance substantially similar to the acknowledgment set forth in Section 11.04(i) hereof; and

 

(viii)        such Lender shall provide such other information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Arranger.

 

(b)           Upon receipt of an Exchange Request under this Section 11.03, the Administrative Agent shall send written or telecopy notice of such proposed Exchange to the Exchange Note Administrative Agent, with a copy to the Borrower, that shall specify the information contained in such Exchange Request, and shall deliver the Exchange Note(s) to the Exchange Note Administrative Agent for authentication and thereafter use all reasonable endeavors to deliver them to the registered holder or holders thereof on the date specified in the Exchange Request.

 

(c)           Upon delivery of the Exchange Notes pursuant to this Section 11.03, the Administrative Agent shall cancel each relevant Lender’s Loans so exchanged.

 

Section 11.04       Not a Registered Security .  Each Lender acknowledges that no issuance of the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and represents and agrees that it may only acquire Exchange Notes for its own account and that it will not, directly or indirectly, transfer, sell, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of the Exchange Notes (or any interest therein) unless such transfer, sale, assignment, pledge or other disposition is made (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (ii) pursuant to an available exemption from registration under, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities Act.  Each of the Lenders acknowledges that the Exchange Notes will bear a legend restricting the transfer thereof in accordance with the Securities Act.

 

Subject to the provisions of the previous paragraph, each of the Borrower and the Guarantors agrees that each Lender will be able to sell or transfer all or any part of the Exchange Notes to any third party in compliance with applicable laws.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

136



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

 

GRIFOLS WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name: Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name: Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name: David Bell

 

 

Title: Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS THERAPEUTICS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name: David Bell

 

 

Title: Corporate Vice President

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 



 

 

GRIFOLS BIOLOGICALS INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name: David Bell

 

 

Title: Corporate Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INSTITUTO GRIFOLS, S.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Name: Victor Grifols Roura

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

BIOMAT USA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name: David Bell

 

 

Title: Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

GRIFOLS-CHIRON DIAGNOSTICS CORP.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Bell

 

 

Name: David Bell

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 



 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH ,
as Administrative Agent and Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Winters

 

 

Name:

Michael Winters

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Name:

Kirk L. Tashjian

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 



 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
as Joint Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Frauen

 

 

Name:

William Frauen

 

 

Title:

MD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Blum

 

 

Name:

Christopher Blum

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 



 

 

NOMURA CORPORATE FUNDING AMERICAS, LLC ,
as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carl Mayer

 

 

Name:

Carl Mayer

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOMURA INTERNATIONAL PLC ,
as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Luca Tassan

 

 

Name:

Luca Tassan

 

 

Title:

MD

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 



 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. ,
as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Iñigo de Basterrechea / Pablo Arsuaga

 

 

Name:

Iñigo de Basterrechea / Pablo Arsuaga

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatories

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 



 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. ,
as Joint Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Iñigo de Basterrechea / Pablo Arsuaga

 

 

Name: Iñigo de Basterrechea / Pablo Arsuaga

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatories

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christy Silvester

 

 

Name: Christy Silvester

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christy Silvester

 

 

Name: Christy Silvester

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as Joint Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christy Silvester

 

 

Name:

Christy Silvester

 

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 



 

 

HSBC BANK USA, N.A.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Jackson

 

 

Name: Richard Jackson

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 



 

 

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.,

 

as Joint Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Jackson

 

 

Name: Richard Jackson

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

[Grifols – Interim Loan Facility]

 


 

 

Exhibit 12.1

 

Section 302 Certification

 

I, Víctor Grifols Roura, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Grifols, S.A.;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The company’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a)                                      Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)                                      Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)                                       Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)                                      Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The company’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)                                      All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)                                      Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 4, 2014

 

 

 

 

/s/ Víctor Grifols Roura

 

Name: Víctor Grifols Roura

 

 

 

Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors and

 

Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 12.2

 

Section 302 Certification

 

I, Alfredo Arroyo Guerra, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Grifols, S.A.;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The company’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a)                                      Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)                                      Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)                                       Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)                                      Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The company’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)                                      All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)                                      Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: April 4, 2014

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

Name: Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

 

Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 13.1

 

Section 906 Certification

 

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

 

Víctor Grifols Roura, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Alfredo Arroyo Guerra, the Chief Financial Officer of Grifols, S.A., each certifies that, to the best of his knowledge:

 

1.                                       the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

 

2.                                       the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Grifols, S.A.

 

 

Date: April 4, 2014

 

 

 

 

/s/ Víctor Grifols Roura

 

Name:  Víctor Grifols Roura

 

 

 

Title:  Chairman of the Board of Directors and

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

Name:  Alfredo Arroyo Guerra

 

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer